id
eyicale
\ igs att + Hy
Witt

eat

wih, ee
OME

:

+h}
ay

i

PR STH tat ta
SEA eats
Weta tseutan abies

+

nhl

HSA ainigh|
i eR

Wah
ts

oy
Hh ut

s

if tif

a4 t + Pat

asic th

,
ey

SOLE RIE
Sees f:

Te name

helgreseie
SAK HO
in i} ut

2 tates
Sa
wy

‘
Bh
Ran

i
i
‘ 3} a
eae

ated
a

en

a
Stu S

,

Se

a

seititinerer stn

=
ae

iit

3
%

ares

ay
Nit

ms yt
by

ari
eoun

Ni

\

: i i

t

HEH
its ahhh
antes

mt

rt

Peete Seeeees
Petit ieetet

ae

SES

Ce EES:
FS
=e

Hetiaies
: Nt a oe
f i ott ;
i ns :
} ih 4 }

“=

ee ee on ees

<

"se
fe el

ete
SEE
Ct Se

Ese.

=

Bite

5 i.

*5

THE

~ ZOOLOGICAL
JOURNAL.

( werd » 1

EDITED BY
N. A. VIGORS, Ese., A.M., F.R., L., & GS.
Secretary of the Zoological Society :

WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF

THOMAS BELL, Esq., F.R.&L.S. Major-Gen. THOS. HARDWICKE,
E. T. BENNETT, Esq., F.L.S. F.R. & LS.

T. HORSFIELD, M.D., F.R.& L.S
J.E. BICHE ja. .FRB.Sec.L.8, »M.D., :
“sca yest i deel numer d ge KIRBY, A.M., F.R. & L.S.

Ww. are BRODERIP, Esq., F.R.S., ay de CARLE SOWERBY, Esq.,

Sec. G.S. F.L.S.

VOL. III.
FROM JANUARY, 1827, TO APRIL, 1828.
| rao. 'G. CHILDREN, Esq., F.R.S. L.&E. W. YARRELL, Esq., F.L.S.

London :

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY W. PHILLIPS, GEORGE YARD, L TS
SOLD ALSO BY G. B. SOWERBY, 156, REGENT STREET;
w. & C. TAIT, EDINBURGH;
AND A. A. ROYER, AU JARDIN DES PLANTES A PARIS,

1828. Y7% PE onl

4

‘ate.
4 iE! nh . 4 ve rs)
F oe oh ‘4 en Aa igo

aig .

a

CONTRIBUTORS TO THE THIRD VOLUME
OF THE ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL.

THOMAS BELL, ESQ., F.R.S., F.L.S., &c.
E. T..BENNETT, ESQ., F.L.S., &c-

REV. M. J. BERKELEY.
_ CHARLES LUCIAN BONAPARTE, PRINCE OF MUSIGNANO,
: FOR. MEMB. L.S., &c.

. W. BRACKENRIDGE, ESQ.

W. BRAYLEY, JUN. A.L.S.

J. BRODERIP, ESQ., SEC. G.S., F.R.S., F.L.S., &c.
J.G. CHILDREN, ESQ., F.R.S., L.XE., F.L.S., Xe.

- CLARK, ESQ.
RTIS, ESQ., F.L.S., Kc.

. T. DE LA BECHE, ESQ., F.R.S., F.L.S., &ec.

L. W. DILLWYN, ESQ., F.R.S., F.L.S., &c.

W. H. FITTON, M.D., PRES. G.S., F.R.S., F.L.S., Kc.
G. T. FOX, F.L.S., &c..

J. FREMBLY, ESQ., R.N.

JOHN EDWARD GRAY, ESQ., F.G.S., &c.

REV. L. GUILDING, B.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., &c.

A. H. HALIDAY, ESQ.

: MAJOR GENERAL HARDWICKE, F.R.S., F.L.S., &c.
THOMAS HORSFIELD, M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., &c.

G. JOHNSTON, M.D.

CAPT. P. P. KING, R.N., F.R.S.. F.L.S., &e.

REV. W. KIRBY, A.M., F.R.S., FL.S., Kc.

M. A. LEFEBVRE, MEMBRE DE LA SOC. LINNEENE DE
PARIS, Xe.

REV. R. T. LOWE.

J. RICHARDSON, M.D., F.R.S., F.L,S., &e.

G. B. SOWERBY, F.L.S,, &c.
J. F. STEPHENS, ESQ., F.L.S. &c.

W. SWAINSON, ESQ., F.R.S., F.L.S., &c.

DR. TURTON.

N. A. VIGORS, ESQ., A.M., F.R.S., F.L.S., &c.; SEC. ZOOL.
soc.

t

J. O. WESTWOOD, ESQ., F.L.S.
W. YARRELL, ESQ., F.L.S.

CONTENTS.

No. 1X,—January, 1827.

yA rt. I. Some account of the Life and Writings, and Con- at
tributions to Science, of the late Srr T. Sramrorp
Rarries, Knt. F.R.S. S.A. &c.; successively Lieu-
tenant-Governor of Java and its dependencies, and of
Fort Marlborough, Singapore, and the British Posses-
sion in Sumatra: Founder and President of the Zoolo-
gical Society. By E.W. Brartiey, Jun. ALS. &
PERPODD SOB. oon yates ce e's ek ae res iterate at
Art. Ul. Supplement to the Genera of North American
Birds, and to the Synopsis of the Species found within
the territory of the United States. By Cuanrirs
Lucian Buonaparre, Prince of Musignano, M. A. ;
Vice-President of the Maclurean Lyceum of Philadel-
phia; Mem. of the Phil. Soc. of Phil. ; of the Phil. Soc.
of the State of New Jersey; of the Ac. of Nat. Hist.
of Phil. ; of the Lyceum of Nat. Hist. of New York;
of the Ac. of Arts & Sc. of Baltimore ; of the Ac. of the

REINS INC N Genco nice we yh ase: Sale lem aint aain nie MAA 49
Art. III. On the Esquimaux Dog. By J. G. Cuitpren,
Pegs Che Aes Dave kee Os, ecg Mie kanes Es i's ons so ene 54

Art. IV. Observations upon Siagonium quadricorne of
Kirby, and on other portions of the Brachelytra (Sta-
phylinus, Lin.) By Mr. J.O. Westwoop.........+ 56

Art. V. Observations on the Shells of an Acephalous Mol-
luscum of the Family of Pectinide, for which the Generic
name of Hinnites has been proposed by M. Defrance ;
together with the character of several Species. By G. B.
UR Benet Co ka yp hee ea x ace ae pws Sule es 67

rt. VI. Sketch of the Life and Character of the late Count
de Lacépéde. By Wii1t14m Swainson, Esq. F.RS.,

CONTENTS.
Page
Art. VII. On Balanus punctatus, Puncturella Flemingii,
&c.; together with some corrections'relative to Turbo
carneus, and some of the Chitones before described. By
the Reo,/K. Ts De0w0.0 5 63. esha agp 00s 76
Arr. VIII, Description of some new and rare Shells. By
W. J. Broverip, Esq. Sec. G.S., F.L., & HS. .... 81
- Art. IX. On the occurrence of some rare British Birds.
By Wiriiam Yarrert, Esq. ELS. .....5k0ee 85
ae Poy X. Supplement to “an Account of four Species of
Stormy Petrel,’ (Thalassidroma, Vigors). By C. L.
Buonaparte, Prince of Musignano, &c. §c. «12... 89
JARt. XI. A Reply to some Observations in the ‘* Diction-
naire des Sciences Naturelles,” upon the newly charac-
terized groups of the Psittacide. By N. A. Vicors,
Esq..M.4., ERB.S.,.aud, Ei8.5 66.0 . ot% « «dae 91
Art, XII. Analytical Notices of Books:
An Introduction to Entomology : or Elements of the
Natural History of Insects. By Wiiriam Kirsy,
M.A. F.R.& LS. and Witiiam Spence, Esq. F.L.S.
VOUS, Wile ONE F050 aa win 0 in an Sis 305 ip an tere 2 . 124
The Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells. By G. ‘B.
Sowersy, F.L.S. With original Plates, &c. by J. de
C. Sow.ensy, F.L.S.. No. vxvitt. ..scc0ese00s Tee
Narrative of a Survey of the Intertropical and
Western Coasts of Australia, performed between the
years 1818 and 1822, By Capt. Putxip P. Kine, R.N.
F.R.S. F.L.S. &c. With an Appendix, containing
various Subjects relating to Hydrography and Natural
History,...2 vols. Sp0«plates. ...0cces0es0e + xp
British Entomology ; or Illustrations and Descrip-
tions of the Genera of Insects found in Great Britain
and Ireland. By Joun Curris, F.L.S. Nos. xxiti—
i LEP ee Pree .. 139
Histoire Naturelle des Mammiferes, avec des Fi-
gures originales dessinées @aprés des Animaua vivans ;
&c. Par MM. Georrroy Saint-Hiraire et F.
Cuvier. Livraisons 52de et 53ieme. ......... one ae
Arr. XIII. Proceedings of Learned Societies on Subjects
connected with Zoology.—oological Society ......... 143

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Pirate I. Esquimaux Dog...........

Prare I]. Fig. 1. Siagonium quadricorne, A. Larva aucta ..

Fig.

Fig. 3

Fig. 4

. Aleochara fuscipes .....

. A.B. Bledius Stephensii

2. Philonthus politus.. .

PAGE
he ole bane es asa 54
58
B. 'Tubus caudalis
ee ae ib.
C. Pesanterior... i.
A. Larva aucta... ib.
B. ‘Tubus caudalis
BACe ner 59
Ci eas. «dene. ee
D. Antenne..... ib.
E. Portio capitis 7b.
F. Maxilla & pal-
pus maxillaris 7b.

7?)

. Mentum, Labrum,

& palpus labialis 76.

. A. Larva aucta ..
B. Tubus caudalis
C. Antenna aucta
A.A: Thorax: <2
B.B. Caput absque

antennis
C. Bledii armati
Thorax

eevee

Fig. 5. Generis Elonii (Leach.) Maxilla..........

o

Prater IIL, Fig

Fig.
Fig.

PratelV, Fig

Fig.

Generis Omalii Maxilla

7. Oxyteli carinati Maxilla
8.
9

. 1. Cypraa nivosa....
2, Cyprea rugosa..... ‘

Siagonii quadricornis Maxilla ............
- Zirophori fronticornis Maxilla

ee teow eeeree eens

ee

S@'6\2 @ e1e we +69 6.9.6.8

ab.
ib.
61
62

i424 BE shed f

j
ns rete hip HA i

te Od.

Ree fr ie ak rer a
Way ete ‘oak ¢ deigicu} .

eae. it alts siete . .
a at 6 ee pir ha hess
uo
mae ? i

CONTENTS.

No. X.—April—September, 1827.

Page
Ant. XIV. A Description of some new Genera and Species

of Petalocerous Coleoptera, By the Rev. Wu. Kirey,
BE CN ELD ay OiGy! Wave sigio 9:50: SoS Rese ait 2» 145
Ant. XV. On several Groups and Forms in Ornithology,
not hitherto defined. By Witt14m Swainson, Esq.
I a A hy CFs no 5b 2 pie eiaale'< sie nage peat tanas 158
Art. XVI. Contributions to the British a By
- Grorce Jouns TON, ie ¢ Fellow of the pee College

a pl ST h.. eaintee cee siete bara ani aie Bt ty
er si on- Cepctht. ty
oma Birds a Prey. By Wir1 ARRELL, Esq. ie

OE Se ean ctaames Fa OTe Ba
Ann. XVII. On the Genus Lacuna. By | Dr. Tur on. 190

: TX. ¢ od (}

a A Description of several ne

bi n the | Coast of Chili in

Cea the method of taking and preserving

Frew pry, R.N., Corresp. Memb. >. Saleen

¢ ARM mi ? eisintlin de cing, és tte
Nocturnes, Jes Indes Orie '
Leresrre, Membre de las
Correspondant de » Academie A
‘a. XXi. Notice of a nondescri
North Amer ca. By Car RS ucran Bona VY /
4 ‘J ne e of Musignano, Lye. A, ' hyn 4 ad. I OMe, :
é v3 For. emb. Linn. Soc. Those y arresp. Memb. Senk.
Nat. Hist. Soc. Weng, ie: P- sthin* . ...\s sategiele sv on BLD
Ki A y species ‘Saurvey Reptiles, 7
: | ans Ta. ae
SEO Sy ;

CONTENTS. - :
Page

Arr. XXIII. A short account of a new species of Modiola,
and of the animal inhabitants of two British Serpule.

By the Reo. M. J, BERKELEY. ..0s45« «ns ansabe -
Art. XXIV. On the Bos Gour of India. By Major
LT. Harpwicre, E.R. & B.S. $60. «sveeese oa vr

Arr XXV. Description of a Fossil Volute from St. Pet
Mountain, near Maestricht. By. W. J. Brove a
Bagqis See, GiS., FDRG Ger ow ss aig oa Tr

Arr. XXVI. Descriptions of a new Species of Anoliu sand
a new Species of Amphisbena ; collected by rem
MacLeay, Esq. in the Island of Cuba. By Tu om.
Bari fbsg. Etats, FG B. Oe «> ences steel “Fy

Art. XXVII. Notice of two Species of Vespertilion
forwarded by W. 8. MacLeay, Esq. F.L.S., His.
Jjesty’s Commissioner of Arbitration at re Have
Sc. &c.; in a Letter to the Editor of the Soolog
Journal. By Tuos. Horsrizrp, M.D., FL.
eats wate ee Be shee otal, et sakes a aan \eeee

fART. XXVIII. Sketches in Ornithology, &c. &c. By

Vicors, Esq. M.A., F.R.S. and L.S., Secreta

the Zoological Society, TE eR Re eT

& XXIX. Notice of a new genus of Mammalia, fo n
re Sumatra by Sir T, Stamford Raffles. By Tw
Horsrrexp, M.D., F.L.S., §c., and, N. A. VroOR
2 Esq., M.A., F.R.S. and L.S., Ses. uncut sae
ee Apr. XXX. Analytical Notices of Books: ;
Seats Nova Acta Physico-Medica Academie Casar ti
-———- Leopoldino-Carolinee Nature Curiosor um. Tom. a
pars 2. 4to. Bonne. 1825. .ecccee tee eteeteees
Journal of the Academy of Scieces of Philadelphi
8vo. Vol. iv. Part ii. Nos. ii: & ttt. ... 20. tees
Voyage autour du Monde, fait par ordre “du
sur les Corvettes ? Uranie et la Physicienne, ee
Années 1917, 1818, (819, J
Freycinet, Capit. de
par MM, Quoy et Gaim wW
Liwruisons i,—axii. Ato

%
ee

ae

by

(

S 3 ‘4 ’
¥ ay 7
. f 4 :
‘
‘ .
f . ve ea i hae

CONTE.

: Page
“ansactions oy ‘the Linnean Society of Lon-

n Nk Vol. ao. Part i.—4to. p. 334.—-Plites tt. .... 275
on ‘Memoir on the Pentacrinus Europavs: a recent
species discovered in the Cove of Ler July 1, 1823.
With two illustrative Plates. By Joun V. Tuompson,
Wists PLAS, Alo parson. iviPn What tah ate ies. 0 SCOR

Mineral Conchology of Great Britain ; or coloured

Descriptions of those Remains of Testaceous Animals or
Shells, &c. By J. Sowrersy. Continued by J. D.
Sowerby, F.L.S., Sc. — Nos. lexxiv—acvi. ........ 282

The Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells: by G. B.

Sowerby, F.L.S., with original Plates by J. D.C.
Sowersy, F.L.S. No. xxix. ...... AS aR et eae 284

British Entomology ; or Iilustrations and Des-

criptions of the Genera of Insects found inGreat Britain

and Lreland.—By Joun Curris, F.L.S. Nos. xx0—
SIR DAR Gls. Eide) 42 Www © nits cape vikeia seis int Gkwee's 0 viata are 285
Anr. XXXI. Proceedings of Learned Societies on Subjects
connected with Zoology,

PROUGE SOCIELY cnc cinta ch eeck ee bt» dn mipibw enbtn'sy POD
Linnean Society ....... a eee Side ples 293
Zoological Club of the Linnean Society..... er
Geological Society.....+...... ‘ye ope 303
moological Society. .......0++- meverze eoee 308

French Academy of Sciences of eee. Ae ae Taber 11

ren XXXII. Scientific Notices:

Royal Cabinet of Insects at Berlin .......0+..- 312
Remarks on Cyprea@, described by Mr. Gray. By

L. W. Ditirwyn, Esq. F.R. & B.S........ 315
Nature of Vision in the invertebrate animals.....- 317

Deel appearance of the Swallow and Cuckow ... 319

~~ ee ee ‘ah
v5 }
am i a a
¥ \ “aK ‘ae
P . * > . ; ‘age
EXPLANATION OF PLATE —_
‘la, m -
ne”
PAGE.
Pirate V. Fig. 1. Cnemida Francilloni ..... G28 o's cub 147
Fig. 2. Sparvemalli ice.’ WOVE: 148
Fig. 3. Cremastocheilus Harrisii............ 152
d. Cremastocheili Harrisii prothorax .... ab.
Vig. 4. Cremastocheilus variolosus .........- ib.
b. Cremastocheili variolosi prothorax .... 7b.

Fig. 5. Cremastocheilus canaliculatus........ 151
c. Cremastocheili canaliculati prothorax.. 152
d. Cremastocheili canaliculati tauberculum

spiraculiferum abdominis.........- ib.
Fig. 6. Cymophorus undatus..............- 154
Fig. 7, Trichius’ Bigsbit...... .. «ve «<a Pe

Prate VI. Fig. 1. Breast bone of the Peregrine Falcon. .
a, the sternum,
b, the keel,
c, the furcula,
d,d, the clavicles,
e, scapula broken off.
Fig. 2. Breast bone of a Wood Owl.
3. Bony ring of a Golden Eagle.
4. Crystalline lens of the same bird ;
a, the anterior surface, somewhat less
convex than the posterior one.
5. Bony ring of a Snowy Owl.
6. Crystalline lens of the same bird ;
a, the anterior surface, also less convex.
Praze VII... Fig. 1. Bos:Gayseens. 5 .. » «05s. sep 233
2. Gary: vgidvian's a4 ste adiecspngs ame

Prate VIII. Gymnura Rafflesii ....:..smsessesen ae

*) CONTENTS.

No. X1.—September— December 31, 1827.

Arr. XXXIII. Contributions to the British Fauna. By
Georce Jounsron, M.D., Fellow of the Royal College
of Surgeons of Edinburgh ......... vee eae Hanes os

Art. XXXIV. Observations on the Animals of some species
of Bullea, Lam. ; and on some species of the Annelida.
Be Peart AM CeAR is Bag. ii as «x:0\~snisho adoh der

pArt XXXV. On several Groups and Forms in Ornitho-

‘ logy, not hitherto defined. By Wirx14m Swainson,
Bag HR Bag Fy he Dag WC. iene gh sipa.swits lb eid obs

Art. XXXVI. Monograph on the Cypreide, a Family of

Page

321

337

Testaceous Mollusca. By Joun Epwarp Gray, Esq.,«

Pe. sede W Say 66 nace ov v'gdin cae Wilda ak eee ahs
Arr. XXXVII. isgiuadavas on the Fishes cohidined in
the Collection of the Zoological Society. By E. T.
SN WEE T y LRG IE Lishes Cs tne osweabenss come awele

Ant. XXXVUI. An Account of Elater Noctilucus, the
Fire-fly of the West Indies. By Joun Curtis, Esq.,
Pkg Poo 36.4 a. Me ua, hcmlathe dente" baad eben ele & bb
Art. XXXIX. Some Account of the Life and Writings
; and Contributions to Science, of the lute Sir Toomas
SramrorD Rarrzres, Knt., F.R.S., S. A. & LS. &¢.3
successively Lieut.-Governor of Java and its Dependen~

cies, and of Fort Marlborough, Singapore, and the
British Possessions in Sumatra: Founder and President

of the Zoological Society. By E.W. Brayxey, Junr.,
ath, Wis IOGOEs SOE, © a, o-~ she nsaienw acre re ee
Art. XL. Observations on the Osteology of the Fennec.
By Wiriram Yarrent, Esq., F.L.S., &c. ..

eeseees

379

382

eS

CONTENTS.

Art. XLI. Observations on the Zoology of the Ou
Islands. By the. Rev. PaNgnDr” x GuviLDING, | a
FL. & GS, MW Boy Bio ke «0 sis «an Weslo .

Art. XLII. Observations on the Jaw of a Fossil Mammife-
rous animal, found in the Stonesfield Slate. By W. J.
BaonenriP, Esq.. Sec. G.8.5 F. LS. Ses. « «gaa = ome 408

Art. XLUII. On the Strata from whence the Fossil des-
cribed in the preceding Notice was obtained. By W. H.

Firron, M.D., F.R.S., PresoiGs.. «si pin asia tte 412
Arr. XLIV. Descaaiens of three new Species of Lian
Tortoises ; by Tuomas Bert, F.L.S., F.G:S. . 419

Ans. XLV. Extracts from a Letter ailitessed by Capt.
Paitrp Parker Kine, R.N., F.R.S., § L.S., to
N. A, Viconrs, Esq., on the Animals of the Straits of
SWAG OIERD. 5 0 aiawis'n's oe pb vn hs noice ay Se cae os See
S Anr. XLVI. Sketches in Ornithology, §c. &c. “By N. A.
Vicors, Esq. M.A., F.R.S. and L.S., Secretary of
the Zoological Society, GE, i sw oth bee) siete 432
Art. XLVII. Descriptions of two Species of the genus Felis,
in the collection of the Zoological Sociely. By N. A.
*Vicors, Esq., 4.M., F.R.S., &c. and Tuos. Hors-
FIELD; M.D.; FiDS., Ses, o 55655022282 s aise = 2 449
Art, XLVIIL. Analytical Notices of Books:
Narrative of Travels and Discoveries in North-
ern and Central Africa, in the Years 1822, 1823,
and 1824, By Major Denuan, Capt. CrapPeR-
ron, and the late Dr. Oupwry. Ato....... ones 452
Monographies de Mammalogie: par C. J.
Temminck. Livraisons 5—7. 4to.......++.. 455
Manuel de Mammalogie, ou Histoire Naturelle
des Mammiferes ; par R. P. Lesson. 12mo.pp. 442.

FOF Isy LOL7 «> «apices Uh bieuehs pp.'e/ie alee ienan oo. 464
Atlas de M RGR § Pienthas lean. Paris,
1827. scene esies bcceccereses posdcey was 9 Oe.nip 465

Systema Avium. Auctor Dr. Joannes Wac-
LER. Pars Prima. Sm. 8vo. pp. 412. Stuttgardie
et Tubingiw@. 1827. ..cecceccscccececscvecee 465

CONTENTS.
Page
“ American Ornithology ; or the Natural His-
tory of Birds inhabiting the United States, not
given by Wilson. With Figures drawn, engraved,
and coloured from Nature. By Cuanies Lucian
Bonaparte. Vol.i. Folio, pp. 106. pl.ix. Phila-
delphia. 1825. 0. fies. i's Fe vewess taerens oe ea 467
Observations on the Nomenclature of Wilson’s
Ornithology. By Cuaries Lucian Bonapanrre.
Svo. pp. 252. Philadelphia. 1826. ....... A ciaibis (ar
Atlas des Oiseaux d’ Europe, pour servir de
complément au Manuel d’Ornithologie de M. Tem-
minck: par J. C. Werner, Peintre d Histoire
Naturelle. 8vo. Livraisons i—v. Paris, 1826. 468
~ Birds of America, from Drawings made during
a residence of twenty-five years in the United States
and its Territories: by J. J. Aupuson. No.1... 469
Illustrations of Ornithology : by Str Wii1i14aMm
Jarovine£, Bart., F.R.S., &¢.; and P. J. Sersy,
Esq., F.L.S., &c. Parts i. and ii. Royal Ato,
a ak ee RE oe SS Ue Be 469
- Illustrations of British Ornithology: by P. J.
Dein, Esq:, F.L.S., ae —Water Birds. Nos.
Si. tis.) SA PE Pee | SES. 469
» Ornithologia ; or the Birds. A Poem. By
J. Jenninas. 12mo. London, 1827. ........ 470
Illustrations of British Entomology; or a
Synopsis of Indigenous Insects: by J. F. Sre-
PHENS, Esq., F.L.S., &c. Nos. i—viti. With
Plates, Sp: London, VET RO es ee ao 470
Die Schmetterlinge von Europa. ( For tsessung
des Ochsenheimer’schen Werks,) ‘von Frrepricu
Treirscoke. Funfter Band. Erste und Zweyte
Abtheilunge. 8vo. pp. 414, and 447, 1825. .... 472
Histoire Naturelle des Lépidoptéres ou Papil-
lons de France ; par M.J.B.Goparr. Continuée
par M. P. A. J. Duvoncner. Tome vii. \ere.
te HOS RP OUMONCES SG cpctcccccs ce tacnve «- 472

CONTENTS,

Page
Systematische Beschreibung der bekannten ,
Europaischen Zweiflugeligen Insekten: von J. W.
Meicen. Funfter Theil. 8v0. pp. 412. Plates
xiii. Hamm, 1826. .,...... w eee. 473
Insecta Suecica descripta a | haaneene Gyr-
renuaL. Classis 1. Coleoptera sive Eleuterata.
Tomii. Pars iv. Lipsie 1827. 8vo. pp. 761.... 473
Catalog meiner Insecten-Sammlung, von Jacob
Sturm. Erster Theil. Kafer. Nurnberg, 1826.
B00. pp- 207. ple BW. . oo verciecegcwvenececccece 474
The Honey-Bee ; its Natural History, Physi-
ology, and Management: by Epwarp Beran,
M.D. 12mo. pp. «xviii. and 404. London, 1827... 474
Histoire Naturelle des principales Productions
de PEurope Meéridionale, et particuli¢rement de
celles des Environs de Nice et des Alpes Maritimes ;
par A. Risso, Ancien Professeur, &c. 8v0. Tomes
i.—iv. Avec des Planches. Paris, 1826. ..... 475
Catalogue Descriptif et Méthodique des Anne-
lides et des Mollusques de Ile de Corse ; avec huit
Planches représentant quatre-vingt-huit espéces,
dont soixante huit nouvelles: par B.C. Payrav-
DEAU. 8ve. pp. 218. Paris, 1826. ........000 . 477
.» Synopsis of the Newcastle Museum, late the
Allan, formerly the Tunstall or Wycliffe Museum.
By G. Townsuenpn Fox, Esq., F.L.S., &c. 800.
pp. xxii. & 312. Plates. Newcastle, 1827 ..... 478
A Manual of Comparative Anatomy, translated
from the German by J. F. Blumenbach, with addi-
tional Notes by W. Lawrence, F.R.S., &c. Second

Edition, revised and corrected by Witiram
Courson, Demonstrator of Anatowy, &c. 8vo. pp.

liv. & 380. pl. viti. London, 1827. ....0.+.2000 478
An Introductory Lecture on the Study of

Zoology, delivered at the Literary and Scientific

Institution, Bath: by Henry Woops, Esq., Hon.

Sec. Sv0. pp. G2. secscoceccscescecces qeeeus wee

CONTENTS.

No. X11 —January—April, 1828.

Page
Art. XLIX. Notes on the habits of a Caryophyliia from i
Tor Bay, Devon. By H. T. De ra Becuez, Esq,
Meee Be iin Es wa Sle ban ik + ano Gombe Dag 481
Art. L. Contributions to the British Fauna. By Grorer
Jounston, M.D., Fellow of the Royal College of Sur-
PE ET OT Ga ae RR Se 486
rt. LI. Notice on the appearance of some rare Birds in *
England. By Georce Townsnenp lox, Esq., F.L.S.,
TEM POUT SAC C ra SC e vain stig 0 otek Wviiin, ediia ded oon Yuin om et 491
rt. LIL. On the occurrence of some rare British Birds.
Ba Witttam Fabeens, adi, Bode an +. sn cemnees 40%
Arr. LITT. Notices of Insects, taken in the North of Ireland.
BEM ls My AA ATTA Von sso 6 aM ork matin ie 0 ga xb ae alae 500
Art. LIV. Note on the foregoing Paper, with a Descrip-
tion of a new species of Anopheles. By J. F.Sverurns,
Bon ok Nag ie Eng ss eho nit So aRinie odie yas» «eyes 5 6 502
Art. LV. Additional Observations to, and Corrections of,
a Paper upon the Genus Staphylinus of Linneus. By
J.O. Westwoon, F.L.S., &c. ...... aE A Re 504
Art. LVI. On Hydraspis, a new Genus of Freshwater Tor-
toises, of the Family Emydide. By Tuouas Bexz,
WEG, Nodes uh iaies WiGe do's ceable aincibis re aa 511
Art. LVII. Characters of the order, families, and genera
of the Testudinata. By Tuomas Bert, Esq., F.R.S.,

CONTENTS,

Arr. LVIII. Short characters of a few Quadrupeds pro-
cured on Captain Franklin’s late Expedition. By Joun
Ricwarpson, M.D., F.R.S., FBG. G60). vac cecee

Ant. LIX. <A Description of some Coleopterous Insects in
the Collection of the Rev. . W. Hope, F.L.S. By the
Reo. Witriam Kinayy FROG LSS G6"). oc vee

Ant. LX. Note on the Cardita concamerata. By G, B.
Sow spe, FP BiGiy Ger. vs. k oes vcen eae

Arr. LXI. Observations on the Zoology of the Caribean
Islands. By the Rev. Lansvown Guixoine, B.A.,
BiG GSM 8. rw viene hs see saan

Arr. LXII. On the Osteology of the Chlamyphorus trun-
catus of Dr. Harlan. By Witt1am Yarre ct, Esq.,
F.L.S. Ina letter to N. A. Vigors, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S.
&c. Secretary to the Zoological Society. ......eeee00.

D ee LXIII. A summary review of the authorities on which
naturalists are justified in believing that the Dodo, Didus
ineptus, Linn., was a Bird existing in the Isle of France,
or the neighbouring Islands, until a recent period. By
J.S. Duncan, Esq., New College, Oxford. .........

Art. LXIV. Monograph on the Cypreide, a Family of
Testaceous Mollusca. By Joun Epwarp Gray, Esq.

FG Sus ee ous ade Bak vats ss 0 ee
Art. LXV. Description of a new species of Julis, Cuv. By
E. T. Bennett, Esq., F.L.S., &c.....- «nse ae

Art. LXVI. Analytical Notices of Books:
The Transactions of the Linnean Society of
London. Vol. xv. Part UL. 4to. pp. 200. Plates xviii.
Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia. Vol.y. Part i. Philadelphia, 1825.
8vo. pp. 204. Plates viii. ........ oooh sine oie ;
Abhandlungen der Koniglichen Academie der
Wissenschaften zu Berlin, Aus dem Jahre 1824.
Me, Berlin, S26... . Tue oi hap Ge wee on em htae ‘
Histoire Naturelle des principales Productions
de l Europe Méridionale,—et particuli¢rement de
celles des Environs de Nice et des Alpes Maritimes ;
par A. Risso. Tomes iii. et Ve ...0sceeccveces

Page

516

520

526

527

544

554

567

577

578

586

590

592

CONTENTS.

Page
Art. LXVIIL. Proceedings of Learned Societies on subjects
connected with Zoology.

PRE ie cin ain hate < ate aim ms 595
PCIE DEVENS Cini = Sinleinie sin the don bn 0's Auatos 598
Soological Club of the Linnean Society...... 601
Geological Sueiety. « < <icie cos wy wvingseiesin.c -. 607
Roological Society .,..-+ssseeeereres ead se GLO

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Page
Prats XIII. Fig. 1—6. Caryophyllia Smithii. ......... 486
1. The animal withdrawn within
the coral.
2, 3. The animal in progressive
stages of expansion.
4. The animal fully expanded.
5. The Coral partially exposed; the
animal occupying the cup.
6. The Coral, after the soft parts
have been taken away.

a: WER BPME ita vines iain dyes s a's < 577
Puate XIV. Fig. 1. Scarabeus femoralis .......:..... 520

1,.* ——_________ its anterior thigh.

2. Drepanocerus Kirbii ¢ and ¢..... 521

3. Chrysina Peruviana. ........... » 523

4. Emcephalus gibbosus...... inna’ 524

Sy dole Opie ii ts ws seae <teces O25

Pirate XV. Fig. 1—5. Stenopus cruentatus. .........

. Animal repens auctum.

ad latus visum.

. Discus gressorius angustatus.
. Testa prona.

5.

mo Ne

- supina,

Page
527

6—10. Helicina Occidentalis. ....... §29

Pirate XVI and

6. Pullus.
7. Animal retractum.
repens.

9. Testa.

10. Operculum.

XVII. Osteology of the Chlamyphorus truncatus. 544

Fig. 1.

ae
3.

A.
5.

CAND

The entire Skeleton.

The head, front view.

Upper jaw, and under surface of the
head, seen from below.

Lower jaw, side view.

Cervical vertebrae, first bone of the
sternum, with parts of the Ist and
2d ribs, seen from below.

. The Pelvis, seen from behind.

seen from below.

. Caudal vertebra,
. Truncated extremity and tail.

THE

ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL.

January, 1827.

Art. I. Some account of the Life and Writings, and Con-
tributions to Science, of the late Sin Tuomas STAMFORD
Rarrises, Ant. F.R.S. S.A. & LS. &c. 5 successively
Lieutenant-Governor of Java and its dependencies, and
of Fort Marlborough, Singapore, and the British Pos-
sessions in Sumatra: FounDER AND PRESIDENT OF THE
ZooLoGicaL Society.

By E. W. Brayuey, Jun. A.L.S. & M. Zoot. Soc.

Auspicium melioris evi.

Ir is intended, in the present article, to furnish the readers of
the Zootocicat JourNnaAt, with an outline of the history, the
character, and the exertions in the cause of Science and of Litera-
ture, of Sir Sramrorp Rarrres :—that illustrious statesman and
philosopher, to whose memory, for the foundation and endowment
with his splendid collections, of an Institution devoted exclusively
to the advancement of Zoology, a lasting debt of gratitude is
due, from every cultivator and admirer of that science.

The production of this memoir has necessarily required the
examination of the principal documents in which the actions
of Sir Stamford Raffles have been recorded; together with the
perusal of the works, aud discourses, and official minutes, which,
few in number as they are, are yet, alas! in consequence of the

Vor, IIT. A

2 Life of Sir Stamford Raffles—Jntroduction.

disastrous loss of his Sumatran collections, and his premature
demise, all that we now possess of the gifted spirit that animated
their author. For this purpose, also, the subjects of philosophical
inquiry to which his attention was more particularly directed,
have been in some degree investigated. And the various objects
of research thus passed in review, have excited a train of reflec-
tions on the relative history of those two quarters of the globe,
the inhabitants of which have hitherto exercised the most impor-
tant influence on the fortunes of the rest of mankind,—the history
of Asia and of Europe,—which may serve appropriately to intro-
duce the biographical details, during the collection of which they
have been presented to the mind.

When we contemplate the history of Asia and of Europe, with
respect to the origin of the Human Species, the first reception of
Divine Revelation, and the rise of knowledge and of aris, in the
former division of the world, and their gradual communication to
and diffusion throughout the latter, the subsequent intercourse
between Europe and Asia being at the same time considered, we
are presented with a magnificent example of that unremitting cir-
culation and reciprocal interchange of benefits, among the various
communities of mankind, on which the welfare of the human race,
regarded as a whole, appears to depend. And as the circulation
of the vital fluid by which the existence of the body-natural is
sustained, receives its impetus from the heart, as from a centre,
whilst that organ is itself supplied with the means of impulse and
governed in its motions by the brain, as the sentient ruler of the
whole animal economy, so is the corresponding circulation of
knowledge in the great body-politic always impelled and directed
from some particular region of the world, which may thus be said
to perform the functions of a heart to the whole; and it has the
power of so doing, because its inhabitants are the direct recipients
of Divine Revelation, which, with the consequent blessings of

‘general knowledge, of arts, and of civilization, they become the
means of distributing to all the other inhabitants of the earth.

The human race was first called into being in Asia, and from
the era at which the glorious work of Creation was thus per-
fected, down to some ages after the establishment of Christianity,

Relatic ve History of Asia and Europe. 3

the office just described, was enjoyed, with some occasional and
perhaps merely apparent exceptions, by various Asiatic nations; as
it has since been fulfilled by the inhabitants of Europe, and at
some future time, probably, will be possessed by those of Ame-
rica. In the earliest ages, every great division of the globe ap-
pears to have been peopled from Asia: the authority of the
Sacred Records, and the testimony of the traditions and the his-
tory of all the nations of the Eastern Hemisphere, concur in
establishing the fact, that Europe received her chief population
from the East, by the way of the ancient Scythia; or the tract of
country situated to the north-east of the Caspian sea, bounded
eastward by the mountains of Imaus, which formed part of the
present Belour and lesser Altaian chains, and on the west by the
river Tanais, the Don of modern geography. So likewise have
we strong grounds for believing, that the western shores of the
two Americas were first peopled from the eastern coasts and
islands of Asia, by way of the Eastern and Pacific oceans; whilst
the tide of population appears to have rolled southward into
Africa, from the Caucasus, through Asia Minor, Syria, and
Egypt.

In the next age of the world, during which flourished the
mighty empire of Egypt, and the first great nations which arose
in the countries between the river Indus and the eastern termi-
nation of the Mediterranean Sea, Asia continued to be the
fountain-head of knowledge and of the arts, of commerce, and
of civilization; for the renowned state first mentioned, though
forming a part of the African continent, as to geographical posi-
tion, must yet be regarded, in its ancient relations to the rest of
the world, as a region of Asia.

Hitherto the enjoyment of religious light had been directly
attended, as would appear always to be the case in a right order
of things, by the possession of the highest degree of genuine civi-
lization, and of temporal power. But the history of the Jewish
nation presents an anomaly in this respect, which, though we can
merely glance at it in this place, would form a novel subject of
inquiry for the Divine and the Philosophical Historian. The dis-
pensation of pure Theism granted to Noah and his descendants,

A 2

4 Life of Sir Stamford Raffles—Jntroduction.

having in the lapse of ages been perverted into polytheistic idol-
atry of the grossest character, the Mosaic dispensation took place.
But though the Israelites thus became the depositaries of reve-
lation, yet were they greatly inferior in civilization and mental
acquirements, to their neighbours the Pheenicians, as well as to
the Assyrians, whose empire was at this period at the zenith of its
glory. Still however from Western Asia proceeded all the streams
of knowledge which fertilized the rest of the world; and though
the ascendancy which the Greeks and Romans, in subsequent
times, successively obtained over the affairs of mankind, partially
carried forward into Europe the chief seats of power and intel-
lectual cultivation; yet the sources of their gieatness had been
received directly from Egypt and the East, and their empires
were established in districts of the European continent, lying im-
mediately adjacent to chat of Asia. ,
This anomaly in the history of the world, appears to have arisen
from some peculiarity in the character of the Jews, which, whilst
it fitted them to be the instruments of preserving a written reve-
lation, rendered them incapable of pursuing the refinements, whe-
ther moral or intellectual, which are invariably consequent on the
full reception of revelation, and its development throughout the.
human faculties. But the establishment of Christianity restored
all things to order; and henceforward the possessors of Divine
Truth became the rulers of mankind, and enjoyed the highest
degree of intellectual attainment; the new condition of things
being first consolidated, by the erection, in the fourth century,
of a powerful Christian state, the ‘* Eastern Empire” of histo-
rians, in the very centre of the then civilized world. In propor-
tion, however, as Christianity advanced in Europe, it declined in
Asia, and when its former seat on the shores of the Euxine was
no longer useful as a medium of its communication to the sur-
rounding world, in consequence of the corruptions it had there
sustained, the fall of Constantinople before the Mohammedan
arms, in the year 1453, terminated the independence of the
Christians in Asia. Western Europe now became, as it has conti-
nued to be, the grand centre of vital impulse to the globe; the
chief seat of religion, of power, of science; and of the arts. The |

Relative History of Asia and Europe. 5

liberal pursuits and other refinements of the oriental nations, had
hitherto but tardily succeeded the diffusion of Christianity; but
the professors of literature and of philosophy, who were driven
from their homes and native clime by the success of the Mussel-
man power, distributed throughout the nations of Europe, in
return for the hospitable reception they experienced, the intel-
lectual wealth of which they were possessed. The wars for the
recovery of the Holy Land from the Mohammedans, were com-
menced and carried on during the decline of the Eastern Empire :
they were continued, with varying effect, until the end of the
thirteenth century, when Palestine was finally abandoned to the
dominion of Islamism. The Crusaders, though they failed in per-
manently effecting the professed object of their warfare, were yet
the means of introducing into their own countries, many of the
arts and usages of the East: among the former was that peculiar
species of Architecture, so generally adopted in Europe, from
about the period of the second crusade, in the twelfth century,
down to the era of the Reformation, which, from the figure of its
_ arches and ornaments, is most accurately desiguated the ** Pointed
Style.” The practice of Heraldry, also, or the appropriation of
symbolic distinctions to ranks and families, so important in the
Feudal and Chivalric ages, although the claims to a direct oriental
origin, which have been asserted for it by some writers, do not
appear to have been substantiated, was certainly much improved
and extended during the latter Crusades. Great improvements
in the decorative arts were at the same time transferred from the
East ; and some useful additions appear also to have been made to
the scanty assemblage of facts and precepts, which then consti-
. tuted the sciences of Medicine and Pharmacy.

The chief points of relation between Europe and Asia, until
the direct transfer of benefits from the latter had ceased, being of
a religious and civil nature, the comprehensive notices of them
which have been given, may perhaps appear misplaced in a sci-
entific journal. But the extent to which Sir Stamford Raffles
carried the views of investigation he entertained regarding the
history of the East, rendered it desirable to commence this
memoir of his labours with a sketch of the relative history of the

6 Life of Sir Stamford Rafles—Introduction.

Eastern and Western divisions of the Old World; and from this
design the subjects we have touched upon were inseparable.
We now enter, however, upon a period in the history of the world,
in which the votaries of science are directly interested ;—upon the
memorable era in which it was destined that the continents of the.
Western Hemisphere on the one hand, and the navigation around
Africa to the Indian Ocean, on the other, should become known
to the inhabitants of Europe.

As intimated in the foregoing paragraph, Europe, at the fall
of Constantinople, appears to have received from her Eastern
sister all the remaining advantages of a moral and intellectual
nature it was in her power to bestow. ‘The direct communication
between them now ceased altogether, and was only renewed, after
the success of the voyages of discovery undertaken in the fifteenth
and following centuries. The pilgrimages to Jerusalem as well
as the Holy Wars, had imparted to the Religious, who were the
chief, if not the only followers of literary pursuits at this era,
some actual knowledge of Western Asia, with a few notices of
Arabia and Persia, gleaned from the traders to those countries. |
But all that was known of India and the “ further East,” was
derived from the geographers and naturalists of classic antiquity.
Hence it is that in the first works on geography, published after _
the invention of printing, and which of course had been the most
esteemed whilst in manuscript, (a sufficient interval not haviug
elapsed for their improvement from the discoveries in geography
that had just been made,) we find Strabo, Ctesias, Pliny, and
Solinus, with other writers of the same description, constantly
referred to as the only authorities on subjects relating to Eastern
Asia; their statements being received and relied upon with im-
plicit confidence. The means of comparing these statements
with the actual condition and history of the countries described,
were now, however, to a certain extent, speedily obtained.

The descendants of the Phcenician colonists on some of the
eastern coasts of the Atlantic, and the northern shores of the
Mediterranean, who had always retained a portion of the adven-
turous and enterprizing spirit of their ancient progenitors, began,
towards the latter part of the fifteenth century, to manifest that

Relative History of Asia and Europe. 7

spirit in a very marked degree. Voyages of discovery were
undertaken by them in every direction, and also by the other
maritime nations of Europe; and whilst Columbus and his suc-
cessors traversed the Atlantic in a westerly direction, and dis-
covered the two Americas, Vasco de Gama pursuing his voyage
southward along the western shores of Africa, doubled the Cape
of Good Hope, and crossing the Indian ocean, guided by the
friendly pilots of Melinda, first opened for Europe a direct
intercourse with Hindtstan, in the year 1498. Other Portu-
guese navigators, early in the sixteenth century, successively
formed settlements in Sumatra, Malacca, and Java; they were
followed by the Dutch, whose influence in the Indian Islands
soon overpowered that of all the other nations of Europe. The
establishment of the British East India Company in the reign of
Elizabeth, led to the foundation in several provinces of the Indian
continent, of some important settlements ; by the gradual exten-
sion of which, and various concurring events, nearly the whole
ef Hindiistan has at length become a province of the British
Empire.

An important intercourse has thus been re-established between
Asia and Europe; though differing in several material respects,
from that which subsisted in former ages, For Europe, by the
use and improvement of the advantages she then received from
her oriental sister, having obtained the supremacy in the affairs
of the world, now exercises in Asia the authority anciently exerted
in Europe, by the different Eastern states, whether geographically
Asiatic or European. In return for the spices, the rich commo-
dities, and the costly manufactures, which she now imports from
*¢ the climates near the sun,” she investigates their natural and
civil history, the characters of their population, their mythology,
their languages, and their literature, for the purpose, first, of in-
creasing her own intellectual wealth, and then of applying it in
the most effectual manner, to repay, by the blessings of true reli-
gion and civilization, the debt of gratitude she owes to that region,
where the ‘* Day-spring from on high,” as well really as figura-
tively, first dawned on the happiness of man,

In ancient times, also, the communication of Europeans with

8 Life of Sir Stamford Raffles—IJntroduction.

Asia, was confined to its Western divisions, but at the present
day it is with the Eastern Asiatics that they are principally
connected; and British India,—which may be said to compre-
hend the whole of the Peninsula between the mouths of the
Indus and the Ganges,—the territories of Malacca, Siam, and,
Cochin-China, with the Empires of China proper and Japan, and
the islands of the Indian Archipelago, are now indubitably the
most important districts of the whole continent ; whether regarded
with philosophic or with commercial views.

Terminating here our historical review of the relations to each
other of those two divisions of the world, the ruling powers of
which have successively enjoyed the chief sway over the destinies
of mankind, we proceed to notice the principal benefits that have
accrued to the nations of Europe, from their possessions and au-
thority in Eastern Asia; especially those derived by Britain from
her Indian conquests ; dwelling more particularly on the advan-
tages which modern science has either received already, or may
yet receive, from the vast field of research thus opened for her
cultivation. Having done this, we shall find in the powerful and
continued exertions made by Sir Stamford Raffles towards effect-
ing some of the investigations thus called for from the patrons and
the votaries of knowledge, an appropriate and sufficient apology
for entering into details, on an extensive range of subjects in phi-
losophy and literature, in a work professedly devoted to Zoolo- .
gical Science.

To expatiate on the political and commercial importance of
Eastern Asia to the nations of Europe who have possessed
settlements on its shores, or to dilate upon the history of those
‘© Merchant-Princes,” as they have appropriately been deno-
minated, who now hold in the metropolis of Britain the reins
of government over an immense population in India, consti-
tuting, in an age not long since expired, several mighty empires,
with innumerable tributary states; and who appear destined,
eventually, to extend the British dominion over all the countries
of Southern Asia, from the Bay of Bengal on the west, to the seas
of Japan and Ochotsk on the east, would be foreign to the objects
of this memoir. Nor would the picture be in all respects an

et

Commencement of Oriental Investigations. 9

agreeable one; for the ascendancy thus gained in the Eastern
world, owing to the lust of power and of wealth which mark the
darker shades of the European character, and the faithlessness
that stains the Asiatic, has been purchased at an expenditure of
human blood too enormous to contemplate without horror. 'Turn-
ing then from these scenes of conquest and political greatness, let
us direct our views to the fair regions of intellectual power, where
the best feelings and perceptions of our nature can dwell with
unalloyed delight in the contemplation of objects worthy of the
human character ;—objects entirely consonant with the great ends
of our being.

The establishment and extensive prosecution of a commercial
intercourse with India, by the principal maritime nations of Eu-
rope, was not productive, until nearly two centuries had elapsed,
of any considerable accession to the stores of oriental knowledge.

During this period, one great portion of mankind in Europe
was intent on the schemes of conquest and the prospects of
wealth excited by the success of the first adventurers in the newly-
explored seas. Another part of the community, and that by
far the more intelligent, was occupied either in issuing to the
world, by means of the new art of printing, the works of the
ancient poets, historians, and philosophers, with the commentaries
on them produced in the monastic ages, or in the disputes on
Theological subjects which at length terminated in the Reforma-
tion. And when that momentous change had been effected, the
writings of Bacon gave an impetus to experimental philosophy,
that caused it to exercise an absorbing influence over the minds
of the new race of inquirers it had called forth, From the con-
joint agency of these circumstances, the oriental fields of re-
search long remained almost without cultivation, With America,
indeed, the case was different; a multitude of writers, chiefly
natives of the countries which first obtained settlements in the
Western Hemisphere, were engaged in researches on the origin
and nature of the people and the productions, so recently made
known to them. The cause of this preference is evident: the
discovery of America was that of a * New World:” with in-
habitants, natural phenomena, and productions of every class,

10 Life of Sir Stamford Raffles—Jntroduction.

dissimilar in all respects to those of the ** Old World ;” whilst
the expeditions to the East only brought under actual observation
what had from time immemorial been known, in some degree,
from the relations of the ancients, and the occasional gleams of
information received from other sources. The investigations re-
lating to America formed themselves a further cause, why the
subjects of inquiry arising from the newly-established connexions
with Asia, were so much neglected, by occupying the minds of
those writers, who were probably the best qualified for such
researches,

Accordingly, until the termination of the sixteenth century
approached, very little was done towards exploring the East; and
the principal information respecting its history and productions,
published in Europe, was collected from the voyagers and com-
mercial adventurers; a class of people at the era to which we
allude of much inferior qualifications for any kind of scientific re-
search, or even the correct description of what they had witnessed,
than the most deficient of their present representatives.

The zeal and perseverance of the Jesuits, commenced, in China,
the first direct researches into the history and resources of any
Eastern nation, and the materials which were thus collected by its
members, continued, until a late period, to be the only sources of
information respecting that interesting country. But it is to the
more enlightened agents of the Dutch, to their physicians and
clergy, that we owe the commencement of those investigations,
which, guided from the beginning by a philosophic spirit, and con-
tinued, chiefly, by our own countrymen, have at length penetrated
into the deepest recesses of the mythology and history of Eastern
Asia; and have also been extended to every object of scientific
inquiry afforded by its various climes, from the snow-clad peaks
of the Himalaya, “‘ whence, bursting from its icy bed, the mighty
Ganges flows,” to the sultry and pestilential marshes of Batavia.
The most distinguished of these enterprising founders of oriental
science and literature in Europe, was the celebrated Kampfer, a
German physician, who, possessed of a genius for research adequate
to the most difficult subjects, and an acuteness of perception
which no disguise of circumstances could elude, extended his

Improvements in modern Science derived from the East. 11

personal observations to India, Persia, and Japan. His Ameni-
tates Exotice contain the first distinct notices of many produc-
tions of the East; and his great work on Japan, published about
1720, to which, in the course of this memoir, we shall again have
occasion to advert, in comprehensiveness of plan and accuracy of
detail, has never been surpassed by any similar publication.
About the same time, many of the most interesting subjects of the
Animal and Vegetable kingdoms which the tropical regions of
Asia produce, were illustrated by Rumphius, likewise of German
birth, but agent for the Dutch at Amboyna; whilst the plants of
southern Hindiistan were described by the laborious Rheede ;
and the works in which the results of their inquiries were com-
municated to the world, the Thesaurus Imaginum and Herbarium
Amboinense of the former naturalist, and the Hortus Malabaricus
of the latter, after furnishing Linneus with the means of charac-
terising and arranging a multitude of species, still retain great
authority, not merely as works of reference, but as recording the
history of many subjects, that have hitherto escaped the observa-
tion of modern naturalists. Of similar value, with respect to the
geography and local history, as well as the natural productions of
Eastern India, are the Isbours of Valentyn, chaplain to the Dutch
at Amboyna; to the accuracy of whose statements every succeed-
ing traveller has borne testimony; and the voluminous “ Inde
orientale ancienne et nouvelle” of this writer, which was published
at Dordrecht and Amsterdam, from 1724 to 1726, conducts our
narrative to within a century of the present time.

The geographers and naturalists we have enumerated, had many
contemporary labourers in the same field, some of whom, as well
as of their immediate successors in the exploration of the East, it
would be equally desirable to particularize ; but this Introduction
has already extended toa length much greater than that it was
originally designed to occupy. We proceed, therefore, at once,
to the concluding section :—an outline of some of the principal
accessions to the knowledge of mankind and of nature, that have
been received, during the Jast thirty years, from the exertions of
modern science on the innummerable objects of inquiry, which

12 Life of Sir Stamford Rafiles—Jntroduction.

the people, the physical structure, and the varied natural produc-
tions of the East Indies have suggested.

So extensive have been the additions to knowledge obtained by
the labours, chiefly of our own countrymen, in Hindistan and the
adjacent countries, that it is difficult to confine our selections
within the necessary limits; we are struck, also, on every side, with
the beauty and the interest of the scene, and scarcely know to
what particular objects we should direct our chief attention. In the
first rank, however, if not absolutely of the greatest importance,
we must place the full development, by that revered cultivator of
oriental literature, Sir William Jones, of the essential identity of
the mythologies of India, Greece, and Rome ; with his examina-
tion of the allegorical fables in which the mighty works, ascribed,
by the Hindds, to the incarnate Krishna, and by the western Gen~-
tiles, to Hercules and Apollo, indicate the prophetic hopes of the
Redeemer so universally entertained in the ancient world. Another
fact of the greatest consequence to the mythologist, which has re-
sulted from the researches of our oriental scholars, is the extent to
which the Hindi or Biddhaic faith, or some of its affiliations, is
now known to have prevailed. This appears to have comprehended
not only the two peninsulas of India, and the country of Thibet,
but also the islands of the Indian Archipelago, and the Empires of
China and Japan; so that the Hinda deities were once worshipped,
throughout the south-eastern countries of Asia. Intimately con-
nected with this subject are the discoveries in ancient history which
have been made by the comparison and critical examination, of
the historical manuscripts and inscriptions of the various nations
inhabiting oriental Asia ; and in which an eminent foreigner, M.
Julius Klaproth, has taken so distinguished a part. Another
great branch of the history of man, is that of his means of em-
bodying his thoughts, first in articulate sounds, and then in forms
apparent to the sight expressive of those sounds ;—the history and
philosophy of language. This also has been greatly improved and
augmented by the investigation of the Indian languages ; and the
labours of Wilkins and Colebrooke in Sanscrit, and of Morrison
in Chinese, in conjunction with those of their contemporaries in

.

Improvements in modern Science derived from the East. 13

the same pursuits, have established the foundation of a department
in philology, on which future students will look back with grati-
tude, and future grammarians and philosophers erect a magnificent
superstructure.

We pass, however, from the history of man to that of the globe
he inhabits. Here we have our attention first arrested by an im-
portant contribution to Physical Astronomy, effected in India by
the zeal, ability, and indefatigable perseverance of the late Lieut.
Colonel Lambton, under the munificent patronage of the East
India Company. This is the determination of the longest con-
tinuous arc of the meridian yet measured on the surface of the
earth; extending from Cape Comorin, the southern extremity of
Hindistan, through twelve degrees of north latitude, to near the
city of Ellichpore in the province of Berar. It has been further
prosecuted beyond N. Lat. 20°, is still in progress under the
direction of Captain Everest, and will probably be completed to
an uninterrupted portion of more than twenty degrees. The re-
cent investigations and experiments to determine the figure of the
earth have shewn this measurement to possess a greater value with
regard to that subject, than was ever contemplated, perhaps, when
the undertaking was commenced ; although the application of the
Pendulum in determining the ellipticity of the meridian, had not
then been made to any important extent, and the measurement of
terrestrial degrees was considered the principal means of solving
the problem. For ‘‘ experience has fully shewn, that no result
of decisive character is to be expected from the repetition or
comparison of measurements in the middle latitudes ; and that it
is only from operations carried on in portions of the meridian
widely separated from each other, that such an event can be re-
garded as of probable accomplishment.”* And from the com-
parison of the tropical extremity of a meridional arc in the
northern hemisphere, which has thus been determined in India,
with the measurement proposed to be effected within the Arctic
Circle, a conclusion may be expected, equally satisfactory with
that which has resulted from carrying into effect, under the con-

* Sabine’s Experiments to determine the Figure of the Earth by means of the
Pendulum, p. 360.

14 Life of Sir Stamford Raftles—Introduction.

ditions most favourable for the experiment, the method of in-
vestigating the figure of the earth by means of the Pendulum.
During the government of Sir Stamford Raffles in Sumatra,
a series of observations was made on the length of the pendulum
at the Equator, by a scientific expedition from the Observatory
at Madras, for the purpose of assisting in the determination of the
figure of the earth; and as the successful attainment of the
objects of this expedition, was owing, in great measure, to Sir
Stamford’s counsel aud protection, we must recur to the subject
in the course of this article.

But the importance of Colonel Lambton’s operations is not con-
fined to the improvement of physical astronomy; for they were
extended eastward and westward of the arc itself, and the Coro-
mandel and Malabar coasts also connected by triangulation, in
numerous important points; thus forming the basis of a complete
trigonometrical survey of the Peninsula. The present extremely
defective state of our knowledge, indeed, of the topography of
India, imperiously demands the speedy completion and publica-
tion of a correct general survey, without which much of the local
history already obtained, both natural and civil, must remain
nearly useless to inquirers in Europe.

Next in order to the constitution of the earth as a planet, have
we to consider the history of the mass of elastic fluid, with which
it is invested, and which is indispensable to the existence of every
subject of organic nature, as well as to the preservation of the
surface of the globe ina fit condition for its support. The con-
tributions to Meteorological Science derived from researches in
the East, have, for obvious reasons, been very few. ‘The investi-
gation of the seemingly most capricious and irregular, but in
reality all-harmonious and beautiful cycles of changes, to which
the atmosphere is perpetually subject, requires a train of laborious
exertions, uninteresting in themselves on account of their minute-
ness and apparefht insignificance, continued, for a long period of
time, on the same spot. And to such exertions as these, neither
the leisure nor the health of many residents in India, or the
countries adjacent, can be adequate. Still, however, some points

Improvements in modern Science derived from the East. 15

of great interest have been elucidated, by the observations of our
countrymen in the Peninsula.

The horary oscillations to which the barometer is subject in all
latitudes, but which, from the absence of the disturbing causes
affecting the atmosphere in the temperate zones, are more pro-
minent between the tropics, were first observed by Lamanon, in
the expedition under the unfortunate Peyrouse; and the earliest
confirmation of the fact, appears in Dr. Balfour’s observations,
made at Calcutta, in 1794, and published in the fourth volume
of the Asiatic Researches.* 'To Mr. Goldingham, of the Ob-
servatory at Madras, a zealous observer, both in Astronomy
and Meteorology, we owe the first satisfactory train of re-
searches on an important subject in Acoustics, intimately con-
nected with the study of atmospheric phenomena: viz. the
influence of the ordinary changes in the air, whether of pres-
sure, temperature, or humidity, or in the force and direction
of the winds, upon the velocity of sound.t The most interest-
ing accession, however, which the East has contributed to
meteorological science, is unquestionably Mr. Williams’s account
of the explosion of a meteor near Benares, in 1798, and of
the falling of some stones at the same time, which he com-
municated in the following year, to Sir Joseph Banks. This
narrative afforded the most indubitable evidence of the descent
of meteoric stones, at the period when the late Mr. Howard
and the Count de Bournon undertook the investigation of the
subject. And it still remains one of the most valuable records
of that remarkable phenomenon ; though the reality of the fall

* See Daniell’s Meteorological Essays, p. 252. Further observations on
this very interesting subject have been made in various latitudes, by M. de
Humboldt, Captain Sabine, M. Ramond, and Mr. Daniell; which prove, ** that
while the irregular movements of the atmosphere and the general range of the
barometer increase, in going from the equator towards the poles, there is a
regular concomitant fluctuation, which augments, as we proceed from high
latitudes towards the equator.” This ‘phenomenon remained, until lately,
one of the unresolved problems of Meteorology, but it appears to have received
a satisfactory solution from Mr, Daniell; though much still remains to be
done for its complete elucidation. Ibid. p. 255.

+ See Phil. Trans. for 1823,

16 Life of Sir Stamford Raffles—Introduction.

of meteorites having been, at length, as well established as that
of volcanic eruptions, or any other great phenomenon of nature,
the value possessed by accounts of particular cases, must now be
estimated by a standard, different from that to which they were
applied, at the period when the attention of philosophers was first
arrested by the subject. For their utility depends, at the pre-
sent time, not so much on the evidence they afford of the actual
occurrence of the phenomenon, as on their precise and compre-
hensive description of the attendant circumstances. Mr. Howard
and his coadjutor, in their paper detailing the inyestigation just
alluded to, which was published, including Mr. Williams’s narra-
tive, in the Philosophical ‘Transactions for 1802, and which is an
admirable example of inductive research, inferred, from the aflini-
ties borne by various specimens of Native Iron to the stones known
to have fallen from meteors, that the same origin was to be ascribed
to them ; and the correctness of this inference was immediately
admitted by philosophers. The learned archeologist Edward
King, had already communicated to the public, the Abbé Stutz’s
account of the fall of two masses of iron near Agram in Croatia,
in 1751; but as Mr. King, though he quotes the Abbé’s words
proving these meteorites to consist of don, invariably alludes to
them himself as being stones,* this instance, it would appear,
was altogether overlooked by contemporary inquirers in England;
and thus an important link in the chain of evidence seemed to be
wanting. The deficiency was soon supplied from the oriental
collections of Colonel Kirkpatrick, who communicated to Mr.
Greville, an extract from the autobiographic memoirs of Jehan-
guire, narrating the fall of a mass of iron in the Punjaub in the
year 1620; and this interesting document being presented, by
that distinguished patron of science, to the Royal Society, was
printed in the Philosophical Transactions for 1803. The progress
of knowledge respecting meteorites, therefore, has been essentially
benefited by information from India.

The discovery, or rather the exploration, of the vast central
chain of mountains forming the barrier between India and Thibet,
and called the Himalaya, or * the abode of snows,” which have

* Remarks concerning Stones said to have fallen from the Clouds, p. 23.

Improvements in modern science derived from the East. 17

been found to exceed in altitude as well as lateral extent the
Andes of South-America, hitherto deemed the greatest mountains
in the world; together with the discovery or examination of the
elevated sources of the Indus, the Ganges, and the Brahmapitra,
the three grand rivers of India, constitutes a memorable epoch in
the history of Physical Geography. When these discoveries, in-
deed, are viewed in conjunction with the innumerable facts of
minor, yet considerable importance, that depend on the newly-
acquired knowledge of the climate and other peculiarities of the
extended table-land of Nepal and Thibet, we must acknowledge
this epoch to be hitherto unequalled in the progress of that science.
In the kindred science of Geology, however, but one depart-
ment has yet received any considerable additions from researches
in the East ; viz. that relating to those igneous phenomena, to the
causes of which, operating at a remote period in our planet’s
physical history, an extensive and consonant series of facts impels
us to refer the formation, to a great extent, of our present
continents :—we allude to the phenomena of volcanos. Prior
to Dr. Horsfield’s geological investigation of Java, and Sir Stam-
ford Raffles’s exertions in obtaining accounts of the eruption of
Tomboro, in the island of Sumbawa, in 1815, the provinces of
Mexico, Guatemala, and Nicaragua, in North-America, and the
western side of South-America, appeared to be the only countries
in the world, in which the chemical agency productive of intense
combustion, exerted to so great an extent in the early stages of
the earth’s formation, still retained a vigour approaching to what
it must have possessed in former ages. But the volcanos of the
Indian islands east of Sumatra; are now known to indicate an
activity in the causes of volcanic energy, fully equal to that which
the Cordilleras of America exhibit; the most stupendous pheno-
mena recorded of the latter, receiving a parallel in the operations
of subterraneous fire witnessed in Java and Sumbawa. To these
we shall have occasion to return, as we proceed in this memoir.
Very little information, on the contrary, has yet been obtained,
respecting the actual structure, either of the Indian peninsulas or
of the islands ; and hence the contributions from the East to that
branch of geological science, which is concerned in investigating
Vox. III. B

{Ss Life of Sir Stamford Raflles—Jntroduction.

the arrangement and mutual relations of the rocks and strata form-
ing the earth’s surface, are scanty and indecisive. We know,
indeed, generally, that like other parts of the world, they consist
of primary, transition, and secondary tracts, mingled with im-
mense overlying masses of trap-rocks ; but whether laws of super-
position are to be observed in these tracts, similar to those which
obtain in the corresponding districts of Europe, and whether their
formation is referable to the same eras, we are altogether un-
informed. Thus a vast field of geological inquiry remains uncul-
tivated ; and we have been induced to mention in so particular a
manner this deficiency of natural knowledge, whilst enumerating
the accessions to it derived from our Indian possessions, with the
hope of exciting some attention to the subject in the world of
science.

‘Having thus delineated a few of the improvements which have
been made in some of the greater divisions of human knowledge,
arising from our Indian resources, we might, in the next place,
proceed to examine how far the various departments of Natural
History are indebted to the same sphere of research. ‘Taking up, in
succession, each of the three kingdoms of nature, we might parti-
cularize the advantages which the philosophical pursuit of Mine-
ralogy, of Botany, and of Zoology, respectively, has derived from
our acquaintance with the productions of the East. These, it
would be found, are fully commensurate with the “ augmina sci-
entiarum,” to which we have already adverted. But enough has
now been stated or alluded-to on the subjects we proposed to re=
view in this Introduction, to prepare the reader for duly esti-
mating the importance and ‘fertility of the field, that was opened
to the cultivation of the distinguished character, whose history we
are about to narrate. The outline we have commenced will
not remain altogether incomplete, by terminating it at this point ;
for, in detailing the contributions to natural knowledge effected
by Sir Stamford Raffles, or in consequence of his patronage, we
shall have occasion to notice several discoveries of considerable
moment in Mineralogy and Botany ; as well as to review at some
length, the oriental accessions to Zoological science.

Such, then, was the importance, and such the promise, with

Application of the foregoing subjects. 19

respect to the pursuit of every branch of liberal kaowledge or of
scientific research, of those extended realms, which comprised the
peculiarly interesting,though, comparatively, little known countries,
that were placed, eventually, under Sir Stamford’s government.

They were thus presented to the contemplation, of one
whose comprehensive genius could at once perceive the kind
of investigation they required, and whose indefatigable activity
in the exercise of his power, could procure, with the same readi-
ness, the means necessary for inquiry. The versatility of talent
he possessed, was fully adequate to the demands made upon it, by
the variety of circumstances around him. Sir Stamford Rafiles
was competent to the most difficult and trying situations, in which
the ruler of countries, inhabited, partly, by Europeans of different
nations, and often of conflicting interests, and partly by Natives
still more various in character, could be placed. He could esti-
mate and determine, with facility, the claims of these regions to
the attention of the statesman, the scholar, and the naturalist.
He was well qualified to bestow upon them the beneficent care of
the enlightened philanthropist, anxious to ameliorate the moral
condition and consequent happiness of the population committed to
his charge, by the most intelligent and eflicient means.

Nor was he less distinguished by the energy and promptitude
with which he executed every plan of improvement suggested by
these diversified relations. Having risen to his exalted station
solely by the force of his talents and his application, this energy was
often required to surmount the opposition excited by the jealousy
of those persons, whom he might be supposed to have superseded,
whether in weight of influence and authority, or in official situ-
ation. The more confined views of others, also, who had been
accustomed to a line of colonial policy dictated by notions, which
an age that is rapidly approaching will consign irretrievably to
the darkness from whence they originated, demanded, not un-
frequently, the exercise of the same qualities. And, above all,
these varied talents, in Sir Stamford Raffles, were animated and
ennobled by the free-born and independent spirit, the generous
love of knowledge, and the desire of imparting it to others, the
love of freedom, and the love of making others free,—of giving

B2

20 Life of Sir Stamford Raffles.

liberty to the mind as well as to the body—which are the pride
and glory of the British character.

But it will not be consistent with the design of the present
memoir, to enter into any details regarding the political conduct
of Sir Stamford Raflles ; we are alone concerned, in this place,
with the actions of his life as a patron and a yotary of knowledge;
and the political transactions in which he was engaged will be
noticed in the following pages, no further than may be requisite,
in order to convey a satisfactory view of the various stations he
occupied, and impart to the whole the unity of a connected nar-
rative. His exertions in the cause of general knowledge, of sci-
ence, and of literature, with outlines of the philosophical investi-
gations which he either pursued himself, or encouraged and ena-
bled others to prosecute, will form the chief subjects of the article 5
whilst his contributions to that department of Natural History to
which the pages of the Zoological Journal are especially devoted,
will receive the particular a(tention they of right demand.

We now proceed to the biography of this eminent individual :
His father, Benjamin Raffles, was one of the oldest captains in the
West India merchant-service, belonging to the port of London ;
and his uncle, a solicitor of eminence in the city, but recently
deceased, was the father of the Rev. Thomas Rafiles, LL.D.,
celebrated from an early age as an eloquent preacher in the Inde-
pendant dissenting connexion, and who is at present the minister
of a congregation at Liverpool, belonging to that denomination.
The subject of this memoir, Tuomas Sramrorp Rarrves, by what
might be regarded as a remarkable coincidence with the events of
his future life, as passed in distant lands, and as connected with
maritime adventures, was born at sea, on board the ship Anne, off
the harbour of Port Morant in Jamaica, on the sixth of July, in
the year 1781. He received his education, principally, at a
respectable academy at Hammersmith, conducted by Dr. Ander«
son ; and entered public life at a very early age, in the Home
Establishment of the Honourable East India Company, as a junior
clerk in the Secretary’s Office. In this situation he became dis-
tinguished, in a short time, as the most efficient clerk in the
office, where he continued for several years. But he was soon to
commence those labours in an Eastern clime on which his subs

His arrival in the East. 21

sequent reputation and prosperity were founded. The island of
Pulo Penang, situated on the western coast of the peninsula on
which the Malayan empire flourished in former ages, and which is
still one of the principal seats of that nation, had been ceded to
the East India Company about the year 1786, and denominated
Prince of Wales’s Island. Being found a valuable post for the
protection of the trade with China, and the encouragement of com-
merce among the Eastern Islands, it was formed into a government,
with a regular civil and military establishment, in the year 1805.
The talents and industry of Mr. Raffles, as we must for the present
designate him, having obtained the favourable opinion of the Court
of Directors of the Company, the appointment of Assistant-Secretary
to the new settlement, notwithstanding the exertion of powerful in-
fluence in favour of other candidates for the office, was conferred
upon him, although he was yet a mere youth; together with the
rank of junior merchant, and an eventual succession to the council.

About this period Mr. Raffles was united in marriage with the
widow of a surgeon in the East India service ; and in a short time
afterwards, pursuant to his appointment, he proceeded to Prince
of Wales’s Island, in company with Governor Dundas, and the
other gentlemen of the civil department. During the voyage
thither, he applied, with great diligence and success, to the study
of the Malay language, which prevails not only over the peninsula
already mentioned, but also throughout the maritime regions of
the Asiatic Isles, and is the vernacular dialect of a population
equal to or perhaps exceeding that of the Indian continent. This
judicious and appropriate preparation for the business in which he
was about to engage, rendered him, immediately on his arrival at
the Island, a valuable acquisition to the government; and his con-
duct received, accordingly, the approbation of the Court of Di-
rectors at home.

On reviewing the gradual means by which the most distinguished
individuals of the human race, in modern times and in civilized
society, have attained their highest stations, their greatest influ-
ence over their contemporaries, and their strongest claims to the
regard of mankind in general, we may usually observe the follow-
ing order to have obtained in their advancement. They have

99 Life of Sir Stamford Rafiles.

commonly pursued, at the outset of their career, directed partly by
their own genius and inclination, partly by the force of surround-
ing circumstances, a certain line of study or path of occupation,
and have quickly risen, accordingly, to some degree of eminence,
in their respective departments of human affairs.

At this epoch in their fortunes, some event has befallen them,
apparently trivial in itself, some production in art or nature, some
work of science or of literature, has deeply engaged their attention,
or an intimate acquaintance has been formed with some man of
talent or of consequence and weight in society—which has given
all their energies a decided and permanent, and, comparatively,
exclusive direction, towards one grand object of pursuit ; and this
object they have in consequence secured, to a considerable extent,
as it were at one grasp.

This appears especially to have been the case, when their distinc-
tion has been created, directly, by their superiority in mental
endowments, and when also they have been elevated from an infe-
rior rank in society, solely by the force of their own talents.

The great Wart, for example, the author of those improve-
ments in the Steam-engine, which have produced such stupendous
effects in the arts and manufactures of this country, having a genius
for mechanism, commenced life as a maker and repairer of philoso-
phical instruments and apparatus. In this business he speedily be-
came emiuent; but having the model of a steam-engine placed in
his hands to repair, his mind was awakened to the importance of
that machine, and the perfection of which it appeared susceptible.
Devoting himself henceforth to the construction of the steam-
engine, he soon atchieved the capital improvement of the separate
vessel, for condensing the steam, after it had given motion to the
piston, on which the perfection of the engine, as now used, prima-
rily depends. In a few short years after this, in conjunction with.
Mr. Boulton, he supplied all Britain with steam-engines, and ac-
quired the exalted reputation which he ever afterwards retained,
and which a grateful posterity will ever award to his memory.

Thus also the illustrious Herscuer, after pursuing for some
years, with enthusiasm and success, his profession as a musician
and teacher of music, became acquainted with the wonders of the

Early causes of his subsequent elevation. 23

planetary system, as described in Ferguson’s Astronomy. Actuated
by a vehement desire of witnessing, with his own eyes, phenomena
so remarkable, whilst the price of a telescope capable of exhibiting
them far exceeded his means, he resolved to construct such an in-
strument with hisown hands. Accordingly, after overcoming many
difficulties, he completed a reflecting telescope, with which he
could observe the satellites of Jupiter and the ring of Saturn.
Henceforward his mind was directed to the exploration of the hea-
vens; and in the space of seven years from this period, he had
enrolled himself among the greatest of astronomers, by the dis-
covery of a new primary planet, the Georgium Sidus.*

And, to conclude these illustrations with an instance selected
from those votaries of science, who still live to benefit mankind,
to an incident equally devoid of importance in itself, we owe the
discoveries of Str Humpury Davy. Whilst preparing for the
medical profession, in Cornwall, his native county, he had acquired
a strong interest in the pursuits of Geology and Chemistry,
which his peculiar genius for analytical research had gratified in
some successful inquiries. He then became acquainted with Mr.
Giddy, now Mr. Davies Gilbert, himself a distinguished natural
philosopher ; and this gentleman, duly appreciating his talents for
Chemistry, warmly seconded his intention of superintending the
Pneumatic Institution, founded by Dr. Beddoes, at Bristol. Here
were made his ‘* Researches on Nitrous Oxide,” published in
the year 1800; soon afterwards he was appointed Professor of
Chemistry at the Royal Institution, and in 1807 he effected
his great discovery of the metallic bases of the alkalies, a dis-
covery that quickly changed the aspect of chemical science, and
which was succeeded by the train of brilliant investigations for
which their author has been rewarded, by his elevation to the
_ Chair of the Royal Society ;—a station successively distinguished,
in a former age of science, by a Wren and a Newron,

Now it was in the order just described and illustrated,—to
return from the digression into which we have been led, by the
desire of taking an enlarged view of this subject—it was by means
of a train of circumstances analogous to those just related, as con-

* See Edin. Phil, Journ. vol. viii. p. 211.

24 Life of Sir Stamford Raffles.

cerned in the advancement of a Watt, a Herschel, and a Davy,
that the genius of Str Sramrorp Rarrtts also received that con-
firmed and lasting impulse, which eventually procured for him
his elevated rank in society, and his high reputation as an en-
lightened and a philosophic statesman.

We have seen that his appointment to the office of Assistant
Secretary in the Government of Prince of Wales’s Island, first led
him to those acquisitions of knowledge regarding the Malayan
countries, which subsequently become so useful in extending and
securing the British dominion over ‘ the Further East.” But
about the period of his arrival at the Island, he formed an acquaint-
ance, which ripened into an endearing friendship, with “ the
Bard of Teviotdale,”’—the late lamented philologist and historian,
Dr. Leyden: the example afforded him by the ardent and power-
ful mind of this accomplished scholar, and the assistance he de-
rived from the varied lore with which that mind was replete, ap-
pear to have determined his pursuit of the most extensive views
and acquirements respecting the countries around him. And
through the advantages conferred upon him by these attainments,
under circumstances rendering their possession singularly appro-
priate and useful, he was appointed, in the short period of six
years from his arrival in the East, and at the early age of thirty
years, to the high and honourable station of representative of the
British nation in the Indian Archipelago, as ** Lieutenant-Governor
of Java and its Dependencies.”

Dr. Leyden had been appointed Surgeon and Naturalist to the
Commissioners directed to survey the Mysore territories on the
Indian peninsula, which had been recently conquered from Tippoo
Sultan. In this service, however, his health had become so
greatly impaired, that he was obliged to leave the Commissioners,
and at length, to facilitate his recovery, to make a voyage to
Prince of Wales’s Island, where he arrived on the 22d of October,
1805. Mr. Raffles thus acquired a congenial friend, and they
were quickly united by a close intimacy, the effects of which on
the pursuits of the former we have just described. The peculi-
arities of the Malay race attracted the eager attention of Dr.
Leyden; in order to extend his knowledge of their language,

flis acquaintance with Dr. Leyden. 25

their manners, and their religion, he visited various places on the
neighbouring coasts ; and the information thus collected he after-
wards presented to the Asiatic Society of Calcutta, under the form
of a “ Dissertation on the Languages and Literature of the Indo-
Chinese Nations,” which was published in the tenth volume of
the Asiatic Researches. Having pursued these researches in con-
junction with Mr. Rafiles, to whose mind he thus gave an impulse
it ever afterwards retained, his health was speedily renovated by
the comparatively salubrious climate of the Island, and the kind
attentions of the friends he gained there. In the beginning of
1806, he proceeded to Bengal, addressing to Mrs. Rafiles, under
the name of Olivia, some beautiful verses, entitled, the ‘+ Dirge of
the Departed Year,” in which he attributes his recovery, in part,
to her friendship and kindness.*

Having now conducted Mr. Raffles to his station in the Malayan
regions, it will obviate the necessity of giving and repeating, as we
proceed, many explanations relative to the geography and history
of the different countries they comprise, if we take a general view
of the situation and character of these countries, at this early stage
of the memoir.

* Poetical Remains of Dr. Leyden; with Memoirs of his |Life, by the Rev.
J. Morton, p. xxxv, et seq. and p. 170.

Some incidents of Dr. Leyden’s early history assume a character of great
interest, when we survey the mighty advance of science and of knowledge in
general at the present time, and the individuals who have takena distinguished
part in promoting it. Whilst at the University of Edinburgh, for example,
he became one of the founders of the ‘* Academy of Physics,” in conjunction
with Mr, Brougham; Dr. Birkbeck, the Founder and President of the London
Mechanics’ Institution; the late Mr. Horner; Dr. T. Brown, Professor of
Moral Philosophy in the University of Edinburgh; Mr. Jeffrey; and several
other gentlemen, at that time his fellow-students in the University, but who
have since attained the highest rank in their respective pursuits, and been most
active in the diffusion of knowledge. The first Edinburgh Review was esta-
blished abgut the same time, and the members of the Academy of Physics,
who were accustomed to draw up abstracts of new publications on science,
were among the earliest contributors to that work. It is always pleasing thus
to cast a retrospective glance on the associations of those characters, who have
become eminent in society, that were formed at an age when they were sus-
ceptible of the strongest impressions, fiom the genius and example of each
other.

26 Life of Sir Stamford Raffles.

The peninsula of Malaya, or Malacca, as it is sometimes deno-
minated, from the metropolis of the country, is the westerly and
most extended branch of the greater peninsula, which consists of
the Birman, Siamese, and Cochinchinese states. It forms the
southernmost extremity of the Asiatic continent, extending to
within about 45’ of the Equator; being washed, on the west, by
the straits of Malacca, separating it from Sumatra, with the general
range of which island it forms a small angle, and towards the east
by the Gulf of Siam and the Chinese Sea. The commercial em-
porium of Zaba, celebrated by the ancients, which was a place of
great importance in the time of Ptolemy, and for many ages
subsequently, was situated in Malaya, at a place upon the river
Jehor, near the southern termination of the country, now called
Batu Sabor. The peninsula, with some of the adjacent islands,
formed one of the states to which the appellation of Maharaja was
anciently givenin the East. In after times it became the principal
seat of the Mohammedan Malayan Empire, which was in its
greatest splendour during the ninth century; being dismembered
many ages before the country was visited by Europeans. As
already intimated in the Introduction, the Malayan states and the
islands of the Indian Archipelago in general, were first discovered
and frequented by the navigators of Europe, about the same time
that America became known to them; and the city of Malacca
was conquered by the Portuguese general, Albuquerque, in the
year 1511, from which period it became an European settlement,
passing from the hands of the Portuguese, into those of the Dutch
and the English, successively.

The most extensive group of islands in the world, termed the
Indian Archipelago, and also, by some geographers, the Asiatic
Isles, occupy the intervening space between the south-eastern
countries of the Asiatic continent, and the north-eastern coast of
New Holland. They thus form, as it were, a continuation of the
Jand, in a south-easterly direction ; connecting the shores of China
and of the further Indian peninsula, with those of Carpentaria,
the land of Arnheim, and De Witt’s land in New Holland.
Comprehended within the 90th and 150th degrees of east longi-
tude, they are included, with the exception of the northerly

Sketch of the Malayan Countries. 27

Phillipine Islands, within about ten degrees of latitude on each
side of the equator. The three largest islands of the group,
Borneo, New Guinea, and Sumatra, are also, next to New Hol-
land, the largest islands on the globe.

In geological constitution, and in the resulting characters of the
soil and organic productions, the Asiatic Isles may be said to con-
sist of two minor groups, the one of primary, the other of volcanic
formation. From the vast chain of primary mountains, called the
Himalaya, the position of which has been stated in the Introduction,
proceed many subordinate ranges, two or perhaps three of which
form the geological bases of both the Indian peninsulas. One of
these traverses Hindistan, and terminates in the Island of Ceylon,
whilst the other, extending through Aracan, Pegu, the Birman
empire, and Malaya, disappears at the southern extremity of Su-
matra, but first sending off an inferior ridge through the smaller
islands of Banca and Biliton. Borneo and Celebes appear to be
the continuations of another great branch of the Himalaya, nearly
parallel to the former, from which, indeed, it may possibly arise.
Java, however, though separated from Sumatra only by the narrow
straits of Sunda, is entirely of volcanic constitution. It deviates also
from the south-easterly direction of Sumatra and the Malay penin-
sula, by striking off nearly due east and west, being succeeded by
the isles of Bali, Lombok, Sumbawa, Endi, Timor, and many
smaller, which agree with it in geologieal character, and are con-
nected by the volcanos of Banda and the Molluccas, with those of
the Phillipine group. An immense volcanic chain is thus formed,
which first bounds the Indian Archipelago towards the south, ex-
tending eastward for about twenty-five degrees, and then intersects
it in the direction of its greatest width from south to north.

A corresponding distinction is observable between the characters
of the nations respectively occupying these two groups of islands.
The primary tracts of which the Malayan peninsula consists, toge-
ther with the isles of Sumatra, Banca, Borneo, and Celebes, being
rich in the metals and the precious stones, are inhabited by com-
mercial and warlike people. The volcanic range, on the contrary,
destitute of the metals, &c. but from the nature of its soil, arising
from the decomposition of lava, sustaining the most luxuriant

98 Life of Sir Stamford Raffles.

vegetation, is peopled, especially Java, by an agricultural race 5
and has been celebrated, from time immemorial, for the high degree
of cultivation which its plains have received. From the situation,
however, of nearly all the islands, within ten degrees of the line,
one constant summer prevails throughout the Archipelago: the
evergreen islands rise in endless clusters from the smooth seas that
flow around them: innumerable flowers bloom in perpetual suc-
cession throughout the year, impregnating the air with their
fragrance ; whilst the variety and abundance of indigenous fruits
and spices is so great, as to have obtained, for the entire insular
assemblage, the emphatic apellation of ‘* The Garden of the
World.” Nor are the productions of animated nature less abun-
dant, or less various and beautiful; possessing the more useful and
more curious animals of continental India, the Asiatic Isles are
distinguished by many animals, of every class, peculiar to them-
selves, as we shall hereafter be called upon to particularize.

The political or rather natioual history of the Indian Archipelago,
has claims to interest commensurate with those enjoyed by its na-
tural peculiarities and advantages. Presenting all that is majestic
and lovely in nature, it appears to have been peopled, at a remote
period, with inhabitants professing the Hindi faith in its more
simple and more elevated form. The maritime districts in some of
the islands, were, in after times, colonized by the enterprising
Arabs, who founded the Malayan empire properly so called. Before
the prowess of these Mohammedans, the former inhabitants, great
ly diminished in numbers, withdrew into the interior fastnesses of
the country ; or in many instances gradually lost all traces of their
ancient greatness, and all remembrance of their pristine religion 5
leaving their magnificent temples, many of them equalling in
architectural splendour those of Hindistan itself, to the destruc-
tive influence of the elements, and of the luxuriant vegetation,
which, in these climates, so quickly overspreads and dilapidates
every neglected edifice.

The Malays, properly so called, inhabit the Peninsula of
Malacca, with the coasts and maritime districts of the islands
lying between the Phillipines and the Southern Ocean, which
are bounded in longitude by the western coasts of Sumatra

Sketch of the Malayan Countries. 29

and New Guinea; the only instance of a Malay government
in the interior of the islands, being presented by the state
of Menangkabau in Sumatra. The dialects of the Malay
tongue, have, in the course of ages, undergone changes which
render them, with respect to the purposes of intercourse, distinct
languages: yet, when strictly examined, the Maldyu nation may
be regarded as one people, speaking one language, and preserving
the same character and customs, though spread over so wide a
space. The descendants of the ancient Hind inhabitants of the
islands, on the contrary, have languages peculiar to themselves ;
and are governed by their own respective laws and institutions.

‘¢ There is something in the Malayan character,” observes the
subject of this memoir, in his introduction to Dr. Leyden’s trans-
lation of the Malay Annals, ‘¢ which is congenial to British minds,
and which leaves an impression, very opposite to that which a
much longer intercourse has given of the more subdued and cul-
tivated natives of Hindistan. Retaining much of that boldness
which marks the Tartar stock, from whence they are supposed to
have sprung, they have acquired a softness, not less remarkable in
their manners, than in their language. Few people attend more
to the courtesies of society. Among many of them, traces of a
higher state of civilization are obvious, and where opportunity has
been afforded, even in our own times, they have been found capa-
ble of receiving a high state of intellectual improvement.”

Java and Sumatra having been successively the seats of Sir
Stamford Rafiles’s authority in the Indian Archipelago, will each
claim a more detailed notice, as we proceed. But it will be useful
to complete this sketch of the Malayan countries, by some par-
ticulars of the other two larger islands of the group, with which
Europeans have been principally connected;—the islands of Borneo
and Celebes.

Borneo, it has been remarked, embanks the navigable pathway
between the eastern and western hemispheres, and lying conti-
guous to China and Japan, the most populous regions of the globe,
its inhabitants were once engaged in extensive commercial rela-
tions with those countries. It stretches from the 4th degree of
south to the 8th of north latitude, and from east longitude 150°

30 Life of Sir Stamford Raffles.

to 158°; being about seven hundred miles in length and five hun
dred in breadth, having a greater superficial extent than any
country of Europe. All its rivers take their origin from a large
inland lake, which waters an extensive district of mountainous or
rather of table land. It is rich in gold and diamonds, and is also
extremely fertile, though, from the degraded condition of the
people, at present very unproductive in cultivated vegetation.
The Dayaks or aboriginal inhabitants, are a very singular race ;
distinguished by the rude virtues of which even the most savage
of mankind are rarely destitute, but also by the perpetration of
human sacrifices, to obtain the victims for which predatory ex-,
peditions are perpetually undertaken. And, divided into nu-
merous tribes, no person among them is permitted to marry, until
he can present the head of some individual of another tribe, to his
proposed bride, who then is not allowed to decline the alliance. |
Celebes is as remarkable in geography for its peculiar lobate
figure, as it is in history for the martial enterprise of the natives,
and the rude mixture of honour and integrity with extreme ferocity
and delight in carnage, that their character presents. Many of the
tribes, called Bugis, served the surrounding states as military re-
tainers ; with the same courage and fidelity as the Normans, at a
former period, and the Swiss, in later times, fought the battles of
the European sovereigns. On the other side of the picture we be-
hold them scarcely refraining from cannibalism ; and celebrating
“‘ the feast of the bloody heart,” at which the raw heart and blood
of a newly-killed deer are the favourite viands; and seem to be
devoured in remembrance of some still more revolting festival.
We now return to the history of Mr. Raffles, having, by the
preceding sketch, enabled the reader to appreciate the extent and
character of the sphere of action, in which he was soon to be
engaged. On the decease of Mr. Pearson, in March, 1807, he
succeeded to the office of Secretary to the Government of Prince
of Wales’s Island; the Governor and Council, whose distinguished
regard he had obtained, also uniting the duties of that station, as
conferred upon him, with those of Registrar to their Recorder’s
Court. ;
Connecting with his official engagements, the studies, the his-

His researches in Malayan history. 31

torical and national inquiries, to which we have adverted in a
former page, the intense application of his mind to the whole, in
a debiiitating atmosphere, induced severe indisposition. This
compelled him to seek change of scene, and he accordingly pro-
ceeded to Malacca, early in the year 1808. When his health had
become in some degree re-established, he commenced an investi-
gation of the history, the localities, and the resources of that
settlement, which terminated in the first great service he per-
formed to the authority of Britain in the Malayan states. For the
result of his researches was the conviction, that Malacca was a
place of much greater importance than had been conceived ; and
he found it incumbent upon him to prepare a Report upon the sub-
ject, for the information of the government of which he was an
officer. In this report he pointed out the expediency of counter-
manding the instructions which had been issued, for the demo-
lition of the fortifications at Malacca. This suggestion was taken
into consideration, and finally adopted ; and by the timely repre
sentation of other circumstances alluded to in the report, some of
which, it would appear, had been unknown before, and others not
duly appreciated, he was eventually the instrument of preventing
the alienation of Malacca from the British Crown.

Pursuing with ardour his enquiries into the history, and past
as well as present condition, of the nations by which he was
surrounded, Mr. Raflles communicated to the Asiatic Society of
Calcutta, in the course of the year 1810, a paper “ On the
Malayu Nation; witha translation of its Maritime Institutions.”
It was afterwards published, in the year 1816, in the twelfth
volume of the Asiatic Researches, to which it forms one of the
most important contributions.

This paper, Mr. Rafiles’s first production in literature,
we believe, commences with some remarks on the prevalent
error of supposing that the Malays have preserved no written
records of their usages and laws; and thence, after proceed-
ing to define the extent of the Maldyw nation, and to shew
that the various dialects of the language are not radically+dis-
tinct, the author gives a general account of the proper laws and
customs of the Malays, as they at present exist as a nation, which
are independent of the laws of the Kordn, and which are pre-~

32 Life of Sir Stamford Rafles.

served in codes called Undang Undang, or Institutions. The
paragraph with which this account begins, is so characteristic of
the extensive views, by which the researches of the author were
ever prompted, that it would be unjust to omit it in this analysis
of the memoir.

“ Considering that a translation of these codes, digested and
arranged according to one general plan, might be as useful in
facilitating and ensuring a more secure intercourse among this
extraordinary and peculiar nation, as it might be interesting im
illustrating the unjustly degraded character of so extensive a
portion of the human race, hitherto so little known either with
respect to what they are or what they were; I have long been
engaged, as far as the severe duties of my public situation would
admit, in collecting Malay manuscripts of every description,
and in particular,-copies of the Undang Undang Malayu, which,
with the various collections of 4ddat, or immemorial customs,
and what may be usefully extracted from the Sejdreh Malayu,*
and Akal Maldyu, or annals and traditions of the Malays, com-
prise what may be termed the whole body of the Malay laws,
customs, and usages, as far as they can be considered as original,
under the heads of government, property, slavery, inheritance,
and commerce.”

Proceeding next to notice, seriatim, the respective Undang
Undang of the different Malay States, both of the islands and
the peninsula, the author presents an account of some of the
distinct tribes inhabiting the latter; and also gives a Translation
of a Malay historical narrative of the ancient relation between
the state of Menangkabau in Sumatra, and that so called on
the Malayan peninsula. This is succeeded by a translation of a
Malay “ History of former times, containing an*account of the
first arrival of the Portuguese at Malacca.”

Returning to the subject of the Undang Undang, having be-
fore dismissed it, as far as relates to the Maldyu nation itself,
Mr. Rafiles notices the original institutions of the various na-
tions among the Eastern islands, especially those of Java, and of
the Bugis and Macassar states on Celebes. The consideration.

* A translation of the Sejdreh Maldyu, or Malay Annals, by Dr. Leyden, was
published, in an octavo volume, in 1821, with an introduction by Sir S, Raffless.

His introduction to Lord Minto. 33

of these subjects leads to some remarks on the comparatively
modern origin of the Malays, who appear not to have existed as
a separate and distinct nation, until the arrival of the’ Arabians
in the Eastern seas: the memoir here terminates, and is suc-

ceeded by the Maritime Institutions, selected by the author, for
the purpose of laying before the Asiatic Society, on account of
their singularity and characteristic peculiarities.

About this time Mr. Rafiles. was appointed Malay translator to
the Government of India, having been introduced to the Ear! of
Minto, the Governor-General, by his friend Dr. Leyden, who had
become Professor of Hindistani in the College of Fort-William at
Calcutta. He soon obtained, and ever afterwards enjoyed, the
highest regard and confidence of this nobleman. And His Excel-
lency, in one of the Anniversary Discourses he delivered to the
College, an establishment in which the education, in every branch
of oriental learning, of those who are intended to occupy public sta-
tions in India, is completed, honoured Mr. Rajflles’s' Malay pur-
suits with an especial notice, also announcing his being en gagedi in
compiling a code of Malay laws.

But the era was now rapidly approaching, at which Mr. Raffles
was destined to take a more prominent station in public affairs.
He was present at Calcutta in 1811, during the time when the
‘reduction of the Dutch settlements in the Eastern seas was con-
templated by the Bengal Administration. The annexation of
Holland to France, which had been effected by Napoleon, having |
‘ virtually placed at the disposal of the latter power, all these
valuable and extensive possessions, it was deemed expedient that
the island of Java, which was the central seat of the Dutch
colonial government, should, without delay, be brought under the
dominion of Great Britain. Those gentlemen whose situations
in the East had qualified them for the execution of such a task,
among whom, of course, was Mr. Rafiles, were accordingly ree
quested by the Governor-General to furnish the best information
they could impart, respecting the state of the Indian islands, on
‘which the Dutch settlements were planted. Ina short space of
time, Mr. Rafiles presented to Lord Minto, a memoir on this
subject, which was found to be so superior in information to those

Vor. III. c

SA Life of Six Stamford Raffles.

furnished by his competitors, so complete as far as accessible
sources could supply materials, so well adapted in its plans to
existing circumstances, and so masterly in political views, that the
arrangements recommended by its author were adopted by the
Government, with little or no variation. Pursuant to the scheme
of action now determined upon, Mr. R. was appointed Agent of
the Governor-General to the Malay States; and he proceeded to
Malacca, where the proposed expedition for the conquest of the
Dutch settlements was to rendezvous, on its route to Jaya.

The Armament was fitted out in the various ports of India, by
the command of the Governor-General ; it consisted, in vessels of
all descriptions, both European and Native, of ninety sail; and it
arrived in the straits of Malacca in the month of June, 1811. A
difference of opinion existed as to the best course to be pursued :
it was ultimately determined to follow that pointed out by Mr.
Raffles, and the result was that the entire expedition reached the
Shores of Java without a casualty. Mr. R. proceeded thither
with Lord Minto, in the official capacity above named, and also
as his private secretary ; together with Dr. Leyden, who having
accompanied the Earl from Calcutta, was busied in the translation
of the letters that had been received from the different Malay
rajahs, and in dictating proclamations to send forward in the Native
languages of the countries they were approaching. Early in Au-
gust, the expedition appeared before the city of Batavia, the chief
settlement of the Dutch in Java. On the 4th, the army landed at
a village six miles to the eastward of Batavia, and in four days
afterwards they entered the city, without meeting any resistance.

This epoch, however, though so propitious to Mr. Raffles in the
complete success of the plan he had suggested for the reduction of
the Dutch settlements, was yet marked as one of melancholy im-
port tohim. His friend Dr. Leyden, the promoter and associate
of his early studies, the kindred genius whose congenial mind
had united with his own to pursue the objects in which they were
both so deeply interested, was seized with a violent fever, shortly
after the landing of the troops, An illness of three days fol-
lowed, and he expired in the arms of Mr. Rafiles, on the 28th of
August, at the early age of thirty-six; a victim to excessive exer-

The Conquest of Java. 35

tion and the pestilential climate of Batavia. ‘‘ He came from the
other India,” as Mr. R. subsequently remarked, ‘ panting after
knowledge and busy in the pursuit of science ;” he entertained a
_* confident hope of illustrating national migrations from the
scenes which he was approaching,.... but just as he reached those
shores on which he hoped to slake his ardent thirst for knowledge,
he fell;” deeply deplored by all, and by none more truly than by
the subject of this memoir, who in company with the Governor-
General, beheld the last sad oflices performed over his mortal
remains,
‘** His bright and brief career is o’er,
And mute his tuneful strains ;

Quenched is his lamp of varied lore,

That lov’d the light of song to pour ;

A distant and a deadly shore

Has Leyden’s cold remains !”
Watrer Scorr.

But to resume our narrative: General Jansens, the Dutch
Governor of Batavia, had withdrawn his forces from the city on
the approach of the British troops, and retired to a strong position
at Fort Cornelis, about five miles towards the interior of the
country. Thither he was soon followed by the invading army,
and after a hard fought battle, totally defeated. This conflict
determined the fate of the Dutch settlements in the Indian Archi-
pelago ; and thus was atchieved the conquest of Java; an island
containing a population of five millions; and divided into thirty
residencies, under powerful chiefs, all more or less subordinate
to the European authorities. The unparalleled ease and celerity
with which this object was effected, appears to have been mainly
owing to the excellent arrangements made by the Governor-
General and his coadjutors in the enterprise ; which were carried
into effect with consummate skill and gallantry, by Sir Samuel
Auchmuty and the army under his command. The facility with
_which the new government was established, was also aided in a
_high degree by another circumstance, noticed by Mr. Raffles, in
the preface to his History of Java, in nearly the following terms.
The British, with respect to the colonists and the inhabitants,-

c2

36 Life of Sir Stamford Rafiles.

came as friends to the Island, Holland had ceased to be an
independent nation ; and for the time there could be only two
parties, the one English, the other French. The emissaries of
the late ruler of France had perverted the minds of the majority :
many were doubtful on which side they should rally. At this
critical juncture, Mr. H. W. Muntinghe, President of the Supreme
Court of Justice at Batavia, and Mr. J. C. Cranssen, another
principal civil officer of the Dutch, declared for England and the
ancient order of things. ‘To the influence of the decision and
conduct of these gentlemen, is to be ascribed much of the
cordiality and good understanding, which soon prevailed between
the official representatives and settlers of the two nations; and
the Earl of Minto, with the wisdom and benevolence that cha-
racterized all his actions, constituted them members of the British
Council in Java.

The value of the services which had been rendered by Mr.
Raffles, as well in the preliminary arrangements of this fortunate
expedition, as in the ultimate execution of the enterprise, was
fully appreciated by the Governor-General. They were re-
warded by his immediate nomination to the high and important
station of “ Lirurenant-Governon oF Java Anp 1Ts DepEN~
DENCIEs 3”... as an acknowledgment of those services, and in
consideration of his peculiar fitness for that office ;” Lord Minto
deeming him the most proper person to be entrusted with the
execution of that political system, which he had himself devised
and recommended.

Accordingly, on the 11th of September, in the year 1811, the
eminent character whose life we are recording, took charge of the
government of Java.

Having thus attended Mr. Raffles to the commencement of his
authority in Java, an authority productive of so many important
consequences to the welfare of its inhabitants, as well as to the
interests of all liberal pursuits connected with eastern Asia, we
will pause awhile in our narrative; for the purpose of contem-
plating the extensive and populous island consigned to his govern-
ment.

General view of Java. BY!

Java is situated between 105° 11’ and 114° 33’ east longitude,
extending eastward from the straits of Sinda, with a slight devi-
ation to the south ; and is included within 5° 52’ and 8° 46’ south
latitude. Its length in a right line, measured from the south-
eastern extremity, to the beautiful promontory towards the west,
called Java Head, so well known to navigators as the first point made
by vessels approaching the island from the southward, is 666 statute
miles, its breadth varying from 56 to 1354 miles ; whilst its area is
equal to about 50,000 statute square miles. Its general figure is that
of a parallelogram, or rather of several parallelograms of different
proportions united ; and its outline is so regular, that the island
might be entirely divided into five or six parts of the same figure.
On the southern and western sides it is washed by the Indian
Ocean ; on the north-west by the straits of Sfinda, on the north
by the sea of Java, which separates it from Borneo, and at the
south-eastern extremity by the straits of Bali, only two miles wide,
by which it is divided from the island of that name. Towards
the eastern termination is the principal harbour, that of Soura-
baya, formed by the approaching coasts of Jaya and the island of
Madura. This harbour is very spacious, secure against the vio-
lence of the waves and the wind, and might be rendered im-
pregnable to any armed force. No region in the world, probably,
is better watered than Java, for though the size of the island does
not admit the existence of large rivers, the streams in every direc-
tion are singularly numerous and useful. The scenery, especially
in the interior and southern provinces, is bold in outline and
prominent in its features ; an uninterrupted range of large moun-
tains, evincing their volcanic nature by their conical form, extend
throughout the island, their summits being elevated above the sea
from fiye, to eleven, and even twelve thousand fect. These ro-
mantic provinces, indeed, unite all the highly diversified and rich
scenery, which waving forests, never-failing streams, and constant
verdure can present; heightened by a pure atmosphere and the
glowing tints of a tropical sun. And with respect to climate, it
is now known, that, excepting a few places, extremely unhealthy
from local causes only, which were most unwisely colonized by the
Dutch, Java is equal in salubrity to the healthiest parts of British
India, or indeed to any tropical region of the globe.

38 Life of Six Stamford Rafiles.

The geological character of the island, and the nature of the
resulting soil, have been mentioned already when contemplating
the peculiarities of the Malayan countries in general. The
riches of Java belong entirely to the organic kingdoms of nature.
Its vegetable productions are distinguished not merely by their
abundance, but also by their extraordinary variety. For between
the summits of the mountainous chain which traverses the island,
and the sea-shore, six distinct zones, differing in climate, are pro-
duced, by the difference of elevation in a country so near the
equator ; each of which furnishes a copious indigenous botany 5
whilst, for the same cause, the productions of every region of the
world may be cultivated in some district or other. All the tro-
pical plants that contribute to the sustenance of man abound in
perfection ; nor is Java deficient in those more curious vegetable
productions, which, though not so essentially useful as the former,
are yet of considerable importance to civilized society. Among
these are a shrub yielding caout-chouc or elastic gum, the wax
tree, and a tree producing a substance which strongly resembles
tallow.

The woods abound with timber-trees ; and in the eastern pro-
vinces are extensive forests of Teak, which appears to exist, in the
Malayan countries, only in Java and the islands further to the
east, as it is not to be found on the peninsula of Malacca, in
Sumatra, or in Borneo, and but very scantily on Celebes, where
it does not seem to be indigenous. The Bambi, applied to so
many useful purposes in all the eastern countries, appears to find
in Java a soil and a climate more congenial to it than elsewhere,
for it grows here in far greater luxuriance and variety. And
turning to those remarkable plants which secrete a substance de-
structive of animal life, we find in Java and the easterly isles the
celebrated Upas or Poison-tree, the history of which has given
rise to a multitude of apalling, but fabulous narrations; together
with ashrub, apparently peculiar to Java, which furnishes a poison
still more virulent and rapid in its action.

Nor are the animal productions of this island less important, or
in a scientific point of view less interesting: but as a future
number of this work will contain a review of the contents of Dr.

His administration in Java. 39

Horsfield’s Zoological Researches in Java, a very brief notice of
them only is requisite at present. Java affords about fifty or
sixty species of mammiferous animals, among which are a fine
breed of small Horses, an equally valuable race of Buffaloes, and
a Wild Ox, apparently a variety peculiar to Java; but not the
Elephant, which is a remarkable fact, since that animal abounds
in Sumatra. ‘There are also several species of Felis, including
the Tiger; the Jackal, and some species of Wild-Dog; the
Rhinoceros ; and many small quadrupeds, comprising some inte-
resting genera which appear to be peculiar to the island. The
number of Birds in Java, amounts to between three and four hun-
dred species; and the Amphibia include the Cayman, a number
of large Lacerte and Iguana, several species of Turtle, some
curious Batrachian reptiles, and numerous serpents; whilst the
adjacent seas, the rivers, and the lakes, afford many species of
esculent fish ; and the extensive bays on the southern coast abound
in the most beautiful tropical forms of Mollusca and Corals,
Honey and wax are produced by three species of Bees, inhabiting
the largest forests, though at present collected in very inconsider-
able quantities ; and the Insects of Java, in general, are propor-
tionate in number and variety to its vegetable productions.

As neither the limits nor the chief object of the present memoir,
will admit of a minute examination or detail of all the measures
of Mr. Raffles’s administration on this island, we shall notice only
some of its more prominent features. It will be apparent from
these alone, that no representative of the British nation in its
distant possessions, ever displayed greater energy of character,
or a larger share of benevolence, in performing the duties of so
elevated a station. It will also be evident that none have better
deserved the popularity, the discriminative and considerate praise
of the most intelligent portion of the community, which was the
reward of his public life.

The commencement of Mr. Raffles’s official career as Lieutenant-
Governor of Java, was disturbed by unavoidable hostilities with
the treacherous chief of Palembang, the most powerful native
state in Sumatra, and with the Sultan of Djocjocarta, one of the
principal native authorities in Java itself. ‘These powers were

AO» Life of Six Stamford Rafliles.

quickly suppressed, and having thus successfully ‘terminated the:
war, he was at liberty to investigate the internal resources of the .
island. This investigation he accordingly entered upon; and he .
also carefully examined the disposition and character of the in-
habitants, with a view equally to the advancement of his country’s
interests, and the moral improvement of the natives and colonists.
One of the principal means he devised for the preliminary arrange-
meut of these and similar measures, was the reinstation of a literary
institution at Batavia, which had for some years been in a dormant
state. ‘This subject requires particular notice.

The first institution that was established by European colonists
in any of their Oriental settlements, for the purpose of obtaining
and communicating useful information on the surrounding objects
of inquiry, or of pursuing those branches of science or of literature
which might appear best calculated to promote the welfare of |
their colonies, was the Batavian Seciety of Arts and Sciences.
‘This association was founded on the 24th of April, in the year
1778, through the exertions of M. Radermacher, a zealous pro-
moter of useful knowledge at Batavia, and son-in-law to the Dutch
Governor-Genera) M. De Klerk.* The objects of research first

* The history of the learned societies formed in the European settlements
in India, presents one of the many instances of an example set by fo-
reigners, being followed and improved to an indefinite extent by our own .
countrymen. The first association for the improvement of natural knowledge
founded in Europe itself, was the Florentine Academia del Cimento; the
second was the Royal Society of London. So also in the Kast, the Batavian
Society as above stated, was the first institution established for the promotion
of inquiries into the history and learning of Asia; but the second was the
Asiatie Society of Calcutta, founded six years afterwards by Sir William
Jones. The services which the Asiatic Society has rendered to oriental
literature, are too well known and appreciated to need remark in this place.
Within the present century, similar institutions have been formed at the prin-
cipal British residencies in Hindistan; as at Bombay, the Literary Society
of which settlement has published three interesting volumes of transactions;
at Madras; andin Ceylon. Even the distant southerly regions of New Holland
have the ‘* Philosophical Society of Australasia,” founded in 1822 by Sir
Thomas Brisbane, and the * Agricultural Society of Van Dieman’s Land.”
These associations, in conjunction with the more recently established Asiatic
Societies of Paris and Great Britain, furnish such vast means of investigation’
in Asia, as will probably change the face of Eastern learning altogether.

His reinstation of the Batavian Literary Society. Al

proposed by this Society, embraced whatever could tend to im-
prove the agriculture, the commerce. or the general welfare of the
settlement. It also entertained and encouraged the solution of
every question relating to the natural history, the antiquities, and
the inhabitants of Java. In the year succeeding that of its foun-
dation, the first volume of its ‘* Transactions’? was published at
Batavia; and five volumes more, the whole containing much
curious and interesting information respecting Java and the neigh-
bourivg islands,* appeared in the course of the next thirteen
years, the sixth being published in 1792. From this period, how-
ever, the Society languished, and became comparatively inactive.
An attempt was made, in the year 1800, to renew its vigour, by
some judicious alterations in its constitution and statutes, but with
little success ; the seventh volume of the Transactions, for which
some materials were prepared, could not be completed, and the
only additional communications the Society received, were those
of Dr. Horsfield, an American naturalist, who had commenced his
inquiries respecting the natural history of the island.

Such was the condition of the Batavian Literary Society, when
Mr. Raffles assumed the government of Java. The utility of re-
instating an association of this description, under all the circum-
stances of the settlement, at this eventful period, was immediately
perceived by him. With his accustomed promptitude he accord-
ingly revived the dormant energies of the members, became him-
self the President of the Society, encouraged and procured the
contribution of papers to its Transactions, and, at the Anniversary-
meetings, animated the members to renewed exertions, by lumi-
nous Discourses, in which he reviewed the past labours of the
Society, and pointed out the objects still demanding their atten-
tion. In 1813, Lord Minto was requested to become the Patron

* The Zoological reader will recollect that it was in the second volume of
the Batavian Transactions, that Von Wurmb described the animal from
Borneo, he believed to be the true Orang Outang, but which Geoffroy after-
wards pronounced to bea distinct species of Ape, to which the name of Pongo,
given by Buffon to a supposititious animal, was subsequently restricted by
Cuvier. The late Dr. C. Abel, however, as we shall have occasion to notice
hereafter, has stated the animal described by Von Wurmb to be identical with
the Orang Outang recently captured in Sumatra.

AQ Life of Sir Stamford Rafiles.

of the institution, and the following extract from the address voted
to his Lordship on that occasion, will evince the grateful sense
entertained by the members, as well as the intrinsic value, of Mr.
R.’s exertions in the re-establishment of the Society.

*¢ Reformed by his (the President’s) genius and perseverance—
guided by his talents and example, re-established on its original
and extensive foundations, and enriched by the addition of a
number of new and valuable members—the Society flatters itself
that a new life and vigour will soon pervade its whole system, and
that although the old trunk still remains, the grafting thereon of
some new branches, transplanted from a rich and fertile soil, will
shortly tend to produce a greater abundance of fruit and of finer
quality than formerly.” .

At the Anniversary-meeting in 1813, held on the 24th of April,
Mr. Raffles delivered an address of which we shall now present a
brief outline.

This discourse commences with a review of the progress of
the Society, from its first institution down to the Anniver-
sary; in which the principal contents of the first six volumes
of its Transactions are noticed. Dr. Horsfield’s labours in
investigating the natural history of Java are then mentioned,
and also the contents of the seventh volume of the Transactions
just sent to press; and next, after an affectionate eulogy on his
departed friend, Dr. Leyden, by whom the last article in the
volume, a sketch of Borneo, had been prepared, during his pas-
sage with the expedition from Malacca to Batavia, the President
proceeds,—regarding the demise of Dr. L. and that of Dr. Hunter,
the late secretary to the Society, not as justifiable grounds for
supineness, but as incentives to more strenuous exertion,—-to
point out the objects to which the attention of the Society should
be directed. These it was evidently his design should be, the
collection and arrangement of every species of information re-
specting Java and the adjacent countries, for the purposes, —
mainly, of obtaining the best data on which to found the im-
provement of the civil and moral condition of the inhabitants
and settlers, and the advancement of the island’s import-
ance as a British possession. He accordingly directs the atten-

His Anniversary- Discourses to the Batavian Society. 43

tion of the members, to the necessity of first attaining an accu-
rate and extensive knowledge of the Javanese language, and of
acquiring, for that and other purposes, a collection of native
manuscripts, and fac-similes of ancient inscriptions. In advert-
ing next to the future prospects of the Society, Mr. Rafiles an-
nounces that the exploration of the island of Banca, which had
lately fallen into our hands, and which had never been explored
by Europeans, had been undertaken by Dr. Horsfield; and he
also notices, with much commendation, Mr. Muntinghe’s contri-
butions on the native laws and institutions of Java, in force an-
tecedently to the introduction of the Mohammedan faith.

The objects within the geographical limits to which the Presi-
dent wished to confine the especial labours of the Society—
those of the ‘Further East,”— are next pointed out, and
their peculiar claims to investigation discussed, in a very ani-
mating and a very philosophical manner. After noticing Suma-
tra and Banca, he dwells particularly on Bali, where the pristine
Hindi or Baddhaic faith of the Indian Archipelago is still pre-
valent ; and he advances thence to Borneo, of which an inter-
esting sketch is given, with many sagacious reflections on the
moral condition and mental state, both of the aboriginal tribes
and the Mohammedan inhabitants; together with suggestions as
to the proper means for their amelioration, and the manner in
which it should be attempted. Celebes next claims his attention,
afterwards Gilolo; and he then alludes to the superiority of our
information respecting the natural history of the Moluccas, over
that which we possess of any other region of the East.

Adverting, in conclusion, to the rapid progress of the Euro-
pean settlements on the more southern parts of New Holland,
and, successively, to the paucity of our knowledge respecting the
Sulu isles, and that of Mindanawi, and the prospect of assistance
in the Society’s researches on the Japanese isles, afforded by a
projected mission to Japan under Dr. Ainslie, the English
Secretary to the Society—Mr. Raffles congratulates the mem-
bers on the renewed activity of the institution, noticing their
haying undertaken to publish a Malayan edition of the Sacred
Scriptures; and he finally avows his determination to forward
their pursuits by every means in his power.

Ad Life of >w Stamford Raffles.

The address of which we have thus endeavoured to give an
outline, occupies thirty-three pages in the Seventh volume of the
Society’s Transactions, which was printed at the government-press
of Batavia, and published in 1814. The style in which it is
composed is in some respects loose and inaccurate. It has also a
character of verbose diffuseness, that tends to weary the reader,
and—to hazard a conjecture on what may be termed the progress
of the author’s mind—it would seem that at this time he felt
himself restrained, in the expression of his ideas, by a defi-
ciency of suitable forms in general science and literature, adapted
to receive and to transmit to the minds of others, the grand views
and mighty projects which occupied his own mind, and thence
panted to break forth in all their splendour. But these formal
defects detract little from the substantial excellence of the dis-
course. It displays the germs of that comprehensive perception
which marks the subsequeat productions of its author: it evinces
his skill in selecting for inquiry that part of any subject which
was most essential to its correct examination: and it exhibits the
wise method he always pursued of confining the attention of any
agent he employed,—whether an individual or an association of
individuals—to one grand object ; without however actually ex-
cluding the consideration of minor objects, but concentrating the
main energies of the agent on one desirable point, until that point
had been secured.

The contents of the Seventh volume of the Batavian Trans-
actions, thus produced under the auspices of the Governor, are
uniformly of a highly respectable character. Some of them ap-
pear to be extremely important in a local point of view, others
afford interesting contributions to general science, and when com-
pared with the Memoirs published by ihe Learned Societies of
[urope, they present only the imperfections which resulted, in-
evitably, from the distance at which the authors were situated
from the central seats of knowledge. The perusal of the
Kighth volume, published in 1816, leaves similar impressions on
the mind; and it is perhaps the most valuable of the two. The
papers it contains are preceded by the Preaident’s discourse On
the Stinda Isles and on Japan, delivered before the Society at a

His Anniversary- Discourses to the Batavian Society. 45

meeting held on September the 11th, 1815, in celebration of the
fourth Anniversary of the British establishment in the Eastern
seas. This address is nearly thrice the length of the former,
which it also excels in style and arrangement ; and it indicates the
acquisition by the author of more appropriate and copious means
of expression than he had before possessed. Great warmth and
tenderness of affection for his deceased friends is shewn at the
commencement ; and the body of the discourse displays his chia-
racteristic extent and precision of thought. We proceed to an
analytical view of this composition :

An affecting religious tribute of grateful feeling and deeply-
founded regard, to the memory of Lord Minto, the patron of the
Society, and the tenderly-attached friend of the speaker, who
had deceased in the interval since his former address, with
some allusions to an afiliction he had himself sustained, marks
the beginning of this discourse. Having discharged this debt of
gratitude, he proceeds immediately to notice the enquiries set on
foot by the Society, and the objects that had received their at-
tention, since he last addressed the members. Dr. Horsfield
had by this time brought to a close his laborious exertions on
Banca, and Mr. Rafiles announces the collection by that natu-
ralist, of the most complete information regarding the position,
constitution, and productions of that important island ; of which
he next gives, from the materials so obtained, a concise, but at
the same time comprehensive and satisfactory sketch. On dis-
missing this subject, he notices the additional knowledge which
had recently been acquired, respecting the dialects, native cha-
racter, and statistics of Borneo, as well as of its ancient extensive
intercourse with Chinaand Japan, with the former of which coun-
tries alone it is now connected. Resuming, from his former ad-

dress, his obse.vations on Celebes, he enters particularly into
its civil and military history, describing that singular feature of
the constitution of society among its inhabitants, perhaps with-
out parallel in Asia, of an elective monarchy ; limited by an
hereditary aristocracy, exercising feudal authority over the
lower classes and population, with whom they are at all times
prepared to open a campaign.

AG Life of Six Stamford. Rafiles.

Returning hence to Java, as the field of home attraction, the
President ‘ notices,” as he modestly terms it, but in fact gives
a masterly general view of, occupying one-third of the memoir,
“ The extensive traces of antiquity, foreign intercourse, and
national greatness, which are exhibited in that island, in the
numerous monuments of a former worship, in the ruins of dilapi-
dated cities, in the character, the institutions, the language,-and
the literature of the people ;” prefacing this investigation with
some remarks on the natural history of Java. These subjects
terminate with an account of the yet Hindd inhabitants of the
Teng’gar mountains; and proceeding to mention the lead-
ing observations he had made on the island of Bali, now the
only one in the Eastern seas in which Hindiism still prevails as
the established religion of the country, Mr. Rafiles alludes parti-
cularly to the peculiar and extraordinary character of the inha-
bitants, so widely different, as well morally as physically, from
that of every other nation in the Archipelago.

The uniformity in habits and in language prevailing through-
out the various nations inhabiting the southern peninsula of
India, and the innumerable islands comprehended in the modern
divisions of Polynesia and Australia, next claim the Governor’s
attention ; and as a subject new to the historian, and not unin-«
teresting to the philosopher, he endeavours to trace the sources
on the continent of India, whence flowed the colonization and
subsequent civilization of the Eastern Islands ; and the periods
when Hind colonies were first introduced into the different states.
Admitting the probability that the country lying between Siam
and China was the immediate source of this emigration, he pro-
ceeds, with the view just mentioned, to divide the history of the
Eastern Islands, with reference to the island of Java in parti-
cular, on which a powerful Hindd government was early estab-
lished, into five distinct periods; the first of which includes
the period beginning with the earliest account of the population,
and descends to the first establishment of a foreign colony in
Java, mentioned in the written annals of the country, or A. D.
600 ; when only the period of authentic history can be regarded

His Anniversary-Discourses to the Batavian Society. 47

as commencing. The progress of this historical sketch leads
to the following observations on the 7'aprobdne of the ancients.

« Sumatra was long considered the T’eprobdne of the ancients,
and when we advert to the single circumstance that this was
said to be a country in which the North Polar Star was not
visible, or only partially, we must still doubt the correctness of
the modern conclusion in favour of Ceylon. The Eastern Islands
furnish that peculiar kind of produce, which has from the earliest
times been in demand by continental nations, and the same
avidity with which in modern days Europeans contended for
the rich products of the Moluccas, in all probability actuated,
at a much earlier period, adventurers from Western India.
Traces of intercourse with Ethiopia may be found at this day in
the woolly-headed race peculiar to Africa, which are to be found
on the Andamans, on the southern part of the further peninsula,
and throughout the archipelago;* and that the Hindts were at
one period an enterprising and commercial nation, may I think
be established with little difficulty, from the incontestible proofs
which at this day exist in Java; and the traffic which still ex-
ists in native vessels and on native capital between the Coro-
mandel Coast and the Malayan peninsula. If any country there-
fore lays claim to this distinction more than another, it is Java:
—but probably it was rather to the Eastern Islands generally
than to one island in particular, that the appellation was given:
—both Ptolemy and the Arabians would seem to have designated
the islands by one general name — by the one they were termed
Jabadios Insule, by the others Ja& or Jawa, hence probably
the confusion in the travels of Marco Polo, and the still dis-
puted question between Java Major and Java Minor.”+

He then pursues this sketch or programme of the history of
Java through the intervening divisions, to the last, which is
comprised between the years 1600 and 1811, the former being

* Some remarks on this curious point in the natural history of the human
species, viz. the existence of a woolly-headed race in the south-eastern countries
of Asia, will be found in a subsequent page of this memoir.

+ We shall have occasion, when giving an analysis of Mr. Raflles’s History
of Java, to notice particularly the different opinions that have been entertained
as to the country designated Taprobane by the ancients.

48 Life of Sir Stamford Rafiles.

the date of the establishment of the Dutch in the Eastern Seas,
and the latter that of the British conquest. The subject of Java
is concluded with some remarks on the striking resemblance
between the early state of Greece and that of the Malay Islands,
arising in part from the similarity in geographical disposition of
the two countries; and also on the comparative elevation in
national character of Java and the other islands, from which it
appears that the people of Java had attained a far higher degree
of civilization than any other nation in the Southern hemisphere.
The return of the mission from Japan enables Mr. Raffles to
give some novel information respecting the character and habits
of the extraordinary people of that country, confirming in every
respect the accounts of the celebrated, but in Europe greatly
maligned Kempfer, whose work however is held in high estima-
tion by the Japanese themselves ; and refuting the misrepresen-
tations of other authors which have obtained such general cre-
dence. The most remarkable feature the statement affords, is
the condition of high civilization of the people of Japan, and
their still progressive improvement; whilst their neighbours the
Chinese, with whom, as to intellectual and moral character,
they are so frequently but so inaccurately ranked, have continued
stationary, certainly for the few centuries during which we have
known them, and as their history and works indicate, in all pro-
bability for many ages before.—Observing that the Japanese
* are wonderfully inquisitive in all points of science, and possess
a mind curious and anxious to feceive information, without in-
quiring from what quarter it comes,” Mr. Rafiles now terminates
his address with this noble and animating expression of liberal
feeling :—‘‘ In the same spirit let us hope that now, when

That spell upon the minds of men
Breaks, never to unite again;

no withering policy may blast the fair fruits of that spirit of re-
search which has gone forth from this Hall ; nor continue, under
any circumstances, to shut out one-half of the world from the
intelligence which the other half may possess.”

| To be continued. |

Prince of Musignano’s Supplement, &c. Ag

Art. WI. Suprpirement to the GeneRA of Nortu
AmeRIcaNn Birps, and to the Synopsis of the SpEciEs
Sound within the territory of the Unittep States. By
Cuarues Lucian Buonaparrs, Prince of Musignano,
M.A.; Vice-President of the Maclurean Lyceum of
Philadelphia; Mem. of the Phil. Soc. of Phil. ; of the
Phil. Soc. of the State of New Jersey; of the Ac. of
Nat. Hist. of Phil.; of the Lyceum of Nat. Hist. of
New York ; of the Ac. of Arts & Sc. of Baltimore; of
the Ac. of the Ardenti, &c. &c.

I was far from supposing, that after having so carefully investi-
gated the Ornithology of the United States, I should find in Lon-
don, during a momentary stay, not only some of the most rare
and interesting North American species, of which I never was
able to procure specimens, but even some valuable additions to
the Fauna of that country. To the kindness of Mr. Leadbeater,
so well known among Ornithologists, I am indebted for the
opportunity of examining and describing the following species,
which I noticed on account of their being North American,
among the great number of new and rare birds collected by him
from all quarters of the globe.

1. Caruartes CatirorniAnus. A specimen from the Oregan,
the second known in any collection.

61. Corvus CotumsrAnus. <A beautiful specimen from the
same river, probably the only one in the possession of civilized
man, the wretched specimen brought by Lewis and Clark ex-
cepted.

188. FrincILuA vesPERTINA. Two perfect specimens of this
highly beautiful bird, of which a single imperfect one had hitherto
been known, upon which Mr. Cooper, of New York, established
the species. ‘'These two specimens were shot early in the springy
on the Athapescow Lake near the Rocky Mountains.

Vor. III. D

50 Prince of Musignano’s Supplement

301. Ractus novezoracensis. (Rallus flavicollis, Vieill. Gal.
des Ois.* pl. 266.) A male and female from the same locality,
whilst the species had hitherto been found in the immediate
vicinity of New York only.

The above four species are enumerated in my Synopsis, or in
my Catalogue of the Birds of the United States; but the four
following being completely new additions, we shall characterize
them, pointing out the place they ae to occupy in our
Synopsis, &c.

GENUS XI. CORVUS.
SUBGENUS III. GARRULUS.

63. bis. Corvus Stertrri, Gm. Crested, blue; head and
neck blackish; secondaries and tail-feathers, slightly banded
with black, tail rounded.

SyYNONYMES.

Corvus Stelleri, Gm. Syst. i. p. 370. Lath. Ind. i. p. 158.
sp. 20.

Steller’s Crow. Penn. Art. Zool. ii. sp. 139. Lath. Syn. i.
p- 387. sp.21. Lath. Gen. Hist. iii. p. 56. sp. 58.+

Inhabits the western coasts of North America, especially the

* T shall take this opportunity to state, that in the above quoted most ex-
cellent work, only lately fallen-under my notice, I find the Phalaropus Wilsonii
of Captain Sabine (See my remarks on that genus, in my ‘ Observations
on the Nomenclature of Wilson’s Ornithology,” and in the second volume of the
«* Annals of the New York Lyceum of Natural History,”) accurately figured
plate 271, under the name of Ph. frenatus. M. Vieillot received his specimen
from New York; and having probably referred as well as ourselves to the
Albany Museum, he perceived that it was the supposed Ph. lobatus of Mr, Ord;
but at the same time overlooked Captain Sabine’s description of this truly un-
fortunate species, among the numerous synonymes of which his name will
be condemned to figure.

+ Latham in this late work, erroneously quotes under this species, the
Corvus Floridanus of Bartram, ( Garrulus cyaneus and cerulescens, Vieill. ) which
is a distinct species, Sp. 64, of my Synopsis.

to the Genera of North American Birds. 51

shores of the Oregan, and Nootka Sound.* Found also in
Mexico.

GENUS XII. BOMBYCILLA.

65. biss Bompyciria GaArruta, Vieill. Drab; throat; front-
let and line over the eye, black; belly cinereous, vent rufous ;
wings and tail blackish, the latter tipped with yellow.

SyNONYMES.

Ampelis garrulus, Lath. Syn. 2. p.91. sp.1. Gen. Hist. i.
p- 838. sp. 1.

Turdus bombycilla Bohemica, Briss. ii. p. 333. sp. 63.

Bombycivora garrula, Temm. Man. d’Orn. i. p. 124.

Le Jaseur de Bohéme, Buff. pl. enl. 261.

Bohemian Chatterer, Penn. Brit. Zool. i. sp. 112.t.48. Lath.
Syn. iii. p. 91. sp. 1.

Inhabits near the Rocky Mountains ; for along time well known
in the north of Europe and Asia. ‘The discovery of this bird in
America may lead to a more perfect knowledge of its chief place
of abode, whence at remote periods it migrates so irregularly,

GENUS XX. bis. CINCLUS.+

Sturnus, L. Gm. Tringa! Briss. Motacilla, Scopoli. Turdus,
Lath.

Cinclus, Bechst. Cuv. Temm. Ranz.

Hydrobata, Vieill.

Buxx moderate, slender, straight, compressed-subulate, feathered
at the base ; edges sharp, slightly incurved; upper mandible curved

* It isa curious fact in Ornithological Geography, that the four Jays now
known to inhabit North America, should be confined to a peculiar section of
country; thus C. Canadensis is the northern Jay; C. Floridanus the southern ;
C. cristatus the eastern; and the present the western representative of the
sub-genus.

+ N.B. In our Analytical Table of North American Genera, this genus
must take its place in the family of the Canori, between the two genera
Myiothera and Turdus, and be thus characterized :

20, bis. Crncxus. Bill subulate-compressed: tarsi smooth ; heel naked.

D2

52 Prince of Musignano’s Supplement

at tip, slightly notched, somewhat obtuse ; lower slightly recurved
at the point: nostrils basal, lateral, concave, longitudinal, covered
by a membrane: tongue cartilaginous, bifid at tip. ‘Tarst longer
than the middle toe, smooth ; feet naked ; inner toe free, hardly
longer than the hind one; lateral toes equal. Winas short,
rounded ; spurious feather very short ; second and third primaries
longest. ‘Tarr short.

Femate hardly differing in plumage from the male: young
more tinged with reddish. Moults annually. Plumage imperme-
able (water-proof.)

Solitary. Lives near brooks and clear rivulets, diving and walk-
ing on the gravel bottom, often entirely under the water, which
appears to be its favourite element. Feeds on aquatic insects,
especially small crustacea. Builds in the vicinity of rivulets, hiding
its nest carefully. Flight rapid, straight, skimming the surface
of the water. Voice feeble, shrill. .

Inhabits the north of both continents. Composed of but two
intimately allied species, both probably Asiatic, though one is
found in Europe and the other in North America. Remotely
allied to the order Gralle by its habits, (which are still more
aquatic than those of true water-birds,) and by the nakedness
that prevails around the head; but belonging decidedly to this
family (Canori) where it is related especially to Turdus, Myre
thera, Saxicola, &c.

Species 94. bis. Crncnus Pauiasit, Temm. Wholly dark
cinereous.

SyNONYMES.
Cinclus Pallasii, Temm. Man. d@’Orn. i. p. 177.

Inhabits near the Rocky mountains, on the Athapescow Lake,
probably north-eastern Asia. .

Ons. This species (which we do not hesitate in referring to
Temminck’s Cinclus Pallasié, notwithstanding its conjectured
locality, which at first led us to consider it as new, under the
name of Cinclus unicolor), is the more interesting, in as much as ©
the European species was the only one well known of the genus,
which I noted, in my ‘ Observations on the Nomenclature of

to the Genera of North American Birds. 53

Wilson’s Ornithology,” as one of the twenty-five European genera
not found in America.*

GENUS LXXVIII, bis. PPHALERIS.t+

WN. B. In my analytical table of North American genera, this
genus must take place under the three-toed section of the family
of Pygopodes, between the genera Uria and Mormon, and be
thus characterized :

78. bis. Puareris. Bill curved, compressed, longer than high ;

nostrils half closed by a naked membrane, pervious.
Alea, L. Gm. Lath. Ill. Cuv. Vieill. Phaleris, Temm.
Sp. 359. bis. { Puareris ceroruynca, Nob. Blackish; belly
- whitish; a few slender, elongated white feathers from the corners
of the eye and mouth ; bill smooth, surmounted at the base by a
long obtuse horny process.

Invhabits the Western coasts of North America.

Ons. This new species, the third well known of the genus,
from the remarkable anomaly of its bill may hereafter be con-
sidered by some Ornithologists as the type of anew genus, or at
least a subgenus. Hence we have been induced to apply to ita
specific name, which being compounded from the Greek might,
with propriety, become generic,

I shall take this opportunity of noticing that in a collection of
birds from Havanna, sent to Mr. Vigors by Mr. MacLeay, I haye
had the pleasure of finding a beautiful specimen, apparently a
male, of the new species of Dove, which I lately established under
the name of Columba Zenaida, from a single female specimen
from the Florida Keys. The range of the species thus appears to

be not so limited as might have been supposed. ‘

* The two species of the genus may thus be characterized in the General
System of Ornithology.

1. Cinclus aquaticus, Bechst. (bicolor Vieill.)Cinereo-brunneus, pectore albo.

Habitat in Europa et Asia Boreali.
2. Cinclus Pallasii, Temm. (unicolor? nob.) Fusco-cinereus, pectore concolore.
Habitat in America. (an quogue, Asia?) Boreali.

+ By the additions of three genera (Cinclus, Aramus, Phaleris,) our North
American genera are carried to eighty-three, which, instead of eighty, ought to
be the number of Alca.

$} Making the whole number of North American species, 366. (4lca torda.)

54 My. Children on the Esquimaux Dog.

Art. III. On the Esquimaux Dog. By J.G.Cuitpren,
Esq. F.R.S. L.& E. F.£L.S. &c.

M. M. Gerorrnroy Sarnt-Hitaire and Frédéric Cuvier, have
given in their superb work, L’ Histoire Naturelle des Mammiféres,
Livraison XII. a description and plate of a Dog, under the deno-
mination of Chien des Esquimaux de la Baie de Baffin, the mother
of which they inform us, was obtained through the kindness of
Dr, Leach. ‘¢ Nous devous ces précieux animaux 4 M. le Docteur
Leach, qui, en ayant obtenu une femelle pleine, au retour de
Pexpedition du Capitaine Ross, a bien voulu nous lenvoyer. Cette
femelle a mis bas trois petits, un male et deux femelles, qui suffi-
ront sans doute pour nous conserver une race dont Vintelligence
et la force, appliquées & nos besoins domestiques, pourront nous
rendre d’utiles services. Aucune de nos races de Chiens, qui se
rapporte a celle-ci, ne sont aussi belles et aussi fortes.”

The figure is that of the young male whelped at Paris.

The learned authors of the Mammiféres, evidently consider this
animal as representing the genuine Esquimaux Dog ; but it ap-
pears from Captain Sabine’s remarks in his Supplemegt.to the
Appendix of Captain Parry’s Voyage in 1819—20, that the pup-
pies which were born at Paris, were the spurious issue of a male
Newfoundland Dog and the female of the true Esquimaux race,
presented to the French naturalists by Dr. Leach. “ By an
omission, doubtless of inadvertency, the keepers of the menagerie
were not apprised that the female in question was with young bya
Newfoundland Dog belonging to an officer of the Isabella; and it
has unfortunately happened, that the plate of the ‘ Chien des
Esquimaux de Ja Baie de Baflin,’ as well as the minute measure-
ments and description in the letter-press, are taken, not from the
mother, but from one of the young, after it had attained its full
growth; and it is not therefore a representation of a genuine
Esquimaux Dog, as the authors designed.” App. Mammalia,
Art 4. Canis Lupus. p. 186.

Under these circumstances we have gladly embraced the op-

Mr, Children on the Esquimaux Dog. 55

portunity afforded us by the kindness of Lieut. Elliot Morris, R.N,
of giving an accurate figure (Plate I.) of an unquestionably genu-
ine male Esquimaux Dog, brought from the Polar sea by Mr.
Richards, in Captain Parry’s first Voyage, and by him presented
to his friend Mr. Morris, in whose possession the dog still remains.

The dimensions of Akshelli (so the Esquimaux had named this
animal) are as follows—

Length from the occiput to the insertion of the tail . 28 Inches.
from the occiput to the extremity of the nose 11
tail rasta Mala ec eae oeisk oka sta oe eras et uta ee

ears. Stel eles cues : sossceee 8

from the eyes to 5 the point of thet hose Niassa 54 4
Breadth between the ears ....... wee = AB
Height from the ground to the top of the sande 24

The ears are erect and pointed, the tail very nm and thickly
covered with very long hair, and curled, towards the right hand,
over the back. ‘The legs are very stout. The hair on the body
and legs is rather long, very thick, soft, and somewhat woolly—
its colour above is nearly black — the forehead is black, with a
white streak down the centre, from the top of the head nearly to
the extremity of the nose—over each eye is a white spot—the
lower part of the face, the chin, belly, legs, and feet are white.
The tail is blackish above, from its insertion to about five inches
from the tip, which with the whole of the under side is white.

Such are the colours and markings of the Dog before us, but
like those of most other domesticated animals, they are of course
very liable to considerable differences in different individuals.

Akshelli is good humoured, but rather impatient of restraint,
and seems particularly to dislike being examined about the head,
snapping at my hands somewhat angrily, on my applying the rule
to measure its length. He seldom barks, but if displeased utters
a low wolfish growl. He takes very little notice of strangers,
and is of no use whatever as a guard. He feeds on carrion, and
prefers raw flesh to such as has been cooked. The strength of
this dog is very great ; when taken from his kennel, he appears
extremely anxious to get at liberty, and when held back by his
chain and collar, exerts himself with great power, increasing his

56 Mr. Westwood on Siagonium quadricorne, &c.

efforts in proportion to the resistance that restrains him. A stout
Boy of fourteen, servant to Mr. Morris, was unable, when the dog
exerted his utmost strength, to hold him back ; the animal dragged
him forward several paces, in spite of all his efforts to prevent it.

J.G.C.

Art. IV. Observations upon Siagonium quadricorne of
Kirby, and on other portions of the Brachelytra (Staphy-
linus, Lin.) By Mr. J. O. Westwoop.

[To the Conductors of the Zoological Journal J.

GENTLEMEN,

If the following observations on the above singular and (till
lately) extremely rare Insect, and on other Insects belonging to
the Linnean genus Staphylinus, should be thought worthy of in-
sertion in the Zoological Journal, by permitting them to occupy
a place in its pages, you will oblige, Gentlemen,

Your most obedient Servant,

Joun O. Wesrwoop.
CHELSEA,

Order. Corrortera. Lin. (See Note I.)

Tribe. Cumoropomorrna. Macleay.

Stirps. Bracuetytra, Latr.

Family. Omariom MacLeay, Ann. Jav. Applatis Latr.
Genus. Oxyretus. Grav.

Sub Genus. Siacontum. Kirby. Prognathe* Lat. Fam. Nat.
Species. QuaApxricorne. D”’.

In the course of the last autumn, I had the good fortune to cap-
ture this insect in large quantities, under the bark of felled and de-

* There is a sufficient difference between the names Siagonium and Siagona
(a genus of Carabide), without incumbering our Nomenclature with another
generic name for these insects.

Larva of Siagonium quadricorne. 57

caying trees in Kensington Gardens ; but by far the greater portion
of them were females, their number exceeding that of the males, in
the proportion of, at least, five to one. ‘These last, although differing
much in size, were, (contrary to the rule commonly observable in
* insects) all larger than the females ; this however is well ascer-
tained to be usually the case with the generality of insects whose
males have the head or other parts of the body, furnished with
horns—but amongst the specimens of that sex there were very
few in which the horns of the head were fully developed ; but
where this was the case, these perfect specimens (if I may be
allowed to apply this term to insects already in their perfect
state), were much larger than the others—(See Note 2.)

The colour of the thorax and elytra of the females varied from
bright chesnut almost to black.

On loosening a portion of the decayed bark, it is surprising to
observe the facility and quickness with which these minute crea-
tures again shroud themselves under that which remains, but
which still firmly adheres to the trunk, and this is rendered still
more curious when the slowness of the insect’s motions is atten-
tively observed ; it is however easily accounted for, when we no-
tice the extreme flatness of the body and the strength of the legs,

I have been informed by several gentlemen who took them in
Kensington Gardens in the course of last year, that (like many of
the Staphylintde) they may be found throughout the season.
H. Griesbach, Esq. also informs us, that he found them in profu-
sion in similar situations in Windsor Park, during the summer,
and I believe Mr. Denny took them in Norfolk about the same
time. I have also since met with them in Lord Spencer's Park,
near Wimbledon, Surrey.

It may not be unworthy to remark, that wherever I have dis-
covered the perfect insects [ have also found a quantity of small
Jarve, and which I have little doubt are the young of the Siago-
nium, in which opinion I am confirmed by a remark of Latreille
(Regne An. iii. 218), who says, ‘¢ Ces larves se nourissent des
mémes matiéres que l’insecte dans son dernier état.” They do
not, however, exactly agree with the characters of the Staphylini-
dous larvae, as described by this author in the work quoted, and

58 Mr. Westwood on Siagonium quadricorne, &c.

therefore I do not hesitate from the attention at length bestowed
on the larve of Coleoptera, to subjoin a description of one of
them.

Siagonium quadricorne. (Plate II.) Fig. 1. A. Larva aucta.

Larva elongata, depressa * albo fuscescens. Corpore segmentis
duodecim, transversis, sub-pilosis ; mediis latioribus ; ultimoque
in medio in tubum depressum producto, et processubus + duobus
lateralibus, tubo caudali longioribus, biarticulatis, instructo ; arti-
culo primo longissimo, tenuique; articulogue secundo minuto,
brevissimo; (Fig. 1. B).—

Caput horizovtale. Antenne triarticulate ? Articulo 1™° crasso,
cylindrico ; 2°°° maximo, securiformi, setis duabus latere interiori
instructo ; 3° que minuto, clavato—(Nota. Si articulus alius, bre-
vissimus est et basalis.) Pedes breves, Tarsis exarticulatis un-
guiformibus.—(Fig. 1. C. pes anterior, )—

Habitat sub cortice arborum emortuarum.

This description of the Larva of Siagonium may serve as the type
of MacLeay’s family Omalide ; aud in order to show the differ-
ences existing between the Larve of this and another of his
families, I here subjoin a description of one which I had con-
ceived to be the young of Goerius olens, but which Mr, Kirby
recognized as belonging rather to Philonthus politus, or one of its
affinities, and which will serve as the type of the larve of the
family Staphylinide, as restricted by Mr. MacLeay in the Annu-
Josa Javanica.

Philonthus politus? Larva aucta. (Fig. 2. A.)
Larva elongata postice attenuata, capite truncoque nigris, abdo-
mine griseo nigroque vario, antennis pedibusque pallidis.

* Latreille observes on the Brachelytra (Regne An. iii. 217) ‘* Leurs larves
ressemblent beaucoup a Vinsecte parfait;’? and Messrs Kirby and Spence
(Introd. iii. 109) have made a similar remark.

+ Latreille calls these ‘* deux appendices coniques et velus.” In all the
Staphylinidous larve I have yet seen, they certainly cannot be said. to be
’ a few hairs only being visible on their surface. For the use of these
anal processes consult the chapter on Larve, in the 3d Vol. of Kirby and
Spence’s Introduction.

¢ velus,’

Larva of Philonthus politus. 59

Caput magnum, porrectum, quadratum, depressum et in collum
brevissimum postice contractum.—(E, portio capitis.)

Mandibule elongate, cornex, forcipate, et acute.

Mazille submembranacez ; in scapum mobilem? sedentes ; elon»
gate tubiformes, apice in processum tenuiorem producte, (F. a.)
Palpt mazillares triarticulati, duobus primis clavatis, ultimo
ovato acuto minori. (F.b). Mentum minutum, quadratum, sub-
membranaceum (G,a). Labrum minutum membranaceum (G.b).
Palpi labiales mento longiores articulo 1° longiori, et vix clavato
2° vel ultimo vix truncato (G.c.) Ocudi quatuor? minutissimi,
in tuberculis duobus Jateralibus ovatis, locati. (E.a.) Antenne
capitis longitudine, ad basin mandibularum inserte, 4 articulate,
articulo 1™° minuto 2"°° et 3° elongatis, clavatis ; 4°° tenuiori, bre-
viroique (D).

Corpus elongatum, sub-depressum, segmentis 12 transversis,
subpilosis, lateribus, deflexis; Segmento 1° majori, capite non
latius, margine anterivri rotundato, Segmenta 1*, 2* & 3* coria-

cea sunt et micantia et imaginis truncnm exhibent. Segmenta
alia carnosa sunt. Ultimum vel caudale (B) tubum centralem,

deflexum (corpus sustentantem) exhibet; longitudinis feré pro-
cessuum lateralium. Processus laterales ut in Siagonio, articulo
2* minuto ;—Pedes ut in Siagonio, (C)—Tarsi articulo unico in
setis vel unguibus duabus, minutissimis desinente.

Habitat in Stercore, ¢empore vernali.

Gravenhorst (Coleopt. Micropt. Pref. Ixi) after stating the
difficulty of attending to the manners, &c. of these Larve at
different periods of their life, observes that he has occasionally
found the solitary black Larve ‘ Speciei cujusdam majoris Sta-
phylinorum (S. Olentis? S. similis?) in sylvis locis enebrosis
suffocatis, sub muscis arborum cesarum,” and which from his des-
cription differs but slightly from that described above. The first
segment” of the body he observes, “ thoraci insecti perfecti res-
pondebat,” and the 2d and 3rd ‘* pectori insecti perfecti respon-
debant.”? He describes the last joint of the abdomen as being
“ subpenultimum retractum anum emittebat cylindricum, longitu-
dine segmenti, eo autem quadruplo angustiorem et supra spinis

GO Mr. Westwood on Siagonium quadricorne, &c.

duabus segmento longioribus, tripartitis quoad formam cornua
cervina equantibus armatum.”?

It is somewhat remarkable that DeGeer has figured no Staphy-
linidous larve, nor am I aware of any author who has done so.

I also add a description and figure of a third Larva, which for
the reasons after mentioned, I had conceived to be that of Aleo-
chara fuscipes ; but the receipt of the following communication
from Mr. Kirby has considerably shaken such opinion—* I sus-
pect,” he says, ‘¢ that tiie Larva fig. 3, is not the Larva of any of
the Brachelytra—From its habitat it may belong to one of the
Nitidulide, which are very common in bones, (Comp. Introd. to
Ent. iii. 168)—My Larvae of that form are too large to belong to
an Aleochara, and I find them in carcases, with Si/phide of the
larger kinds.”

Larva Fig. 3. A. aucta.

E. Larva Philonthi politi, precipue magnitudine differt et sta-
turd latiori subconvexa; capite nutanti latiorique, corporis seg-
mentis latioribus. 1™ 2" 3', marginibus lateralibas rotundatis.
Segmenta alia in spinam lateralem, brevem ad marginem posterio«
rem producta. Tubus caudalis brevior, processus laterales lon-
giores, tenuioresque sunt (B)—C. Antenna aucta.

Habitat in ossibus siccis tempore eestivo.

I shall now state my reasons for having considered these last
as the Larve of Aleochara fuscipes. They were 1st, from finding
them together with the Aleochara, and also the cast-off exuvie of
the pupe in the same dry rotten bone, the Larva running about
as quickly as the perfect insects, and apparently of the full size,
and the exuvie partly sticking out of the different small crevices
in the bone. and not larger than the Larve ; no other insect pre-
senting itself except a small Hister: and 2"” from their perfectly
agreeing (except in their ovate form, and a few other minor
differences) with the general characters of the other Larve above
described, and more particularly in the essential structure of the
the description of Latreille of the Larve of the Nitidulide, in the
antenne and anal appendages, which latter entirely disagree’ with
Hist. Nat. &c. quoted below, and it is also confirmatory of my

Situation of Siagonium in the Brachelytra. 61

opinien that the species of Aleochara generally present a far more
dilated appearance than many other species of Brachelytra.

De Geer (v. iv. pl. 6.f. 11) has figured the Larva of Silpha
obscura, and which exactly agrees with Latreille’s description of
the Larve of that genus in the Hist. Nat. &c. and which he says
has twelve segments, and is ‘¢alonge, tres aplati,” and also* termine
sur les cotes en angle aigu ”—the anal appendages are described as
*¢ deux petites appendices coniques ’’—and not as being jointed as
in my Larve. DeGeer’s figure exhibits the antenna much lon-
ger than in the Larve last above described by me, and it would
seem from the figure of the upper and under side of the anterior
segments of the body, that the head is entirely immerged in the
underside of the first segment of the trunk, and which will account
for Latreille calling it 12-jointed.

Latreille, in the work last referred to, describes the Larve of
the genus Nitidula, as nearly resembling those of Silpha. Body
flat and long with twelve joiats ; ‘* terminés Jateralement en un
angle assez aigu.” The last joint, as in Silpha being * garni de
deux petites appendices coniyues” —If however Mr. Kirby’s
opinion should hereafter be confirmed, there can I think be no
greater proof of the connexion of the Necrophaga and the Brache-

~ lytra than the strong affinity of these Larve.

I ought not to omit to mention (since the resemblance existing
between the forms of Larve and other groups of Annulosa has
become an interesting subject of investigation ; (consult K. & S.
Int. 3. 162) that the dilated appearance of the Larva last above
described by me, bears a most striking analogical resemblance
to the shape of the body of Philoscia muscorum, one of the Onis-
cide.

The situation of the sub-genus Siagonium in an arrangement of
the Brachelytra, will be between Bledius * and Zirophorus, a

* I am indebted to my friend Mr. Stephens for a sight of a new species of
this interesting genus, lately taken on the Coast of Norfolk, by Mr. Skrim-
shire, and which may be thus characterized—

Bl. Stephensii. Fig. 4. A.B.

Magnitudo, statura et summa affinitas Bl. armati—Differt precipue, capite
masculo cornubus duobus, elongatis, lateralibus, acuminatis, erectis armato,
(B.B. Caput absque antennis). Thorace spinis tribus margine anteriori in-

62 Mr, Westwood on Siagonium quadricorne, &c.

genus established by Dallman, and described and figured in his
*¢ Analecta Entomologica ;’’ and which differs chiefly in the posi-
tion of the horns of the head, which in that insect are both central,
and not, as in Siagonium, lateral. (Leptocherius of Germar is
synonymous with this genus).

To the MacLeayian entomologist I should conceive that no
group can supply a fitter subject for study than the Brachelytra,
and for the following reasons: Ist, it is rarely that an exotic
insect of this group is seen in any of the cabinets.* ~Jurine has
observed on a somewhat similar occasion, ** Je ferai remarquer
ici quwil est bien étonnant de ne pas trouver davantage de tenthré-
des exotiques, décrites dans l’ouvrage de M. Fabricius, lui qui a
visité un si grand nombre de collections; Ou serait presque en
droit de demander 4 quoi tient cette rareté, si l'on ne connaissant
pas le peu d’empressement qu’on a eu jusqu’ 4 présent pour col-
Jecter les Hyménopterés et les Diptéres.” t+—T his however cannot
be said with regard to the Brachelytra, for Mr. MacLeay, (Ann.
Jav.) tells us ** That itis a singular circumstance that no insect of
the Stirps was collected by Dr. Horsfield. This at all events
proves the extreme rarity of such insects in Java. Of their ex-
istence in the Island I have however no doubt: when it is con-
sidered that the British species are so numerous, it appears very

structo; duabus lateralibus breyibus medioque elongato, acuminato, apice
piloso, et supra caput inter ejus cornua, erecta, procumbens (AA). Femina
multo minor et absqne cornubus est. Fig. 4,C. Thorax Bl. armati.

Domino J. F. Stephens viro amicissimo, et in Insectis Brittanie certé peri-
tissimo, hoc insectum singulare inscripsi.

De Jean, in his catalogue, has named a species from Dalmatia, Oxytelus
Taurus, but as there is no description annexed to the name, it is impossible
to be certain of the identity of the species; nor do I consider that we are in
the slightest manner bound to notice any name given in print where no suffi-
cient description is added.

Note—Oxytelus fracticornis and its congeners, ought to form a distinct
Sub-genus. They are much nearer allied to Bledius than to Oxytelus.

* Out of the 434 Brachelytra mentioned in De Jean’s catalogue, only 12 are
extra European; and Messrs. Kirby and Spence (vol. iv. p. 489) state, that
from the present catalogues, the metropolis of the Brachelytra appears to be in
Britain; Mr. Stephens possessing upwards of 600 British species. :

+ Nouv. Meth. de classer les Hymen. p. 63,

Constitution of the family Omalide. 63

extraordinary that not one should have occurred in Java.” And
even when an exotic species is found, it does not present so great
a difference of form from the European species as is observable in
most of the other groups. The second, and by far the more im-
portant reason, is the amazing variety of forms presented to us in
the known species, and which when properly investigated, would
doubtless be highly useful in pointing out the proper places of
other corresponding analogous groups ; as in the case referred to
by Mr. MacLeay, in the Annulosa Javanica, of the genus Oxypo-
rus possessing similar labial palpi with the genus Engis.

I have little doubt as to the family Omalide being a perfectly
natural one, consisting of the different genera which Latreille has
placed in it, with the exception of Aleochara; on which I shall
now offer a few remarks. I have before stated that I conceive
this genus not in its proper position, where Latreille (Cuv. Regne
An. 3. 223, and Latreille, Fam. Naturelles, 245) has placed it ;
namely, in his division Applatis; (Omalide, MacLeay) and the
grounds of this opinion rest, not only on the very different exter-
nal appearance which these insects present, but more particu-
larly on the 4th joint of the maxillary palpi, (on which Latreille
has principally founded his four divisions) and which does not
well agree as to size with the description of the same part in the
characters of his division Applatis. He says in his description of
the last, “ les palpes maxillaires avec le quatriéme article dis-
tinct ;”” but describing the same part in the genus Aleochara, he
says, “‘le dernier article tres petit”’-—and in fact, by placing
this article at the end of the division, he appears to have been
aware of their connexion with the next. In his “ Gen. Crust. &
Ins.” he has arranged the genera differently, and has placed those
of Tachinus, Tachyporus, and Aleochara together, at the end of
the Brachelytra, and which appears to me far more natural. I
shall only add, that long before I had seen either of the above
arrangements by Latreille, I had grouped these three genera to-
gether, and had styled them “* Aleocharides,” and I observe that
Messrs. Kirby & Spence, have also made use of the term “* Aleo-
charide”’ to designate the same insects.

Placing then, the Aleochare with the Tachini & Tachypori, I

64 Mr. Westwood on Siagonium quadricorne, &c.

would divide the family Omalida into two sections—the first com-
posed of the genera Omalium, Proteinus, Anthopagus, Elonium,*
&c. and the second comprising Oxylelus, Bledius, Evesthetus, &e.
and then the connexion between the genera appears strikingly
natural: Elonium, combining in itself the external appearance of
an Oxrytelus, and the maxillary palpi of Omalium (to which genus it
bears great affinity, and of which,the type Ed. striatulum was a spe-
cies, both with Gravenhorst and Gyllenhall), joining the two sec-
tions at one point, where the insects of both sections are of an elon-
gate form, and the interesting genus Evesthetus (in external ap-
pearance resembling the depressed Omadlia, and more particularly
Om. retusum (which will form a new subgenus) and which until
separated hy Gravenhorst, was placed in the genus Oxytelus
and which De Jean has also placed between Oxylelus and Oma-
lium ;) serving to connect the two sections at the other point,

* Staphylinus striatulus, Fab. (Om. rugosum, Gr. Gyll.) has been formed
into the genus Elonium by Dr. Leach—but I believe no characters have yet
been published of it.

Plate II.....Fig. 6 represents the Maxilla of this Insect.

Bilge COO SE See ieicieta etree ditto of the genus Omalium.

(the type of which I consider to be Omal. rivulare)
BMS idl fo, crated a ieteeisispe's ditto of Oxytelus carinatus,
(Staph. rugosus Marsh.) which I consider as the
type of that genus.

Fig. 8 vo nesssevesiees ditto of Siagonium quadricorne,

Fig. 9 wccsceneseosee ditto of Zirophorus fronticornis.
And it is nota little singular that these two last Insects, which, from their ap-
parent affinity with Oxytelus, we might infer would possess maxillary palpi
similar to those of that genus, present these organs nearly agreeing in form
with those which Omalium possesses. Indeed from my own observations on
the subject, I have little hesitation in saying, that the maxillary palpi alone do
not present characters sutliciently precise to enable us to found our divisions
upon them, and Iam confirmed in my opinion by Mr. MacLeay’s remarks,
both in his Hore Ent. Part. 1. and also in his Annulosa Javanica, and more
particularly in his observations in the last mentioned work on Latreille’s
Section of Carabide ‘* Subulipalpes” (Bembidium) which was established on
the same organ: and Mr. Kirby likewise in his Century of New Insects, (Lin.
Trans. Vol. 12), speaking of the comparative length of the maxillary and labial
palpi upon which the genus Megacephala is built, gives it as his opinion that
it merely indicated the section ‘ofa genus, rather than a Genus,

Groups of the Brachelytra. 65

and at which the insects of both groups are of a dilated form :
and thus to complete the circle.*

Whetherthe four remaining Families, viz. Staphylinide, Stenide,
Tachyporide, and Pselaphide, be perfectly natural ones, I am not
prepared to say; they however certainly appear to me to be so,
and I shall here only endeavour to shew the points of connexion
between some of the groups.

Gyllenhall, (Ins. Suec. 2. 372) speaking of the genus Pederus,
which belongs to the Stenidew, (Longipalpes, Lat.) says “ In
ipso apice articuli tertii palporum anticorum, interdum acumen
minutum obgervatur, quod forte presentiam articuli quarti licet
retracti denotat ; quare hac in re, generi precedenti ( Lathrobium.)
nimis affines sunt Pedert”—And Lathrobium is placed by La~
treille in his Section Pisstlabres (Staphylinide, Macl.)—As to
the Pselaphide, Latreille, (Regne Anim. 3. 364) says, they have
“une grande aflinite avec les Aleochares,”—

The connexion between the Brachelytra (the last and certainly
the most aberrant Stirps of the Chilopodomorpha) and the terres-
trial Adepnaga (the first and normal Stirps of the same tribe)
evidently takes place, as Mr. Macleay has observed, in the Ann.
Jay, at the genus Lesteva ( Anthophagus, Gyll.) and I shall add
Gyllenhall’s remark on this affinity: “ Generi Lebe quoad-—
modo similes et affines sunt hujus Generis (Anthophag?) Species ;
ideoque familiam precedentem (Carabide) cum presenti ( Brache-
lytra) conjungunt” (Ins. Suec. 2, 191.)

I cannot quit the present subject without directing the atten-
tion of British Entomologists, to a circumstance connected with
the Brachelytra, which is mentioned in Dallman’s work above re-
ferred to, and which has I believe never yet been noticed in any
English work (See Note 3). And as Dallman’s work has not yet
found its way into every one’s hands, I am sure I need not apolo-
logize for quoting the passage.

* In the genus Elonium no stemmata are visible, and the consequent affinity
to Oxytelus, which I regard as the type of the other section, is certainly very
obvious—while on the other hand Evesthetus does possess stemmata, thus
clearly demonstrating its affinity to Omalium. ;

Van: sti” E

66 Mr. Westwood on Siagonium quadricorne, &c.

De Ocexris CoLteoprrorum.

Cl. Dom. Germar docet ocellos adesse in genere Omalii,
(Germar Mag. der Ent. 4. p, 410). Quod insolitum sane et inex-
spectatum in Coleopterorum Ordine—Staphylinos inde ego quoque
examinavi. In Specicbus Anthophagi generis, Ocelli duo facile
detengendi, versus medium capitis posterioris ad finem sulcorum,
qui inter Oculos siti sunt. Etsunt et in A. Caraboide et in A.
plagiato; etsi de hoc generi negare videtur Cl. Germar. In
Omaliisque siti sunt in eodem loco, quo in Anthophagis ; in Om.
tecto, aliisque vero paullo posterius, in sulco capitis transyerso.
Observavi in Om. assimili, tecto, Ranunculi, rivulari, opthalmico,
cxso, pusillo, deplanato, Viburni, crenato; in Speciebus obscuris
facilius, in pallidis difficilius, detegendos. In Om. brachyptero
quoque adesse videntur etsi obsoletiores—Novem ideo offerunt
Characterem, quo distinguuntur Catheretes et Omalium. Ob
affinitatem Oxyteli cum Omalio ocellos etiam in illo adesse suspi-
catus sum, sed frustra quesivi.

De prima observatione ocellorum in Coleopteris, cum Cl. Ger-
maro mihi nullum est certamen; dicere tamen licet jam olim
ocellos quosdam me observasse in Pauso bucephalo, eosque sate
“accurate depinxisse in Appendice ad Schoenheri Syn. Lus. 3.
Tab. 6.2. c,etsi Cl. Gyllenhall speciem describens, non ocellos,
sed tubercula verticalia mamillata, dixerit.

NOTE |.

Since the greater portion of the above paper was written, the 3d &
4th Vol. of Kirby’s & Spence’s Introduction to Entomology, have at
length been published. In the 4th Vol. p. 393, a plan of division of
an order is given on a much enlarged scale. Whether too many divi-
sions are not there introduced I do not pretend to say. I have not
adopted them here from my ignorance of the corresponding groups in
the Brachelytra.

NOTE 2.

It is not a little interesting to observe that these remarks concerning
the developement of the horns in some specimens (written long before
the publication of the two last volumes of Kirby & Spence) perfectly coin-
cide with the observations in Vol. iv, p. 166 of that work respecting ano-

Mr. G. B. Sowerby on dHinnites. 67

ther group (the Qnihophagi) whose males are similarly cornuted. It will
however require much attention and investigation to prove that these
‘< perfect” specimens are (as suggested in the work referred to) of an
intermediate sex, or a second sort of males, analogous to the Neuters
amongst the gregarious Hymenoptera. After a re-examination of up-
wards of 50 males, I have not been able to find intermediate specimens
between those with the short horns and the few with these organs much
enlarged. But may not this extraordinary developement be more ana-
logous to the occasional (but mnch rarer) acquisition of wings and
hemelytra in certain species of Heteropterous Hemiptera (Pyrrhocoris
apterus for instance) generally found without such indication of per-
fection ?
NOTE 3.

_ At page 506, Vol. iii of the same work, it is stated, ‘* that although
Omalium planum and its affinities, O. striatulum (Elonium Leach)
and some others appear not to have Stemmata (Ocelli) yet with the aid
of a good magnifier they may be discovered in most species of that
genus, as likewise in Evesthetus Gray.” Also ‘ that some species
of Anthophagi appear to want them.’ As it does not appear that the
authors have noticed Dallman’s remarks on the subject, I have not
thought it necessary to cancel the extract.

Art. V. Observations on the Shells of an Acephalous
Molluscum of the Family of Pectinide, for which the
Generic name of Hinnites has been proposed by M.
Defrance; together with the characters of several

Species. By G. B. Sowenrsy, F.L.S., &c.

Tue history of this genus, if genus it may be called, may be
summed up ina few words. Some years ago M. Defrance, ob-
serving among some fossils sent to him by M. Cortesi, some speci-
mens of an irregular bivalve, intermediate, as he considered it
between Spondylus and Ostrea, Lam., but not strictly referable
to either, proposed for the two species in his possession the
generic name of Hinnites, under which article he soon afterwards
published an account of them in the Dict. des Sciences Naturelles.
In a short time, so many specimens of this singular genus were to

gE 2

68 Mr. G. B, Sowerby on Hinnites.

be seen in the possession of collectors, particularly in Paris, that *
the naturalists of that metropolis had a fair opportunity of be-
coming acquainted with its characters. Not so, however, the
English collector, for the few specimens which found their way to
this country were confined to one or two collections and were
consequently scarcely known. The first notice that we find in
connection with the genus in this country, has been given very
lately in the Annals of Philosophy by Mr. Gray, who has de-
scribed a recent species froma specimen in the British Museum.
Tt cannot be considered as surprising that both M. Defrance, who
proposed the genus, and Mr. Gray, who thus added to the informa-
tion concerning it, should have mistaken its real relations, the
first, who as we have before stated, ranked it between the Spoy-
dylus and Ostrea, having only some fossil valves; and the latter
who places it in the Spondylidw, having described only a worn
individual. It will be seen in the sequel of this communication
that it rightly belongs to the Pectinidew, and that it is hardly
possible to separate it as a genus from Pecten,* but were it to be
established as a genus, it must:be placed in the Pectinide.t

The examination of a number of specimens of three or four
decidedly congeneric species have conducted me to the results
which will be explained in the following observations. First, I
must inform naturalists that one of our commonest British shells,
a shell to which neither M. Defrance nor Mr. Gray has referred,
belongs to this genus, namely Pecten Pusio of some, P. distortus,
of others. The singular manner in which this shell, almost con-

é

* Tam informed that Mr. Gray, immediately upon his return from Paris,
has stated that he is convinced that Pecten distortus is of the same genus with
Hinnites ; as well as that the alteration from Hinnites to Hinnita is an error.

+ Icannot doubt the fact of the Pectinid@ being, all naturally affixed by a
byssus, in the same manner as the Mytilide; indeed I have seen so many
proofs that I consider it as perfectly settled. It is no more difficult to account
for the large number that we see, without their byssus, than it is to account
for the immense quantities of muscles we see on some shores, also without
their byssus. If indeed, it be asserted that we sometimes see the muscles
thrown on the shore with their byssus, and that we never see the Pectines with
theirs, we have only to suppose that the byssus of the Pectinide is not so
strongly affixed to the animal as tlrat of the muscle; we know, moreover, that

it is much more slender,

Mr. G. B. Sowerby on Hinnites. 69°

stantly, becomes pressed close to, and takes the shape of the sub-
stances to which it adheres, and the extremely rare occurrence of
au opportunity of observing its byssus, may have given rise to the
idea of its being adherent by its outer surface to those substances ;
whereas the contrary is really the case, as is proved by the very
young specimens which never have any appearance of adherent
outer surface. The same circumstance also occurs in the shells
called Hinnites by M. Defrance ; Mr. Gray’s ignorance of it has
‘undoubtedly been the cause of leading him to describe them as
adherent by their outer surfaces and not by a byssus,* and con-
sequently to the incorrect situation in the system, which both
zoologists have assigned to them.

I shall therefore next propose the following as an amended
generic character, observing that it is only in the circumstance of
its being apparently adherent by its outer surface, and not by a
‘byssus, that it differs from Pecten.

Fam. Perctinip2.
Gen. Hrnnires. Defr.

Testa bivalvis, inzquivalvis, bysso adherens, valvis auritis, ra-
diatim striatis, umbonibus externé in areas subquadrangulares
productis, sinu byssi parv6é: cardiné edentulo; cartilaginé elas-
tica, oblonga, sulco utriusque valve profundo imposita ; ligamento
marginali, lineari ; rectiusculo.

Shell, bivalve, inequivalve, adhering by a byssus; valves eared,
radiately striated ; umbones within produced into the form of a
rather quadrangular area, in the centre of which is the groove for
the elastic cartilage ; opening between the two valves, for the
byssus, small: hinge without teeth, elastic cartilage + oblong,
placed in a deep groove in each valve, and considerably pro-
‘minent within the cavity of the shell: ligament marginal, linear;

* Of the change in the name which Mr. Gray proposes, I only observe that
it appears to be quite unnecessary: Hinnites will serve quite as well to re-
present a genus of which only some of the species, as it will one of which all
the species are fossil.

+ Ihave here adopted the terms given to the two parts of what is commonly
called ‘* ligament” proposed by Mr. Gray.—Dr. Leach was I believe the first
who pointed out these two parts and explained their functions,

70 Mr. G. B. Sowerby on Hinnites.

. nearly straight. When young the shell is perfectly regular, but
it generally becomes irregular by moulding itself close to the sub-
stance to which it is fixed, as it increases in size.

I shall now proceed to give the characters of the five congeneric
species which are at present known.

1. Hinnites Cortesyi, Defr. Dict. des Sciences Nat. tom, 21
p- 169.

Testa crassiuscula, oblongi, valvad inferiore conceutricé fim-
briata, valva superiore longitudinaliter radiato-muricata, spinis
breviusculis linguliformibus ; long. max. 5 poll.*

Shell not very thick, oblong; lower valve covered with fringes
disposed in concentric circles: upper valve covered with short
linguliform spines disposed in longitudinal rays, length (height,
according to Mr. Gray) 5 inches. ;

This shell in its young state is very smooth, and in a slight de-
gree radiately striated. It is only found in a fossil state, in the
vicinity of Piacenza.

2. Hinnites Dabuissoni. Defy. loc. cit. p. 170.

Testa oblonga, valva inferiore concentriceé striata, valva supe-
riore longitudinaliter confertim radiata, radiis prope marginem
imbricatis ; long. max. 4 poll.

Shell oblong, lower valve covered with concentric circles,
which mark the numerous periods of its increase; upper valve
with numerous longitudinal rays, which are imbricated near the
margins: length (height, according to Gray) 4 inches.

Found in a fossil state at St. Paul-trois-Chateaux and La
Chevroliére. The muscular impression in this and the last is
generally very distinct and large. |

3. Hinnites giganteus.+ Hinnita gigantea, Gray, in Ann. of
Philos. Aug. 1826. Lima gigantea. Id. in loc. cit.

* I have given the characters of the three first as nearly as I could aceord-
ing. to Defrance and Gray; of the other two I have myself drawn up the
characters.

+ The term giganteus is not correctly applicable to this species, as it is the
smallest but one, of five here indicated. Since, however, it has been pub-
lished under this name, | do not consider myself at liberty to alter it.

Mr. G. B. Sowerby on Hinnites. 71

Testa oblonga, extus pallidé brunned, confertim radiato-sul-
cati; extus alba, margine cardinali purpurea; long. 4. poll. Alt.
5 poll.

*¢ Shell oblong, rather thick, solid, outside pale brown, orna-
mented with numerous small rays; the left valve the most con-
vex; the inside white, with the hinge margin fine dark purple,
the area left by the moving forward of the ligament is also purple,
and rather narrow, the groove for the elastic cartilage is very large
and distinct in each of the valves and quite open, it is extended
the whole length of the facet and considerably produced into the
cavity of the shell. The muscular impressions are large and the
submarginal is orbicular ovate with a considerable inflexion just
even with the anterior ear. The length is four inches and the
height from hinge to basal edge five inches.” Gray in loc. cit.

4.. Hinnites corallinus.

Testa valdé irregulari, extus corallino-rubra, valva superiore
radiatim costellata, costellis muricato-subasperis ; intus pallidé
subfuscd, marginibus basalibus sordidé purpureis ; long. et Alt.
subequalibus.

Shell very irregular, outside of a fine coral red, upper valve
with small radiating ribs, here and there muricated: inside pale
subfuscous, basal margins dull purple: muscular impression having
the appearance of a horny substance veined with the same as the
other parts of the inside, its lower edges variegated with pale dull
purple: inside composed of a distinctly facetted crystalline sub-
stance, with occasional black coriaceous spots near the edges,
Lower valve paler in colour than the upper; very rough with the
irregularities of the sandstone rock on which it has been placed.

The only specimen I have seen is in the collection of the Rev.
Dr. Goodall; it was brought to England lately, from the eastern
coast of Africa. Some Serpule and a Balanus are attached to it.

distortus.
Testa oblonga, tenui, confertim radiato-striata, striis scabris 5
auriculis inequalibus, radiatim scabris: valva inferiore subtus,

5. Hinnites Pusio. Pecten Pusio. t eee

72 Mr. G. B. Sowerby on Hinnites.

presertim margine basali, plerumque irregulariter depressa,
polita. ’ .

Shell oblong, thin, closely striated, strie radiating, scabrous ;
ears unequal, with scabrous radiated strie ; outside of the lower
valve, particularly the basal margin, generally flattened and
smooth.

The regularity of this shell in its young state is remarkable,
particularly when contrasted with the irregular form it assumes as
it increases in age ; and itis such as to render it, when young, a
characteristic type of one of the divisions of the genus Pecten.

This is a common shell on the coast of Britain; it differs in the
thinness of the shell and the distinctness of the ears from the other
species ; it is the smallest of all, seldom exceeding two inches in
height. ‘The byssal groove is much more distinct than is usual in
the other species ; in one specimen, however, of the H. Cortesyz
which my brother possesses, this byssal groove is quite distinct.
For about half an inch in height this shell is generally quite
regular, afterwards it appears to be almost constantly pressed close
to the substance to which it is affixed by its byssus, and some-
times becomes fixed by the shell itself, by spreading the testa-
ceous matter close to the surface and in undercut hollows. :

From the whole of the above I think it will appear that Mr.
Gray had at first, though in error, come nearer to the truth in
placing this genus among the Pectinidew, with Lima, than after-
wards in associating it with Spondylus and Plicatula; it certainly
is much more nearly related to Pecien than to either Spondylus
or Ostrea. It will also be observed that Defrance has partly
avoided an error into which Gray has stumbled, where he says of
the genus that is “ adhérente,” whereas Gray says “ adherent by
the apex of the right valve.” Gray adds that it has “ no byssal
groove,” which is also incorrect.

Mr. Swainson’s Memoir of Lacépéde. 73

Art. VI. Sketch of the Life and Character of the late

Count de Lacépéde. By Wittiam Swainson, Esq.
P.LS., Fc:

[ To the Conductors of the Zoological Journal. ]

GENTLEMEN,

Ir has been too justly observed, that the records of our Science?
are remarkably deficient in the biography of those eminent natu-
ralists who are now no more, but whose works we are continually
in the habit of consulting. The lives of men who have trodden
the ‘* sequestered vale” of Science, do not indeed furnish the
historian with those striking events, and splendid actions, which
belong to the Hero or to the Statesman ; but they frequently teach
us, that the wide circle of social duties may be performed, and the
mental powers exercised for the public good, without interfering
with the philosophic speculations of the closet. The character of
the late Count de Lacépede seems to have exemplified this, most
fully. His name has been long and justly celebrated in every
country where Science has spread ; and his funeral was honoured
by three distinct orations, pronounced by M. le Comte Chaptal,
M. Duméril, and M. Geoffroy de St. Hilaire. From these public
testimonials, the following short biographic sketch of this dis-
tinguished and amiable man, has been compiled. As no similar
notice, I believe, has yet appeared in our language, it may be in-
teresting to many of your readers.

é' I have the honour to be, &c. &c.
Witiiam Swainson.

M. le Comte de Lacépede (Bernard Germain Etienne) Mem-
ber of the Royal Academy of Sciences, and Keeper of the Cabinets
in the Garden of Plants, was born of a noble family, at Agen, in
1756. Naturally endowed with a passionate love of knowledge, he
devoted the early period of his life to the study of natural philoso-
phy, and the cultivation of music. On these subjects he published
two volumes; and he has likewise been supposed to be the author

74 Mr. Swainson’s Memoir of Lacépéde.

of two romances, and a volume of poetry.* At the age of twenty-
one years, he went to Paris, and soon formed an acquaintance with
Buffon. <A congeniality of pursuits, strengthened by mutual re-
gard, laid the foundation for a friendship between these two great
men, which lasted during life. From this period, he became
enthusiastic in the love of Natural History. M. de Buffon soon
appreciated the talents of his young friend, and free from those
envious feelings, which, unfortunately, are found too frequently
among the votaries of science, chose his most distinguished dis-
ciple as his friend, his coadjutor, and appointed him the continu-
ator of his works. Inafew years he justified this choice by
publishing ‘* Histoire Générale des Cétacées, des Quadrupédes
ovipares et des Poissons.” The elegance of the style of this work is
worthy of its model. On the death of his distinguished friend,
M.de Lacépéde was chosen to succeed him, and the Garden of
Plants heaceforward became his adopted heritage. The fame he
had now acquired, induced the Editors of the Histoire Naturelle,
at a subsequent period, to request that he would undertake a new
edition of the whole work, as a guarantee to the public for its
excellence and correctness. At an early period he had principally
directed his attention to Electricity, and to the Phenomena of
Natural Philosophy in general; but it was the great and laborious
undertaking of continuing the Natural History of Buffon, that so
greatly influenced the advancement of Zoology in his own country.

It is in the department of Ichthyology that the labours of Lacé-
pede have been most conspicuous ; he reformed and amended the
classification, and has given the characters and history of nume-
rous genera and species unknown to his predecessors, including
all those described in the manuscripts of the celebrated Philibert
Commerson.t

The researches of the Philosopher, however, did not interfere
with the more important duties of the Statesman. At the com-

* Memoirs of Madame de Genlis. Tom. II. page 228.

+ Whom M. Cuvier calls ‘* Voyageur infatigable et trés-savant naturaliste.”
After such an eulogium, it would reflect honour on the French Government, if
his Manuscripts and Drawings were published under their auspices, and not
suffered merely to remain deposited in the National Library. ‘

Mr. Swainson’s Memoir of Lacépéde. 75

mencement of those troubles which terminated in great horrors,
M. de Lacépéde was called to the legislative assembly. Here his
temper and moderation were eminently conspicuous; he long
struggled to repress the first devolopements of those dreadful
principles of anarchy, which soon spread through his devoted
country, like a pestilential disease, corroding and destroying the
root of all moral and religious feeling ; but the voice of reason or
persuasion could no longer be heard or regarded in the popular
frenzy: he withdrew until the storm was spent; and until he
was again solicited to resume his duties at the Museum of Natural

History. Some years afterwards, the reputation he had acquired .
again called him to the Senate, and subsequently he had the
honour of being chosen Grand Chancellor of the Legion of
Honour, and was created a Peer of France.

In his political life M.de Lacépéde was distinguished for his
mildness, his moderation, and his love of justice. He laboured to
establish order, to lessen the severity of certain arbitrary laws,
and to render others more mild and supportable to the people;
and such was the influence of his well-regulated mind, and of his
reputation as a moral man, that his voice could moderate the
angry discussions of that tumultuous assembly of legislators, over

-which he presided. He may be considered, as one of those very
few, who after having fulfilled important and public functions,
have not left an enemy to reproach their conduct, with a single act
of tyranny or injustice.

In Science as in politics, M. de Lacépéde was remarkable for
a love of truth, and a spirit of order and arrangement, which per-
vaded all his habits. His works are characterized by purity
of style, and by the enlarged views and conceptions of the
philosopher. :

His leisure hours were devoted to the elegant amusements of
the accomplished man. His love of music led him to acquire a
knowledge of its principles, and his compositions, which have been
previously attended to, in this and in other arts, shew the taste and
cultivation of a mind naturally sensitive and alive to beauty. In
private life he was affable, mild in his prejudices; and united great
delicacy of feeling with a noble and exalted mind. It has been

760 Rev. R.'T. Lowe on Balanus punctatus, &c.

said that one of the most striking points in the character of M.
de Lacépéde, was a benevolence which delighted to exercise itself
for the happiness of others,—to relieve misfortune, and to mitigate
suffering. In the midst of his honours, he preserved the early
simplicity of his manners, aud to his total forgetfulness of self,
may perhaps be attributed the fatal termination of that disease—
the small pox—under which, at an advanced age, he expired, on
the Sth of October 1825. His funeral took place at Epinay, and
was attended by men eminent and illustrious in every branch of
the Administration, who had sought and cultivated his friendship ;
while crowds of villagers followed their benefactor with sorrow
to the grave. No less than three orations were pronounced over
his tomb, and from the closing passage of that by M. Duméril,
we shall conclude this imperfect sketch :-—

*¢ Profond observateur, ecrivain gracieux et brillant, savant na-
turaliste, professeur eloquent, académicien célébre, généreux ami,
homme excellent; il faut donc répéter ici dans notre aflliction, cet
Adieu touchant avec lequel vous nous quittiez si amicalement,
lorsque vous nous tendiez une main defaillante, et que le sourire
gracieux, accoutumé a obeir a votre 4me aimante, cherchait en
vain a se placer encore sur nos lévres inanimées! Adieu! Adieu!
vous vivez dans nos coeurs.”

Art. Vif. On Balanus punctatus, Puncturella Flemingii,
&c.; together with some corrections relative to Turbo
carneus, and some of the Chitones before described.
By the Rev. R. T. Lowe.

Mucu difficulty has always prevailed in defining, within proper
limits, the species Balanus punctatus of Montagu. Mr. Clark of
Bath, has with the greatness acuteness succeeded, after much
attention, in discovering the true character. This consists in the
anterior valve of the shell being always provided with two con-
necting shoulders; whereas in every other English species ex-

Genus Puncturella. 7

amined, the anterior lateral valves are furnished with the shoulder,
one on each; while the anterior valve itself is unprovided and
simple. In other words, in B. punctatus, both the anterior and
posterior valves are furnished each with ¢wo connecting shoulders ;
in all the other British species, the posterior valve onéy is fur-
nished with two; the lateral valves with one each; and the an-
terior valve is without any.

This character has been proved constant by the examination
and dissection of a great number of specimens, from very different
localities. The punctured appearance, and the locking together of
the valves of the operculum, have been found very inconstant ; but
the character here mentioned is invariable; and from its sim-
plicity and obviousness, entitles its discoverer to the highest
praise.

Patella apertura of Montagu has been ascertained beyond a
doubt, by my friends Mr. Clark and Mr. M. J. Berkeley, to be
nothing more than the young of Fissurella greca. As the shell
advances in growth, the spiral vertex becomes gradually more
eroded, and finally quite disappears. Some specimens of this
shell in the young state, have been named by Dr. Leach in the
British Museum, Cemoria Montagui. They are there placed as
1 second species, with another shell communicated by Dr. Flem-
ing, which is named Cemoria Flemingit. ‘This last, though a very
imperfect. specimen, I have little doubt is identical with a shell
found by myself in 1824, at Oban in Argyllshire; and which
appears not to differ in any respect from Patella noachina of
Linneus, and Chemn. t. 197. f. 1927, 1928; and Patella fissurella
of Mull. Zool. Dan. t. 24. f. 4—6.

Since the name Cemoria has not, as far as I am aware, been yet
published as attached to this shell, which appears to me the type
of a distinct group of the Calyptraciana, I propose to substitute
for it the name of Puncturella, which is somewhat more expres-
sive of the peculiar character. In our present ignorance of the
animal, this is meant to be proposed as a distinct genus merely
provisionally. All my specimens, unfortunately, were found with-
out the animal.

78 Rev. R. T. Lowe on Balanus punctatus, &c.
PuncTureELLA.

Cuar. Gen. Testa patellaris, vertice intorto, vel spirali, canali
deorsum ampliore ab apice decurrente, in perforatione de-
sinente. Perforatio obliqua; intus fornicata, aut quasi
punctura lamind fornicata instructa.*

A second true species of this group, which was formerly in the
collection of Mr. G. Humphrey, and is marked ‘ from the Falk-
land Islands,’? has been most kindly presented to me by Mr. G.
B. Sowerby. A third, he informs me, is in his brother’s possession.
Most probably Fissurella gibberula of Lamarck belongs also here.
It need scarcely be added that the shell marked Cemoria Mon-
tugui in the British Museum, wants all the characteristic marks
of the genus but the more general appearance, and has no trace
of the canal nor of the peculiar internal structure of the true
Puncturelle. .

In corroboration of Mr. Gray’s idea that many of the minute
Cephalopoda of Lamarck, are more nearly related to the Annelida,
I am able to state that Nautilus crispust of authors is certainly
not an internal, but an attached shell. At Appin in Argyllshire,
it is to be found, in the greatest abundance, attached to growing
plants of Delesseria alata, and other marine hydrophytes. When
the animal was placed alive under the microscope, a few fine
radiating filaments appeared to proceed from the shell; but no-
thing further of the nature of the animal could be ascertained.
More favourable opportunities, combined with patient investiga-
tion, may, it is to be hoped, be attended with better success.

Mr. Clark informs me, he has frequently procured Serpula
lobata of Mont. alive, and that it is decidedly not an internal
shell. Specimens in his cabinet, ground down, still exhibit the
remains of the animal within the compartments of the shell.

* Perhaps it would be better to say with Fabricius, ‘‘ intus in canalem brevem
fornicatam producta.”

+ The shell when perfect is furnished with short points, set at regular inter-
vals round the circumference, like the pricks on the rowel ofa spur. These I
suspect have something to do with the mode of the shell’s attachment. They
are very easily obliterated.

Terebratula costaia.— Turbo carneus. 79

Serpula concamerata, Mont. is also attached to Delesseria
alata from Appin. The fact of the two latter shells being attached,
has however been long noticed.

Terebratula costata, Zool. Journ. ii. p. 105. t. 5. f. 8, 9, 9b,
may possibly be J’. aurita of Fleming’s Phil. of Zool. ii. p. 493.
t. 4, f. 5.3 though it must be confessed that a comparison of its
characters with the description of that shell in the work referred
to, previous to the publication of 7’. costata, did not appear to
warrant such an idea. It is much to be regretted that this circum-
stance was not stated at the time, and the reasons for considering
it distinct. ,At the present moment I have not the book to refer
to; but Dr. Fleming’s opinion is certainly of the greatest weight.

I place full reliance on Mr. Gray’s accuracy with regard to
Turbo carneus, Zool. Journ. ii. p. 107. t. 5. f. 12, 13, 136., whose
identity with Margarita striata, Leach, in App. to Ross’s Voyage,
seems not to be questioned. In this case also, I have unfortunately
not been able to verify the fact by a reference to the book itself;
but no doubt remains of the truth of Mr. Gray’s remark.

In answer to his query, why is this shell placed in the genus
Turbo of Lamarck, rather than in Trochus, it should be recol-
lected, that the round horny operculum is not made by Lamarck
the characteristic of either genus; and therefore the presence of
one in JT. carneus does not forbid its being referred to the former,
which, moreover, contains many species having undoubtedly a horny
one. Besides, Lamarck’s generic character of Tvrochus, ‘¢ aperture
depressed transversely, and shell conical,” by no means auswers
to this shell. No ‘‘ removal” has certainly been made by me
‘¢ of the other species ;” as it had been described by other authors
long before, under the name of Turbo Margarita. It is also evi-
dent, that, though in referring J. carneus to Turbo (merely how-
ever provisionally, and on account of its near affinity with 7. Mar-
garita of Mont.), a synonym may have been added eventually to
the nomenclature in respect to ¢his species,—had it been referred
to Trochus, the same must have happened in respect to the other,
T. Margarita; since this surely belongs to the same genus as
T.. carneus, whatever that may ultimately prove. The less evil
was therefore chosen, in referring to Turbo what was considered
a new species, rather than removing from that genus an old-

80 Rev. R. T. Lowe on Balanus punctatus, &c..

established one. I however quite agree with Mr. Gray in con-
sidering 7. carneus a Trochus, as that genus is now considered ;
on account solely of its operculum: it was merely, I repeat, re-
ferred to Turbo of Lamarck provisionally, in conformity with his
arrangement; and with a view not to add to the synonyms of
Turbo Margarita of Mont. by a change of its genus.*

I take the present occasion to notice some more important
errors in the synonyms of the Chitones. C. cinereus, Zool. Journ.
vol. ii. p. 99. is undoubtedly C. marginatus of Montagu, Turton,
and most British authors; though there is no reason still to doubt
its being the true C. cinereus of Linneus, Born, ayd the older
writers; to whom I am well pleased to add the name and authority
of Poli. C. Asellus Zool. Journ. ii. p. 101, on the other hand,
proves to be the C. cinereus of Montagu, Turton, and some others ;
but cannot be identified with C. cinereus of the three above .
named authors.

By the kindness of Mr. Children, I haye been able clearly to
identify C. aselloides, Zool. Journ. ii. p. 103, with C. albus of
Montagu: how far the synonyms of other authors may be brought
together for C. albus, it is very difficult to say. I have frequently
seen small specimens of C. Asellus of Zool. Journ. in collections,
under this name, which has probably been given, indiscriminately,
to small paler coloured and white specimens of both the species.
Acard in the British Museum, marked * C, albus, Mus. M.”
amongst the remains of Montagu’s Collection, sufficiently autho-
rises his synonym. For the rest, the synonyms of Linn., Gmel.,
and Turton appear safe.

In the present state of things, it will be most advisable to
retain the names of former British writers, for these three species.
It is very desirable, at any rate, to get rid of the barbarous one,
aselloides. At some future opportunity I shall endeavour fully
to clear up the whole of the synonyms, particularly those of
Chemnitz. ROT Es.

* The aperture is represented too angular in the figure in the Zool. Journ. ;
particularly in the magnified fig. 134., at its lower part. The aperture is very
slightly, if at all angular at the top, though the lips are disunited; and almost
imperceptibly at the lower part, though a little more so in one specimen rid
and that the distorted? one mentioned.

Mr. Broderip on some new and rare Shells. 81

Art. VIII. Description of some new and rare Shells. By
' W.J. Broverip, Esq. Sec. G.S., F.L., & HS.

Voxura puBiA.—lig-like Volute.

VY. testi fusiformi, longitudinaliter sub-costata, transversim
striata, flavicante, maculis fulvis, sub-quadratis, interruptis multi-
fasciata ; spira brevi, apice rudi, acuto-papillari ; columella levis-
sime biplicata, basi integra. Long. 2 3 unc.

Mus. Princip. Massene.

Habitat ?

Icon. Tab. 3. fig. 1.

Shell fusiform, slightly ribbed, longitudinally and transversely
striated, yellowish, with many bands of interrupted, somewhat
square, fulyous spots; spire short, apex rude, with the papilla
terminating almost acutely ; the pillar very slightly marked with
two plaits, and the base entire. Length 2 4 inches.

This shell is one of those forms which convince us of the
vanity of our artificial distinctions. When viewed from above it
seems as if the spire of a Voluta were placed on the body-whorl
of one of those Pyrule, which are commonly known by the
name of Figs. Turn it, and the difficulty of classing the shell is
rather increased ; for the aperture is still Fig-like, and it requires
an accurate examination to detect the two almost imperceptible
plaits on the columella. The apex indeed, uncouth as it is, shews
more like that of a Voluta than of any other shell, and it is
utterly different from that of a Pyrula. Place it among the
Volutes, and it will be found to approach nearest to V. rupestris:
though one cannot but suspect that there are yet in the bosom of
the deep many gradations of form between them. It is evidently
a marine shell, and its locality does not appear to be known.
There is, I believe, one specimen in the cabinet of Prince
Massena. For the second known specimen, from which this
figure and description were taken, I am indebted to M. Roussell.
The shell is evidently faded.

Vor. ITI. F

82 Mr. Broderip on some new and rare Shells.

Vo.tura MULTI-costata.—Many-ribbed Volute.*

V. testa ovato-fusiformi, longitudinaliter multi-costata, flaves-
cente, maculis nigricantibus, et lineolis nigro-spadiceis, frequenti-
bus, transversis ornata; spira mediocri, apice acuto-papillari ;
columella multiplicata, plicis ultimis maximis ; basi corrugata,
emarginata. Long. 1 3 unc, -

Mus. nost.

Habitat ?

Icon. Tab. 3. fig. 2.

Shell ovately fusiform, with many longitudinal ribs, yellowish,
with numerous blackish irregular spots and transverse brownish
chesnut lineations; body-whorl corrugated at the base, which is
emarginate ; spire moderate, apex acutely papillary ; pillar many
plaited, the three last plaits being the largest. Length 1 Linch. —

This pretty and interesting shell, of which I have seen no
other specimen, appears to form one of the beautiful gradations
from those Volutes, which are popularly called Musics, to those
which it is my intention to designate by the term Mitriform, from
their very near approach to the Mitres. In V. multi-costata, the
upper plaits of the pillar are no longer strongly developed, the
spire is beginning to lengthen, and the apex is become almost.
that of a mitre. Its locality is unknown.

* Some parts of Lamarck’s description of V. mitreformis will apply to this
shell: others will not. Neither in the Monograph in the ‘¢ Annales du
Muséum,” nor in the “* Animaux sans Vertébres,” is there a reference to any.
figure. The words *‘ ornées de lineoles rousses transverses et de taches rouge-brun
sur un fond blanchatre,” and * lineoles rougeatres,” do not convey the idea of.
the almost black colouring of our shell, while they are not inapplicable to a
small specimen of V. costata (Swainson, Journ. of Science, vol. xvii. p. 33.)
Lamarck describes his shell from a specimen in his own museum. Should our
shell prove to be his mitreformis, (and 1am not at.all sure it is not,) the name
aboye given to it must be cancelled. The back of the shell is very dark.

W, J. Be.

Mr. Broderip on some new and rare Shells. 83

Voxura tyrirormis.— Harp Volute.

(Mirra tyrzrormis. Swainson.)

V. testa valdé fusiformi, longitudinaliter multi-costata, costis
interstitiisque longitudivaliter striatis, carned, ultimo anfractu
trifasciato, fasciis subceruleis, maculis spadiceis interruptis super-
positis, anfractibus cwteris eodem modo suturas versus bifasciatis ;
costis lineatis, lineolis rubro-spadiceis, transversis; spird valdé
producta, sub-attenuata, apice acuto-papillari ; columella multi-
plicata, plicis ultimis maximis ; basi corrugata, emarginata. Long.
3 4 unc.

Mus. nost.

Habitat ?

Icon. Swainson, Zool. Lllust. tab. 54. Tab. nost. 3. fig. 3,

Shell very fusiform, with many longitudinal ribs, which together
with the interstices are striated longitudinally, flesh-coloured,
the body whorl (which is corrugated at the emarginate base,)
with three bluish bands ornamented with interrupted dark chesnut
spots; the other whorls with two similar bands placed near the
sutures ; the ribs marked with regular transverse lines of a reddish
chesnut ; spire very much produced and rather attenuated, the
apex acutely papillary; pillar with many plaits, the two last
being much the largest.

The nearest approach to the Mitres is, perhaps, to be found in
this rare shell figured by my friend, Mr. Swainson, in his Zoo-
logical Illustrations, under, the name of Mitra lyraformis.. In-
deed he says, and there is no one more competent to speak on the
subject, ** It connects in the most beautiful manner the two genera
of Mitra and Voluta.” I should be diffident of describing this
shell, after one so eminently qualified to enlighten every subject
of Natural History which he approaches, were it not that the
specimen from which he took his description, must Have been’
originally poor and had certainly suffered subsequently from an
“<¢ unmerciful cleaning ;” so that he had not a fair opportunity of
describing its characters. He has published this shell as a Mitra.
The last plaits of the pillar, which are the largest, point out the

F2

4 Mr. Broderip on some new and rare Shells.

shell to bea Voluta. He has observed this to me, and as FE
believe that the observation has not been publicly made by him,
I wish it to be understood that the correction is not mine but his
own. I owe the possession of the very fine specimen, from which
the accompanying figure and present description are taken, to
Captain Marryat, R.N., who brought it to this country : nor do I
know of any other, save that from which Mr. Swainson designed
his plate. ‘The locality of the shell does not appear to be ac-
curately known.

Cypr#a nivosa.—Snow-flecked Cowry.

C. test’ ovata, sub-ventricosd, fusca, guttis punctisque albis
adspersd, subtus subalbidd; lined dorsali ad latus dextrum ap-
proximante pallida, undulata.

Mus. nost.

Habitat ?

Icon. Tab. 4. fig. 1.

Shell oval, rather ventricose, above brownish, flecked and
dotted with white, pearl-coloured below; the dorsal line pale,
undulated and approaching to the right side.

A shell at first sight bearing some resemblance to C. Vitellus,
but which ona nearer inspection, will be found to differ materially
from it, both in form and colouring. C. nivosa is less ventricose
than C. Vitellus, and its dorsal line, which approaches the right
side, reminds the observer of C. Mappa, though it is not so much
branched. Iam indebted to the liberality of Captain Marryat,
R.N., for the addition of this shell to my cabinet. Its locality
does not appear to be known.

Cypr#A RUGOSA.

C. testa ovato-globosa ; dorso gibbo; ventre, labio, margini-
busque valdé rugosis.

Habitat ? fossilis.

Icon. Tab. 4. fig. 2.

Shell ovately-globose, gibbous; the ventral disc, lip and mar-
gins very deeply wrinkled.

Mr. Yarrell on the occurence of some rare British Birds. 85

This fossil, which Mr. G. B. Sowerby, (who was struck with
its general resemblance to my specimen of C. gudtata,) was kind
enough to send to me, was found in the Superga, near Turin? *
It appears to have suffered from pressure and fracture, which may
have added to the gibbosity of the back; but still, though the
likeness is great, it does not appear to me to be identical with
C. guttata. The ventral disc of the latter, though corrugated as
strongly as that of C. rugosa at the extremities, is comparatively
smooth in the middle, and there the rugosities scarcely appear,
excepting towards the mouth of the shell, where they again be-
come strongly marked. The rugosities of the ventral disc of
C. rugosa furrow the whole of that disc, and are rather strongest
in the middle of it. With this exception, the ruge on the disc,
lip and margins of both shells offer the strongest similarity. The
fossil appears much more gibbous than the recent shell above-
mentioned.

Art. 1X. On the occurrence of some rare British Birds.
By Wivuiam Yarrety, Esq. F.L.S.
[To the Conductors of the Zoological Journal. ]
GENTLEMEN,

Your liberal insertion of my former notice of the occurrence of
some rare British Birds, has induced me to forward you the follow-
ing particulars on the same subject, which I have been enabled to
~ collect within the Jast four months.

Parus biarmicus, Linn, Two nests and the eggs of the
Bearded Tit were this year forwarded to London. They were

* JT judge this to be the fact, from having observed it to be filled with the
grains which so eminently characterize the fossils of that locality. The only
specimen I have seen I found among some fossils in the Collection of Mr. G.
Humphrey. The best account of this mountain and its formations is to be
found in Brongniart’s Mem. sur les Terrains de sediment superieurs calcareo-
trappéens du Vicentin. p. 27. He has not, however, noticed this species.

G.B.S,

86 Mr. Yarrell ox the occurrence of some rare British Birds.

found in the parish of Horsey, about twelve miles from Yarmouth,
in Norfolk. The nest is placed near the ground, being sustained
only an inch or two above the surface by the strength of the stems
of the coarse grass upon which it is fixed: it is composed entirely
of dried bents, the finer ones forming the lining, and others in-
creasing in substance make up the exterior. ‘The eggs were four
in number in each nest, rather smaller than those of Parus
major, and less pointed; white, and sparingly marked with pale
red irregular lines or scratches. Having obtained nests and eggs,
the collector was requested to procure some young birds if possi-
ble, aud in a few weeks, three, apparently belonging to the same
brood, were sent up.

Emberiza cirlus, Linn. The Cirl Bunting was this year seen
in several instances near Brading, in the Isle of Wight. Two
nests with eggs were found, and a third containing young birds.
The old ones were observed to feed constantly on the berries of
the Woody Nightshade (Solanum dulcamara), and a paste made
of this berry, wheat flour, and fine gravel, proved excellent food
for the young birds, which were reared without difficulty, and
are now in high health. Several old and young birds of both
sexes were also obtained by shooting.

Fringilla Cocothraustes, Temm. Loxia Cocothraustes, Linn.
The Hawfinch. <A pair of these birds bred this summer near
Windsor. The nest was not found, but the visits of the young

birds to a garden excited attention, and part of the brood was
obtained.

Charadrius Cantianus, Lath. The Kentish Plover. Two
specimens of this very rare species have been shot on the coast of
Norfolk, both young birds of the year. The original description
of this British bird will be found in the second supplementary
volume of Dr. Latham’s Synopsis, page 316.

Montague considered this bird only a variety of the Ring
Plover (Ch. hiaticula). Having now a young one of each
species before me, killed about the same time, and previous to
the first moult of either, I shall briefly point out those differen-

~

Charadrius Cantianus, and Charadrius hiaticula. 87

ces, which on comparison induce a belief that they are perfectly
distinct.

The whole length of the Kentish Plover, from the point of the

beak to the end of the tail, is five inches and three quarters, the

whole length of the Ring Plover not quite seven inches, neither
having as yet attained their relative full size. The beak of the
first named is wholly black, that of the second has the point
black, the base dark orange. The white of the forehead in the
Kentish Plover extends over the eye on both sides, forming a
conspicuous brow; the same colour in the Ring Plover barely
reaches to the eye. The white collar of the neck in the Kentish
Plover, extends from the front only a little beyond the ears on
each side, and hence the name given to this bird by M. Temminck
of Pluvier a collier interrompu. The collar of the Ring Plover
is continued all round the neck, having a breadth of a quarter of
an inch at its narrowest part. The length of the wing in the
Kentish Plover, measuring from the point of the shoulder to the
extreme end of the first quill-feather, which is the longest, is four
inches and one-eighth; the same part in the Ring Plover is four
inches and seven-eighths. The Kentish Plover has two outer tail
feathers on each side wholly white, the Ring Plover but one,
The tarsus of the Kentish Plover is rather longer and stouter,
but all the toes are one-eighth of an inch shorter than in the Ring
Plover. The legs in the Kentish Plover are black, those of the
Ring Plover orange.

The young Kentish Plover before the moult, has no black about
the head, the forehead and brows white, front of the neck the
same, the patch on each side of the chest light brown, top of the
head, and all the upper parts light ash brown, under parts en-
tirely white. M.Temminck in the second edition of his Manual,
describes this bird as common in England ; he probably refers to
the Ring Plover, about which no such notice is taken, though
abundant all round our coast. The two specimens of the Kentish
Plover here mentioned are the only recent ones I ever had an
opportunity of examining.

88 Mr. Yarrell on the occurrence of somerare British Birds

Ardea minuta, Linn. A young specimen of the Little Bittern
was shot during the summer on the banks of the Thames near
Windsor: it was believed to have been bred there from the situ-
ation being favourable, and the circumstance of a second bird in
the same state of plumage being seen about the same spot for
several days at that time.

Platalea Leucorodia, Linn. Two specimens of the Spoonbill
have been received in London, both of which were shot in
Lincolnshire.

Scolopax Major, Linn. The Great Suipe has also occurred
three times during the autumn; two were shot in Lincolnshire,
and the third in Huntingdonshire.

Tringa pusilla and minuta. These two diminutive Sandpipers,
the smallest of the genus, appear to have been constantly con-
founded together. Montague has described both, and was aware
of the difference, but without venturing to separate them as dis-
tinct. Of six specimens lately received in London, two, from the
vicinity of Chichester, belong to the species first named, and four
to the latter. The Pusilla is rather smaller than the Minuta, and
may be distinguished by the olive-brown colour of the legs, and |
the short tarsus eleven-sixteenths of an inch in length. The legs
of the Minuta are black, and measure seven-eighths of an
inch. There is also a marked difference in the habits. The Pusélla
resembles the Common Sandpiper (7. Hypoleucos), frequenting
freshwater streams and ponds a few miles inland. The Minuta
prefers the sandy shores of the coast, and when found is generally
in company with the Purre.

I am, Gentlemen, yours, &c.

WiriiaAmM YARRELL,
Ryder Street, October, 1826.

oe

Nore.—The Tringa pusilla has also been named JZ. Temminckii by Leisler.
The description of the Tringa pusilla of Linneus, does not, according to M.
Temminck, refer to either of the two European species.

M. Buonaparte on Procellaria oceanica. 89

Art. X. Supplement to “an Account of four Species
of Stormy Petrel,’* (Thalassidroma, Vigorst). By
C. L. Buonaparte, Prince of Musignano, &c. &c.

In the above named paper I only established three of the
species, and merely indicated the fourth on Temminck’s authority :
the existence of the latter, as distinct from my P. Wilsonit,
became every day more doubtful; and I had to regret, in my ©
“¢ Obs. on the Nom, of Wilson’s Ornithology,” not being able to
settle that important point. It is with great pleasure that I shall
now put this species on the same footing with the others, under
‘the name of

4, PRoceLLARIA OCEANICA, nob.

Tail slightly emarginate, the wings when closed extending
more than an inch beyond its tip; length of the ¢arsus nearly one
inch and three quarters (18 French lines).

Synonymes.

Le Pétrel ou Oiseau tempéte, Buff. pl. enl. 993. (a very correct
representation). Id. Ois. vol. ix. pl. 23. (but not the accompany-
ing description). Stormy Petrel, Lath. Syn. vi. p. 411. No. 18.
Museum in Antwerp. Probably { the P. oceanica of the original
drawings of Forster, icon. 12, (which I have not seen) ; for which
reason I have given that name to my species, although I have as-
certained that the bird that bears it in Temminck’s celebrated
collection is but a bad specimen of my P. Wilsonii. . As for the
Petrel échassé of Temminck it must be erased from the list of
species ; and it is most probably established partly on the above-

* For a notice of this Account see Zool. Journal, vol. i. p. 425.—Ed.

+ This group has already been established in my Systematic Catalogue of
the Birds of the United States of North America; but having given it no
name, it is with pleasure that I am here able to adopt the scientific one applied
by the above-named English O:nithologist. ;

t At all events Forster’s species P. oceanica, not having been published,
cannot interfere with mine. I have besides no doubt of their identity.

90 M. Buonaparte on Procellaria oceanica,

named specimen of P. Wilsonii, and partly on Buffon’s plate of
P. oceanica, as in his specific phrase he describes the wings of the
latter and the tarsi of the former. VF

Description.

General colour brownish-black, somewhat tinged with cinere-
ous; primaries and tail darker; secondaries and wing-coverts not
tipped with whitish ; belly and vent each side, flank, some of the
under wing-coverts and upper tail-coverts, totally, white; bill
three-quarters of an inch long, and with the feet, black. Total
length, eight inches and a half,

Hasirar. The Pacific Ocean and the South Seas; common
near the Cape of Good Hope.

Comparative Oxs. In comparing this species to the three
others, it will be seen that it is the largest and the more varied
with white of the sub-genus, and that is can be confounded only
with P. Wilsonii, to which it bears a strong resemblance in shape
and colour, both having the tarsi greatly elongated, the tube of
the nostrils equally recurved, the upper tail-coverts entirely white,
&c. But in addition to its much larger size, proportionally longer
bill and tarsi, and lighter colour,* this new species may at first
sight be distinguished from it by its wings extending so much
beyond the tail, and by the want of the yellow spot on the in-
terdigital membrane, which is found in P. Wilsonié only.

* Incolour it agrees with P. Leachii, which is also next in stature; but the
much shorter tarsi, stouter bill, forked tail, and brown shafts of the tail-
coverts of the latter will alweys prevent their being confounded together. I
also identified Temminck’s P. Leachii with mine a few days ago. The species
is now common in collections, :

Mr. Vigors’s Reply to M. Desmarest. 91

Art. XI. A Reply to some Observations in the “ Dic-
tionnaire des Sciences Naturelles,” upon the newly cha-
racterized groups of the Psirracipm. By N. A.
Vicors, Esq. M.A., F.R.S., and L.S., &c. :

{In a letter addressed to the Conductors of the Zoological Journal.
August Ist. 1826. ]
GENTLEMEN,

I shall make no apology for requesting your insertion of the fol-
lowing reply to some strictures which have lately appeared ina
French publication on a part of my ornithological labours. The
kindness with which your pages have hitherto been opened to me,
encourages me to trespass thus far upom you. In some measure
indeed I consider myself to have a slight claim to this favour.
Your journal has been the channel through which I have promul-
gated most of the views that have incurred the disapprobation of
the French writer, and ought equally perhaps to be the channel
‘through which I should attempt the vindication of their cor-
rectness.

There is no task in general more repuguant to my feelings than
that of defending myself against the animadversions of my fellow
labourers in science. The notice of such attacks upon our opinions
evinces too great a susceptibility to criticism ; and lays us open to
ihe imputation that it is ourselves, and not the science we cultivate,
that we wish to uphold. The views in Natural science which we
advance from time to time in our various speculations ought to be
left to answer for themselves: and our only reply to the observa~
tions of others should be the alteration of such poiats as maturer
judgment and more favourable opportunities of observation, either
on the part of our reviewers, or on our own, have proved to be
erroueous ; or the silent retention of our opinions where no ground
has been exhibited for censure. Such a mode of reply would
exempt the public from much of the personal feelings of in-
dividuals,—a subject at all times of little interest,—and the
cause of science would pursue its due course, without the interrup-
tion of extraneous matter. In the present instance, however, I

92 Mr. Vigors’s Reply to some Observations

consider the attack which it is my intention to notice, as rather
national than personal. We can not have failed to observe, and
to observe with no common regret, that a disposition to depreciate
the Zoological labours of this country prevails toa great extent
among the Continental writers. And at a period when a new
impulse has been given to our science in this country, and a new
school of: Zoology, if I may so express myself, is forming itself
among us, it becomes us to be doubly guarded as to its interests,
and not to suffer its rising reputation to be at once overborne by
the mandates of assumed authority. It is the wish of vindicating
our views against the arbitrary influence which seems exerted to
check them in their infancy, and not, any personal feelings, that
urges me to the present task. The objects aimed at, and the modes
of investigation pursued in Natural History, are of such a descrip-
tion as to call for the exertions of every man, and the co-operation
of every country; but these exertions and this co-operation must
be allowed their free course, without limits or restrictions. The
republick of science will admit of no dictator.

The animadyersions to which I would draw your attention are
contained in the 39th Volume of the ‘ Dictionnaire des Sciences
Naturelles,” under the article * Perroquet.” They form part of
the 20th and 21st pages of that volume, and purport to be a general
review of Dr. Horsfield’s and my subdivision of the Psittacide.
The Article is subscribed by the highly respectable name of M.
Desmarest.

The chief points contained in this critique may be stated as
follows.—A general condemnation is inferred of any subdivision
in so natural a group, [le genre si naturel,] as that which forms
the Linnean genus Psittacus. The subdivisions which have been
pointed out by Dr. Horsfield and myself are affirmed to be
founded on minute differences, without any value, or any apparent
regard to the mode of life of the animals that compose them ;—
[sur des differences minutieuses, sans aucune valeur, et sans aucun
rapport evident avec le genre de vie des animaux dont on les
compose]. Most of our groups, it is asserted, have not even the
merit of being original. They have nothing new but their names ;
“being the same,” it is ayerred, ‘ as those secondary groups which

in the “ Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles.’ 93

have been long since pointed out, and well distinguished, [ tres-bien
distingués], by MM. Brisson, Buffon, Vieillot, Le Vaillant,
Kuhl, and other naturalists who have made a true progress in this
branch of ornithology, without overcharging it with new* and
useless denominatious.”? A few minute observations, which shall
be briefly noted in their places, against particular names, are
added to this sweeping condemnation.

When you take into consideration, Gentlemen, the strong and
unqualified language in which these censures are conveyed, you
will be surprised to learn that the characters and descriptions of
the greater part of the genera thus, censured are as yet unpublished.
Most of the new groups of the Psittacide, characterized by Dr.
Horsfield and myself, belong to the Ornithology of New Holland,
our observations on which are only now in the course of publica-
tion in the forthcoming Volume of the Linnean Transactions. I
have intimated this fact in one of the preceding numberst of this
journal; and in a succeeding number I have again merely referred
to these genera, introducing their names only, without entering
into any details of the character or habits of the birds that com-
pose them; being unwilling to anticipate observations about to
appear in another publication. I do not wish to dwell upon the
inconsistency, if not the injustice, of any writer’s pronouncing
the characters of groups to be minute and valueless before he has
seen them. I shall only observe that such a mode of criticism is
not founded on the usual principles of reasoning, and certainly
does not accord with the courtesy which generally obtains among
naturalists.

The time has however gone by, when any individual will be
allowed to assume the right of prescribing how Nature is to be
investigated. Natural History is no longer an occult science on

* Ido not exactly discern the force of the above epithets of the French
writer. If we give a name to a newly characterized group it must necessarily
be a new one. To give an old name would decidedly be an errour. A useless
name must indeed be allowed to be objectionable; but it must be proved to
be useless before the objection can be made with justice.

+ Fol. Il. p. 61.
t Ib. p. 400.

94 Mr. Vigors’s Reply to some Observations

which a few of the soi-disant initiated will be exclusively
authorised to issue their edicts, as if from an oracie. Like every
other subject of research, it is open to the inquiries of every man
whose industry or whose opportunities afford a promise of pro-
secuting it to advantage ; and like every other science it is to be
pursued according to the usual modes and the admitted principles
of reasoning. The views and the labours of the naturalist are, in
fact, to be praised or condemned, not by the voice of authority,
but by their own intrinsick merits or defects. Among the sub-
jects which this freedom of investigation has brought before the
publick, is the right demanded by every inquirer into nature of
characterizing and naming such groups as may appear to him
worthy of such distinction : and as far as may be judged from the
general practice of the higher naturalists of the present day, this
question appears to be decided in the affirmative. The principle
of distinguishing new genera seems not only admitted, but, with
one or two exceptions, universally acted upon: and the only
question on the subject which admits of being canvassed regards
the extent or the abuse of the privilege.

It is not therefore by the mere force of his own word or opinion
that the critick in the ** Dictionnaire” can now expect to reverse
this decree, and proscribe the institution of new divisions in any
group, much less in so extensive a genus as that of the Linnean
Psittacus. The expression of such an opinion must be considered
of no further influence than as it affects the writer’s own practice.
There is not an argument advanced by him in the work in question
to support his opinion ; his remarks are restricted to mere assertion ;
and there is nothing new among them which calls for an observa~
tion in addition to what has been so often urged on this subject,
except perhaps the expression, in which so much meaning appears
to be implied, that ** Psztéacus is a natural genus.”

Are we to infer from this expression that because a genus is
natural, it must not be subdivided ? If so, I know scarcely a group
in the modern arrangements of Zoology which admits of a sub-
division. Every group is inferred to be natural, that is, to have its
prototype in nature, as far as man can understand the original, or
it ought not to be adopted. How few for instance of the Linnean

s

in the “* Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles.’ = 95

genera are otherwise than natural in this sense of the word. And
yet there are few of them, whose extent required subdivision, which
have not undergone this process. In the Linnean Mammalia, for
example, Simia, Vespertilio, Felis, &c.; in the Birds, Lantus,
Motacilla, Ardea, Scolopax, &c.; among the Insects, Scarabeus,
Carabus, Curculio, Papilic, &c., have all submitted more or less
to that necessary subdivision which has brought the numerous
species contained in them into comprehensible groups, and yet all
are equally natural genera as that of Psittacus.

The critick seems in this instance to have founded his inference
upon an errour, which I more particularly wish to notice, as I have
frequently heard a similar objection advanced in this country against
the separation of nearly allied species into generick groups. It
would appear as if he wished it to be inferred, that to subdivide
is to disunite ; and that such subdivision among naturally conter-
minous species makes a breach in their affinities. But the sub-
division of a natural group like Psiftacus does not infer disunion
among its component parts: the subdivided part still remains an
integral part of the more comprehensive group to which it originally
belonged. The species of Cercopithecus, Cynocephalus, Papio,
Ateles, Cebus, &c. &c. are as much component parts of the genus
Simia, Linn., as when included indiscriminately and without
classification under the latter comprehensive name. No breach
takes place in the more enlarged affinities which unites these
species into the one general group; while the more immediate
affinities which unite them into minour groups are more clearly
pointed out by the subdivision. Nay more, the extreme and
osculant species of two separate but conterminous genera may be
preserved, by the same mental operation which defines the
genera, in still closer contact with each other, than two species
even of the same genus, between which other species intervene.
The same principle extends in fact through every group of every
rank and denomination. Two species of different orders may
thus be more closely united in affinity than two species of the same
order. The affinity, for example, between a species of the Linnean
Strix, and one of the Linnean Caprimulgus, may be considered
more close, although the birds belong to different orders, than
the affinity between the two selected species and other species of

Mr. Vigors’s Reply to some Observations 96

their respective orders; that is, between the Strix and a typical .
species of Falco, and between the Caprimulgus and a species of
Corvus or of Motacilla. In fact our arrangements of natural objects
are now founded upon the principle that there are no divisions in
vature; and all our nominal divisions are merely mental assump-
tions adopted for the sake of convenience. They imply that the’
mind can keep certain assemblages apart in its conceptions, by
fixing upon certain typical modifications of form; but the names
affixed to these assemblages, and the arbitrary limits assigned them
in no wise infer an actual separation between them.

The very objection which has been subsequently brought for-
ward in the *¢ Dictionnaire” against the subdivisions of the
Psittacide, that they have been previously pointed out by antece-
dent writers, would, if true, prove that even in the writer’s mind
the subdivision of a natural group does not infer an unnatural
separation. These subdivisions of the French naturalists to which
he alludes are noticed by him with every commendation ; and we
hear no complaints of their introducing any breach of affinity in
“‘ the natural group” of Psittacus. It is true that these latter
subdivisions are called sections and have French names assigned
them, while mine are denominated genera, and have Latin or
scientifick names of distinction. But whatever may be the value
of the denomination given to the group, or whatever may be the
language from which the particular name of it is derived, the
principle which regulates the subdivision is still the same. If there
be no difference between the groups themselves, it would be the
height of absurdity to suppose that a greater infringement upon
the laws of arrangement, as far as they regard affinity, would take
place when these groups are called genera, than when they are
distinguished by the name of sections.

But we must come more closely to this point. In all the other
Linnean genera, such as those subdivided groups to which I have
alluded above, there seems to have been no hesitation in calling
the subdivisions genera. Many of these groups are by no means so
copious in species as Psittacus, which it is to be remembered, con-
tains two hundred and twenty-four species, according to the
writer in the ‘* Dictionnaire.’ Why the subdivisions in the group

in the “ Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles.’ 97

before us should be called sections, while equivalent subdivisions
in equivalent groups are called genera, I can see no reason ; and
against the arbitrary mandate that issues such a law I must
decidedly enter my protest. I proceed to support this protest by
insisting upon the two following points: first, that these subdivi-
sions of the Psit/acide, whatever may be the name by which we
think fit to call them, are bond fide genera, according both to the
philosophical siguification of the term genus, and the particular
adaptation of .it to Natural History ; and secondly, that the same
groups are marked by equally distinctive characters, and are kept
apart by equal differences in the modes of life of the birds which
compose them, as are found in any other of the admitted genera
in Ornithology.

’ What, in short, is a genus? Are we to conclude from the ob-
servations of M. Desmarest, that there is something sacred in the
word, when once it has been attached to a group, that prevents
any future interference with it :—that it represents, in short, the
real essence of the subjects for which it stands, and will conse-
quently adit of neither change nor modification? Or rather,
in accordance with the opinion of one of our first philosophers,
should we not consider a genus to ** belong not to the real existence
of things,” but to be ‘*the creature and invention of the under-
standing ;” and to represent an assemblage which has been brought
together in our ideas by the usual process of generalization, and
invested with a name, for the more convenient communication of
knowledge ?

Such at least is the usual acceptation of the term.—‘ A general
idea,” says Dr. Watts, “is called a genus ; and it is one common
nature agreeing to several other common natures.”*—* All ‘the
great business of genera and species,” observes Mr. Locke,
“amounts to no more but this, That men making abstract ideas,
and settling them in their minds with names annexed to them, do
thereby enable themselves to consider things, and discourse of
them as it were in bundles, for the easier and readier improvement
and communication of their knowledge; which would advance
but slowly were their words and thoughts confined only to particu- .

* Logic. Part 1. chapt. IIL. sect. Jil. p, 34.

Vor. II. G

98 Mr. Vigors’s Reply to some Observations

lars.”*—“ The reason,” he again resumes, ‘* why I take so par-
ticular notice of this, is, that we may not be mistaken about
genera and species, and their essences, as if they were things
regularly and constantly made by nature, and had a real existence
in things; when they appear, upon a more wary survey, to be
nothing else but an artifice of the understanding, for the easier
signifying such collections of ideas, as it should often have oc-
casion to communicate by one general term; under which divers
particulars, as far forth as they agreed to that abstract idea, might
be comprehended,” t

One of the chief causes which this eminent philosopher assigns
for our not being able ‘‘ to rank and sort things, and consequently
to denominate them by their real essences,” is, ** because we know
them not. Our faculties carry us no farther towards the know-
ledge and distinction of substances, than a collection of those sen-
sible ideas which we observe in them; which however made
with the greatest diligence and exactness we are capable of, yet
is more remote from the true internal constitution, from which
those qualities flow, than, as I said, a countryman’s is from the
contrivance of that famous clock at Strasburgh, whereof he only
sees the outward figure and motions. There is not so contemptible
a plant or animal that does not confound the most enlarged
understanding.—The workmanship of the all-wise and powerful
God, in the great fabrick of the universe, and every part thereof,
farther exceeds the capacity and comprehension of the most in-
quisitive and intelligent man, than the best contrivance of the
most ingenious man doth the conceptions of the most ignorant of
rational creatures. ‘Therefore we in vain pretend to range things
into sorts, and dispose them into certain classes, under names, by
their real essences, that are so far from our discovery and com-
prehension.”{ Still, however, although it must be insisted upon
that genera owe their origin to a mental operation, it must be

* Essay on Human Understanding. Book 3. chapt. 3. § 20. Works. Vol. 11.
p. 172. Ed. 1812,

+ Ib. Book 3. chap. 5.4 9. Works. Vol. 11. p. 187.
{ 1b. Book 3. chapt. 6. § 9. Works, Vol. Il. p. 198—9.

in the ** Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles.” 99

equally admitted that in generalizing the groups of Natural His-
tory, the naturalist has a view to the apparent combinations formed
by nature, according to which he endeavours to regulate his general
ideas. ‘* I would not here be thought,” continues Mr. Locke,
‘to forget, much less to deny, that nature in the production of
things makes several of them alike: there is nothing more ob-
vious, especially in the races of animals, and of things propagated
by seed. But yet, I think, we may say the sorting them under
names is the workmansiip of the understanding, taking occasion
from the similitude it observes among them, to make abstract gene-
ral ideas, and set them up in the mind, with names annexed to
them as patterns or forms (for in that sense the word form has a
very proper signification) to which as particular things existing
are found to agree, so they come to be of that species, have that
denomination, or are put into that classis.”*—‘¢ This then, in
short, is the case ; nature makes many particular things which do
agree one way with another in many sensible qualities, and pro-
bably too in their internal frame and constitution: but it is not
this real essence that distinguishes them into species; it is men,
who, taking occasion from the qualities they find united in them,
and wherein they observe often several individuals to agree, range
them into sorts, in order to their naming, for the convenience of
comprehensive signs.—Nature in the constant productions of par-
ticular beings make them not always new and various, but very
much alike and of kin one to another: but I think it is neverthe-
less true that the boundaries of the species whereby men sort them
are made by men.-—So that we may truly say, such a manner of
sorting things is the workmanship of man.”’t

* Ib. Book 3. chapt. 3. §13. Works, Vol. Il. p. 166.

+ Ib. Book 3. chapt.6. § 36. 37. Works. Vol. Ul. p. 219. See also Book 3.
§ 80. Works. Vol. Il. pp. 213—214. Mr. Locke was no professed naturalist ;
—and yet there are observations on nature scattered throughout his works
which would do honour to systematists of the highest reputation in our
science. The mode in which he alludes to the chain of beings extending
yhroughout the universe, [ Ib. c. 3. § t2. p. 202.] the imperceptible gradations
by which they are united together, and the impossibility of drawing decided
lines of demarcation between them might be studied with advantage by those
writers who insist upon their groups being founded on decided distinctions.

G2

100 Mr. Vigors’s Reply to some Observations

If then it be admitted that this formation of genera is an opera~
tion of the mind, it follows that the same mental operation which
created them can alter or modify them as seems proper. And if
the genera of Natural History are founded upon the similitude
which the subjects of nature appear in our limited ideas to bear to
each other, i€ is according to the increase of our knowledge
respecting them, and the more accurate acquaintance which we are
enabled to make with their qualities, that our changes and modifi-
cations must be regulated.

It is also evident that in the process of generalization the term
genus may be philosophically applied to every group of every
degree in the series. Particular denominations may, it is true, be
applied to the several groups which represent different stages im
this process; and when a science or subject becomes complex,
such denominations must necessarily be assigned for the purpose of
pointing out the value of each group as it occupies a higher or a
lower rank in the general scaie. In Geography, for instance, the
different combinations represented by the words County, Province,
Kingdom, Empire, &c.; in Military Tacticks, by Company,
Battalion, Brigade, Division, &c. ; in Natural History, by Family,
Order, Class, Kingdom, &c., are more definitely pointed out by
such terms than if we were to call them genera with numerical
or other distinctions. Still such groups, although for the sake of
perspicuity, invested with such particular titles, are neither more
nor less than genera, We may even again make intermediate
stages amidst these already admitted combinations, and we may
call them by such names_as sections, or subdivisions ; or subking~
doms, subclasses, or subgenera; or in short by any other term
which appears most appropriate to our purposes: but every such
intervening combination will still be found to represent one com-
mon nature agreeing to several other common natures, and, as
such, it is strictly and iogically a genus.*

* For the reasons assigned above, I have always felt adverse to the use of the
term subgenus, although it has been.sanctioned by the highestauthority. There’
is a sort of anomaly in the word as generally applied. A subgenus is, strictly
speaking, a species ; genus being the proximate group to species, according to’
the usual acceptation of these terms. It is true that all these terms are merely

in the “* Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles.’ 101

Species also is equally with genus the creature of the under-
standing. It may be equally applied to all the groups in the scale
of. generalization, unless to that which we consider the highest
genus. Both these terms are in fact relative, and are used perhaps
with logical correctness only when an immediate reference is
made to each other. The same group is a genus or a species, ac-
cording to the relative place which the mind assigns it in our
ascending scale. ‘* These universals are genuses,” says Dr. Watts,
‘if compared with less common natures ; and they are species, if
compared with natures more common. So Bird is a genus, if
compared with Eagle, Sparrow, Raven, which are also common
natures; but it is a species, if compared with the more general
nature, Animal,’’*

conventional, and if naturalists agreed among themselves to use that of suby
genus in the same sense as section or subdivision, there is no reason why it
should not be adopted. But something more is inferred in these subgenera
than their being merely sections of a genus. They are elevated into a higher
rank by being distinctly characterized and separately and scientifically nameds
and herein lies the main objection. When we give a name to what we call a
subgenus, we intend that name either to be used or not. If the latter is our
intention, we fall into the errour of increasing the number of names without
any ostensible benefit. If we mean on the other hand that the name should
be used, we create confusion between the generick and subgenerick name.
‘We will take an example from the highest source. The sacred beetle of Egypt
belongs to the genus Scarabeus, M‘L., and to the subgenus Heliocantharus,
M‘L. Are we to call the insect Scarabeus sacer, or Heliocantharus sacer ?
Were we to decide on calling all species belonging to a subgenus by the sub-
generick term, we fall moreover into the inconsistency of designating equivalent
species by titles of unequivalent value. Some species will have a generick and
some a subgenerick title. Cetonia aurata for instance, and Heliocantharus
sacer, although insects of equal importance, have names, the first as generick,
of higher, and the latter as subgenerick, of subordinate value. The uniformity
of nomenclature, one of its highest merits, is thus saerificed to what can only be
called atemporary expedient. If in fact we consider our groups to be worthy of
separate characters and separate names, there is no reason why they should
not in the first instance be called genera, and the higher group receive a deno-
mination of still higher import. We thus at once meet and overcome the
difficulty that is imposed upon us by the influx of new forms, and numbers
Jess species, without exhausting our efforts in the vain endeavour to defer 3
reform in nomenclature which must ultimately be adopted.
* Logic. Part \. chapt. il. Sect. U1. Note ist. p. 35.

102 Mr. Vigors’s Reply to some Observations

There is this particularity however in Natural History that
these terms of genera and species have been particularly adopted
for groups of an ascertained rank in the scale of generalization.
For the greater convenience and precision of communication, as
well as to preserve uniformity in scientifick nomenclature, it seems
to have been agreed upon by common consent that every subject
in natural History should be designated by two names, one more
general, the other more specifick ; the first to point out the group
in nature to which it appears to belong, the second to point out
the especial station it holds in that general group. By equally
common consent, and for reasons which must be obvious to all,*
the two groups which are pointed out by the selected names are
those which represent the two first combinations formed in the
act of generalization as the mind advances upwards from indivi-
duals. ‘To these combinations the terms genera and species are
respectively applied per excellentiam. And thus these terms,
which in their original acceptation might have designated every
assemblage of every rank in the series of generalization, assume a
definite signification when applied to Natural History ; species
denotiag the proximate group into which individuals are united
by some quality or qualities common to all, and genus the proxi-
mate group into which species so formed are similarily united,

Were the subjects of Natural History like those of many other
branches of science, definite in their numbers, and well ascertained

* The chief advantage resulting from the use of the proximate genus is the
brevity attending it. The tediousness of summing up all the various more
remote terms is avoided by using one which comprehendsall. When we name
a subject in Natural History by the usual terms of science, I consider that we
in some measure may be said to give a definition of it. Now the correct mode
of defining any thing, is “* by joining the general and special nature together,
or (which is all one) the genus and the difference.” [ Watt's Logic. Parl 1.
ch. TV. p.94-] Dr. Watts sufficiently explains the reason, why the genus
thus used should be “the nearest genus.” [Ib. p. 95.] Mr. Locke also notices
the quickness and brevity resulting from the use of the proximate genus.
‘** This may show us the reason why in the defining of words, which is nothing
but declaring their significations, we make use of the genus or uext general
word that comprehends it. Which is not out of necessity, but only to save
the labour of enumerating the several simple ideas which the next general
word or genus stands for.” [ Book 3. ch. 3. § 10 ]

in the “ Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles.’’ 103

as to their qualities, the groups into which they are assembled
might be considered equally definite. The value of these groups
would be invariably the same, and the names chosen to represent
them might be set down as fixed, and at all times proper for the
purposes of communication already stated. Simia might thus
always continue Simia, and an original Psittacus, according to
the views of M. Desmarest, be a Psittacus to the end of time.
Bat there is this peculiarity in Natural History, particularly in
its earlier stages beyond which it can scarcely even now be con-
sidered as having advanced, that the number of its subjects can be
reduced to no limits. Every day’s experience proves that their
increase eludes all our efforts to circumscribe them. It conse-
quently happens that the original groups, which at first were
proximate in our ideas to species, cease to continue so; and the
mind seizes upon intervening characters of distinction by which it
is enabled to reduce the increasing subjects within a comprehen-
sible compass. The limits of species may perhaps,be considered
capable of being defined, although I must confess I think even
this point problematical: but until our knowledge of nature
becomes perfect,—a period little to be expected,—the next proxi-
mate groups to species must ever be subject to variation..

A single instance will illustrate this remark, as well as point out
the process by which the mind endeavours to proportion its groups
to the increasing number of the subjects brought before it. Lin-
neus, in his attempts to reduce the Coleopterous Insects into
order, observed several species among them which bore a similitude
to each other in their general structure, in having apparently six
palpi, and iu their antennae being filiform. He characterized this
group-accordingly ; and as it was the proximate group to species
he called it a genus, and distinguished it by the name of Carabus.
The number of species known to him amounted to forty-two.
Small as was this number, in comparison to that known in our
days, it appears that he considered it too extensive for a single
group, and he accordingly made an artificial but still a convenient
subdivision in it according to size; separating the species into
majores and minores. As the subject began to be more closely
investigated, the discovered species became excessively numer-

104 Mr. Vigors’s Reply to some Observations

ous, the original tens increasing to hundreds; and new leading
characteristicks were selected to distinguish them, such as
the emargination of the anteriour tibie, the abbreviation of the
elytra, the pedunculation of the abdomen, &c., &c. By these means
such groups as Harpalus, Lat., Brachinus, and Scarites, Fab., the
true Carabus, &c., intervened between the original genus Carabus,
Linn., and the species of that group; and as these groups now
became proximate to species, they virtually became genera in their
turn. These genera again, as science advanced, were found in-
conveniently prolifick in species, those of the original Linnean
group, amounting, as has been lately observed,* te sixteen hun-
dred; and more minute but still important characters of distinc-
tion, such as the diflerent forms of the several parts of the trophé,
the shape of the thorax, the relative proportions of the joints of
the antenna, &c., &c., were still further resorted to for the purposes
of subdivision. Intervening assemblages thus crept in between
these latter genera and their species. And to select one of them
for an example, Harpalus was resolved into Chlenius, Bon.,
Catascopus, Kirby, Dicalindus, M‘L., the true Harpalus of
Authours, and several similar groups, which, being now proxi-
mate to species, respectively assumed the title of genus according
to the peculiar acceptation of that term in Natural Science. In
this process the original groups of Carabus and Harpalus, which
had successively filled the place of genera, having become of a
still more comprehensive nature, received appellations of a pro-
portionally higher value; and they are now distinguished as a
family ora s¢irps according to their respective station in the series.

It cannot be here concealed that the apparent closeness with
which such investigations are carried on has brought down some
reflexions on the modern naturalist. It has become the fashion of
late to inveigh against this minuteness of research, and to allege
that the higher views of the science are sacrificed to subordinate
and petty details. I cannot subscribe to this doctrine. In making
a comparison between the earlier and present views of the science,
we must take into consideration the relative knowledge of both
times. And when we find that a single genus of Linnaeus, his

* Annulosa Javanica. Part. \. p. Vi.

in the “ Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles.’ 105

Scarabeus or Carabus for example, is now as extensive in species,
as his entire Coleopterous order, we must admit that as ample a
field for the higher speculations of science is open to the naturalist
even in the former apparently subordinate groups, as Linneus had
before him in a group of what is deemed the most comprehensive
description. Nor is our process in the distribution of the species
of such groups confined, as is frequently objected, merely to
analysis. As much combination is employed in comparing and
bringing together the allied species, as analysis in subdividing the
higher group. And if the synthetick mode of reasoning is to be
pronounced the superiour means by which the naturalist arrives at
his conclusions,—a gratuitous assumption, however, for Natural
Science while it investigates every property of the subjects before
it, should equally employ every means in the investigation,—-that
mode is now not only equally made use of, but is carried to a
greater extent than at any former period of the science. We
cannot in fact employ the analytick mode of research in the present
state of the science without the synthetick. We analyze the
genus by synthesizing the species. But this is merely a negative
view of the merits of the modern process, A positive advantage
conspicuously results from this closeness of investigation. Cha-
racters are brought into notice which were overlooked in the
earlier stages of science: and in proportion to the extent to which
characters of every description become known, is our knowledge
advanced of the relative stations in nature of the groups in which
they are found. We can form but a contracted view of the natural
world when we found our arrangements upon one or two properties
or characters only, Such a process may lead to a knowledge of
differences, but never can advance the discovery of affinities. It
is only by the comparison of all the qualities of groups, as far as
the naturalist can discern them, that their affinities and analogies
can be satisfactory detected; and thus only can we attain the
probability of making our representations of nature bear any
similitude to the true and only system. The very minuteness of
our mode of research thus eventually conduces to its comprehen-
siveness; and upon these very details are founded the highest and
most generalizing views of the science.

106 Mr. Vigors’s Reply to some Observations

But to return to the subject more immediately before -us.—
From the foregoing observations and the authorities which have
been adduced to corroborate them, it may be summarily concluded
that the subdivision of an extensive genus like Psittacus is not
merely philosophically correct, but conformable to the usual
process employed in Natural Science. The only groups whose
value and denomination can be in any wise considered definite,
are species. All the superiour assemblages of every degree are
perfectly arbitrary, and are subject to variation as the species
included in them, and the modifications of form discernible
among these species, call for further subdivision. The only
question to be considered in respect to this subdivision is the im-
portance of the characters on which the intermediate groups are
founded. We are thus brought to the second point which I had
proposed to notice; and I shall proceed to the examination of the
chief objection which has been levelled against the new genera of
the Psittucide, that they have been instituted “* upon minute and
valueless differences.”

If I were asked to point out what appears to be the greatest
modern improvement in Natural Science, I should say that it is
that mode of arrangement which results from the conviction that
there are no divisions in nature ; and in which accordingly groups
are established, not upon the difference, but upon the variation of.
their characters. The naturalist seeks out the typical characters of
his larger groups at the point where they appear most strongly
developed, and then tracing their various modifications until they
may be said to evanesce, and give place imperceptibly to the
succeeding characters of the neighbouriag groups, he fixes upon
these various modifications as ideal marks of separation between his
subdivisional groups. He is in this manner guided, not by detecting
distinct or opposing characters, but by tracing out the modifica-
tions of the same. ‘The first suggestion of this mode of viewing
nature, in contradistinction to that which is founded upon a
supposed separation of groups, was made by Linnzus, whose maxim
‘* Natura ubique varia semper tamen eudem,” directly acknow-
ledges this principle. He had not himself materials sufficient to
act upon it invariably; and yet many of the genera which he

in the ** Dictionnaire de Sciences Naturelles.’ 107

either originally instituted or adopted from others, such as Lanius,
Turdus, and Motacilla, for example, or Fringilla and Lowia,
originated in this mode of viewing nature. We may trace the
same principle through most of the genera which have been still
more lately instituted, although it does not appear that the
authours of them were aware of the principle which guided
them. Totanus, Limosa, Scolopax, Rhynchea, Tringa, with in-
termediate groups ; Pastor and Lamprotornis of M. Temminck ;
Dendrocolaptes, Certhia, and Orthonyx, as lately characterized ;—
all these, and in fact almost all the allied groups of modern terms,
if closely investigated, will be found to exhibit no difference in
characters, but merely variations of the same. The genus Pla-
tyrhynchus, the only group which at this moment I remember to
have been instituted in ornithology by the naturalist whose name
is subscribed to the critique in the “ Dictionnaire,” possesses no
characters, at least if we may judge of it from the types which
M. Temminck has given in his ‘* Manuel,” but what are modi-
fications of those of Muscicapa and Muscipeta.

This was one of the leading principles which actuated Dr.
Horsfield and myself in our subdivisions of the Psittacide. One
of the chief typical characters of the group appeared to us to con-
sist in the strength of the bill. Formed for breaking the hardest
vegetable substances the typical bill seemed to be indicated, as
in the group of Maccaws ( Macrocercus, Vieill.,) by its shortness,
height, and solidity. In these birds the height from the mentum
to the forehead at least doubles the length from the réctus to the
apex ; the under mandible, instead of being elongated, as is usual
among birds, is bent inwards with a strong emargination; while
a line drawn from the centre of it to the apex, the head of the
bird being in the regular erect position, is nearly vertical. On
the other hand the aberrant bill may be pointed out by its decreas- .
ing strength and greater elongation, as in the group of the Indian
Lories. Here the length is not less than the height; the under
mandible is entire ; and a line drawn from the centre of it to the
apex, the position of the head being as before, is nearly horizontal.
These modifications of the characters of the bill evidently point
out a corresponding modification in the nature of the food of

108 Mr. Vigors’s Reply to some Observations

the family, and indicate a variation in that foodas it gradually
descends from the hardest to the softest vegetable substances. .
In addition to these characters others have been taken into con-
sideration, which appeared to us of no mean value; such as the
form of the wing and tail, and the relative proportions of the
feathers of each; the greater or Jess elevation of the tarsi; and
the structure of the tongue. These appear to be characters
which are not only prominent and easily recognized, and at the
same time indicative of various modifications in the economy of
the birds in which they are found; but characters which have
already been employed as of the highest importance by those
naturalists who have established leading groups in our science,
The characters, for instance, taken from the structure and
proportions of the wing and tail must be considered of primary
consequence, as more or less conducive to the powers of flight :—
powers, which it may be recollected form one of the typical dis-
tinctions between Birds and the other Vertebrata. It consee
quently becomes a leading object of the naturalist to point out
the perfection or deficiency of these organs of flight by the most
marked distinctions in his power. In the present family he finds
an occasion of peculiar interest for the exercise of this privilege.
We may remember that the group of the Perching Order, which
approaches most closely to the Rasorial, is the Tribe of Scansores,
One of the characteristicks by which this approach is indicated
is the decreasing powers of the wing in the Scansorial Birds,
And the naturalist, in marking the modifications by which these
latter birds gradually pass into the Rasorial families, whose typical
station is on the ground, and who consequently require no superiour
powers of flight, is enabled to point out more strongly one of those
beautiful affinities by which nature connects her leading forms.
The greater or less elevation of the éarsus of a bird is again a
character of much consequence, as indicating its habits to be
more or less terrestrial. And accordingly we find many important
groups, such as Myiothera, Il., and Pita, Vieill., among the
Thrushes ; and Saxicola, Bechst,, and Brachypteryx, Horsf., among
the Warblers ; with several others of acknowledged importance,
established chiefly upon the modifications of this character, Here

a

et i

in the “ Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles.” 109

also in the family before us we find that the investigation of this
peculiarity leads to a speculation of more than ordinary interest
to the inquirer into affinities. Of the two orders now brought into
comparison the typical station of the Perching Birds is on
trees, of the Rasorial Birds on the ground. But the extreme
Tribe of the former Order, or the Scunsorial Birds, are found to
seek their subsistence by running or walking up the stems of trees
ina mode corresponding with that of the Rasoriai Order on the
ground. The trees, if I may so express myself, are to them
the ground. Now if we find these walking and running habits of
the Scansores still further developed, and that some of the groups
actually feed, not on the trees but on the ground itself, we
shall have occasion to notice a still nearer approach, and a still
more immediate interchange of character, between these neigh-
bouring orders. This we find to be the case in an extensive group
of the Psiitacide, which comprises the ground Parrakeets of
Australia, or the genera Nanodes, Platycercus, and Pezoporus ; aa
well as ina group of the Picidea, or Woodpeckers, distinguished
by Mr. Swainson under the title of Colaptes, and which includes
the Pic laboureur of M. Le Vaillant and several American species.
These birds with the general characters of the Scansores occupy
the same terrestrial station as the Gallinaceous Birds ; and while
the other typital species of their Tribe may be said to be
walkers or runners up the trees, they may be pronounced to be
climbers on the ground. ‘This interchange of character is emi-
nently beautiful and well deserves the attention and the distinction
of the naturalist.

Nor is the structure of the tongue a character of less im-
portance. Many well established genera, and groups of even still
higher value have been separated in consequence of the modifica-
tions of this member. The Woodpeckers, the Creepers, and the
whole of the Mellivorous Birds may be selected as examples.
The typical tongue of the Parrot is so well known, and has been
an object of such familiar observation in all ages, that any devia-
tion from the ordinary form appears to lay claim to even peculiar
attention. But while this deviation among the Parrots is interest-
ing with reference to the birds of their own group, it becomes.

110 Mr. Vigors’s Reply to some Observations

doubly so in consequence of the station which the group itself
holds in the great series of ornithology. We may observe that
the whole of the birds which feed chiefly or exclusively by the
tongue, whether upon insects, or upon vegetable juices, such as the
birds already mentioned, including the families of Piécide, and
Certhiade, and the five families of the Tribe of Tenuirostres, are
united together by one continued chain of affinities, and may be
arranged in one contiguous group among the Insessores.. Now
the birds that come next in aflinity to the Picide; which com-
mence this series of tongue-feeding Birds, are the Parrots: The
approach in these latter birds to the typical character of the con-
spicuous assemblage which succeeds, consequently exhibits another
striking instance of the mode in which nature gradually blends
the characters of her groups into each other. And the naturalist
who marks this gradation by a strong distinction gives additional
truth to his ideal representations, and strengthens their similitude
to the disposition of nature which they profess to copy.

Such are the considerations and such the characters upon which.
the subdivisions of the Pstttacide have been founded, With all
due deference to the authority of the critick of the “* Dictionnaire,”
I cannot persuade myself, that, either viewed abstractedly, or with

-reference to the characters on which other groups have been
established in ornithology, they are ‘‘ minute and without value.”
How far these characters have ‘‘ any regard to the mode of life of
the animals which compose them,” has already been partially
pointed out. And I think I shall sufficiently illustrate the dif-
ference in the manners and habits of these birds by instancing
three species; whose economy I will assert,—and let it be re-
membered that assertion is the only argument made use of by my
opponent,—exhibits as strong marks of distinction as that of any
other species of a natural group, which have hitherto been.
considered worthy of generick separation. The birds I shall
instance, are, the Maccaw, breaking with its powerfully constructed
bill the hardest vegetable substances in the tropical forests of.
America;—the Platycercus, with its comparatively feeble bill
seeking a softer substance upon the ground in the high latitude of
Macquarrie’s Island, where not a tree is to be seen ;—and the de- -

in the “ Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles.’ 11k

licately formed T'richoglossus, with its filamentous tongue find-
ing its support in the temperate climate of New Holland among
the never-failing blossoms of the Eucalypti.

The fact is that if we do not characterize these and similarly
circumstanced groups, when the opportunities, which the singular
advantages of this country afford, occur for this purpose, the task
will be undertaken by others. The experience of every day proves
that this will be the case. In the last number of this journal I
had occasion to refer to some new genera which have been lately
characterized on the continent in this very family of Psittacide ;
and one in particular, the genus Aratinga of M. Spix, which
accorded with my group of Psittacara. I could point out more-
over several groups in Natural History, whose separate existence
as genera have been merely indicated by some of our naturalists,
who refrained from naming them in deference to the opposition
that was raised against the institution of new genera; and which
groups nevertheless were subsequently named and characterized
by the very writers who were the most forward in declaiming
against the practice.

I shall now, Gentlemen, beg leave to draw your attention to the
second chief allegation of the writer in the “* Dictionnaire,” that
the new groups of the Psittacide have not even the merit of being
original. I shall not trifle with your time so far as. to dwell upon
the decided contradiction between this observation and the pre-
ceding animadversions which I have just disposed of. If Dr.
Horsfield’s and my groups of the Pstttacide are the same as those
of antecedent writers; and if the latter groups are deserving of
the praise of being, as is stated, ‘* well distinguished,” surely ours
can with little propriety be asserted to be founded ou ‘ minute
and valueless differences.”” Nor shall Tallow myself for a moment
to suppose that the critick means to insinuate by this observation
that either Dr. Horsfield or myself would claim any credit
(if credit is due upon such poivts) by appropriating to our-
selves the fruit of the labours of others. Were such an allegation
to be preferred, I have only to refer back to the pages of this
journal, where some of the groups of the Psittacide have been
characterized ; and where it may be seen how far I have been

112 Mr. Vigors’s Reply to some Observations

either ignorant of the labours of antecedent writers, or unjust te
their merits. I hasten at once to the more immediate point of the
justice of this censure. You will bear in mind, Gentlemen, that
the main assertion of the critick, when he opposes the high pre-
tensions of so many of the continental ornithologists to our humble
exertions, consists in these two points ;—that these writers have
already “well distinguished” our groups, and distinguished them
without ** overloading the science with new names.”

M. Brisson stands the first upon the list ; a name of deserved
reputation in science. But let it be recollected that not a single
species of New Holland Parrots upon which the greater part of our
new groups are founded, has been described in the * Ornitho-
logie.” 'The divisions of the Parrots indicated by M. Brisson, with
the doubtful exception of Lorius,* in no respect interfere with
ours. They can scarcely be said to be “ trés-bien distingués ;”
for the characters, which, it is to be observed, are not formally
detailed, as is usual in Natural History, but only incidentally
hinted at in the introduction to the species, are drawn merely
from the colour or size of the bird, or the length or shortness of
the tail. While, strange to say, our only guide to these divisions
are their names. And Ara, Cacatua, Lorius, Psittacus, Psittaca,

* M. Brisson has pointed out several subordinate groups among his genera,
which he indicated merely by giving them names. The groups which he —
considers as real genera, are distinctly marked out by full distinguishing
characters; but the minour groups are not even set apart as sections or sub-
genera, or as any of those subdivisions with unassuming titles which, with-
out aiming at the importance of genera, form the nucleus of future groups
of generick, or even of still higher, degree. These names of M. Brisson
I consider merely as so many suggestions; and as he hesitated himself,
indeed declined, to make them generick, we cannot now in correctness quote
them as such. The rule should be invariable, that no group should be
considered the genus of any naturalist that is not decidedly characterized and
named by him. It is for this reason, that I decline calling the group, alluded
to above, the Lorius of M. Brisson, althqugh he certainly pointed it out by
name. It is true that he has gone farther in pointing out the subdivisions of
the Parrots than of any other of his genera: as he mentions some of their less
important characters in the general introduction to the genus. But still he
withheld from separating them as genera; and we consequently cannot attri-~
bute to him a group, which he virtually refused to establish when he had the
opportunity of doing so.

in the “ Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles.’ 118

Psittacula, names without avy characters, or at least such charac-
ters as are adequate to scientifick purposes, stand in direct con-
tradiction to the assertion of M. Desmarest.

M. Buffon succeeds. No man will venture at this day to dis-
pute the claims of this pre-eminent naturalist to the highest rank
in science: but no man, I conceive, will be hazardous enough to
attribute those claims to his views of arrangement. In fact he
professedly set his face against all systematick forms; and when
he was obliged to institute some necessary subdivisions for the
sake of perspicuity, he founded them upon the most inconse-
quential characters, such as colour, locality, &c. What for in-
-stance are his subdivisions ef the Parrots?+ I shall select an
example as quoted in the Article itself before us, the writer of
which pronounces with so much authoritativeness that these groups
are “ well distinguished.” The whole of the Parrots have been
separated by M. Buffon into two primary sections ;—those of the
Old World, and those of the New. Such a division evidently dis-
arranges the affinities of the subordinate groups; both continents
possessing species, which, if not strictly belonging to the same
group, belong at least to groups immediately connected by aflinity,
and which nevertheless, in the arbitrary geographical arrangement
are disjoined from each other by a considerable interval. I shall
add the following example, which will sufficiently point out the
scientifick value of the subordinate groups, The American Parrots
with even tails are divided into—Amazones, with yellow on the
head and red on the carpal joint of the wing ;—Cricks, smaller in
size, without yellow on the head, or red except on the coverts of
the wing ;—Papegais, still inferiour in size, without any red on
the wing. Here then in the second instance of the high-sounding
authorities paraded against us in the ** Dictionnaire,” I may be
allowed to assert, that the groups of M. Buffon are not “ well dis-
tinguished,” according at least to the usual modes and principles
of science ; and that they are set apart ** by names.”

+ If we turn to the 2lst page of the 2nd volume of M. Le Vaillant’s ‘* His-
totre des Perroquets,’ we shall find how much the opinion of that naturalist,
no inadequate judge on such a subject, is at variance with the assertion of the
writer, in the “* Dictionnaire,” that M. Buffon’s groups of the Parrots are
“ trés-bien distingués.””

Von. III. H

114 Mr. Vigors’s Reply to some Observations

The name of M. Vicillot follows in order. ‘To him science is
indebted for the first institution of the genera Macrocercus and
Plyctolophus among the Psittacide ; for he also;—to quote the
words of the critick of the ** Dictionnaire’? against himself,—has
‘‘ overcharged this department of ornithology with new and useless
names.” In what manner these groups or any other divisions
which that naturalist may have noticed in this family interfere
with Dr. Horsfield’s and my groups, | have yet to learn.

Of all the naturalists who have paid attention to the Psittacida,
M. Le Vaillant went the furthest in indicating the natural groups of
the family. Three out of nine of the new genera named by Dr.
Horsfield and myself conjointly, or by myself solely, have heen
pointed out by him. These groups indeed exhibit such strong
marks of distinction, that they could scarcely have escaped so dis-
cerning and scientifick an observer as M. Le Vaillant. I can only
wonder at his having passed over the other groups without notice,
such for instance as the Trichoglossi, the structure of whose tongue
appears to have been long familiar to ornithologists. Had he given
scientifick instead of provincial names to the groups which he
pointed out, my task in referring to his labours would have con-
sisted only in quoting these names, as I have quoted those of M.
Vieillot or M. Illiger. But it was not M. Le Vaillant’s custom,
nor was it consistent with his views, to designate his subdivisions
by the usual terms of science. It does not however follow, that,
because he was inimical to scientifick names, others should be
debarred from conferring them. And it consequently may be
seen that some of the best known and most interesting groups in
ornithology are those which M, Le Vaillant first pointed out, but
which succeeding naturalists united more uniformly by the usual
technicalities to the ranks of science, I shall instance the genera
Indicator, Phenicophaus, and Coccyzus of M. Vieillot, which cor-
respond with the groups Indicateurs, Malcohas, and Couas pre-
viously pointed out by M. Le Vaillant. When in the course of
my inquiries I had occasion to refer to the groups which had been
already noticed by M. Le Vaillant under the names of Perruches
a queue en fléche, Perruches a large queue, and Perruches-Aras,
I followed the long-established and approved of practice of

in the “ Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles.”’ 115

assimilating them to other equivalent scientifick groups by terms
equally scientifick. And, in describing and dwelling upon the
species of Paleornis, Platycercus, and Psittacara, I feel some con-
fidence that I may be considered by you, Gentlemen, and those
who are equally aware of the nature of my pursuits in science,
to have had some more laudable object in view than the miserable
reputation of conferring a name.

M. Kuhl concludes this list of the writers on the Pstttactde ;—
the list at least of these who are named; for there are still others
alluded to by the critick, with whom we may yet hope to be made
acquainted by his means, who ** have truly advanced this depart-
ment of Ornithology without overloading it with new and useless
denominations.” Ina former number of this Journal* I have
expressed my sense of the obligations due to M. Kuhl for his
Monograph on this family. By referring to my observations it
may be seen that he has divided it into six primary groups, none
of which in any respect come in contact with Dr. Horsfield’s and
mine. Ours in fact are subdivisions of two of his sections. By
referring to the same observations it may also be seen, that these
groups of M. Kuhlare not “ trés-bien distingués” according to the
usual practice of naturalists; and that, in contradiction again to
the assertion of the writer in the ** Dictionnaire,” they are dis-
tinguished by names.

I fear, Gentlemen, you will consider that more attention has
been bestowed upon these trivial points than they merit. I have
not however entered upon this defence of Dr. Horsfield and my-
self from a conviction of the importance of the attack made on us,
but for the purpose of exposing the spirit in which this attack has
been made. Would that our views had been more ably canvassed,
and by an opponent, and ina mode, more worthy of our reply !
In such a case the higher principles of the science might have
been discussed with advantage to both parties, and the truth even-
tually have been elicited by the collision of opposite opinions.
At present it is our misfortune to have to deal with mere assertion
unaccompanied even by an attempt at proof, and unqualified con-
demnation withont the decency of an argument to support it.

* Vol. II. p. 48.
na

116 Mr. Vigors’s Reply to some Observations

Yet amidst the dearth of interest that pervades the present con-
troversy,—if controversy it can be called,—some points of im-
portance occasionally exhibit themselves ; and to one in particular
which involves a question of some moment in nomenclature I shall
beg leave more closely to draw your attention.

In looking to the observations contained in this letter, and to
those in a former volume,* which referred to the groups of the
Falconide, you cannot have failed to observe that an attempt has
been made, by the opponents of the modern genera in Ornithology,
to introduce these very genera under the denomination of sections,
and with names derived from their own language, in preference
to names according with the usual language of science. Although
the title of genus is denied these groups, still are they virtually
separated as genera, virtually characterized as genera, and vir-
tually named as genera. The whole credit of forming the group,
as well as the name thus falls to the share of him who by the
simple process of sinking the title genus, and the scientifick
name of the first characterizer, appropriates the group to himself.
In this manner the Astur of M. Bechstein, or the Miélous of M.
Cuvier, may be claimed as the property of M. Desmarest or M.-
Temminck, or any other declaimer against new genera, under
such denominations, translated for the most part from the original,
as les Autours or les Milans. 'This attempt at superceding the
use of scientifick names by the introduction of French names is
beginning to be carried to an extent which leaves no doubt of the
ultimate object in view. In almost all the professed works of
science, it is the French word that is quoted,and not the scientifick.t
In the very ** Dictionnaire” before us the same language furnishes
the title of every article to which we are to refer, whether be-~

* Vol. I. p. 189.

+ A single instance will point out the extent to which this practice may be
earried. M. Vieillot some time since characterized a most important and well-
defined group among the Laniad@a which he named Thamnophilus. M.Tem-
minck introducing this genus into his ‘* Manuel,” gave it, as is customary a
familiar name, that of Batara. Having occasion to refer to this group, which
decidedly is M. Vieillot’s, the naturalist of the ‘* Planches Colorieés,”” looking
only to the familiar name which he himself had given it, considers it and calls

it his own genus. His words are ‘* mon genre Batara.” [PI. Col, Art. Barita
destructor. pl. 273. ]

in the “ Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles.”’ 117

jonging to a genus ora species. It is Perroquet we must consult,
not Psittacus. The French word is every where the protagonist
of the piece, and if the scientifick name is at all introduced, it is
in the character of an humble companion in the suite of synonyms,
If this practice is not met by us with decided opposition in the
outset, it will gain a head against which we shall in vain endeavour
to contend. Ido not oppose this mode of nomenclature on the
narrow ground of every language having an equal right with the
French to become the language of science: but upon the broad
principle that there should be but one common language in
science ;—that every nation should unite in one universal mode of
nomenclature which could be generally understood ;—and that
naturalists should endeavour to imitate the harmony observable
throughout the objects they cultivate, by the only means in their
power, however humble these may be,—a corresponding harmony
in their language. In choosing this common language it is un-
necessary to contend for the superiour claims of that which is
founded on classical authority. Time and science have equally
sanctioned the use of it. No modern terms, however important
to the nation which furnishes them, could be otherwise than
trivial, and sometimes even ludicrous, in the eyes of others, in
comparison with words derived from a Greek or Roman source.
The contentions that so frequently break out among the chief
introducers* of these familiar terms sufficiently proves the in.
stability of the foundation on which they wish to erect their
nomenclature. And it certainly is from no blind partiality that I
would bestow a preference on such words as Plyctolophus, Macro-
cercus, Pezoporus, or even Palwornis, over such names, although
sanctioned by the pen of a Buffon, as Cricks, and Papegais, Per-
ruches and Perriches.

I have already mentioned that objections have been started
against the names of some of my groups. ‘These objections I
shall now briefly notice, not because I consider them of import-
ance, but to point out how far the same spirit of cavilling without

* See particularly the observations of M. Vieillot in opposition to some of
M. Temminck’s familiar names; [Nouveau Dict. d’ Hist. Nat. Art. Ornithoe
logie,] and M. Temminck’s in answer; [ Manuel, Introd. p. xii. ]

118 Mr. Vigors’s Reply to some Observations

any just grounds pervades the whole of this criticism in the ** Dic-
tionnaire.” The term Palwornis, for instance, is asserted to be
inapplicable to all the species comprised in the group for which
it stands,—‘‘ there being,” as the critick declares, ‘* but one
species of Psittacus known to the ancients,—namely the Psitt.
Alexandri.”

I would here ask this writer whether he imagines that every
species in a group partakes equally of the characters of the type,
or is pointed out with equal significance by the name assigned
the type, when that name happens to be expressive of some
attribute or quality? If such is his opinion, he will find few
natural groups in modern arrangements that will exactly square
with his views. If he goes back to the days of Linnzus, he may
notice that truly accurate observer referring to the “ note aber-
rantes,” which distinguish some species of a group from those
which are typical in it, and which nevertheless do not virtually
detach these species from it. A significant name stands on the
same ground as a character ; and does not lose its general appli-
cability to the group on account of the deviation of some species
from the type, or “0b specie’ notam aberrantem.” But even
were this not the fact, the writer’s observations are totally in-
applicable to the case now before us. Paleornis is the name of
a genus, not of aspecies or individual. And the critick must
prove his censure to be correct, by shewing that this genus or
group was not known to the ancients,—an assertion even by his
own admission contrary to the fact,—and not by objecting that
any of the species were unknown to them. In naming a Parrot,
we will say for example, Palwornis erythrocephalus, we do not
advance the proposition that the bird so named is a red-headed
bird known to the ancients, but that it is the red-headed species
of a group which was known to them. Even a New Holland
species may be, and indeed has been, found, which as a species
must be decidedly considered as unknown to classical times, but
which, by possessing the same character as this ancient group,
must be included in it. And this being the case the name of
Palwornis, as generick, is strictly applicable to it.

But where has this writer discovered that one species only of

in the “* Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles.’’ 119

Parrots was known to the ancients? Elian, no slight authority
on such a subject, expressly states the contrary: and had the
writer in the *¢ Dictionnaire” taken the pains to read the paper
which he has undertaken so unequivocally to condemn, he would
have found his censures as little founded upon fact, as upon the
accurate modes of reasoning. From the following passage of the
Greek authour quoted in that paper [p. 64.], it appears that at
least three species of Parrots were known in ancient times.—Ev
Ios wavSavw oirranes ovis yiveSes.—TENH TPIA aro axew.*

I have not the good fortuue of a personal acquaintance with M.
Desmarest: I know him only by his writings. But,;with that
proneness which we all feel to exalt the votaries of the science we
ourselves pursue, I have been accustomed to class him in my
imagination among those higher naturalists, whose qualifications
make up the beau ideal of a man of science. Familiarized with
the writings of our earlier ornithologists, of Ray and Willoughby,
of Pennant, White and Montague, and conversant with the modes
of thinking and discussing that belong to most of the living
naturalists of this country, I had been led into the opinion that
it is the characteristick of a man of science to unite to a knowledge
of his immediate pursuits, the accomplishments, and the courtesies
ofa gentleman. I had equally persuaded myself that, amongst
these accomplishments, a knowledge of classical literature was at
least a valuable embéllishment, and an adherence to the rules of
fair and legitimate discussion, a qualification that was essential.
How great then was my disappointment, when I perceived the
name of M. Desmarest subscribed to an article, where on a clas-
sical subject an unpardonable ignorance was betrayed of classical
literature, and where at the same time the common rules of
justice and courtesy were violated by the indiscriminate abuse of
a paper, which appears not merely not to have been studied, but
not even to have been read!

I shall not however allow my good opinion of M. Desmarest to
be so easily overturned. I shall quote his own words in his own
vindication ; and I shall appeal to M. Desmarest when speaking
the sober language of science, from M. Desmarest when scattering

* Hist. Animal. Lib. xvi. c. 2.

120 Mr. Vigors’s Reply to some Observations

the random and inconsiderate hallucinations of criticism :—
In the former character he simply declares the fact,-—** Les
anciens ont connu plusieurs perroquets, parmi lesquels le plus
célébre est la perruche envoyée de l’Inde par Alexandre” [p. 10. ]
——; in the latter capacity he either forgets this fact, or wilfully
misrepresents it;—‘ Le nom qu’il [le genre Palwornis] regoit
semble indiquer que tous les oiseaux qu’il renforme étoient
connus des anciens, et cependant i/ a’y en a qu’un seul, la per-
ruche d’Alexandre” [p. 20.].—What inference are we to draw
from the contradiction that thus sets these adjoining pages of this
writer at variance? Are we to conclude that it is Homer himself
that nods? Or rather have we not two Homers “ in the field”?
My genus Platycercus is equally unfortunate as Palwornis.
The name, as it appears by the critick’s account, is inapplicable
to several species enumerated in the group, namely Plat. Pacificus,
Ulietanns, cornutus, and auriceps, inasmuch as these species have
narrow and pointed tails, [queues aiguées et pointues, | not broad
tails [queues plates] as the term would import. I should here,
Gentlemen, apply the same observations respecting the aberration
of character in the extreme species of a group which I have
advanced in the preceding case of Palwornis, did I not conceive
that I should be trifling with your time and that of your readers,
by not at once meeting the assertion of the writer in the ‘ Dic-
tionnaire” by a decided contradiction. ‘Tlie species enumerated
above certainly forma small minour group in the genus, as I have
myself elsewhere observed. ‘They are geographically separated
from the others, being found in the Australian islands, not on the
continent of New Holland ; and deviating from the typical species
by some subordinate variations of character, they probably will
hereafter form a new genus when further subdivision becomes
necessary in this branch of the family. But although the tail of
these species is more graduated than in the typical species Plat.
Pennantii, and thus points out the passage to Pezoporus, it is yet
so conspicuously broad at the base and centre, as to be fully
entitled to the character I have assigned it of being ‘‘lata, de-
pressa,” and thus to bear out the applicability of the title
Platycercus to the whole group. The three last mentioned

in the ‘“‘ Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles.’ 121

species of this group are of rare occurrence. I have met with
specimens of them only in the British Museum; and there only
I believe the greater part of them are still to be found.* These
specimens are not in the best preservation, but they evidently
accord with the characters I have assigned them, as may be judged
from the figures given of them in a preceding volume of this jour~
nal. But although these species are rare, the Plat. Pacificus has
become of late very abundant in our collections, and I have thus
been enabled to speak with certainty as to its characters. I have
had a living specimen for months in my collection, and have
besides seen numbers alive in this town; where they have been
the subject of general admiration, not merely on account of the
length of their ¢arst and the consequent activity and freedom*in
running and jumping which so strongly distinguishes them from
the generality of Parrots, but on account of the equally dis-
tinguishing breadth and depression of the tail.+

* Although it is rather a bold step to assert that any writer would describe
the characters of birds without having seen the birds themselves, particularly
when he opposes the opinions of another writer on the same subject, I would
almost venture to suggest that the writer in the ‘* Dictionnaire” had never seen
the birds in question. M. Kuhl described these species from the specimens
in the British Museum; and looking only to the one conspicuous character,
the length of the tarsi, he classed them with the Pez. formosus, Ill., which is
distinguished by its length of limb. He was not aware that all the Perruches
@ large quene have elevated tarsi: and that the species alluded to would thus
have more properly been arranged in that group on account of the form of
their tail. Now it appears probable that the writer in the ‘ Dictionnaire’
looked, not to the birds, but to M. Kuhl’s Monograph; and finding them ar-
ranged with a bird that has a narrow cuneated tail, he took it for granted that
their tails must also be ‘ aiguées et pointues.” Whatever may have been the
cause, he certainly is in errour respecting the fact.

+ Ithappens by a rather curious coincidence of circumstances that the only, or
at least the best known group in Ornithology which has been formed by M.
Desmarest, has a name derived from the same source as Platycercus. I allude
tohis genus Platyrhynchus. It also happens, that the same characters, mutatis
mutandis, would answer for both members that respectively supply the names,
The bill of his group is broad and depressed at the base and centre, and
tapering towards the apex: so js the tail of my genus. A horizontal section
of the bill of Platyrhynehus would accurately represent the tail of Platycercus.
M. Desmarest ought to be more cautious than to permit a censure to pass

under his authority upon a mode of nomenclature which is sanctioned by his
own practice.

122 Mr. Vigors’s Reply to some Observations

One observation more and I have done. The late M. Kahl, in
his Monograph of this family, introduced a practice which well
deserves to be imitated, that of placing in a separate station at the
end of his Paper all the published species which he had, not him-
self been able to examine, or which had not been described from
authentick sources. Among these doubtful species was the Psiét.
pyrehopterus of Dr. Latham, which, having been described from
a single specimen, and a specimen no longer it appears in ex-
istence, or capable of being referred to at the time M. Kuhl wrote
his Monograph, might with some appearance of justice be assigned
this doubtful station. Two living specimens however lately ar-
rived in this country from the Sandwich Islands, and came into
my possession ; they were immediately characterized and figured
in this journal. In the very face nevertheless of this evidence of
its existence, the bird, although referred to in the *¢ Dictionnaire”
as published in this country, still retains its station in that work
among the doubtful species. Here then we have a bird, described
by one British naturalist, redescribed by a second, and figured by
athird; and yet in the eyes of M. Desmarest, or rather I should
say, of his ineflicient substitute, it is not of sufficient authority to
hold a place among authenticated species.

I trust, Gentlemen, that, in thus defending Dr. Horsfield and
myself against the uncalled for attack that has been levelled
against us, I may not be supposed to be actuated by hostile
feelings to the French naturalists in general. Those readers who
may have paid a casual attention to my exertions in science, must
be aware that I have been neither ignorant of the eminent ser-
vices in Zoology of our continental neighbours, nor backward in
acknowledging them. If there are any of those my exertions upon
which I can allow myself to indulge a moment’s pride, it is the
endeavour, in union with some of the most enlightened Zoologists
of this country, to break through the restricted mode of studying
nature that has retarded the growth of the science among us, and
to open the eyes of our rising naturalists to the improvements of
the continental schools. It has been one of our chief objects to
point out the true merits of the founders of these schools ;—not,
however, with the view of following in their wake, in timid sub-

in the “ Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles.’’ 123

mission to their ordinances, but in the hope of emulating their
progress and maintaining an equal line in the advance ;—of assum-
ing, in short, that forward station in Zoology, which the genius,
the industry, and the mighty resources of this Empire confer upon
us asa right, and impose upon us asa duty, toassert. Happy am Lin
feeling myself authorized to add, that the spirit which is diffusing
itself among our Zoologists promises the happiest results to this
our cause. We feel strong in our first advances. We have
chosen our path:—not having fallen into it by blind chance or
wayward prejudice ; but having selected it from all that lay before
us, with free and deliberate preference. And in full confidence,
as far at least as human reason and foresight can inspire us with con-
fidence, of having chosen the right way, we shall steadily pursue it,
uninfluenced either by the secret or undisguised opposition of false
friends or open enemies, abroad orat home. Truth is our object ;
—truth if possible in amity with all—in cordial co-operation
with all; but,—if that boon be denied us—still truth and truth
alone.

I must conclude, Gentlemen, this Jong discussion into which I
have been forced most unexpectedly, and entirely in opposition
to my wishes and feelings. I conclude it however, as I hope I
have pursued it, without any sentiments or expressions of resent~
ment. My feelings are more those ‘of sorrow than of anger ;”
—of sorrow, that the fair fame of a naturalist like M. Desmarest
should be hazarded by being placed in contact with the ill-judged
Article before us, and that the pages of science should be sullied
by contentions such as these.

I have the honour to be,
Gentlemen, &c. &c.

N. A. Vicors.

194 Analytical Notices of Books.

Art. XII. Analytical Notices of Books.

An Introduction to Entomology: or Elements of the Naturat
History of Insects. By Wirt1Am Kirsy, M.A. FR. & LS.
and Witttam Spence, Esq. F.L.S. Vols. iii. and iv. 8yvo.
pp. 732 and 634. Plates xxv.

To furnish a satisfactory analysis of any production on Natural
History in a few lines, barely exceeding in number that of its
sheets, must be at all times a task of extreme difficulty. It is
one which in fact could never be attempted with any prospect of
success unless where the work under examination was chiefly
theoretical. By reproducing the conclusions arrived at by the
author, and exhibiting some of the more convincing arguments
adduced in support of them, a tolerably correct idea might in
such a case be given. Where however the work, like the one
before us, is almost entirely free from theory, and is devoted
with very trifling exceptions to the exposition of facts, the
attempt to analyse it becomes completely hopeless. The ‘ In-
troduction to Entomology” is indeed itself an analysis of the
numerous volumes devoted to the history of Insects which have
preceded it; all that is valuable in their contents being con-
densed in its pages within the smallest compass consistent with
perspicuity. The information derived from these sources may
consequently be regarded as beyond the reach of a still farther
abridgement. On the other hand the novel facts with which it
abounds, and the new views on many most important points
which are illustrated in its course, are almost equally beyond our
power to analyse: they are too numerous for the space we could
afford to them, and too interesting to be condemned to the cur-
sory notice to which we must be confined. Were we indeed to
set aside the whole of the materials derived from the works of
previous authors, and to advert solely to those novelties for which
we are indebted to Messrs. Kirby and Spence, a review conducted
on our usual principle of retaining all the important facts pre-
sented to us, would become by far too extensive. Each of the

Kirby and Spence’s Introduction io Entomology. 125

Letters into which it is divided would require an article more
extended than the present, and the whole of one of our numbers
would scarcely suflice to convey an adequate outline of the vast
mass of important information embodied in these volumes. Our
notice must therefore be limited almost to a mere enumeration of
some of those striking points by which the attention of the scien-
tific reader will be most forcibly arrested. The remainder we
must, though reluctantly, pass by, with the single observation
that there are few pages of the work from which Entomologists,
even of the highest order, will not derive at once information and
amusement.

Of the contents of the first two volumes of the Introduction
to Entomology it is unnecessary for us to speak, as they are
doubtless well known to every one of our readers. In the pre-
sent volumes, which complete the work, the subjects are thus
arranged : definition of the term insects; states of insects; their
external anatomy ; their internal anatomy and physiology ; their
diseases ; their senses; Orismology, or explanation of the terms
employed in Entomology ; systems ; history of the science; geo-
graphical distribution of insects; methods of collecting and pre-
serving them; and the mode to be pursued in their investigation,

On the first of these subjects, the definition of the term Insect,
Messrs. Kirby and Spence differ from all previous systematists,
the characters employed by them being designed to embrace all
those annulose animals in which respiration is performed by means
of trachee. Their Insecta consequently correspond with the
Insecta and the Trachean Arachnida of Latreille and Lamarck 3
with the Insecta, Acari, and Myriapoda of Dr. Leach ; and with
the Mandibulata, Haustellata, many of the Arachnida, and nearly
the whole of the Ametabola of Mr. W. MacLeay. The only an-
nulose animals excluded are the Arachnida, distinguished by hav.
ing sacs for respiration, and the Crustacea, in which that office
is performed by gills. The function thus relied on fer their
chief distinction is one of undoubtedly primary importance, and
the division deduced from it is shown to be strongly supported by
the differences observable also in the systems of circulation, di-
gestion, and generation. The relation borne by insects to other

126 Analytical Notices of Books.

animals is also pointed out, and their resemblances in many pare
ticulars to the more perfect of the Vertebrata are traced with
some detail. That, though usually minute, they occasionally
exceed in size animals of a higher organization, is shown bya
curious table of the comparative magnitudes of insects of the
different families.

The succeeding Letters are devoted to the different states of
Insects. The authors combat the hypothesis recently advanced
by Herold, that the successive skins of the caterpillar, the pupa~
case, the future butterfly, and its parts and organs, except those
of sex, do not pre-exist as germs, but are formed successively
from the rete mucosum by a vis formatrix. Against this they
argue at considerable length, and adduce several weighty reasons
for the preference they give to the older opinion of Swammerdam,
that every caterpillar, at its first exclusion, contains within itself
the germ of the future butterfly. Through their succeeding
stages of Egg, Larva, Pupa, and Imago, the history of insects is
traced in that attractive style and with that perspicuous arrange-
ment which characterize the work. The number of eggs laid by
insects, the moulting of the larve, the cocoons of the pupa, their
transformation, and especially the development of the wing of
the perfect insect from the almost shapeless mass formed by it in
its rudimental state, are among the topics most ably discussed in
this section. The differences existing between the sexes are also
explained with considerable detail. But the most striking novelty
in this department, as connected with system, is the extension of
the views of Mr. W. Macleay relative to the analogies borne by
the larve of certain insects to the Ametabolous Annulosa, into
other orders besides the Coleoptera, in which alone they had
before been extensively developed. In addition to the resem-
blances of form traceable between larve and the Ametabola,
many are pointed out between them and the various orders of
Crustacea, the Arachnida, and even Mollusca: on the latter
analogy it is however probable that some doubts may be enter-
tained. Of the fifteen types of larve thus obtained, characters
and examples are given; and their occurrence or prevalence is
carefully traced, through each of the orders of insects respec-

Kirby and Spence’s Introduction to Entomology. 127

tively, to the greatest extent that our limited acquaintance with
them will at present permit.

Of the high scientific value of the information presented by the
Letters on the external Anatomy of Insects it is almost impossible
to speak in terms of sufficient praise. To estimate rightly its im-
portance it would be necessary to have devoted, like Mr. Kirby,
years to tne investigation, and to have carefully examined, with
an acumen equal to his own, almost every entomological collection
in this country and many in foreign lands. On this subject it
may safely be asserted, that no one need fear to lower his own
importance by exclaiming to our authors, in the words of Linné
on another entomological occasion, Estote magistri mei.

The immense mass of novelty introduced in this department,
a novelty of facts and not a mere pernicious alteration of names,
is preceded by a synoptical table of the parts into which the
insect skeleton is resolvable. The whole of these are subsequently
treated of with a detail which leaves nothing to desire. The
description of the head, and of ‘those essentially important por-
tions of it, the trophi or organs by which the food is taken, is
particularly laboured ; but we cannot even enumerate the many
striking facts deduced from the accurate dissections to which
insects of every order must have been repeatedly subjected during
its composition. Even for the parts of the perfect mouths defi-
nitions are given more precise than any previously proposed ;
while to the imperfect ones are applied denominations so correctly
circumscribed as to obviate in future that misapplication of terms
by which considerable confusion has hitherto been produced. In
connexion with the head, another set of organs is now for the
first time pointed out as appertaining to a sense usually supposed
to reside in other parts of the body—that of smelling. The
Clypeus is regarded as a nose, Nasus, and the Rhiuarium, situated
between this part and the lip, is considered as analogous to the
nostrils of quadrupeds. That the sense in question resides in this
situation seems almost to be established by the facts adverted to in
a subsequent Letter. The trunk is submitted to an equally minute
investigation with the head. It is divided primarily into Mani-
trunk and Alitrunk, the anterior pair of legs being denominated

128 Analytical Notices of Books.

Brachia, their functions frequently resembling rather those of
arms, The parts composing the three segments of the thorax are
minutely described, and their internal processes are especially
attended to. The structure, forms, and areas of the wings, their
appendages and modifications ; the legs, their articulations and
locations, and the parts of the tarsi, are also treated of in detail.
This portion of the work furnishes indeed in every respect by far
the most complete view, both general and partial, of the external
anatomy of insects that has ever appeared.

The Letters on the Internal Anatomy and Physiology are de-
voted in succession to the systems of Sensation, Respiration, Cir-
culation, Digestion, Secretion, Reproduction, and Motion. Each
of these presents too vast a field to be touched on by us ; but we
cannot refrain from noticing the opinion advanced by Messrs.
Kirby and Spence, that the nervous system of insects is of a
mixed kind, combining in itself both the cerebro-spinal and the
ganglionic systems. On the external resemblance borne by their
first ganglion to the brain in vertebrated animals it must be con-
fessed that too much stress ought not to be laid; but their capa-
bility of domestication and of education, or in other words of
acquiring habits not instinctive, their memory, and their possession
of that degree of intellect and judgment which enables them to
profit by the notices of their senses, appear to us, as to our authors,
to furnish so many convincing proofs of the necessity of a common
nervous centre. The recent anatomical discoveries of Miller,
which will be noticed in our next number, are also adapted to
illustrate and support, in a very striking and unexpected manner,
the opinion just alluded to.

At first sight the subject of the Letter on the Diseases of
Insects may appear to partake of the ludicrous. \They are how-
ever at times annoying to man, those of bees and silk-worms being
occasionally extremely detrimental to their proprietor, and the
hopes of the aurelian in his choicest larve being frequently
blighted by them. Unfortunately the healing art has yet effected
little to remedy them. Their history is in many respects interest-
ing, and the descriptions of various malformations and deformities
are particularly curious.

Kirby and Spence’s Introduction to Entomology. 129

On the organs of the Senses in insects there exists so consider-
able a difference of opinion, that the Letter on them will probably
prove one of the most generally attractive. ‘That insects possess
senses equivalent to, if not identical with, those of the human
race, is rendered evident by numerous facts with which all are
conversant. Few however entertain precise ideas as to the organs
by which are received the impressions of external objects. Our
authors regard the Antenne, relative to whose functions so much
discussion has taken place, as the analogues of ears; the sense of
hearing being however probably modified by some connexion with
that of touch in a manner of which we can form no clear con-
ception. Touch, in a passive sense, appears to be pretty generally
diffused over the body; active touch is stated to be confined to
the antennae, palpi, and arms. Smelling is, as we have before
observed, referred to the nose and to the space included between
it and. the lip: and taste to the tongue. With respect to the
organs to which sight is entrusted no difficulty appears to exist.

The Orismology of this department of Natural History is
another of those topics to which, as to the external anatomy, the
attention of the authors has been especially directed, ‘The im-
portance of a well-defined system of terms is too obvious to re-
quire illustration. Without a thorough and clear acquaintance
with them it would be impossible either to receive or to convey
correct scientific information. The terms proposed by Messrs,
Kirby and Spence seem perfectly adapted for general use. They
are precisely defined, and as they are by far more numerous than
those previously in use, they of course comprehend a greater
number of those variations in substance, forms, surface, and
relative situation, on which reliance must always be placed in
the investigation of insects. Each of them is moreover illustrated
by a reference to that part of some particular insect in which it is
found to exist, and a correct idea of its precise meaning is thus
ensured. In the nomenclature of colours this plan is almost
essential, words alone being scarcely capable of conveying ac-
curate impressions of numerous shades which are readily distin-
guished by the eye.

Vor. IIT. . I

130 Analytical Notices of Books.

The Orders adhered to in the letter devoted to the System of
Insects, are those proposed in the first volume of the work.
On this occasion the essential characters of each are given, and
these are accompanied by observations on their connexion with
each other, and on the tribes of which each is individually com-
posed. Of the existence of a primary division of winged insects
into Mandibulata and Haustellata, doubts are entertained ; and
it is stated that, on the principle of their formation, a third
section should be adopted to include many of the Hymenoptera,
by which the food is taken by lapping. The analogies which
are considered to exist between the Orders, approach nearly to
those remarked by Savigny. They are drawn from the resem-
blances of the perfect insects, and thus differ essentially from
those deduced by Mr. W. MacLeay, from the metamorphosis.
The relative value of the groups, both primary and subordi-
nate, into which insects are divided, is explained, and they
are made to succeed each other in the following order : class;
subclass; order; suborder ; section; subsection; tribe; sub-
tribe; stirps; family; genus; and subgenus. For nearly the
whole of these divisions uniform terminations are proposed; a
plan which, could it have been originally carried into effect,
would have admirably expressed the comparative importance of
the group intended to be mentioned, but which would now ne-
cessitate too many changesin received nomenclatures to become
ever available. The position assigned to insects in the general
system is in immediate apposition with the Vertebrata.

The History of Entomology is divided into seven Epochs ; the
Era of the Ancients ; the Era of the Revival of the science after
the darkness of the middle ages ; the Era of Swammerdam and
Ray, or of the Metamorphotic System; the Era of Linne, or of
the Alary System; the Era of Fabricius, or of the Maxillary
System; the Era of Latreille, or of the Eclectic System; and
the Era of MacLeay, or of the Quinary System. The sketch is
clearly and candidly drawn up. Each of the eras passes succes-
sively in review ; the system proposed in it is examined, and
the principal alterations suggested by real science, or by a
mere affectation of novelty, are explained. Hence a general view

Kirby and Spence’s Introduction to Entomology. 131

is obtained of the progress of Entomology from its first dawning
as a science to the present advanced state of knowledge respect-
ing it. A very curious illustration of the Linnean system is
given in a copy of Latin verses by the poet Gray, in which the
characters assigned to each of the genera are exhibited within
the compass of a single hexameter.

In the letter on the Geographical Distribution of Insects,
many valuable facts are thrown together in illustration of the
limits within which certain families appear to be either almost
entirely confined, or at least especially prevalent. The enquiry
is one which is now regarded with considerable interest, and for
the elucidation of which fresh materials are daily accumulating.
Under the same head much information is imparted relative to
the stations and haunts of insects, the seasons of their appear-
ance, and their times of action and repose, which will materially
assist the collector, for whose instruction the subsequent letter
is also desigued. In this the instruments and methods usually
employed in their capture are fully described ; and the best
plans for preserving and arranging them are pointed out. The
want of such a manual as is here furnished has frequently ope-
rated to paralyze the exertions of the unpractised collector, and
we are therefore gratified to observe it embodied in a work
which will find its way into so extensive a circulation as the
present. The plan recommended to be pursued by the student
in the investigation of insects, will also be found highly service-
able to him, and will doubtless receive that attention to which
every observation on this subject, from such a quarter, must be
entitled.

The Appendix presents a list of the authors quoted, which
is so arranged as to afford some idea of the works which are
most necessary to an entomological library ; together with very
copious indexes, an essential appendix to every work of science,
and tables of reference to the numerous objects represented in
the well-filled illustrative plates. The descriptions of the organs
of generation and of the coitus are here also given, but are
shrowded from many of the readers of the more popular portions
in a learned language, which has evidently been resorted to for

12

132 Analytical Notices of Books.

the sake of decency. A curious instance of the zeal with which
occasions for inculcating lessons of piety and morality has been
sought after here occurs, in the hints given for the guidance of
young ladies on subjects of which they should scarcely be sus-
pected to have even dreamed, and in a language too which few
of them can understand. So slight a slip of the pen needs how-
ever no apology in the kindly and good-hearted feelings which
evidently dictated it.

Confessedly imperfect as is the preceding sketch of this ar-
ranged Encyclopedia of entomological knowledge, we feel less
hesitation in presenting it to our readers, since we are convinced
that the perusal of the volumes themselves will be universally
sought after. It would be almost superfluous to add, that they
will at once gratify and instruct every admirer of that extensive
and interesting department of Zoology of which they treat. The
task undertaken by the learned authors was most arduous, and
one from which meu of less energetic minds must have shrunk in
despair. To maintain and even to increase by the publication of
a work almost essentially popular, the high scientific characters
which they had previously obtained, required a fortunate com-
bination of talents of no ordinary description. To have succeeded
in such an undertaking to the extent which has been effected
by them, an extent probably greater than their most sanguine
hopes could have anticipated, affords the most convincing proof
of the admirable nature of the plan pursued by them; a plan,
be it added, formed upon no preceding model, but meriting as a
new invention, to be held forth to the imitation of others. By
their excellent Introduction more general attention has been at-
tracted within a few years to the study of Entomology than
would have been produced in centuries by a repetition of those
dry technicalities which so frequently check the ardour of the
beginner, and occasionally disgust him at the very threshold of
the science. The happy union of amusement with instruction
obviates this difficulty : the learner is interested in the wonders
displayed before him, he pursues the study with vigour, and
while endeavouring to verify by experiment the statements of his
authors, becomes himself acquainted with new facts; these he

Sowerby’s Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells. 133

in turn imparts to the world, and thus, should ambition urge
him so far, he is at length enrolled among the more distinguished
votaries of that science in which he has found the recreation and
delight of his leisure hours. That such results will again and
again be produced by the labours of Messrs. Kirby and Spence,
we confidently expect. In other departments of Zoology the
same end would doubtless be attained by the employment of
similar means, and we do hope that these means will not be
suffered to remain wanting while we have those among us whose
talents and acquirements have peculiarly fitted them for sup-
plying the deficiency.

The Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells. By G. B. Sowrrsy,
F.L.S. With original Plates. By J.D.C.Sowerrsy, F.L.S,

No. xxviii.

Tue whole of the four genera illustrated in the present number
are new ; two of them being now, for the first time, separated
from VYoluta, Lam., one from Venus, Lin., and the remaining one
being founded on an undescribed species of Cirripeda.

The first of these genera, Cympa, is thus characterized :
“ Testa levis, admodom ventricosa, plerumque uni-color.
Epidermis levis, fusca, tegmine quasi vitreo partim vel omnino
obducta. Apex rudis. Spira brevissima. Columella curva,
2-3-plicata, plicis magnis, acutis. Labium externum haud re-
flexum. Basis profundé emarginata. Apertura hians. Oper-
culum nullum. Caput grande, planum, tentaculis remotis, oculis
pone tentacula positis, mediocribus. Pallium magnum? Pes
maximus. Animal carnivorum, Habitat marinum in calidioribus
mundi veteris regionibus. It includes six species, formerly part
of the section Gondolieres of Lamarck’s Voluta, and is illustrated
by figures of C. Neptuni ina young state, of C. Cymbium, and
of C. proboscidalis.

The second genus Meto, also forms part of the same section
of Voluta, Lam. The character assigned to it is as follows:
* Testa ventricosa, levis, ut plurimim colore vario. Epidermis

134 Analytical Notices of Books.

levis, viridi-fusca. Apex mamillaris. Spira brevis. Columella
vix recta, 3-4-plicata, plicis magnis, acutis. Labium externum
haud reflexum. Basis profunde emarginata. Apertura hians.
Operculum nullum. Caput grande, planum, tentaculis laterali-
bus, remotis, oculis pone tentacula positis, magnis. Branchie
satis magne, dextra major. Pallium mediocre. Pes maximus,
ovalis.’” The animals of this genus resemble those of the pre-
ceding in being carnivorous, and in inhabiting the seas of the
warmer regions of the old world. The species are divided into
two sections, 1. “Spira inermi,” inciuding only the M. Indicus
(V. Melo, Auct.) which is figured, together with its young
state, V. Preputium, Chemn. and 2. “Spira spinis fornicatis
armata,” embracing six species, and illustrated by the figure of
a new one under the name of M. umbilicatus.

For the characters of, and observations on, the two preceding
genera, Mr. Sowerby acknowledges himself indebted to W. J.
Broderip, Esq. who has kindly in part anticipated the information
he is about to publish in his Monographs of the Volutidae, for
which his extensive collection affords the most ample and satis-
factory materials.

Pu vastRA, in which are included the Venerupes of Lamarck,
together-with such of his Veneres as are allied to V. pullastra,
is thus defined by Mr. Sowerby: “ T'est@ equivalvi, transversa,
inequilaterali, latere antico breviore, dentibus cardinalibus in
utraque valva tribus contiguis, interdum apicibus subemargina-
tis. Impressiones musculares due laterales, subrotundate. Im-
pressio muscularis pallii sinu magno. Ligamentum externum,
valvarum marginibus dorsalibus suboccultatum.” It is illus-
trated by figures of the P. vulgaris, Venus Pullastra, Auct., of
P. litterata, and. of P. papilionacea.

The new genus of Cirripeda is described under the name of
Catopuraacmus: * Testa subconica, apice pervio, basi adhe-
rente, (valva testaced clausa?) valvis octo, inequalibus, late-
raliter adjunctis, composita ; valvis porro plurimis per series
externas, circulares, gradatim minores, confertim co-ordinatis.
Operculam bipartitum, valvis quatuor, anticis majoribus, compo-
situm.” As in the new genus Octomeris established by Mr.

King’s Survey of Australia. 135

Sowerby, at page 244 of our last volume, and figured in the Sup-
plementary plates, the shelly cone immediately surrounding the
animal consists of eight pieces, and the operculum of four ; but
in Catophragmus, the first shelly cone is surrounded by a second,
equally composed of eight pieces, and this again by several sets
of more and more numerous pieces gradually decreasing in size,
bearing in this respect some analogy to Pollicipes. The genus
is founded on two specimens in different stages of growth, one
of which was received from Antigua, attached toa Conia. The
trivial name aflixed to it is C. imbricatus.

Narrative of a Survey of the Intertropical and Western Coasts of
Australia, performed between the years 1818 and 1822,
By Captain Pumie P. Kine, R.N. F.R.S. FLAS. &c.
With an Appendix, containing various Subjects relating to
Hydrography and natural History. 2 vols. Svo. plates.

To enter at any length into the general results of this inter-
esting survey of the coasts of New Holland, would be foreign
to the purposes of this Journal, in which we are bound to con-
fine ourselves to the zoological information obtained during the
progress of the expedition. It will be sufficient to observe that
the whole of the Eastern Coast within the tropic was carefully
surveyed, as weil as the Northern and North-western Coasts,
on each of which, and also at the Isle of France, were collected
objects of Natural History, few certainly in number, (owing to
the rarity of the occasions presented bythe nature of the service,
and to the want of suflicient space in the small vessel employed,)
but by no means without that interest which arises from the no-
velty of some of them. A brief review of the Catalogues of the
collections in the various departments of zoology, which form
part of the Appendix, will best illustrate their value to the
student.

The Mammalia, only six in number, present nothing worthy
of remark: but of the fourteen species of birds collected, no less
than four are regarded as new by Mr. Vigors, to whom Capt.

136 Analytical Notices of Books.

King acknowledges himself indebted for advice and assistance
in this department. One of the new species, which is closely
allied to the Gracula viridis, Lath., is considered as forming, to-
gether with that bird, a new genus provisionally described
under the name of Mimera, with the following characters :
“ Rostrum forte, subuarcuatum, subcultratum, mandibulis utris-
que apice emarginatis ; naribus basalibus, lateralibus, subovali-
bus, membrana partim tectis. Lingua ad sugendum idonea?
Ale mediocres, rotundate ; remige Ima brevissima ; 2d et 6t4
equalibus; 3tia et 4ta feré equalibus, longissimis; 5ta his
paulo breviori : remigum 3tia ad 6tam inclusam pogoniis exter-
nis in medio gradatim productis. Pedes subbreves ; acrotarsiis
scutellatis, scutis quinque ; paratarsiis integris. Cawda medio-
cris, feré equalis.” The stability of this genus, which has
many external relations with the Orioles, rests entirely on the
probability that the tongue is formed for suction. Should this
prove not to be the case, the group, it is allowed, must of course
fall. The new species described is the M. flavocincta, * flayo-
viridis, subtus pallidior, capite dorsoque fusco-lineatis, alis cau-
daque nigris viridi flavoque variegatis.” It differs from the
M. viridis in the bill being somewhat higher, and more carinated,
in the general distribution of the colours, and in being marked
with yéllow where the latter bird is white.

The remaining ornithological novelties relate merely to species.
The Hematopus picaius “ ater; corpore subtus, fascia alarum,
uropygio, caudeque basi albis; remigibus primoribus totis ni-
gris;” forms the second addition to this genus recently obtained
from Australia. It approaches more nearly to the European
species, the H. ostralegus, than to the H. palliatus of Temminck,
or to the H.niger of Quoy and Gaimard. The Sterna pelecanoides,
“alba; capitis vertice nigro albo-variegato ; dorso, alis, rachibus
albis,” deviates from its own genus, and approaches the Pele-
canide by the smaller size of the membrane that unites the toes,
by the dilatation of the side of the nail of the middle toe, and by
the greater proportional length of the wings. The fourth new
species Larus Georgii, is thus described, “ L. albus, dorso
alisque nigris; rectricibus albis, fascié media atra.”

King’s Survey of Australia. 157

For the illustration of the Reptilia, nine in number, we are
indebted to Mr. J. E. Gray, who considers four of them as new,
One of these is peculiarly remarkable by the singular frill ap-
pended to the neck, which distinguishes it in a striking manner
from the Agama, to which it appears in other respects to be
closely allied. It is the type of the genus Chlamydosaurus,
Gray, Ann. of Phil., and is thus described; “* C. Kingii, C.
corpore luteo, nigro-variegato; squamis carinatis ; pennula an,
ticé serrata ; caude corpore duplo longiore.” Another is refer-
able to the genus Phelsuma, Gray, ib. where a short character of
it, under the name of P. ornata, had been previously given.
The third forms the type of the genus Trachysaurus, Gray, and
is characterized as follows; *¢ J. rugosus, T. squamis dorsi ru-
gosis, caudez subspinosis ; cauda brevissima:” and the fourth is
the Leptophis punctulatus, ‘ L.squamis levibus apice uni-inden-
tatis, spine dorsalis triangularibus ; cauda quadrantali, tenui,
squamis equalibus;”’ an interesting addition to the genus esta-
blished by Mr. Bell at p. 328 of our last volume, to which an-
other species collected by the expedition, the L. spilotus,
(Coluber spilotus, Lacépéde,) is also referred by Mr. Gray.
The Lacerta scincoides, Shaw, is described as the type of the
genus Tiliqua, Gray, l.c. under the trivial name tuberculata.

Among the Fish described, which are only seven in number,
one alone, the T'ewthis australis, is stated to be new. Mr. Gray,
however, has since ascertained that it is probably the Acanthurus
triostegus. He remarks, that seven or eight other species, and
several interesting drawings, were brought home by Captain
King, which may probably be novel, but which he fears to
describe as such lest he should increase the confusion already
existing in this neglected department of Zoology.

With the exception of a single species of Annelida, the whole
of the Annulosa collected are illustrated by Mr. W.S. Mac-
Leay. The number of species of insects enumerated or des-
cribed in the Catalogue is 192, of which 130 belong to the class
Mandibulata, 58 to Haustellata, and 4 to Arachnida. Of these
eighty-one were previously undescribed; but the whole of them
except two, are referable to genera already established or indi-

138 Analytical Notices of Books.

cated. The genera now first admirably described in detail are
Carprornaaus, the type of which is the C. Banksia, and Meca-
merus, having for its type M. Aingii, a singular insect, bearing
an affinity to Sagra, but differing from that genus in having seti-
form antenne, correct mandibles, (almost resembling those of
some of the Prioni,) and securiform palpi. In another respect
the latter insect is extremely interesting, as the discovery of
pentamerous tarsi in a genus so nearly allied to Sagra, has led
Mr. MacLeay to investigate minutely those parts in the tetra-
merous and trimerous Coleoptera of the French Entomologists 5
the result of which examination, as developed in a paper read
before the Linnean Society at the commencement of the last
year, has been to establish that those divisions are utterly un-
founded in fact. Both the Carpophagus Banksia and the Mega-
merus Kingii are figured, together with the Phasma tiaratum,
a rare and singular species.

Of Cirripeda only one species is mentioned ; and of Radiata
no more than five: the species of Acrita are twenty-five in num-
ber; but the whole of these have been described.

The Mollusca, illustrated by Mr. J. E. Gray, are more nume~-
rous, comprising one hundred and eleven species, twenty-three
of which are new. None of them however present any striking
novelty of form; those which were previously undescribed being
referred to the following genera ; Venus, Cytherea, Lima, Mono-
donta, Rissoa, Solarium, Phasianella, Scalaria, Littorina, Nassa,
Claratula, Conus, Marginella, Strombus, Bulla, Cyclostoma,
Chiton, and Haliotis. 'To transcribe the characters of these new
shells would too much extend this notice, and the reader who
wishes to consult them must therefore be referred to the work
itself. He will also be repaid for a perusal of the general narra-
tive, by numerous occasional notices on such zoological subjects
as presented themselves te Capt. King’s observation.

It is gratifying to observe that the able navigator and zealous
naturalist, to whom we are indebted for these volumes, was in-
structed by the Secretary for the Colonies ‘¢ to endeavour to
obtain information” relative to ‘‘ the animals, whether birds,
beasts, or fishes ; insects, reptiles, &c.”” which might be observed

Curtis’s British Entomology. 139

during the progress of the expedition. By the same authority
directions were also given to “ receive on board Mr. A. Cunning-
ham, a botanist; and also to **engage any other person, if
there be such in the colony, who possesses a competent know-
ledge of Mineralogy or Natural History.” If the services of any
such person could have been obtained, considerable additions
would doubtless have been made to the collections: without this
assistance however they are extremely respectable, and, when
his numerous other avocations are considered, they may even be
regarded as highly creditable to the zeal and exertions of Capt.
King.

—

British Entomology; or Illustrations and Descriptions of the
Genera of Insects found in Great Britain and Ireland. By
Joun Curtis, F.L.S. Nos. xxii—xxiv.

‘Tue first of the numbers which we have now to notice exhibits
1. Lebia turcica,a species exceedingly rare in Britain. 2. CLeora
cinctaria, a species new to this country, and associated under the
above generic name with the Geometra abietaria, G. crepuscularia,
&e. 3. Abia nigricornis $ and Q. 4. Chironomus estivus, a new
species of this very extensive genus of Diptera nearly allied to
the C. elegans of Meigen.

In the twenty-third number are contained 1. Osrium can-
tharinum g and 2; the former sex having been described by
Fabricius and Panzer under the name of Saperda brunnea, and
the female by that of §. ferruginea. The name of the genus has
been adopted from Megerle, but his characters, if indeed they have
been published, have not yet reached this country. It differs
chiefly in its long and dilated, or subspinose, thorax from Saperda
and Callidium, and is also peculiarly distinguished by the length
of the first joint of the antenna. 2. Sprosoma Walkerit, a non-~
descript species of a new genus allied to Eyprepta, and compre-
hending Bombyx lubricipeda, B. menthastri, &c. which are
readily distinguished by their spotted bodies. 3. Clavellaria
marginata, Tenthredo marginata of Linné, which Mr. Curtis sus-
pects to be merely the female of the Amerine of the same dis-

140 Analytical Notices of Books.

tinguished author. 4. Laphria nigra, the only species of this
numerous genus of Diptera which has yet been detected in Eng-
land, where it is by no means common.

The twenty-fourth number comprises 1. Hydaticus cinereus,
recently captured for the first time in this country by Messrs.
Chant and Bentley. It is the Dytiscus cinereus of Linné, but not
of Fabricius nor of Marsham. 2. Vanessa Antiope, with its larva.
3. Sarea fasciata of Leach. 4. Merodon clavipes, of which only
two specimens have been taken in England.

An additional leaf is given in the last number for the purpose
of being substituted for that containing the description of Acélius
cinereus, the insect previously figured under this name being in
fact a new species, to which Mr. Curtis has found it necessary
to assign the name A. caliginosus.

In concluding our notices of the second volume of this import-
ant addition to our entomological libraries, we need only refer to
our previously expressed opinions of the value of the work, and of
the beauty and accuracy of the figures contained in it, and repeat
our cordial wishes for its continuance in the same excellent style
as that in which it has commenced. A third volume has since
been completed, to which we shall advert in our next number.

Histoire Naturelle des Mammiferes, avec des Figures originales,
dessinées Waprés des Animaux vivans; Sc. Par MM.
Georrroy Saint-Hiraire, e¢ F. Cuvier. Livraisons 52”
et 53°°

In the present numbers of this valuable addition to the Natural
History of the Mammalia, there is less than the usual proportion
of novelty. The most striking feature exhibited by them is the
dismemberment of the genus Klephas, for the purpose of esta-
blishing a new one under the name of Loxoponta. It is some-
what singular that notwithstanding the very striking difference
in form between the African and the Asiatic Elephants they
should have been confounded together by Linné under the dence
mination of Elephas maximus. M. G. Cuvier first pointed out,

Histoire Naturelle des Mammiferes. 141

to the satisfaction of modern zoologists, the specific distinction
existing between.them, and employed to designate the former
the name of E. Capensis, while to the latter was assigned that
of E. Indicus. M. F. Cuvier has now advanced still farther, and
has regarded them as the types of two genera, differing from
each other as much as Canis from Hyena, or Lagomys from
Lepus. For the Elephant of Asia he retains the original generic
name Elephas. The surfaces of its molar teeth present fascie of
enamel irregularly festooned; while in those of the African
. Elephant, the type of the new genus Loxoponta, the enamel is
disposed in lozenges. In addition to this striking distinction de-
tived from the dentary system, M. F. Cuvier also enumerates the
other characters which have hitherto been regarded as specific.
The smaller, more elongated, and less irregular head of the
African animal when compared with the Asiatic: the rounded
forehead of the former, strongly contrasted with the deep de-
pression iu the middle of that of the latter: the ear of the former
also twice the extent, while the tail is only half the length,
&e.

Since 1681 no African Elephant has been seen in Europe until
the young female figured by M. Cuvier, which is now alive in
Paris, having been sent as a present by the Pacha of Egypt. Its
habits, so far as those of a very young animal can be relied on,
exhibit none of the ferocity usually ascribed to it, and are indeed
fully as mild, intelligent, and tractable, as those of the Elephant
of Asia.

The remaining novelties relate only to species. One of these
is a new species of Macacus, M. carbonarius, which is closely
allied to the M. cynomolgus, (Simia cynomolgos, and S. cyno-
cephalus, 1.) differing from it in fact only in the black, instead of
tanned, colour of its face. It is a native of Sumatra.

The Beaver of Europe, M. F. Cuvier is now disposed to con-
sider as specifically distinguished from that of Canada by the
form of its head. Viewed in profile, instead of presenting a
nearly uniform curve from the occipital bone to the end of the
ossa narium, its outline is almost straight, being inflected only
towards its middle ; its sagittal and occipital project strongly, the

142 Analytical Notices of Books.

zygomatic arch is broad and much depressed, the whole cerebral
portion is considerably elongated backwards, and the nasal bones
advance far beyond the orbitar process of the os frontis. ‘These
parts are strikingly less developed in the American Beaver, which
also appears to be one-sixth smaller at the same age than the
living European one now in the Jardin du Roi. In their habits
there appears to be less to distinguish them than has hitherto
been supposed. The European species evinces the same aptitude
and ability in constructing a habitation as are exhibited by the
Beaver of Canada, anecdotes in proof of which are related by M.
F. Cuvier; nor can our readers fail to recollect the very striking
exemplification of this propensity noticed at page 425 of our last
volume.

—--———-

In the preceding analysis we have endeavoured to embody the
whole amount of the new views exhibited by the latest numbers
which have reached us of the folio edition of the Histoire Natu-
relle des Mammiféres. At the same time we received also several
of the earlier numbers of the quarto edition of the same work,
which has long been promised to the public. Their appearance
was at once a source of gratification and of regret; the former
resulting from the greater scientific value and more moderate
price of the new edition, and the latter from the indication which
it furnishes of the speedy termination of the original work. We
had formerly flattered ourselves that it was the intention of the
authors to render it, as far as the present state of the science
would admit, a complete gallery of Mammiferous Animals, and it
was with this impression that we passed over without surprize the
numerous figures which they have given of the commonest species,
but which ought scarcely to have obtained admittance into such
a work, if destined to include only a fraction of the class to
which they belong. A work containing three hundred and sixty
figures, taken from the living animals, accompanied by minute
descriptions, and illustrated by valuable zoological observations,
is certainly of the highest importance; but we cannot avoid feel-
ing that its bulk, and, in the same proportion, its cost and the
difficulty of its acquisition, has been greatly increased by the

Zoological Proceedings of Societies. 143

needless repetition of figures of animals known to all the world
and already represented in various publications with all the
accuracy of which art is capable, as well as by the reiterated
representations of others in several stages of their growth. It
may be however that circumstances beyond the control of the
authors have compelled them against their will to limit them-
selves to the comparatively small number of species to which their
illustrations must now be confined ; and if this be the case we
can only express our regret that so grand an undertaking has been
thus rendered imperfect, while we tender to them our best thanks
for having executed even this portion of it in so superior a
manner.

In addition to the advantages of a lower price and of a more
portable form it is necessary to add that the quarto edition pre-
sents also those of a systematic arrangement, and of valuable
general articles on the families and genera which are not to be
met with in the original work.

Art. XIII. Proceedings of Learned Societies on Subjects
connected with Zoology.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

In our last number we had the opportunity of congratulating
our scientific readers on the approaching establishment of this
Society: and we published a short Prospectus explanatory of its
views. Since that period the Society has been completely organ-
ized ; and its plans and objects are now before the public.

The first meeting for the formation of the Society took place at
the House of the Horticultural Society on the 29th of April,
1826, when Sir T. Stamford Raffles was unanimously elected
President of the Society, and a Council was appointed to assist
him in the direction of its affairs. Committees were subsequently
appointed for the planning out and superintendence of the
several departments ; and considerable progress was made in the
preliminary arrangements of the Institution, when the sudden
and lamented death of the President deprived the Society of its

144 Zoological Society.

founder and chief support. The different Committees however
did not relax in their duties ; they continued to forward the plans
which had been commenced under the superintendance of the
President, and before the end of the year they had completed
some of these plans, and had brought the rest to a state of con-
siderable forwardness. A house was taken for the accommodation
of the Society, situated-at No. 33, Bruton Street; and was fitted
up for the exhibition of the different preserved collections of the
Society. A plot of ground was also obtained from the Com-
missioners of Woods and Forests, &c. in the Regent’s Park, for
the exhibition of the living collection: it was fenced-in and
drained, and prepared, as far as the season would permit, for
plantations, walks, &c., with ponds, sheds, aviaries, and other
suitable accomodations for the living animals.

A second meeting took place on the 7th of March, 1827, for
the purpose of electing a President in the place of Sir T. Stamford
Raffles, when the Marquis of Lansdown was unanimously chosen
to that office. From the report of the Council, which was laid
before the meeting, it appears that the Museum of the Society
is now open to the Members. It consists of several thousand
subjects in every branch of Zoology ; and it forms a well-arranged
and instructive collection in almost every department of the
science. This collection has been formed, with the exception of
one or two trifling purchases, by voluntary contribution; and
every day it receives an increase from the zeal and liberality of
the Members. It was also reported that the works in the
Regent’s Park are rapidly advancing: and it was expected that
the gardens will be opened early in the ensuing summer.

The Council and Officers of the Society consist of the following
noblemen and gentlemen :— Marquis of Lansdown, President :
Duke of Somerset, V.P.: Earl of Darnley, V.P.: Earl of Egre-
mont, V.P.: Viscount Gage: Lord Auckland, V.P.: Lord
Stanley, V.P.; Sir E. Home: E. Barnard, Esq.: J. G. Children,
Esq.: H. T. Colebrooke, Esq.: Rev. Dr. Goodenough: G. B.
Greenough, Esq.: Major - General Hardwicke: Dr. Thomas
Horsfield, Vice-Secretary: Rey. Dr. Rafiles: Joseph Sabine, Esq.
Treasurer: Charles Stokes, Esq.: N. A. Vigors, Secretary:
C. B. Wall, Esq.

THE

ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL.

April—July, 1827.

Art. XIV. A Description of some new Genera and Species
of Petalocerous Coleoptera. By the Rev. Wm. Kirsy,
AM. FERS. FDS. §e.

Havine received from North America since the publication of
the Eighth Number of the Zoological Journal, a third and very
distinct species of Cremastocheilus, I beg leave to offer, to the
Editors of that Journal, as a continuation of my former paper, a
description of it, together with one of some other undescribed
Petalocerous beetles.

Subkingdom AnnutosaA. M‘L.

Class Insecta. L.

Subclass Manpisurata. Clairv.

Order Corrortrera. L,

Suborder CuiLrocnatuimorenita (*). M‘L.

Section Lametiicornana. Lat.

Subsection PerarocerenaA. Dumer.

Tribe TuHaAreropuaAcina. M‘L.

: Stirps Aerie M‘L.
Xycopuituna. Latr.

Family Rureciwz. M‘L.

* [ adopt this Suborder for reasons assigned elsewhere. (Introd. to Ent. iv.
92), where the above method of denominating groups is proposed.

Vor. III. K

146 Mr. Kirby on some new genera and species
Genus. Cnemipa.

Nasus trapezoideus, apice subemarginatus subreflexus.

Antenne novem-articulate : scapo (*) breviusculo incrassato ;
articulis sequentibus quatuor subcylindricis brevissimis, sexto sub-
patereformi; capitulo triphyllo reliquam antennam longitudine
zquantem.

Mandibule extus bidendate : dentibus obtusis.

Palpi avticulo extimo subcylindrico, truncato.

Scapulariat inter elytra et prothoracem't intrusa, ut in Cetonié
F.

Prosternum || triangulare, pone basin brachiorum § elevatum.

Mesosternum** obtusum, inter pedes intermedios subporrectum,
supra canaliculatum.

Prothoraz subhexagonus, latitudine longior, utrinque subfoye-
atus, postice emarginatus.

Scutellum elongatum, triangulum isoscelem figurans,

Elytra humeris productis, rotundatis.

Pedes. Tibie femorum fere crassitudive: posterioribus qua-
tuor maximis. Cubitus{{ apice tridentatus. Calcaria 1, 2, 2.
Tarsi subclavati: unguiculis ineqnalibus, 2,2, 2. In manibustt
unguiculus internus externo major est et apice bifidus: lobo interi-
ori magno truncato; interiori minuto acuto; in ¢arsis autem
quatuor posterioribus, unguiculus internus externo multoties
minor.

Abdomen segmentis duobus ultimis dorsalibus apertis: podice |||}
magno, subtrapezoideo.

Corpus convexum.

Having only single specimens, I have not been able to examine
the trophi of any species of this genus, but probably they are not
very different from those of the other Rutelide; yet the mandibles
are less prominent. With regard to external and secondary cha-
racters, Cnemida differs from the other insects of that family con-
siderably. For instance, its front is distinguished by a long fovea

* Introd. to Ent. iii. 366.B. } Ibid. 378.B. + Ibid. 368.1. || Ibid. 369.

B. § Ibid. 369. D. ** Ibid. 379.C. tt Ibid. 369.d. ++ Ibid. 370. e,
Ij|| Ibid. 390. 1.

of Petalocerous Insects. 1A7

or excavation between the eyes, to be found in none of them. Its
thorax is considerably longer than wide, approaching to a hex-
agonal shape, and emarginate posteriorly; while in the other
Rutelide it is wider than long, trapezoid, * and in the majority
not emarginate posteriorly. In Macraspis, however, Chasmodia,
and a new genus, as yet undescribed, sent to me by the Rev. L.
Guilding, the prothorax has a posterior obtuse sinus. These
genera are all tending towards Cnemida, and even Popillia in
some respects seems related to it. Again, in the genus we are
considering, the scutellum represents an insosceles triangle, as it
does likewise in the genera just named, but in the majority it
is equilateral. All the tibiw also are as large and sometimes
larger than the thighs, whereas in the other Rutelidw, even in
Chrysochlora, where they are largest, the tibie are smaller than
the thighs. The claws also, and the podex, are different, and
the intervention of the scapulars between the prothorax and
elytra, a character Cnemida exhibits in common with Cetonia F.
is found in no other genus of the family as yet known. This
genus appears to lead on one side of the circle from the Rutelide
to the Melitophili Latr.

Francilloni. 1. Cn. nigra, nitida: prothorace utrinque subfoveato
acuducto {; lateribus piceis; elytris fascia pallida maculas
duas nigras includente.

Plate V. Fig. 1.
Long. Corp. Lin. 4.

Habitat in Georgid Americe Septentrionalis? Ex Mus. D.
Francillon.

Descr. Corpus \enceolato-ovatum, glabriusculum, nitidum.
Caput triangulare, acuductum: vertice punctato, fronte foveato.
Antenne pice : scapo palpisque rufescentibus. Prothorax anticé
segmento circuli dempto: lateribus in angulum obtusum medio
prominentibus, diluté piceis; confertim transverse acuductis pra-
cipué anticé, disco subpunctato. Fovew due haud profunde pro-
thoracem signant. Scutellum basi et utrinque punctatum. E/ytra
lacunosa +, substriata, striis rugulosis, nigra: fascia lata, subobli-

* iBncrodl to Ent. iv. 264n.27. Ibid. 271n.21. + Ibid. 270. n, 16.
K 2

148 Mr. Kirby on some new genera and species

qua, angulosa, pallida, maculas duas irregulares nigras includente.
Pectus albido pilosum. Pedes picei, supra acuducti: tibiis pos-
ticis intus barbatis. Abdomen segmento dorsali penultimo punc~
tato acuducto.

Sparshalli, 2. Cn. nigra nitida: prothorace utrinque bifoveato ;
elytris fascia angulata, guttaque fulvis.
Plate V. Fig. 2.
Long. Corp. Lin. 5.

Habitat in Brasilia. Ex mus. D. Sparshall Norvicensis, Ento-
mologi indefessi, cordati, benevoli.

Descr. Prxcedenti simillima, sed major nigrior, Prothorax
levissime punctulatus, utrinque foveis duabus, antico longiori
profundiori, acuductis. Elytra fascia angusta, obliqua, angulari,
introrsum maculari,* guttaque humerali luteofulvis. Podex
acuductus : dorso longitudinaliter levi.

N.B. In aqua calidad immersa, ubi acuducta est hee species,
aureo splendore micat. f

Curtisit. 3. Cn. nigro-picea: prothorace utrinque bifoveato: mar-
gine, elytrorum sutura, fermoribusque rufescentibus, illis an-
nulo irregulari pallido.

Long. Corp. Lin. 6.

Habitat in Brasilid. In Mus. D. Curtis, Entomologia Britan-
nice, operis eximii & utilissimi, auctoris.

Desc. Pracedenti similis sed major. Prothorax ut in illo
bifoveatus sed levis est: lateribus et foveis acuductis ; margine
laterali et postica piceorufis. Scutellum piceum. Elytra nigro-
picea, antice oblique lacunosa vel foveata: foveolis acuductis
basi substriata: striis subpunctatis, sutura toté margineque late-
rali antico vel humerali piceo rufis. Annulus obliquus angularis
pallidus elytrorum basin signat. Pedes extra acuducti: femori-
bus quatuor posterioribus extrinsecus piceo-rufis: disco nigri-
cante, tibiarum crassitudine, tibiis posticis vix barbatis. Abdomen
podice acuducto ut in Cn. Francilloni. Segmento ventrali penul-
timo apice rufo.

* Introd. to Ent. tv. 289. n. 39. b.

of Petalocerous Insects. 149

It is remarkable that in Mr. Curtis’s specimen, the only one I
have seen of the insect here described, the acuducted fovee and
parts of the head, prothorax, elytra, legs and podex, are partially
covered with a white substance resembling fine flour and not at
all granular; a circumstance opening the door to a probable con-
jecture as to the use of their peculiar sculpture, and proving that
Creative Wisdom had an important end in view, when it scored
these little beetles with seemingly insignificant scratches. When
masons prepare the wall ofa house for the outward coat of plaister,
they draw lines upon it with their trowels, by means of which
this coat adheres to the other. So the acuducted parts of the
insects I am describing, in this respect differing from the other
Rutelide, afford a surface properly prepared for the adhesion of
the above matter.

From their agreeing together in their sculpture it is extremely
probable that all the species of this genus of the New World
collect some farinaceous substance, most likely from the plants
that they frequent, for some purpose important to them in their
peculiar economy. Were it granular I should at once pronounce
it to be pollen, and as the hive-bee knows how to reduce the
farina of flowers to an impalpable powder, before it forms it into
the little masses of paste which it carries in its posterior tibia, so
may the insects in question. Whether the farina thus collected
is intended for the food of the insect itself, or its larva, can be
determined only by actual observation ; but, reasoning from ana-
logy, the latter seems the most probable. I had occasion to ob-
serve however, * with regard to another of the same family, that
the molary part of its mandibles was filled with a similar sub-
stance, which makes for the former opinion. These circumstances
tend to confirm Mr. W. S. MacLeay’s hypothesis, that the Rute-
lide, though like the Melolonthide, &c. furnished with corneous
mandibule and maxilla, are anthobious, or derive their food from
the blossom and not the foliage of the plants.{ M. Latreille how~
ever arranges them with the Dynastide, &c., amongst his Xylo-
phili, to which they certainly exhibit some affinity.t

* Linn. Trans. X1V.106. + Trichius retusus Fab. Sys. Eleuth. ii. 133. n.

16. and Rutela lacerata Germar Insect. Spec. Nov. 119. n. 204, appear to belong
to this Genus. + Familles Naturelles, &c. 370. Hor. Entomolog. 72.

150 Mr. Kirby on some new genera and species

Stirps. Me irornituna. Latreille.
Family. Tricniap#. Kirby. *
Genus. Cremastocuerzus. Knoch.”

Nasus magnus, dilatatus, apice rotundatus reflexus, arcuatus. °

Labrum sub nasi arcu absconditum, subtriangulare, concavum.*

Mandibula intus cornea, tridentata?: dentibus acutis: extra
lobo membranaceo paleeformi rotundato. °

Mazilla cornea: \obis unguiformibus ; interiori setis rigidis in-
structo.

Palpi mazillares filiformes, quadriarticulati: articulo primo
brevissimo, extimo elongato cylindrico.®

Labium magnum pelviforme : posticé sinu exciso."

Mentum \abii partis posterioris pagina inferior.

Paipi labiales triarticulati: articulis duobus primis brevissimis ;
’ extimo longissimo cylindrico. *

Antenne decemarticulate : scapo magno compresso subtrigono ;
secundo subgloboso ; tertio precedente minori, sequentibus qua-
tuor magnitudine gradatim 6 pg ; tribus ultimis lamellatis
capitulum subovatum formantibus.

Oculi hemispherici : cantho basi carinato apice dopsretiasc!

Prothorax subquadratus ; angulis in dentem prominentibus.™

Prosternum conicum ante brachia erectum, apice obliqué trun-
catum,

Scutellum triangulare acuminatum.

Elytra supra plana: lateribus deflexis ; humeris sublobatis.

Pedes. Tibie calcaribus 1, 2, 2. Cubitus apice bidentatus.
Tarsi filiformes : unguiculis equalibus 2, 2, 2.

Abdomen ano utringue tuberculo spiraculifero instructo.”

“Mr. W. S. MacLeay’s great Family of Cetoniade constitutes, I think, a
Stirps rather than a Family, and appears to contain at least three larger groups,
each resolvable into various others—viz. Trichiade, Cetoniade, and Gymneti-
de. The first including Trichius F, Cremastocheilus, &e.; the second those
Cetoniad@ without a lobed prothorax; and the third those in which that part
is lobed, and covers the scutellum.—® As Knoch’s Neue Beytraége is not a
common book, I have given from him in part the characters of Cremastocheilus.
©Knoch Neue Beytr. t. iii. f. 2. aa.—* Ibid. f. 3.—* Ibid. f. 4. —* Ibid. f. 9.
© Ibid. a. f 5,6. c.—" Ibid. f. 7. This author calls it Catiniforme (platter-
shaped); but it resembles a basin, particularly a barber’s basin. See also
Introd. to Ent. iv. t. xxvi. f. 35.—'Knoch Ibid. f. 7. cc.—* Ib. f. 8. —" Introd.
to Ent. iii. 365. n, 8. AA—™ Plate Fig. abc.—" Ibid. d. :

of Petalocerous Insects. 151

Corpus depressum.

M. Latreille appears to have hesitated much as to the natural
station of this genus. At first he placed it at the head of his
Scarabétdes with membranaceous mandibles, immediately before
Trichius*. In his Considerations, &c. ¢ it follows that genus.
In the Régne Animal it closes the petalocerous generat, and is
succeeded by Lucanus. Again in the XXXth Volume of the
Nouveau Dictionnaire D’ Histoire Naturelle, published two years
afterwards, it resumes its former station after Tvichius ; || and
lastly, in his Famélles Naturelles Du Régne Animal, it forms
the second genus in his Family of Melitophili, being preceded by
Platygenia, which also is remarkable for a large concave labium, §
and followed by Goliathus.** It appears to form an osculant genus,
as well as the preceding one. Its Mandibule corneous, with the
exception of a dorsal lobe of membrane, and its corneous Mazilla
armed with spines, prove that it is of that description, and its
general habit and characters, that it is nearly related to the Tré-
chiade, and that it connects M. Latreille’s Melitophili with some
other family in another circle. Cnemida indeed in some respects
seems without the circle of Rutelidw, and may be also regarded as
osculant. If we look at the remarkably depressed body of Cremas-
tocheilus and its quadrangular prothorax, we find an analogy
between it and some of the Scarabeide M‘L. particularly
amongst the Onitide, where a remarkable genus from South Ame-
rica, named by Mr. MacLeay Eutomus, exhibits considerable re-
semblance at first sight to it. It has one character in common
with the Dynastide, which is only to be met with in one other
petalocerous genus, as far as my examination of them goes, the
prosternum is nearly vertical, forming a kind of pectoral horn,
before the base of the arms, or fore legs.

Canaliculatus. 3. C. niger, prothorace canaliculato : angulis pos-
ticis magis extantibus dentiformibus.

* Gen. Crust. et Ins. ii. 121. }{ p, 198 t+ iii. 288. || Article Scarabéides,
302. This volume was published in 1819, and the third vol. of Régne Animal,
in 1817. § Hor. Entomolog. t. iii. f. 23. F. The part here called the Labium
is #he Mentum of Messrs. Latreille and MacLeay. See Introd. iii. 355. B. &
A20—25, ** Fam. Nat. 371.

152. = Mr. Kirby on some new genera and species

Plate V. Fig. 5. &c.
Long. Corp. Lin, 6.

Habitat in America Septentrionali, ex statu Massachussets dicto
a D. Drake medico mihi benevolé transmissus.

Desc. Reliquis major. Corpus nigrum, vel piceo-nigrum,
glabrum, subnitidum. Caput excavato-punctatum: punctis sub-
confluentibus. Antenne articulis intermediis rufescentibus. La-
bium subrhomboidale, posticé profundé emarginatum. Prothorax
(Plate V. Fig. 5. c). subquadratus, variolosus, lacunosus, medio ob-
soletius sed latius canaliculatus ; angulis posticis extantibus denti-
formibus, triangularibus, acutis ; anticis obtusioribus intus fovea
adjacente, posticé item fovee due majuscule, obloage notanda.
Elytra subrugosa, lacunosa, variolosa. Abdomen segmento dorsali
penultimo utringue tuberculo apice spiraculifero(PlateV. Fig. d.),
quod etiam in reliquis speciebus obtinet sed minus conspicue.

This species is larger than either of those described in the eighth
number of the Journal, and is sufliciently distinguished from
them by its channelled prothorax with very prominent angles.
The species which I then described as the original C. Castanea *
of Knoch, and which was sent me under that name from America,
upon a comparison with his description and figure, which I have
since had an opportunity of consulting, I find to be quite a dis-
tinct species. I propose therefore calling it C. Harrisit, from
Dr. T. Harris, who sent it me. Knoch says of his insect, ** Tho-
rax prope basin latissimus,” whereas in C. Harrisii the protho-
rax is square (Plate V. Fig. 3. a.) ; in C. Castanee also the la-
bium is wider than long, but in the former it is nearly round.
In his the prothorax is covered with puncta, but in mine it is
partly levigated. The sculpture of the elytra also differs. C.
Castenee approaches much nearer to that which I have called
C. variolosus, (Plate V. Fig. 4) but it is larger, the prothorax
is wider posteriorly, and the notch of the labium is not near so
deep. We have therefore already four species of this remark~
able genus, which appears to belong exclusively to North America:
at least nothing similar seems to have been found in the vast col-
lections of S° American insects that have been sent to this country.

* Plate V. Fig. 3.

of Petalocerous Insects. 153

Genus. Cymopnorus.

Nasus apice rotundatus, reflexus.

Antenne decemarticulate : scapo incrassato trigono; pedi-
cello articulo sequenti equali;* articulis intermediis brevissimis
cylindricis ; capitulo longo admodum, triphyllo.

Pailpi articulo extimo oblongo obtuso.

Luabrum sub rhinario penitus absconditum.

Labium subquadratum, verticale.

Mentum pone labium latitans horizontale.

Oculi hemispherici : cantho carinato.

Prothorax subquadratus, .anticé angustatus: lateribus obtu-
sangulis.

Scutellum triangulare, equilaterale.

Mesosternum anticé truncatum verticale, supra canaliculatum.

Elytra \acunosa, longitudinaliter elevata, utrinque sinuata:
humeris fere lobatis, ut in quibusdum Gymnetidis & Cetoniadis. t

Pedes. Tibie calcaribus 1, 2,2. Cubitus edentulus,

Unguiculi simplices, equales, breves, 2, 2, 2.

Abdomen ano tricorni: cornubus lateralibus basi intus spiracu-
liferis,

Corpus subdepressum squamulosum.

This remarkable genus appears nearly related to the preceding,
and makes an approach, in some respects, to those Gymnetide
whose elytra are lobed at the shoulders, yet the prothorax is not
porrected behind, so as to cover the scutellum ; it however most
resembles those Cetoniade that are remarkable for their lobed
shoulders, and have an uncovered scutellum, such as C. Histrio,
versicolor, variegata, &c. but it wants the prominent character of
Cetoniade, the scapular forming a fulcrum between the elytra
and prothorax: its place is probably between Cremastocheilus
aud Genuchus +, which last exhibits the above character, and is
more nearly related to the Cetoniada.

Undatus. C.

* Introd. to Ent. iii. 366. C. + I allude to a genus of that family which
contains Cetonia marmorea, § Graculus, Lanius, &c. F, which in my cabinet is
named Marmarina, and \ikewise to one containing Cetonia Histrio, Afquinocti-
alis, F. &c. which I call Polybaphes. + Linn. Trans. xiv. 569.

154 Mr. Kirby on some new genera and species

Plate V. Fig. 6.
Long. Corp. Lin. 34.

Habitat in America Septentrionali? Ex Mus. D. Francillon.

Desc. Corpus oblongum, piceum, nitidum, albido squamulo-
sum, subtus confertius. Caput suborbiculatum punctatum. Pro-
thorax confertissimé granulatus* scaber,

Elytra \acunosa punctulatissima: disco longitudinaliter in
carinam obtusam undatam elevato, apud suturam depressa bistri-
ata: striis levibus. Z’%bée extrinsecus striatule. Abdomen po-
dice medio elevato in cornu breve longitudinale triangulare acu-
tum, segmento ventrali penultimo, ptrinque cornu acuto, intror-
sum basi spiraculifero, armato.

Genus. CAmputipus.

Nasus subtrapezoideus, utrinqgue et antice marginatus: mar-
gine reflexo, medio concavus.

Antenne capite fere longiores decem-articulate : scapo incras-
sato elevato, arcuato ; articulis intermediis in dentem extra pro-
minentibus ; capitulo trilamellato elongato: lamella inferiori pu-
bescente.

Prothorax subhexagonus, vel lateribus in angulum obtusum
prominentibus.

Prosternum elevatum, compressum, hirsutum, apice subemargi-
natum.

Pedes. Cubitus apice tridentatus. Tibi intermediz in angu-
lum obtusum incurvate et quasi fracte. ;

Coleoptra subpruinosa disco plana, lateribus declivia, longiora
quam in reliquis Trichiadis, & partem podicis operientia.

Corpus subdepressum: trunco subtus hirsuto.

Type of the genus Melolontha limbata Oliv. Trichius limbatus
De Jean.

This genus, though evidently one of the Trichiadw, recedes
from Trichius so much in habit, especially in its depressed body,
long elytra, remarkable intermediate tibia, and nasus truncated
and narrowest at its apex, that I have no hesitation in separating
it. It is said by the Baron De Jean, in his catalogue, to be a
native of the East Indies.

* Introd. to Entomlog. iv. 273, n. 47—9.

of Petalocerous Insects. 155

Genns. AcCANTHURUS.

Nasus immarginatus, utrinque obtusangulus, apice rotundatus.

Antenne capite breviores, decemarticulate : scapo brevi subtri-
gono hirto; pedicello brevissimo ; articulo tertio turbinato, se-
quentibus tribus brevissimis pateriformibus ; sexto majori subturbi-
nato; septimo brevissimo; ultimis tribus capitulum majusculum
crassiusculum oblongum formantibus.

Pailpi articulo extimo elongato, lineari-lanceolato, tereti, apice
truncato, haud foveato.

Prothorax \ongior quam in reliquis Trichiadis, trapezoideus,
anticé disco bicarinatus: lateribus denticulatis.

Coleoptra disco plano-concava, lateribus declivia, admodum
abbreviata.

Abdomen segmento penultimo toto et podice apertis, anus in
altero sexu stylo elongato instructus, sive podice styliformi.

Corpus depressum, supra reticulato-acuductum, subtus squamu-
lis canaliculatis tectum.

Type of the genus Trichius hemipterus F.

This genus, of which I have seen a second species amongst Dr.
Horsfield’s Javanese insects, is sufficiently distinguished from T'ri-
chius, not only by its depressed form, but also by its long trape-
zoidal prothorax, its short elytra, many-toothed cubitus, and the
mucro that arms the anus of the male.

Genus. Tricuivus.

Bigsbit. T. niger fulvescente-hirtus: elytris luteis ; maculis
novem nigris,
Plate V. Fig. 7.
Long. Corp. Lin. 7.

Habitat in Canada prope Lacum St. Clair a D. Bigsby, M.D.
lectus, cujus nomine merito condecoratur.

Descr. Habitus fer’ 7’. fasciati, sed major & minus hirtus.
Corpus ovatum, nigrum, fulvescente-hirtum. Caput quadratum :
naso reflexo, emarginato. Antenne cum palpis lute apice nigre.
Prothoraz trapezoideus, antice angustior, lateribus rotundatis :
postice repandus. Scutellum breve, apice rotundatum. Elytra

156 Mr. Kirby on some new genera and species

glabra, subpruinosa, lutea: maculis novem nigris, nempe 1 hume-
rali magno, 2, 3, 2 transversé ordinatis, intermediis duabus later-
alibus irregularibus confluentibus minoribus, et 1 apicali reliquis
majori. Macule tres farinoso-fulve ; intermedio oblongo, late-
ralibus obliquis sinuatis, podicem signant.

I may perhaps render some little service to the Entomologist,
if, as a conclusion to this paper, I endeavour to point out the
natural groups into which the true genus T'richius, according to
my idea of it, and as far as my own collection will enable me, may
be resolved.

Fabricius, in his Systema Entomologie and Species Insectorum,
took for the type of his new genus Trichius, which he so named,
I suppose, on account of its hairy body, Scarabeus fasciatus of
Linné: but in his later works he seems to have considered 7.
Eremita as his type, which being nearly a naked insect, does not
so well correspond with the name. [I shall consider the former as
the true type of the genus, which as far as my own collection
leads, I find to consist of seven subgenera as follows;

Genus. Trichius F.
Subgenera.

* Legitimi. Hirsuti: elytris nudis pruinosis ; cubito bidentato ;
podice farinoso-maculato ; palpis articulo extimo subin-
crassato supra foveato. Ex. Trichius fasciatus, succinctus,
Bigsbii, &c.

** Trichini. Hirsuti: elytris nitidis; lineolis maculisve farinosis ;
podice farinoso-maculato; Palpis articulo extimo tenui-
ori supra foveato. Ex. Trichius viridulus, piger, and
some others from North America.

*** Tetrophthalmi. Hirsuti: elytris nitidis, immaculatis ; cantho
oculum feré dividente ; cubito tridentato; calcaribus
tibiarum posticarum elongatis obtusis ; podice immacu-
lato ; palpis articulo extimo foveato. Ex. Trichius sutu-
laris K.M.S. An undescribed species from Java. .

**** Archimedii. Subtus dense squamulosi, supra pruinosi :
podice item squamuloso ; prothorace triangulo equilate-

of Petalocerous Insects. 157

rali signato: femoribus posticis incrassatis arcuatis ;
tarsis posticis longissimis : palpis maxillaribus elongatis
articulo extimo haud foveato, Ex. Trichius Delta.

***** Fuclidii. Sparsim squamulosi: podice utrinque, capite,
femoribus extra, prothorace anticé, acuductis ; hoc tri-
angulo equilaterali impresso, cubito tridentato: palpis
articulo extimo haud foveato. Ex. Trichius Trian-
gulum. *

¥KEKKE Aleurosticti. Subtus hirti: elytris nitidis, abdominis
lateribus, elytris et podice emarginato farinoso-guttatis 5
prothorace canaliculato. Palpis articulo extimo subfo-
veato. Ex. Trichius nobilis, octopunctatus, &c.

F*EKEEE® Gymnodi. Fere nudi, immaculati: naso apice rotun-
dato vel truncato; scutello triangulum isoscelem figur-
ante : antepectore transverse plicato: palpis articulo ex-
timo supra excavato, oblongo, compresso. Ex. Trichius
Eremita aud others undescribed from North America,

Instead of giving the denominations of the subgetiera a feminine
termination as proposed in the Introduction to Entomology, I
have followed the gender of the genus, which appears to me best.
Should any of these, upon further cxamination, appear more than
subgenera, it will be easy to alter the name to the singular.

Mr. W. S. MacLeay has observed with regard to T'richius fas-
ciatus, how much in its general appearance and mode of flight it
resembles a wasp or some hymenopterous insect. { ‘This observa-
tion may be extended to several other beetles, especially to many
of Latreille’s Anthobii ; some species of Amphicoma and Aniso-
nyx so clesely resembling humble-bees as to be scarcely distin-
guishable from them, another proof of those remarkable analogies
where there is no affinity, that meet us wherever we turn to
observe natural objects. As the hairy Hymenoptera are useful
in fertilizing flowers, by transporting upon their hirsuties, far and
wide, the farina fecundans, so these beetles probably answer the
same useful purpose, as has been well remarked by the learned
author just named.t Some of these flower-frequenting Petalocera

* Linn. Trans. xii. 408. u. 46, Introd. to Ento. iii. 368. D. 2, { Hore,
Entomolog. 78. + Ibid, 77;

158 Mr. Swainson o several new groups in Ornithology.

bear the aspect of insects of other orders, and I have a genus,
which I call Arachnimorpha, and to which Anisonyx cinerea and
some others belong, that even resemble spiders.

N.B. In plate V. figures 3. 4. 5. are given uncoloured, because
their sculpture is thus best shewn, and as they are black, or
nearly so, the colouring is of no great consequence.

Art. XV. On several Groups and Forms in Ornithology,
not hitherto defined. By Wiutiam Swainson, Esq.
FLRS., F.L.S., &c.

Norwitustanpine the progress which systematic Ornithology
has made within the last few years, and the signal benefit which
has resulted from the labours of those who have turned their atten-
tion to natural groups, there still remains much to be done, before
our knowledge of this department of science can be brought to an
equality with that which we possess of others. There are, indeed,
few striking groups which have escaped the attention of the great
reformers of the day; but there are numerous others, which, either
from the seemingly trivial nature of their characters, or from the
supposed impossibility of detaching them from approximating
forms, still remain nearly in the same state in which they were
left by the writers of the last century. .

The necessity of a total revision of these genera, and their sepe-
ration into minor groups, is daily becoming more apparent. In
pointing out affinities or analogies, we are perpetually obliged to
refer to groups ‘¢ not yet characterized,” to explain our meaning,
but which, from being undefined, become in fact, no reference at
all. Meanwhile new species are pouring in upon us from all parts
of the world, which from the same cause are arranged under the
old genera, and increase their original confusion.

To lessen this evil so far as lies in my power, I have long been
engaged in revising the characters of all the known groups, and in

Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology. 159

defining those which have been neglected. This, from necessity,
will be a work of time ; and unless my observations are brought
before the scientific world at an early period, there is great
probability of their being anticipated, and of a consequent confu-
sion of nomenclature.*

The principal number of the forms described in the following”
pages, are not only distinguished by external characters, but by a
peculiarity in their geographic distribution ; two circumstances
which are generally supposed to be the most characteristic of
natural groups. The materials have been furnished from three
sources. 1. The Ornithological discoveries of Mr. Bullock, and
subsequent travellers, in the Cordelleras of Mexico. 2d. A valu-
able collection of birds, recently transmitted for my examination
by Dr. Langsdorff, who is now traversing the vast inland province
of Matto Grosso, in the heart of Brazil: and thirdly, from my
own collections, made in that empire some years ago. The dis-
coveries of the two first travellers [ am now preparing to describe
in detail. A few other forms belonging to Africa and: India are
likewise included, and I should have added to these several others,
which I have long ago investigated, peculiar to New Holland, did
T not conclude that they will be found in the catalogue of the
birds of that country, in the museum of the Linnean Society,
about to be laid before the public by Dr, Horsfield and Mr.
Vigors. Experience, indeed, daily shews, that where so much
is to be done, a division of labour is not only most advantageous
to science, but also more agreeable to the views and feelings of
those who are engaged in its pursuit. It frequently happens that
the same object will appear in different lights, and suggest oppo-
site conclusions to different persons. They may agree on facts,
but differ in their inferences. Nature is always the same, but
how various are the readings of her commentators! So true
it is, that in our efforts to interpret her laws, we must fre-

* The Ornithologist need not be told how desirable it is to prevent that
perplexity being increased, which has resulted from the different systems of

Illiger, Vieillot, Cuvier, and Temminck, following each other in rapid suc-
cession.

160 Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology.

quently alter, modify, and abandon our first opinions, before
we can hope to reach even an approximation to truth.

I have noticed but few of the forms among the Muscicapide,
Fringillide, and Nectariniade,* as I intend to investigate the afli-
nities of these groups in detail, upon a future occasion. My materials
fora history of the T’rochilide are more perfect, and I have there-
fore characterized the five principal groups, under which all the
known species will arrange themselves. And I take this oppor-
tunity of again soliciting from naturalists, really anxious to for-
ward science, any information regarding these birds, which they
may have it in their power to give me.

In these days, when the necessity of forming new divisions to
receive new forms, is so universally admitted, it appears hardly
necessary to offer any apology on this head; but as some few of
them now proposed, rest upon characters generally considered as of
a secondary nature, [ wish it to be remembered that they equally
depend on their geographic distribution. And I must here express
my belief, that it is only upon these principles of arrangement
that we can ever hope to reduce the vast genera, Sylvia, Musoi-
capa, Myiothera, Merula, Fringilla, and Columba, of modern
authors, to any thing approaching a natural, or even an intelligible
arrangement.

It is, indeed, owing to the little comparative attention that has
been paid to the characters and physical distribution of Birds in
general, that I have found it essential to characterize so many forms.
And while I here express my intention of increasing this number
hereafter, whenever a geographic group exhibits externad characters
by which it may be recognized, (however trivial they may appear),
I only act upon a principle which the most profound writers on
Botany have recognized, and the correctness of which, as applied
to Zoology, is daily becoming more apparent. That it is subject
to occasional exceptions, no one can deny, any more than that be-
tween two conterminous groups, there will be a point of connec-
tion where no one can say to which group a particular individual

belongs.

* The genus Nectarinia of Illiger, corresponding to the Families of Nectari-
niade@ and Cinnyride of Mr. Vigors. See Linn. Trans. vol, i. p. 463, and

Zoo), Journal, vol. ii. p. 401,

Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology. 161

Again; so far from a multiplicity of genera creating confusion
to the student, there requires but little argument to prove, that
when such genera are founded on geographic distribution, the very
reverse of this is the case. Let any one take, for instance, a
Sylvia, the name of which he wishes to ascertain; as the genus
now stands, he will probably have to compare it with 300 separate
descriptions, or,in other words, he will have 300 points of reference.
We will suppose that the bird inhabits America; the length of the
first quill feather immediately betrays its native country, and by
the acuteness and slight emargination of the bill he immediately
refers it to the genus Sylvicola. I have instanced a large group,
but even here, instead of reading the characters of three hundred
species, the labour would be diminished to that of reading twenty-
five or thirty.

It may excite the surprise of some, and the objections of others,
that the number of new divisions here characterized amount to
sixty-four ; and that eleven of these contain, at present, only a
single species. Yet this astonishment will soon cease on looking
further into the matter. The number of species which these
genera will comprise, may be estimated, upon a moderate calcu-
lation, at 517: so that there would actually be an average of
more than eight to each genus. But this is not all; for in this
estimate I allude only to described or known species. What the
proportion may be, when the discoveries of the next ten years are
added, it is impossible to guess. Yet this we do know, that when
the genus Psaris was founded, there was but one example,—now
there are eight.* T'hamnophilus, in like manner, contained but
four or five,—now we know of near twenty-five. While that of
Urotomus, proposed but two years ago from a single bird, has now
been augmented by three other species. With these striking
examples before us, we question whether any naturalist will be
hardy enough to revive the old complaint about ‘* making every

* In this number I inq!ude three unpublished species, which will soon be
illustrated by Sir William Jardine, Bart. and Mr, Selby. I have now to add
another, just received by me from Mexico, which has afforded me great plea-
sure, inasmuch as it may probably increase the interest of the forthcoming
monograph of this group, preparing by these zealous Ornithologists.

Vor. IIT. L

162 Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology.

species a genus.” So far, indeed, is this from truth, that we
require many more, before even the descriptions of those species
already in our systems, can be rendered intelligible to modern

science.
Warwick, 15th Nov. 1826.

ORDER. INSESSORES. Vigors.

7

Family Laniade.
Sub-family Laniana.
CYCLORHIS.

Mandibula superiore leviter dentata, subobtusa, naribus rotun-
datis.

Ale breves, convexe, rotundate, remigibus 4', 5'4, et 6ta, equa-
libus, longissimis.

Cauda cequalis.

Pedes robusti.

Upper mandible slightly t.othed, and rather obtuse. Wings short,
convex, rounded; the fourth, fifth, and sixth quills longest,
and ofequal length. T'aé/ even. Feet robust.

Type. Tanagra Guianensis. Auct. Tropical America.

NILAUS.

Rostrum mediocre, subgracile, culmine arcuato, mandibula supe- —

riore fortiter dentata ; naribus ovalibus.
Ale subattenuate ; remigibus 3tia, 44, et 54 fere equalibus, lon-
gissimis.
Cauda brevis, equalis. |
Pedes graciles ; unguibus acutis.

Bill moderate, somewhat slender; culmen gradually hooked ;
upper mandible strongly toothed ; nostrils oval. Wings rather

CO

Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology. 163

pointed, the third, fourth, and fifth longest, and of equal length.
Tail short, even. eet slender; claws acute,
Type. Lanius capensis. Shaw.

The unusual slenderness, and consequent weakness of the bill,
indicates this to be an aberrant form, leading to the next sub-
family. So far as I can judge from figures, there appear two or
three other African Laniade which seem closely allied to this
type.

Sub-family Thamnophilina.

MALACONOTUS.

Mandibulé inferiore emarginatd, rictu barbato.

Ale breves.

Cauda mediocris, equalis, vel subrotundata.

Pedes subfortes ; tarsorum squamis lateralibus integris.

Inferior mandible notched, rictus with stiff bristles. Wings short.
Tail moderate, even, or slightly rounded, eet rather strong,
lateral scales of the tarsi undivided.

Type. La Pie-grieche blanchot. Le Vaill. Ois. d’Af. pl. 185.

Sub- family Dicrurina.

BRACHYPUS.

Rostrum breve, compressum, emarginatum, culmine arcuato,
elevato ; gonyde recto ; rictu setis rigidis barbato ; setis nucha-
libus obsoletis.

Ale mediocres, remigibus 4!4 et 5ta, wqualibus, longissimis.

Pedes subfortes, brevissimi; tarsorum squamis integris.

Cauda mediocris, rotundata.

“Bill short, compressed, notched ; culmen elevated, curved; gonys
straight. Rictus defended with short bristles. Nuchal bristles
obsolete. Wings rounded; the fourth and fifth quills equal
and longest. Tail moderate, rounded. Feet strong, very
short; the scales entire.

L2

164 Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology.

Types. Le Curouge. Levaill. Ois. d’Af. pl. 107. f. 1.
Turdus Atriceps. P1. Col. 147.

It is only from the unusual shortness of the feet, indicative of
these birds feeding upon the wing, that I here associate them
among the aberrant forms of the sub-family Dicrurina. There
are many species, all of which appear excluded both from the
new world and Australia.

In a natural series they will immediately follow the genus
Trichophorus.

Sub-family Campephagina ?
4+-PTILIOGONATUS.

Rostrum breve, depressum, subtriangulare, culmine elevato, sub-
arcuato ; tomiis reclis. Naribus subnudis; apertura setis
debilibus paucis instructd.

Ale mediocres, rotundate, remigibus 4t4 et 5t4 fer cequalibus,
longissimis.

Caudu subelongata, in medio subfurcata, rectricibus lateralibus
rotundatis.

Pedes brevissimi, genibus plumatis, unguibus parvis, acutis.

Bill short, depressed, somewhat triangular; culmen elevated,
slightly curved; commissure straight. Nostrils naked, the
aperture furnished with a few week bristles. Wings moderate,
rounded; the fourth and fifth quill longest. Tail rather
lengthened, the sides rounded, the middle slightly forked.
Feet very short, knees feathered, claws small acute.

Type. P.cinereus. Sw. Mex. Zool.

P. cinereus ; mento rectricumque lateralium medio albis; caude
tegminibus . inferioribus flavis; alis cauddque nilide nigris.

Mas 2

This is one of the most remarkable birds among those which
have been recently discovered in the interior of Mexico. It ex-

ee

Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology. 165

hibits an osculant form between the present Campephage, and
the aberrant forms of the subfamily Tyrannina. Three species,
all undescribed, are in my possession.

~PITANGUS.

Rostrum magnum.

Ale mediocres, remigum pogoniis internis immarginatis, apice
obtusis.

Cauda equalis.

Pedes subbreves, fortes,

Bill \arge. Wings moderate, the quills entire, and their cx-
tremities obtuse. Tail even. Feet rather short, robust.
Type. Tyrannus sulphuratus. Vieill. Ois. de L’Am, pl. 47.

-~TYRANNUS.

Rostrum subbreve, forte, depressum.

Ale elongate, remigum pogoniis internis abruplé emarginatis.
Cauda mediocris, feré equalis.

Pedes breves.

Bill rather short, strong, depressed. Wings lengthened; the

quills internally abruptly emarginate. Tail moderate, even, or
slightly forked.

Type. Tyrannus intrepidus. Vieillot—Wilson, 2. pl. 13. f. 1.

Sub-family Tyrannina.

—MILVULUS.

Rostrum breve ; culmine depresso, recto.

Ale elongate, remigum pogoniis internis ad apicem emarginatis,
vel attenuatis.

Cauda longissima, furcata.

Pedes breves.

166 Mr, Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology.

Bill short ; culmen depressed, straight. Wéngs lengthened, the
primary quills either attenuated, or notched near their extrem-
ities. Jail long, forked. Feet short.

Type. Tyrannus Savana. Vieill. Ois. de L’Am. pl. 43.

I have elsewhere* endeavoured to point out the natural groups
into which the genus T'yrannus of M. Vieillot appears to be di-
vided. It remains therefore only to distinguish these groups by
names; between each of their respective types, there exists a
striking difference, but these peculiarities (as in all natural groups
where the chain of connection is nearly perfect) become so di-
minished in the series of species, that no line of demarcation can
be drawn between them.

~NENGETUS.

Rostrum mediocre, compressum.
Ale subbreves, remigum pogoniis internis attenuatis.
Pedes elongati, robusti.

Bill moderate, the sides compressed. Wings rather short, the
quills attenuated. Legs lengthened, strong.
Type. TJ. Nengeta. Sw. Monog.

Family Merulide.
Sub-family Myiotherina.
UROTOMUS.

Rostrum ut in genere Drymophilé.

Ale brevissime.

Cauda brevissima, fere inconspicua.

Pedes graciles, longi; tarsorum squamis lateralibus plerumque
integris.

Bill as in Drymophila. Wings very short. Tél very short,
scarcely seen. Feet long, slender, lateral scales of the tarsi
generally entire.

* Journal of Arts, &c., edited at the Royal Institution, No. 40, Jan. 1826.

Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology. 167

Sub-family Merulina.

—ORPHEUS,

Rostrum mediocre, forte, compressum.

Ale breves, rotundate ; remige 1™4 brevissimd, 244 et 344 grada-
tis, 44, 5t@ et 64 fere wqualibus, longissimis.

Cauda elongata, rotundata, vel gradata.

Pedes validi.

Bill moderate, strong, compressed. Wings short, rounded: the
first quill short, two and three graduated, four and five nearly
equal and longest. Tail lengthened; rounded, or graduated,
Legs strong.

Type. Turdus polyglottus. Wilson, 2. pl. 10. fig. 1.

The definitions of this group are only applicable to the species
found in the New World. Those inhabiting Africa and India,
are distinguished by characters peculiar to themselves.

Family Sylviade.
—TRICHAS.

Rostrum gracile, subacutum, integrum.

Alw breves, rotundate ; remigibus, 14 et 7é wqualibus, 3tid, 4té
et 5ta fere equalibus, longissimis.

Cauda lata, rotundata.

Pedes fortiusculi, elongati.

Bill slender, acute, entire. Wings short, rounded, the first and
seventh equal, the third, fourth, and fifth, nearly equal, and
longest. Tail broad, rounded. Legs lengthened, robust.

Type. Sylvia Trichas. Wilson 1. pl. 6. f. 1.

(Trichas personatus. Sw.)

This form is intimately connected with Synallaxis, and two or
three other groups, peculiar to Africa and Australia. Feebleness

168 Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology.

of flight, and strength of foot, separate these birds from the ty-
pical genera; while the strength and curvature of the hind claw
forbids us to associate them with the true Motacille.

—SYNALLAXIS. (Vieill.)

Rostrum mediocre, fortiusculum, compressum, subintegrum ;
culmine leviter arcuato: rictu imberbi.

Ale brevissime, rotundate ; remigibus 1™4, 244, et 3%4 gradatis,
4td, 54 et 64 fere wqualibus, longissimis.

Pedes subfortes ; tarsorum squamis lateralibus frequentibus.

Cauda elongata, gradata vel cuneata.

Bill moderate, rather strong, compressed, nearly entire, culmen
slightly curved; mouth without bristles. Wings very short,
rounded; the first, second, and third quill graduated, the
fourth, fifth, and sixth nearly equal, and longest. Taél broad,
graduated, or cuneated. Feet rather strong; the lateral scales
of the tarsi numerous.

Type. Synallaxis rutilans. Temminck, PI. col. 227, f. 1.

The characters of this genus are here introduced, that they may
be brought more immediately into comparison with the next. To
this group the Malurus garrulus (Zool. Il. pl. 138.) will un-
doubtedly belong. All the species are from tropical America.

DRYMOICA.

Rostrum gracile, acutum, immarginatum ; culmine arcuato.

Ale breviuscule, rotundate ; remige 1m4 brevissimd ; 244 et 34a
gradatis ; 4%, 54 et 6t4 equalibus, longissimis.

Cauda elongata, gradata.

Pedes longiusculi, tarsorum squamis anterioribus 5 inequalibus,
lateralibus integris.

Bill slender, acute, entire ; culmen arched. Wings rather short,
rounded ; the first quill shortest, the second and third gra-
duated, the fourth, fifth, and sixth equal, and longest. Tard

EEE Oe eee

Mr, Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology. 169

lengthened, and graduated. Feet rather long; anterior scales
of the tarsi five, unequal ; lateral scales entire.
Types. Le Capolier. Le Vaill. Ois. d’Afr. pl. 130, f. 1.
La queue gazee. Id. f. 2.

The Rousse téte (pl. 124) and the Pinc-pinc (pl. 131), of the
same author, appear to be aberrant species of this group, which is
numerous in Africa, and may probably extend to India. It meets
the Australian group of Malurus; from which, however, it is
easily known by the gradual curve of the culmen—by the upper
mandible not being notched—by the anterior scales being divided
instead of entire ; and by the nostrils being destitute of feathers.
From Dasyornis it is separated by the great difference in the
strength of the bill; strong in one and feeble in the other; as
well as by the construction of the wings.

Sub-family Silviana.

-+SYLVICOLA.

Rostrum gracile, acutum, leviter emarginatum.

Ale longiuscule, attenuate ; remige prima secundé vix breviore,
secunda et tertid longissimis.

Cauda mediocris, equalis.

Pedes mediocres ; tarsorum squamis anterioribus 4 inequalibus,
lateralibus integris.

Bill slender, acute, slightly notched. Wings rather long, pointed,
the first quill scarcely shorter than the second and third, which
are the longest. Tail moderate, even. Legs slender, anterior
scales four, unequal ; lateral scale entire.

Type. Sylvia pusilla. Wilson, 4. pl. 28. f. 3.

This genus, which will comprise exclusively the greatest part
of the Sylvie of North America, is strictly typical. The forma-
tion of the wing affords an unerring mark of distinction. The
nearest approach I have yet seen towards this extensive group is

170 Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology.

made by another, which has just been characterized by Mr, Vigors
and Dr. Horsfield, under the name of Zosterops. It is found
both in Africa, India, and Australia.

~VERMIVORA. Wilson.

Rostrum gracile, conicum, acutum, integrum.
Ale longiuscule, attenuate, remigibus 1mé et 244 sub-aqualibus.
Cauda wqualis.

Pedes pallidi.

Bill slender, covic, acute, entire. Wings rather long, pointed,
the first and second quill nearly equal. Tél even. eet pale.
Type. Sylvia vermivora. Wilson, 3. pl. 24, f. 4.

The habits of this group have been minutely described by
Wilson, I have therefore merely defined the external characters
from the type he has proposed.

HYLIOTA.

Rostrum longiusculum, compressum ; culmine leviter arcuato ;
gonyde subascendente ; naribus membranaceis, nudis, apertura
oblonga.

Ale mediocres, subattenuate ; remige 1é brevissima, vel spurid,
Qdé et 7mé ceequalibus, 3tia, At4 et 5té fere eequalibus, longissimis.

Cauda lata, breviuscula, equalis.

Bill rather lengthened, compressed; culmen slightly arched,
gonys somewhat ascending ; nostrils membranaceous, naked, the
aperture oblong. Wings moderate, rather pointed ; the first
quill very short, or spurious, second and seventh equal, third,
fourth and fifth nearly equal, aud longest. Tal broad, rather
short, and equal.

I cannot, with any certainty, cite a published species as typical
ofthis genus. Yet, from the construction of the wing, I have no
doubt that it belongs either to Africa or India.

— = i

Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology. 171

~SEIURUS.

Rostrum breve, compressum, rectum, emarginatum ; gonyde sub-
ascendente.

Ale longiuscule, remigibus 1™4 et 3tié equalibus, 244 longissima.

Cauda equalis.

Pedes mediocres, pallidi, tarsorum squamis fere integris.

Bill short, compressed, pointed, emarginate, gonyx sub ascending ,
Wings rather long, the first and third quill equal, the second
longest. Taileven. Feet pale, the scales nearly entire.

Type. Turdus aurocapilla. Wilson, 2. pl. 14, f. 2.

The economy of this bird, notwithstanding its general similitude
in plumage to the Merulide, is much more in unison with the
Sylviade. Its manners, circumstantially described by Wilson,
will place it between the Syloiana and Motacillina. There are
several other species, mixed among the Warblers and Thrushes of
Pennant and Latham.

Sub-family Saxicolina.

* Rostrum longiusculum compressum ; culmine leviter arcuato,
rictu imberbi.

CAMPICOLA.

Rostrum compressum, basi depressa.

Ale mediocres ; remige 14 brevissimd, 2dé et 7mé wqualibus, 3tia,
Ati, et 51a wqualibus, longissimis.

Cauda wqualis.

Pedes graciles, tarsorum squamis integris.

Bill compressed, the base depressed. Wings moderate, the first
quill very short, the second and seventh equal; third, fourth,
and fifth equal, and longest. Tail even. Legs slender, scales
of the tarsi not divided.

Type. Le Traquet Imitateur. Le Vaill. Ois. d’Afr. pl. 181.

172 Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology.

I believe this form is peculiar to Africa: several new species
have been discovered in that country by my valued friend Mr.
Burchell, now engaged in exploring the Forests of Matto Grosso,
and the Cordelleras of Peru.

** Rostrum breve, rectum, depressum, culmine subrecto, rictu
barbato.

—~FLUVICOLA.

Ale elongate, remigibus 2d4 et 3tid equalibus, longissimis.

Cauda mediocris, subrotundata.

Pedes graciles, tarsorum squamis anterioribus divisis, lateralibus
obsoletis.

Wings elongated ; the second and third quill equal and longest.
Tail moderate, slightly rounded. Legs slender; anterior
scales of the tarsi divided, lateral scales obsolete.

I cannot with any certainty, quote a typical example of this
new form, of which I possess two distinct species from Brazil.

SAXICOLA. Bechst.

Ale breviuscule ; remige 14 bresi, 244, 3tid, 4td, 5td, et 6rd
equalibus, longissimis.

Cauda rotundata. ‘

Pedes longi, graciles, tarsorum squamis omnibus integris.

Wings rather short ; the first quill short, the third, fourth, fifth,
and sixth equal, and longest. Tal rounded. Legs long,
slender; all the scales of the tarsi entire.

Type. Motacilla rubecola. Linn.

This type occurs both in Europe and Africa.

Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology. 173

~SIALIA.

Rostrum breve, basi depressum, lateribus compressis ; culmine
subelevato; nuribus plumulis setuceis oblectis ; rictu lato, sub-
barbato.

Ale elongate; remige 1™4 spurid, brevissimd, 24a et 4té fere
equalibus, 3 longissimd.

Cauda subfurcata.

Pedes breviusculi, subfortes; tarsorum squamis lateralibus integris.

Bill short, the base depressed, the sides compressed, culmen
slightly elevated: nostrils partly hid by setaceous feathers:
mouth wide, and slightly bearded. Wings elongated, the first
quill very small; the second nearly equal to the fourth, the
third longest. T'ai/slightly forked. Legs rather short, robust;
lateral scales of the tarsi entire.

Type. Sylvia Sialia. Wilson, 1. pl. 2. f. 3. (Sialia Wilsonii. Sw.)

The habits and economy of this bird are so peculiar, and unite
the characteristics of so many different families, that its natural
affinities are extremely doubtful. Its frugivorous habits, however,
have induced me, for the present, to place it at the confines of the
Thrushes. Its true situation I consider as one of the most inte-
resting points in the study of natural aflinities.*

Family Pipride.
+ PIPRAEIDEA.

Rostrum ut in genere Piprd.

Ale elongate, remigibus 1, 244 et 3tii fere equalibus, longis-
simis.

Cauda mediocris, fere equalis.

Pedes breves, subjortes ; digito exteriore medio ad basin con-
juncto: tarsorum squamis anterioribus divisis, lateralibus integris.

Bill as in Pipra. Wings long, the first, second, and third quills
nearly equal and longest. Twit moderate, nearly even. eet

* [have recently received another beautiful species from Mexico,

174 Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology.

short, rather strong; the outer toe connected to the middle
toe at the base; anterior scales of the tarsi divided, lateral
scales entire.

Type. P. cyanea.

P. Cyanea, subtus pallidée fuloa; fronte, capitis lateribus, auri-
busque nigris ; occipite uropygivque azureis.
Habitat in Brasilia.

One specimen of this beautiful bird occurs in a fine collection,
recently sent to me from the interior of Brazil by Dr. Langsdorff.
This enthusiastic Naturalist is now traversing the inland provinces
of that vast empire, by command of the Emperor of Russia. He
has done me the honour to request [ will publish his Ornithological
discoveries ; and the portion he has already sent for that purpose,
enables me to say they are very important.

PACHYCEPHALA.

Caput magnum.

Rostrum breve, forte, crassum, compressum, fortiter emargi-
natum ; gonyde ascendente ; culmine arcuato ; naribus plu-
mulis setaceis obtectis ; rictu barbato.

Ale mediocres, sub-rotundate, remige 14 brevissimd, 244 et 3tia
gradatis, 44, 5t4, et 6!4 fere equalibus, longissimis, 7"4 et 344
aqualibus.

Cauda longiuscula, equalis.

Pedes subfortes, mediocres ; tarsorum squamis lateralibus integris.

- Head \arge. Bill short, strong, thick, compressed, strongly
notched; gonys ascending ; culmen arched; nostrils concealed
by small setaceous feathers; mouth bearded. Wings mode-
rate, slightly rounded ; first quill generally very short, second
and third graduated, fourth, fifth, and sixth, nearly equal and
longest; seventh and third equal. Tail rather lengthened,
equal. Feet strong, moderate, lateral scales of the tarsi entire.

Type. P.fusca. Vig. and Horsf,

Dr. Johnston’s Contributions to the British Fauna. 175

The natural situation of this genus will entirely depend upon
the nature of its food and economy, both of which appear to be
unknown. The bill seems to indicate a habit purely insectivorous.
I possess seven or eight species, all from New Holland.

[ To be concluded in the next Number. | 343

Art. XVI. Contributions to the British Fauna. By
Grorce Jounston, M.D., Fellow of the Royal College
of Surgeons of Edinburgh.

I susmir these contributions to the public with considerable
diflidence. Our general systematic catalogues, such as those of
Pennant, Turton, and Stewart, give a very imperfect view of even
the present state of knowledge concerning the Invertebrate Ani-
mals of Britain; and the great price of most of the works limited
to the elucidation of particular families or classes, puts them
beyond my reach. It may seem, therefore, that [ am scarcely
entitled to come forward as a contributor to a Fauna, of the ex-
tent of which I acknowledge myself ignorant. But, in this coun-
try, systematic Zoology has probably suffered more from the back-
wardness of its friends in publishing their discoveries, than even
from the multiplicity and perplexity of synonymes. Were it not
so, our Fauna would not, surely, at this time, be in such a defec-
tive and imperfect state, that no sooner does the student enter
upon the investigation of the inferior classes, than he is perplexed
with the crowd of animals which present themselves, either
wholly unknown, or, if known, scarcely to be recognised in the
descriptions which have been given. Anxious to add what little
assistance I can to the completion of a work so desirable and
needful as a British Fauna, I shall run the risk of being blamed
for describing as rare that which is common, and as new that
which is well known, rather than that those species which I con-
sider new should be left longer undescribed : and my descriptions
I trust will be found sufliciently minute, though they affect not

176 Dr. Johnston’s Contributions to the British Fauna.

the precision of a Monograph, to enable any one conversant with
the subject, to determine, whether the objects I present him are
already familiar to naturalists or not.

Class. CrusvTacea.

Order. Hereroprancutia.
Lamarck.
Sect. AMPHIPODA,

Gen. GamMaAkus.

1. GAM. MACULATUS.

Desc. Body six lines long, smooth, glossy; back dusky with
a faint yellow band across each segment, and a row of yellow
spots along each side, most conspicuous on the posterior half of
the body; sides lighter-coloured, faintly marked with yellow.
Antenne transparent. unspotted, ciliated with long hairs ; superior
longest ; basilar joint shorter than the second or third. The seta
is one half the length of the last joint. Eyes large, oblong, run-
ning backwards, and having the appearance rather of a blotch of
a fine red colour than of eyes. Arms alike, with oval dilated mono-
dactyle hands, hairy, particularly on their inner margin. Lege
white, monodactyle, armed with bristles.

Hab. Sea coast near Berwick, rare.

Obs. The specimen from which the above description was
taken, was found amongst some corallines dredged from deep
water. It belongs to Leach’s restricted genus Gammarus, of
which he has described four species. ‘Three of these are well
known tome. His G. aquaticus is common here, as every where
else, in our wells and ditches; the G. docusta swarms in the
pools left on the recess of the tide ; and the G. marinus, remark-
able by its strongly ridged back, is frequently taken here, in
great abundance, in the baskets used for catching crabs. Our
animal is quite distinct from any of these, nor can it be the
G. Camylops, which I have not seen, for that is characterized
by having ‘ flexuous eyes,” a character not in the least applicable
to our G. maculatus.

Gammarus punclatus. 177
2. Gam. PUNCTATUS.

Desc. Body eight lines long, smooth, olive-green, when dead
changing to a sand-colour, speckled, particularly on the sides, with
minute black dots, and marked on the back with numerous deeply
impressed punctures. -dntenne stained or annulated with brown;
superior nearly as long as the body, the third joint much shorter
than the two preceding, the last very long, and armed at each
articulation with a whorl of bristles; inferior thicker and shorter
than the superior, with the basilar joint shorter than the second
or third. Eyes round, brown, placed between the antenne ; after
death they become red. Arms with large, nearly equal, ovate-
oblong hands, monodactyle, ciliated on their inner margins. A
deep semilunar fissure between the wrist and hand, and between
the wrist and preceding joint of the first pair; the hand of the
second pair with an obsolete tooth, and the fissures less obvious.
Claws conical, sharp, aduncous. Legs monodactyle, nearly of the
colour of the body, hairy; the hairs of the two short pairs being
generally distributed, those of the three longer pairs collected into
little fascicules about the joints. Caudal processes three pairs, bifid,
with short branches,—the third pair terminal, conical, and very
short.

Hab. Amongst conferve in pools left by the tide, very com-
mon near Berwick.

Obs. In the arrangement of Dr. Leach this is an Ampithoe.
He describes one species, the Cancer Gammarus rubricatus of
Montagu, (Linn. Trans. ix. 99. tab. v. fig. 1.) which differs from
ours in the following particulars :—it is of a “‘ reddish, or pale
pink” colour; the eyes are crimson, in ours brown, and so dark
that if not attentively examined they might be pronounced black ;
the hands have no notch or fissure between their articulations ;
and, if Montagu’s figure be correct, the oujline of the body is
different. Moreover, in the description, Montagu makes no men-
tion of the punctures on the dorsal portion of the segments, @
character not likely to have escaped the notice of that excellent
naturalist.

Vor. IIL. M

178 Dr. Johnston’s Contributions to the British Fauna.
3. GAM. DUBIUS.

Desc. Body between two and three lines long, smooth, cor-
neous, when dead becoming yellowish-brown, marked across the
back with afew red lines. Antenne rather more than one half
the length of the body, slender; nearly equal, armed with very
short weak spines; basilar joint of the superior longer than the
second or third, which indeed might with as great propriety be reck-
oned amongst the articulations of the last joint as distinct joints ;
basilar joint of the inferior shorter than the succeeding. Eyes
black, roundish, placed at the base of the antenne. Arms with
nearly equal hands, monodactyle, oblong, not much dilated, and
sparingly ciliated. They very much resemble those of the pre-
ceding species in their form, but are rather smaller in proportion
to the body. Legs spiny, spines not collected into fascicules, but
distributed along the whole member, and both the short anterior
and long posterior legs are similar in this respect, monodactyle.
Natatory fins long, divided, and beautifully ciliated. Caudal
processes three pairs, long; with aciculate branches. ‘Two rather
long conical spinous processes terminate the tail, and above these
are two much smaller papille.

Hab. Amongst conferve in pools left by the tide, not rare
near Berwick.

Obs. I find from notes taken several years since, that I then
considered this species synonymous with the Pherusa fucicola of
Leach, but on a more attentive examination I am inclined to con-
sider them not only as distinct, but perhaps scarcely pertaining
to the same genus, if genera are to be established on such charac-
ters as that distinguished naturalist seems to think sufficient. In
the figure of the Pherusa fucicola given in the Supplement to the
Encyclopedia Britannica, the second joint of the superior antennz
is represented as elongated, the first pair of feet or arms filiform
without any hand, and the hand of the second pair oval with a
very small claw. There is also a considerable difference about
the tail, the Pherusa having no terminal conical processes. Other
distinctions might be mentioned, but those already specified seem
of as higha value as many of those which divide the genera of

“Gammarus dubius & G. nolens. 179

Dr. Leach. i must confess I can see no necessity or propriety
in generically separating animals similar in habits, and, so far as
we know, in structure: and at all events the attempt seems pre-
mature, as our acquaintance with the species is as yet too limited
to enable us to appreciate the rank and value of the respective
characters.

4. Gam. NOLENS.

Drsc. Body about three or four lines long, not much com-
- pressed, smooth, corneous, red after death. Antenne not more
than one-third the length of the body, slender, tapered, witha
whorl of short spines at each articulation : superior shortest, three«
jointed, all the joints short: inferior four-jointed, basilar joint
shorter than the second or third. Eyes black, roundish, placed
at the base of the antennae, not marginal. Arms monodactyle 5
first pair with a small hand; the second with the hand more
dilated, hairy on their inner margins. Legs monodactyle, spi-
nous; spines not collected into fascicules, with the exception of
the little bunch of hairs at the foot of the claws, which seems com-
mon to the genus. Caudal processes two pairs, with the branches
mucronate. Tail short, smooth and simple above, terminating in
a papilla, but without terminal processes.

Hab. Amongst conferve, not rare.

Obs. ‘To the preceding species I gave the specific appellation
dubius, since it seemed doubtful to which of the genera of Dr.
Leach it ought to be referred; this | have named nolens, as it
will arrange with none of them. It seems allied to the Gam-
marus monoculoides (Linn. Trans. xi. 5. tab. ii. fig. 3.) of Mr.
Montagu.

I have carefully compared the species just described with those
of Montagu in the 7th, 9th, and 11th volumes of the Linnean
Transactions; and with those of Dr. Leach in the Edinburgh
Encyclopedia, in the Supplement to the Encyclopedia Britan-
nica, and in the Entomologist’s Useful Compendium of Mr.
Samouelle, and I entertain no doubt of their being perfectly dis-
tinct from any known to those eminent naturalists. With the
exception of the G. maculatus, of which I have seen a single

mM 2

180 Dr. Johnston’s Contributions to the British Fauna.

specimen only, the others are neither of them rare, and there is no
reason to believe that they are confined to this neighbourhood,
but the similarity in their external form and habits has probably
occasioned them to be confounded together, and with others
better known.

An enumeration of such other species of this family as have
been detected in this neighbourhood, may, perhaps, prove not
uninteresting to the British Zoologist, as illustrative of the distri-
bution of our native animals. The Tulitrus Locusta and Orchestia
littorea of Leach are both very common. ‘lhe former affects our
sandy shores, the latter gravelly and clayey places at the sides of
our river, nor have I observed the species intermixed. The
Mera grossimana and Jassa pulchella of the same author, are
neither of them rare; and the Gam. monoculoides of Montagu
occurs abundantly. ‘The arms of this species have dilated ovate
hands, the second pair larger than those of the first, and we pre-~
sume no doubt can exist of its being a true member of the family.
The Corophium longicorne is common, during the Autumnal
months, in pools of brackish water, left at the sides of the river,
on the recess of the tide. Along with it we find, in great pro-
fusion, a species of Sphwroma which seems little known, It is
probably the S. rugicauda of Dr. Leach, but as I have some
doubts on the subject, and as he has given no detailed description
of his species, I may be excused for adding the following :

SPHHZROMA RUGICAUDA?

Leach, Linn. Trans. xi. p. 369. Edin. Encyclop. vii. p. 405.
433.

Desc. Body rather more than the third of an inch in length,
of a cimereous colour varying a good deal in its intensity, minutely
speckled with black dots, often marked with a light-coloured band
down the back. The whole body is granulated, the granulations
of the caudal segment rather larger than those of the segments of
the body. Four antenne seated ona peduncle in front of the
head, tapered, four-jointed, the last joint composed of numerous
small articulations, with a whorl of short hairs at the origin of
each. ‘The internal antenne@ are about one-half the length of the

Mr. Yarrell on the Anatomy of Birds of Prey. 181

external. The head is narrower than the following segment, and
on each side are the black reticulated prominent eyes, which do
not touch the external margin, and are not perfectly round in
their circle. The segments of the body are short, transverse, con-
vex, and nearly equal, those towards the tail being rather the
narrowest. They are seven in number, and bear each a pair of
legs. These are six-jointed, and the tarsal joint is armed with a
stout claw and a smaller inner one. The two first joints are
nearly equal, the third and fourth are shorter, while the two
succeeding are again a little lengthened. ‘The inner surface of
the whole, except the first, is clothed with short soft hairs; a
tuft of hairs is placed on the middle of the external side of the
second joint, another at the base of the third, and a few hairs at
the base of the fourth. The ¢ai/ consists of one large segment,
rounded behind, obliquely truncated at the sides. The lamelle
of the caudal bifid process are equal, of a linear oval shape, neither
ciliated nor serrated. The animal swims with considerable
velocity, and often on its back. It contracts itself into a ball
when alarmed; and it can live a considerable time out of the
water. It agrees in almost every respect with the description of
the S. rugicauda given by Dr. Leach, with this exception ;—in it
the body is said to be smooth, in ours it is granulated; and per-
haps the term rough, which is applied to the rugicauda, may not
be synonymous with granulated, which more properly character-
izes the species we have attempted to describe.

Berwick, Augusi 12, 1826.

Art. XVII. Some Observations on the Anatomy of the

British Birds of Prey. By Wiv11aAM Yanrre tt, Esq.

F.L.S.
[To the Conductors of the Zoological Journal. }

GENTLEMEN,

Ir the following remarks on some peculiarities observable in
the species of the first two genera of British Birds, have sufficient
novelty to recommend them to a place in your Journal, they are

182 Mr. Yarrell on the Anatomy of Birds of Prey.

entirely at your service. They are the result of observations
founded, and notes taken, during an examination of the bodies of
most of the British Birds of prey, including some of very rare
occurrence.

In commencing these observations, however, I confess, without
reserve, my want of anatomical knowledge to do justice to so in-
teresting a subject, and therefore the more readily consign them to
your better judgment, to be altered or curtailed as their various
imperfections may require.

The skeletons of birds exhibit considerable resemblance to the
bony structure of the Mammalia. The principal differences are—

A cranium that has no real sutures.

An upper jaw that does move.

Two pairs of extra bones in the head.

A single occipital condyle.

More than seven cervical vertebre.

Motionless dorsal vertebre.

Clavicles constant, and an os furcatorius or furcula in all those
birds exercising the power of flight.

The power of flight is one of the decided marks of the distinct
organization of this class, and as one division of the first genus
Falco appears to possess this power in the highest degree of per-
fection of which it is susceptible, I shall briefly consider the con-
ditions necessary to produce this power in its fullest extent. These
are, large and powerful pectoral muscles; great extent of sur-
face, as well as peculiarity of form in the wing; and feathers
of firm texture, strong in the shaft, with the filaments of the plume
arranged and connected to resist pressure from below.

A certain degree of specific gravity is necessarily imparted by
large pectoral muscles, and the power of these muscles may be
estimated by the breadth of the sternum and the depth of its keel,
as affording extent of surface for the attachment of the large
muscle by which the wing is depressed. As an illustration of
this form the breast bone of the Peregrine Falcon (Falco Peregri-
nus) is represented Plate VI. No. 1, of the natural size, which ex-
hibits the breadth of the sternum, the depth of the keel, as well as
the strength of the clavicles; aud the power of flight peculiar to

Genus Falco. 183

all the species of true falcons is still further illustrated by the
form and substance of the os furcatorius, which is circular, broad,
and strong, affording a permanent support to the shoulders. That
the long and acuminated form of the wing in the true falcons,
witheach feather narrow, firm in consistence, the second the longest,
and all gradually tapering to a point, is also best adapted for
rapidity of motion, may be inferred from the examples in the
various species of the genera Hirundo, Scolopax, Tringa, Chara-
drius, Procellaria, Sterna, &c.; but that extent of surface, and
this peculiarity of form in the wing, are not in themselves suffi-
cient alone to afford rapid flight, is proved in the genus Larus, the
species of which, though capable of exercising their immense pin-
ions with graceful ease for hours in succession, without any apparent
lassitude, are still incapable of rapid flight, for want of strong
pectoral muscles, and their consequent specific gravity. The nu-
merous examples also furnished by the Gallinaceous tribe suffici-
ently evince, that immense pectoral muscles are _ insufficient
when coupled with a small round wing, and afford but a short
flight, sustained with great labour, rapid in a small proportion
only to the strength and repetition of the impulse, and accom-
panied by a vibration too well known to need further remark. So
material also is the perfection of the feather in the genus Falco,
that when any of those of the wing or tail are broken, the flight
of the bird is so injured that falconers find it necessary to repair
them. For this purpose they are always provided with both
pinion and tail feathers accurately numbered, and the mode of
uniting the more perfect feather to the injured stump is described
in Sir John Sebright’s excellent observations on hawking.

It is difficult to estimate the comparative rapidity of flight in
different birds, and our pigeons may appear to possess this advan-
tage in a degree little inferior to the true Falcons, but these
birds are deficient in natural courage, and are unable under cer-
tain circumstances, to avail themselves of those powers with
which they are gifted: to these examples others might be added,
and the impression produced by the threatened attack of a power-
ful enemy is not confined to birds.

The bodies of all the species of true Falcons, when denuded of

184 Mr. Yarrell on the Anatomy of Birds of Prey.

their feathers, are triangular in form, broad at the shoulders and
tapering gradually to the tail, the muscles of the thighs and legs
of great size; but these characters are less prominent in the hawks,
the bodies of which are more lengthened, the legs long and
slender, the pectoral muscles smaller, the wing rounded in form,
the fourth feather the longest, the wing primaries broad in the
middle, the inner webs overlapping the feather next in succession,
and emarginated towards the end. These two divisions of the
genus Falco, although the latter are unequal to the former in
powers, are remarkable for their bold character and rapid flight,
their invariable mode of striking their prey on the wing, as well
as the instinctive knowledge by which they are directed to de-
stroy life, attacking the most vital part, and penetrating the brain
with their sharp hooked beak, either by one of the orbits where the
bone is very thin, or at the junction of the cervical vertebre with
the occiput.

On comparing the bones of our two British Eagles, the greater
power of flight appears to belong to the Adbicilla, that of prehen-
sion to the Golden Eagle, but both exhibit various indications of
great strength.

By an extended examination of the different species of Buzzards
and Harriers, it will be found, that the characters described as
necessary to produce rapid motion, decline gradually. The ster-
num decreases in size, the keel loses part of its depth, the clavicles
and furcula become more slight, while the form of the cranium,
the loose ruffled feathers of the neck, as well as the general downy
texture of the plumage, indicate the approach to the genus next in
succession. Of the bones of the different species of the genus
Falco, generally, it may be added, that they are remarkable for
their strength, such as are cylindrical being furnished with nume-
rous transverse hony processes within the tubes, and the distriba-
tion of air throughout their internal cavities. The humerus is
supplied with air through several orifices upon its inner and upper
surface, and some difference will be found in the angle at which
this bone is articulated with the clavicle to accomplish the ascend-
ing flight of the skylark, in contradistinction to the precipitous
horizontal direction of the Faleons. The thigh bone is also sup-

Genus Falco. 185

plied with air by an orifice at the situation which answers to the
front of the great trochanter, the large bones forming the pelvis,
the vertebra, sternum, furcula, clavicles, scapule, and even the
ribs, are all furnished with apertures for the admission of air,
supplied from the various cells of the abdomen, sides, and thorax.
This distribution of air to the bones does not seem however to be
absolutely necessary for flight, since the young birds of our sum-
mer visitors appear to perform their first autumnal migration with
perfect ease and celerity, at an age when the cavities of their
bones are filled with marrow. |

The various characters of the feet are too obvious to require
particular notice.

The extraordinary powers of vision which birds are known to
exercise beyond any other class of animals, are in no genus more
conspicuous than in that of Falco. Their destination, elevating
themselves as they occasionally do into the highest regions, and
the power required of perceiving objects at very different dis-
tances, and in various directions, as well as the rapidity of their
flight, seem to render such a provision necessary. The eyes of
birds are much larger in proportion than those of quadrupeds, and
exhibit also two other peculiarities. The one is the marsupium,
a delicate membrane arising at the bottom of the eye, and termi-
nating at or near the edge of the crystalline lens: the other is
a ring of thin bony plates, enveloped by the sclerotic coat.
Comparative anatomists do not seem to be agreed as to the
means by which birds obtain their power of vision, whether by
an alteration in the form or situation of the crystalline lens, or
by both, either or both of which, the greater quantity of aque-
ous humour which birds are known to possess, would seem to
facilitate. The existence of a muscle attached to the inner sur-
face of the bony hoop of the sclerotica, and inserted by a tendi-
nous ring into the internal surface of the cornea, as shewn by Mr.
Crampton,* by which the convexity of the cornea may be altered,
gives a still greater scope of action, since with two, or at the ut-
most three varieties of powers, the sphere of distinct vision may be
indefinitely extended. Whether the five species called the

* Annals of Philosophy for March, 1813.

186 Mr. Yarrell on the Anatomy of Birds of Prey.

true Falcons, possess, with their exclusive rapidity of flight, any
power of vision beyond their generic companions, would be difli-
cult to ascertain; but it may, while on this subject, be worthy of
remark, that the irides of the Gyrfalcon, Peregrine, Hobby, Mer-
lin and Kestril, are hazel brown, or still darker, while those of all
the hawks, buzzards, harriers and kites, are of various shades of
yellow. I refer only to adult birds, and do not remember a
single exception. A representation of the bony ring and crystal-
line lens of the Golden Eagle is here given, as shewing the gene-
ral form of these parts in the genus Falco, and as a contrast to the
shape of the same parts in the genus S¢rix, to be hereafter des-
cribed. The number of bony plates forming this circle in the
Golden Eagle is fifteen, in the White-tailed Eagle there are but
fourteen.

The trachea in the different species of the genus Falco, exhibits
none of those peculiarities of form observable in the species of some
other genera. It is composed of two membranes enclosing between
them numerous bony rings, forming a tube more or less perfect
from end to end. ‘These bony rings are strong and compressed.
The point of divarication, the cross-bone and bronchi, consti-
tuting together the inferior larynx, are of the most common form,
having but one pair of muscles attached; and the voice, though
powerful, possesses, as might be expected, but little variation.
The cesophagus offers nothing peculiar beyond that of other birds,
not possessing the power of minutely dividing their food. It is
plicated lengthways, allowing great extension, and its separation®
from the stomach is marked by a zone of gastric glands.

The stomach in birds exhibits every gradation which the various
qualities of their food might seem to require, from the thin mem-
branous pouch of the bird of prey, to the true muscular gizzard of
the Gallinaceous tribe and others. Of the nature of the gastric
fluid, and its effects on various substances in different animals, the
experiments of Spallanzani have thrown considerable light, but
the subject is far from being exhausted.

An opportunity which occurred to me of observing the castings
or pellets of some eagles, which had been occasionally fed with
dead pigeons, shewed, that the vegetable food, peas, wheat, and

Genus Strix. 187

barley, which had been swallowed by these birds of prey, en-
closed within the crops of the pigeons, remained entire, but some-
what enlarged and softened by heat and moisture ; no part of the
bones remained. ‘The intestines of birds of this genus are short
and large, but the Osprey (F'. Haliaétus) forms an exception to
this rule. To the thin membranous stomach of this bird, there
is attached an intestinal canal measuring ten feet eight inches in
length, and in some parts scarcely exceeding a crow-quill in size.
This instance may therefore be cited as an example of an animal
possessing a carnivorous stomach with a herbivorous intestine.
The canal in most of the species of this genus, being, in length,
compared with that of the bird itself, as three to one, but in the
Osprey it is as eight to one.

In the Otter the intestinal canal is very long, equal in size, and
without cecal appendage. In the Seal the intestines are also
long, with a small cecum ; may it not therefore be concluded that
the small quantity of nutriment which fish, as an article of food,
is known to aflord, renders this extent of canal necessary in
order that every portion may be extracted? The cecal appen-
dages in birds yary in length from one inch to twenty-four, and
nature, as if to mark the uniformity of her plan, gives minute
rudiments of these vermiform appearances even to birds of the
most decided carnivorous habits.

Proceeding to the species of the genus Strix, their characters
will be found as opposite to those of the true Falcons as their
habits. The body stripped of its feathers has some resemblance
to the triangular form of the diurnal birds of prey, but the pec-
toral muscles are small, the sternum, keel and clavicles diminished
in size and strength, and the furcula, which in the Falcons is circu-
lar, broad, and strong, will be found in all the species of owls to be
angular, slender and weak. ‘The sternum marked No. 2, is a
representation of that part in a Wood-Owl (S. S¢ridula) which
weighed nineteen ounces ; the sternum before referred to No. 1, as
that of the Peregrine Falcon (F'. Peregrinus) was from a male bird
weighing twenty-three ounces; both are figured of the natural
size, and the disproportion in extent of surface and power, will be
immediately apparent. From the loose and soft nature of the

188 Mr. Yarrell on the Anatomy of Birds of Prey.

plumage in owls, as well as their deficiency in muscle and bone,
rapid flight is denied them as useless, if not dangerous, from the
state of the atmosphere at the time they are destined to seek their
food ; but they are recompensed for this loss, partly by their
acute sense of hearing, from an extension of the posterior edge
of the cranium forming a conch, coupled with a very large
external orifice ; and partly by the beautifully serrated exterior
edge of the wing primaries, which, allowing them to range without
noise through the air, enables them to approach unheard ; and the
unsuspecting victim falls an easy prey to the silent flight and
piercing eye of an inveterate enemy. Some increase and varia-
tion will be found in the strength and form of such of the owls as
depart from the type of the true noctarnal bird. In the snowy
and short-eared owls, which are described as occasionally seeking
their food by day, the furcula is stronger and less angular in
proportion than in the wood and barn owls.

The external convex form of the bony ring in the Golden Eagle,
will be found to extend through all the species of every genus of
British Birds, except the owls, in all of which it is concave. The
bony ring of the Snowy Owl (S. Nyctea) is represented of the na~
tural size, and the fifteen plates forming the circle, are considerably
lengthened. The transparent cornea being placed as it were at
the end of a tube, is thus carried forward beyond the intervention
of the loose and downy feathers of the head. It is this position
of the eyes, giving a particular fullness and breadth to the head,
which has gained for the ow! the intellectual character universally
awarded to it. In other birds the position of the eyes is much
more lateral.

The crystalline lens of the Snowy Owl is also contrasted with the
same part in the Golden Eagle. The extent of vision enjoyed by
the Falcons is probably denied to the owls, but their more sphe-
rical lens and corresponding cornea give them an intensity better
suited to the opacity of the medium in which they are required to
exercise this power. They may be compared to a person near-
sighted, who sees objects with superior magnitude and _ brilliancy
when within the prescribed limits of his natural powers of vision,
from the increased angle these objects subtend.

Genus Strix, &c. 189

The trachea of the different species of owls so nearly resembles
the same part in the falcons, as to make a separate description
unnecessary, and the same may be said generally of the esophagus,
stomach, and intestines, as the similarity of food would appear to
require. The contents of the stomach have always been a subject
of examination, but their usual food being known, I have but to
add, that the short-eared ow! (S. Brachyotos) is the only bird of
prey in which I ever found the remains of a bat. In the species
of the genus Strix, the two cecal appendages will be found con-
siderably developed ; in the barn owl (8. Flammea) as well as in
the short-eared owl, they are small at their origin, afterwards di-
lated, and each one inch and three-quarters in length.

I am, Gentlemen,

Yours, &c.

Witiram YARRELL.
Ryder Street, Oct. 1826.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE VI.

No. 1. Breast bone of the Peregrine Falcon.
a, the sternum; b, the keel;
c, the furcula, d, d, the clavicles ;
e, scapula broken off.
No. 2. Breast bone of a Wood Owl.
3. Bony ring of a Golden Eagle.
4. Crystalline lens of the same bird ;
a, the anterior surface, somewhat less convex than
the posterior one.
5. Bony ring of a Snowy Owl.
6. Crystalline lens of the same bird ;
a, the anterior surface, also less convex.

Nos. 3 and 5. These circles seem admirably adapted to afford
support to the soft parts of the globe of the eye; the orbits in birds
being less perfectly defined, generally, than in most other animals.

190 Dr, Turton on the Genus Lacuna.

Ant. XVIII. On the Genus Lacuna. By Dr. Turton,

In the Conchological Dictionary the subjects of this family
were first collected together, and formed a division of the genus
Turbo. From the Turbo however, as it is defined by Lamarck,
they so materially differ in many circumstances, as to form of
themselves a truly new and characteristic genus. None of them,
we believe, were known to Linne, or the above illustrious author.
Their essential differences from the Turbo are, 1. They are of a
thin, and generally of a semi-transparent substance; 2. They
are clothed with an epidermis or thin outer skin; 3. There isa
groove along the pillar, terminating in a cavity at the upper end.
This last mark is to be found only in this and the genus Edurna,
which are of entirely distinct divisions; the Hburna is sarcopha-
gous, and marked by a notch or reflexure at the base of the
aperture. The Lacuna is phytophagous, with the base of the
aperture entire. All the species are found feeding on Fuci.

Testa tenuis, conoidea vel subglobosa, epidermide induta. Aper-
tura integra, rotundato-ovata; labiis superné disjunctis.
Columella planulata, sulco longitudinali superné in umbi-
licum desinente. Operculum corneum.

Shell thin, conoid or somewhat globular, clothed with an epider-
mis. Aperture entire, roundish or oval, with the lips disunited
at top. Pillar flattened, with a longitudinal groove which
terminates at the upper end in an umbilicus. Operculum
horny.

* Spird laterali, vix productd.
Spire lateral, very slightly produced.

1. L. pallidula, testé semiovatd, flavescenti-corned: spird trun-
cata: aperturd dilatata, subangulatd.

Shell semioval, yellowish horn-colour: spire truncate: aperture
dilated, somewhat angular.
Nerita pallidula. Da Costa, t. 4. f. 4. Donovan, t. 16.f. 1.
Montagu, p. 468.

Dr. Turton on the Genus Lacuna. 191

Turbo pallidulus. Turton, Dict. p. 192.

The spire of this species is quite flattened, consisting of three or
four well-defined volutions ; and the aperture has a rather
square outline.

2. L. Montacuti, testa subglobosd, semipellucidd, efusciatd: spiré
subproductd : apertura rotundata.

Shell somewhat globular, semitransparent, without bands: spire
slightly produced: aperture rounded.
Helix Lacuna, Montagu, 428. t. 13. f. 6.

When deprived of its brown epidermis it is white in colour, or

shews various shades of purple or red, but always without
bands.

3. L. Puteolus, testé semioblongd, obliqud, purpured, fusciis
tribus obscurioribus: apertura ovali-rotundatd.

Shell roundish-oblong, oblique, purple with three deeper bands :
aperture roundish or oval.

Cochlea parva, Da Costa, 85. t. 8. f. 12.

Helix Lacuna, var. Montagu, 429.

Nerita rufa, Dors. Cat. t 14. f. 12.

Montagu, Supp. 151.

Turbo Puteolus, Turt. Dict. 193.

Shell much thicker than the last, always marked with three dark
bands, and when full grown has the larger volution conside-
rably produced obliquely.

** Spira productd, conoided.
Spire produced, more or less conoid.

4. L. quadrifasciata, testd conicd, fasciis quatuor ochraceis ; an-
Sractu majori basi subcarinato ; sulco columnari parvo.
Shell conical, with four ochraceous bands, the larger volution

slightly carinate at the base: the groove on the pillar small.
urbo quadrifasciatus, Montagu, 328. tab. 20. f. 7.
The bands are sometimes faint and nearly obliterated ; but the
shell may always be distinguished by the slightly carinated
appearance of the larger yolution.

192 Dr. Turton on the Genus Lacuna.

5. L. vincta, testa oblongo-conicd, fasciis quatuor fusois : unfractu
majori ecarinato: sulco columnari dilatato.

Shell oblong-conical, with four brown bands; the larger volution
not carinate at the base: the groove on the pillar dilated.

Turbo vinctus. Montagu, 307. t. 20. f. 3.

Shell much larger than the last, and distinguished by the
rounded base of the larger volution, and the more open
groove down the pillar. The bands are sometimes obliterated,
and rarely the four bands unite into two broader ones,

6. L. canalis, testé conoided, opacd, efasciatd: labio exterioré
crasso.

Shell conoid, opake, without bands ; the outer-lip thickened.

Turbo canalis, Montagu, 309. t. 12. f. 11.

A shorter shell than the last, and much thicker; the outer lip
is also hard and thickened.

7. L. crassior, testa conoided, crassa, opacd: anfractubus tu-
midis ; majori subcarinato: labio externo incrassato: sulco
columnari et umbilico obsoletis.

Shell conoid, thick, opake; volutions tumid, the larger one
slightly carinate at the base; the outer lip thickened ; the
groove and umbilicus of the pillar obsolete.

Turbo crassior, Montagu, p. 309. t. 20. f. 1.

This seems to be the link connecting the two families of Turbo
and Lacuna; but evidently belonging to the latter, as the groove
and umbilicus are sometimes faintly visible. When fresh it is
covered with a pale-brown, much wrinkled skin, under which it is
of a polished, opake, milk-white colour, The very tumid volu-
tions, and the supcarinate base of the larger one, distinguish it
from the Lacuna canalis.

Mr. Frembly on some species of Chitones from Chili. 193

Art. XIX. A Description of several new Species of
Chitones, found on the Coast of Chili, in 1825 ; with a
few remarks onthe method of taking and preserving them.
By Joun Fremsry, R.N., Corresp. Memb. Zool. Soc.

Tue difficulty of capturing, and the concealed situations in-
habited by this interesting genus, is perhaps the principal cause of
so small a number of its species being known: with the hopes of
adding a few to the catalogue, my attention. was principally
directed towards them, whenever opportunities for collecting
offered themselves.

Having been so fortunate as to discover some decidedly new
species, and others which were but imperfectly known, and
of which the descriptions and figures were very incomplete, I
have been induced to submit the following details to the public,
but with the conviction that my small stock of knowledge in the
science is scarcely sufficient to do justice to the subject.

The decided and strongly marked characters of the species
which I am fortunate enough to bring to notice, render it un-
necessary for me to depart from the mode of description generally
adopted by Conchologists, in recounting the peculiarities of the
individuals of this genus already known. ‘Their habits and eco-
nomy, as far as I have been able to inform myself, will be de-
tailed at length.

The unnatural distortions, and imperfect state of preservation
in which the species are generally brought to us, is an evil that
Conchologists have long had reason to complain of ; and which
prompts me to place in this article a description of my mode of
taking and preserving these animals, hoping it may afford to future
collectors the advantages I have derived from it myself.

Some care and dexterity is requisite in taking the animals from
the substances to which they attach themselves. On turning a
stone (on the underside of which they are generally found), force
will not be necessary to detach them, if instead of attempting to
tear them directly from the stone, they are gently slid off from it:

Vor. III. N

194 Mr. Frembly on some species of Chitones

this proceeding is at all times advisable, when it is possible to put
it into execution, as by it a specimen may be removed without the
assistance of a knife or injury to the margin, which in this genus
forms an important character, as well as adds beauty to the spe-
cies; whereas by endeavouring immediately to detach them, con-
siderable force is often requisite, and without great care in the use
of the knife the margiu will suffer by the attempt.

The haunts of some of the species will not admit of this mode
of capture, especially of those found in the fissures of rocks; these
notwithstanding may be taken without mutilation of the margin,
by taking care not to touch the animal before the knife is inserted
under the shell; this being done, if the knife be quickly turned,
it will easily remove the specimen: not touching the animal until
the moment of capture, is a very necessary precaution in collecting
all the large species, as their adhesion is so strong that theynot
unfrequently part with a portion of their shells rather than let go
their hold: but in a quiescent state, or before they are conscious
of danger, their attachment is very slight.

The collecting box I have been in the habit of using, was a
rectangular, one of wood, which I thoroughly wetted on the inside.
Immediately after a specimen was taken, its flat surface was ap
plied to the bottom or sides of the box, to which in most cases it
adhered, especially if it had been taken from a smooth and flat
surface: in this position the animals were suffered to die. The space
immediately surrounding them soon becoming dry, they mostly
remained steady in the place they first attached themselves to.
It appears advisable not to let one specimen touch another, as they
are apt to crawl over each other when conscious of their proximity.
Although this manner of collecting I have found from experience
to be the best, yet in many cases it may not be convenient. They
should, however, as soon as possible after being conveyed home, be
put into a good sized flat vessel, with a little sea water in it; and
if they have not been long taken, or, the animal much injured,
they generally expand themselves to their natural positions, and
remain adhering to the vessel until life becomes extinct. I have
also found in some cases, when circumstances haye not allowed
me to attend to them presently after collecting, and they have

=
—

tS =

eth

ee

Jrom Chili. 195

been suffered to die unheeded, that the contracting muscles have
become sufliciently relaxed to allow them to be put into a natural
position without injury to the shell, or separating the valves, but
this is too uncertain an occurrence to be depended on. The ani-
mal, being dead, is to be extracted from the shell with a sharp
pointed knife, beginning at the posterior part, and cutting round
on both sides towards the head. I advise this mode of proceeding
from the internal structure of the valves being less liable to injury
than by cutting promiscuously from head to tail, in which case the
knife would cut against the sharp edges of the valves, and cause
much damage to them; but in the former method of operating the
knife only passes over them in the direction in which they lie,
consequently not with so much danger of detriment to the shell as
the other. After cleansing the shell it should be laid on a flat
board, with the margin spread in the same manner in which it was
observed to be before the specimen was taken, and to prevent the
ends of the shells being brought towards one another by the con-
traction of the muscles in drying, another flat board should be
placed over them, with a weight proportionate to the size of the
shells ; they should be allowed to dry very gradually, and it will
be necessary to pay some little attention to them while drying, in
order that the edges of the margins may not become shrivelled up
by drying sooner than the other part.

Following the example of the writer of the interesting paper on
the British Chitones, which appeared in the 5th number of this
work, I have divided the genus into sections, corresponding with
the character of the margin, the propriety of which arrangement
appears to be too evident to meet with any opposition.

It is perhaps worthy of remark, that out of more than 500 spe-
cimens, not one occurred with only seven perfect valves ; but in a
few instances I have found them with one of the valves imperfectly
formed, which, on a slight inspection, might be overlooked, being
nearly, or wholly, covered by its neighbours. These malfor-
mations, I have no doubt in my own mind, proceed from accident
during the early period of the animal’s existence. It may be
‘answered that these, as wellas others of this class, have the power
of replacing any injury they may receive in their covering during

N 2

196 Mr. Frembly om some species of Chitones

their young state, but this reproduction is very partial in this
tribe ; nor do I suppose that when a valve has been so materially
injured as to lose its power of restraint on the contracting muscles,
that it can retain its situation, but must be quickly displaced or
concealed by the valves next in succession closing up the gap.
Accidents of this kind, I am inclined to think, have occurred to
those species, which are described as having only seven valves ;
and it would be an advantage to the science if the possessors of .
the seven valved species would take the trouble to give them a
minute investigation, as much valuable information may be elicited,
and a subject on which much doubt at present exists might be
decided.

I must not, however, conclude these remarks without acknow-
ledging the assistance I have received from Mr. G. B. Sowerby,
without which I should hardly have ventured to intrude on the
public notice.

*® LIGAMENTO MARGINIS SPINOSO.

1. Chiton spiniferus.

C. testé oblongo-ovata, ligamento marginali lato, spinifero, spinis
Jongiusculis ; valva antica radiatim granosa; areis centralibus
valvarum posticarum longitudinaliter concinné sulcatis, late~
ralibus rotundatis, radiatim granosis.

Tab. Supp. XVI. f. 1.

Syn. Ch. aculeatus. Barnes.
tuberculiferus. Sowerby in T. C.

Shell opaque, oblong ovate, reddish brown, glossy ; inside red-
dish white: valves eight, the posterior angles of which do not
cover the anterior ones. Anterior valve with generally nine rows
of raised dots diverging from the apex, but the number perhaps
varies with the age of the shell, Second valve rather acutely
beaked and carinated, longer than the five following, which are
striated and shaped alike ; these all rise into rather an acute beak,
are carinated, each side of the carina divided into two distinct
portions, the anterior one the largest, and bearing broad irregular

Srom Chili. 197

longitudinal striz; a prominent row of raised dots extending from
the apex to the anterior angles of the valves separates the com-
partments; the posterior portion glossy, with fine concentric
strie: the posterior margins with tooth-like granulations. Last
valve striated like the anterior compartments of the others, and
rising inte rather a prominent beak, leaning towards the posterior
margin: from under the beak are raised dots, disposed in a simi-
Jar manner to those on the anterior valve.

Border coriaceous, thick, broad, rough, greenish or orange
coloured, and in the younger specimens thickly studded with
blunt spines, but in the old shells the spines are short and scanty,
and generally covered with corallines; the inner edge of the border
inserting itself under the posterior angles of the valves, has the
appearance of being deeply serrated. We have found this species
five inches in length, and nearly three in breadth.

These inhabit the rocks on the coast of Chili; at Valparaiso we
found several specimens in very exposed situations, so much so
that collecting them was attended with much difficulty, and not
unfrequently with danger, from the violence of the sea breaking
on the rocks, to which they attach themselves very strongly,
They are generally covered with short sea weed.

We have been obliged to alter the name a second time, because
the name aculeatus given to it by Barnes, was long since pre-
viously occupied; that of tuberculiferus was given from an old
specimen, in which the spines were reduced in length by being
broken, so that it is not applicable : we have therefore now called
it spiniferus.

** LIGAMENTO MARGINIS SQUAMOSO,
2. C. Coquimbensis.

C. testa oblongo-ovata, angusta, intus fusca; ligamento marginali
lato, squamis oblongis, longitudinalibus ; valvarum lateribys
undato-sulcatis.

Tab. Supp. XVI. f. 2.
Shell ovate, narrow, opaque, greenisk brown, shiving; inside
blackish: valves eight, the anterior with numerous undulate con-

198 Mr. Frembly on some species of Chitones

centric ridges; the next rather acutely keeled ; the five following
alike: carina broad and smooth, on each side of which is a similar
ridge diverging from the beaks, and forming with the carina a
sagittate figure, and connected with it by several strongly marked
ridges: from under the beaks to the anterior angles of the valves,
extend sharp moniliform ridges, each side of which is coarsely
striated longitudinally. Border thick, moderately broad, and
covered with coarse seed-like scales, which are attached laterally.
Length three inches, breadth one and a half.

The only part of the coast on which we have found this new spe»
cies, was the south side of Coquimbo Bay: hence its specific
designation. The beaks of the large specimens are generally very
much eroded, and covered with Patelle, Balani and corallines,
but the young shells are often quite perfect ; from one of these I
have drawn the above description. I am aware there may be
objections to giving the characters of young shells for the identi-
fication of species, but in this case an old shell so rarely occurs
in even a moderately perfect state, that its characters could scarce
have been detailed from such a specimen.

The habits of this species are very similar to those of C. spini-

ferus, with the exception that they seem to be more grega-
rious.

**k* TIGAMENTO MARGINIS GRANULOSO.

3. Chiton Cumingsii.

C. testa ovata, valva anticd. bifariam radiatim granoso-striata ;
areis centralibus valvarum longitudinaliter sulcatis, lateralibus
radiatim granoso-striatis.

Tab. Supp. XVI. f. 3.

Shell semipellucid, ovate, dirty greenish brown, dorsal mark-
ings reddish brown, with spots of black, and laterally with narrow
greenish white undulated lines: inside glaucous. Valves eight,
the anterior with bifariously diverging granulate stria; posterior
margin a little angular: dorsal valves alike, subcarinated, divided
on each side into two parts, the front with fine regular longitudinal
strie, the other compartment raised and striated like the anterior
valve, as also is the posterior valve behind the beak. Beaks

Jrom Chili. 199

obtuse, and embracing the carina. Border rather narrow, granu-
lated, shining, greenish, divided into two parts, the upper having
the smallest granulations, which in both are placed transversely.

_ Length two inches, breadth 1,3,; found plentifully at Valpa-
raiso under stones in still water.

A variety of this species occurred, differing in these respects
from the above description. Shell thicker, back more raised, and
the posterior compartments of the dorsal valves less distinct. A
specimen also was found shewing on the outside only seven valves,
but inside the articulation of the other valve was plainly seen.

I have named this species after my friend Mr. Cumings, of
Valparaiso, whose zeal in the pursuit of this interesting science
will, L am persuaded, soon make a large addition to our present
stock.

4. Chiton olivaceus.

*
C. testa ovali, lata, olivacea, xruginoso-punctulata; valva antica
_ posticaque radiatim-striatis ; areis valvarum centralibus longi-
tudinaliter sulcatis, lateralibus radiatim striatis,

Tab. Supp. XVI. f. 4.
Syn. Chiton latus. Sowerby in T. C. No. 692.

Shell opaque, ovate, olivaceous, dull, dotted with lighter co-
loured spots: inside glaucous. Valves eight, the anterior one
with regular radiating strie, crossed by concentric ridges; pos-
terior margin nearly straight. Dorsal valves obtusely beaked,
divided laterally into two compartments; the auterior having re-
gular longitudinal stria, crossed with others very minute and con-
centric; from under the beaks diverge to the lateral margins of
the valves coarser and more irregular strie, which raise the pos-
terior compartment above the other. ‘The posterior valve has a
well defined apex, leaning towards the posterior margin. Border
thin, moderately broad, and covered with fine shining bead-like
granulations, of the same colour as the shells, divided into two
distinct portions, the upper of which is composed of much finer
beads than the lower, and which, as in the last species, are placed
transversely.

200 Mr. Frembly on some species of Chitones

This species grows to a large size; one in my possession meas
sured when alive upwards of four inches in length; but the ge-
neral size is about three inches. We have observed amongst’
these a variety much narrower than the generality of them, but not
differing in any other respect from the above description.

This is not given here as a new species, a specimen from the
Tankerville Collection, now in the possession of the Rev. Dr.
Goodall, agreeing so nearly with mine, that there can be no doubt
but they are of the same species. It has, I understand, been
called C. latus, but that term would not be applicable to both
varieties. I have therefore taken the liberty of naming it from
its colour, to which I am aware there are many objections, nor
would it have been adopted but from the unvarying hue I have
observed to run through the whole of the specimens which have '
passed under my notice.

Amongst the very young shells, I observe that some of them
have their borders of a lighter colour than their shells, and spotted
with black ; this not being a constant character in all the young
specimens, they may be regarded as a variety.

5. Chiton granosus.

C. testa oblongo-ovata, crassiuscula, nigrescenti, fasciis duabus
longitudinalibus, subcentralibus albidis: valvis duabus termi-
nalibus (interdum radiatim) granosis; areis valvarum centrali-
bus longitudinaliter striatis, lateralibus granoso-radiatis.

Tab. Supp. XVII. f, 1.

Shell oblong ovate, thick, opaque, glossy, brownish black ;
dorsal valves having a dirty white longitudinal band on each side
of the beaks: inside blackish green. Valves eight; anterior
with numerous raised concentric granulations; second valve acute-
ly beaked, and finely carinated, the five following with a broad
polished dorsal line: dorsal valves divided into three compart-
ments, the front finely reticulated, the others with prominent
granulations extending from the beaks to the lateral margins ;
posterior valve granulated like the anterior. Border thick, rather
broad, covered with dull black granula, divided into two parts.

JSrom Chili. 201

Length 13 inches, breadth 13,. This new species is found
plentifully at Valparaiso in the fissures of the rocks, but generally
out of the reach of the breakers: the habits of this species are
very different from those of the others which have come under my
observation: like many Patelle they are sometimes at such a dis-
tance from the water as would lead one to suppose that they pass
some considerable part of their existence apart from it.

6. Chiton glaucocinctus.

C. testa oblongo-ovata, lwvissima, subrufa, alternatim glauco~
fuscoque strigatd; valvis, prim4 et ultima, radiatis; margine
carneo, fusco-maculato.

Tab. Supp. XVII. f. 2.

Shell oblong ovate, reddish, marked with alternate brown and
greenish blue stripes. Valves eight, the first and last radiated ;
dorsal valves smooth, divided into two parts by a transverse ridge 5
posterior compartment grooved. Border broad, granulate, pink,
with brown spots.

Length four-tenths of an inch, breadth one quarter. A solitary
specimen of this elegant little shell was found at Valparaiso. I
have however some doubts of its being adult,

7. Chiton granulosus.

C. testa angusta, minutissimé granulata, fusco-marmorata ; dorso
acutiusculo, elevato; valvis dorsalibus convexiusculis. .

Tab. Supp. XVII. f. 3.

Shell narrow, granulated, granulations very fine, brown, mar-
bled: back acute, elevated. Valves eight; dorsal valves a little
convex, not divided into compartments. Border narrow, covered
with rather coarse granula of the same colour as the shell.

Length five-twelfths of an inch, breadth one-fifth. Found at-
tached to a Calyptrea in Conception Bay: very rare. The two
specimens in my collection are, I believe, the only ones which
haye been noticed.

202 Mr. Frembly on some species of Chitones

**EE TIGAMENTO MARGINIS VILLOSO.
8. Chiton Peruvianus.

C. testa oblongo-ovata, minutissimé granuloso-striata ; ligamento
marginali confertim hirsuto ; interstitiis valvarum pilosis.

Tab. Supp. XVII. f. 4.
Syn. Chiton Peruvianus, Lam. Hist, Nat. des. Anim. sans vert.
VI. 1°° part. p. 321. Encycl. Meth. pl. 163, f.7.8. Icon
pessima.

Shell oblong-ovate, opaque, dirty yellowish green, or yellowish
brown, inside white. Valves eight, thin, slightly elevated: pos-
terior compartments of the dorsal valves a little raised and striated,
with minute granulate striz, and in like manner the other parts of
the shell; under each valve is inserted a series of short black hairs,
which lie on the back of the shell: Border narrow, coriaceous,
thickly set with coarse black hairs. Length two inches, breadth
one inch and ahalf. Found under stones at low water, on the
shores of Valparaiso Bay.

A variety of this species occurs having the anterior valves much
narrower than the posterior.

C. Peruvianus, Lam. An. sans vert. VI. pe 1™ p. 321, figured
in the Ency. Method. pl. 163. fig. 7 and 8, is perhaps another
species belonging to this sub-division. It certainly cannot be in-
tended for a representation of mine, as neither the description or
figure agree with it. The character Lamarck assigns to C. Peru-
vianus * testd substriata” is not at all applicable to mine, which
is finely granulate: under these considerations I venture to give
this as a new species.* .

* The above observations naturally occur upon comparing this species with
Lamarck’s description, and the figures in Encycl. Meth. Having, however
taken an opportunity of examining the specimen of C, Peruvianus in Lamarck’s
own collection, 1 am enabled to state that it is certainly the same species, and
in the author’s absence I have ventured to cancel his new name. G. B.S.

Srom Chili. 203

***** TIGAMENTO MAKGINIS LEVIGATO.
9. Chiton disjunctus.

C. testa oblongo-ovata, semipellucidA, politi; valvaraum margi-
nibus anticis arcuatis, lateribus rotundatis ; ligamento marginali
lato, levi, hyalino, coloribus variis marmorato, valvis inter-
posito,

Tab. Supp. XVII. f. 5.

Shell oblong-ovate ; semipellucid, reddish brown, with green
and straw coloured markings; inside white. Valves eight,
smooth, glossy, anterior margins of the dorsal valves arcuate, and
not covered by the superior valve, except at the beaks, which gives
the valves a disjointed appearance ; posterior slopes a little de-
pressed. Border smooth, broad, hyaline, and when alive beauti-
fully marbled with vivid red, green, and blue colours; extending
up the back, and nearly separating the valves.

Length two inches and a half, breadth one anda half. This
beautiful and rare shell was first noticed by Mr. Cumings at Val-
paraiso, who found it in company with Chiton elegans.

10. Chiton elegans.

C. testa oblongo-ovata, anticé angustata, coloribus variis marmo-
rata; areis valvarum lateralibus minutissimé granulosis ; liga-
mento marginali lato, tenui, coloribus vividis marmorato.

Tab. Supp. XVII. f. 6.

Shell oblong ovate, anterior part narrower than the posterior,
semi-pellucid, marbled, markings of various colours, generally dark
brown, reddish brown, yellow, and sometimes green. Valves
eight, beaked, the front valve with very fine excavated and raised
dots ; second valve longer than the others, and like them divided
into three compartments, the front with fine granulate longitudinal
strie; the two lateral depressed ; with numerous fine irregular
granulations, and a few minute punctures; a rather broad and

204 Mr. Frembly on some species of Chitones.

smooth dorsal line continues itself along the middle valves, on each
side of which are very fine strie parallel to it. Border smooth,
thin, semi-pellucid, marbled, colours very bright when alive.

Length 12 inches, breadth 14. Common under stones and on
the rocks at Valparaiso Bay, but is rarely found in exposed situ~
ations.

11. Chiton lineolatus.

C. testa oblongo-ovat4, anticé subattenuata, levi, pallidé rufo-
fulva, lineolis undulatis concentricis picta: areis valvarum late-
ralibus indistinctis, minutissimé punctulatis.

Tab. Supp. XVII. f. 7.

Shell oblong-ovate, rather tapering towards the anterior valve,
light reddish brown, marked with undulated concentric lines of a
dark brown colour; inside white, except the beaks, which are
purple. Valves eight beaked, posterior divisions rather indis~
tinct, very finely punctured and granulated, the fifth valye gene-
rally with a broad brown dorsal line.*

Border cherry coloured, similar to the preceding. Length one
inch and three quarters, breadth one inch; not quite so common
as the last, but found in the same situations.

Considerable variation is observed in the markings of this spe-
cies, some of them having the lines partially or wholly obscured.

The great affinity between this and the last species, leaves
some doubt of the propriety of separating them. I shall, however,
leave it for more experienced Conchologists to decide, whether
the constant linear markings are suflicient to warrant a specific
designation.

12. Chiton Chilensis.

C. testa oblongo-ovata, anticé subattenuata, crassa, levi, opaca,
fusca ; ligamento marginali coriaceo, levi, crasso; valva antica
posticague semilunatis, leviter punctatis: valvis intermediis

linea granulata ab apice ad angulum anticum decurrente.

* Amongst upwards of 100 specimens, but two exceptions occurred,

M. Lefebvre sur quelques Lépidoptéres nocturnes, &c. 205

Tab. Supp. XVII. f. 8.

Shell shaped much like the two preceding, opaque, thick, dark
brown, smooth, dull: inside white, with pink markings on the
first, second, and last valves. Valves eight, with longitudinal
striae, crossed by irregular concentric ridges, Anterior and pos
terior valves semi-lunate, slightly punctated ; second valve sub-
carinated, the front margin obtusely angled, lateral margins ar-
cuate, and the posterior with a prominent beak, on each side of
which diverges a rather elevated granulate ridge; the next five
valves alike, bow shaped with a granulate ridge on each side.
Border smooth, coriaceous, tough, thick, darker coloured than the
shell, semi-pellucid, broad at the sides, and narrow at the ex-
tremities.

Length two inches and three quarters, breadth one inch and
three quarters. Found in the crevices of the rocks and under
stones very sparingly, at Valparaiso.

Arr. XX. Description de cing espéeces de Lépidoptéres
Nocturnes, des Indes Orientales. Par M. Avex.
Leresvre, Membre de la Societé Linnéenne de Paris,
Correspondant de ! Academie de Catane, &c.

PenpAnt mon séjour a Londres, Monsieur Vigors ayant eu
l’éxtréme complaisance de me montrer toutes les nouvelles especes
de son cabinet Entomologique, et de me prier de décrire les cing
espéces suivantes, c’est avec le plus grand plaisir que je me suis
rendu a son désir. Mon scul regret est d’avoir été oblige de
rédiger aussi promptement ces descriptions, et d’avoir répondu
aussi faiblement aux nombreuses amitiés qu’il s’est plu 4 me pro-
diguer.

Tous ces insectes furent, avec un grand nombre de tous les
ordres, recueillis prés de la ville de Madras (céte de Coromandel)
par M. le Major Sale.

206 M. Lefebvre sur quelques Lépidoptéres nocturnes,

Plusieurs d’entre eux existent aussi dans la collection de la Com-
pagnie des Indes, recueillis 4 Java, par les soins de M. le Docteur
Horsfield ; ce qui prouverait qu’ils ne sont pas exclusives au con-
tinent Indien, comme on peut le croire primitivement: et ce
savant, ayant deja commencé & décrire toutes Jes espéces inédites
qu’il a rapportées de cette Isle, j’ai eu soin de conserver a celles ci
les noms sous lesquels il désire qu’elles fussent designées.

Le travail de M. Horsfield sera d’autant plus important qu’ayant
élevé presque tous les lépidopteres, la connaissance parfaite quwil
a de leurs larves le mettera 4 méme de relever nombre d’erreurs
commises dans leur classification jusqu’a ce jour, par ignorance
entiére ou Von etait 4 ce sujet, et de nous donner une histoire
compléte de ces insectes, qui nous manque, et que l’on attend
avec impatience de la plume de cet habile observateur.

Les caractéres génériques des Lépidoptéres, surtout dans les
nocturnes, présentent trop de dissemblance avec les notres pour
que M. Horsfield puisse les faire tous entrer dans les sections
qui existent. De nouvelles coupes, de nouveaux genres peut-étre,
sont a n’en pas douter nécessaires a établir. Comme ce n’est pas
4 moi qu’il appartient d’en juger et de les faire connoitre, je me suis -
contenté pour ces cing espéces d’indiquer la place qu’elles doivent
le plus naturellement occuper en ce moment ; jusqu’a ce que les
Entomologistes dont’ s’ honorent les Societés Linnéenne et Zoo-
logique de Londres ayent fait connaitre les genres auxquels elles
doivent definitivement appartenir.

18 Mai, 1827.

des Indes Orientales. 207

GASTROPACHA VISHNOU.

Ord. Lerip. (Latr.) Fam. Nocrurn, Trib. Boms.
Gen. Gasrroracna. Ochs.

(Envergure. 2 pouces et 7 au moins.)
.

Alis dentatis, femine, utringue luteo-flavis ; anticis, ad basin
griseo maculatis, puncto solitari albido, nigro cincto, ab exte-
riori margine ad angulum externum, punctis fuscis ; posticis, linea,
serieque punctorum fuscorum transversalibus : fimbria violacea.

Les ailes supérieures et inférieures sont de part et d’autre, dans
la femelle, d’un jaune d’ocre, ou d’orpin dans certains individus.

Sur les supérieures, presque a leur origine, il y a une large tache
d’un gris sale, irréguliere, posée sur le bord inférieur, et at-
teignant le point central. Elle est coupée perpendiculairement
aux deux extremités par une ligne étroite, couleur de rouille,
dont celle du cété de la base presente une tache lunaire presque
semblable a celle que forme le point central, et celle opposée est
peu sentie et remonte jusqu’a Ja céte supérieure.

Au dessus de Ja tache basilaire, et immédiatement contre elle
est le point central largement écrit, blanchatre dans son milieu et
bordé d’un cercle brun; et un peu en avant de lui est une legére
ligne brune qui part de la céte superieure pour se joindre a la tache
basilaire.

Une série de points bruns, sinuée a son milieu, et dont les
premiéres et les derniéres sont plus senties, descend de I’angle
externe jusqu’au milieu du bord inférieur sur lequel elle se pro-
nonce fortement.

Les lignes, la série de points, se répétent en dessous, et le
point central y est senti par une tache obscure.

Sur les inférieures une ligne transverse, brune, sinucuse, et trés
sentie, part du milieu de la céte supericure et s’arréte presque
a leur centre. Au dessous d’elle, de langle anal jusqu’au bord
supérieur, il y a également une série de points bruns, trés sinuée,
et dont ceux du centre sont peu visibles.

208 M. Lefebvre sur quelques Lépidoptéres nociurnes,

Leur dessous est pareil, mais en plus la ligne transverse est
précédée d’une semblable qui Jui est paralleéle.

La frange est jaune extrémement dentée et vivement coloriée
de violet a son bord extérieur.

Tout le corps, les pattes, et les antennes sont du méme ton que
les ailes, et l’extrémité de l’abdomen est garnie d’une forte touffe de
poils de méme couleur.

Cet insecte au repos porte les ailes absolument comme tous ceux
de son genre.

(Décrit d’apres quatre individus femelles.)

Bomsyx Brauma.

Ord. Lerip..(Latr.) Fam. Nocrurn. Trib. Boms.
Gen. Bompyx.

(Envergure 3 pouces au plus.)

Alis integris, femine, utrinque fulvo-rufis; anticis, ad basin
puncto minuto albo, vittisque duabus cinereis, albido marginatis ?
margine exteriori, punctis obscurioribus, puncto solitari cinereo 3
fimbria alba.

Les ailes supérieures de la femelle sont en dessus d’un roux
ferrugineux, parfois un peu blanchatre.

A leur origine est un petit point blanc peu visible. Elles sont
coupées transversalement pres de leur base et vers leur milieu par
deux bandes transverses, larges, paralléles, cendrées, et bordées
intérieurement d’une demi teinte foncée, et extérieurement d’un
trait blanchatre.

Dans V’intervalle qui les sépare et qui est égale a leur largeur est
le point central, petit, pale et un peu arqué en dehors.

Au-dela de la seconde bande, vers le bord des ailes, entre deux
series de points noirs, dont les premiers sont assez diffus, est une
demi teinte blanchatre qui part de l’angle inférieur et s’eteint en
atteignant celui superieur.

Les inférieures, plus pales 4 leur origine, sont de méme codleus
que les supérieures.

des Indes Orientales. 909

~ Le dessous des ailes est d’un roux plus vif, surtout vers leur
bord, et y présente faiblement deux légerés lignes transverses,
bordées de brun.

La frange est étroite, d’un brun pale, et finement terminée de
blanc.

Les antennes qui sont fortement ciliées et assez longues, la téte
et le corselet, sont d’un roux cendré pareil a celui des bandes
transverses des ailes supérieures : un trait fin et brun borde seule-
ment les épaulettes 4 leur sommet.

Les palpes qui sont touffues, sont cendrées en dessus et d’un
brun tres vif en dessous; et le dessous du corps ainsi que les
pattes sont de cette derniére couleur.

( Décrit d’apres trois individus femelles.)

Bomsyx Buppua,

(Envergure 18 lignes environ.)

Alis integris, maris, subflexuosis pallidé rufo-fuscis ; anticis,
macula fusco-rubea, arcu ad medium albo-nitente margineque
obscuriori.

Les ailes supérieures du male sont en dessus d’un brun assez
clair, et portent presque sur leur centre une large tache irreguliére,
atteignant au bord supérieur, bi-échancrée a son cété externe, et sur
le milieu de laquelle est un petit chevron blanc ouvert en dehors.

Elles sont largement bordées d’une bande plus foncée qui
occupe environ les deux tiers de l’aile, est un peu sinueuse, et
nettement découpée a sa partie interne. Elle offre deux series
marginales de petits points noirs dont la premiére se perd dans
Ja teinte.

Les inférieures et le dessous des ailes sont d’un brun uni,
seulement un peu plus foncé en dessous, ainsi que le corps.

La frange est de méme teiute, tres etroite, et un peu noire a son
extrémite.

Vor. III. o

210 M. Lefebvre sur quelques Lépidopteres nocturnes,

Tout le reste de I’ insecte est du méme brun.
Les antennes sont un peu plus pales, et trés panachées.
(Décrit d’apres un individu male.)

Bompyx Siva.
(Envergure 2 pouces 9 lignes.)

Alis integris, maris et foemine, brunneo-fulvis : anticis, puncto
solitari minuto obscuroque ; linea alba, sinuata, transversali, ma-~
culis tribus albis, anticd ad basin, posticd ad marginem externum,
accentiformibus, tertia ad medium nitente: posticis pallidioribus,
ad angulum ani paululum nigro signatis.

Les ailes supérieures sont, dans le male et la femelle, d’un brun
marron, plus foncé 4 leur bord supérieur et plus clair 4 leur ex-
trémité.

Leur point central est trés petit et d’un brun foncé. A leur
origine on observe un point blanc, et un accent de méme couleur
au milieu de la céte supérieure sur laquelle il est appuyé, la
pointe tournée en bas.

Plus loin, au tiers de l’aile, une ligne flexueuse, blanche, courbe
en dedans, descend de la céte supérieure, sur laquelle elle se
prononce fortement, en diminuant de teinte et de largeur jusqu’d
une petite tache argentée un peu triangulaire qui occupe presque
le centre de Vaile. Elle reparait ensuite, mais trés faiblement
jusqw’ au milieu du bord inferieur, ou elle est immédiatement suivie
d’une tache un peu plus vive que le fond de Vaile, et qui s’étend
jusque sur la frange.

Les ailes inférieures sont presque blanches, leur extrémité seule
est largement demi teinte d’un brun trés pale, leur angle anal
présente sur Ja frange deux petites taches brunes,.

Le dessous des supérieures et des inférieures est trés pale,
presque blanc a leur origine, et vers leur extrémité. Sur une large
onde d’un brun foncé, reparait la méme ligne flexueuse blanche
du dessus, qui semble continuer sur les inférieures jusqu’d leur
angle anal.

des Indes Orientales. 211

La frange est fort étroite et de méme couleur que le dessus.

La téte et le corselet sont gris, les épaulettes larges, vivement
coloriées de brun marron, et bordées de blanc.

L’abdomen, brun en dessous, est blanchatre en dessus, et
chacun de ses segments est bordé du méme brun a leur sommet.

Les antennes sont blondes, courtes, et panachées dans le male,
longues et ciliées dans la femelle.

Les palpes sont touffues et jaunes a leur extrémiteé.

(Décrit d’apres quatre individus, dont un est male.)

Bomsyx Ganrsa,
(Envergure 1 pouce +.)

Alis integris, maris, rufis: anticis, maculis duabus obscuriori-
bus, anticd quadrangulari paululum margine superiori, postica
oblonga, ad medium arcu albonitenti inscripta ; fasciis albis valde
sinuatis transversaliter signatis ; posticis utrinque albidis, ad angu-
lum ani, nigro-signatis ; ano barbatissimo.

Les ailes supérieures du male sont en dessus d’un brun fauve,

plus foncé a la base et dans toute la partie supérieure de Vaile,
et portent une bande marginale de méme couleur, luisante, et
chatoyante un peu sur le verd.
- Deux lignes trés flexueuses, d’un blanc brillant, surtout dans
celle postérieure, et largement prononcées 4 leur départ, par-
courent Vaile presque parallélement du bord supérieur a celui
opposé. Elles forment, au deux tiers de Vaile, vers son extrémité,
une large tache foncée, presque quadrangulaire, échancrée exté-
rieuremeut, gui tient par un de ses cétés au bord supérieur et ne
dépasse pas leur milieu. A cet endroit elle se lie par son angle
interne a une seconde tache irréguliére, petite, oblongue, d’un ton
beaucoup plus vif, et dirigée de langle inféricur 4 la céte supe-
rieure; de son extrémité la plus prés de la base, elle forme le
point central, et celle extérieure est coupée par un petit arc blanc
formé par la ligne blanche la plus pres du bout de Vaile.

02

212 Prince of Musignano on a nondescript species of Grouse.

En dessous, ces ailes sont du méme ton, Ja tache du dessus y est
répetée, et une seule ligne blanche la borde extérieurement.

Les ailes inférieures tant en dessus qu’en dessous sont d’un
blanc sale, plus obscur a leur bord, et a leur angle anal: le bout
de Vaile ainsi que la frange sont de part et d’autre vivement tachées
de noir. Une bande transverse, obscure, faiblement écrite,
s’observe seulement en dessous.

La frange est étroite et assez pale.

La téte et le corselet sont dau méme brun que le fond des
ailes, et les épaulettes d’un brun marron, bordées de blanc.

Les antennes panachées, les palpes fort touffues, et les pattes,
sont d’un ton plus foncé,

L’abdomen est entiérement du ton des ailes inférieures, et anus
garni de poils trés bruns visibles seulement en dessous, est re-
couvert en dessus par deux longs pinceaux, reunis, de poils
obscurs vivement coloriées de brun marron a leur extrémiteé.

(Décrit sur deux individus males.)

Art. XXI. Notice of a nondescript Species of Grouse,
Jrom North America. By Cuartes Luctan Bona-
PARTE, Prince of Musignano, M.A., Fell. Lync. Acad.
Rome, For. Memb. Linn. Soc. Lond., Corr. Memb.
Senk. Nat. Hist. Soc. Franc., &c.

Rereatep accounts of hunters and travellers have long since
put beyond question the existence, in the western wilds of the
United States territory, of a very large species of Grouse, analo-
gous to the European Tetrao urogallus; which, however, not
having fallen under the immediate inspection of any naturalist,
could not be properly registered in systematic catalogues. Hay-
ing had the good fortune to find a specimen of this most interest=
ing species among the endless ornithological treasures, of which

Gen. Hardwicke and Mr. Gray on Saurian Reptiles, &c. 213

Mr. Leadbeater is so liberal towards the lovers of science, I beg
leave to introduce it in its proper place, as one of the chief orna-
ments of the North American Fauna.

Genus. Terrao, L.

Sub-genus. Terrao, Neb.

Tetrao urophasianus.—Head smooth: primaries unspotted ;
toes strongly pectinated: tail subcuneiform, of twenty narrow
tapering feathers.

Male black? Female grey, mottled,

Inhabits the North Western countries beyond the Mississippi,
especially on the Missouri.

Size of the 7. wrogallus, which species it represents in the
New Continent.

Art. XXII. A Synopsis of the Species of Saurian
Reptiles, collected in India by Major-General Hann-
wickE; By Major-General Harvwicke, E.R. & L.S.,
and J. E. Gray, F.G.S.

Tne Reptiles which are described in the following pages are
part of the collection of animals, formed by Major-General
Hardwicke while on duty in various parts of India, where he had
them figured while alive, generally by native artists, so as to in-
dicate their natural colours and habits.

Specimens of most of these Reptiles have been brought to this
country, and on their being compared with the drawings, it was
found that every scale must have been counted, and the length
and breadth of every part taken by actual admeasurement. We
have thus reason to place great reliance on the accuracy of the
drawings of those species, of which specimens had not been
brought home; so much so, as to induce us to indicate and de-

214 Gen. Hardwicke and Mr. Gray

scribe them also, stating the fact, at the end of the description,
of their being characterized from the drawing alone.

Hitherto only twenty-seven species of this kind of Reptiles
have been described as inhabiting India. Of these, ten are found
in this collection; many of the others rest only on the authority of
Seba, whose errors in regard to locality are discovered every day ;
and to these have been added thirteen new species, containing
amongst them six new types of form, which have hitherto not
been found in any other country; indeed all the species here
described are peculiar to India, except the Chameleon, the Moni-
tor, and one of the Crocodiles, which are common to Africa,
The latter species proves M. Cuvier’s opinion on the subject of the
geographical distribution of the Crocodiles to be erroneous ; for
that naturalist, to whom we are indebted for the unravelling of the
species of this genus, appears to have thought that each species
was peculiar to a distinct country. The specimens and drawings
of this collection, however, clearly demonstrate that the common
Crocodile hitherto regarded as peculiar to Africa, is also spread
over the continent of India.

The genera are arranged according to the Synopsis of Genera
published in the Annals of Philosophy, and in the Philosophical
Magazine for June, 1827.

As it is the intention of the writers of the present article to
publish figures, with detailed descriptions, of each of the unpub-
lished and unfigured species, the observations of Zoologists on any
of the subjects noticed in it, will be most thankfully received,

ORDER.I. EMYDOSAURI.

Fam. 1. Crocopirip2.

Gen. 1. Gaviaris, Oppel.

1. G. Gangelicus.
Lacerta Crocodilus. Edw. Phil. Trans. xlix. 639. —
Crocodilus. n. 40. Gronov. Gazoph. ii. p. 11.8
longirostris. Schneid. Amph. 160.
Gangeticus. Cuv. Ann. Mus. x. 66.

on the Saurian Reptiles of India. 215

Lacerta Gangetica. Gmel. Syst. Nat. p. 1057.

Gaviala Gangetica. Fleming, Phil. Zool. ii. 276.

Gavialis Gangeticus. Geoffroy St. Hilaire, Mem. Mus.

Hist. Nat. Par. xii.

Icon. Edw. Phil. Trans. xlix. t.19. Faujas, Hist. de
la Mont. St. Pierre. t. 46—47. Cuv. Ann. Mus.
x.t. 1.f.2. 11. and Oss. Foss. t. 1. f. 2. 11. Geoff.
Mem. Mus. xii.

There are two drawings of this species in the collection, the
specimens represented in which have only two nuchal scales, as
is the case in the specimen in the British Museum. M. Cuvier
figures four.

Gen. 2. Crocopitus.

1. C. porosus. Schneid. Hist. Amph. ii. 150.
C. biporcatus. Cuv. Ann. Mus. x. 48.
Icon. Seba, 1. t. 104. f. 12. good. Cuv. Ann. Mus. x.
t. 1. f. 4.13, 18.19. t.2. f. 8 head and nuchal
scales.
Inhabits the Ganges, Penang, and Sumatra, common.
2. C. Niloticus. Daud. ii. 367.
Croc. vulgaris. Cuv. Ann. Mus. x. 40.
Lacerta Crocodilus, (pars). Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 359.1,
Icon. Geoff. Rept. @ Egypte. t. 2. f. 1. and 1*. very
young. Cuv. Ann. Mus. x. t. 1. f. 5, 12. t. 2. f. 7.
head and nuchal scales. Geoffroy, Ann. Mus.
x. t. 4.
Inhabits the Ganges, and water tanks in the Carnatic.

In a drawing of a specimen eight feet long, from the Ganges,
ihe nuchal scales are placed as in Cuvier’s and Geoffroy’s figures ;
but in a young specimen, from the water tanks at Madras, the la-
teral scales of the nuchal group are placed in the centre, opposite
the division between the upper and lower series of scales, In a
specimen about the same size in the British Museum, said to come
fromIndia, they are placed similarly to the latter ; as is also the case
with a full grown specimen in Mr, Gray’s possession from Africa,

216 Gen. Hardwicke and Mr. Gray

ORDER II. SAURZ.

Fam. 1. AGAMID#.

Gen. 1. AGAMA.

*, Head almost uniformly scaly; back crested; tail compressed,
with two or more series of long scales beneath.

1. A. superciliosa.

Viridis, squamis uniformibus; supra dorsum tuberculis conicis
raris brunneo-annulatis; superciliis elevatis carinatis; cauda
corpore duplo longiore, infra plana, squamarum seriebus duabus.

Lacerta superciliosa. Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 360. 4.

Scutated Lizard. Shaw, Zool. iii. t. 68.

Lophyre a casque fourchu. Lacerta Scutata. Cuv. Regne
Anim. ii. 36.—not Linn. i. 360. 5.

Agama tigrina. Merrem, Rept. i. 50. 4. but not Syn.
which belong to A. cristata. Merrem. Ib. 50. 3.

Lophyrus Gigas. Boté, Bull. Sci. Nat. ix. 235.

Agama gigantea. Kuhl, Beitr. 106.

Icon. Seba, Thesaurus, i.t. 100.f.2. Copied Shaw, Sool,

iii. t. 68. low. fig.

Inhabits Bencoolen.

Length 12 inches; body 44; tail 74.

Green ; eyebrows elevated, keeled; tail nearly twice as long
as the body, beneath flat, with two series of long slender double
pointed keeled scales. Scales uniform, small, with a few scat-
tered conical tubercles on the back, each surrounded by a brown
ring ; teeth recurved, cut in behind.

2. A. armata. n.s.

Pallida, brunneo-imarmorata; squamis lanceolatis carinatis; spinis
trihedris raris supra dorsum et membra;_ superciliis carinatis,
squamarum serie levi in spinam longam posticé desinente; dorso
serie spinarum gracilium cristato; caudd seriebus pluribus squa-
marum longarum tetragonarum.

Inhabits Sivgapore.

on the Saurian Reptiles of India. 217

Length 12 inches; body 5}; tail 64.

Pale, marbled with black brown; scales lanceolate keeled, with
some scattered trihedral spines on the back and upper parts of the
legs. Eyebrows keeled, with a series of smooth scales ending
behind in a long subulate spine; a tuft of three or four spines
over each ear. Back crested with a series of Jong awl+shaped
spines. ‘Tail with several series of long quadrangular scales be-
neath; teeth conical erect.

** Head uniformly scaly ; back crested ; tail uniformly scaly.

3. A. vultuosa. Harlan.

Viridis, infra pallidé brunnea; capitis et corporis squamis parvis
lanceolatis uniformibus, caude et membrorum majoribus, ab-
dominis latis carinatis; dorsi crista brevi simplici ; membris longis-
simis gracilibus ; cauda corpore sesquilongiore.

A. vultuosa. Harlan, Journ. Acad. N.S. Philad. iv. 296.
Icon. Harlan, Ibid. t.19. Bad, the legs very short.

Inhabits Penang, called Girget.

Length 131 inches; body 44; tail 9.

Green, below pale whitish brown ; scales of the head and body
small, lanceolate uniform; of the tail and limbs larger, and of:
the belly broad, keeled; crest of the back short, simple; legs
very long, slender. Tail half as long again as the body.

4. A. Indica, n. s.

Pallidé virescens brunneo-marmorata, infra albida; capitis
squamis parvis, corporis, membrorum, caudeque latis lanceolatis
carinatis; parotidibus fasciculis duobus spinarum supra aures ;
crista spinarum simplicium compressarum ab occipite ad medium
usque dorsum.

Inhabits Dumdum, common, Gen. Hardwicke. Java, Dr.
Horsfield.

Length 123 inches ; body 31; tail 9—10 inches.

Pale yellow green, marbled with brown; beneath whitish ;
scales of head small, of body tail and limbs broad lanceolate
keeled ; parotids with two bundles of spines above the ears; the

218 Gen. Hardwicke and Mr. Gray

crest of simple compressed spines only extends from the occiput to
the middle of the back; tail nearly three times as long as the
body.

Called Ghirgit in Calcutta,

5. A. minor. n. 8.

Brunnea obscuré marmorata, infra pallida; capite brevi ; capitis
cauda membrorum abdominisque squamis ovatis obtusis; super-
ciliis carinatis ; supra aures fasciculis 2 spinarum ; dorsi squamis
latissimis, obtusé carinatis ; crist’ per totum dorsum, vix elevata ;
cauda corpore breviore.

Var. capite dorsoque asperioribus.

Inhabits Chittagong. Var. Mhendy Ghat. Sandy plains.

Length 6 inches; body 34; tail 27.

Brown, marbled with darker, and lower parts pale; head
short; scales of head, tail, limbs, and belly, ovate, blunt;
eye-brows keeled, with two bunches of spines over the ears ;
scales of the back very broad, blunt, keeled ; the dorsal crest
scarcely raised, extending the length of the back. Tail two-thirds
the length of the body. From a drawing.

The variety has the back and the head more spinous,

*** TTead uniformly scaly ; back simple ; tail uniformly scaly.

6. A. tuberculata. n. s.

Viridis flavo marmorata et punctata; squamis parvis ovatis,
caudew et membrorum externé majoribus, carinatis ; femoribus
seriebus 3—4 tuberculorum conicorum; caudd corpore duplo-
longiore, basi incrassatd, apice attenuata. ;

Inhabits India.

Length 12 inches ; body and head four ; tail 8.

Green, marbled and speckled with yellow ; scales small ovate,
those of the tail and outer side of the limbs larger, keeled; hinder
thighs, with three or four rows of conical tubercles behind ; tail
twice as long as the body, thick at the base, and tapering at the
end; eyebrows keeled, smooth ; teeth simple conical.

on the Saurian Reptiles of India, 219
Gen. 2, Draco, Linn.

1, D. abbreviata, n. s.

Squamis parvis; ad alarum marginem membrorumque pos-~
teriorum latera squamis ovalibus compressis ciliata; alis partim
femoribus adnatis subtus maculatis; gula brevi, thoracem attin~
gente.

Inhabits Singapore.

Length 12 inches; body 5; tail 7 inches.

Scales small, body on the edge of the wings and the sides of
the hind legs fringed with compressed ovate scales; wings partly
attached to the thighs, beneath spotted; the central pouch of the
throat reaching to the thorax. |

2. D. 5 fasciata. n. s.

Squamis parvis, caudw paulo majoribus ; membris posticis
squamis ovatis compressis marginatis ; alis fasciis quinque nigris
ceruleo-marginatis ; guld thoracem longé superante.

Draco viridis. Kuhl, Beitr. 102?

Body 4 inches; tail 54 inches.

Scales small, those of the tail rather larger; hind legs edged
with ovate compressed scales. Wings with five black bands,
edged with blue. The central pouch of the throat reaching
beyond the thorax.

3. D. viridis. Daud. Rept. iv. t. 41. good.

Pale, wings and body dotted, and marbled with black. Tail
just twice as long as the body.

A drawing from an animal brought from Java.

Gen. 3, Uromastix.

1. U. Hardwickii. Gray, Mss.

Supra virescens nigro punctulata brunneoque marmorata ;
subtus pallidé brunnea; femoribus posticis maculd nigra ad basin
internum; squamis membrorum parvis, infra corpus majoribus ;
tibiarum spinis sparsis ; caudd supra annulis spinarum distinctis.

Iuhabits the sandy plains of Kanouge, in Hindustan.

Greenish, punctulated with black,.and marbled with brown

290 Gen. Hardwicke and Mr. Gray

above ; beneath pale brown, the thighs with a black spot on the
base of the inner or front edge; scales small, those of the limbs
and under side larger; hind legs with scattered, and the tail
with distinct separate rings of spines on the upper surface; the
outer spine on the edge of the tail the largest.

When old, the skin about the neck and shoulders becomes loose
and folded.

Called by the Hindoos Saara: it is eaten by the lower castes.

2. U. Belliana. nu. s,

Olivacea; dorso fasciis tribus longitudinalibus, cum seriebus
quatuor macularum albarum nigro-marginatarum alternantibus ;
membris maculis albis ocellatis; lateribus nigro maculatis ; squamis
parvis, subtus paulo majoribus, caude parvis verticillatis,

Inhabits Penang.

Body 5, tail 9 inches,

Olive green; back with three pale black-edged longitudinal
streaks, alternating with four rows of black-edged pale coloured
spots; legs varied with pale black-edged spots, and the sides
ornamented with square black spots; scales small, those of
the lower parts rather larger, and those of the tail small and
placed in verticillate bands ; the bands of pores do not quite meet
over the sub-anal region. From a drawing. )

Fam. III. Cram eonip&,
Gen. 1. CuHAMLEO,
1. C. vulgaris.
* Lacerta Chameleon. Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 364. 20.
_ Lacerta cauda tereti brevi. Linn. Amen. Acad. i. 571.

& i. 512,

Chameleo vulgaris. Latr. Rept. 11. Daud. iv. 181.

Chameleon trapu. Geoff. Rept. d Egypte. ?

Caméléon ordinaire. Cuv, Regn. An. ii. 52.

Icon. Seba. i, t. 82. f.2. dry.—f. 1. in spirits. (Copied
Ency. Meth. t.—f. 2.) Geoff. St. Hilaire, Rept.
d’ Egypte. t. 4. f. 3¢

Skeleton. Seda, t. 82. f. 8, Copied Daud. Rept. i, te
Fis tevks

on the Saurian Reptiles of India. 291

Chamzleo Mexicanus. Laur. Rept. 45.
Lacerta chameleon. 6. Gmel. Syst. Nat. i. 1069. 20.
~ Chameleon calcaratus. Merrem, Rept. i. 162.
All from Seba. i. t. 82. f. 1. which has the slight expan-
sion of the hinder part of the sole distorted into a
distinct toe.

Perhaps also,

Chamzleo Africanus. Laur, Rept. 46.

Lacerta Africana. Gmel. Syst. Nat. i. 1069. 60.

Chameleon calcaratus (pars). Merrem, Rept. i. 162. All
established from Seba, i. t. 83. f. 4.

Chameleo Zealonicus. Laur. Rept. 46.

Chameleon subcroceus. Merrem, Rept. i. 162. Both from
Seba. 1. t. 82. f. 3.

Inhabits Africa and India. “ Egypt, Barbary, and South of
Spain,” Cuvier. Central Africa, Colonel Denham. India, Gen.
Hardwicke. Tripoli, Mr. Ritchie. Egypt, Geoffroy.

This species, which is evidently the one originally described by
Linnezus, is known by the peculiar pyramidical form of the occiput,
by the single large irregular quadrangular flat space on the cheek,
(which is double in C. pumila), and by the slightly crested
denticulated white line from the chin to the vent. The teeth are
rarely (as they are described to be by Cuvier) slightly 3-lobed,
which is an anomaly in those Lizards which have them placed on
the edge of the jaw. When the animal is alive and io health,
the angles of the occipital pyramid and the lines on the side of
the face are completely obliterated. Itis distinguished from a spe-
cies from Central Africa, by the occipital keel extending to the
centre of the eye, by the back of the head being only slightly lobed,
and by the frontal scales being tubercular.

Fam. IV. Gecxoripa.

Gen. 1. Preropreunra. n. g.

Digitis palmatis ad basin usque dilatatis, squamis latis uni-
seriatis indivisis, ultimo articulo adunco libero, pollice mutico;

222 Gen, Hardwicke and Mr. Gray

poris femoralibus nullis ; corporis et membrorum lateribus fime
briatis.

This genus can be confounded only with the Uroplates of
Daudin, from which it may immediately be distinguished by the
toes being completely webbed, by the scales of their under side
being broader towards the extremities, and entire, and by the
last joint, which bears the claw, being raised up and exposed, while
in the Uroplates it is inclosed in the groove of the scales, and com-
pletely hid from view ; indeed the formation of the toes is similar
to that of the Platydactyles and Geckos, but it differs from them
in their being webbed, and in the membranes on the sides of the
body, which appear to indicate very different habits.

1. P. Horsfieldii. n.s.

Supra pallidé fusca, nigro-fusco maculata; infra albida.
Pteropleura Horsfieldii. Gray, Phil. Mag. July, 1827.

Inhabits India. Singapore, Gen. Hardwicke. Java, Dr. Hors«
Jjield.

Head and body depressed; above pale brown, with irregular
shaped dark spots, with a darker margin on each side of the body
just above the lateral fringe, two round spots on the back of the
neck, two sub-quadrangular larger spots over the shoulders, and four
irregular wavy bands at nearly equal distance froma one another ;
the scales of the upper part of the body are small and even, those
of the upper side of the limbs and tail and lower part of the body
are rather larger; the labial scales are very large, and the central
one of the upper jaw is broad, and furnished with one large
central and two smaller ones on its upper edge. ‘The sides of the
head, between the angle of the mouth and the ear, just behind the
ear, the front and hinder edge of the fore legs, the side of the
body, from the fore to the hind legs, the bend of the outer and
the whole of the inner edge of the hind legs, are furnished with a
membranaceous fringe, which is covered with rather large, broad,
quadrangular scales, placed in cross bands on the upper side, naked
and smooth beneath, except the fringe on the side of the head,
which is covered with reticulated scales above, and smaller ones
beneath. Tail depressed, edge slightly expanded.

on the Saurian Reptiles of India. 225

Length of the animal 5 inches ; head 1; body 2; tail2. The
breadth of the expansion.on each side of the body half an inch.
It differs from the Ptychozoon of Kuhl, by not having any femoral
pores.

Gen.2. GeEcKo.

1. G. verus.
Lacerta Gecko. Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 365. 21.
Gecko verus. Merrem, Rept. i. 42. 12.
Platydactylus. Cuv. Regne An. ii. 45.
Icon. Seba, i. t. 108.

Gen. 3. HemipActrytus.

A drawing of a species of this genus, with its young, is in the

collection; but at present we do not venture to describe it.

Gen. 4. Evsrernanis. n. g.

Digitis 5. 5. subequalibus simplicibus conicis brevibus ungui-
culatis; ports subanalibus distinctis ; caudd cylindrica, verticillata.

This genus is separated from the other genera of the simple
toed Geckos, by being furnished with distinct subanal pores,
and also by: the form of the toes, which are very short and
conical.

1. E. Hardwickii, n. s.

Supra fusca, fasciis quatuor albis; dorsi squamis parvis sub-
conicis ; infra albida.

Eublepharis Hardwickii. Gray, Phil. Mag. June, 1827.

Inhabits Chittagong, Gen. Hardwicke. Penang.

Blackish brown, above pale, under parts and limbs whitish,
with a pale band from the lips, extending over the ears, and form-
ing a horse-shoe over the back of the head ; another lunate band
on the middle of the back, a transverse band over the hind legs,
and one or two on the tail. The front of the head and lower
part of the body and limbs are covered with small roundish flat

Q94 Gen. Hardwicke and Mr. Gray.

scales ; the back and upper part of the limbs-are protected with
large oval scales, each slightly elevated in the centre, and sepa-
rated from one another at the base by a series of minute granulated
scales. The tail, which is round at the base and slightly com-
pressed at the extremity, is covered with small irregular flat scales,
and is narrowed at equal distances into 16—18 ring-like con-
tractions, which are more visible in the centre, and gradually dis-
appear at each end. Each of these bands is furnished with a
series of large orbicular subconical scales on the edge. The labial
scales, especially of the upper lip, are very long and narrow. ‘The
edge of the eye-lid is reflexed and expanded; femoral pores
8—9 on each side, in a triangular series; toes very short.

Length of the animal 74 inches; of head and body 4 inches ;
tail 35 inches.

Gen. 5. CyrropActytus. n. g.

Digitis 5. 5. apice compressis, retroflexis dein incurvatis, un-
guiculatis; poris femoralibus nullis; caudé cylindrica.

This genus belongs to that group of. the family which differs
from the type in the toes being destitute of those scales on the
under side which enable them to climb on perpendicular surfaces 5
but it is known from the other genera of this section by the
peculiar form of the toes, which are arched at the end, that is to
say, the third joint is very short, and forms a right angle with
the second; the fourth then goes off horizontally from it, and the
joint bearing the claw is bent down at the end, so as to give the
foot a very peculiar appearance.

1. C. pulchellus. n.s. .

Supra pailidé fuscus, subaculeatus, fasciis purpureis duodecim
latis ; infra levis, pallidus; superciliis denticulatis explanatis, in-
terné purpureo-brunneis.

C. pulchellus. Gray, Phil. Mag. June, 1827.

Inhabits Penang.

The head is very much depressed, and smooth; the labial scales
broad, short, quadrangular; the frontal ones of both jaws trian-
gular, with two scales on their upper edge; eyes very large, the

on the Saurian Reptiles of India. 225

lids expanded, plaited on the edge, and purple within; the back
is minutely scaly, with numerous polished, round-based trihedral
tubercles, of the colour of the part on which they are placed.

The scales of the chin are small and smooth; those of the
abdomen larger, imbricate, circumscribed on the side of the
body by a slightly crenulated raised edge of tubercles, and
separated from the smaller scales of the hinder part of the thighs
by a series of larger scales, which just occupies the place usually
filled by the femoral pores; the lower surface of the tail is fur-
nished with a central series of broad short scales.

The upper surface is pale brown, witha broad horse-shoe-shaped
purple-brown band edged with white, passing from the back of
each eye over the ear to the back of the head; a similar band
extends over the shoulders, and then follow three rings of the
same colour on the body, and seven on the tail.

Length of the body 3 inches; of head 13 ; of tail —?

Fam. V. VARANIDE.
Gen. 1. Montror.

The animals of this genus are aquatic ; they have the tail above
compressed and keeled, and beneath rounded, and the nostrils
ovate, small, placed laterally, nearer the tip of the nose than the
eye.

1, M. elegans.

Tupinambis elegans. Daudin, Rept. ?

Tupinambis bivittatus. Kuhl, Beitr. 123. Boié, Isis,
1826. 1. 205.

Monitor élégant de l’Archipel des Indes. Cuv. Regne
Anim. ii. 24,

Monitor de Java. Cuv. Oss. Foss. v. 288.

Varanus elegans. Merrem, Rept. 58.

Inhabits Cawnpore and Dheliah, near Futtehghur.

The nostrils are placed at less than half the distance from the
tip of the nose to the eye; the head is plain olive, with two
darker streaks over the ears, and some yellow bands on the front
of the nose, by which it is to be distinguished from the African
Monitor, 7’. elegans, Kuhl, well figured by Petiver( Gaz.t.15.f. 6.).

Vor .III. P

996 Gen. Hardwicke and Mr. Gray

The number of bands of spots, and their size, appear to vary by
age.

Called Bis Kupra, or Bis Copra at Cawnpore, and Gosaump at
Dheliah.

2. M. flavescens. n. 5s.

Naribus rostri apici quam oculis propinquioribus; carina-
elevatd utrinque supra dorsum ; digitis validis brevibus subequali-
bus ; squamis magnis flavis brunneo-rufescente marmoratis; cauda
corpore duplo feré longiore.

Inhabits India.

Nostrils one-third the distance from the end of the nose to the
angle of the eye. Body with a raised keel on each side of the
back, just above the legs. Toes strong, short, nearly equal.
Scales large, yellow, mottled with reddish-brown. ‘Tail nearly
twice as long as the body. ‘Tail 144. Body 8 inches. There is
another drawing, apparently of this species, with the body 13 and -
the tail 18 inches long. From a drawing.

Gen. 2. VARnaANus.

Tail round and triangular. Nostrils an oblique slit, placed
near the angle of the eye. Teeth sharp, compressed. ‘Terrestrial.

1. V. Scincus.

Tupinambis griseus. Daud. Rept. viii. 362.

Monitor terrestre d’Egypte. Cuv. Regn. Anim. ii. 25.

Ouran de Forskal. Geoff. Rept. d Egypte.

Varanus Scincus. Merrem, Rept. 59.

The Scincus of the Ancients, according to Prosper
Alpinuus.

Crocodile terrestre d’ Herodote.—Cuvier.

Animal Lacertosum. Prosper Alp. H. N. Aigypt. 217.

Icon. Prosper Alp. Ib. t. 11. Geoffroy, Rept. d Egypte,
t, 3.7, 'S;

Inhabits Futtehghur.

A drawing of this animal differs slightly from the specimen in the
British Museum from Tripoly, collected by Mr. Ritchie, which
agrees exactly with Geoffroy’s figure in colour; the upper part
of the body is pale, with three irregular-edged broad, and the
belly with four narrow black, bands. The tail also is annulated.

on the Saurian Reptiles of India. 297

ORDER IIIf. SAUROPHIDITI.
Fam. 1. Scincip#.
Gen. 1. Tiriqua.

The toes of this genus are simple, cylindrical, not fringed. Body
fusiform, and the head covered with one rostral, one anterior
and two posterior frontal, one anterior vertebral, two occipital, a
posterior vertebral, and four posterior occipital shields.

1. 7’. carinata.

Scincus carinatus. Schneid. Iist. Amph. ii. 183. Daud.
Rept. iv. 304.
Icon, —— ——?

Inhabits gardens, Dumdum.

- A specimen preserved in spirits agrees well with Schneider’s des-
cription of his second specimen. In a drawing of the species, the
animal is represented as golden green on the back, with a golden
yellow band commencing at the nose, and running over the eye-
brow along the side of the body, a little behind the hind legs ; the
sides are purplish, darker above near the yellow streak ; the scales of
the upper parts are strongly ribbed, and those of the lower parts
sexangular and polished.

There is a drawing of a Scinc, supposed by the natives to be
the young of this species, which is pale golden green above and
yellow beneath, with a pale whitish border and scattered black
spots on each side, just over the legs.

2. T. trivittata. n.s.

Supra pallidé brunnea; dorso fasciis flavis tribus latis nigro-
marginatis ; lateribus pallidis maculis nigris raris; subtus albida.

Inhabits gardens, Dumdum.

Length, 83; Body, 4%; Tail, 4 inches.

Above pale yellowish-brown, with three broad yellow bands on
the back edged with black; the bands are two series of scales
broad, and have two series of scales between each of them, the yel-
low situated on the two inner halves of the two series, and the
black occupying the other outer halves of the scales; sides paler,
with a few black spots; beneath whitish; under the eye a black
streak. The tail banded like the back, very nearly as long as the
body ; ears denticulated in front ; toes rather short. From a draw-
ing.

pP2

298 Gen. Hardwicke & Mr. Gray, onthe Saurian Reptiles, &¢.

Ts this the §. trilineatus, Schneid. ii. 202.2? The scales of the
tail are uniform.

Gen. 2. Lyaosoma, n. g.

Corpore cauddque longis cylindricis, caudd parum attenuata,
squamis paribus imbricatis tecti; pedibus quatuor breviusculis,
digitis 5. 5. inequalibus unguiculatis; capite scutato; auribus
depressis parum vero occultis. :

Body long, cylindrical. Tail long, cylindrical, slightly attenu-
ated ; equally covered with imbricate scales. Legs 4. rather short.
Toes 5. 5. unequal, clawed. Head shielded. Tympanum of the
ears sunk, but distinct.

Head with one rostral, one anterior and one posterior frontal,
a large anterior and a small triangular posterior vertebral, and two
oval occipital shields.

The animals of this genus are separated from the Scincs by the
cylindrical form of their body and tail, and the shortness and
weakness of their legs. They agree with them in the scales, num-
ber of toes, and in having a visible tympanum, which separates
them from the Anguis quadrupes of Linneus. They are separated
from Seps by the form and number of their toes.

1. L. serpens.

Corpore supra aureo-subfusco nitente, subtus albido, lineis nigris
longitudinalibus multis ; squamis hexagonis; cauda cwrulescentis
lineis interruptis.

Lacerta serpens. “ Bloch, Besch. Berl. Naturf. ii. 28.”
Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1078. 75. excl. syn. Linn.

Scincus brachypus (pars.) Schneid. Amph. ii. 192.

Seps pentadactylus (pars.) Daud. Rept. iv. 325.

Chalcide Serpentin. Latreille, Hist. Rept. ii. 87.

Icon. “* Bloch. Ibid. ii. t. 2.’ Gmel.

Inhabits India, Java, Dr. Horsjield.

Body, above shining golden brown, beneath whitish, with
16—18 longitudinal black lines, scales sexangular, with a line
between each series. Tail bluish, with the lines interrupted.
Length, 8 inches. Head to fore-legs, 4 inch; to hind-legs, 23<
Tail, 34 inches. :

Rev. Mr. Berkeley on Modiola, &c. 229

This may perhaps be the animal indicated by Boié, as Seps
multilineata.

The Scincus, n. 43. Gronovius, Zooph. p. 11., an animal
ia the British Museum, figured by Seba, vol. ii. t. 12. f. 6., and
the Lacerta abdominalis of Thunberg, appear to belong to this
genus.

Art. XXIII. A short account of a new species of Modiola,
and of the animal inhabitants of two British Serpula.
By: the Rev. M, J. Berk every,

Mopiora Ruomsea,
(Tab. Supp. XVIII. fig. 1. magnitudine nat. et lente aucta)
Mod. testa tenui, rhombea, gibbosa, plicis transversis subcre-
nulatis, posticé obscuris, costisque longitudinalibus ; umbonibus
prominulis incurvis.
A single specimen was dredged up at Weymouth, Aug. 1826,

adhering by a Byssus to a large mass of slate. Length from the
umbo to front margin, 2 lin.

SerrutaA Arunpo.
(Tab. Supp XVIII. fig. 2. lente bis aucta)
Serp. testa solitarid, vel fasciculata, primum repemi, costellis
quatuor plus minusve obsoletis longitudinalibus, rugisque inter-
mediis transversis ; demum adscendente, transversim rugoso-striata.

Animal, corpore elongato, depressiusculo; postice attenuato,
segmentis sub-nonagenis, ultimis ciliatis, albido-flavescente, fascia
longitudinali obscuriore ; anticé, area dorsali oblonga plumbea,
linea centrali fusco-nigrescente inter duas lineas fuscas ; subtus
linea fusca inter duas fusco-nigrescentes ; pallio crispato, utrinque
incarnato, anticé virescente ; fasciculis utrinque septem aureis, quo-
rum anteriores confertiores; subter quemque fasciculum, pallio
macula coccinea insigni; branchiis duabus terminalibus, flabel-
latis ; digitationibus pennaceis numerosis coccineis, fasciis punc-
tisque concoloribus vel albis ; operculo nullo.

Serpula Arundo. Turt..Conch. Dict. p. 155.

230 Rev. Mr. Berkeley on Modiola, &c.

Dredged up at Weymouth.

The shelly tube of this Serpula is so variable, that it is difficult
to assign characters by which it may be recognised, without the
assistance of the animal. I have some specimens before me, in
which there are four distinct keels, and intermediate transverse
ruge ; which might be taken for a distinct species. Others have
the keels less evident, but still discernible, with the ruge faint,
while others have the keels quite obsolete with the ruge very
distinct. Having taken the shell myself, in all its different stages
of growth, I can safely say that the specimens before me are but
varieties of one species.* When the shell becomes free the keels
are totally lost, and it may be known from Serpula tubularia by
its more slender form and delicate substance ; neither is the aper-
ture expanded, as in S$. ¢ubularia. The animal differs from that
of §. tubularia in its oblong dorsal area, while that of the latter
is much attenuated bebind ; and in the absence of the operculum.

This may possibly be the shell figured in Rumph. Mus. t. 41,
fig. 3. and Mart. 1. t. 2. fig. 12. A. as well as the Serpula protensa
Lam. An. sans vert. Vol. 5. p. 364. which is said to be found in
the Mediterranean, but it is not safe to make any positive asser=
tion without specimens. .

SerputA FILoGRANa.

(Tab. Supp. XVIII. fig. 3. lente pluries aucta)

Serp. testa nitidiusculd filiformi, fasciculata; fasciculis can-
cellato-ramosis fastigiatis.

Animal, corpore valde compresso ; postice, segmentis latiusculis,
subtricenis, ultimis ciliatis, utrinque papillis duabus minimis,
nigris, insiguibus, pallidé carneo, fascia longitudinali obscuriore ;
antice ared dorsali oblonga purpurascente fascid longitudinali
rufescente: pallio planiusculo, albo; fasciculis utrinque septem,
quorum anteriores confertiores. Membrana terminali branchiarum
ciliis octo pennaceis corneis quorum duo media operculum subin-
fundibuliforme, oblique truncatum, ferunt.

* May not the shell noticed by Dr. Turton in the Zool. Journal, Vol. ii.
p-. 567. under the name of Vermilia scabra, be identical with the strongly
marked variety.

Gen, Hardwicke on the Bos Gour of India. 231

Filograna. Planc. Conch. p. 46 & 113. App, t. 19.
fig. A. B.
Seba. Vol. 3. p. 10. fig. 8 &-19. a.
Serpula Filograna. Liun,. Syst. Nat. p. 1265.
Gmel. 3741.
Serpula complexa. Turt. Conch. Dict. p. 153.

Dredged up at Weymouth.

According to the principles on which Lamarck has founded
his genera, the two animals described above would form fit sub-
jects for two new genera. I have however thought it more pru-
dent to leave both for the present in Serpudla, till more be known
of the foreign species. Serpula tubularia * and triquetra are by
Lamarck referred to two different genera, on account of the tes-
taceous operculum of the latter, There is no other difference in
the animals, and I have seen the operculum with nothing more than
a mere film of shelly matter, so as not to appear obviously testa-
ceous without accurate examination. The dentate aperture affords
no good character ; for S. fubudaria, in its young state, is furnished
with a strong keel; and on this account Montagu confounded it
with S. ¢riquetra, and has therefore quoted the synonym of Ellis
for the latter species; but in the Supplement, he describes the
real ¢riquetra as distinct, having found that its animal did not
accord with his former observation, being provided with a shelly
operculum.

————————— "rr ve or

Art. XXIV. On the Bos Gour of India. By Major-
Gen. T. Harpwicke, F.R., & £.S., &c.

In the Edinburgh Philosophical Journal, No. 22, for October,
1824, is given a very interesting account of this new species of
the bovine genus, from the pen of Dr. Thomas S. Trail ; and as no
drawing of the animal has yet been given to the public, to my
knowledge, I am induced to offer to the Zoological Journal, for

* Described in Lamarck under the name of S. vermicularis. The real ver-
smicularis, which has a double striated operculum, is his variety.

932 Gen. Hardwicke

publication, a figure taken from a pair of horns* of the Gour,
killed I believe by the same hunting party described by Capt.
Rogers, and presented to me by the principal member of that
party, the late Major Roughsedge.

It will be found on inspection of the horns, and by comparison
with those of the Gayal, that the difference of structure is
strongly marked; and tends to establish the non affinity of species
between the Gour and the Gayal.

Of the Gayal (Bos Gaywus) of Colebrooke, 8th vol. Asiatic
Researches, there appears to be more than one species. The pro-
vinces of Chattgong and Sylhet produce the wild, or as the
natives term it, the Asseel Gayal,t and the domesticated one.
The former is considered an untameable animal, extremely fierce,
and not to be taken alive. It rarely quits the mountainous tract
of the S.E. frontier, and never mixes with the Gobbah, or Village
Gayal of the Plains. I succeeded in obtaining the skin, with the
head of the Asseel Gaydal, which is deposited in the museum of the
Hon. the East India Company, in Leadenhall Street, and from
which the drawing was taken, which accompanies that of the
horns of the Gour.

I may notice another species of Gayal, of which a male and
female were in the Governor-General’s park, at Barrackpore.
This species differs in some particulars from the domesticated
Gayal, and also from the Asseel or true Gaya: first, in size,
being a larger animal than the domestic one; secondly, in the
largeness of the dewlap, which is deeper and more undulated than
in either the wild or tame species; and thirdly, in the size and
form of the horns.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE AND DIMENSIONS OF THE ANIMALS,

Pl. VII. Fig. 2. Bos Gour, or Wild Bull, of the Mountainous
District of Ramgurh, and Table-land of Sirgoojas.

* These horns may be inspected in the museum of the Zoological Society,
to which they have been presented by General Hardwicke, together with many
other valuable subjects of Indian Zoology.—Ep.

+ True Gayal. The natives make a great distinction between the wild and
the domesticated Gayal. ,

on the Bos Gour of India. 235

DIMENSIONS.

atoa__ between the tips 15 inches.

b to b greatest diameter of the curve 25 inches, 3 inches below
the tips.

ctoc greatest breadth of the forehead 123 inches.

dtod circumference of the horn at the base 133, another speci-
men measures 153 inches.

From the base of the horn to the tip round the outer curve, 26

inches; another ditto 28.

Fig.1. The true or “ Asseel Gayal” (Bos Gayeus) of the
S.E. Frontier of Bengal, drawn from a female subject recently
killed.

DIMENSIONS.

atoa __ space between the points of the horns, 14 inches.

b to b ditto five inches lower, 214 ditto.

etoec breadth of the forehead, 12 ditto.

dtod __ ditto across the eyes 114.

e toe ditto across the muzzle, 5 ditto.

ftof length of the head, 22 ditto. Length of horn round the
outer curve, 21 ditto. Circumference of ditto at the
base, 103 ditto. Length of ears, 9 ditto,

General Dimensions of the Asseel Gayal.

in. ft. in.
Head—length from nose to occippnt =... ., a

Body—ditto from occiput to root of the tail . . 81 Bi
> length of tail URS OOL AD OSL, JA Lisey Zk

», height from the hoof to shoulder alee OS! Yr hegre

>» ditto ditto bo rumpes? shat 10 DGB od odie @

» greatest circumference of the abdomen . . 77 6 5
length of ears eis. Seth aren ei ee hn) 0 9

Maize Hill, Greenwich,
27th March, 1827.

234 Mr. Broderip on a Fossil Volute.

Ant. XXV. Description of a Fossil Volute from St.
Peter’s Mountain, near Maestricht. ByW. J.Broperip,
Esq., Sec. G, S., F. B.S., &e.

VoLUTA ANTIQUA.

V. testa ovato-fusiformi, costis magnis, longitudinalibus, eleva-~
tis; spira mediocri; columella 4 plicata.

Fossilis in Monte Saucti Petri, juxta Trajectum ad Mosam.

Icon, Tab. supp. xix.

Mus. Hoeninghaus., nost.

Shell ovate-fusiform, with large elevated longitudinal ribs ;
spire moderate ; pillar 4 plaited.

Fossil in St. Peter’s Mountain, near Maestricht.

Faujas-Saint-Fond, who has described and figured many of the
fossils of St. Peter’s mountain, has been censured by very great
authorities, for inaccuracy, and even ignorance. That he has
made many mistakes (such as describing the bony parts of fossil
turtles for the horns of stags or elks) is true: but those who cen-
sure such errors as these, and even some of graver character,
should remember that the position of geology when Faujas-Saint-
Fond wrote, was far, very far behind the rapid advance which
this science has made of late years, aided by the new lights, which
av increased knowledge of Zoology has thrown on its path.

Among the fossils of St. Peter’s mountain, there is figured * the
cast of a large turbinated shell, to which is given the name of
“¢ Buccinite siliceuw.”’? Through the kindness of Mr. Hoeninghaus
of Crefeld, I am enabled to state my opinion that the cast in
question is the cast of a Voluta. That gentleman has, most libe-
rally, presented me with several specimens, some of which I have
sacrificed to this inquiry ; and, if, among these specimens, there
had not been one of the shell itself, I am not at all prepared to
say that I could have pronounced the others to be casts of a

* Histoire Naturelle de la montagne de Saint-Pierre, de Maestricht, par B.
Faujas-Saint-Fond. Pl. xx. fig. a,b. - .

Mr. Bell on two Cuban Reptiles. 235

species of Volute. These last have scarcely any trace of the lon-
gitudinal elevated ribs on the back, but they become visible
on the under part, and on parts of the spire. Upon examining
the interior, the impressions of the ribs and of the plaits of the
pillar are distinctly seen.

The recent shell which approaches nearest to this fossil appears
to be the V. tuberculata of Swainson. The specimen from which
the figure in ‘* Exotic Conchology ” was taken, is the only one I
have seen, and is now in my possession.

Art. XXVI. Descriptions of a new Species of Anolius,
and a new Species of Amphisbena,; collected by
W.S. MacLeay, Esq. in the Island of Cuba. By
Tuomas Bex, Esq., FL.S., F.G.S.. &c.

Genus Anottus. Cuv.

Ruovo.zemus. A. vertice concavo, scutellis elevatis tecto; paleari
roseo.

Habitat in Ins. Cuba.
Tab. Supp. XX. f. 1.

Description. Uead large, triangular above, and covered with
rough elevated brown scales, the edges ridged with more promi-
nent ones of a yellowish colour, a continuation of which also
surrounds the superior ridge of tne orbit. Scales of the lips
smooth, broad, regular, and nearly equal. ‘Trunk covered with
moderate sized smooth scales, diminishing towards the belly,
those on the gular pouch very minute. The scales of anteriour
part of the back and sides irregular in form, and distant from each
other, becoming regularly square and close posteriorly. Dorso-
caudal crest denticulate ; the denticuli triangular, broader on the
commencement of the tail, diminishing gradually towards the
middle, where they disappear. General colour brown, changing
to darker or lighter green, and in parts to light blue. A fold of
the #kin over the shoulders:of a greenish yellow. The gular

236 Dr. Horsfield on two species of

pouch very large, and of a delicate pink colour. The proportions
of the legs, feet, and toes, similar to those in other species of the
genus,

Length of the head..... 2 in.
body «ss: 4 —

_

The remarkable character of the scales covering the upper part
of the head, the variety and elegance of combination of colours,
the size and delicacy of hue of the gular pouch renders this species
a very interesting acquisition to this department of Zoology.

Genus Amrnispana. Linn.
Punerata. A. rufescente-grisea, fusco punctata.
Habitat in Ins. Cuba.
Tab. Supp. XX, f. 2.

Long. Capitis, 2 lin.—Corporis, vit unc.—Caude, v lin.

Arr. XXVII. Notice of two Species of Vespertilionida,
forwarded by W. 8S. MacLray, Esq. F.L.S., His
Majesty’s Commissioner of Arbitration at the Havana,
&c., &c.; in a letter to the Editor of the Zoological
Journal. By Tuos. Horsrievp, M.D., F.L.S., §c. &c.

My pEAr Sir,

Among various objects of natural history,* which have recently
been forwarded from the Havana by W.S. MacLeay, Esq. are two
species of Vespertiliontde, of which I have the pleasure of send-
ing you a concise account. Although they have already been
indicated in late works of Natural History, it may perhaps be in-
teresting to preserve a record of them in your Journal, as belonging
to the Fauna of the Island of Cuba, which, as we know from the
communications of Mr. MacLeay, is remarkable on account of the
paucity of Mammiferous species which it contains.

* The description of several birds from the same locality will appear

in our next number. We regret that a pressure of matter prevents their ap-
: .
pearance in the present.

Cuban Bats. 937

One of these subjects belongs to the genus Molossus, and ap-
pears to have an extensive range, not ouly on the continent of
America, but also on the West Indian Islands: the specific name
of velox was assigned to it by its discoverer, with which it appears
in M. Temminck’s Monographs of Mammalia. The second be
longs to the genus Phyllostoma ; it was first noticed and concisely
described by Dr. Leach in the Transactions of the Linnean So-
ciety ; but as the specimens sent by Mr. MacLeay have arrived in
excellent condition, preserved in spirits; I have thought that a
more detailed notice, as well as a figure of a species, hitherto
imperfectly known, would not be useless.

I have the honour to be,
My dear Sir,
Your faithful Servant,

Tuos. Horsrienp:

To N. A. Vigors, Esq., &c. &c. &c

1. Motossus vetox, Natterer.

M. corpore supra saturate-fusco, infra canescente, pilis omnibus
unicoloribus, membrand antipedum nigra, plagad pilorum
fuscorum humero et antibrachio parallela, in gula fossulé
cylindrica rima orbiculari cinctd.

Molosse véloce. Dysopes velox, Temm., Monogr. de Mammal.
p. 234. pl. xxii. fig. 1.

Wings narrow, but comparatively of great length; tail enveloped
by the interfemoral membrane to about one half of its length,
slender; ears not much elevated above the head, but of consider-
able breadth, united on the forehead by a continuation of the
lobes from each side. On the throat a siphon or cylindrical
pouch, having a regularly circumscribed border. Muzzle from
the nostrils to the lips covered with numerous, coarse, obtuse
bristles, of equal length. Upper lips bounded by a delicate
series of hairs. Hairy covering of a dark chesnut colour above,
paler and greyish underneath. Fur short; the separate hairs

238 Dr. Horsfield on two species of

being of a uniform colour throughout. Axillary cavity of consi«
derable depth and extent. Membrane of the flanks less covered
above than underneath. An irregularly defined broad band of
brownish hairs extends along the bones of the shoulder and arm
above.

Entire length 3 inches and 6 lines; length of the tail, 1 inch
At lines.

This account, which agrees in substance with that given by M.
Temminck, is founded on the examination of a specimen in good
condition preserved in spirits. A careful comparison has been
made with the figure given in the Monographs above mentioned,
and as far as [am enabled to judge from one specimen, this spe-
cies appears to agree in all particulars on the continent of Ame-
rica, and in the Island of Cuba. The front teeth are all perfect
in the specimen: the two lower ones remain in their natural po-
sition, before the appendages of the canine teeth, and illustrate
the character of the genus Molossus, as originally defined by
M. Geoffroy de St. Hilaire : they are strictly “ entasseés au devant
des canines, et termineés chacune, par deux petites pointes.”

This species was discovered by M. Natterer in Brazil. M.
Schreibers, director of the Museum at Vienna, communicated two
specimens to M. Temminck, the loan of which he acknowledges
with grateful sentiments, and from which it would appear that his
description and drawings were made: he states that it has since
been brought to Europe by other travellers.

2. PuyLLosroma J AMAICENSE.

Ph. capite subcompresso, naso ad latera pilis brevibus vestito,

' vexillo nasali inferiore anticé abbreviato, adnato, lobo mar-
ginali utrinque sulco solitario exarato; corpore robusto, supra
canescente-fusco, subtus pallidiore, pilis subelongatis mollis-
simis. 7

Tab. Supp. X XI.

Artibeus Jamaicensis, Leach, Linn. Trans. xiii. p. 75-

The peculiarities of this genus are stated with great clearness
by Dr. Von Spix in his description of the animals discovered by

Cuban Bats. 239

him in Brasil.* They consist in a robust body; a thick somewhat
oblique or wedge-shaped head, terminated by an obtuse muzzle:
a double nasal membrane, of which the superior portion is erect
and acute, the lower broad and rounded, but less complicated
than in Rhinolophus: the gape of the mouth is semicircular; the
lips are defined externally by a broad, regular, even margin, which
is covered by closely disposed tubercles or warts; internally they
are surrounded by a narrow, cirrhated or regularly fimbriated mem-
brane, which appears to answer the purpose of a sieve or strainer.
The ears are of moderate size but not united; the interfemoral
membrane is short, and deeply excavated: and there is no tail
whatever. Dr. Von Spix, as wellas M. Fred, Cuvier, (Des Dents
des Mammiferes, &c.) separates the Phyllostomes, thus defined,
from the Vampires, although they agree in many characters.

The species now under consideration was first described con
cisely by Dr. Leach, with the name of Artibeus Jamaicensis in the
xiiith volume of the Transactions of the Linnean Society, from a
specimen sent to him from Jamaica by a correspondent. The
character assigned to it by Dr. Leach agrees essentially with that
of Phyllostoma, which had been previously defined by M. Geofiroy
de Saint Hilaire. J have preserved the specific name given to it by
Dr. Leach, and through the kind assistance of Mr. John E. Gray
of the British Museum, I have been enabled to compare the spe-
cimens sent by Mr. MacLeay from Cuba, with the individual from
Jamaica, originally described by Dr. Leach, and to determine
their identity.

The Phyllostoma Jamaicense has a robust body, which is
covered both above and underneath with long silky hairs of a very
soft texture ; the colour of the body and head above is gray, in-
clining to brown, but without any tincture of yellow or red ;
underneath it is paler and blueish ; the hairs above are darker at
their extremity, so that the fur appears of darker and lighter
shades according to the position of the hairs, and underneath it
has a silvery gloss on the surface. ‘The wings, the interfemoral
membrane, and the nasal appendages are nearly black. The ears
are narrow, rounded, and somewhat lengthened. The nose is

* See Zool. Journ. If. 125.

940 Mr. Vigors’s Sketches in Ornithology.

covered at the sides with a soft down, through which a few bristly
hairs are scattered. ‘The teeth agree in all points with the cha-
racter given them in the generic description: of the four superior
incisors the two lateral ones are smaller; the inferior incisors are
uniform in size, and regularly disposed. ‘The interfemoral mem-
brane is deeply excavated. The toes are uniform in length and
size; and have all the same direction: the claws are partially
covered by stiff projecting bristles.

The character of the mouth and lips, as given by Dr. Von Spix
in his generic description, applies closely to our species: the
latter are surrounded with a regular series of warts, and the mouth
is provided internally with a narrow, fimbriated, cribriform mem-
brane. In many particulars the Phyllostoma Jamaicense agrees
with the Phyll. planirostrum of Spix, figured on the xxxvith plate
of the work above mentioned : but it is clearly distinguished by the
structure and adhesion of the inferior portion of the nasal mem-
brane, by the absence of warts on the sides of the nose, and by
other particulars.

Our specimens have an expansion of the flying membrane,
amounting to one foot and three inches: and the entire length,
from the muzzle to the extremity of the interfemoral membrane, is

four inches and ten lines.

Arr. XXVIII. Sketches in Ornithology, &c. &c. By N.
A. Vicors, Esq., M.A., FR.S, & L.S., Secretary of
the Zoological Society, &c.

{Continued from Vol. ii. p. 483. ]
On tue Granp Vasa or M. Le VAILLANT.

Werte I not assured of the general accuracy of M. Le Vaillant,
and of his nice tact in the discrimination of species, I should feel
inclined to consider his grand Vasa which he has figured in the
81st plate of his ‘ Histoire des Perroquets,” and the petit Vasa
of which he has given a figure in the succeeding plate, as varieties.
of the same species. ‘The general similarity which prevails be-

On the Grand Vasa of M. Le Vaillant. 241

tween the two birds would at first sight authorise such a con-
clusion. The alleged difference between them is chiefly in their
size ; the former being one and twenty inches in length, the latter
not exceeding fourteen inches, or according to M. Brisson and
some other naturalists who appear to have seen the bird, being
about the size of the African grey Parrot (Psitt. erithacus, Linn.).
M. Le Vaillant affirms that the bill of the first species is more
rubust, in proportion to its size, than that of the second. He also
points out some difference in the lighter shades that prevail over
the dark plumage of each bird as it is held in different lights.
And he states that the grand Vasa is a native of the South Eastern
coast of Africa, while the petit Vasa is known to inhabit Mada~
gascar. These however are differences which may easily be sup-
posed to belong to varieties of the same species. ‘That in size is
certainly great; but not more so than is often found to exist
between individuals of the same species ; and the distance between
the localities again is not greater than that which frequently sepa~
rates the birds of many species of this family.

I have been Jed into the foregoing doubts upon this subject by
the examination of a bird which seems in some degree to unite the
characters of both the preceding species. It is a living specimen
which forms one of the highest attractions in the collection of the
Zoological Society, * and is at this moment in the most perfect
condition for examination. It accords very accurately with the
general appearance of both species as represented in the plates of
M. Le Vaillant, and characterized in his descriptions ; having the
prevailing colour of a sooty black, with a lighter shade of greyish-
slate passing over it as the bird is held in a strong light. A tint
of green, it nrust be added, sometimes prevails over all these
shades, which has not been noticed by M. Le Vaillant. The
length of the bird is eighteen inches, in which point it is nearly
intermediate between both species. + In its bill which is stout and
much rounded at the culmen, it seems to agree most nearly with

*The bird was most kindly presented to the Zoological Society by Mrs. David
Barclay, who had received it from William Telfair, Esq. an active and highly
scientific naturalist now resident in the Island of Madagascar. ;

Vor. III. Q

242 Mr. Vigors’s Sketches in Ornithology.

M. Le Vaillant’s description of the grand Vasa, while its habitat
on the other hand is the same as that of the petit Vasa.

Notwithstanding however we may suggest these doubts, we
have not materials in this country for solving them. There is no
example at present of the grand Vasa to which we can refer in
any of our Museums; and we are equally at a loss respecting the
lesser species. ‘The only specimen of this bird which I can trace
as having reached this country since the days of Mr. Edwards,
who figured it in the fifth plate of his Natural History of Birds,
was in the very valuable collection of Mr. Bullock, at the sale of
which in 1819 it was purchased for a Parisian Museum. What-
ever therefore may be our doubts as to the diversity of these
species, we are bound to keep them distinct, until they are proved
to be the same. And as, on taking a general estimate of the
characters of our bird, they seem to preponderate in favour of
the larger species of M. Le Vaillant, I shall consider it to belong
to that species, or the Psittacus Vasa of Dr. Shaw.

My object however in noticing this bird is net so much to
decide the species, as to point out the generick group, to which it
belongs. Much confusion has hitherto prevailed as to its affinities,
and those of the petit Vasa, (Psitt. niger, Linn.), which, if not
the same species, certainly, as I shall point out hereafter from
M. Le Vaillant’s description, belongs to the same group. M. Brisson
places the latter bird among those species of the Parrots which
he distinguishes by an even tail. Linnzus placed it in the same
situation, next in affinity to the well known Psitt. leucocephalus,
which approaches nearly to the type of the true Parrots. At the
same time he did not pass over without notice the different struc-
ture of its tail, having dwelt both in his specifick definition and
in the subsequent description upon the ‘* cauda longa sed equalis.’””
Dr. Shaw, who first scientifically named the larger species after
M. Le Vaillant’s description, ranges it and the petit Vasa in the
midst of the true Parrots. And Dr. Latham assigns them a situation
among the even-tailed birds of this family immediately between the
Cockatoos and the last mentioned group. M. Le Vaillant himself
equally considers these birds as belonging to the even-tailed Par
rots ; but he judiciously arranges them before that group, observing

On the Grand Vasa of M, Le Vaillant. 245

that they form a distinct section among them in consequence of
the length of their tail. It is also to be noticed that he places
them immediately after the Perrucne a large queue, ( Platycercus
Jlaviventris), to which species they bear a close aflinity, as will
subsequently appear. It is due to the late M. Kuhl to state that
he first ranked these birds in their natural station. ‘That gentle-
man, who, even in his slight sketch of the Parrots, had given a
sufficient promise of his future reputation as a naturalist to cause
us deeply to lament his premature loss to science, withdrew
the two species from their doubtful station, and placed them ac-
cording to their decided affinities among the Perruches a large
queue.

A single glance at the living bird now in our possession at once
confirms the justice of this arrangement. Its light and active
movements originating from superiour powers of foot and farsi,
totally distinct from the embarrassed gait and feebleness of limb
that characterize the typical Parrots, immediately call to mind
the Ground Parrakeets of New Holland. It has been the subject
of general observation among the visitors of the Zoological Mu-
seum, how much it resembles in these particulars many of those
Australian species which have of late become familiar to us in
their living state; such as the King’s, the Rose Hill, the Pen-
nantian, and the Macquarrie Parrakeets.* Upon a minute ex-
amination also of its characters, it is found to accord exactly with
these birds and the whole of the group of Platycercus lately cha-
racterized as belonging to Australia; having the broad culmen
to the bill, the short and rounded wing, and the comparatively
lengthened ¢ars? that distinguish that genus. From its geographical
position it forms an important addition to the group, which is thus
found to extend from some of the remoter Australian Islands to
those Islands which border upon Africa. The immediate affinity
of the bird is with the Plat. scapulatus (King’s Parrakeet), which
it resembles in the nearly even tail. And here it may be observed
that those species of the group which inhabit the remoter islands,
such as Plat. Pacificus, (Macquarrie Parrakeet), and its con-
geners, have their tails strongly graduated ; some species again of

* Plat. scapulatus, eximius, Pennantii, and Pacificus.

Q 2

244 Mr. Vigors’s Sketches in Ornithology.

the continent of New Holland, such as Plat. Brownii, Baueri,
&c., immediately connected with the foregoing, have tails which
partially desert the cuneated form; while others, as Plat. scapu-
latus, erythropterus, &c., with tails becoming nearly even, in
conjunction with the Madagascar bird now before us, beautifully
unite the whole group with the Parrots of continental Africa, in
which the even tail predominates. Although I deviate in some
measure from our immediate subject, I can not avoid noticing the
connection which the same Australian group has on the other side
with the Continent of India, through means of the Paleornis
Barrabandi. This New Holland species, with its comparatively
elongated farsi, brings those ground Parrakeets of Australia, which
have lengthened and cuneated tails, into immediate contact with
the Indian group of Palewornis. The continued chain of geo-
graphical affinities which unites this division of the Parrots is
singularly conspicuous and beautiful.

With this addition to the genus Platycercus, the group is com-
posed of the following fifteen species which may be referred to in
the different Museums of this Metropolis. To these Psitt. niger,
Linn., may be added, and most probably also Psitt. Mascarinus,
Linn., which belongs to the same locality, and appears, as far as
can be judged from a figure and description, to possess the same
characters,

* Caudé subaquali.

1. Prat. Vasa. Le Vaill., Hist. des Perr. pl. 81.
In Vivario Societatis Zoologice.

2. Prat. scaArutatus. Linn. Trans., Vol. XV. p. 284.
In Mus, Soc. Zoologice, multisque aliis.

3. Pray. eryturorterus. Linn. Trans., Vol. XV. p. 284
In Mus. Soc. Linnzane.

4. Pusat. Pennantir. Linn. Trans., Vol. XV. p- 280-
In Mus. Soc, Zoologica, aliisque.

5. Prat. ruaviventris. Linn. Trans., Vol. XV. p. 281-
In Mus. Societatum Linn. et Zool. .

6. Prat. exrutus. Linn. Trans., Vol. XV. p. 281.
In Mus. Soc. Zoologice, aliisque.

On the Species of Platycercus. 245

** Caudé subgradata.

7. Prat. Tasuensis. Sool. Journ., Vol. Il. p. 549.
In Mus, Dom, Leadbeateri.

8. Prat. Brownu. Linn. Trans. Vol, XV. p. 281.
In Mus. Societatis Linnean.

9. Prar. Bavers. Linn. Trans., Vol. XV. p. 283.
In Mus. Soc. Linnezane.

10. Prar. Barnarpr. Linn. Trans., Vol. XV. p. 283.
In Mus. Soc. Linneane.

11. Prat. mutricotor. Linn. Trans., Vol. XV. p. 283.
In Mus. Soc. Linnzane.

*** Cauda gradatd.

12. Prar. cornutus, vol. Journ., Vol. 1. p. 528.
In Mus, Britannico.

13. Prat. Unietanus. ool. Journ., Vol. 1. p. 533. Supp.
pl. III.

In Mus. Britannico.

14. Prat. Aurtcers. ool. Journ., Vol. I. p. 531. Supp.
pl. II.
In Mus. Britannico,

i5. Puar. Pacrricus. Zool, Journ., Vol. I. p. 529. Supp.
pl. i.
In Mus. Britannico, Soc. Zoologice, aliisque.

M. Le Vaillant, in his description of the petit Vasa, a living
specimen of which he had ten years in his possession, particularly
dwells upon the ease and activity of its movements; a character,
which at once points out its union with this group. He contrasts
these active powers with the awkward movements of other Parrots,
“ gui tous generalement sont d’une gaucherie, et d’une lourderie
qui semble leur étre propres.”’ His own bird, he says, on the
contrary, ‘¢ a les mouvemens vifs et degagés: toutes ses attitudes
ont une grace merveilleuse.” Its manners he describes as peculiarly
mild and gentle; it was never known to bite any person; and

246 Dr. Horsfield and Mr. Vigors on Gymnura Rafflesii.

nothing could exceed its attachment, or the marks of its attention,
to its owners. It was an excellent mimick ; readily repeating any
tunes or sounds which it chanced to hear.

In these powers of voice our bird appears deficient. As yet I
have heard no sound from it unless once or twice a loud and some-
what discordant shriek which it uttered when apparently in more
than usually high spirits. In other respects its manners are simi-
lar to those of M. Le Vaillant’s bird. It is gent!e and tractable,
although somewhat timid. It seems much pleased by attention
being paid to it; and is fond of being handled, particularly about
the head. At such times it plays with the hand which caresses
it, without any injury from its bill. Indeed I have observed in
all the living birds of the present group which have come under
my observation, that their bill has not the power of inflicting that
severe wound which is given by the Parrots more nearly typical
in the family. The strength of this member decreases as the
lower mandible becomes straiter and more lengthened.

[To be continued. ]

Art. XXIX. Notice of a new genus of Mammalia,
found in Sumatra by Sir T. Stamford Raffles. By'Tuos.
Horsriscitp, M.D., F.L.S., &c., and N. A. Vicors,
Esq., M.A., F.R.S., and L.S., &c.

In the thirteenth volume of the Linnean Transactions an animal
was described by the late lamented Sir T. S. Raffles, which he
had acquired among his extensive Zoological collections in Su-
matra. A preserved specimen of the species, according most
accurately with his description, except in size, the difference in
which seemed to originate in the difference of age, the specimen
being apparently that of a young animal, was discovered among
the numerous and valuable subjects with which he enriched the
Museum of the Zoological Society. The specimen was in such
fine preservation, and the species on many accounts of so extreme

Dr. Horsfield and Mr. Vigors on Gymnura Rafflesit. 247

an interest, that we caused a plate of it to be engraved for the
Journal. Since we first ¢xamined this animal, we have been for-
tunate enough to discover, in the same collection, an adult speci-
men, that had been preserved in spirits. We are thus enabled to
give a perfect description of the species, and at the same time,
having all the materials complete before us, to characterize the
group to which it belongs, and which appears to us very distinct
from any hitherto described.

Sir Stamford Raffles referred the species to a Linnean genus,
proposing for it the specifick name of gymnura. Although how-
ever he did not nominally raise it to the importance of a genus,
he gave so clear and accurate a description of its generick cha-
racters, that we do not hesitate in attributing the first indication
of the group to him. We shall consequently adopt his specifick
name as generick, and give the characters as he himself described
them, entering only with more minuteness into the details. ‘The
accompanying plate exhibits the younger specimen, which is in
much finer condition for representation than the adult; and equally
indicative of the species. In a future number of the Journal we
shall give the head and system of dentition of the adult, and hope
at the same time to be able to add some details of its internal
economy.

Genus. Gymnura, Raffles.

Incisores supra 2, remoti, maximi, subcylindrici, apice rotun-
dato; infra 6, quatuor intermedii approximati, breviusculi, pro-
clives, compressi, pagina anteriori convexa, interiori plana, scal-
pro rotundato, duo laterales abbreviati, acuti. Lanéarii supra
utrinsecus 2, ab incisoribus remoti illisque breviores, conici, antici
majores ; infra utrinsecus 1, maximus, conicus, subarcuatus intror-
sum spectans. Molares supra utrinsecus 8, a laniariis remoti,
tres antici unicuspides, primus elongatus sectorius, secundus et
tertius abbreviati, quartus cuspide conicd elongata, ad basin
gradu postico et exteriori abbreviato, quintus cuspide exteriori
longissima interiori abbreviatd ; sextus et septimus maximi, multi-
cuspides, cuspidibus subabbreviatis rotundatis, octavus minor sub-
tritorius, cuspidibus obtusioribus ; infra 7, tres antici unicuspides,

248 Dr. Horsfield and Mr. Vigors on Gymnura Rafllesii.

compressi, primus et secundus breviores, tertius subelongatus,
quartus cuspide elongata, gradu anteriori alteroque posteriori
abbreviatis, quintus sextus et septimus maximi, multicuspides,
cuspidibus elatioribus, acutioribus.

Caput elongatum acuminatum, angustatum, lateribus compres-
sum, supra planiusculum. Rostrum obtusum, elongatum, proten-
sum, maxillam inferiorem longitudine magnoperé superans. Nares
laterales, prominentes, marginibus convolutis. Lingua glabrius-
cula, grandis. Auwricule rotundate, prominule, nude. Oculi
parvi. Vibrisse elongate.

Corpus subrobustum, cordario molli pilis raris erectis, subelon-
gatis, asperis. Cauda longiuscula, teres, attenuata, nuda, squa-
mosa, pilis rarissimis in juventute obsita,

Pedes mediocres, plantigradi, pentadactyli, anteriores pollice
breviusculo, digitis tribus intermediis longioribus subaqualibus,
exteriori abbreviato ; posteriores pollice brevissimo, digitis tribus
intermediis valde elongatis, exteriori mediocri. Ungues mediocres,
angusti, arcuati, compressi, acutissimi, retractiles.

The nearest affinity to this genus appears to be met with in
Tupaia, Raffles. From that group however Gymnura is sufli-
ciently distinguished, besides the difference in the system of den-
tition, by the elongation of the rostrum, the comparative robust-
ness of the body, the setose character of the hairs which are
sparingly mingled with the soft fur, the small retractile claws,
and the nakedness of the tail. In general appearance the group
bears a strong resemblance to some species of the Marsupial genus
Didelphis.

Rarrresit. Gymn. corpore, pedibus, striga supra oculos,
pilis raris occipitalibus, dimidioque busali caude nigris ; capite,—
collo, pilis dorsi raris, caudeque dimidio apicali albis.

Tab. VIII.

Viri illustrissimi, in omni scientid praestantis, in vitd nobis
amicissimi, in morte heu! nunquam satis deflendi, hac species.
memoria sit saera.

Analytical Notices of Books. 249

DIMENSIONS.*

ft. in. Ins

Length of the body and head, from the extremity of the
proboscis to the root of the tail, C To WQuerg
Length of the tail, < : : : OIG 36
the head, n $ ; iy 4an8
the proboscis, : . 0 0 8
Breadth of the head across the ears, , . Din digo
Distance between the eyes, M : ‘ Oe X 40
Height at the shoulder, . ° hs) sill othe Oo
at the rump, : ON
Length of the anteriour tarsus and toes, Ce aa
the posteriour ditto, —. ee

Art. XXX. Analytical Notices of Books.

Nova Acta Physico- Mé@lica Academie Cesaree Leopoldino-
Carolinee Nature Curiosorum, Tom. xii. pars2. 4to.
Bonne. 1825.

Tue Transactions of the learned Society above named are so
little known to our countrymen generally, and possess moreover
so many claims on their attention, that we feel no small share
of gratification in introducing its publications to the notice
of our readers. The high and obvious scientific value which
attaches to many of the papers in the collection dispenses with
the necessity of any prefatory remarks ; we shall therefore pro-
ceed at once to enumerate its zoological contents in a systematic
order, dwelling principally on such articles as may appear to be
deserving of more particular observation.

Commencing with the Mammalia, we have first to notice a
paper *¢ Uber eine neue Affenart, den Cercopithecus 2? leucoprym-
nus,” by Dr, A. W. Otto. The only specimen of this new species

* The above dimensions are those of the adult james the younger
specimen is of the size represented in the plate.

250 Analytical Notices of Books.

of Monkey was obtained dead from the proprietor of a Mena-
gerie, who had purchased it in France, and was ignorant of the
country from which it was originally procured, It was a female
not fully grown, and had been in his possession for two years,
during which period its habits were described as docile, cunning
and quiet, a disposition which was not the result of disease, as the
viscera were perfectly sound, and its death was caused by severe
cold. With regard to its affinities, Dr. Otto appears somewhat
doubtful, whether to constitute from it a new genus characterized
by the want of cheek-pouches, by the peculiar form and dis-
position of its teeth, and more especially by the singular con-
formation of its stomach which we shall presently notice. ‘Taking,
however, into consideration, that it agrees in many particulars
with several of the species which form M. F’. Cuvier’s new genus
Semnopithecus, and in the expectation that this agreement will be
found still more complete when the Jatter shall have been more
thoroughly investigated, he prefers for the present referring it to
that groupe of Asiatic Monkeys, with the following generic
character : ** Body, limbs, and tail, elofigated and slender; face
flat; great toe very short; hairs rather long, very soft, shining ;
hindermost molar teeth of the lower jaw with five tubercles ;
cheek-pouches wanting; stomach extremely large, cellulous.”
The character of the new species, leucoprymnus, is as follows:
“* Face, trunk, and extremities blackish ; upper part of the head
and back of the neck brown; throat whitish-cinereous ; crupper
and tail whitish ; outer incisors of the lower jaw alate; surfaces
of the molar teeth oblique.”

The entire length of the animal from the end of the snout to
the root of the tail is 1 foot 8 inches; the tail, the extremity of
which is eroded, measures 1 foot 6 4 inches; the forehead is
broad, and the snout projects comparatively little, forming a
facial angle of rather more than 60°. The abdomen is remarkably
slender, as are also the fingers and toes in general. Dr. Otto
enters with all the minuteness of detail so characteristic of a.
German description, into every particular of outward form and
colour, as well as of internal and anatomical structure. The
latter in oné essential point, the size and conformation of the

Nova Acta Acad. Cesar. Nature Curiosorum. 251

stomach, differs materially from that of any monkey, the anatomy
of which has hitherto been the subject of investigation. This
organ is at least three times as large as that of any other Cerco-
pithecus of equal size ; and, instead of being as usual round, it is
divided into two portions, the left of which forms a very con-
siderable cavity, while the right is long, narrow, and twisted on
itself to such a degree that the eatire length of the stomach,
measured along its greater curvature, is two feet and an inch.
But the most remarkable circumstance connected with it is the
existence of two flat strong muscular bands, running its whole
length, the one along its greater, and the other along its lesser
curvature, similar to those which traverse the colon, and forming
in it, as in the latter intestine, an uninterrupted series of large
cells, which occupy the large cavity to the left, as well as the
narrow tubular portion to the right. It is impossible, in the pre-
sent brief analysis, to notice this interesting fact more in detail,
neither could we pass over the subject without directing the
attention of the Comparative Anatomist to so striking a peculiarity.
The paper is accompanied by an elegant figure of the animal,
and by representations of its skull and of its stomach.

The next paper, by the same scientific Naturalist, ** Uber eine
Neue Antilopenart, die Antilope suturosa,” contains the descrip-
tion of anew species of Gazelle, belonging to the division with
annulated horns twice inflected and with the points directed back-
wards, to which Professor Lichtenstein, in his arrangement of this
elegant and interesting tribe, has given the designation of Buba-
lides. 'The specific character of the A. suturosa, as given by Dr.
Otto, is as follows: ‘* Body elongated, heavy, low; tail long
floccous ; horns long, large, annulate, twice inflected, apices re-
clined; hairs unequal; forming here and there unusually large
and frequent sutures, body brownish-cinereous ; abdomen, nates,
tail and feet white; a round brown spot on the forehead; and
three remarkable white spots on each side of the head.” This
animal, like the former, was procured from a Menagerie, the
proprietor of which stated that it was brought from Syria.

The “ Adversaria ad dentitionem Equini generis et Ovis do-
mestice spectantia,” by Dr. L. Bojan, are directed to the removal

252 Analytical Notices of Books.

of certain errors which have hitherto prevailed with respect to the
subjects which they embrace. The author proves the existence of
deciduous canine teeth in the Horse, those of the upper jaw being
placed at some distance behind, while those of the lower imme-
diately adjoin, the last incisor, He also furnishes a history of the
respective periods at which the permanent molar teeth of the
sheep appear in succession ; the whole of them having, according
to his statement, penetrated the gums before the expiration of
the third year of the animal’s age, although previous authors had
coucurred in referring them to so late a time as the fifth year.
This subject, though not without its zoological iaterest, is evi-
dently more calculated for the traders in those animals, and we
may therefore be excused from dwelling on it with minuteness.

We have next to notice a paper by Dr. F. Rosenthal, “ Uber
die Sinnes-organe der Seehunde,” which contains many curious
particulars relative to the anatomy of the genus Phoca. From
the introductory observations we gather that the author is en
gaged, in conjunction with Professor Hornschuch, ona Monograph
of the genus; and from their united Jabours, added to those of
M. F. Cuvier, we may expect to derive much valuable informas
tion with regard to the habits and manners, (which they appear
to have carefully studied,) as well as the scientific arrangement of
this long neglected groupe.

M. J. van der Hoeven’s “ Corrections au Mémoire sur le
genre Ornithorhingue,” are the result of his examination of the
four individuals preserved in the Parisian Museum. Of these, one
is a male of the Ornithorhynchus rufus of Péron, and two are
males, and the remaining one a female of the O. fuscus of the
same able naturalist. From the skeletons of these animals M,
Van der Hoeven has ascertained that he was in error in adverting
to the form of the lower jaw as a distinguishing character between
the species ; an error which originated in the alteration in the
appearance of the beak, produced by the irregular desiccation of
the membrane covering it. He obtained no additional confirma~
tion of the value of the character derived from the tail; but that
deduced from the form of the spur in the males, on which he had
previously Jaid little stress, was strongly confirmed, that organ

Nova Acta Acad. Cesar. Nature Curtosorum. 253

being thick and conical in the O. rufus, and slender in the O.
JSuscus.

In the Memoir which we have now to notice, “ Uber die
hintere extremitat der Ophidien,” a most important fact, and
highly illustrative of the manner in which all Vertebrated Animals
resolve themselves into one common type, is placed in the clearest
light by the investigations of Professor Mayer. It is known that
many of the Cartilaginous Fishes possess a kind of posterior limb,
and it was natural to suppose that animals of a higher class, such
as Serpents, would not be found wholly destitute of a similar
organ, That a rudiment of this organ actually existed in the
claws or spurs, as they have been termed, of the Bow, has been
suspected by several distinguished Naturalists; but it was re-
served for the authour of the present Paper to investigate the sub-
ject thoroughly, and to prove by the anatomical examination of a
great number of Snakes of different genera, the complete analogy
which exists between the imperfect structure found in the latter,
and the posterior members of other Reptiles. The results of his
labours, as far as they have been hitherto carried, have induced
him to propose a new division of the Order into Puznopona,
consisting of those Snakes whose rudimental feet are externally
visible, and comprising Boa, Python, Eryx, Clothonia, and
Tortrix ; CryproropA, in which the bony rudiments are entirely
concealed beneath the skin, containing Anguis, T'yphlops, and
Amphisbena ; and a third family, in which the rudimental feet
consist merely of cartilaginous slips (Cuonnroropa), or are en-
tirely wanting (Aropa). To the latter family belong Coluber,
(in one species only of which, the C. pullatus, Dr. Mayer dis-
covered, in the same situation with the foot-rudiment in the pre-
ceding Snakes, a tolerably strong curved cartilage,) Crotalus and
Trigonocephalus (in which no traces of this organ could be dis-
covered), and lastly the enigmatical genus Cecilia, which is equal-
ly destitute of tail and of foot rudiments.

The description of these rudimental appendages is given at con-
siderable length, especially in the genus Boa, in which the claws
are more prominent externally, and the internal parts of the organ
more fully developed, than in any other Snakes. The bony

254 Analytical Notices of Books.

structure consists, first of the well-known claw, placed near and
on each side of the anus, and articulated with a small bone, which
occupies its cavity, and is regarded as the phalanx of a toe ; this
phalanx is connected with a strong bone concealed beneath the
skin, to which Dr. Mayer assigns the name of os metatarst; and
this again is articulated with the longest and principal bone of the
limb, called by the authour os cruris seu tibia, which has also at
its under and outer extremity two apophyses, considered as ana~
logous to the ossa tarsi. ‘The muscles appropriated to these bones
consist of an exlensor longus pedis, an extensor brevis, a flexor
pedis, the strongest of the whole, an abductor and an adductor ;
which with their attachments and actions are all minutely de-
scribed. Of Eryx, Python, and Clothonia, the authour has been
unable to procure specimens for examination ; but he quotes the
authority of Oppel, Daudin, Cuvier, and Schneider, for their
possessing claws near the anus, and hence he considers himself
justified in attributing to them a similar internal structure to that
of Boa. With regard to these organs in the genus Tortrix of
Oppel (Jlysia of Hemprich) he enters into more detail, having
examined four different species of the genus, which forms the
passage from the Phanopoda to the Cryptopoda, its claws being
buried in a cavity near the anus, which has only a very fine open-
ing in the skin, through which they can be protruded and re-
tracted at pleasure. The bones and muscles are perfectly similar
to those of Boa, except that they are comparatively smaller and
less distinct. °

In the succeeding family, the Cryptopoda, these rudiments,
which have no external claws, gradually degenerate into small
and simple slips of bone, occupying the same situation as in the
more perfect genera, beneath the Musculus transversalis, and
between it and the peritoneum. In the last family they are
completely lost. But our limits warn us not to pursue this subject
further. We must, however, observe, that in treating of Cecilia,
Dr. Mayer expresses his dissent from all the naturalists who have
hitherto written on that obscure genus, with respect to what
have been considered as its most essential characters. The
wrinkles on the skin, for instance, which have been so much in=

Nova Acta Acad. Cesar. Nature Curiosorum. 255

sisted on, he declares to be in themselves very unimportant, in-
asmuch as they are mainly due to the contraction of the skin by
means of the spirit in which the animals are preserved. It is
also described as being entirely devoid of scales, but the authour
enters into a very minute account of the peculiar manner in
which its outer covering is formed, which clearly proves that this
also is a mistaken notion.

A previously unpublished species of Snake, collected during
his travels in Brazil, is described by Prince Maximilian of Wied,
in apaper “ Uber Coluber Lichtensteinii, eine neue Brasili-
anische Natter-Art.” Its specific characters are thus given:
“ Tail about one-eighth of the whole length; abdominal scuta
178-181 ; caudal scuta 85-97 pairs; colour pale grey-yellowish
fawn, with a series of large grey-brown spots, the margins of
which are darker, extending along the back, lozenge-shaped in
the neck, and more irregular on the rest of the body, each of the
latter being connected with two lateral spots; scuta of the sides
of the jaws bordered with black.” The length of the body
varies from 3 ft. 9 in..to 5 ft. 3 in. and it probably attains a still
larger growth. It inhabits the southern localities of the Eastern
Coast of Brazil, and is not uncommon in marshy places. Its
habits are not so active as those of many of its congeners, and it
frequently suffers itself to be approached very nearly without
shewing any signs of uneasiness. Toads and frogs appear to
form its principal food. It is the €. capistratus of Professor
Lichtenstein’s Catalogue % the Duplicates of the Zoological
Museum at Berlin.

The ‘“ Beitrage zu einer Anatomischen Monographie der
Rana Pipa,’ by Dr. Mayer, present the results of an anatomical
investigation of three individuals of the Surinam Toad, two of
which were male and one female. The paper does not profess
to give a complete and perfect anatomy of the animal, which the
authour thought quite unnecessary after the able manner in which
the subject had been treated by Breyer, Rudolphi, Meckel, and
Cuvier. He has therefore confined himself to the illustration of
particular facts which had hitherto been left in obscurity, and to
the pointing out and correcting such of the statements of former

256 Analytical Notices of Books.

naturalists as do not coincide with his own observations. These
details, however, we must pass over, and proceed to give a brief
outline of another Anatomical Paper of great interest, and which
we lament that our limits preclude us from noticing more at
length. .

This article is entitled, “ Uber die Entwickelung der Kier
im Kierstock bei den Gespentheuschrecken, und eine neuent~
deckte verbindung des Riickengefisses mit den Hierstécken
bei den Insecten,” by Dr. Johannes Miller; a title, which al-
though tolerably comprehensive, is by no means adequate to the
vast field of investigation into which the learned authour has
entered, and which he has cultivated with a degree of zéal, per-
severance, and success, highly creditable to his talents. Instead
of confining himself to the mere anatomical demonstration of the
communication which he has discovered between the dorsal
vessel of insects and their ovaries, and of simply pointing out the
various changes which take place in the latter and in their ’con-
tents during the development of the eggs, he launches out into
a most extensive physiological enquiry into all the leading facts
connected with the circulation, growth, and reproduction of
insects, and throws no inconsiderable light upon all these sub-
jects, which in spite of the patient and laborious researches of
many able naturalists, from Swammerdam and Leeuwenhoek to
Marcel de Serres and Herold, still remain involved in obscurity.
The simple fact, indeed, of the existence of a pervious connexion
between the ovaries and the dorsal vessel, which latter had
hitherto been regarded as a mere tube, entirely destitute of
ramifications, and possessing no direct means of communication
with any other organ, is so important in every point of view, and
disturbs all previous theories on the subject to such a degree,
that its discovery can hardly fail to operate a complete revolution
in the ideas hereafter to be entertained with regard to the office
of that vessel, and its influence on the animal economy.

In order to convey to our readers some notion, however im-
perfect, of the value of the facts which are developed in this
important paper, we shall confine ourselves to a faint outline of
the minute description given by its authour of this appendage to

Nova Acta Acad. Cesar. Nature Curiosorum. 957

the ovaries in the gigantic Phasma Ferula, Licht., in which his
discovery was first made. We are compelled, however re-«
juctantly, to pass over every other part of his labours, which
embrace the whole anatomy of this insect, and to apply our-
selves solely to the one chief fact, to which all the rest are but
subsidiary. The ovaries, which occupy the whole length of the
abdomen, consist of abont 50 conical tubes, the bases of which
communicate with the oviduct of each side. The tubes are
from 4-5 lines in length, and contain each from 8-14 eggs in
various stages of development, together with certain other parts
which appear to furnish the materials for their growth. The
eggs decrease in size towards the apices of the tubes, which pass
insensibly into a very fine elastic filament. These filaments, of
equal breadth throughout, are inserted at their opposite extrem-
ity into the dorsal vessel, with the inner lining of which they are
unquestionably continuous. They containa granular, medullary,
irregular, and frequently interrupted substance, which is con-
tinued from the interior of the dorsal vessel, and lies in imme-
diate contact with the contents of the tubes. ‘* When these
filaments,” observes the authour, ‘have once been seen, the idea
of a mistake can no longer exist. I have shewn them to many;
the connexion is so frequent, so obvious, and so circumscribed,
that there is no occasion to employ a microscope to be con-
vinced of its existence. I have never heard a second opinion on
the subject.”

The connecting filament, however, does not merely unite the
dorsal vessel with the apex of the ovarian tube ; it passes into
the interior of the latter, and lines its internal surface in imme-
diate contact with its contents, and expanding as it advances,
terminates near the union of the tube with the oviduct, in a free
edge. The portion which is thus enveloped by the tube is
capable of being separated from it; it alone contains the eggs
and their rudiments, the filamental portion which is exterior to
the tube being filled with the irregular medullary substance
derived from the contents of the dorsal vessel. All these facts
are well illustrated in the plates which accompany the Memoir.

The discovery of this extraordinary conformation in the ovaries

Vor, III. R

258 Analytical Notices of Books.

of Phasma Ferula, naturally led the author to investigate those
of other Insects, and a vast number of observations, all tending
to establish the same conclusion, which can no longer be con-
sidered as doubtful, ave detailed in the subsequent pages. The
observations are arranged under an arbitrary division, resulting
from the shape and disposition of the ovaries, which are distri-
buted into fifteen distinct forms, giving rise to corresponding
differences in the number and insertion of the connecting fila-
ments, which vary from one to fifty or more on each side, But
as these varieties appear to be totally unconnected with the na-
tural affinities of Insects, the most opposite families and even
orders, frequently presenting nearly the same form of ovary, it
would be useless to reproduce them here. We must not, how-
ever, entirely omit one observation which occurs in the descrip-
tion of the nervous system of the Phasma; we mean the dis-
covery of a ganglionic, in contradistinction to the dorsal system,
which is universally, we believe, considered as the only one
possessed by Insects. This single system has in fact been
generally regarded by physiologists in the light of a ganglionic
system; but our excellent and truly scientific countryman, Mr.
Kirby, has lately given strong reasons for believing these animals
to be possessed of the faculties which result froma union of both
systems, and if the discovery of the learned Professor, which he
proposes to investigate further, be founded im fact, here will be
another most important alteration to make in the received
theories. At the same time we cannot help suspecting that an
‘ulterior examination will prove the ganglionic system of Dr.
Muller to be either identical with, or analogous to, the recurrent
nerves described by Swammerdam, Lyonnet, and Cuvier, the
functions of which undoubtedly stand in need of further eluci-
dation. The authour also notices a connection of the gall-vessel
with the dorsal vessel in Mantis A. gyptiaca, and although he
does not venture to assert, he seems inclined to believe, that
similar communications will ultimately be detected between the
latter and all the secretory organs of Insects.

The novelty and importance of the principal fact established
in this excellent Paper, have led us to incroach somewhat more

Nova Acta Acad. Cesar. Nature Curiosorum. 259

than usual upon our space, and for having done so they must
plead our excuse. Its novelty cannot be more convincingly
shewn than by the circumstance, that, in the invaluable compen-
dium which Mr. Kirby has given us of his own observations, and
of those of other entomological anatomists, no such connection
is once alluded to. It is equally neglected in that part of the
work of M. Léon Dufour, published at the latter part of the last
year, in the Annales des Sciences Naturelles, which treats of the
female organs of generation. The connecting filament, as Dr.
Muller denominates it, has indeed been frequently traced to
some distance from the ovary, but it has never before been even
suspected that it formed a pervious communication with the
dorsal vessel; on the contrary, it has been looked upon merely
as a suspensory ligament. The importance of the fact will be
fully appreciated by, all who take an interest in the study of
comparative physiology. The other part of the paper, which
relates to the development of the eggs, is also remarkable for the
same profound research, and although not so important in its
influence on the elementary principles of the science, abounds
with new and interesting facts well deserving of an attentive
consideration. ,

Among the Insects described by M. Klug in his * Entomo-
logie Brasiliane Specimen alterum, sistens Insectorum Coleop-
tratorum nondum descriptorum Centuriam,” there are several
which deserve a particular mention. Such are the Buprestis
hydropica and the B. penicilluta, which in their two-horned
heads, and in the remarkable dilatation of their elytra before the
apex, offer so singular a form, as almost to induce us to regard
them as the types of a new subgenus. The Lytta vidua appears
intermediate in habit between the genera Cantharis and
Tetraonyx, Lat.; the Lytta depressa exhibits the form of
Pyrochroa; while the Lytta Herculanea, Germar, presents so
striking a deviation from the type of that genus, in its lengthened
stature, its narrow and almost oblong head, and its considerably
attenuated thorax, as to require for itself a new generic appel-
lation. Among the Saperde we are also presented with four
species, which evidently form a section or subgenus, distin-

R 2

260 Analytical Notices of Books.

guished by the very great dilatation of the elytra posteriorly,
giving to these Insects the general appearance of the genus
Lycus, many of the species of which they also imitate in the
disposition of their colours. In addition to the genera above
noticed, this century embraces insects referable to the following
types: Trachys, Rhipicera, Chelonarium, Parnus, Lucanus,
Attelabus, Prionus, Ctenodes, (intermediate between Prionus
and Trachyderes,) Trachyderes, Cerambyx, Callichroma, Lamia,
Molorchus, and Stenopterus. Of the accuracy of the descriptions
the name of Professor Klug affords a sufficient guarantee. The
Paper is illustrated by coloured engravings of sixty of the Insects
described in it.

The “ Insecta Coleoptrata, que in itineribus suis, prasertim
alpinis, collegerunt, Dr. D. D. Hoppe and Dr. F. Hornschuch,”
(the last paper in this valuable collection which it falls within
our province to notice,) contain descriptions of fourteen European
Species by Sturm and Hagenbach. They are referred fo the
genera’ Cychrus, Carabus, Licinus, Lebia, Melolontha, Sca-
rabeus, Chrysomela, Hypera, and Loborhynchus, and appear to
exhibit no feature of peculiar interest except to the collector of
species. Figures of the whole of them, with the exception of
the Carabus Hoppei, are given from the excellent and esteemed
pencil of Sturm.

Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
8vo. Vol. iv. Part ii. Nos. ii. and iii.

ContTINnvuING our analysis of this valuable record of the labours
of our transatlantic brethren, and arranging our notices as before,
the first article to which it is necessary to advert is the ** Account
of a new species of the genus Arvicola: by George Ord,” A. ripa-
rius, Snout thick, obtuse; eyes small; ears of a medium size ;
tail less than half the length of the body. The head of this
species is large; and its ears are roundish aud almost concealed
by the long hair of the cheeks. The tail is covered with hair,
and tufted or pencilled at the tip, becoming somewhat qua-

Journal of the Philadelphia Academy. 261

drangular after death. The fore-legs are very short, and the pos-
terior part of the body slenderer and weaker than the anterior.
The colour of the upper parts is tawny-brown mixed with black ;
that of the lower parts is cinereous. Its length from the nose to
the anus is five inches ; the tail being only two inches long.

The remaining articles relating to the Mammalia have already
been laid before our readers: the first of them entitled “ A new
genus of Mammalia proposed, and a description of the species
upon which it is founded, by T. Say and G. Ord,” having been
given at page 293 of our second volume, with figures of the
animal, Neotoma floridana, and of its teeth ; and the second, the
* Description of a new species of Mammalia whereon a genus is
proposed to be founded,” by the same authours, having also been
transferred to page 296; the teeth having been figured to illus-
trate the generic characters of the Sigmodon hispidum.

To the department of Ornithology only one naturalist has con-
tributed, M. Charles Lucian Bonaparte, Prince of Musignano,
with whose high talents and character the naturalists of this coun-
try have so recently had opportunities of becoming acquainted,
and two communications from whose pen, in the same branch of
science, enrich our present volume, at p. 49 and p. 212. Zealous,
devoted to science, availing himself advantageously of the ob-
servations of others, carefully weighing their value and comparing
them with each other and with those deduced from his personal
experience ; such are the characteristic traits which authorize
the anticipation of the most important results from his perse-
verance in the studies he has adopted. Of the continuation of
his ** Observations on the Nomenclature of Wilson’s Ornitho-
logy,” it is unnecessary to speak, as we have already adverted
to it in our second volume in terms of just approbation. The
other articles from his pen consist of a ** Description of a new
species of South American Iringilla,’ EF’. xanthoroa, Dusky ;
rump yellow; primaries edged with greenish; tail tipped with
white : “ Descriptions of ten species of South American Birds :
and ** Descriptions of two new species of Mexican Birds.” The
latter are the Garrulus ultramarinus, Blue, beneath ashey white ;
tail equal: and the Cassicus melanicterus, Black; crested; uropy-

262 Analytical Notices of Books.

gium, wing-coverts, lower part of the back, and the tail, yellow ;
middle feathers of the tail entirely black, lateral ones black on
their margins.

Of the ten Birds from South America only four are represented
to be new. These are the Monasa fusca; Dusky-brown, with the
shafts of the feathers yellowish ; quill and tail feathers without
spots; with a white spot on the throat, and a black fascia on the
breast : Muscicapa violenta, ‘Tail six inches long, strongly forked ;
body cinereous, beneath white ; head black, the feathers of the
vertex golden-yellow at the base: M. tenioptera, Cinereous,
wings and tail black ; throat, abdomen, a broad fascia on the
wings, and the tip of the tail, white: and M. pullata, Cinereous,
wings and tail black; tail forked, its outer feather being white
on the exterior side. ‘The remaining birds, although previously
named by other authours, are now for the first time accurately
described. They are the Picus rubricollis, Gmel., Dendro-
colaptes angustirostris, Vieill., Tanagra flava, Gmel., Capré-
mulgus semitorquatus, Gmel., and Rallus nigricans, Vieill.; the
Fringilla flaveola being noticed merely for the purpose of fixing
its habitat to Brazil.

The papers relating to Erpetology are four in number, three
being from the pen of Dr. Harlan and one from that of Mr. Wood.
To the former we are indebted for the ‘* Description of a new
species of Biped Seps.” S. sexlineata, Body above and beneath
whitish, clothed with equal rounded scales, compactly imbricate 5
top of the head blackish, furnished with twelve irregularly shaped
scales or plates, (similar to those of the Ophisaurus,) of different
figures and unequal sizes; the three largest of the plates are
placed one before the other, and the nine smaller are distributed
around the three first. Three dark punctuated lines on each side
of the body extend from the neck to the middle of the tail, run
into each other anteriorly, and forma single black line which
passes through the eyes extending to the nostrils: rictus of the
mouth wide: nostrils situate on a line with the eyes near the ex-
tremity of the snout: a single row of minute teeth lines each
maxilla: tail rather more than one-fourth the length of the body,
cylindrical, somewhat subulate : anus a transverse slit, one inch

Journal of the Philadelphia Academy. 263

from the extremity of the tail: on each side of the vent projects a
small leg, terminating in two corneous toes, somewhat aduncate,
the external considerably the longest; external ear, or membrana
tympani, a scarcely visible point posterior to the angle of the
mouth. The habitat of this species, which is figured,.is unknown 3
but this is unimportant as regards geographical distribution, the
species of Seps being known to inhabit each of the grand divisions
of the globe.

The “ Description of a new species of Scincus” by Dr. Harlan,
is that of the 8. décolor, Fuscous above, silvery-white beneath ;
with two longitudinal white lines on each side; tail slender,
rather longer than the body ; anterior and posterior feet with five
toes. It inhabits the United States. Its total length is nine inches
and four-tenths, that of the tail being five inches and four-tenths.

To Dr. Harlan we are also indebted for a ** Description of two
new species of 4guma.” The first of these is the 4. vultuosa.
Body generally cinereous; neck longitudinally plicate beneath ;
tail slender, long; scales rhomboidal, carinate ; anterior part of
the back, and posterior part of the head, rather crested. The
total length of this species is nine inches and eight-tenths, that
of the tail being seven inches. It appears to be referable to the
genus Calotes of Cuvier, and is common in gardens in the neigh-
bourhood of Calcutta. The second species presents a striking
contrast to the preceding. It is characterized as the . cornuta.
Body depressed, ovate, scabrous ; above variegated with fuscous,
beneath white ; head quadrangular above; tail scarcely half the
length of the body. The total length is four inches, that of the
tail being one inch anda half. It inhabits the great plains east
of the Rocky Mountains, and is readily to be distinguished from
the other orbicular lizards by the numerous spines which are
scattered over its upper surface, and especially by the strong
spines projecting backwards from the forehead and vertex.

The paper for which we are indebted to Mr. W. W. Wood is
entitled a ‘* Description of a new species of Salamander.” This
species, the native country of which is unknown, is thus charac-
terized ; S. punctatissima, Grayish, entirely covered with numer-
ous black dots; extremities long and slender; tail a little longer

264 Analytical Notices of Books.

than the body. The total length is three inches and three-fourths ;
that of the tail being two inches and one-eighth.

In Ichthyology, a department of natural science which is too
generally neglected, there are two articles contained in the pre-
sent volume. In one of these, the ‘* Descriptions of two new
species of the Linnean genus Blennius, by C. A. Le Sueur,”
characters are given of the B. Herminier, and the B. Hentz.
The other, entitled ‘* Descriptions of four new species of the
Linnean genus Blennius, and a new Exocetus, by W. W. Wood,”
comprising two species of Blennius, Cuv., the B, geminatus and
B. punctatus, two species of Pholis, Artedi, the P. novem-lineatus,
and P. quadrifasciatus, and the Ewocetus uppendiculatus ; figures
being given of the two last-mentioned species.

Of the two papers that relate to the Mollusca, one is peculiarly
interesting. It is entitled ‘* Remarks on the floating apparatus,
and other peculiarities of the genus Janthina, by Reynell Coates,
M. D.,” and illustrates, from the personal observations of the
authour during a recent voyage to the East Indies, the correctness
of M. Cuvier’s statement, that there exists no anatomical con-
nection between the animals and the air-cells of their float. Of
the mode in which this organ is constructed, or rather repaired,
the following description is given. Individuals being placed in a
tumbler of brine, and a portion of the float being removed by the
scissors, the animal very soon commenced supplying the deficiency ;
the foot was advanced upon the remaining vesicles, until about
two-thirds of the member rose above the surface of the water;
it was then expanded to the uttermost, and thrown back upon the
water, like the foot of a Lymneus when commencing to swim 5
in the next place it was contracted at the edges, and formed into
the shape of a hood, enclosing a globule of air, which was slowly
applied to the extremity of the float. A vibratory movement
could now be perceived throughout the foot, and when it was
again thrown back to renew the process, the globule was found
enclosed in its newly constructed envelope. From this it results
that the membrane which encloses the cells is secreted by the
foot, and that it has no attachment to the animal other than the
close cohesion resulting from the nice adaptation of proximate

Journal of the Philadelphia Academy. 265

surfaces. The form of the float varies in the species respectively.
In the J. fragilis it is convex, subcarinate above, and concave
beneath, straight, and composed of large vesicles: in J. globosa,
the vesicles are smaller, the float is flat above and beneath, and
by the re-union of one of the edges, it is formed into a spiral and
nearly circular disk : and in J. exigua, it is straight, narrow, and
flattened, and the vesicles are small. Along the under surface of
the float, a little line of pearly fibres is remarked, to which are
attached the eggs of the animal. Dr. Coates has had no oppor-
tunity of observing those of the J. fragilis, but he is strongly
inclined to believe that the eggs figured by Sir E. Home in the
Philosophical Transactions for 1817, belong to some other marine
animal. He grounds this belief on the dissimilarity between these
figures, and the eggs of the J. globosa and the J. exigua. In the
two last-mentioned species the eggs are contained in little mem-
branous bags of some consistence, which are attached in rows to
the pearly fibres of the under surface of the float by small filamen-
tous peduncles of an appearance similar to that of the fibres.
These bags are covered with minute gelatinous, conical eminences,
and are partially divided by incomplete septa, as may be dis-
covered by means of a powerful lens. In the J. exigua the
division is very partial ; but in the J. globosa it gives the whole
sac a chambered appearance. It would seem that the animal
occupied considerable time in the deposition of its eggs, the bags
nearest to the extremity of the float being constantly found
empty, while the central ones contain young shells fully formed,
and those towards the animal are filled with the eggs. It appears
probable that the young animals, when liberated from their
chambers, ascend the float of the mother, and in this way gain
access to the surface, and construct the elements of their future
support.

The other paper is from the pen of Mr. Say. It is “ On a new
species of Modiolu,” and describes, under the name of M. opifex,
a shell nearly allied to the M. discors and M. discrepans. It
is a native of Minorca, and was found inclosed in a conical mass
of fine agglutinated sand attached by a broad base to the surface
of a Pecten.

266 Analytical Notices of Books.

In Entomology the only article is entitled ** Descriptions of
new Hemipterous Insects collected in the expedition to the Rocky
Mountains,” by Mr. Say. ‘The number of species described is
about fifty; but it is proper to remark that Mr. Say adopts the
Linnean definition of Hemiptera, and thus confounds under one
order insects referable to the two classes, Mandibulata and
Haustellata; for instance Gryllus, Pentatoma, and Cicada. The
species are all referred to established genera, and appear to pre-
sent no striking peculiarities.

The only remaining papers connected with Zoology are the
“ Description of a new species of Trilobite,” by Dr. Bigsby ; and
observations “ On two genera and several species of Crinoidea,”
by Mr.Say. The latter has already been given entire at page
311 of our second volume, together with some valuable additions
from the pen of Mr. G. B. Sowerby. Of the former we have
only to remark that it is referable to the genus Paradoxus of
Brongniart, and that it was discovered in limestone above the
saliferous sandstone, and consequently in a more recent forma-
tion, than the rocks best known as abounding in Tilobites.

Voyage autour du Monde, fait par ordre du Rot, sur les Corvettes
l Uranie et la Physicienne, pendant les Années‘1817, 1818,
1819, e¢ 1820, par M. Louis de Freycinet, Capit. de
Vaisseau, Sc.

Partie Zoologique ; par MM. Quoy et Gaimard, Médecins de
V Expédition. Livraisons i.—xiii. 4to Planches coloriées
Ixxviii. Folio.

In the letters of M. Arago, and in the numerous extracts and
notices contained in the various Journals, the outlines of the
Voyage round the World, undertaken by the orders of the French
government in the years 1817, 1818, 1819, and 1820, have been
so repeatedly given as to have become familiar to every reader.

Zoological results of Freycinet’s Expedition. 267

To the route pursued by the Corvettes L’Uranie and La Physi-
cienne until their final loss off the Falkland Islands, it is there-
fore unnecessary to advert particularly, while noticing the zoo-
logical results of this interesting expedition. Numerous and
valuable as they are, and grateful as we must consequently feel to
MM. Quoy and Gaimard for their collection, it may readily be
presumed that they might have been rendered still more impor-
tant had due attention been paid to the subject by the heads of
the French marine. It is indeed somewhat singular that a govern-
ment which professes the warmest attachment to scientific pur-
suits, and which even numbers among its members, men whose
talents in the various departments of science, and especially in
Zoology, cannot be disputed, should have neglected to avail
itself to the fullest extent of the opportunities afforded by sucha
voyage, as that of M. Freycinet. To account for the anomalous
circumstance of no naturalist whatever having been attached to a
voyage of scientific discovery, we are informed that this able
navigator had been so forcibly struck by the irregularity and in-
subordination which he had witnessed in the expedition of M.
Baudin, (an expedition which is too generally known in conse-
quence of the cruel and ungenerous treatment of Captain Flinders,
while it is strongly impressed on the memory of naturalists by
the names of Péron and Le Sueur,) that he had determined on
receiving under his command no person except such as belonged
to the marine, and were consequently dependent on him as their
superior officer. He ought surely to have been aware that to
him as commandant every person on board, whether civil or
naval, was bound to submit, and that even a passenger embarking
under his charge, would have been responsible to him for his
conduct so long as he remained with the expedition.

We will not stop to inquire whether the objection of M. Frey-
cinet might have originated in any hidden motive; nor will we
even suspect the possibility of its recurring to his recollection,
that the laurels of the former expedition were entirely reaped by
the naturalists who formed part of it. It is suflicient to say that
his objection was received as valid by the French government.
No naturalist was therefore appointed to accompany him; and

268 Analytical Notices of Books.

this department of science was consequently left to the medical
efficers of the two corvettes. Of the duty thus gratuitously under-
taken by them they have well acquitted themselves, and they are
therefore entitled to our most cordial thanks ; but these thanks
are not equally due to their superiors. If the fact be, as M.
Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire has stated in his report on their labours,
that “ in the French monarchy every thing ought to be done, and
is done, by the king, and for the king,” we almost doubt whether
our zoologists have not been guilty of léze-majesté by interfering
with the prerogative of their royal master, in performing more than
was set down for them. That he has virtually pardoned them for
this offence of commission, may be inferred from his having
adopted the results of their labours, and having given them to
the public, as part of the official narrative: but he has himself
to answer to the scientific public, whom he courts, for his own sin
of omission, which we sincerely hope will not be repeated in this
kind, either by him or by any other government. ‘To the trifling
expense, as compared with the extensive information to be ac-
quired by attaching a competent naturalist to every expedition of
discovery or of survey, no objection would we are confident be
offered by the most economical of our own purse-holders. Were this
the proper place for such an appeal, we would strenuously urge
the subject on the attention of the British government, and
fervently entreat them to embrace every opportunity of extend-
ing our knowledge of the animal and vegetable kingdoms, and
thereby probably increasing our domestic comforts and our na-
tional resources ; but we are here precluded from doing so, and
must return to the more immediate object of this article, from
which we have already wandered too far.

The official account of the expedition of M. Freycinet; as pub-
lished by the French government, is divided into seven parts:
the History of the Voyage ; the Hydrography ; the Meteorology 5
the Philology and Vocabularies; the Observations on the Pendu-
jum and Magnetism; the Botany; and the Zoology. Of this
latter department alone have we to speak. Its execution will be
sufficiently characterized by observing that it is such as was to
be anticipated in a national work supported by national resources. *

Zoological results of Freycinet’s Expedition. 269

For the use of the copy which we have consulted, we have great
pleasure in returning our thanks to Barren Field, Esq. F.L.S., by —
whose kindness we were favoured with the use of the earliest
copy which reached the British metropolis.

In the arrangement of their work MM. Quoy and Gaimard
have followed that of the Régne Animal of the Baron Cuvier.
Their first chapter consequently embraces the history of the
most striking variety or species of the human race which they
had occasion to observe, the Islander of New Guinea. Of this
we shall offer no analysis; nor shall we enter into any details
with respect to the second chapter which contains general re«
marks on the Mammalia and Birds observed at the principal
resting-places of the expedition, each of these furnishing materials
for aseparate section. The third chapter is devoted to the de
scriptions of the Mammalia collected, and which, although not
numerous, nor offering any type of form differing from those
already known, are yet interesting as exhibiting several new
species.

The first of these is a new species of Pteropus, from the Island
of Guam, one of the Ladrones. It is thus characterized, P. Ke-
reudren, ** Body and wings blackish ; neck, shoulders, and hin-
der part of the head yellow; auricles short; tail none.” The
extent of its wings when expanded varies from two feet to two
feet anda half; and its length from the tip of the nose to the
anus, from six to eight inches. ‘This is succeeded by a new
species of Perameles, from New Holland, the P. Bougainville,
“¢ Body rufous above, cinereous beneath : head elongated, acute ;
ears ovate, long.” It is chiefly by this last character that it
differs from P. nasuta. The Dasyurus Maugez, a well known
species, is now figured for the first time ; as is also the Phalan-
gista maculata; another species of this latter genus being given
as new under the name of P. Quoy, but which has been pre-
viously described by M. Desmarest under that of P. Papuensis.
The same observation applies to the Potorous White, a species
which has also been previously described by Desmarest as the
Kangurus Gaimardi, and by MM. Quoy and Gaimard them~

270 Analytical Notices of Books.

selves under the name of K. lepturus. It appears to be the same
with the Kanguroo-Rat, the Potorous murinus. The specimen
brought home by the expedition was from the neighbourhood of
Port Jackson; the head of a second species of the same genus
found on Dirk Hatich’s Island is the only fragment of the P.
‘Lesueur ; and a skeleton in the Paris Museum differs so cone
siderably in the form of the head as to appear to constitute a
third species, to which the name of P. Peron is proposed to be
given. The only true Kanguroo described is equally unfortunate
with the preceding. It is the Kangurus luniger of MM. Quoy
and Gaimard, whose name must yield to the prior claim of K.
rufus assigned to the same animal by M. Desmarest.

In an appendix relative to the Seals and the Cetacea, which
forms the fourth chapter, the authours have embodied much curious
information with respect to the habits of these animals, the ob-
servation of which so seldom falls to the lot of those who are
capable of rendering it available to the purposes of science, The
common opinion represents the Whales as almost continually
throwing up jets of water from their spiracles. That this occa-
sionally happens cannot be doubted ; but it is only under peculiar
circumstances. In many hundreds of these animals which MM.
Quoy and Gaimard observed in the course of their voyage in the
Southern Seas, it occurred to them to witness this fact only once,
in a Whale which was on shore on one of the Malouine Islands,
and which at ebb-tide threw up water from its spiracles, respir-
ing at the same time with considerable noise. Much interesting
matter is also contained in this appendix relative to the fishery,
for which the authours are chiefly indebted to the crews of the
different whalers with which they met; this, however, we must
pass by, and proceed to the enumeration of the new species
noticed by them. These include the Physeter polycypus, so
named from the protuberances on its back, which is fignred from
a drawing communicated by Captain Hammat, but is not de-
scribed ; the Delphinus Rhinoceros, which is black, spotted, with
a protuberance resembling a horn on its occiput; the D. albigena,
altogether black, with a large white fascia on each side of the

Zoological results of Freycinet’s Expedition. 271

head, and surrounding the eye; and the D. cruciger, which is
white above and below, witha kind of black girdle across the
belly.

In the department of Ornithology the acquisitions are more
numerous and valuable, including many species hitherto unde-
scribed, and one type of form which is altogether new to the
Zoologist. We shall enumerate the species in the order in which
they are described and figured, interspersing the list with occa-
sional observations, and with the characters assigned to such of
the birds as are new.

Falco (Astur) leucorrhous. Body fuscous blackish: cere and
feet yellow; uropygium white; tail with three white fascie
beneath.—From Brazil.

Falco (Buteo) polyosoma. Body cinereous: cere and feet
yellow: tail whitish, with transverse fuscous lines, and margined
at the apex with black: wings long.—From the Malouine Islands.

Falco (Circus) histrionicus. Body, above griseous, beneath
white with transverse fuscous fascia: cere and feet yellow.—
From the Malouine Islands. Of this species the young as well as
the adult is figured.

Lanius ferrugineus. Lath. The specimen figured by MM.
Quoy and Gaimard, was obtained in the Isle of France, into whick
it is known to have been introduced from the Cape of Good Hope,
its original country. It appears to belong to the genus Malaco-
notus, proposed by Mr. Swainson in the first volume of the Zoo-
logical Journal, which forms the African type corresponding with
the Thamnophili of South America.

Vanga striata $ and 9; the former being the Vanga gris, and the
latter the Vanga roux of M. Vieillot. It is a true Thamnophilus,
and may be regarded as almost typical of that genus in the charac-
ters of the tail. The species was described in the first volume of
the Zoological Journal, under the name of Thamnophilus Vigorsii,
and both the male and female birds were figured in the Supple-
mentary Plates.

Barita Tibicen, Cuv. ; a well-known species ; being the Coracias
Tibicen of Latham, and a Cracticus of Vieillot, the latter generic
name having the priority over that of Cuvier. It possessed great

272 Analytical Notices of Books.

powers of voice, imitating the poultry on board the corvettes, and
even whistling airs.

Graucalus viridis, the Sphecothera viridis of Vieillot ; from
Timor.

Turdus Falcklandii, Pectus and abdomen rafescent: throat
spotted with black.—The trivial name points out the country in
which this species was captured, but where it seems to be only
an occasional visitor, its true country appearing to be South
America. It very closely resembles the Griverou de Bresil,
figured in Le Vaillant’s Oiseaux d’Afrique, differing chiefly in
the linear spots under the neck being more distinctly circum-
scribed in the 7. Falcklandii.

Oriolus regens, the Sericulus chrysocephalus of Swainson, Zool.
Journal, i. 478. It is unfortunate that M M. Quoy and Gai-
mard have been unable to furnish any information with respect
to the habits of this bird, the precise location of which remains
therefore still undecided. The only specimen which they posses-
sed having been lost on the voyage, they have been compelled to
employ for their engraving a drawing by Lewin, who regarded
it as a Meliphaga.

Malurus textilis, Body throughout somewhat rufous, marked
longitudinally with brown points: bill black, strong: tail long.
This species keeps under bushes in the neighbourhood of the Baie
des Chiens Marins, New Holland, where it runs quickly, and
might be mistaken for a mouse, from its resemblance in colour,
and in its slight shrill whistle.

M. leucopterus. An undescribed species from Dirk Hatich’s
Island, of which a specimen is contained in the collection of the
Linnean Society.

Emberiza melanodera, Body yellowish-green: head and neck
fuscous above; throat black. From the Malouine Islands.

Xanthornus Gasquet, Body and wings fuscous : abdomen, flex-
ure of the wings, and uropygium yellow.—This species, which
differs chiefly from the 'Troupiale bicolor of Vieillot, by its broad
yellow fascia on the extremity of the back, is referable to the
genus Léistes of Vigors. It is identical with the Léistes Suchii,
Vig., described at page 191 of our second volume,

Zoological results of Freycinet’s Expedition. 273

Dacelo Gaudichaud, Head, scapule, and upper part of the
back, black : throat whitish rufescent : back and uropygium cya-
neous : pectus and abdomen rufous.—From New Guinea.

Cuculus Guira, Latham, the Crotophaga Pirririgua of Vieillot.
In its solitary habits this bird differs from the Anis, with which it
was associated by Vieillot.

Psittacus erythropterus, Latham ; a Platycercus of Vigors. Only
one specimen was seen by M M. Quoy and Gaimard, which differed
considerably from the Ps. Melanotus of Shaw.

Columba Pinon, Head, neck, pectus, and greater part of the
back, cinereo-fuscous : wings and tail slate-coloured: tail with a
trausverse fascia: feet red.— From Rawak, one of the New
~ Guinea Islands.

Columba enea, Lath.

Columba Pampusan, Body rufous ; bill black : tail with a trans-
verse black fascia: feet rather rufous—From Guam, one ef the
Marianne Islands,

Columba Macquarrie, Tail long : head, pectus, and uropygium,
cinereous blue: eyes naked, rather yellow: wings spotted with
whitish lunules.—This species is known only from a drawing pre-
sented to the expedition by Governor Macquarrie. Another,
which was merely casually seen, is mentioned in a note under the
name of C, Jamieson, from the gentleman in whose poultry-yard
it was.

Meearopius. Bill slender, weak, straight, equally broad as
high, flattened above at its base; superior mandible longer than
the inferior, slightly curved at its extremity ; inferior mandible
straight, not hidden by the elongated margins of the superior :
Nostrils nearly oval, open, situated nearer to the apex than to the
base of the bill; nasal fosse long,
is furnished with feathers : circumference of the eye naked: neck
almost naked, furnished with a few scattered feathers: Feet large
and strong, placed backward on the body ; tarsus thick and long ;
toes four, much elongated; the three front ones united at their
base by a small membrane, which is more evident Letween the
internal and middle toes than between this latter and the exter-

Vor. III. s

covered by a membrane which

274 Analytical Notices of Books.

nal; the posterior toe horizontal, resting on the earth throughout
its whole length: Claws very long, very slightly curved, trian-
gular with the point obtuse, nearly like those of Menura: Wings
moderate, concave, rounded; the third and fourth quill-feathers
longer than the others: Tail small, wedge-shaped, scarcely ex-
tending beyond the wings, composed of twelve feathers.

M. Freycinet, Body blackish; bill fuscous, whitish at the
apex; neck almost naked, blackish; feet of the same colour.—
From Vaigiou and Boni, Islands of the New Guinea group.

M. La Pérouse, Body rufous; bill blackish, with the apex
whitish ; neck naked, rather yellow ; tarsi rather yellow.—From
Tinian, one of the Marianne Islands,

Hematopus niger, Body throughout black; flexure of the
wings with an obtuse tubercle; bill red; feet rose-coloured.—
This species, which was captured on Dirk Hatich’s Island, is re-
corded as doubtful, it being always found in company with the
common Oyster-catcher of New Holland.

Chionis alba, Forster ; Ch. necrophagus of Vieillot.

Podiceps Rolland, Bill blackish; crest, lax, black; cheeks
white; eyes bright red, shining; neck and pectus fuscous-black-
ish.—From the Falkland Isles.

Procellaria (Puffinus) Berard, Small, body blackish above,
white beneath; bill black, spotted with white; feet lead-co-
loured.—From the Falkland Islands. 1

Lestris Cattaractes, Temm. Also from the Falkland Islands,
It is the Larus fuscus of Brisson, and has long been known as
the Port Egmont Hen of Cook’s voyages.

Anas brachyptera, Lath.,—the A. cinerea of Gmelin, and the
Race Horse of Wallis and Cook ; also from the Falkland Islands.

In the succeeding chapter, M M. Quoy and Gaimard conclude
the ornithological department of their work, by ‘* Remarks on
the Pelagic Birds, and on certain other Palmipedes, considered
especially as regards their habits and their geographical distribu-
tion in the Oceans of the Globe.” Many of these are extremely in-

Transactions of the Linnean Society. 275

teresting, especially the observations on the manners of the <fpie-
nodytes demersa, which the navigators were compelied by the
calls of hunger to study during their forced stay in the Falkland
Islands. They also indicate several species of Albatrosses, and
many of Petrels, which they were unable to describe accurately
from the impossibility of procuring specimens, although the birds
repeatedly approached so near as almost to touch the vessels.
Notices obtained under such circumstances cannot of course pos-
sess suflicient exactness for the purposes of science, although
affording valuable information to the navigator and the general
reader. We are therefore under the necessity of passing them
by, to proceed to the other orders of animals, which must, how-
ever, from the unavoidable length of the present article, be de-
ferred until our next number.

The Transactions of the Linnean Society of London. Vol. xv.
Part i.—4to. pp. 334.—Plates ii.

In Zoological interest, the present portion of the Linnean
Transactions is equal to any which it has previously fallen to our
lot to analyse. Again it contains but a single botanical paper, the
remainder of its pages being entirely devoted to the animal king-
dom. If then our notice of its contents should on the present occa-
sion be more brief than usual, it is only because we are compelled to
limit its extent by the heavy arrear into which we have fallen.
We have indeed less hesitation in sketching merely a rapid out-
line of a work, which will necessarily pass through the hands of
almost every one of our readers, than we should have in curtailing.
our notices of foreign transactions, to which occasional access can
alone be had.

The papers relative to the Mammalia are two in number. The
first of them is a ‘* Description of a new genus of the class Mam-
malia from the Himalaya chain of Hills between Nepaul and the
Snowy Mountains : by Major-General Hardwicke.’ It refers to

s 2

276 Analytical Notices of Books.

the dilurus fulgens, noticed in our analysis of the Histoire Natu-
relle des Mammiféres, at page 419 of the last volume of the
Zoological Journal. By the date prefixed to it, General Hard-
wicke’s paper appears to have been read before the Society nearly
six years since. The delay in its publication, which took place,
it is stated, in consequence of the absence of its zealous authour
from England, has enabled the Continental naturalist to antici-
pate it, and what should have constituted the original memoir
now assumes the form of a supplementary notice. The additional
information which it imparts is however of considerable value, as it
describes the teeth which were wanting in the specimen examined
by Mons. F’. Cuvier, and which are preserved in that presented to
the Linnean Society by General Hardwicke. On one peculiarity
in the dentary system the authour chiefly rests the claim of the
animal to generic distinction. ‘The whole of the projecting points
of the posterior grinders are truncated; an appearance, in his
opinion, depending on original structure, and not produced by
attrition. On this point however, considerable doubt may very
reasonably be evtertained. But without this there are discrimi-
nating circumstances amply suflicient to entitle it to the rank
which has been assigned to it; those which separate it from
Nasua and Procyon being particularly pointed out. The generic
characters are illustrated by views of the teeth and of the feet of
the animal.

The other paper in connection with the Mammalia is, a ‘* Notice
of a species of Ursus from Nepaul: by Dr. Horsfield.”? From
the prevalent colour, it has been denominated U. isabellinus, and
a specific character of it is given. Its habit is decidedly different
from that of the other Bears from the same part of the world,
which form the subgenera Prochilus, Ilig., and Helarctos, Horsf.
It rather resembles the Brown Bear of Europe, and is referable
to the genus Ursus as now limited. The skin, which was pre-
sented to the Society by H. T. Colebrooke, Esq. was.too imperfect
to admit of a minute and detailed description.

The Ornithological Papers are four. Of these by far the most
important is the ‘* Description of the Australian Birds in the col~
lection of the Linnean Society; with an attempt at arranging

=

Transactions of the Linnean Society. 277

them according to their natural Affinities: by N. A. Vigors,
Esq. and Dr. Horsfield. It is also the most extensive, occupying
very nearly one half of the part. From characterizing it in the
terms which it merits, the writer of this notice is precluded by the
name of one of its authours being prefixed to the present volume.
From analysing it, he is equally prevented by the multiplicity of
interesting facts which it embodies. Although it includes only
that portion of the collection which is referable to the Raptores,
Illig., and the Insessores, Vigors, no less than one hundred and
seventy-one species are described in it, fifty-six of which are re-
garded as new ; several other new species obtained from various
sources being also described in the notes, The number of forms
which are either entirely novel, or so prominent as to require to
be distinguished as genera from those previously established, is no
less than twenty. It is chiefly among the very extensive families
of Muscicapide, Psittacide, and Meliphagide, that these new
generic divisions have been found to be necessary, and they are
not only precisely characterized, but their connexions with, and
their distinctions from, the approximating genera, are particularly
pointed out. In this in fact consists the peculiar value of the
paper; that the minor details, though finished with that technical
accuracy which delights a namer of species, are throughout the
whole of it made subservient to the more extensive views on the
natural arrangement of the animal creation which have recently.
been advanced. In every instance a leading object has been to
illustrate the affinities and analogies by which the important class
Aves is connected together, and these are repeatedly shown to
exist among the minor groups, to an extent equally striking as that
among the higher divisions, which was explained by Mr. Vigors in
the last part of the Transactions of the same Society. ‘The Geo-
graphical Distribution of Birds is another subject which has also
received special attention ; and the peculiarities of New Holland
are occasionally noticed, as affording suflicient reasons for the
absence of certain families from its Fauna, and for the modifica-
tion in others of various organs necessary to adapt them for the
situation in which they have been placed. Considerable informa-
tion relative to their manners has been obtained from Mr. Caley,

278 Analytical Notices of Books.

by whom the collection was chiefly formed, and also from Mr,
Brown, and has been blended by the authours with their more
scientific labours.

The ‘ Description of two new Birds from Nepaul: by Major-
General Hardwicke,” is of the Lophophorus Wallichii, and Pha-
sianus Gardnert. The latter deviates from the characters of the
typical Phasiani, by the bill being short, greatly rounded, and
blunt at the apex; by the tail being shorter and rounded ; and
by the scales of the tarsi being more numerous and closer to each
other. In these respects it agrees with P. cruentus.

An addition to our native Fauna is made by P. J. Selby, Esq.,
in his * Description of Plectrophanes Lapponica ; a species lately
discovered in the British Islands.” It is the Fringilla Lapponica,
Linn., and, together with the I’. nivalis, deviates from the true
Buntings. The natural station of the little group formed by these
two birds, and distinguished as the genus Plectrophanes by Meyer,
(Passerina, Vieill.), is shown to be intermediate between Alauda
aud Emberiza. It is connected with the former by means of the
Al. Calandra and other species, in which the bill is increased in
thickness ; and resembles the latter in the form of the bill, which
with the exception of being shorter and more rounded on the
back, possesses the characteristic distinctions of that genus. In
their modes of life these birds approach more nearly to the habits
of the Larks. The description of the Plect. Lapponica is accom-
panied by a plate.

The ** Catalogue of the Norfolk and Suffolk Birds; with
Remarks: by the Rev. R. Sheppard, and the Rev. W. Whitear,”
is the only other paper connected with Ornithology. The
list itself exhibits no peculiar novelty ; but the remarks which
accompany it are interesting, as they frequently refer to the habits
of the birds, the seasons of their appearance and migration, their
nests and eggs, and the modes adopted for their capture. The
information on some of these points will doubtless appear valuable
to the sportsman and the collector. The claim of several species
to a place in our British catalogues is also authenticated by par-
ticular notices of the occasions on which they were obtained.

Of the Entomological articles, the first is of the very highest

Transactions of the Linnean Society. 279

importance. It is from the pen of W.S. MacLeay, Esq. “¢ On the
structure of the Tarsus in the 'Tetramerous and Trimerous Cole-
optera of the French Entomologists.”” The facts which it de-
velopes are adapted to demolish the very foundation of the pro-
fessedly natural arrangement of the Coleoptera, which has been
so generally followed since its adoption by Latreille. Mr. Mac
Leay had long since pointed out many anomalies in the number
of the joints of the tarsus, by which certain genera were appa-
rently excluded from any of the sections to which the names of
Pentamera, Heteromera, Tetramera, Trimera, Dimera, and
Monomera, have been applied. ‘The affinities of most of them
were, it is true, so evident, as to enable the entomologist to place
them at once in their appropriate situations; but in doing so he
assumed the existence of a character which was not to be found in
them, and even in some instances acted in open defiance of the
system, as in the case of the genus Helerocerus, a tetramerous
group, which he nevertheless continually arranged among the
Pentamera. A system admitting and even requiring such exten-
sive deviations from the principles on which it rests, must of ne-
cessity be erroneous ; it is evidently not natural, and may be left
to the fate of all artificial methods, to be employed or rejected as
convenience dictates. Still more indisputably will this appear,
when it is shown, as in the present paper, that no such section as
the J'rimera exists in nature, and that the great majority of the
Tetramera are in reality Pentamerous. A close examination of
any Linnean Cerambyx, Curculio, or Chrysomela, will show, that
its tarsi consist of five articulations instead of four, as assumed in
the tarsal system of the French entomologists, the joint which
they have described as terminal being in reality composed of two
distinct pieces, the first of which is very small. The correspond-
ing joint in the tarsi of the Coccinelle will be found to be divided
in a similar manner, and therefore what have been considered as
Trimera, are actually Tetramera. An arrangement grounded on
data so erroneous cannot be natural, and it has here received a
shock which it can scarcely withstand. The field is now thrown
open for a better classification, founded on a more correct basis.
We wait with impatience for its appearance. The exposition of

280 Analytical Notices of Books.

such a method has indeed been commenced in the Hore Ento-
mologice, and still further developed in the Annulosa Javanicas
That the progress of the latter work should have been delayed,
has always been a subject for regret, and it is the more to be
lamented, since with its suspension, the views of many of its admi-
rers are still kept unsettled. But we do hope, that eitheg through
its medium, or through some other channel, the system of Mr.
MacLeay will be propounded to the minutest possible details.
Even to those who still feel disposed to regard many of his
views as merely speculative, the general explanation of them
wou'd doubtless be most acceptable.

The only other entomological paper, is the ‘* Observations on
the Crepitaculum, and the Foramina in the anterior Tibia of some
Orthopterous Insects: by the Rev. Lansdown Guilding.” The
organ of sound in the male of the Locusta camellifolia is described
as consisting of a strong ridge, furnished with hard and regular
teeth, on the under surface of the left hemelytron, near its base ;
which is rubbed against by a bony process projecting from the
right one. In those orthopterous insects which possess the crepi-
taculum at the base of the wing-cases, there is found a peculiar
organ on the anterior tibia in both sexes; in the Locusta, Fab.,
it is constituted by approximate suboval foramina, which are gib-
bous at the sides; and in the Achetw, by two opposite oval flat-
tened openings, closed by a delicate membrane. A curious appa-
ratus on the anterior tibie of many nocturnal Lepidoptera, parti-
cularly the Sphingide, is also mentioned. It is generally formed
of an elongate velvet pad, which varies in shape and size, and is
used, according to Mr. Guilding, to brush and cleanse the large
eyes of these insects.

It now remains to mention only one other paper; a ** Notice on
a peculiar property of a species of Echinus: by E.T. Bennett, Esq.”
It states the occurrence in immense quantities on the western
coasts of Ireland, of a species of Echinus, which forms for itself
depressions in the rocks immediately above the low-water mark,
and in which nearly two-thirds of the animal are constantly im-
bedded. The common E, esculentus is met with upon the same:
shores, but is never found in similar cavities. The species ap-

low

Thompson on the Pentacrinus Europaeus. 281

pears to be the E. lividus, Lam., and is perhaps synonymous with
the E. saxatilis, Linn. It had never before been noticed as an in-
habitant of the British Isles.

Memoir on the Pentacrinus Europaus: a recent species discovered
in the Cove of Cork, July 1, 1823. With two illustrative
Plates. By Joun V. Tuomrson, Esq. F.L.S. 4to. p. 12.

An extremely valuable notice of a very interesting animal.
Numerous as are the fossil species of the Crinotdea, their real
affinities remained unknown to us, owing to the imperfect state in
which their solid parts alone occurred. It was equally impossible
to determine the situation in nature of the only recent one which
had yet been met with, the Pentacrinus Caput Medusa, since of
the five specimens which have been brought to Europe, not one
had been preserved in spirits, and the soft parts, or rather the
animal itself, had cousequently been lost to the observation of in-
telligent naturalists. ‘The discovery of a second recent species of
so extraordinary a family, in itself a most desirable occurrence,
becomes of far greater importance by establishing the fact that
the Crinoidea are really Radiata, closely allied to the Asteria,
and especially to the genus Alecto of Dr. Leach, (Comatula,
Lam.). The description of the new species is given with the
fullest detail, and is illustrated by two plates, which are very
neatly executed. Its mode of growth is traced almost ab ovo up
to its fullest development, which in the largest individuals that
have occurred does not exceed three quarters of an inch in length ;
and our information on a very intricate subject is thus rendered
almost complete. Our best thanks are due to the authour for thus
employing to the advancement of science the advantages which
he enjoys from the vicinity of his residence to the ocean; and we
trust that he will continue to avail himself of the opportunities
which must repeatedly occur to him of adding to our knowledge
on many points which stillyemain enveloped in mystery. Of his
future exertions we are induced to augur well, from the spirit and
style of his commencement.

~~

282 Analytical Notices of Books.

Mineral Conchology of Great Britain ; or coloured Figures and
Descriptions of those Remains of Testaceous Animals or
Shells, $c. By J.Sowensy. Continued by J.D. C. Sowrrsy,
F.L.S. &c.— Nos. Ixxxiv—xcvi.

In the very long series which we have now to notice, are in-
cluded the termination of the fifth volume of the Mineral Con-
chology, and upwards of one half of the sixth. The work is
therefore hastening rapidly towards its completion, and will
shortly furnish to the British student of this extensive department
of natural knowledge, an almost perfect illustration of the objects
of his research. On his gratitude it will possess claims equal to
those which were earned for its original projector from another
class of naturalists, by the publication of the ‘* English Botany.”
Like that standard work, the ‘* Mineral Conchology” may be
referred to even with a feeling of national pride; for no country,
except England, has yet produced any publications which afford
so ample a view of its natural possessions in either of those vast
ranges of science. That two such works should have been the
production of the same individual, is among the most extraordinary
facts in the annals of Natural History. Respect for his memory,
and admiration for his talents and perseverance, can never be
effaced from the minds of those who are daily deriving assistance
from his multifarious and well-directed labours.

In the present numbers the species figured and. described
amount to nearly two hundred, exhibiting examples of about fifty
genera. Many of them are entirely new, and of the remainder
the greater proportion are more completely illustrated than in any
previous sketches. It would be impossible, without incroaching
on greater space than can be allowed to us, to dwell on the
numerous particulars which deserve remark. We must even
refrain from pointing out the groups which have received especial
attention, such as the Gervillia, Defrance, of which a new species
is figured, in addition to the G. aviculoides, and the G. solenoides,
the latter being the type of the genus. We may only venture to
notice the two new genera proposed, referring so many of our

Sowerby’s Mineral Conchology. 283

readers as are interested in the details, to the work itself, on the
fidelity of which they are aware that the fullest reliance may be
placed.

The first of these is distinguished by the name of Pacuymya,
It is thus characterized ; ‘* Shell bivalved, transversely elongated,
very thick, sub-bilobate, with the beaks near the anterior ex-
tremity. Ligament partly immersed, attached to prominent pro-
cesses, or fulcra.”’ It bears a considerable analogy to Modiola in
the position of the beaks, the elongated form of the valves, and
the partial separation of the anterior portion into an imperfect
lobe. From the thin shells which are allied to Mytilus, it is dise
tinguished by its comparatively short ligament fixed upon a strong
prominent part of the shell within the edge, utterly unlike their
linear ligaments affixed to the narrow margins themselves. It is
founded on a species from the lowest part of the Chalk formation
near Lyme Regis, to which the trivial name of P. Gigas has been
given. It appears probable that other fossil shells, hitherto de-
scribed as Modiole, will, when better known, be found to belong
to this genus.

The other new genus is also founded on a bivalve shell. It is
denominated Tretis, ‘* An equivalved subequilateral bivalve ;
more or less orbicular, and convex ; ligament marginal ; three or
four small acuminated teeth about the hinge; the line of attach-
ment of the mantle? has a deep sinus extending nearly to the
beak; muscular impressions rounded, small, distant from the
hinge. Ligament external.” It differs from Mactra by the
absence of remote teeth, and by the want of an internal ligament;
and from Tellina by its margin not being curved laterally. The
fossil shells composing it have frequently been referred to Venus,
but are totally distinct. They exhibit no lunette, nor other ex-
ternal mark. Two of them are figured under the names of TJ.
major, and 7’. minor; the former is from the Sandstone of the
Greenstone formation, in various localities, and the latter from
the Greensand itself.

284 Analytical Notices of Books.

The Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells: by G. B. Sowersy,
F.L.S., with original Plates by J. D. C. Sowersy, F.L.S.,
No. xxix.

Or the seven genera illustrated in the present number, one
alone requires particular notice. In our last analysis we gave the
characters of the two new genera proposed by Mr. Broderip to be
removed from the Volutw, Lam.; we have now to exhibit those
by which he circumscribes the remaining species under the generic
name Voluta. They are as follows: ‘* Testa subovata, coloribus
plerumyue variis eximié picta. Apex papillaris. Columella pli-
cata, plicis inferioribus maximis, basi emarginata. Epidermis
tenuis, fusca. Animal carnivorum. Caput tentaculis duobus
instructum. Oculi ad tentaculorum basin externam appositi. Pes
maximus. Operculo caret. Habitat marinum in calidioribus
mundi veteris regionibus, rarior in Indiis occidentalibus.” It is
necessary to mention that the description of the animal is not
drawn from actual observation, but rests solely on the affinity
presumable from the close resemblance of the shell of Voluta to
that of Melo. The numerous species which are still included
under this generic appellation, are shown to be divisible into five
sections, several of which admit of farther subdivision. Some of
the sections, in Mr. Broderip’s opinion, will hereafter assume the
rank of genera.

A very brief notice of the other genera will suffice. Dolium,
Terebra, and Teredina, are employed in their common accep-
tation, Xylophaga and Mulleria are also used in the sense given
to them by their original describers; the former having been
applied by Dr. Turton to designate his Teredo dorsalis, an un-
common and curious inhabitant of our own coasts; and the latter
by De Ferussac to an extremely interesting group, which had
been confounded with Avtheria, but which apparently connects
that genus with the irregular marine bivalves, Ostrea for example,
No more than one species of Mudleria has yet been detected, and
this is so extremely rare, that only three specimens of it are
known to exist. The one figured is from the collection of Mr. J.

Curtis’s British Entomology. 285

Sowerby. The remaining genus, Teredo, is extended in its sig-
nification so as to embrace also the Septaria, Lam., and the
Fistulana gregata, of the same authour.

British Entomology ; or Illustrations and Descriptions of the
Genera of Insects found in Great Britain and Ireland.— By
Joun Curtrs, F.L.S. Nos. xxv—xxxvi. (Vol. iii.)

On the beauty and fidelity of the plates which form the most
prominent feature of this work, it is unnecessary for us again to
remark, afterthe repeated testimonies which we have felt our-
selves called on to advance in their favour. The utility of the
accompanying letter-press requires also no further praise from us.
They have jointly attracted the attention of the scientific world to
an extent sufficiently great to ensure the continuance of the pub-
lication with that regularity which has marked its progress since
its commencement. ‘To notice its numbers as they successively
appear can now no longer be necessary, and our future analyses
will therefore be directed, like the present, to an entire volume,
the produce of a year.

In this third volume the authour has, as usual, illustrated forty-
eight of the genera of Insects found in the British Islands. Of
these a considerable proportion were unnoticed by any previous
writer of our own country, and among the species figured about
one half were unrecorded in our printed entomological cata-
logues. Many of them are moreover entirely new, having never
before been either figured or described. They are divided nearly
equally between the two great classes, Mandibulata and Haustel-
lata, and embrace examples of seven of the orders. The greater
number are of course taken from the Coleoptera, as in this order
the genera have been more subdivided than in any other. Seven-
teen of these are described, the whole of which had been before
indicated; although several of them had not received those
scientific definitions which are here given. IHelobia and Bledius
may be referred to as instances ; the former being illustrated by the

286 Analytical Notices of Books.

HH. Gyllenhalii, an insect which has not yet occurred south of the
Tweed,—and the latter by the B. Skrimshirii, described in our
last number by Mr. Westwood, under the name of B. Stephensii.
The Hymenopterous genera are seven in number, and also pre-
sent no striking novelty to the general student, although several
of them were previously unknown to the English Entomologist.
The single genus of Neuropéera figured, is extremely interesting.
It is the Boreus, Lat., and is founded on the Panorpa hyemalis,
Linn,, an extraordinary insect, which was first added to our Fauna
by Dr. Leach.

The new genera proposed are entirely confined to the Lepi-
doptera, twelve of which are illustrated in the volume before us.
Of these four are now for the first time distinguished. The first
of them, Cuanissa, is closely allied to Cleora, from which it is
distinguished by the short pectinations of the antenne of the
males, which give to them a robust and compressed appearance.
It includes the Geometre serotinaria, pullaria, and obscuraria,
together with the C. operarta, which is figured as the type, and is
new to Britain.

Axcis, the second new genus, may be distinguished from Bu-
palus, by the males being inyariably smaller than the females, the
eyes being larger and more distant in front, the palpi more
porrected, shorter, and not hairy, the maxillz very long, and the
antenne not pectinated to the apex. Its type is the Geometra
repandaria, Linn. Eleven British species are enumerated as con-
tained in it, three of which, including the 4. sericearta, which is
figured, were previously undescribed.

Analogous to Alcis, in that section of the Phalenide, in which
the antenne of the males are simple, is the third new genus,
Macania. Of this the Phalena liturata is figured as the type.
It includes six other British species, among which are the P.
prenotata, P. notata, &c. f

The remaining new genus is divided from the Tortrices under
the name of Cneruasia. The wings of these insects are folded
very differently from those of the other species of the family,
bearing in this respect a stronger affinity to the Crambi. Its type
is the Phalena Logiana, Linn., and it includes eight other British

Zoological Proceedings of Societies. 287

species, three of which were unnoticed by systematic writers.
One of these latter, the C. bel/ana, which was captured at Edin-
burgh by Mr. Curtis, has been selected to illustrate the genus,

The genera of Diptera figured, are eight in number, several of
them being new to the English reader, and most of the insects
being also unknown to our catalogues. The single Apterous
genus, Pulex, is illustrated by an hitherto undescribed species,
that of the Mole, which is the largest that has yet been observed.
The dissections which accompany this figure, are given with ex-
treme care and minuteness. They are taken from the P. irritans,
in which, as in the greater number of the species, no antennz are
visible. In a subsequent number the position and structure of
these organs in the P. Hirundinis, are pointed out ; an important
addition to our knowledge of the Aptera, among which it appears
not improbable that several groups may hereafter be satisfactorily
established. The two Omalopterous genera, Craterina and
Melophagus, founded on the parasites of the Swallow and the
Sheep, have also received especial attention. In the remarks on
the former, the general structure of the insects of this order is
explained, and the dissections of the trophi are more than usually
elaborate.

Art. XXXI. Proceedings of Learned Societies on subjects
connected with Zoology.

ROYAL SOCIETY.

March 2, 1826.—A paper was read, On the coagulation by
heat of the fluid blood in an aneurismal tumour ; by Sir E. Home,
Bart. V.P.R.S.

March 16.—N. A. Vigors, Esq. F.L.S. was admitted a Fellow
of the Society.

April 13.—R. I. Murchison, Esq. Sec. G.S. was admitted a
Fellow of the Society.

288 Soological Proceedings of Societies.

April 20.—A paper was read, entitled, A formula for express
ing the decrement of human life; by Thomas Young, M.D.
For. Sec. R.S.

May 11.—A paper was read, On the production and formation
of pearls ; by Sir E. Home ; and the reading was commenced of
a paper On burrowing and boring marine animals ; by Edward
Osler, Esq. communicated by L. W. Dillwyn, Esq. F.R.S.

May 25.—Dr. A. P. Wilson Philip was admitted a Fellow of
the Society ; and the reading of Mr. Osler’s paper was concluded.

June 15.—A paper was read, entitled, Case of a lady born
blind, who received sight at an advanced age by the formation of
an artificial pupil ; by James Wardrop, Esq. : communicated by
Sir H. Davy, Bart. P.R.S.

Papers were also read, On the crystallization of uric acid ;
by Sir E. Home: and On the muscular fibre of the Elephant ; by
H. Mayo, Esq., in a letter to Sir E. Home.

Nov. 16.—Lieut. Col. D. Denham was admitted a Fellow of
the Society, and The Croonian Lecture, by Sir E. Home, was read.
The subject was an enquiry into the mode by which the pro-
pagation of the species is carried on, in the common oyster, and »
in the large fresh-water muscle.

Most of the above-mentioned papers will be found printed in
the Philosophical Transactions for 1826, part iii., and 1827,
part i.

Nov. 23.—Charles Bell, Esq. F.L.S. was admitted a Fellow of
the Society.

Nov. 30.—This being St. Andrew’s Day, the Anniversary
Meeting of the Society took place.

In the list of Fellows deceased since the last Anniversary,
occurred the name of Sir T. S. Raflles, whose character was
eulogized by the President, Sir H. Davy, in the following terms :

“ Occupying high situations in our empire in the East, he
employed his talents and his extensive resources, not in the
exercise of power or the accumulation of wealth, but in endea-
vouring to benefit and to improve the condition of the natives, —
to fix liberal institutions, and to establish a permanent com-
mercial intercourse between the colonies in which he presided

Royal Society. 289

and the mother country ; which, while it brought new treasures
to Europe, tended to civilize and to improve the condition of
the inhabitants of some of the most important islands of the
Kast. Neither misfortune nor pecuniary losses damped the
ardour of his mind in the pursuit of knowledge. Having lost
one splendid collection by fire, he instantly commenced the
formation of another; and having brought this to Europe, he
made it not private, but public property, and placed it entirely
at the disposition of a new Association for the promotion of
Zoology, of which he had been chosen President by acclamation.
Many of the Fellows of this Society can bear testimony to his
enlightened understanding, acute judgment, and accurate and
multifarious information ; and all of them must, I am sure, regret
the premature loss of a man who had done so much, and from
whom so much more was to be expected, and who was so truly
estimable in all the relations of life.”

The Society afterwards proceeded to the election of the coun-
cil and officers for 1827, when on examination, the following
was found to be the state of the lists. Eleven members of the
old council to remain members of the new council :—

Sir Humphry Davy, Bart.; John Barrow, Esq.; The Lord
Bishop of Carlisle; Davies Gilbert, Esq. M.P.; John F: W.
Herschel, Esq. M.A. ; Sir Everard Home, Bart. ; Captain Henry
Kater; John Pond, Esq. A.R.; James South, Esq.; W. Hyde
Wollaston, M.D.; T. Young, M.D.

The members elected into the council :—

John Abernethy, Esq. ; Charles Babbage, Esq. M.A. ; Captain
Francis Beaufort, R.N.; Robert Brown, Esq.; John George
Children, Esq.; Charles Hatchett, Esq.; A. B. Lambert, Esq. 5
William Viscount Lowther; George Pearson, M.D.; William
Prout, M.D.

The following were elected officers of the Society :

President, Sir Humphry Davy, Bart.; Treasurer, Davies
Gilbert, Esq. M.P.; Secretaries, J. F. W. Herschel, Esq. M.A ;
John G. Children, Esq.

Vor. Ill. $y

290 Soological Proceedings of Societies.

January 25, 1827.—-The name of Professor Jameson was
ordered to be inserted in the printed lists of the Society.

Feb. 1.—A paper was read, entitled, Account of a new genus
of serpentiform sea-animals ; by J. Harwood, M.D., F.L.S., Pro-
fessor of Natural History in the Royal Institution: communicated
by Daniel Moore, Esq. F.R.S.

Feb. 8.—A paper was read, entitled, 4a Examination into
the Structure of the Cells of the Human Lungs, with a view to
ascertain the office they perform in Respiration; by Sir E. Home,
Bart., V.P.R.S. Tllustrated by microscopical observations, by F.
Bauer, Esq., F.R.S.

These papers will be found published in the first part of the
Philosophical Transactions for 1827.

March 1.—Dr. J. C. Prichard was admitted a Fellow of the
Society, and a paper was read, entitled, On the structure and
use of the submaxillary odoriferous gland of the Crocodile ; by
Thomas Bell, Esq. F.L.S.; communicated by Sir E. Home, Bart.
V.P.RiS.

Beneath the lower jaw of the Alligator and the Crocodile, on
each side, is situated a gland which secretes an unctuous sub-
stance of a strong musky odour. About two years since, the
authour of this paper discovered in it a structure which is without
parallel in the glandular system of other animals. His obser-
vations were made ‘on the common American Alligator. In this
animal the external orifice of the gland is situated about two-
thirds of the length of the lower-jaw backwards from the sym-
physis, being a longitudinal slit a little within the lower edge
of the basis of the jaw, through which exudes the substance just
mentioned. During warm weather, when the animal feeds freely,
the secretion is copious ; but in winter it is much diminished in
quantity and is less powerful in scent. The gland itself is a
simple follicle of an elongated pyriform figure, lying between
the skin and the under surface of the tongue. In an Alligator of
four feet in length, it is about half an inch long and one sixth
of an inch in diameter. This gland is enveloped by extremely
fine and delicate muscular fibres, disposed obliquely, consisting
of two fasciculi passing repeatedly over and under the gland,

Royal Sociely. 291

which unite at its base into a long and slender round muscle,
closely attached to the corner of the os hyoides, and following
the course of another muscle apparently identical with the mylo-
hyotdeus in the mammiferous animals. The use of the muscle
appears to be to bring the gland into a proper position for its
discharge, and then to operate the discharge, by pressure.

The authour, considering the situation of the gland near the
mouth of the Alligator, and the predatory habits of the animal,
together with its yoracity of fish, and the well-known partiality
of fish for odoriferous oils and extracts, conceives, that this
secretion acts as a bait, attracting the fish to such a position as
will enable the Alligator readily to seize them, in his usual way
of seizing his prey, by snapping side-ways at them.

The reading was also commenced of a paper, entitled, Note
on the chemical composition of two liquids lately proposed as
powerful disinfectants, and on the action of those liquids on putrid
animal matter ; by A. B. Granville, M.D. F.R.S.

March8.—The reading of Dr. Granville’s paper was concluded.

March 15.—M. Semmering was elected a Foreign Member of
the Society.

May 10.—A paper was read, entitled, On the change in the
plumage of some Hen-Pheasants ; by W. Yarrell, Esq. F.L.S. ;
communicated by W. Morgan, Esq. F.R.S.

The last shooting season having been unusually productive of
Hen Pheasants, which have assumed more or less the plumage
and appearance of the male, much discussion has in consequence
arisen on the cause of this change; and the authour, having had
many opportunities of examining the facts, as respecting both
the pheasant and the domestic fowl, was induced to notice the
internal peculiarities which unvariably accompany this trans-
formation. According to an opinion of John Hunter and of Dr.
Butter, this change only takes place at an advanced age; but
Mr. Yarrel| considers the facts in his possession as at variance
with this idea, and that the appearances in question may occur
at any period of life, and may even be produced artificially. In
all the instances examined by him the sexual organs were found
diseased, and to a greater or less extent in proportion to the

T2

292 Soological Proceedings of Societies.

change of plumage. The ovarium was shrunk, purple, and hard 5
the oviduct diseased, and the canal obliterated at the upper part,
immediately preceding its funnel-shaped enlargement at the
bottom of the ovarium. Having opened a Hen-Pheasant in her
natural plumage, for the sake of comparison, he found a similar
diseased state of the organs to exist; thus proving that the dis-
ease must exist some time before the corresponding change of
feather takes place. He observes, that it is no uncommon thing
to find among numerous broods of pheasants reared by hand,
some females, which, at the age of only four months, produce
the brightest plumage of the male: and in two instances of birds
shot in a wild state, the nest-feathers had not been shed, proving
them to have been birds of the year.

A Partridge, having a white bar across the breast, and the
first three primaries in each wing white, being opened, exhibited
the same sort of organic disease; and, from circumstances ad~
duced, it appears that this was also a bird of the year.

But all variations in plumage are not traceable to this cause.
In most of the excepted instances, however, the individuals are
dwarf birds; and the authour attributes their variety of plumage
to defective secretion—the effect of weakness.

When the sexual organs are artificially obliterated in the com-
mon fowl, so soon as the operation is performed in the male
bird, he ceases to crow, the comb and gills do not attain their
full size, the spurs remain short and blunt, and the feathers of
the neck assume an appearance intermediate between the hackled
character of the cock and the ordinary web of the hen. When
the oviduct of the female is obliterated, the ova cease to enlarge ;
she makes an imperfect attempt to crow; the comb increases in
size, and short and blunt spurs make their appearance. The
plumage alters in colour and in form, approaching to that of the
cock; the bones of the lower part of the back also never acquiring
the enlargement requisite for giving a proper breadth to the
pelvis. In short, the two sexes approximate so nearly in charac~
ter by this process, that it frequently becomes difficult to deter-
mine the sex.

Hen-Pheasants assume the plumage of the male at best but
‘

Linnean Society. 293

imperfectly, and it is probable that they do not live many years
after the change.

It appears to be a general law, that where the sexes of animals
are indicated by external characters, these undergo a change,
and assume a neutral appearance, whenever original malformation,
subsequent disease, or artificial obliteration, has deprived the
sexual organs of their true influence,

May 31.—Dr. J. Harwood, Professor of Natural History in
the Royal Institution, was admitted a Fellow of the Society ;
and a paper was read, On the effects produced on the air-cells of
the lungs when the circulation is too much increased; by Sir E.
Home.

On the 21st of June, the Society adjourned over the long
vacation, to meet again on the third Thursday in November next.

LINNEAN SOCIETY.

April 18, 1826.—A paper was read, entitled, Observations on
a species of Simia, Linn., now alive in the collection of Exeter
’Change, allied to, if not identical with, the Simia Lagothrix of
Baron Humboldt ; by Edward Griffiths, Esq. F.L.S. _

May 2.—A paper was read On the Locusts, (Grillus migra-
torius,) which devastated the Crimea and the southern provinces
of Russia, in 1824; by J. Smirnove, Esq. F.L.S. Secretary to
the Russian Embassy.

May 25.—This day being the birth-day of Linnezus, the
Anniversary was held as usual, Sir J. E. Smith, President, in
the Chair, when the following Fellows were chosen as Officers
and Council for the ensuing year :-—

President, Sir James Edward Smith, M.D. F.R.S. &c.

Vice-Presidents, Samuel Lord Bishop of Carlisle, LL.D,
Y.P.R.S., F.A.S.; A. B. Lambert, Esq. F.R.S. A.S. & H.S.;
W.G. Maton, M.D. F.R.S. & A.S.; and Edward Lord Stanley,
M.P. F.HLS,

Treasurer, Edward Forster, Esq. F.R.S. & HLS.

Secretary, James E. Bicheno, Esq.

Assistant Secretary, Richard Taylor, Esq. F.S.A. Mem, Asiat,§,

294 Zovlogical Proceedings of Societies.

Also to fill the vacancies in the Council: Charles Bell, Esq.
F.R.S. Ed.; John Bostock, M.D. F.R.S. Pres. Geol. Soc; Sir
Stamford Raffles, F.R.S., Pres. Zool. Soc.; Joseph Sabine, Esq.
F.R.S. & A.S. Sec. Hort. Soc.; and N. A. Vigors, Esq. M.A.
F.R.S., Sec. Zool. Soc.

June 6.—A paper was read, On anew genus of Insects named
Oiketicus; by the Rev. L. Guilding, B.A. F.L.S.

A paper was also read, entitled, On Methods and Systems
in Natural History ; by J. E. Bicheno, Esq. Secretary L. S.
in which the authour endeavoured to show the different uses
to which they should respectively be applied. The chief object
of the Artificial system, he insisted, was to analyse; that of
the Natural system, to synthesise, The business of the one
is to enable us to ascertain particulars; and of the other, to
combine those particulars so as to assist the mind to reason
generally. Systematists in general, he contended, have con-
founded these two distinct objects, and have attempted to
employ their natural systems equally with a view to determine
species as to combine them, while their chief object should have
been to find resemblances and common characters. The state
of science seems to require that the work of combination should
be more studied ; and that instead of breaking down the pro-
ductions of nature into the smallest particulars, we should act
more philosophically if we endeavoured to discover the common
characters of her groups, and to unite species ; and thus furnish
the ordinary reader with materials of knowledge, relieve his me-
mory, and abridge his labour. This seems to be the more necessary
in the present day, when the number of described birds amounts
to 5000, of insects to 100,000, and of flowering plants to 50,000.

June 20.—The following papers were read :

Concise notice of a species of Ursus from Nepaul,a skin of which
has been presented to the Linnean Society by H. T. Colebrooke,
Esq. F.R. & L.S. &c. ; by Thomas Horsfield, M.D. F.L. & G.S.

Description of a new British Freshwater Helix; by the Rev.
Revett Sheppard, M.A. F.L.S.

Of the term Oistros or Oestron of the ancients, and of the reat
insect intended by them in this expression ; by Bracy Clerk, F.L.S,

a

Linnean Society. 295

Nov. 7.—Joseph Woods, sq. was elected a member of the
Council, in the stead of Sir T. S. Raffles, deceased.

Nov. 21.—The reading was commenced, of a paper, entitled,
Remarks on the comparative anatomy of certain birds of Cuba,
with a view to their respective places in the system of Nature, or
their relations with other animals; by W.S.MacLeay, Esq. F.L.S.

Dec. 19.—The reading of Mr. MacLeay’s paper was continued.

Feb. 6. 1827.—A paper was read, entitled Observations on the

'‘rache@ of Birds, with descriptions and representations of several
not hitherto figured ; by William Yarrell, Esq. F.L.S.

The extraordinary structures described by the authour, are
that of the crested Pintado of Africa (Numida cristata, Pall.),
the Demoiselle, the Stanley Crane, the Black Swan of New
Holland, and other swans, geese, and ducks. It was remarked
that all birds with a complex structure of trachea have loud
harsh voices, while the simple forms belong to the delightful
song-birds. The paper concluded with an arrangement of the
British species of the Duck family.

Feb. 20.—A description of a new species of Bat, from the
Illinois, by Bracy Clark, Esq. F'.L.S. was read ; and the reading
of Mr. W.S. MacLeay’s paper On certain Birds of Cuba was
continued.

March 6.—A_ paper was read, On two new genera of Land
Tortoises ; by Thomas Bell, Esq. F.L.S.

These genera possess a peculiar interest as exhibiting the
affinities by which the freshwater tortoises are connected with
those inhabiting the land. Mr. Bell has named them Pyzxis and
Kinyxis ; and both are distinguished by a moveable joint, one in
the sternum, and the other in the hinder part of the back, by
means of which the shell can be completely closed. The species
described are Pywis arachnoides, a perfect land-tortoise, with
the anterior lobe of the sternum moveable, and as capable of
accurately closing the shell as any species of the freshwater
box-tortoises: Kinyxis castanea: and Kinyxis Homiana, a spe-
cies forming a passage from the group of T'estudinide to that of
the Emydide.

296, Zoological Proceedings of Societies.

March 20.—Among the presents to the Society, announced at
this meeting, was that of a collection of birds from New Holland,
sent by Alexander MacLeay, Esq. Secretary of the Colony, and
formerly the much-respected Secretary of this Society. The
reading of Mr. W. S$. MacLeay’s paper was further continued ;
which also occupied the meetings on April 3 and 17.

May 1.—An extensive collection of New-Holland Birds and
Quadrupeds was presented by Sir John Jamieson.

The following gentlemen were elected Foreign Members of
the Society : Henry Ducrotay de Blainville; C. L. Bonaparte,
Prince, of Musignano; Leopold von Buch; Viccaans Henry de
Cassini; Henry Frederic Link, M.D.; C. F. P. von Martius,
M.D.; C. G. Nees von Esenbeck, M.D.; Ch. Asmund Rudolphi,
M.D.; M. Auguste de Saint-Hilaire; Frederick Teidemann, M.D.

May 24.—The Anniversary was held on this day, as directed in
the Charter, at the Society’s house, A. B. Lambert, Esq. V. P.
F.R.S., in the chair;, when the Fellows named below were
chosen Officers and Council for the year ensuing :—

President: Sir James Edward Smith, M.D. F.R.S., &c.—
Vice-Presidents : Samuel Lord Bishop of Carlisle, LL.D. V.P.R.S,
F.A.S.; A.B. Lambert, Esq. F.R.S. A.S. &HS.; W.G. Maton,
M.D. F. RS. & A.S.; hee Edward Lord Ghastan M.P, F.H.S.—
Treasurer: Edward Forster, Esq. F.R.S. & H.S. ;—Seeretary,
J. E. Bicheno, Esq. F.R.S. Assistant-Secretary : Richard Taylor,
Esq. F.S.A.: also to fill the vacancies in the Cowncél; Arthur
Aikin, Esq. V.P.G.S.; John Barrow, Esq. F.R.S.; Francis Boot,
M.D.; Mr. George Loddiges, F.H.S ; and Richard Waring, M.D.

June 5.—A paper was read, entitled, Observations and ex-
periments made with a view to ascertain the means by which the
Spiders that produce gossamer effect their aérial excursions ; by
John Blackwall, Esq. F.L.S., of Crampsall Hall, near Manchester,

After noticing that in the absence of accurate observation the
ascent of gossamer spiders through the atmosphere had been
conjecturally ascribed to several causes, such as the agency of
winds, evaporation, electricity, or some peculiar physical powers
of the animals, or from their webs being lighter than the air, Mr,
Blackwell states that the ascent of gossamer takes place only in

Linnean Society. 297

serene bright weather, and is invariably preceded by gossamer
on the ground. He then details the phenomena of a remarkable
ascent of gossamer, October 1, 1826, when, a little before noon
the ground was everywhere covered with it, the day being calm
and sunny. <A vast quantity of the fine shining lines were then
seen in the act of ascending, and becoming attached to each
other in various ways in their motion, and were evidently not
formed in the air but on the earth, and carried up by the ascend-
ing current caused by the rarefaction near the heated ground ;
and when this had ceased in the afternoon, they were perceived
to fall. An account is added of two minute spiders that produce
gossamer, and of their mode of spinning, and particularly when
impelled by the desire of traversing the air, they climb to the
summits of various objects, and thence emit the viscous thread
in such a manner as that it may be drawn out to a great length
and fineness by the ascending current, until, feeling themselves
sufficiently acted upon by it, they quit hold of the objects on
which they stood, and commence their flight. Some of these
animals, which were taken for the purpose of observation, when
exposed to a slight current of air, always turned the thorax to
the quarter from whence it came, and emitted a portion of glu-
tinous matter, which was carried out into a line.

June 19.—Descriptions were read Of two quadrupeds inhabit-
ing the South of Africa, about the Cape of Good Hope; by
Andrew Smith, M.D. Superintendent of the South-African
Museum.

The first of these is the Strand Wolf or Strand Jut of the
colonists ; and is named by the authour Hyena villosa. Some of
its habits are noticed in confirmation of the conjectures of Pro-
fessor Buckland, with regard to the habits of the Kirkdale
hyenas.

An account was also read Of a pair of hinder hands of an
Orang outang of unusual size, deposited in the collection of the
Trinity House, Hull ; by J. Harwood, M.D. F.L.S., &c.

In this paper the authonr corrects the statements of Dr. Abel
respecting the height of the Orang outang ; and maintains that
the Pongo is not the Simia Satyrus, Linn., as supposed by Cuvier

298 Zoological Proceedings of Societies.

and others, but that it is in reality a distinct species. The
Pongo at the College of Surgeons has five caudal vertebrae, while
all the skeletons of Simia Satyrus have but four: there are also
material differences in the cranium and scapule.

The Society then adjourned over the long vacation, to meet
again on Tuesday, Nov. 6.

ZOOLOGICAL CLUB OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

March 14 & 28, 1826.—A paper was read, entitled Observations
on the ends proposed in Natural History by the use of artificial
and natural methods ; by J. E. Bicheuo, Esg. Sec. L.S.

~ April 11.—The Secretary read A description of some new species
of Phasianida, by Major Gen. T. Hardwicke, F.R. & LS.

April 25.—A discussion took place on the principles of arrange-
ment in Natural History.

May 9.—Mr. Vigors gave a description of the species of the
New-Holland genus Meliphaga,xand pointed out the sectional
subdivisions of the genus, as they more or less accorded with the
typical characters.

May 28.—A paper by Mr. Yarrell, on the trachez of birds, was
read, of which an account will be found in our report of the pro-
ceedings of the Linnean Society.

June 13.—Mr. Vigors resumed*the discussion which had taken
place’ among the Members of the Club, on the 14th and 28th of
March, and the 11th and 25th of April; making a particular refer-
ence to the views of arrangement which had been promulgated io
this country by the publication of the ‘* Hora’ Entomologice.” He
endeavoured to prove that the views exhibited in that work were
improvements, not innovations, upon those which had previously
existed, and were commensurate with, and rendered necessary by,
the increasing information of the age. He adverted to the con-
fusion which had arisen in Zoology by the indiscriminate use of
the terms natural and artificial Systems ; contending that, philo-
sophically speaking, there is but one natural system,—the System
of the Universe as originally planned by the Creator,—and that
all systems of arraugement introduced by man are purely artificial,
and are merely symbolick representations by which the naturalist

Zoological Club of the Linnean Society. 299

endeavours to communicate his ideas respecting the groups of
nature. He thence proceeded to combat the most apparently
serious objection which had been brought against the mode of
arrangement adopted in the * Horw Eutomologice,” viz. that it
restricted nature, by proving that all such artificial and symbolick
representations must be equally liable fo the same objection, and
that in point of fact, there is no other mode by which we can com-
municate our ideas in Natural Science. He hence insisted, that
the question respecting the comparative merits of the different
arrangements proposed by naturalists was not to be determined by
the consideration of their being more or less artificial or natural,
or more or less restrictive, but by the fact of their being more or
less suited to the purpose at which they aimed,—namely that of
communicating our knowledge of the groups of nature. Applying
this rule to the arrangement adopted in the “ Hore Entomolo-
gice,” he pointed out the superior advantages of a circular dis»
position and a qguinary division in illustrating the affinities and
analogies of groups. He showed that whereas the linear series,
or that which has hitherto beeu chiefly in use, serves to point out
the affinities of a group to two other groups only,—-i. e. to those
which respectively precede and succeed it,—the circular dis-
position points out at once the immediate affinity of the same
group to several others, and at the same time its greater or less
approximation to every other group in existence. With respect.
to the quinary division he equally evinced the necessity of it for
the purpose of pointing out the analogies of nature. If parallel
analogies are to be clearly exhibited, which he contended ought
to be one of the chief objects of the naturalist, the number of
divisions in every group must be definite. While he argued that
such a division ought to be adopted even were it to be considered
but an arbitrary mode of illustrating analogies, he asserted that as
far as his own experience extended, he found that in every group
where sufficient prominency of character prevailed for subdivision,
and where no chasm intervened in the chain of affinities, the num-
ber of subordinate groups of equal value universally amounted
to five. ; '

Mr. Brayley, Jun. in corroboration of the justice of the aforesaid

S00 Zoological Proceedings of Societies.

views, referred to the prevalence of the same principle in the
sciences of Chemistry and Mineralogy: and he promised to enter
more at large into the subject at the ensuing meeting.

June 27.—Several species of birds which had been coilected by
Mr. W. S. MacLeay in the neighbourhood of the Havana were
exhibited by the Secretary, among which were some undescribed
species of Mr. Swainson’s manuscript genus Colaptes, and some
interesting species of Loxiade.

Mr. Brayley commenced the reading of a paper On the existence
of a quinary division, and a circular succession of affinities among
simple Mineral-substances ; with observations on the affinities and
analogies of various subjects in Geology and Meteorology.

November 14.—The Secretary exhibited specimens of three
species of Reptiles, and two of Bats, recently sent from the Island
of Cuba by Mr. W. S. Mac Leay. Dr. Hlorsfield stated that one
of the Bats was referable to the genus Nyctinomus ; the species
he was not at the moment enabled to ascertain.* Of the Reptiles, —
Mr. Bell observed that one was a species of the genus Amphis-
bena, previously unknown to him; and that the others belonged
to the genus Anolis, one of them being the A. principalis, and the
other probably a new species.t

Mr. Westwood being called upon by the Chairman, exhibited
specimens of the larva, of the wood perforated by them, of the
pupe, and of the imago of Xiphydria Dromedarius, collected by
A. Cooper, Esq. The darve and pupe appear to have been
hitherto unknown.

A letter from Barron Field, Esq. F.L.S. inclosing a communi-
cation from M. Guimard, one of the naturalists of the late ex-
pedition under M, Freycinet, was read. The commauication of
M. Gaimard was afterwards read, in which that gentleman an-
nounces the discovery, in the Straits of Gibraltar, of a new family
of the class of Mollusca, les Diphides, and of ten new genera,
which had been named Briarée, Calpe, Abyla, Nacelle, Enneagone,
Cuboide, Hippopode, Rosacée, Fléche, and Astroide. Of these,
he states that he has forwarded descriptions and specimens to the
Academie des Sciences.

* See the present Nnmber, p. 236.
+ Ibid. p. 235.

Zoological Club of the Linnean Society. 501

The Secretary read the commencement of a paper, entitled
Remarks on the Comparative Anatomy of certain Birds of Cuba,
with a view to their respective places in the System of Nature, or
to their relations with other animals; by W.S. MacLeay, Esq.
M.A. F.LS. &c.

November 28.—The Secretary read T'he description of a new
species of Bledius, Leach ; communicated to him by Mr. Westwood.
This insect, which was found on the sea shore in Norfolk, Mr.
Westwood proposed to call Bledius Stephensii. Its characters
are as follows: B. niger, nitidus, profundé punctatus, pedibus
rufo-piceis, elytris flavo-ferrugineis basi suturaque nigris, thorace
masculo cornu elongati, apice hirsuto, anticé in medio armata,
capiteque ejusdem sexus cornubus duobus erectis elongatis.*

The Rev. Mr. Kirby exhibited specimens of the Cremastocheilus
castaneus, Knoch, of a second species described by himself in the
Zoological Journal, and of a third hitherto unnoticed. He also
exhibited specimens of three species of a new genus of Rutelide,
to which he proposed to give the name of Cnemida; and of a new
species of Trrichius, the TJ. Bigsbii. The whole of the above
Insects are natives of North America.t

The Secretary read a continuation of Mr. MacLeay’s paper on
the Birds of Cuba.

December 12.,—Mr. Yarrell exhibited several Sandpipers killed
in England, some of which were new as British species. Among
them was an immature specimen of the Kentish Plover, Chara-
drius Cantianus, Lath., obtained last autumn from the coast of
Norfolk. This bird was considered by Montagu, as the young of
the Ring-Plover, Ch. Hiaticula. To show that this opinion was
erroneous, the specimen was contrasted by Mr. Yarrel! with a
young Ring-Plover, of the same age. The various markings of
both were pointed out and compared. The whole length of the
Ring-Plover exceeded that of the Kentish Plover by one inch,
and from the point of the shoulder to the extreme end of the first
wing primary, by three-quarters of an inch. The differences in
form, as well as in the colour of the legs and toes of both, at
various ages, were also adverted te. The remark of M.Temminck,

* See No. XI, p. 61.
+ See the present Number, p. 145.

302 Zoological Proceedings of Societies.

that the Kentish Plover is very abundant in England, was no-
ticed as incorrect: the Kentish Plover is a rare British bird, and
few specimens are to be found in our collections.

Mr. Yarrell then contrasted three specimens of the Tringa
Temminckii, Leisler, in different states of plumage, (viz. that of
winter, summer, and a young bird,) with various specimens of the
Tringa Minuta of British authours, and pointed out the differences
between these diminutive Sandpipers, as given by Temminck. The
short tarsi of the Tringa Temminckii are an obvious distinction
between the species. The habits of the two birds were stated to
differ materially. The Zringa minuta is found on the sea shore
in company with the Purre and the Sanderling ; the Tringa Tem-
minckit frequents the banks of freshwater pools and streams, a few
miles inland, its manners very much approaching our common
Summer Sandpiper, Tringa hypoleucus. Montagu has described
both, but without separating them as distinct species. Two other
specimens of the Zringa Temminckii were mentioned by Mr.
Yarrell, as at present in the collection of friends, both of which
had been killed in England. This is therefore a further addition
to the British Fauna.

A distinct species of Tinga was also exhibited, which had been
killed in Cambridgeshire, in September last, and was considered.
by Mr. Yarrell to be entirely new asa British bird, and included
by Temminck in his ‘* Manuel des Oiseaux d’Europe.” It was
believed-to be identical with the Tinga roussatre, Vieill., which
that naturalist has chosen for the type of his genus Tringa, under
the name of Tringa rufescens. A more particular account of this

prettily marked bird was promised. The Prince of Musignano

informed the meeting, that the bird under examination very closely
resembled a species recently described by him, under the name of
Tringa pectoralis.

The Secretary exhibited several specimens of birds from North
America, belonging to Mr. Leadbeater, among which were the

following rare species; Vultur Californianus, Shaw ; the Corvus |
Stelleri, Lath., and C. Columbianus or Clarke’s Crow of Wilson’s: —

American Ornithology ; the Bombycilla garrula, Briss., now first.
discovered to be a native of the United States; the Cinclus Pallasié

‘

Geological Society. 503

of Temminck’s Manual; and a new species of Phaleris, Temm.
The Prince of Musignano made some observations on these birds,
and signified his intention of describing them ia the Zoological
Journal, in a supplementary paper to his ‘* Synopsis” of the
birds of the United States. Ile proposed to call the new species
of Phaleris, P. cerorhynca.*

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

May 5, 1826. The reading of a paper, by Dr. Bigsby, On the
Geology of the Valley of the St. Lawrence, was concluded.

June 2. <A paper was read, entitled, On the fresh-water strata
of Hordwell, Beacon, and Barton Cliffs, Hants.; by C. Lyell,
Esq. F.R.S. F.L.S. F.G.S.

Nov. 3. A paper was read, entitled, Additional remarks on
the nature and character of the Limestone and Slate, principally
composing the rocks and hills round Plymouth; by the Rev. R.
Hennah, F.G.S. The authour refers to a former paper on this
subject, in which he confined his field of observation to the narrow
tract between the Plym and the Tamar ; he now extends its limits
to Mount Batten and Statten heights, in a southerly direction.
In this tract, which forms the eastern side of Plymouth Sound, as
well as the western side from Mount Edgcumbe to Pudding Point,
animal-remains are imbedded in the slate. On the eastern side
the superior beds are occasionally of an ochreous clay slate, con-
taining thin ferruginous veins with trochites and stems of encri-
nites: these are associated with some other fossil remains, the
characters of which are indistinct. The lower beds consist of
compact light gray slate inclosing remains like those found in the
limestone and clay-slate. An ironstone bed occurs here which
is used for pavements ; and fragments of animal-relics are disco-
verable in it. From these facts the authour infers, that the slate
which is prolonged beyond the Plymouth limestone, even as far
southward as Whitesand Bay, is not primitive: but he remarks,
that he has never perceived animal-remains in the slate north of
that limestone.

‘* See No. IX. p. 53.

304 Zoological Proceedings of Societies.

Nov. 17. A notice was read, On some beds associated with
the magnesian limestone, and on some fossil fish found in them ;
by the Rev. A. Sedgwick, Woodwardian Professor, F.R.S. F.G.S.

Among the beds described in this communication is a deposit,
consisting, in some places, of shell-limestone, alternating with va~
riously-coloured marl, and in other places of thin-bedded, nearly
compact limestone, alternating with bituminous marls. In the
county of Durham, this deposit is associated with an extensive
formation of marl-slate. In this marl-slate many specimens of
fish have been discovered ; some of which appear to be identical
in species with the fish in the marl-slate of Thuringia. In the
same deposit have also been found many vegetable impressions.

A paper was also read, entitled, Observations on the bones of
Hycnas and other animals, in tke cavern of Lunel, near Mont-
pelier, and in the adjacent strata of marine formation, by the
Rey. W. Buckland, D.D., Professor of Mineralogy and Geology,
in the University of Oxford.

Jan. 5, 1827.—A Notice was read, accompanying some speci-«
mens from the Hastings-Sand Formation, with a copy of a work
on the Fossils of Tilgate Forest; by G. Mantell, Esq. F.R., L.
and G.§.,—in a letter to R. I. Murchison, Esq. Sec. G.S.

The authour states, that his principal object in the present vo-
lume, is to give a correct and extended view of that division of the
Hastings-Sands, distinguished by him in the strata of Tilgate Forest,
the relations of which he illustrates by the section of a quarry at
Pounceford, where the Ashburnham limestone with bivalves, &c.
is seen overlying sandstone and calciferous grit (Tilgate-stone).

A recapitulation of the animal and vegetable remains (in which
the authour particularly notices that gigantic Saurian the Iguano-
don), shows the vast preponderance of land and freshwater exuvie
in the Hastings strata over those of marine origin ; a circumstance
in strict accordance with what is now constantly occurring in all
deltas and estuaries of great rivers. A description is given in the
concluding chapter of the work, of the probable condition of the
country anterior to the epoch of this deposit.

Feb. 16. At the Annual General Meeting this day, the Society

Geological Society. 305

proceeded to the election of Officers for the ensuing year, when
the following list was delivered in by the scrutineers :—viz.

President: William Henry Fitton, M.D., F.R.S.

Vice-Presidents: Arthur Aikin, Esq. F.L.S.; John Bostock,
M.D., F.R.S.; Rev. W. D. Conybeare, F.R.S.; Rev. Adam Sedg-
wick, F.R.S., Woodwardian Professor, Cambridge.

Secretaries: W. J. Broderip, Esq. F.L.S.; R. I. Murchison,
Esq. F.R.S.

Foreign Secretary: Henry Heuland, Esq.

Treasurer: John Taylor, Esq. F.R.S

Council: Henry ‘Thomas de la Beche, oe F.R.& LS.; J. E.
Bicheno, Esq. Sec. L.S.; Davies Gilbert, Esq. M.P., VPRS.: :
George Bellas Greenough, Esq. F.R. & L.S.; John Frederick
William Herschel, Esq. Sec. R.S.; Armand Levy, Esq.; Charles
Lyell, Esq. F.R.S.; William Hasledine Pepys, Esq. F.R.S.;
Rev. John Honeywood Randolph ; Charles Stokes, Esq. F.R.S. &
L.S.; J. F. Vandercom, Esq.; Henry Warburton, Esq. M.P.,
F.R.S.; Thomas Webster, Esq.; Thomas Young, Esq.

April 6. The Rey. J. MacEnery, of Torquay, was elected a
Fellow of the Society.

April 20. A Paper was read giving lm account of the discovery
of a number of fossil bones of Bears, in the grotto of Osselles, or
Quingey, near Besangon, in France, by the Rev. Dr. Buckland,
Professor of Geology in the University of Oxford.

The authour visited this cave in October 1826, for the purpose
of applying to it the method of investigation, which his experience
in other caverns had taught him to adopt with success in the pur-
suit of fossil boues.

The grotto of Osselles is of vast extent, nearly a quarter of a
mile in length, and made up of a succession of more than thirty
vaults, or chambers, counected together by narrow passages, and
running almost horizontally into the body of a mountain of dure
limestone, on the left bank of the Doubs near Besancon.

The only entrance to the grotto is by an irregular aperture
about the size of a common door, in the slope of the hill about 60
feet from the river. ‘The abundance and beauty of the stalactite
in many parts of this cavern, have rendered it one of the most

Vor .III. U

306 Zoological Proceedings of Societies.

celebrated and most frequented of any in France ; but before Dr.
Buckland, no one had ever sought for bones beneath the crust of
stalagmite, which in most of the chambers covers the floor.

On breaking for the first time through the stalagmite, the
guides were much surprised to find the author’s prediction verified,
as to the existence of a thick bed of mud and pebbles, beneath
what they had considered to be the impenetrable pavement of the
cave, and still more so, to see that in every one of the only four
places which he selected for investigation, this diluvium was abun-
dantly loaded with the teeth and bones of fossil Bears. These lie
scattered through the mud and gravel, in the same irregular man-
ner as the bones of Bears lie in the caves of Franconia and the
Hartz; and like them, are the remains of animals that appear to
have lived and died in those caverns before the introduction of
the diluvium. The bones were found no where in entire skele-
tons, but dispersed confusediy through the mud: they were from
Bears of all ages, and none bore marks of either having been
rolled by water, or gnawed by the teeth of Hywnas, of which
last-named animal Dr. Buckland found no traces in this cave, in
the few spots which he examined. é

Insulated teeth, ribs, and vertebre, separate fragments of
skulls, and epiphyses detached from their bones, lay scattered
through the mud and pebbles.

In one extensive grotto called the “ Salle 4 danser,”” which
from its size and dryness is selected by visitors to eat and dance
in, there is neither stalactite on the roof, nor stalagmite on the
floor, but simply a thick deposit of diluvial mud, containing the
same bones as in the other chambers ; this mud being very dry is
intersected by narrow crevices descending from its surface; and
the shells of eggs and nuts, and the bones of chickens, &c., that
are carelessly thrown aside by visitors, have sometimes fallen into
these fissures, where they lie in juxtaposition with the antediluvian
bones. Some of these modern remains are also dragged by rats
into holes made in the mud by themselves, or by rabbits, badgers,
and foxes.

The authour concludes by stating that the best rule to follow in _
pursuit of antediluyian remains in caverns, is to select the lowest

Geological Society. 307

parts in which any diluvium can have been accumulated, and there
dig through the stalagmitic crust, and seek for teeth and bones
in the mud and pebbles that lie below. He also proposes as a test
for distinguishing bones of this antiquity, their property of ad-
hering to the tongue if applied to them after they are dry ;—a
property apparently derived from the loss of animal gelatine they
have sustained, without the substitution of any mineral substance,
such as we find in bones imbedded in the regular strata. This test
extends equally to the bones of the osseous breccia of caverns and
fissures, and to those in all superficial deposits of diluvium, ex-
cepting such as are too argillaceous to have admitted the per-
colation of water ; but the property of adhesion is rarely found in
bones from recent alluvium, or from peat-bogs, nor does it exist
in human bones, which the authour has examined from Roman
graves in England, and from the druidical tombs of the ancient
Britons, nor in any of the human bones which he has discovered in
the caves of Paviland and Wokey Hole.

Dr. Buckland proposes to apply this test to the much disputed
case of human bones, said by M. Schlotheim to have been dis-
covered in the cave of Kostriz in contact with those of the
Rhinoceros and other animals.

Dr. Buckland also found, in the collection of Professor Fargeaud
of Besancon, some teeth of fossil Bears from a mine of Pea-iron-
ore in that neighbourhood; but could not visit the spot to ascer~
tain whether this ore was extracted from a bed of superficial
diluvium, or from a fissure. Such Iron-ore abounds in the dilu-
vium of the east of France; and in fissures at Plymouth, and
near Spa.

May 4. Thomas Bell, Esq. F.L.S., was elected a Fellow of the
Society.

June 15. A Notice was read, On some fossil bones of the Ele-
phant and other animals, found near Salisbury, by Charles Lyell,
Esq. F.R.S., F.G.S., &c.

Bones and teeth of the Elephant, Rhinoceros, and Ox, have
been found for many years past in the brick-earth at the village of
Fisherton Anger, at the distance of about three-quarters of a mile
from Salisbury cathedral. Several pits sunk in this brick-earth

u 2

308 Soological Proceedings of Societies.

show that it varies in thickness in different places from about 10
to 20 feet. It bears every mark of a tranquil sedimentary deposit
from water; but the lamin# are sometimes divided by thin layers
‘of fine sand, or occasionally, but rarely, by a layer of small flint
pebbles. There are no marine remains; but land-shells are said
to occur sometimes in this deposit. The brick-earth rests upon a
-bed of chalk-flints, the greater part of which are not water-worn ;
and beneath these is chalk, which is loose and rubbly iv the
upper part.

This brick-earth is not connected with the alluvial soil of the
present valley, but appears to have been deposited when the val-
ley was at a higher level; for it forms a low terrace along the
side of the river Wily, between Salisbury and Wilton, rising 30 or
AO feet above the present water-meadows. It is necessary at least
to suppose that when these beds were accumulated, the water rT rose
much higher than it now does.

The bones are in a very decomposed state, but have no appear-
ance of having been rolled; they are found in the lower part of
the brick-earth, and not in the subjacent flint-gravel. And in
one spot there is reason to believe that the remains of an outire
skeleton of an Elephant might have been procured.

This meeting terminated the Session, and the Society adjourned
to Friday evening, the 2d of November next.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

We have the satisfaction to report the further progress of this
society towards the attainment of the objects of its institution, in
the accession of new members, aud new contributors to its col-
lections ; the arrangement of the subjects in the Museum in Bruton
Street ; and the opening, to the members and their friends, of the
Menagerie and Gardens in the Regent’s Park. Since the general
meeting on the 7th of March, at which the Marquis of Lansdowné
was unanimously elected President of the Society, in the place of
Sir T. S. Rafiles, its lamented founder, as noticed in our last

Zoological Society. 309

number, the extensive collection in every department of Zoological
science formed by Sir Stamford in Sumatra has been added to the
Museum. This collection is particularly rich in those rare animals
which have only lately been made known to science from the:
Eastern Islands. Among the most conspicuous of the Mammalia
are six species of the true Apes, (Simia, Auct.); male and female
of the Proboscis Monkey, (Simia nasica, Linn.) ; a species nearly
allied to it, apparently new; several specimens of the Malayun
Bear, (Helarctos Malayanus, Horsf.), of the various Tiger Cats
of Sumatra, one a new species; specimens also of the different
species of Tupata, Rafiles, of the new genera Mydaus, Ictides and
Gymnura, of the Tapir, Dugong, &c.,&c. The Birds include
most of the splendid species of Sumatra, particularly the Galli-
naceous Fowls. And various new and interesting species are found
among the Fishes, Reptiles, Insects and Soophytes. 'The most
important circumstance relating to this collection, is that it con-
tains duplicates in spirits of most of the rare species; so that the
skeletons, and internal parts may be preserved at the same time
with the skins. Various other valuable animals have been added
by the Members and well wishers of the Society. Among them
that rare animal, the Fennec of Bruce, with its skeleton, has been
presented by Mr. Cross of Exeter Change; the Helarctos eurys-
pilus, {the specimen lately described by Dr. Horsfield, and figured
in this Journal,) by Mr. Cops of the Tower; the dilurus fulgens,
with several other valuable Eastern animals, and a striking col-
lection of Horns from the East, by Gen. Hardwicke, &c., &c. But
the most conspicuous of the late acqnisitions is a fine specimen of
the Ostrich, graciously presented by His Majesty, the prepared
skin of which is now exhibited in the Museum, whilst various:
preparations of its skeleton and viscera have been made for the
departments of comparative anatomy.

Weekly meetings were held until the close of the season, at
which lectures on various branches of Zoology, given by Joshua
Brookes, Esq. F.R.S., and by the Secretary, were attended by a
numerous audience of scientific gentlemen aud other members of
the Society; the lectures by Mr. Brookes, the subject of which
was chiefly the comparative anatomy of Birds, w ere in part illus~

310 Soological Proceedings of Societies.

trated by demonstrations of the structure of the Ostrich, performed
on the specimen presented by His Majesty.

In the Society’s Menagerie and Gardens, situate on the north-
eastern side of the Regent’s Park, not far beyond the new St.
Catherine’s Church and Hospital, nearly ove hundred living ani-
mals are exhibited in suitable paddocks, dens, and aviaries. Among
the most attractive of these are two beautiful Llamas, one pre-
sented by the Duke of Bedford, the second by Robert Barclay,
Esq. of Bury Hill; a Leopard, presented by Lord Auckland ;
some Kangaroos bred in this country by the Marquis of Hertford ;
a pair of Emus bred at Windsor by the Earl of Mountcharles ; a
fine Russian Bear, presented also by Lord Hertford, Specimens
of the Ratel or Indian Badger, Ichneumons, Tiger Cats, Badgers,
Monkeys, &c., &c., add to the attractions of the Menagerie. Some
valuable animals also from the Arctick regions have been lately
presented by the Hudson’s Bay Company: such as the Canadian
Lynxes, Arctick Foxes, Porcupines, Horned Owls, &c., &c. The
ornithological department comprises several species of Eagles,
. Cranes, Gulls, Gannets, Corvorants, with various Gallinaceous
Birds, &c.

Upwards of six hundred Members have already joined the
Society.

ROYAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES OF PARIS.

February 6, 1826.—M. G. de St. Hilaire read a description of
the sacred crocodile of Egypt, called Suchus. M.M. Brongniart,
Brochant, Cuvier, and G. de St. Hilaire were appointed to examine
a memoir by M. Marcel de Serres on the bones of the Mastodon
found in Languedoc.

February 13.—M. Dutrochet read a memoir on the ova and
Jarve of the Batrachia.

March 6.—M. M. Bosc and Duméril gave a favourable report
on a memoir by M. M. Quoy and Gaimard relating to the corali-
genous zoophytes.

April 3.—M. G. de St. Hilaire communicated some observations
made on eggs modified in their development by artificial means.

Royal Academy of Sciences of Paris. S11

April 10.—M. G. de St. Hilaire continued the report of his
researches in the establishment for artificial incubation at Auteuil.
M.M. Latreille and Bosc gave a report on M. Dejean’s memoir on
the genera forming the tribe of stmplicipides among the Carabidae.
M. Marcel de Serres announced that he had recently found a great
femur among the fossil bones at Montpellier.

May 1.—M. Bory de St. Vincent read part of a letter addressed
to him by M. Pason, a Spanish naturalist, respecting the naturali-
zation of cochineal in the environs of Malaga.

May 8.—Mr. Edwards read a memoir on the connexion between
the vegetable and animal kingdoms.

May 15.—M. Latreille made a verbal report on the second
volume of M. Dejean’s work on the species of Coleoptera in his
collection.

Annual Public sitting of the Academy on June 5.—Among the
works reported on very favourably by the Monthyon prize Com-
mittee was Dr. Lippi’s Comparative-anatomical illustrations of the
lymphatico-chyliferous system. Among the prizes proposed for
1827, were the following: for a general and comprehensive his-
tory of the circulation of the blood in the four classes of ver-
tebrated animals, before and after birth, and at different ages, a
gold medal, value 3000 francs; as no satisfactory memoirs had
been received for the Alhumbert prize, the Academy determined
that the sum destined for it in 1826 should be united with those
which will be due hereafter, to form a prize of 1200 francs, to be
awarded, in 1829, to the best memoir on the following subject; a
complete examination, accompanied with figures, of the changes
undergone by the skeletons and muscles of Frogs and Salamanders
at the different epochs of their life.

June 12,—M. Latreille presented some recent specimens of
Cardium edule, found in an alluvium at Abbeville, at the depth
of about twenty-three feet, and at the distance of four leagues
from the sea in which these animals live. M. Michelot announced
that M. Billaudel, civil engineer at Bordeaux, had discovered, in
a quarry on the banks of the Garonne, a cavern in which he found
a quantity of bones of various animals; among them the jaws of
the Hyzna, of the Lion or the Tiger, and of the Badger, bones
of the Ox, &c. KE. W. B.

512 Scientific Notices.
Art. XXXII. Scientific Notices.

ROYAL CABINET OF INSECTS AT BERLIN.

The following account of the past and present state of the Royal
Cabinet of Insects at Berlin, and of the accessions which it has
received within the last few years, is extracted from the Preface
to Klug’s ** Entomologische Monographien,” noticed in the second
volume of this Journal, p. 538.

*¢ Previous to the commencement of the year 1820, the Collec~
tion of Insects in the Museum of the University was of very trivial
importance. It consisted merely of a small Cabinet of European
Coleoptera, purchased from Captain Von Malinowsky ; of a few
partially exotic insects from the Cabinet of Dr. Riemer; of the
Collection of European Lepidoptera, formed by our immortal
Laspeyres ; and of the Cape Insects presented to the Museum
by my respected colleague Professor Lichtenstein. At this period
the most striking disparity prevailed between this and the other
richly endowed departments of the Royal Museum; when the
gap was filled up by the purchase of the united Cabinets of
Hellwig and Hoffmansegg. This splendid collection contained
about 19,000 species, of which nearly 9,000 were exotic, for the
most part Brazilian. The Coleoptera amounted to near 7,500,
the Orthoptera to about 500, the Neuroptera to 350, the Lepi-
doptera to about 5,000, the Hymenoptera to something more than
2,000, the Hemiptera to about 1,400, and the Diptera to nearly
2,000. About the same time the magnificent Collection of
Salingré, so frequently mentioned by Herbst, together with many
rare Coleoptera from the Cabinet of Holthuysen were transferred
to the Museum by their respective proprietors : as were also two
small Collections formed in this city by Surgeon Collignon and
Counsellor Kirstein, the former by way of present, and the latter
asa legacy. Nor was the opportunity of purchasing the Cabinet

Royal Cabinet of Insects at Berlin. S13

ef the celebrated Knoch at areasonable price, and thereby greatly
increasing the number of our North American species, and of the
smaller Beetles more especially, suffered to escape. Finally, in
the course of the past year my own valuable collection of Hymen-
optera was added to the Royal Cabinet, and by this means an
Order hitherto very defective, was rendered at least equal, if not
superior, to any of the others.

*¢ But as the Collection has been within a very short time con-
siderably and generally increased by the rich transmissions of our
travellers, the additions thus made to it deserve a particular notice.
The most extensive acquisitions have hitherto been derived from
Brazil. The first of these, which were sent from Bahia by
Freireiss, were of little importance, and were soon rendered
superfluous by the rich contributions of Sellow, who was enabled,
by the active assistance of the Prussian Ambassador at the Court
of Brazil, Count Von Flemming, and of the zealous Naturalist
Dr. Von Olfers, and partly in the company of the latter, to
collect with marked good fortune in the districts of Bahia and
Minas Geraes, in the environs of Rio Janeiro and Monte Video,
in entirely different localities from those which had been visited
by Sieber, the Count Von Hoffmansegg’s Chamberlain. The
collection was also enriched with many new species from Rio
Janeiro by Feldner and Beyrich; with important contributions
from the same neighbourhood by the active Entomologist Bescke
of Hamburg; and with a great number of the finest and rarest
species, more particularly of Coleoptera and Lepidoptera, pre-
sented with singular liberality by M. Von Langsdorff. That on
no side has the communication of a single species been withheld
appears from the fact that the very numerous uniques of M.
Langsdorff’s Collection were by the express directions of their
proprietor transferred to the Royal Cabinet, and replaced only by
an equal number of duplicate specimens from the latter collec-
tion,

** Although in various ways several thousand new Brazilian
species have been thus added to our Cabinet, America is not the
only source from which it has been enriched. ‘The Museum has
received, through the unwearied exertions of the prematurely

314 Scientific Nolices.

dead Bergius, a select and uncommonly fine collection of Cape
Insects. Bergius was followed by Krebs, whose collection, formed
at the Cape and especially in the distant district of Vitenhagen,
increased so greatly the number of new species that this addition
must be considered, in an entomological point of view, as one of
the most important. Lastly among the collections in Natural
History, made at the Cape by Mund and Maire, were many new
and remarkable additions to Entomology. The transmissions of our
travellers in Egypt and Nubia, Drs. Ehrenberg and Hemprich,
have also contributed not a little, by their surprising richness, to
the increase of our Insect Collection; although we have yet re+
ceived but a small part of their collections, the travellers having
determined, as the safer mode of conveyance, to bring with them
their entomological treasures when they return to Europe at the
end of the ensuing year. The collection too which was formed
by Dr. Von Chamisso, in a very different part of the earth, on
occasion of the Russian voyage of discovery, has been communi+
cated to the Museum ; and finally it remains to notice the journey
of Dr. Eversmann from Orenburg to Bochara, which has been
productive, in a entomological point of view, of no trifling
advantage.”

After speaking of the additions made by way of exchange, &c,
and adverting to the condition of the Insects and of the Cabinets
in which they are contained, Dr. Klug proceeds as follows :

“‘ An enumeration of the collection has not been lately made.
At the present moment such a proceeding is impossible, as in
several divisions the newly arrived species have not yet been
referred to their proper situations. ‘The I/emiptera alone were a
short time since numbered, and found to amount, without com-
prehending the last arrivals from Monte Video and those from
Egypt, the Heteroptera to 1,540, and the Homoptera to 920, in
all 2,460 species. The number of the three first great divisions
of the Glossata was also taken, and found to amount to 2,488
Papiliones, and 1189 Sphinges and Bombyces.”

We have thus only one point of comparison of which we can
avail ourselves between the Cabinet of Hoffmansegg in 1820 and
that of the Royal Museum of Berlin in 1824; but taking for

Mr. Dillwyn on Cyprww described by Mr. Gray. 315

granted (what may fairly be presumed) that the whole collection
had received additions to an equal extent with the Hemiptera, we
may calculate that, if that Order had been increased from 1400
to 2460, the total number of species, which in 1820 amounted to
19,000, could not in 1824 haye fallen very far short of 34,000.

REMARKS ON CYPRH DESCRIBED BY MR. GRAY.
By L. W. Dillwyn, Esq. FR. & LS.

No. 10. I could never find any specific character to distinguish
this shell from C. exanthema, and I have a memorandum extracted
from Dr. Solander’s MS. in the Banksian Library that he also
considered the Linnean C. cervus to be nothing more than a
variety,

No. 17. .Cinerea. The error in the Descriptive Catalogue
which Mr. Gray has judiciously pointed out arose from my having
at first entertained some doubt about this shell, and from my hav-
ing described it as a variety of C. vanelli, and afterwards as a
separate species, without the necessary erasure of the former de-
scription from my MS.

No. 19. To prevent confusion it may be observed that the
C. arenosa of Solander, and of the Portland Catalogue, is the
C. Turdus of Lamarck.

No. 26. The C. subfuscula of Martyn appears to me to bea
distinct species, and it differs from C. Vitellus not only in being
half as large again, but also in having the upper surface dark
brown and the base fawn-coloured ; it is the C. Dama of Perry,
t. 23. f. 3.*

* No. 26. There is another species lately published in the Zoological Journal,
Vol, ii. p.495, named C. melanostoma, by the Rev. G.R. Leathes, which is quite
distinct from C. Vitellus, however nearly it resembles that species in general
appearance: to this we believe C. Dama to be a synonym; we can however
assert, without the least hesitation, that C. subfuscula of Martyn, is nothing
more than a large specimen of C. Vitellus, which will be very evident if atten-
tion be paid to the peculiar character of the species. As to Perry’s work, the
worst of all bad books, it ought never to be cited. G. B.S.

316 Scientific Notices.

No. 33. C. Pyriformis is the C. umbilicata of Solander, and as
such is mentioned in my Index to the 3d edition of Lister’s Hist.
Conch., see t. 667. f. 12. It is said in the Portland Catalogue,
Lot 255, to inhabit the Coasts of Coromandel, and till after the
publication of my Descriptive Catalogue, I never saw the shell.t+

No. 35. I once saw a shell which had been marked by Mr.
Humphreys as the C. flaveola of Linneus and Solander, and [
believe that Mr. Gray’s supposed variety of C. ziczag is the same
species. ;

No. 36, Clandestina. Soon after the publication of my Descrip-
tive Catalogue I obtained a specimen of this shell, and, on again
referring to Solander’s MS., I found that he had at first considered
it to be a variety of C. ziczac, and afterwards described it separately
as the Linnean C. clandestina, with a reference to Petiver, t. 97.f.10.
F mention this circumstance because it serves to confirm the pro-
priety of Mr.Gray’s arrangement; but his reference to the C. nitida
of Solander puzzles me, and I much doubt whether any species is
either described or mentioned with this name among the Doctor’s
MSS. in the Banksian Library.

‘ No. 39. Quadrimaculata. This rare shell, of which I never
saw more than one specimen, is the C. nimbosa of Solander and of
the Portland Catalogue, and comes from the Coast of Coromandel,

No. 44. Tabescens. I doubt the propriety of uniting C. teres
with this species, and it more probably belongs to C. cylindrica.

+ No. 33. I transcribe the following from my copy of Solander’s MS, to
show that the C. pyriformis of Gray cannot be identical with C. umbilicata of
Solander.

“ Spira impress4 umbilicata.
umbilicata: C. ovata, brunnea, fasciis duabus albidis, dentibus croceis, spir&
umbilicaté.
List. 667. 12.
Hab. in O. Coromandeliano. Dr. Koenig.
a testa brunnea, subtus fusca.
B. testa lutescens, subtus crocea.
aflinis C, Helvole, Mss. facilé autem distinguitur spira omnino in um-
bilicum intrusa, et quod dentes toti crocei.”

Ihave marked in italics those passages which prove my assertion: from the
consideration of this description it appears much more probable that C, Pyrum
of Gray is ideatical with C. umbilicata of Solander. G.B.S.

Nature of Vision in the Invertebrate Animals 317

No. 49. Errones. I have seen intermediate specimens which
completely connect the C. ovum of Gmelin with this species.

No. 61. Obvelata. Is the C. pressa of Solander, and was first
brought by him from Otaheite.

No. 65. Angustata. The C. maculata of Perry, t. 20. f. 5. is
most probably intended for this species.

No. 67. Piperita. In Dr. Solander’s MS. at the Banksian
Library, no mention-is made of any species with this name.

No. 70. To this species the following Synonymes may be added,
Indian speckled Starling Cowry. Petiver, t. 80. f. 9.
Cypraa No. 43. Schroeter Einleitung, i. p. 146.
Cypraa arenosa. Solander’s MS.

Cyprea ovata. Perry, t. 21. f. 3.

No, 72. Flaveola. ‘The shell here described accords badly
with the description in Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 581. See note on
No. 35.

No. 77. Listeri. Is the C. marginalis of Solander’s MS, and
of the Portland Catalogue.

NATURE OF VISION IN THE INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS.

The following passage, concluding with a remark on the probable
nature of vision in insects, is extracted from the ** General state-
ment of the undulatory theory of Light,” in the article “ Licur,”
by Mr. Herschel, published in Part XX of the Encyclopedia Me-
tropolitana, which appeared in April last. It is submitted to the
readers of the Zoological Journal, in support of a hypothetical
suggestion respecting the vision of certain groups of Mollusca and
Annelida, contained in a paper “ On certain organs of the Helicida
usually regarded as their eyes,” printed in vo}. ii., p. 497, which
some scientific friends of the authour have been disposed to regard
as improbable. In that suggestion, however, the same idea was
proposed on the nature of vision in the Mollusca and Annelida, in
a general and perhaps an obscure manner, which Mr. Herschel,
with beautiful precision and particularity, has expressed on the
vision of Insects.

318 Scientific Notices.

“ 567. Although any kind of impulse, or motions regulated by
any law, may be transferred from molecule to molecule in an elas
tic medium, yet in the [undulatory | theory of light it is supposed
that only such primary impulses as recur according to regular pe-
riodical laws, at equal intervals of time, and repeated many times
in succession, can affect our organs with the sensation of light.
To put in motion the molecules of the nerves of our retina with
suflicient efficacy, it is necessary that the almost infinitely minute
impulse of the adjacent ethereal molecules should be often and
regularly repeated, so as to multiply, and, as it were, concentrate
their effect. Thus, as a great pendulum may be set in swing by
a very minute force often applied at intervals exactly equal to its
time of oscillation, or as one elastic solid body can be set in vibra
tion by the vibration of another at a distance, propagated through
the air, if in exact unison, even so may we conceive the gross
fibres of the nerves of the retina to be thrown into motion by the
continual repetition of the ethereal pulses; and such only will be
thus agitated, as from their size, shape, or elasticity are susceptible
of vibrating in times exactly equal to those at which the impulses
are repeated. Thus it is easy to conceive how the limits of visible
colour may be established; for if there be no nervous fibres in
unison with vibrations more or less frequent than certain limits,
such vibrations, though they reach the retina, will prodace no
sensation. Thus, too, a single impulse, or an irregularly repeated
one, produces no light; and thus also may the vibrations excited
in the retina continue a sensible time after the exciting cause has
ceased, prolonging the sensation of light (especially of a vivid one)
for an instant in the eye in the manner described, (Art. 543.)
We may thus conceive the possibility of other animals, such as
insects, incapable of being affected with any of our colours, and
receiving their whole stock of luminous impressions from a class of
vibrations altogether beyond our limits, as Dr. Wollaston has in-
geniously imagined (we may almost say proved) to be the case
with their perceptions of sound.”

E. W. B.

Yearly appearance of the Swallow and Cuckoo. 319

YEARLY APPEARANCE OF THE SWALLOW AND CUCKOO.

Memorandum of the times of appearance of the Swallow and
the Cuckoo, kept for several years back by George Weare
Brackenridge, Esq. of Broomwell House, Brislington Wick, near
Bristol.

Swallow. Cuckoo.
1801 Pi hs ae i
1802 eas ae Gee ke
1803 Voie ene ee ets OE
1804 eee ataee wens we
1805 ee eee ae
1808 See eee) ae
1812 JF Pk ae eee ck
1813 pre hE S dle” Mat
1814 Vee) ye) ORT
1815 eee a> he. SO
1816 ebae EO Le: (OSE
1817 ats FEUD, FARES PB
1818 SY ee! A ee

1819 Marohi29.
1820 April 87 Ooi eRe

1821 tN RECS, Se
1823 Pe eh Te
1824 coon 15 wee. 23
1825 ove! Maes ae
1826 wake ee Mpa SE

Mr. Brackenridge endeavoured to keep a young Cuckoo over
the winter 1823—1824, but it had been declining very fast for
some days, and died on the 23d of April 1824, the very day on
which a Cuckoo was heard out of doors.

5

Spars ete YD MB Des ARIES. Se 28 tana ie

HS .nyhow) die Pei whi\o sana onal
A , ' —. ‘ we . : * a
OORT 4, BUSA AT, any eine ¥ ns

fai ib , i ‘ ' i ih
. at. 4 AS hae ee “ny seep “ ° eg 7
10 SCR G Ae. LO AROS Ly a = Phe o ;

aD ¢, | vege hd On i bi PIAS E eb) | as I

i ; iv Ai‘ ti | ii 0 «Df

‘
4
~ ua § e ’

LUA. se e352

roe 8 i Alpft

rh : oa eee

ua MAL oy Ler oige!

. | ees | rae
' . Jee ea 1 ere
Oh aise. Hiss

ae es Wsae
A et eae “A Ging a hE ’ Hiss

ols pie be nesabay yy! CARE
arr Wes DE qa vi Pr

WOPIBED ben At een geek BR ee! vase’
{Reins yer 100w on? BM ie LY a a ») pedi

icity yt! Sars arin Webel acer Ad tye ee Nasri tal a
GS een Le gitcpocie ps ope ike we ea te OS OF. Bheaaieh

‘iin: Yotyog ly ntoe' Bs ad estonia: a)
ge fy aoua, jjoilsa® meg Dak Jane yy
eee yey ye old hoe ley h Joie rie
fp MCRD nT hee an ws Seinen: ea
9) Ms iw yf a it: el "itil Ta y Ys
ait vith peach i ay ibaa pics

THE

ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL.

August—November, 1827.

Art. XXXIII. Contributions to the British Fauna. By
GeorGe Jounston, M.D., Fellow of the Royal College
of Surgeons of Edinburgh.

{Continued from p. 181. ]

; Class.. ANNELIpEsS. Lamarck.

Gen. Gatpa.

CuAr. Body larva-like, annulose, without feet. Mouth ter-
minal, inferior, extensile, with a horny mandibular apparatus
placed chiefly in the gullet. Branchiw, on the second segment of
the body, naked, of two pectinate branches uniting to form a
common tube: Suckers on the anal segment, two, (respiratory. ?)

GALBA MARINA.

Desc. Body larva-like, five lines in length, round, tapered
towards the anterior end, abruptly truncate behind; of a soft
consistence, and transparent white colour, marked with lines of a
deeper shade from the internal vessels ; it consists of twelve equal
segments, the last terminated by two large suckers of a brown
colour. Mouth subterminal, inferior, triangular. Arterior to and
above the mouth are two papillary eminences, roughened with

Vor. III. x

5992 Dr. Johnston’s Contributions to the British Fauna.

very minute black spines on their inferior aspect. Branchie
naked, not retractile, small, of a milk white colour, placed one

on each side of the second segment: they consist of two
pectinate diverging branches uniting to form a tube, which
being of a darker colour and firm consistence, is seen run-

ning obliquely downwards to join a large vessel, which will be
described below. ‘The little processes are about seven in number
on each branch, and appear to be tubular. The margins of the
ventral surface of the rings are thickened, and set transversely
with numerous minute black springs, which are excellent sub-
stitutes for feet. Anus large, protuberant, roughened with minute
dark spines, not terminal, but placed on the under surface of the
last segment. This is terminated by two large ovate suckers, placed
on the dorsal margin: their rim is of a dark brown, and sur-
rounded with a beautiful fringe of delicate ciliz, which, how-
ever, it is difficult always to detect. The disc of each sucker
seems to be divided into three lesser concavities.

The transparency of the animal allows us to examine, to a
certain extent, its internal structure, which, I think, is very
curious, and somewhat anomalous. What I have called the
mandibular apparatus, being of a black colour, is very evident.
This is a horny piece placed within the proboscis or gullet, pro-
longed in front into two long and slender mandibles, bifid at
their apices, which appear at the mouth just below the papillary
eminences ; and divided behind into four equal sharp processes,
which embrace the gullet on all sides. The animal is constantly
extending and retracting the mouth, and this apparatus is moved
backwards and forwards accordingly, but it is never protruded
beyond the aperture. The mouth is lengthened, not by an cvo-
lution of a proboscis, as in some of the other Annelides, similar to
the evolution of the tentacula of a snail, but by the mere exten-
sion of the anterior segments; when extended, however, they do
form a kind of proboscis, and it is only when extended that the
parts can be properly examined. The inéestine is not distinctly
perceptible, but from what is seen, and as a fine blunt probe may
be passed from the anus to the mouth without much derangement
to the structure of the animal, we may infer that it is a straight

Galba marina. 323

canal of considerable calibre. Even on strong pressure, the
contents do not pass either by the mouth or anus, except the
animal has been dead for some time, but rather escape through
the ruptured sides; an experiment, which seems to prove that
there is some valvular apparatus at each extremity. At each
sucker there is seen to arise or terminate a large vessel, of the
brilliant white of quicksilver, which runs up each side, and com-
municates with the blackish firm tube of the branchie. These
vessels are connected-by an anastomosing branch just above the
suckers, and by another at the branchiw; they are tolerably
straight, and give off in their course small vessels to the sides and
under parts. They are evidently filled with air. More deeply
seated than these, and lying as it were above the intestine, is ano-
ther vessel distinguished by its milk white colour. This vessel is
very tortuous and long, and forms a kind of circle, for I cannot
determine either its place of origin or termination. It is often
bent upon itself, but no branches seem to arise from it; nor can
any communication with the air vessels be traced. It contaias a
fluid of a thickish consistence, and of a milk white colour.

This animal inhabits a cylindrical tube, open at both ends, and
composed of particles of coarse sand, cemented together by glu-
tinous matters.* The tube is so common that it may be found
fixed amongst the entangled roots of almost every specimen of
Laminaria digitata cast on shore. Many tubes are generally
placed together, soas to form an irregular mass, and on breaking
through this we expose numerous animals resembling exactly so
many maggots in a piece of putrid cheese. The animal crawls
with considerable quickness over solid and even surfaces; as
might have been conjectured from the structure of its ventral
surface, it crawled with ease up the sides of the glass vessel in
which it was contained, nor did it hesitate to leave the water,
out of which it can live a long time without apparent incon-
venience. When thrown on the surface of water it seems to have
no power of descending to the bottom, or even of locomotion,

* I was wont to consider the tube as the Sabella lumbricalis of Montagu.
A similar tube, and equally common, I know to be inhabited by a very dif-
ferent animal.

x 2

594 Dr. Johnston’s Contributions to the British Fauna.

but remains still hanging in a perpendicular position, with its
suckers at the surface ; or more commonly it bends up the head
to the anal extremity, so as to form a kind of circle. We are
led to presume, from the structure of the mouth, that the animal
is carnivorous. But the most singular part of the structure are
the respiratory organs. The suckers I consider as such, as well
as the branchiz in front. The situation of the suckers does not
seem well calculated for prehension, and their communication
with the air vessels may be considered saflicient proof of their
function. The difficulty is to determine the course of the air,
and for what purpose the animal is so liberally supplied with it:
Is it extricated from the water by the proper branchiz, and ex-
pelled at the suckers after having circulated through the body;
or are both branchiz and suckers absorbent organs, exercising
each their operation according to the position of the animal in its
tube? These questions will probably not be solved until we
have discovered its affinities, for our actual knowledge of the
Annelides is exceedingly imperfect.

The only modern classification of the Annelides with which I
am acquainted is that of Lamarck; but to none of his orders of
families is our animal referable. It will not stand amongst the
“ Apodes,” for its branchie are naked, and placed on the anterior
part of the body ; and its characters accord still less with those or
the two following orders. In the circumstance of its inhabiting a
tube open at both ends, it resembles the ‘¢ Maldanies ;” and it is
related to the “ Amphitritées’’ by the position and form of its
branchiz, but still the characters in which they differ are so great,
as to prove that they stand at wide intervals in the class. Under
these circumstances I think myself justified in proposing a new
genus for its reception—to which in my note book I had affixed
the name Flemeénia, in honour of the author of the ‘* Philosophy
of Zoology ;” but this I have been induced to change, as the
honour will come more appropriately from some naturalist of
equal eminence, and not unknown to fame. ‘* Gratum est laudari
a Jaudato viro.”

Campontia eruciformis. | 325

Ord. Arvones. Lam.
Gen. Camponria.

Cuar. Body cylindrical, naked, annulose. Mouth with ex-
sertile corneous mandibles. ‘Two prolegs* on the anal segment ;
and two on the first segment.

Camp. ERUCIFORMIS.

Desc. Body filiform, cylindrical, of twelve equal segments
(exclusive of the head), of a clear faint water green colour,
smooth, and somewhat corneous. Jiead distinct, subquadrate,
‘sparingly ciliate on the margins. Antenne two, short, inarticu-
late, setaceons, placed in front. When in motion it is seen ine
cessantly to protrude and retract two strong hooked mandibles of
a brown colour. No probvoscis. Eyes two, black, remote, not
marginal, placed on the anterior portion of the head. On the
front aud ventral margin of the first segment are two prolegs,
short, unjointed, armed with retractile claws: and the last seg-
ment is as it were divided into two similar but larger foot-like
processes, the margins of which are surrounded with a circle of
strong yellow retractile hooks, resembling those of the prolegs of
some caterpillars. (Kirby and Spence, Pi. xviii. fig. 11.) The
other segments are naked, if we except a few hairs on the dorsum
of the last but one. Length four lines.

Hab. Amongst conferve in pools left by the tide, common.

Obs. This animal moves with considerable quickness by means
of its mandibles and prolegs, for the former seem as subservient to
progressive motion as the latter. It would appear that it is
amongst the marine Annelides that we are to seek for the ana-
logues of the caterpillars of insects. Montagu has remarked the
great similitude of some of the marine animals he has described to
Jarve ; (Linn. Trans. xi. p. 203.) Our Galba marina has a re-
markable resemblance to the maggot, and its habits probably
correspond with some of those aquatic larve that inhabit tubes of
extraneous matters :—while the animal just described bears a no
less close resemblance to the caterpillars of some of the moth

* Kirby and Spence’s Entomology, vol. iv. p. 353.

326 Dr. Johnston’s Contributions to the British Fauna.

tribe, though, being the denizen of a different element, it must
of necessity differ materially both in structure and habits.

Fam. Ecniurtes. Lamarck.
Gen. Lumpricus. Id.

Of this genus as it stands defined in modern systems, the
IL. terrestris is the only species which has found a place in the
British Fauna. Dr. Fleming has added the L. variegatus and
vermicularis of Muller, but he has given no descriptions ; and as
our account of them, if indeed we have met with these species,
differs in some particulars, we shall present them anew to the
readers of this Journal, with such other species as may have
occurred to us.

1. IL. vanieGarus.

1. L. ruber, maculatus, marginibus pallidis, immaculatis, crenu-
latis ; cingulo nullo.

L. variegatus. Muller, Verm. I. ii. 26.

Hab. Fresh water ditches, amongst aquatic plants, common.

Desc. Body slender, filiform, an inch or more long, narrowed
a little at each end, chiefly so at the anterior; of a reddish-brown
maculated colour, with a vessel of a very fine ruby-red colour
running down the middle; the margins are straw-yellow and
finely crenulate. A row of very short retractile spines extends
along each side.

The natural or ground colour of the body seems to be a straw-
yellow ; and fhe red is variable in extent, and in the character of
the markings. ‘The quadrangular brown spots arranged along
each side of the central vessel, as described by Muller, are often
very obvious, but only in individuals which seem to have wanted
food for some time ; and more commonly the spots are very large,
appearing almost to coalesce, and losing altogether the regular
pinnate character. They seem to arise from terrene matter in the
intestines, and vary of course according to the quantity of the
contents. The colour of the central vessel is always alike, and
the irregular movements of a fluid in it are very perceptible.
There is in most specimens an indentation more or less deep on

Species of Lumbricus. 327

some part of the body, the commencement probably of a separa-
tion of parts, which may eventually become new individuals,
The lateral spines are seldom obvious, being rarely protruded,
and when so, being very speedily again withdrawn. We certainly
have never been able to perceive more than one series on each
side.

2. L. PELLucipus.

2. L. pellucidus, immaculatus, bifariam aculeatus: aculeis longis,
conicis, non retractilibus : cingulo obscuro.

Hab. Fresh water ditches, amongst Lemnz, common. .

Desc. Body four or five lines long, very slender, filiform, per-
fectly transparent and uncoloured, but marked with a large tor-
tuous intestine which is seen running from one extremity to the
other. Along each side is a row of long bristles which are appa-
rently not capable of retraction. Head a little pointed. Anus
terminal and large.

This animal differs from the L. vermicularis of Muller in the
habitat, that species being represented as living amongst moist
aud decaying wood and leaves; and in the sete, which in ours
are non-retractile. Muller also would surely have mentioned the
great comparative length of these sete, had his species possessed
them.

3. L. RUFESCENS.
3. L. rufescens, unicolor, subpellucidus, bifariam aculeatus ; acu-
leis solitariis, retractilibus.

Hab. ‘The roots of the largest Fuci.

This species exactly resembles both in shape, colour, and
motions a small earth-worm. When extended it is upwards of an
inch in length, tapered towards each extremity, round, annulate,
with a very short spine on each side of every rimg, which is visible
only when the animal is contracted. The colour is reddish-brown,
and pellucid, so that the tortuous course of the intestine is appa-
rent. The anal segment is rather abruptly narrowed, and scarcely
emarginate,

We cannot refer this animal to the L. tubifex of Muller, as that
is a fresh-water species.

$28 Dr. Johnston’s Contributions to the British Fauna.

4. L. minutus.

4. L. “ rubicundus ; cingulo elevato pallido fere medio; ventre
bifariam aculeato.”

Lamarck, Hist. Nat. vy. 299. ‘* Fabr. Faun. Groénl.
p- 281. fi 4.”

Hab. Sea shore, under stones and at the roots of Fuci, common.

Desc. Body filiform, slender, slightly attenuated at both ends
which are alike, one inch long, reddish, the colour proceeding
from a tortuous vessel shining through a transparent skin. On
each side of each segment is a small fascicle of short sete only
occasionally extended. When magnified the sides appear minutely
crenulate. Towards the middle is a broad ring distinguished
merely by its lighter colour,

I have not the Fauna Groénlandica to refer to, but so far as I
remember, the figure will answer for our species, which appears
to us to be decidedly the same as that of Fabricius.

5, L. wirroratrs.

5. L. ruber aut rubro-maculatus, filiformis ; aculeis uniserialibus,
fasciculatis, retractilibus.

L. ciliatus? Muller, Verm. I. ii. 30.

Hab. Sea shore, under stones and at the roots of Fuci, not
uncommon.

Desc. This species is very slender in proportion to its length.
The Body is rather more than an inch long when contracted, but
capable of being drawn out to nearly six times that length, filiform,
somewhat attenuated at the extremities, distinctly annular, with
a minute tuft of retractile sete on each side of every segment.
The colour is a uniform red, but it is broken when the body is
in a state of extension, and becomes pale or spotted. The animal
is contractile, and frequently thrown into partial swellings.

In his description of the L. ciliatus, Muller says there are four
fascicles of bristles at each ring; but the difference in our de-
scriptions may arise not from a difference in species, but from the

Palmyra? ocellata. 529

difficulty of ascertaining this point with any degree of accuracy.
The very existence of the fascicles is not always possible to be
ascertained, and we must acknowledge that we have seen them
‘only on the anterior half of the body. They issue from the mid-
dle of the segment, and not from the joints.

'
6. L. LinEATUS.

A

6. L. “ albus lined longitudinali rubra.”

L. lineatus. Mudler, Verm. I. ii. 29.

Hab. Sea shore, under stones in muddy places.

Desc. A slender worm, quite smooth, annular, filiform, marked
longitudinally with a zig-zag line of a fine red colour. Under the
magnifier this is seen to be produced by a blood-vessel which runs,
one on each side, nearly the length of the body. Length from one
to two inches.

Though the above descriptions relate to minute species, and of
simple structure, they are not perhaps on that account the less
worthy ef being recorded. They form a large addition to the
genus, and yet probably other natives remain to be discovered,
for observation inclines me to believe that one or more distinct
species have been hastily considered as varieties of the common
earth-worm.

Ord. ANTENNEES. Lamarck.
Fam. AruRropires. Id.
Gen. Patmyra? Savigny.

PALM. OCELLATA.

Desc. Body linear, four lines long, scarcely one in breadth,
truncate before, a little narrower behind, compressed. Antenne
five, conical, the external twice as long as the three intermediate.
Proboscis short, retractile, surrounded at the apex with a row of
teeth. No maszille; nor were the eyes perceptible. Dorsum
light-coloured, unspotted, without scales. Sides dusky, with a
row of circular light-coloured spots down each. Most of these

330 Dr. Johnston’s Contributions to the British Fauna.

spots are ocellated. Abdomen of a uniform straw-yellow, with a
visceral stain in the middle. Segmenis numerous, each with a
papillary foot armed with a fascicle of unequal bristles. Anal
segment terminated by two short conical filaments of similar struc-
ture to the antenne.

Hab. Amongst fuci, rare,

Obs. The motion of this animal is very slow. It is readily
distinguished by its light-coloured back, and regularly spotted
sides. It has the habit of the Polynoe, under which genus I had
placed it in my note book, but in its characters it corresponds
better with the Palmyra; though having seen no other species, I
cannot say with what propriety it is described as such. I have
carefully compared it with the descriptions of Aphrodite of
British authours, from all which it is quite distinct. May it not
be the Nereis maculosa of Montagu?

Gen. Potynog. Savigny.

Of the Aphrodite five species are enumerated in the Com-
pendium of Dr. Turton. Three other species have been since
added,—the 4. imbricata by Professor Jamieson, and the A. clava
and viridis by Mr. Montagu. Of these, one enumerated by Dr.
Turton, (A. aculeata,) belongs to the modern genus Halithea.
It is uncertain to what genus another, (the 4. annulata,) ought to
be referred. The species which remain are referable to the genus
Polynoe, Sav., but their descriptions, with the exception of those
of the A. clava and viridis of Montagu, are so imperfect, that it has
become impossible to identify them with any certainty. Under
these circumstances, I have thought an accurate account of three
species which are common in this neighbourhood, and which are all
perhaps already known, ought not to be considered out of place
in these contributions, which have for their object as much the
amendment of what is known, as the addition of what is new.
I have to regret however that, in my attempt to elucidate these
species, [ have not been able to avail myself of the works either
of Pallas or of Bosc.

a

_ Polynoe scabra. 331

1. P. scapra.

1. P. oblongo-linearis, cinerea, scabra; squamis duodecim paribus,
imbricatis, ovatis, granulatis, margine externo ciliatis, non
deciduts.

Aphrodita scabra. Fabricius, Faun. Groén., p. 311.
Turt. Linn. iv. p. 80. Turt. Comp. 136. Stewart's
Elements, i. p. 387.

Hab.. The sea: common on the British shores.

Desc. Body rather more than an inch long, depressed, linear-
oblong, of equal breadth at both ends, of a uniform cinereous
colour, and roughish. Scales twelve on each side, rather large,
imbricate, ovate, granulate, ciliated on the external margin. The
anterior are smaller than the others, and completely cover the
head, which is a small, subtriangular, pink coloured or purple
corneous plate furnished with four small eyes. Lateral fentacular
Jjilaments white, with a blackish ring at the bulb where the acu-
mination commences. Jeet, twenty-four or twenty-five on each
side with a few fleshy spines on their inferior aspect, armed with
a row of strong short straw-yellow metallic bristles. Ventral sur-
Jace smooth, straw-colour, prismatic, marked with the viscera, and
sometimes spotted with black near the base of the feet. Til
with filaments.

This species differs remarkably from those which follow in the
tenacity with which the dorsal scales adhere. ‘Those species are
deprived of them by the slightest friction, or even by simple im-
mersion in fresh water, but in the species now described they are
only to be removed by force, and are often torn in the attempt.

Of the synonymes quoted we are certain only of that of
Fabricius. In the descriptions of Turton and Stewart there are
some particulars which will not apply to our animal, and yet it is
probably the species they intended. We follow Turton in placing
here the pedunculata of Pennant. Mr. Stewart makes it synony-
mous with his 4. plana, and it is impossible, either from the
description or figure, to say which is right.

$32 Dr. Johnston’s Contributions to the British Fauna.

2. P. imBRIcATA.

2. P. oblongo-linearis, levis ; squamis quindecim paribus, ovatis,
imbricatis, spinis brevissimis, deciduis.

Hab. The sea, under stones between low and high-water
mark, common.

Desc. Body elliptical, depressed, about one inch and a half
long, three or four lines broad, rounded and obtuse at each ex-
tremity where it is of equal breadth. It is of a cinereous colour on
the back, mottled, and marked along each side with a row of small
light spots, one to each scale. The head is generally concealed
under the anterior scales ; it is a red square or rather heart-shaped
corneous plate, emarginate in front, furnished with four small
eyes. Scales fifteen on each side, imbricate, ovate or kidney-
shaped, the anterior nearly circular, variegated with blackish
irregular markings, and thickly punctured with small circular
white dots. When first examined they appear smooth, but they
are in fact covered with very short spines or processes visible only
in certain lights or near the margin. Each scale is fixed to a little
fleshy papilla on the back, the rest of the scale being detached.
There are about twenty tentacular filaments on each side, witha
dark ring at the bulb, and blackish about the base. Feet about
thirty-five on each side with a single fleshy spine beneath. Bris
tles yellow, stiff and metallic. When the scales are removed the
body appears spotted with black, and these spots become quite
distinct and regular near the tail, which is terminated by two
setaceous filaments.

This species is subject to considerable variety in colour and in
size. I have described it above when full grown, and as it is
generally found in this neighbourhood. In many specimens how-
ever the head is not concealed by the scales, and these individuals,
it is curious, are generally of an uniform ash or chesnut-brown
colour, with the scales also destitute of the beautiful variegation
and spotting which so decidedly characterise the preceding. Iwas
at one time disposed to consider it a distinct species, but fur-
ther enquiries have satisfied me that it can only be considered a
variety.

Polynoe imbricata & P. lepidota. 333

This I cannot doubt is the Aphrodita imbricata mentioned by
Professor Jamieson and Mr. Stewart as common on Leith shore.
I believe that the A. punctata of the former is a variety ; nor do IL
hesitate to give the A. squamata of British authours as another
synonyme. In this the scales are stated to be dotted with black,
as indeed they appear to be when examined while they adhere to
the animal. Whether it is the Polynoe squamata of Lamarck is
doubtful. That species is said to have only twelve scales on each
side, which are said also to be not imbricate ; characters, which
would seem to indicate a different species.

3. P. LEpIDOTA.

3. P. oblongo-linearis, lavis, dorso sanguineo, lateribucque pallidis:
squamis ovatis, bicoloratis.

Aphrodita minuta. Pennant.?
—- lepidota. Turton.

Hab. The sea, under stones, amongst Fuci, &c.

Desc. Body linear oblong, half an inch long, sometimes one
inch, with a blood-red broad fascia along the back, and yellowish
sides dotted with black. Head concealed by the scales. Scales
fourteen or fifteen on each side, ovate, two-coloured, the one half
being pink, the other half yellowish, with a roughish punctured
appearance, which arises from very short spines with which they
are covered, and which are visible only on the margin or in certain
lights. Feet yellowish. Ventral surface perlaceous, stained with
the viscera.

There can be no doubt I think of this being the Aphrodita
lepidota of British naturalists. They have always quoted the
A. minuta of Pennant as synonymous, but the correctness of this
is very questionable, since that author takes no notice of the lon-
gitudinal red fascia, a character not likely to have been overlooked
by one whose attention was solely directed to external and promi-
nent marks, and his figure seems designed for a different species.
It is certainly not the 4. ménuta of Fabricius in the Fauna Groén-
fandica, at least the recollection I have of the description of that
species does not tally with ours.

334 Dr. Johnston’s Contributions to the British Fauna.

However distinct the specific characters may at first sight ap-.
pear, yet I entertain no doubt in my own mind of its identity
with our P. imbricata, The scales are the same both in shape
and number; nor indeed is there a character to distinguish it
except the dorsal fascia; a character, probably dependent on
local causes, and certainly not of itself sufficient to constitute a
species. It would appear then that of this genus we have only
four well ascertained species, viz. the scabra and imbricata de-
scribed above, aud the clava and viridis of Montagu. The others
said to be British, must be re-examined before they can take an
undisputed place in our Fauna.

The above descriptions, I wish to remark, are purely specific,
the characters applicable to the genus being purposely omitted.
These characters as detailed by Lamarck from Savigny, I must
confess I do not understand. ‘They are as follows: ** Tentacula
simplicia, conica, proboscidis orificium coronantia. Mazille cor-
nee. Antenne quinque; interdum impari nulla. Ocudli quatuor.
Squame dorsales.” The antenne are defined to be jointed fila-
ments inserted on the head. Such organs I have never been
able to perceive, and I therefore believe them to have no ex-
istence. Nor can it with any propriety be said that the tentacula
encircle the orifice of the proboscis, for they are in reality placed
at the sides. The following appears to be a correct description
of the parts of the head in the species observed by me.

The mouth is inferior, and from it the animal evolves, in the
same manner as the snail moves its tentacula, a thick cylindrical
proboscis armed with four brown hooked horny mandibles. Above
it is the head, a square corneous plate emarginate in front, and
bearing four small black eyes placed in a square. From its an-
terior margin two very short tentacula arise. These from their
situation must be the antenne of Savigny, a denomination to which
I feel disposed to object, since they have nothing in their struc-
ture, nor probably in their function, analogous to the antennez of
insects. Between them there is an acicular-pointed tentaculum
similar in all respects to the tentacular filaments, (acicules of
Savigny,) which garnish the sides ; and exterior to them, and a
little beneath them, there is, on each side, a strong conical ten~

Spio? vulgaris. 335

taculum longer than the rest, and to which the term antenna
might with greater propriety be applied than to the others. Still
exterior to these there are, on each side, a pair of acicular-pointed
filaments. It appears then that there are nine teutacula divisible
into three classes, and readily distinguishable by their figure,
viz. two: short and cranial; two long, conical, originating under
the head; and five acicular-pointed, which probably spring from
the body, but which differ from their lateral analogues in being
non-retractile. It might be proper to designate these by dis-
tinctive names; but however we call them or divide them, we
shall not be able to make them coincide with the characters of
Lamarck.

Fam. Neérttpées. Lamarck.

Gen. Spio? Id.

SP1o VULGARIS.

Desc. Body three inches in length, vermiform, depressed,
_ quadrangular, narrowed a little at the head, tapered gradually
towards the anal extremity, of a yellowish brown colour, stained
longitudinally on both surfaces with the large intestine, and
marked transversely with numerous close-set dark-red striz.
Mouth terminal, inferior, with black margins. From it projects a

_ triangular process, the base of the triangle being outwards, and

each angle produced into a conical process. This process is
retractile. Head small, slightly emarginate in front, marked
above with three black spots or lines, and four very small eyes
placed thus (*..*) Antenne two, setaceous, white, obscurely
spotted, half an inch long, approximate at the base, placed on the
vertex, contortile, and capable of being rolled up in a spiral! form.
Segments very numerous. Each segment has on each side, affixed
to its dorsal margin, a subulate branchial process, nearly as long
as the breadth of the animal, of a fine red colour, and sometimes
spotted. These, when in water, are raised and extended, and in
perpetual motion, but when at rest or removed from the water,
they are laid obliquely across the back, their points meeting in
the middle, and hence give the animal the appearance of being
marked with transverse striae. Beneath these are placed the feet,
viz. a papilla divided into two processes, one of which is simple,

836 Dr. Johnston’s Contributions to the British Fauna.

the other armed with a brush of soft hairs. No bristles. The
branchia are not retractile; the feet are probably so. Anus ter-
minal, stellated, or surrounded with eight short simple processes,
which assume a star-like form. Intestine apparently large, dilated
at each segment, simple, filled with dark mud-like matter.

The Spio vulgaris inhabits the sea shore, and the margins of our
river, a little below high-water mark. It prefers a soil composed
of sand and mud, and in which the latter rather preponderates.
It is found lurking under stones, or burrowing in the soil, and in
the lattcr situations, the surface to a great extent is seen full of
small round perforations, and covered with little heaps of its
tubular and spiral excrements. When disturbed it descends in
its furrow with great rapidity, and to a considerable depth ; when
taken it throws itself into violent contortions, during which the
‘body generally separates into several portions, or loses its antenna,
which always separate at their very base. Their several portions
retain their vitality for at least some days, which they evince not

.

merely by their contortions when pricked, but even by moving —

from one place to another. The animal is used in this neighbour-
hood as a bait to take the fry of the Coal-fish,—here called
Poddlies.

It is difficult to believe that so very common an animal, and
one too of a considerable size, should have remained unknown and
undescribed up to this time. It is certainly however not men-
tioned in the British Fauna of Dr. Turton, who professes to de-
scribe all the species known up to 1807; nor does it occur in the
last edition of the British Zoology of Pennant, in which the
species discovered up to the period of its publication in 1812, are
said to be given. Lamarck has four species of the genus, but the
characters of none of them correspond with that to which, from its
commonness, I have attached the specific name vulgaris.

NOTE.

A few days since a specimen of the Callionymus Dracunculus was brought me,
which on dissection was found to contain a milf, or in other words was a male.
I mention this fact, as it seems opposed to the opinion of Mr, Neill, who believes
this species and the C. Lyra of authours 10 be merely the different sexes of
the same animal; as he has found “ the gemmeous dragonets (C. Lyra) to be
uniformly milters, and the sordid dragonets (C. Dracunculus) to be uniformly

spawners.’’—Wern. Memoirs, vol. i. p. 530.
[ To be continued. |

lt

ees Oe

Mr. Clark on the animals of some species of Bullaa. 337

Art. XXXIV. Observations on the Animals of some
species of Bullwa, Lam.; and on some species of the
Annelida. By Witi1am Crark, Esa.

[To the Editor of the Zoological Journal. ]
Sir,
Durine my residence at the sea side, in the Summer

months, I have employed my leisure time in forming a collection
of British Shells, and in examining the animals inhabiting them.
To obtain them I engaged an expert dredger, and by this means
Ihave procured nearly the whole of our marine indigena in a living
state, recovered many long lost species, and added some new ones
to our catalogues. Perhaps the following observations and descrip-
tions of some of the animals of the genus Bullewa, which are
found in our seas, and which I believe have never before been
observed by any writer on this subject, as well as a few brief
references to some other marine animals, may be considered in-
teresting to those who have turned their attention to this branch
of natural history, and particularly to the collector of our native
Testacea. If this should be your opinion, you are at liberty to
make any use of them you may think proper.
I an, Sir,
Your obedient servant,

Wirtriam Crarg.
Bath, October, 1827.

Fam. Buran.
Gen. Burima. Lamarck, Anim. sans vert.? vi. Tom.
(p. 2.) p. 29.

1. Butta Catena,

Bulla Catena. Mont., Test. Brit. p. 215. Tab. 7. fig. 7.
et auct. aliorum.

Char. Spec. Animal supra flavo-albidum ; clypeus vel pars
anterior, et pedis lobi laterales, punctis rufo-brunneis, minutis,
creberrimis, quasi arena, adspersi. Posterior margo corporis digi-
tatus. Long. 3, unc. Lat, 3; unc.

Vor. III. xX

338 Mr. Clark on the Animals

Testa ovato-oblonga, tenuissima, albida, nitida, striis trans-
versis catenatis notata, latere columnari arcuato, apice sub-obtuso,
vix umbilicato. Long. plusquam + unc. Lat. 34, unc.

Animal on the upper part yellowish white, the shield or anterior
portion, and the lateral lobes caused by the reflection of the foot
on the back, sprinkled with close set, very minute, reddish brown
points. ‘The posterior part of the body divided into one or two
digitations. Length of the animal when in motion 3,ths inch ;
breadth, .3,ths inch.

Shell oval-oblong, very thin, white, pellucid, shining, marked
with chain-like trausverse strie. Columellar margin arcuated ;
apex rather obtuse, scarcely umbilicated. Length, more than jth 5
breadth 4,th inch.

I believe that the animal which contains this very beautiful
shell has never before been met with by any Conchologist. The
specimens in cabinets are usually procured from fine sand. I had
the good fortune to obtain a number of these animals, and some
of the next species, alive, at Exmouth and Torquay, from pools at
the time of the lowest spring tides ; some of these I preserved in
spirits, and others | kept alive some hours in sea water for dis-
section and observation.

The animal is a Lamarckian Bullewa, having the body convex
above, divided transversely into two portions, with the margins of
the foot reflected upwards on each side of the back, giving the
animal the appearance of being quadrilobated : it has no distinct
head, eyes, or tentacula; the respiratory organs are quite at the
posterior extremity covered by the shell, and the admission and
expulsion of the water to and from these, by the dilatation and
contraction of that part, was very perceptible. The use of the
digitations of the hind part of the body, I plainly observed, was
for the purpose of assisting the animal in its movements. It is
furnished with a strong gizzard composed of three similar angular
testaceous plates sharply pointed at each end. The shell of this
species, in its catenated striae and general shape, is not unlike the
Scaphander catenatus of Dr. Leach, dredged at Scarborough, which
I presume (not having seen the animal) is a Bullea; but this is
quite distinct.

of some species of Bullea, Lam. 339

2. BuLLm@A PUNCTATA.

Bulla Punctata. Adams, Linn. Trans. 5th vol. Tab. 1. fig. 6,
7, 8.

Char. Spec. Animal supra cinereo-nigrum, pede flavo-albido.
Corpus posticé digitatum. Long. 2, unc. Lat. =. unc,

Testé@ ovato-oblonga, tenuissima, ‘alba, pellucida, nitida, lineis
transversis punctatis, Jatere columnari arcuato, apice obtuso vix
umbilicato. Long. 4, unc. Lat. minus quam =, unc.

Animal cinereous approaching to black ; body posteriorly digi-
tated, yellowish white. Length 4th inch. Breadth #;th inch.

Shell oblong, very thin, white, pellucid, glossy, marked with
transverse dotted lines ; inner margin arcuated ; apex obtuse with
a very shallow umbilicus. Length +,th inch. Breadth less than
goth inch.

Montagu never saw this shell, and in consequence he placed it,
though with doubt, as a synonym of his Bulla Catena ; but both
the animal and shell are eminently distinct. The colour of this
species is almost black, and it is much smaller than the preceding ;
but the most decided mark of distinction is, that it has not a giz-
zard furnished with testaceous appendages like B. Catena, but has
merely a skinny cylindrical tube. Its general shape almost in all
respects resembles the last species; the apex however is more
obtuse. This shell instead of the chain-like stria, has transverse
lines formed of distinct dots as represented in Adams’s figures,
which are otherwise very ill executed. This animal is found in
company with B. Catena, but is much more rare.

3. BuLL#A PRUINOSA.

Animal supra et infra albidum, pede permagno. Corpus posticé
digitatum. Long. 4, unc. Lat. =3, unc.

Testa subglobosa, nived, subopaca, subtiliter reticulata, peri-
pheria paululum constrictaé, margine columnari arcuato, reflexo,
ad mediam partem subemarginato, apice subrotundato, levitér

umbilicato. Long. 3, unc. Lat. plusquam 2, unc.

5° To
x 2

340 Mr. Clark on some species

Animal entirely white, foot very large. The body behind is
divided into two or three digitations. Length th inch. Breadth
oth inch.

Shell subglobose, subopake, of a dead frosted white colour, deli-
cately reticulated, appearing covered with fine gauze ; the circum-
ference of the posterior or upper part is somewhat constricted, ‘as
if a thread had been tightly tied around it. The columellar mar-
gin is arcuated, a little reflected, and in the middle of it is a
flexure or notch; apex rather rounded and slightly umbilicated.
Length 3th inch, Breadth, more than 3th inch.

Six of these beautiful Budlew were dredged alive off Budleigh
Salterton, Devon, in August 1827, and I believe belong to an en-
tirely new species. This I have named pruznosa, in consequence of
its frosted snowy’ colour. At the first view of the shell I thought it
might prove to be either the long lost Bulla denticulata, or B.
emarginata of Adams, (Linn. Trans. 5th vol.) ; but on comparing
it with that gentleman’s description and figures, I find it distinct.
This species is rather more rolled up than any of its congeners ; it
resembles much in shape a young Bulla Hydatis, and seems to be
the connecting link of the Bulleew with the Bulle. The foot
appears very large when not reflected on the back of the animal,
and the hind margin of the body is more digitated than in either
of the last species. The animal flaps the sides of the foot upwards
and downwards, as if beating the water, with considerable quick-
ness, especially when first taken from the sea. No gizzard could
be detected after the most careful examination with a good lens.
This appears to be a rare species, and only occasionally to be pro=
cured by deep dredging seven or eight miles from the shore.
Some individuals are marked with a more or less wide, chesnut
coloured, transverse band. Perhaps it may be said, that two genera
ought to be formed of the preceding species, in consequence of
one of them being provided with a testaceous gizzard, and the
others not having any testaceous appendages. I am not of this
opinion, as it cannot be doubted but that all have a gizzard, though
in some it is only of a coriaceous or skinny nature : if this distinction
was admitted, dissection alone could distinguish the animals, as
the external appearances are the same in those furnished with tes-

of Annalida. S41

taceous appendages to the gizzard, as in those which are without
them.

In addition to what the Rev. R. T. Lowe has observed in the
9th number of the Zoological Journal.respecting the minute Cepha-
lopoda of Lamarck, and in confirmation of Mr. Gray’s idea, that
most of them belong to the Annelida, I have to state that in August
last I obtained alive from Fuci the Vermiculuin intortum, V. sub-
rotundum, and the V. bicorne of Moutagu, which Ff believe
answer to Lamarck’s Miéliola planulata, M, planulata b. tur-
_ gtdula, and M. trigonula; and at the same time, a species new to
the British collector, which I consider to be Lamarck’s Miliola
planulata c. planissima. These shells I immediately immersed in
sea water, and on my return home I placed some of them, still
adhering to bits of Fuct, in my watch glass in water; I then clearly
perceived the animal to protrude a part of its body, on the sides
of which I thought I could discover a plumose appendage, but from
the extreme minuteness of the part, and the want of power in my
Jens, though one of Dollond’s best, I was not enabled to make
out satisfactorily the nature of the organs. On grinding down
the shell, the animal was clearly to be seen of a red colour filling
up its cavities. These facts I conceive decidedly prove that the
Miliole, which have hitherto been thought to be enclosed in an
animal, are external shells, and inhabited by their animals; and
as these are of a red colour, it may be presumed they belong to
the Annelida, as Lamarck and Savigny state the animals of that
family to have red blood.

When the Discorbis vesicularis, (Serpula lobata, Montagu,)
which is an external sessile chambered shell, and is found alive in
great quantities on shells and Hydrophytes, is examined imme
diately after being taken from its native element, the animal
appears of a red colour, and its segments, filling up the chambers,
may easily be perceived through the tenuity of the shell. I have
therefore very little doubt but it will prove to be one of the
Annelida. The same red appearance of the animal I have observed
in the Nautilus Beccarii when adhering to Pectens.

There is also another circumstance attached to the elongated

342 Mr. Clark on some species of Annalida.

Nautili, (the Orthocerata of Lamarck,) which strongly proves
that these shells cannot be internal ones; that is, the various
shapes of the same species. I have in my cabinet more than thirty
specimens of Montagu’s Nautilus Legumen, which he has figured
in Test. Brit. from a broken shell, and described as surrounded
by a rim or margin; this is never the case except when some of
the anterior chambers are wanting ; then it has that appearance 5
but when perfect, the aperture gradually tapers to a striated ter-
mination. Montagu has also from the varieties of this shell formed
several distinct species; for example, his Nautilus rectus is only
a straight and cylindrical variety; and his N. subarcuatus is
another variety, having the three anterior chambers more globose
than the others. Of my thirty specimens, there are not two alike
in shape, some being straight, cylindrical, with the chambers
more or less inflated, and having an extremely sharp posterior
termination ; some being flat, arcuated, and obtuse; and others so
distorted as to form right angles.

Though nature varies in the outward forms of animals of the
same species, I believe that no particular internal part or bone
ever varies much, if at all, in form. The boue of the Sepia offici-
nalis, or of the Loligo vulgaris, is always of an uniform shape.
From these circumstances it may be inferred that the Orthocerata
cannot be internal shells, inasmuch as of the species O. Legumen,
scarcely two can be found alike. These facts appear to go far in
proving that most of the discoid and elongated polythalamous
shells called Nautilé by the old writers, do not belong to the Ce-
phalopoda, but are much more closely allied to the Annelida. The
very shape of the shells divided by septa into segments, coupled
with the facts above mentioned, sanction the idea that they are
inhabited by animals of the Annelida.

The day before my departure from the sea side, I obtained
alive a fine specimen of the Turbo Clathratulus of Montagu,
which is a Scalaria in M. Lamarck’s arrangement, belonging to
the division *¢ Scalariens,” aud forms a part of his first section of
the T'rrachélipodes, ** sans siphon saillant,” and which are gene-
rally Phytophagous. The animal I found to be Zoophagous, hav-
ing a distinct long retractile proboscis, with a very short siphon

Mr, Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology. 343

to conduct the water to the branchiz. ‘This genus seems to be
the connecting link of those animals which have the aperture of
their shells entire, with those that are channeled ; in fact it may
be considered as the commencement of the oophagi, having
shells with a canal at their base (though here it is scarcely per-
ceptible), and which is continued and becomes more developed in
the Cerithiade. It also affords a beautiful illustration of the
almost imperceptible gradations by which Nature passes from
one system of form to another; for in this genus, the aperture
being almost entire shews that it has still something in common
with that class of shells it is about to leave, and the evident rudi-
ments of a canal connect it with that class it is about to enter.

The shell of Scalaria Clathratula, ( Turbo Clathratulus, Mont.,)
appears very distinct from that of Scalaria Clathrus or S. commu-
nis, but the external organs of the animals inhabiting the three
species are alike; the only difference consists in colour, which in
the §. Clathratulus is quite white, or pale yellowish white, whilst
in the two others, it is dark purple or black.

Art. XXXV. Onseveral Groups and Forms in Ornithology,
not hitherto defined. By Wit.iam Swainson, Esq.,
F.R.S., F.L.S., &c.

[{ Concluded from p, 175. }

Family Fringillide.
Sub-family Alaudina.
*Rostrum forte, subcylindricum, immarginatum, rectum, naribus

plumulis setaceis obtectis ; rictu sub-barbato. Pedes subfortes ;
halluce forti, ungue recto.

ALAUDA.
Rostrum breve, subconicum.
Ale longe ; remigibus 1m4, Qda, et 3tid fere aqualibus, longissimis,
Cauda sub-furcata.

544 Mr. Swainson on several new groups n Ornithology.

Bill short, somewhat conic. Wings long; the first, second and
third quills nearly equal and longest. Tail divaricated.
Type. Alauda arvensis. Linn.

** Rostrum subforte, compressum ; culmine arcuato : naribus sub-
nudis, membranaceis ; apertura ovali: rictu imberbi.

MACRONYX.

Rostrum mediocre, rectum; culmine leviter arcuato; naribus
nudis, magnis, apertura oblonga.

Ale breviuscule, remigibus 1m4, Qda, 3lid, et 4td equalibus, lon-
gissimis.

Cauda sub-rotundata.

Pedes elongati ; tarsis squamis lateralibus integris, halluce ungue
longissimo, curvato.

Bill moderate, straight, the culmen slightly arched. Nostrils
naked, large, the aperture oblong. Wings rather short, the
four first quills equal and longest. Til slightly rounded.
Feet long ; the lateral scales of the tarsi entire ; the nail of the
hind toe very long and curved.

Type. L’ Alouette Sentinelle. Levaill., Ois. pl. 195.

CERTHILAUDA.

Rostrum mediocre, gracile, arcuatum ; naribus subrotundatis.
Mle S68) as

Cauda sub-brevis, equalis.

Pedes mediocres ; halluce ungue brevi, recto.

Bill moderate, slender, curved. Nostrils roundish. Wings ....2
Tail rather short, even. Feet moderate; nail of the hind toe
short, straight.

Type. L’ Alouette Sirli. Levaill., Ois. pl. 192.

My specimen of this bird is deficient in some of its quill
feathers.

Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology. 345

BRACHONYX.

Rostrum breve, rectum, compressum ; culmine leviter arcuato.

Ale breviuscule ; remige 14 brevissimd, 244, 3tid, Atd, et 5td feré
equalibus, longissimis.

Cauda mediocris.

Pedes longiusculi; tarsis squamis lateralibus divisis ; halluce
ungue brevi sub-recto.

Bill short, straight, compressed, the culmen slightly arched.
Wings rather short, the first quill nearly spurious, the four
following of equal length and longest. Tail moderate. Feet
rather long ; lateral scales of the tarsi divided : nail of the hind
toe short and nearly straight.

Type? L’ Alouette Bateleuse. Levaill., Ois. pl. 194.

The three last groups will probably comprehend most of the
African Alaude. As yet I have not seen one species from South
America, or from Australia; but the genus Anthus occurs in the
latter continent.

Sub-family Tanagrina.
~TARDIVOLA.

Rostrum breve, compressum ; culmine arcuato ; tomio sinuato.

Ale brevissime rotundate ; remigibus 244, 3tid, 44, 5td, et 64 feré
equalibus longissimis.

Cauda elongata, cuneata, vel gradata.

Pedes fortes.

Bill short, compressed ; culmen arched; commissure sinuated.
Wings very short, rounded; the second, third, fourth, fifth,
and sixth quills equal and longest. Tail long, graduated or
cuneated. Feet strong.

Type. Emberizoide longibande. Temm., Pl. col. p. 114. f. 2.

I am already acquainted with four species of this group, which
is peculiar to South America. It bears much analogy to the
Maluri of M. Temminck; but its true affinity will be found

346 Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology:

among Tanagers ; and not far removed from Spermagra. I know
not whether the description of the plate above quoted has ever
been published. M.'Temminck promised to send it me when it
was. I define the genus, because I discovered it in Brazil eight
years ago; but the priority will, of course, belong to that name
which is first published.

—SPERMAGRA.

Rostrum sub-breve, validum, crassum, compressum, tomio sub-
recto, bast subangulato.

Ale mediocres vel breviuscule, rotundate, remigibus Ata et 5td
@qualibus, longissimis.

Cauda mediocris, lata, rotundata,

Pedes longiusculi, fortes.

Of this group, numerous as it is in species, I cannot cite a
typical example. It contains part of the birds forming the genus
Saltator of M. Vieillot; and part of those he has arranged with
the true Tanagre. Saltator, in fact, is an artificial group; and
the name, moreover, has been already used in Entomology,
Spermagra appears to form the connection between Pytilus, Cuv.,
and Ramphopis, Vieill. The point of junction with the latter
group, seems made by a bird now before me, which is probably
the Tanagra gularis of Latham.

—“TANAGRA.

Rostrum sub-breve, crassiusculum, convexum ; tomio sub-sinuato:
naribus rotundatis, sub-nudis.

Ale mediocres, sub-attenuate ; remigibus 244 et 3tia feré equali-
bus longissimis.

Cauda equalis.

Pedes mediocres, vel breviusculi.

Bill rather short, somewhat thick and convex: the margins
slightly sinuated ; nostrils round, nearly naked. Wings mo-
derate, the second and third quills longest and nearly equal,
Tail even. Feet moderate, or rather short.

Type. Tuanagra episcopus. Linn.

Mr, Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology. 347.

The well known Bishop Tanager will exhibit the above cha-
racters in full perfection. It is however necessary to observe,
that five very distinct species pass current among Ornithologists
under that name. Its natural situation is between Pyranga, and
the next group ; this latter transcession being apparently effected.
by T. multicolor, Vieill.

~AGLAIA.

Rostrum breve, parvum, compressum ; naribus plumulis obtectis.
»~P 9 Comp ; ?P

Ala longiuscule ; remigibus 244, 3tid, et Ald equalibus, longissimis.

Cauda equalis.

Bill short, small, compressed ; nostrils concealed by velvet-like
feathers. Wings rather lengthened; the second, third, and
fourth quills equal and longest. Tail even.

Type. Tanagra Tatao. Linn.

These lovely birds are connected to the true Tanagers by the

Tanagra Braziliensis, Linn., and pass into the genus Euphonia
of M, Vieillot.

Sub-family Passerina 2?
MEGALOTIS.

Rostrum breve, compressum, integrum ; culmine arcuato : naribus
plumulis obtectis.

Ala mediocres ; remige 14 spurid, 244, 3tid, et Até equalibus
longissimis.

Cauda mediocris, sub-furcata.

Pedes debiles.

Bill short, compressed, entire; culmen arched; nostrils con-
cealed by feathers. Wings moderate ; the first quill spurious ;
the second, third, and fourth, equal and longest. Tail mode-
rate, slightly forked. Feet black.

Types. Fringille otoleucus, cruciger. Temm., Pl. col. 269.

The spurious quill denotes the bird to belong to the old world.
The two species above quoted inhabit India.

34Q Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology.

CRITHAGRA.

Rostrum breve, sub-conicum, crassum, integrum ; culmine arcu-
ato ; tomio curvato.

Ale sub-elongata ; remigibus m4, 2d4, 3tid, et 4td equalibus,
longissimis.

Cauda mediocris, sub-furcata.

Bill short, sub-conic, thick, entire ; culmen arched ; commissure
curved. Wings lengthened ; the first, second, third, and fourth
quills equal and longest. Tail moderate, slightly forked.

Types. Lox. sulphurata, flaviventris. Lath.

Africa only? In the valuable collections of my friend Mr,
Burchell, are numerous examples of this form,

~SPERMOPHILA.

Rostrum breve, crassissimum, integrum ; culmine arcuato ; tomio

curvato.
Ale breves, rotundate ; remigibus 1m4 et 7m4 equalibus, lon-

gissimis.

Cauda mediocris, rotundata.

Bill short, very thick, entire; culmen arched ; commissure cur-
ved. Wings short, rounded ; the first and seventh quills equal

and longest. Tail moderate, rounded.
Types. Pyrrhule falcirostris, cinereola. Temm., PI. col. p. 11.

This is a South American group, and does not appear to ex-
tend further North than Mexico. Between the three last genera
a general similarity prevails in the shape of the bill, but in other
respects they are very different. .

+ AMMODRAMUS.

Rostrum mediocre, validum, conicum, leviter emarginatum : tomio
sinuato, bast angulato. :

Ala breves rotundate ; remigibus 1m4 et 5t4 equalibus ; 2d4, 3tid,
et 4!4 equalibus, longissimis.

Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology. 349

Cauda gracilis, gradata, vel rotundata; rectricibus angustis,
attenuatis.

Pedes graciles, longiusculi; unguibus gracilibus subcurvatis ;
halluce producto.

Bill moderate, strong, conic, slightly notched ; commissure sinu-
ated, the base angulated. Wings short, rounded; the first
and fifth quills equal ; the second, third, and fourth equal and
longest. Tail slender, graduated or rounded, the feathers
narrow and pointed. Fe¢ slender, lengthened ; nails slender,
that of the hind toe rather long.

Type. Fringilla caudacuta. Wilson, 4. Pl. 34. f. 3.

This is a very remarkable group, comprising no less than six
species, now before me. It occurs both in North and South
America, and insensibly leads to another genus closely approxi-
mating to the European Sparrow, but whose characters I have
not yet sufficiently investigated.

AMADINA.

Rostrum breve, magnum, conicum, immarginatum.

Ale breves, rotundate ; remige 1mé spurid, minutd, 244 et 3tid feré
equalibus, longissimis.

Cauda brevis, equalis vel subrotundata.

Bill short, large, conic, entire. Wings short, rounded ; the first
quill spurious and very small; the second and third nearly
equal and longest. Tail short, even, or slightly rounded.

Type. Loita fasciata. Gmelin. Brown, Ill. of Zool. Pl. 27.

ESTRILDA.

Rostrum breve, conicum, immarginatum.

Ale breves, rotundate ; remige 1mé spurid, minutd, 3ti7, Ata, et
5ta equalibus, longissimis.

Cauda subelongata, gradata.

350 Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology.

Bill short, conic, entire. Wings short, rounded ; the first quill
spurious and very small; the third, fourth and fifth, equal and
longest. Tail lengthened, graduated.

Type. Lowia astrild. Linn.

This, and the preceding genus, appear strictly confined to the
warm regions of the old world; and will detach a vast number
of species from the Lovie and Fringille of Linneus. I have
endeavoured in vain to reconcile the different groups of these
birds proposed by Brisson, Cuvier, and Vieillot, with any thing
like a geographic or a natural arrangement ; and this must be my
apology for not adopting either their names or characters; the
first would lead to much confusion, while the latter are artificial.
The minute spurious quill, (which I have termed, for the sake
of uniformity, the jirst,) seems to be an unerring indication of
‘an African or Asiatic origin; and I find the same character in
all those I have seen from New Holland. ‘There are a few other
forms, belonging to the northern latitudes of Africa and America,
which, as being connected with those of Europe, require more
study to define their characters than I have yet been able to give
them. Ploceus, Vidua, Estrilda, and Amadina follow each other
in an unbroken series.

—GUIRACA..

Rostrum crassissimnum, conicum, emarginatum ; culmine leviter
arcuato.
Ale mediocres, attenuate ; remige 1m4 2dd paulo breviore ; 244,

3tid, et Atd feré equalibus, longissimis.
Cauda mediocris, equalis.
Pedes breviusculi, subfortes.

Bill very thick, conic, emarginate; culmen slightly curved.
Wings moderate, pointed ; the first quill rather shorter than
the second; the second, third, and fourth nearly equal and
longest. Tail moderate, even. Feet short, strong.

Type. Lowia cerulea. Wilson, 3. Pl. 24. f. 6.

Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology. 351

The peculiarity in the construction of the wing separates this
group from all those known to inhabit the old world. In cases
like the present, where such peculiarities are found to indicate,
with certainty, the geographic distribution of groups, they afford
the most important and unerring guides to a natural arrangement.
This genus makes 2 near approach to Pifylus on one side, and
to Pyrrhula on the other. It represents Coccothraustes in the
new world, and corresponds to another form peculiar to Africa.
It may here be observed that generic characters drawn from the
comparative size or strength of the bill, unsupported by other
indications, afford no clue to guide the Ornithologist towards a
right knowledge of this interesting tribe. ~And it is probably
owing to this mistaken notion, that the Fringille and Lowie of
Linnzus remain to this day nearly in the same state, in which they
were left by those who have been considered his disciples.

—TIARIS.

Rostrum crassum, elongato-conicum, acutum, sub-emarginatum ;
tomio sinuato.
Ale sub-breves, rotundate ; remigibus 2d4, 3tid, Ata, et 5td feré

@qualibus, longissimis.
Cauda rotundata.

Bill thick, conic, acute, slightly notched. Wings rather short,
rounded ; the second, third, fourth, and fifth quills nearly
equal and longest. Tail rounded.
Type. Fringilla ornata. Temm., Pl. col. No. 208.

Several interesting Birds, recently received from Mexico and
Brazil, render it necessary to form a genus for their reception ;
to which I consider Tach. fringilloides and rubescens, Sw. will
more properly belong.

Family Sturnide.
Sub-family Icterina. Vigors.
—DOLICHONYX.

Rostrum breve, conicum, acutum, immarginatum.
Ale longa, attenuate ; remigibus Imé et 2dé equalibus, longissimis.

352 Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology

Cauda scansoria, subgradata ; rectricibus rigidis, abrupté acumi-
natis.

Pedes graciles, longiusculi; digitis longis ; unguibus gracilibus,
acutis, subcurvatis.

Bill short, conic, acute, entire. Wings long, pointed; the first
and second quills equal and longest. Tail scansorial ; the fea-
thers abruptly acuminated. Feet slender; toes long; nails
acute, slightly curved.

Type. Emberiza oryzivora. Wilson, 2. Pl. 12. f. 1.

This singular bird is distinguished from all its congeners by
having a tail perfectly scansorial; not merely worn, but formed
precisely upon the same model as that of Dendrocolaptes. Its
economy, minutely detailed by Wilson, renders this conformation
absolutely necessary. Some few species in a neighbouring group,
are said to possess, in some degree, the power of ascending
reeds, &c.; this is not only probable, but what we might natu-
rally expect to find in those intermediate species which connect
two approximating forms. The tails of these birds are generally
very much worn towards their extremities; but in all those [
have hitherto examined, I see no reason to believe, that when
perfect, they would exhibit (like that of Dolychonyx,) a true
scansorial structure. But whether this is, or is not the fact, is
of no sort of consequence, further than as affecting the extent of
the present genus. It is by this form that a beautiful analogical
relation is preserved between the otherwise discordant groups of
Sturnide and Picide, Vig.

~CASSICULUS.

Rostrum sub-clongatum, compressissimum, culmine basi non de-
presso.
Ale mediocres, remigibus 1m4, 2dd, et 3tid abrupté attenuatis, fal-

catis.

Bill somewhat elongated, much compressed ; the base of the
culmen not dilated or depressed. Wings moderate ; the three
first quills abruptly narrowed and falcated.

Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology. 353

Type. C. coronatus.
C. cristatus ; niger ; tectricibus, cauda, anoque flavis ;
rostro elongato, albescente.

In this form are united the characters of Cassicus and Xan-
thornus. To the first it is more particularly connected by the
construction of the nostrils, which appear as if perforated in the
solid substance of the bill, by the comparative shortness of the
feet, and by the thickness and curvature of the nails; both of
which indicate the arborial habits of the bird; the narrowed
front of the bill accords with the latter group. I suspect this
type will not stand alone ; yet, for the present, it may be looked
upon rather as a sub-genus.

Family Picide.
Sub-family Piciana.
~ASTHENURUS.

Rostrum rectum, compressum, acutum.
Cauda gradata, debilis.
Ale et pedes ut in genere Pico.

Bill straight, compressed, acute. Tail graduated, soft. Wings
and feet as in Picus.

Type. Picus minutus. Linn.

The internal structure of this curious little bird, will decide
whether it forms a passage from Picus to the Barbets, or is more
closely allied to the Certhiade, by means of Yuna.

—COLAPTES.

Rostrum mediocre, validum, compressum, culmine leviter arcuato.
Ale, pedes, caudaque ut in genere Pico.

Bill moderate, strong, compressed; culmen slightly curved.
Wings, tail, and feet as in Picus.

Type. Picus auratus. Ww gon, 1. PL 2.1.2.
Vou, III. Zz

354 Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology.

Family Certhiade.
Sub-family Certhiana.
Cauda gradata, rigida.

--DENDROPLEX.

Rostrum rectissimum.
Ale mediocres, rotundate ; remigibus 3tid, 4ta, et 5t4 longissimis.

I know not whether the type of this genus has been described.
The living bird has all the manners of a Picus. Except in its
perfectly straight bill, it differs not from Dendrocolaptes.

DENDROCOLAPTES. Iii.

Rostrum longiusculum ; sub-curvatum, mandibuld superiore apice
emarginata, vel abrupté deflexa.

Bill \engthened ; the upper mandible with the tip notched or
abruptly deflexed.

The same uncertainty prevents me from being able to quote a
typical example of this group, as it is now restricted, although I
possess four species which clearly belong to it.

~XIPHORHYNCHUS.

Rostrum gracile, elongatum, compressissimum, falcatum, immar-
ginatum.

Bill slender, long, much compressed, falcated and entire.
Type. Dend. procurvus. Temm., PI. col. 28.

By this form, the passage is marked from Dendrocolaptes to
Certhia. The species appear numerous. I possess four from
Brazil, and three from Mexico.

—OXYURUS.

Rostrum mediocre, gracile, rectum, compressum, integrum; cul-
mine leviter arcuato.

Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology. 355

Ale brevissime, rotundate.
Cauda mediocris, lata, gradata; rectricibus sub-rigidis, abrupté
acuminatis.

Bill moderate, slender, straight, compressed, entire; culmen
slightly arched. Wings very short, rounded. Tail moderate,
broad, graduated ; the feathers rigid, and ending abruptly in
naked points.

I believe no species of this form has been described : it occurs
in the tropical latitudes of America. The feet are rather large
and tolerably strong; but the hind toe is not particularly de-
veloped. The habit of the whole bird resembles that of a Sylvia.

—SITTASOMUS.

Rostrum gracile, parvum, rectum, feré emarginatum ; culmine
leviter arcuato.

Ale mediocres.

Cauda sub-elongata ; rigida.

Bill small, slender, straight, slightly notched; culmen rather
curved. Wings moderate. Tail lengthened, rigid.
Type. Dend. sylviellus. Temm., Pl. col. 72. f. 1?

By this form the genera Oxyurus and Xenops appear to be
brought together. It possesses the rigid scansorial tail of Den-
drocolaptes, and the more feeble bill of Xenops.

Sub-family Tichodromina ?
~ LOCHMIAS.

Rostrum mediocre, gracile, compressum, sub-arcuatum, integrum.

Ale breves, rotundate ; remige 1m4 brevi; 3tid, 4td, et 5td sub-
equalibus, longissimis.

Cauda mediocris, lata, rotundata, debilis.

Pedes graciles ; tarsis elevatis, squamis anterioribus infrequenti-
bus, lateralibus obsoletis, posterioribus frequentibus, parvis ;
halluce digito medio breviore, ungue curvdto.

z2

356 Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology.

Bill moderate, slender, compressed, slightly curved, entire.
Wings short, rounded; first quill short, the third, fourth, and
fifth nearly equal and longest. Tail graduated, soft. Legs
slender; tarsi elevated, anterior scales few, lateral scales ob-
solete, posterior scales numerous, small; hind toe shorter
than the middle, the claw curved.

Sub-family Sclerurina.
- SCLERURUS.

Rostrum sub-elongatum vel longiusculum, emarginatum, obtu-
sum ; culmine versus apicem leviter arcuato.

Ale mediocres, rotundata, remigibus 1m4 et 244 gradatis, 3tid, 4ta
et 5té wqualibus, longissimis.

Cauda lata, rigida, rotundata.

Pedes graciles, breves, digito exteriore prima phalange tenus medie
conjuncto, interiore ad basin connexo ; halluce gracili, sub-
curvato, leviter emarginato.

Bill rather lengthened, notched, obtuse: culmen elevated, and
slightly curved towards the tip. Wings moderate, rounded ;
the first and second quill graduated; the third, fourth, and
fifth equal and longest. Tail broad, rigid, graduated. Legs
short, slender ; outer toe connected to the middle toe as far as
the first joint, inner toe united at the base; claw of hind toe
slender, slightly curved and notched.

On these two novel and interesting forms, I shall have occa-
sion to offer a few observations while describing the valuable
acquisitions made by Dr. Langsdorff in the interior of Brazil.

Sub-family ————— ?
-*OXYGLOSSUS.

Rostrum mediocre, gracile, attenuatum, rectum, emarginatum.

Lingua jaculatoria ? apice simplici, acuto.

Ale mediocres, altenuate: remigibus 1m4 et Ald equalibus, 2da
et 3tid e@qualibus, longissimis.

Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology. 357

Cauda obtusa, debilis, equalis.
Pedes graciles ; halluce sublongo.

Bill moderate, slender, attenuated, straight, notched. Tongue
lengthened? the top acute. Wings moderate, attenuated ; the
first and fourth quill equal; the second and third equal and
longest. Tuatl rounded, obtuse and soft. Feet slender, hind
toe rather lengthened.

Type. Certhia maculata. Walson, 3. Pl. 19. f. 3.

To the accurate observations of Wilson we are indebted for a
correct knowledge of this bird, uniting the essential characters
of a Creeper, with the external form of a Sylvia.

Family Trochilide.
TROCHILUS,

Rostrum rectissimum.

Cauda mediocris, equalis, vel rotunda.

Types. 1. 7. superbus, Shaw. 2. pileatus, Lath. 3. collaris, L,
4. O. M. ad double huppe. Temm., Pl. col. 18. f. 3.

Bill yery straight. Tail moderate, equal, or rounded,

—CYNANTHUS.

Rostrum rectum, vel sub-arcuatum.

Cauda longissima, forficata.

Types. 1.) T. colubris, L. 2. macrourus, L. 3. platurus, Sh.
4. bifurcatus, Sw. ined. 5. O.M. d queue singulaire. Temm.,
Pl. col. 18. f. 2.

Bill straight or very slightly curved. Til very long, forked.

+PHGTHORNIS.

Rostrum elongatum, arcuatum.

Cauda elongata, gradata vel cuneata.

Types. 1. T. superciliosus, L. 2. Col. tacheté? Temm., Pl. col,
120. f. 3. 3. T. chrysobronchos, Shaw.

Bill elongated, arched. Tail lengthened, graduated or cuneated,

358 Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology.

~CAMPYLOPTERUS.

Rostrum longiusculum, sub-arcuatum.

Ale falcate ; remigum primarum scapis dilatato-compressis.
Cauda rotundata, vel gradata.

Types. 1. T. latipennis. 2. falcatus. Sw., Zool. Ill.

Bill rather long and slightly curved. Wings falcated, the shafts
or scapes of the primary quills dilated and compressed. Tail
rounded or graduated.

LAMPORNIS.

Rostrum sub-arcuatum.
Cauda brevis, equalis.
Types. 1. 7. mango, L. 2. pella, L. 3. niger. Sw., Zool, Il.

Bill arched. Tail short, even.

The foregoing characters are taken from the typical examples
of the five sub-families or secondary divisions, under which all
the known species will arrange themselves. Whether it is ex-
pedient that the inferior groups here designated as types of form,
should be characterized as genera, may be a subject for future
consideration. In the above arrangement, I have found it im-
possible to apply the nomenclature of Brisson and Lacepede with
any advantage. Polytmus has never been defined, and is appli-
cable to two of the foregoing groups. Mellisuga or Orthorhyn-
chus, as given to the typical division, is manifestly objectionable.
Besides, M. Vieillot has used the first of these names in a dif-
ferent sense. The Trochilide appear united to the Nectariniade,
by T. pella; and to the Promeropide, by T. superciliosus.
I am already acquainted with more than one hundred species of
this family.

Family Muscicapide.
—-TYRANNU A.

Rostrum mediocre, depressum, mandibule superioris apice abrupté
adunco.

,

Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology. 359

Ala mediocres, sub-attenuate ; remigibus 14 et 244 gradatis, 3tié,
4té, et 51a feré equalibus, longissimis.

Cauda mediocris, equalis.

Pedes graciles, breves ; tarsis squamis anterioribus divisis, lates
ralibus nullis.

Bill moderate, depressed, tip of the superior mandible hooked.

Wings moderate, rather pointed ; the first and second quill gra-
duated, the third, fourth, and fifth nearly equal and longest.
Tail moderate, even. eet short, slender, the anterior scales
divided ; lateral scales none.

Type. Muscipeta barbata. Sw., Zool. Ill. 2. pl. 116.

This group, containing numerous species, leads immediately
to the Tyrant Flycatchers. Some few species will, of course,
present deviations from these characters; yet the comparative
length of the two first quill feathers separates T'yrannula from all
the European, African, and Oriental groups; and confines the
genus to the new world.

~CULICIVORA.

Rostrum breve.

Ale brevissime, rotundate; remigibus 174 et 244 gradatis, 3ti4,
4ta, 5t, 6td, et 74 feré equalibus, longissimis.

Cauda gracilis, elongata, gradata.

Pedes graciles, longi, tarsis squamis lateralibus frequentibus.

Bili short. Wings very short, rounded; the first and second
quills graduated ; third, fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh, nearly
equal and longest. Til slender, lengthened and graduated.
Feet long, slender ; lateral scales numerous.

Type. Muscicapa stenura. Temm., Pl. col. pl. 167. f. 3.

I possess two other undescribed species of this genus. The
length of the legs indicates some peculiar economy, of which, at
present, we are ignorant. The bill does not materially differ
from that of the last genus, otherwise than in the tip not being
so abruptly bent,

360 Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology.

—~SETOPHAGA.

Rostrum parvum ; culmine carinato.

Ala mediocres ; remigibus 14 et 4t4 equalibus, 244 et 3tid equali-
bus, longissimis.

Cauda sub-elongata, rotundata.

Pedes graciles, tarsis squamis anterioribus divisis, lateralibus in-
tegris.

Bill small, culmen carinated. Wings moderate ; first and fourth
quills equal, second and third equal and longest. Tail rather
lengthened, rounded. Jeet slender, anterior scales divided,
lateral scales entire. :

Type. Muscicapa ruticilla. Linn.

I already know of four other species belonging to this group,
all of which inhabit the temperate regions of America. It repre-
sents, in the new world, the Australian genus Rhipidura, just
characterized by Dr. Horsfield and Mr. Vigors, an aflinity mani-
fested by the observations of Wilson.

Family Columbide.

—PERISTERA.

Rostrum gracile, sub-emarginatum.

Ale rotundate ; remige primé brevi, abrupté attenuata; dé et
5ta feré equalibus, 3tid et 4t cequalibus, longissimis.

Cauda rotundata.

Pedes fortes, nudi, sub-elongati; tarsis squamis anterioribus im-
bricatis, lateralibus nullis.

Bill slender, sub-emarginate. Wings rounded, the first quill
short and abruptly attenuated, second and fifth equal, third
and fourth equal and longest. Tail rounded. Feet strong,
naked, somewhat lengthened ; anterior scales of the tarsi im-
bricate, lateral scales none.

Type. Col. cinerea. Temm.

Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology. 361

In defining the genus Ptilinopus, some time ago, I took occa-
sion to observe that the narrow and attenuated form of the first
quill feather was not peculiar to all the species of that group,
which rested more upon the tarsi being clothed with feathers.
The first of these observations is equally applicable to the pre-
sent division. In four species now before me, three only have
the first quill feather abruptly narrowed. But the tarsi of all
exhibit the very singular character of being destitute of scales
on their sides and back; these parts being merely covered with
a naked skin. Mr. Vigors has judiciously made this family the
point of junction between his Insessores and Rasores : it is there-
fore evident that in tracing this passage, every variation in the
tarsi, however slight, deserves particular attention. My collec-
tion of Columbide, except in those of the new world, is not
sufficiently extensive to inform me, whether the semi-naked tarsi,
and the emarginate bill of these birds will be found in any spe-
cies from the old world. They do not occur, however, either
in Col. chalcoptera, or in another kindred species which I
possess from Australia, both having the bill entire, and the sides
of the tarsi covered with minute, thin, and reticulated scales.
Should these characters prove constant, it will be somewhat
curious that Malaconotus should be separated from its prototype
Thamnophilus, by a distinction precisely similar. On the other
hand, conclusions cannot be drawn from such imperfect ma-
terials.

~CHAMEPELIA.

Rostrum gracile, integrum.

Ale rotundate, remige prima brevi, 3tid, 4t4, et 5t4 feré equalibus,
longissimis, pogoniis utrinque sub-emarginatis.

Cauda rotundata.

Pedes sub-breves ; paratarsiis plumatis.

Bill slender, entire. Wings rounded, the first quill short ; third,
fourth, and fifth, nearly equal and longest, the webs on both
sides slightly emarginate. Tail rounded. eet rather short,
the sides of the tarsi feathered.

Types. Columbe passerina, Linn., squamosa, Temm.

362 Mr. Swainson on several new groups in Ornithology.

This group is nearly allied to the last, both in structure and
economy. The first quill feather is unusually broad and entire ;
and there is a narrow row of small feathers down the sides of the
tarsi. All the species I have seen are from America.

—ECTOPISTES,

Rostrum gracile, emarginatum.

Ale sub-clongate, attenuate, remigibus 1*4 et 3tid equalibus,
Qdd longissima.

Cauda rotundata, vel cuneata.

Pedes breves, nudi; tarsis squamis anterioribus imbricatis, late-
ralibus parvis, reticulatis.

Bill slender, notched. Wings rather elongated, pointed, the
first and ‘third quill equal, the second longest. Tail rounded,
or cuneated. Feet short, naked; anterior scales of the tarsi
imbricate 5 lateral scales very small, reticulate.

Types. Col. speciosa? Temm. 2. Col. migratoria, Linn.

Inhabits America.

ORDER GRALLATORES.
Family Ardeide.
~TIGRISOMA.

Rostrum validum ; tomio serrato.

Ale rotundate, remigibus 244 et 64 @qualibus, 3tid, Ata, et Htd
feré wqualibus, longissimis.

Pedes mediocres; tarsis squamis reticulatis, unguibus brevibus,

curvatis.

Bill strong, the margins serrated. Wings rounded ; the second
and sixth quills equal, the third, fourth, and fifth nearly equal
and longest. ect moderate; scales of the tarsi reticulate,
the nails short and curved.

Type. Ardea tigrina. Lath.

Mr. Gray’s Monograph on the Cypreide. 363

' "Two magnificent species, recently discovered in Mexico, have
turned my attention to this group, which seems peculiar to the
new world. Taking the Egrets as typical of the genus Ardea,
we find in them the wings more powerful, and the tarsi more
elevated, than those of the Tiger Bitternss The first deviation
I have observed from the typical Arde@, is in Ardea virescens
and a few other kindred species, where the first quill is rather
shorter than the second, the thighs feathered almost to the knees,
the tarsi much shorter, the lateral scales reticulate, and the an-
terior transversely imbricate: the scapular feathers, although
linear, are not unusually long. We are thus prepared to enter
among the true Bitterns, of which our European species affords
the type. In these birds the three first quills are nearly of equal
length, but the tarsi are still shorter'than in the last, the anterior
scales large and transverse, the posterior small and reticulate ;
the nails also, are unusually long and very slightly curved. To
this group, T%grisoma bears a strong affinity, at the same time that
it exhibits a construction very different from that of any of the
foregoing forms. In the species before me, the sides of the head
are not only much more denuded than in Ardea, but the chin is
quite naked, a character which would seem to indicate an affinity
with Ciconia. It should however be observed, that in other
species from Brazil, the chin is feathered in the usual manner.

Art. XXXVI. Monograph on the Cypreide, a Family of
Testaceous Mollusca. By Joun Epwarp Gray, Esq.

F.G.S.
[Continued from Vol. i. p. 518.]

***k* Cypree vere.
*** Striate.

92. Cyprea subrostrata. n. s.—Slightly-beaked Cowry.

Testa ovata, globosd, utraque extremitate subrostrata, atro-
rubenti; striis longitudinalibus confertis ; linea dorsali lata concava;
basi convexa submargiuata; apertura lineari; dentibus subequa-
libus.

Inhabits - Maus. nost.

Shell ovate globose, slightly beaked at each end, blackish red.

S64 Mr. Gray’s Monograph on the Cypreide.

The longitudinal striae are crowded, nearly smooth and equal :
the dorsal groove is concave and rather broad, but the striz are
continued over it: the base is convex, and slightly margined on
the outer side: the mouth is linear, much longer than the spire,
which is completely hidden. The sides are more strongly ribbed
than the back, and the teeth of both the lips are nearly similar.

Length 3,; diameter =, of an inch.

93. Cyprea scabriuscula. n.s.—Roughish Cowry.

Testa ovata, ventricosa, utraque extremitate subrostrata, nivea ;
striis longitudinalibus confertis levibus, interstitiis transversim
minuté rugosis ; lined dorsali angusta, impress ; basi planulata ;
apertura lineari ; dentibus equalibus. .

B minor. Testa ovata, oblonga, subrostrata, triplo minore.

Inhabits Madagascar, Coast of Africa. Mus. nost. @——?
Mus. nost.

Shell ovate, globular, slightly beaked at each end, snow white,
longitudinally striated; the longitudinal striae crowded, smoothish,
equal, the spaces between the strie beautifully marked with mi-
nute, transverse ruge ; the dorsal groove concave, narrow, and
impressed ; base flattish, scarcely margined ; mouth linear, longer
than the body of the shell. Teeth of both lips similar, minute,
close together.

Length {2,, breadth 3, of an inch.

The small variety is similar in every respect, except that it is
more ovate, and only + of an inch long, and 54, of an inch broad.

94. Cyprea radians.—Radiating Cowry.

Testa ovata, suborbiculatd, pallida, rubella; striis longitudi-
nalibus convexis, distantibus, apice tuberculosis; linea dorsali
impressa, latissima, alba; basi planulata, late marginata ; aper-
turd linearis dentibus inequalibus, exterioribus minoribus.

Cyprza radians. Lamarck, Ann. Mus. xvi. 103. Hist. vii. 402.
Blainville, Dict. Sci. Nat. xiiii. 23.

Cyprea Oniscus, Dillwyn, R.S. i. 466. n. 61. excl. Syn,
Lamarck.

Cyprea, n. 33. Schroeter, Einl, i. 142.

Mr. Gray’s Monograph on the Cypreide. 365

Cyprza Pediculus 8. Gmelin, Syst. Nat. 3418. Schreiber,
Conch. i. 76.

Cyprea costata. ‘* Solander’s MSS.” Dillwyn.

Testudo. Klein,

Tortoise Cowry. Humphreys.

Icon. Bonanni, Rec. iii. f.250. Lister, Conch. t. 706. f. 55.
Martini, 1, t. 29. f. 306. 307. 308? Favanne, t. 29. f. H. 3.
Wood, Cat. t. 17, f. 58.

Inhabits the Pacific Ocean. Western Coast of Mexico. Lamarck.
Adriatic Seas ? Martini. .

Shell oval, ventricose, pale reddish brown, back darker ; longi-
tudinal strie sharp, distant, distinct, some few of them ending be- ©
fore they reach the back, but most of them terminating in a white
tubercle on the edge of the dorsal groove, which is very broad and
white. Base rather flat, with both the edges considerably and
sharply margined when full grown. The mouth linear, as long as
the shell, and slightly curved towards the hidden spire.. Teeth of
the inner lip 12, outer 15; those of the outer lip often having one
or two small teeth placed between some of the longitudinal stria.

Length 2, breadth 4 of an inch.

Lamarck refers to all the figures above quoted, except the last,
for his Cyprea Oniscus, but his description agrees exactly with the
full grown Cyprea aperta of Mr. Swainson, as he expressly says that
it is known by its large mouth. Mr. Dillwyn has used the above
quoted name of Lamarck, but has accurately described the shell
intended above, which has also been equally well described by
Lamarck, under the denomination of Cypraa radians, a name that
Mr. Dillwyn has entirely omitted.

I have a worn specimen of a shell which certainly differs from
this species. It has 11 teeth on the inner and 13 on the outer lip ;
the edge is thickened, rounded, and margined above ; and the dor-
sal groove is much broader than in C. sudcata, but not so broad as
in C. radians. It is of a pale reddish white, and as large as, and
broader than, C. sudcatu. It is perhaps a new species.

95. Cyprea Californiana. u.s. Californian Cowry.
Testa ovata, ventricosa, purpureo-fusea ; striis longitudinalibus

366 Mr. Gray’s Monograph on the Cypreide.

convexis, distantibus, apice sub-incrassatis ; lined dorsali Jatius-
culd, impressa, albid’; basi planulaté, submarginatd ; apertura
lineari ; dentibus subequalibus.

Inhabits California.

Shell ovate, ventricose, purplish brown; the longitudinal striz
are distant and convex; their ends are slightly thickened in the
middle of the back, where there is a broad, whitish, impressed
dorsal line. The base is rather flat, and slightly margined on the
outer lip; the aperture is linear; the teeth of the inner lip 11, of
the outer 16, nearly similar, small.

Length +, diameter 3,, of an inch.

This species is very like the preceding, but differs in always
being of a darker colour, the dorsal line being narrower, and the
ends of the longitudinal lines not being so distinctly thickened,
nor the margin so much expanded. I was first shewn the shell by
Mrs. Mawe, but I have since received several specimens from
California.

96. Cyprea Europea.—European Cowry.

Testa ovata, ventricosa, fuscd, trimaculata ; striis longitudinali-
bus levibus ; lined dorsali nulla; apertura lineari, posticé subpro-
ducta ; dentibus equalibus.

Cyprea Pediculus (Europea). Linn. Syst. Nat. 1180. Penn.
Brit. Zool. iv. t. 115. Dacosta, Brit. Conch. 32. Donovan,
Brit. Shells. ii. t. 43. Montagu, Test. Brit. 200. Maton & Racket,
Linnean Trans. viii, 120. Turton, Conchological Dictionary, 35.

Cyprea arctica. ‘* Solander’s MSS.” Dillwyn.

Cyprea coccinella. Lamarck, Ann. Mus. xvi. 104. Hist.
Anim. sans vert. vii. 404.

Cyprea Europea. Montagu, Test. Brit. iii. 88. Dillwyn,
R.S. i. 467.

Icon. Lister, Anim. Angl. t. 3. f.17.—Lister, Conch. t. 707. f.
57.—Martini, i. t. 29. f. 309.—Penn. Brit. Zool. iy. t. 70. f. 82.
—Dacosta, Brit. Conch. t. ii. f. 6. republished in Pulteney, Hist.
Dorset. t. 6.—Donovan, Brit. Shells. ii. t. 43.—Turton, Conch.
Dict. f, 14. 15.—Ency. Method. Vers, t, 356. f. 1. b.

Mr. Gray’s Monograph on the Cypreide. 367

Bimmaculata. ‘Testa immaculata alba.

Cyprea Pediculus (Anglica). Linn. Syst. Nat. 1180.

Cyprea arctica. Montagu, Test. Brit. iii. 201.

1. Incompleta. Testa tenui, polita ; sublineata, spird prominula.

Cyprea bullata. Montagu, Test. Brit. iii. 202.

Cyprza Europea, Junior. Dillwyn, R.S. i. 467.

Icon. Montagu, Test. Brit. t. 6. f. 1.

2. Junior. Test4 tenuissima, polita, levi; labiis tenuibus.

Inhabits the European Ocean: Britain, Lister, Montagu, &c.

Shell ovate, ventricose, solid, brown, polished ; back with three
spots, one at each end, and one on the right side of the centre ;
the numerous longitudinal thread-like striw are white, smooth,
scarcely interrupted in the middle of the back, and not forming
any impressed dorsal groove ; base rather convex; mouth linear,
a little longer than the concealed spire, aud slightly curved towards
it; outer lip slightly thickened, rounded. Teeth of both lips
nearly equal, those of the outer minute, and very close together.

Length $,, breadth ,, of an inch.

This shell may be at once distinguished from all the other
species, by its wanting the dorsal groove, and being usually marked
with three spots on the back, two of which are at each end, and
one on the right side of the centre.

Col. Montagu, in his Supplement, has very properly united his
C. bullata to this species, being satisfied that it was only the shell
in its imperfect state, when it is smooth, pellucid, and according
to its age more or less distinctly marked with pale white longitu-
dinal stripes, commencing from the lips, and running more or less
completely over the back ; these stripes are the rudiments of the
longitudinal thread-like striae.

When very young the shell is quite smooth, without any in-
flexed outer lip, and has a short distinct spire ; in this state it has
been confounded by Dillwyn and other conchologists with the
Bulla diaphana of Montagu, p. 225. t. 7. f.8., which is the young
of Voluta levis of Donovan, t. 165, (the Cyprea Voluta of Mon-
tagu, Testacea Brit. p. 208. t. 6. f. 7.) and which forms, with a
few other undescribed species, a section of the genus Marginella
of Lamarck.

568 Mr. Gray’s Monograph on the Cypreide.

Col. Montagu observed that the animal differs in its young
state as much from the adult, as the shells themselves in their
young and adult states; for the mantle does not cover the shell
when young, as it does when full grown. The mantle indeed is
not perfectly formed and coloured when the shell is in the state
called by him C. dullata.

Lamarck cites this species as being found fossil at Grignon, but
Defrance observes that he has never seen it there. There is a fossil
specimen in the British Museum, which appears very nearly re-
lated to this species, but is nearly twice as large.

97. Cyprea Pulex.—F lea Cowry.

Testa ovata, subventricosa, fusca, immaculata ; striis longitudi-
nalibus levibus ; lined dorsali impress ; apertura lineari, posticé
subproducta ; dentibus subequalibus basique submarginata albis.

Cypraa Pediculus, var. D. Dillwyn, R.S. i. 467.

Cyprea Pulex. “ Solander’s MSS.” Dilla.

Cyprea Lathyrus? ‘¢ Dufresne,” Blainv. Dict. Sci. Nat. xliii. 25.

Inhabits the Mediterranean Sea, Sicily. Isle of France. Dufresne ?

Shell ovate longer and less ventricose than C. Europea; dull
livid brown, with numerous fine, smooth, longitudinal, raised lines ;
dorsal line distinct, impressed ; mouth produced a little beyond the
hidden spire ; base with its slightly-thickened edge pure white ;
teeth numerous, equal.

Length 3,, breadth , ofan inch.

This species, which I have seen only from Sicily, is easily
known by its small size, grooved back, and dull livid colour. It
has a white base, and is of the same colour when worn.

98. Cuprea 4-punctata.—Four-dotted Cowry.

Testa ovata, ventricos4, rosea, punctis quatuor fuscis notata ;
striis longitudinalibus confertis, levibus ; lined dorsali angusta,
impressa; basi convexa ; apertura lineari arcuata ; dentibus equa-
libus.

Incompleta. Test& levissima, rosed, diaphand ; spira distincta.

B immaculata. Test rosed immaculata. ‘

Inhabits ——-——-—Mus. Brit., nost.

Shell ovate, ventricose, rose-coloured, with 4 small brown dots,

Mr. Gray’s Monograph on the Cyprewide. 369

one of which is at each end of the dorsal line, and one on each
side, the front one being on the right side, and the hinder on that
next the spire, or the left; the longitudinal strie are narrow,
smooth, and very close together ; the dorsal line is deep and nar-
row ; the base is convex ; the mouth is linear, curved at both ends,
as long as the shell and the covered rather convex spire; the
outer lip is thickened on the outside, and margined; the teeth
are very small, and close together.

Length 3,, breadth 2, of an inch.

This shell is very rarely destituteof the four small dorsal spots.
When young it is of a most beautiful purplish rose colour, quite
smooth, and polished, witha few very obscure concentric wrin«
kles.

I have seen this shell called in some cabinets C. Pulex of
Solander’s MSS. ; but the description given by Dillwyn of that
species does not agree with it in any respect: it answers very well
for the species found in the Mediterranean Sea.

‘This shell may perhaps be C. pediculus 8. Born, Mus. Vind.
193. ‘Test incarnata maculis minutis rubris sulco dorsali -
nullo.” It has however a distinct dorsal line.

99. Cyprea Oryza.—Rice Cowry.

Testa ovato-globosd, nived; striis longitudinalibus confertissi-
mis, distinctis, acutis, leavibus ; linea dorsali angusta, impressa 5
basi convexa ; apertura lineari, arcuata ; dentibus equalibus.

Cyprea sulcata. Var. 8. Dillwyn, R.S. i. 466.

Cyprza nivea. ‘¢ Solander’s MSS.” Dillw. “ Leathes MSS.’
Sowerby.

Cyprea Oryza. Lamarck, Ann, Mus. xvi. 104. Hist. vii. 403.

Le Biton. Adanson, Senegal.

Icon. Rumph. Mus, t. 39. f. P. copied in Petiver, Amb. t. 16.
f.22. Gualter, t. 14.f.0.P. Adanson, Senegal. t. 5. f. 3.

Inhabits the Asiatic Ocean. Timor, Lamarck. Senegal, Adanson.

Shell ovate, globose, snow-white, rather pellucid ; the longitu-
dinal strie are very numerous, close together, and acute; thev
often end abruptly, or unite to another before they reach the
dorsal line, which is very deep and narrow; the base is very

Vor. III. 2a

570 Mr. Gray’s Monograph on the Cypreide.

convex, and the margin of the outer lip slightly and abrupfly
thickened ; the mouth is narrow, linear, curved at each end, and
rather longer than the body of the shell, extending a little
beyond the concealed spire; the teeth are small, close together,
and equal.

Length 4, breadth 2 of an inch.

This shell is easily distinguished by its pure white colour and
globular form.

100. Cyprea Pediculus.—Louse Cowry.

Testa ovata, ventricosd, albido-rubella, punctis sex fuscis ma-
culata 3; striis longitudinalibus, confertis, subgranosis ; linea dor-
sali angust4, impress’; basi carnescente, planiuscula; apertura
lineari, posticé subproducta ; dentibus equalibus.

Cyprea Pediculus (Indica). Linn. Syst. Nat. 1180. Schroeter,
Einl. i. 129. Gmelin, 3418. Schreiber, Conch. i. 76. Payrau-
deau, Cat. 171.

Cyprea Pediculus. Var. a Born, Mus. 193.

Cyprea Pediculus. Lamarck, Ann. Mus. xvi. 103. Hist. vii.
403. Blainville, Dict. Sc. Nat. xliii. 24.

Cyprza sulcata. Déllwyn, R.S. i. 466.

Icon. Lister, Conch. t. 706. f. 56. Gualt. Test. t. 15. f. P.
Argenville, Conch. t.18.f. L. Zoomorph. t. 3. f. 1. K. Favanne,
t.29. f. H.1. Knorr, Vergn. vi. t. 17. f. 6. Martini, Conch.
i. t. 29. f. 310. 311. Ency. Method. t. 356. f. 1. a,

1. Incompieta. Testa lwvigata, sublineata.

2. Junior. ‘Testa levissima, polita.

8. suffusa. Maculis dorsalibus suffusis, confluentibus.

Inhabits the West Indian Ocean. Jamaica, Barbadoes, Lister.
Mediterranean ? Blainville. Corsica, rare, Payraudeau,

Shell ovate, ventricose, reddish-white, with six irregular squarish
brown spots, three of which are on each side of the dorsal line 5
the central pair are the largest; the longitudinal striw are close
together, and slightly beaded, especially near the dorsal groove,
where they end abruptly ; the dorsal line is narrow and deep 5
the base is flattish, shelving inwards on both sides ; the sides are
slightly margined, and flesh-coloured ; the aperture is linear, as

Mr. Bennett’s Observations on Fishes. 371

long as the shell, and slightly curved towards the hidden spire ;
the teeth of both the lips are nearby similar, rather large, and dis-
tinct; columella front deep, slightly concave, rib-striated.

Length 5, diameter 4, of an inch.

When young the shell is thin, transparent, and polished ; the lip
gradually becomes incurved, and the surface has, before the outer
coat is deposited, a quantity of opaque white longitudinal lines, on
which the ribs are placed.

I have been informed, on very good authority, that this shell
has been found on the Southern coast of Britain; but I have not
had an opportunity of seeing the specimens. Payraudeau places
it in his list of Corsican shells, but he refers only to figures of
C. Europea, although he distinctly describes the dorsal groove ;
and Blainville suspects that it is found in the Mediterranean Sea,

The variety is smaller and less ventricose ; the ribs are rugose
and end in a slight bead near the dorsal line, which is narrow and
deep. The back of the shell is mottled with reddish-brown dots,
which in some specimens are more crowded, where the spots are
placed in the other variety. It may probably prove a species.

Lamarck and Defrance observe, that they have found at Turin
and Angers, a fossil shell which exactly agrees with this in form
and size.

[To be concluded in our next. ] fo7

Art. XXXVII. Observations on the Fishes contained in
the Collection of the Zoological Society. By E. T.
Bennett, Esq., F.L.S., &c.

Havine recently been engaged, in conjunction with Mr. Vigors,
in an examination of the Fishes contained in the collection of the
Zoological Society, we discovered among them many species
which have remained hitherto unnoticed by writers on Ichthyo-
logy. The more interesting of these I propose to describe in the.
successive numbers of the Zoological Journal. On the present
occasion my attention will be directed to two new species of the

2az2

372 Mr. Bennett’s Observations on Fishes.

genus 4ntennarius of Commerson’s manuscripts, (a group sepa+
rated from the Lophius, L., chiefly on account of the body being
compressed laterally, instead of being depressed from above down-
wards,) and toa single species of the genus Perca, La Cep.

Before, however, I proceed to the descriptions, I may be allowed
to offer a few observations on the position assigned by M. Cuvier
to the Linnean group, of which the former genus forms a part.
In his Régne Animal distribué d’aprés son Organisation,” he has
placed these Cartilaginous Fishes among his Potssons Osseua ;
these Fishes, which have no external opercula, and merely a sim-
ple opening leading to the branchie, at the termination of the
second section of his Perches, a family especially remarkable for
the great developement of the opercula. Two the opercula of the
Perches the vis formatrix, to use an old expression, appears to
have been directed with its utmost energy; not only are they
dentate and spinous at their edges, frequently to a very conside~
rable degree, but in several of the genera they are even made
horrible by the strong processes and projections which occupy the
whole of their surface. A more incongruous situation could
scarcely have been selected for fishes, in which these appendages
to the respiratory organs are entirely concealed, and in which the
very opening that leads to them cannot be detected without difli-
culty.

In thus placing them, M. Cuvier was probably misled by
the resemblance borne by the typical Lophii to the Batrachi,
Schn. Their position in his system next to this latter genus, to
which in outward form they approach very nearly, appears to
authorise this supposition. If this was indeed his inducement,
he also has fallen into the very common error of mistaking a rela-
tion of analogy for one of affinity. It is at least more probable
that affinity should be indicated by the consistence of the skele-
ton, and especially by the respiratory organs, than by the mere
depression aud lateral expansion of the head.

At a subsequent period M. Cuvier seems himself to have been
dissatisfied with the situation he had previously assigned to the
Lophii, for, in a Monograph of the Chironectes, or Antennarii,
published in the third volume of the “* Memoires du Muséum,”

Antennarius. 373

he arranges them with his family Godéoides. This new position
appears to be equally untenable with the former: it is open to
the same objections, though that derived from the developement of
the opercula may apply to it with somewhat lessened force. Yet
here also they are associated with fishes possessing a bony skeleton
aud well defined opercula.

Tt cannot fail to be remarked, that M. Cuvier stands alone in
both these views of the natural affinities of Lophius. All previous
systematists, without, I believe, a single exception, have concurred
in placing this genus near Balistes, L. Artedi, Linné, Klein,
Gouan, La Cepéde, and Duméril, disagreeing continually on
other points, accord perfectly on this. The consistence of the
skeleton, and the structure of the respiratory organs, are similar
in both; they differ only in the teeth and in the ventral fins.
The latter, in all the species of Balistes yet known, except one,
are either abortive, or soldered together so as to form a kind of
keel. In one of the species of Anéennarius which Iam about
to describe, the external appearance induces the belief that there
exists a corresponding union of the supports of the ventral fins,
though the fins themselves are distinct. Au additional proof is
thus afforded of the affinity recognised of old. Another may be
pointed out in the striking manner in which the united processes
of the head in the Lophies hérissée and lisse of M. La Cepéde
resemble the anterior dorsal fin of the various species of Balistes,
Cuv. This fact, like the former, has only recently been made
known to science, and cannot consequently have influenced the
opinions of any of the systematic writers above noticed ; but, like
the former, it furnishes a corroboration of the correctness with
which the affinity had been ascertained. Their views were not
founded on the consideration of these secondary particulars, but
by them they are strongly confirmed.

Classis. Pisces.

Ordo. Brancutosreci, Artedi.
Genus. Anrennarius, Comm., M.SS.
Lorutius, (pars,) L.
Loruivus, Duméril.
Curronectes, Cuy.

374 Mr. Bennett’s Observations on Fishes.

1. Unicornis. Ant. scaber: superné pallidé fuscus, maculis
irregularibus strigisque anastomosantibus nigro-fuscis ; inferne
albus, fusco reticulatus: capite albo, rufo marmorato: radio
capitali primo tenuissimo, secundo brevi, cylindrico.

D. 12. P. 11. V.'5. A. 7. C9.

Tab. ix, f. 1.

The body is compressed, somewhat carinate above, and inflated
beneath. Its surface is scabrous. The prevailing colour of the
upper parts is pale fuscous, extensively and irregularly mottled
with blotches and lines of a dark fuscous hue, inclining to black,
intermingled with a few white spots. The under side is white,
irregularly reticulated with fuscous lines, which occasionally
form blotches at their points of union. The fins are coloured and
marked in a similar manner with the parts of the body to which
they adjoin; the caudal one being white at the base and fuscous
at the apex, with occasionally a white sub-apical spot. The head
is white, variegated, especially upon its sides, with large rufous or
flesh-coloured patches, which become sordid on its hinder parts,
and on the beginning of the back. ‘The under jaw corresponds in
colour with the head: the throat is white, with pale fuscous spots
gradually becoming darker as they approach the abdomen; its
sides are marked with fuscous, nearly vertical, lines, which rarely
anastomose with each other.

The mouth is protected by thin lips, which are destitute of
cirrhi. On the nose is a long setaceous filament, which is termi-
nated abruptly ; and immediately behind this is a short, scabrous,
horn, about one-half the length of the filament, which is arti-
culated at its base to the cranium, and is capable of elevation or
depression. The vertex is slightly prominent, and probably be-
comes gibbous at certain periods: to the touch it appears as
though there existed here beneath the skin a bony process, re-
sembling the nasal horn, but entirely imbedded within the integu-
ments.

The dorsal fin projects but slightly, appearing rather like a
continuation of the back, and sloping suddenly down at its caudal
extremity. ‘The other fins are rounded. The extremities of the

Antennarius. 375

rays are all free, though scarcely rigid ; except those of the dor-
sal fin, they are bordered with membrane almost to their tips.

Length 24in. Breadth 13. Length of the horn 14 lin.

Described from two specimens preserved in spirit, in the col-
lection of the Zoological Society; to which they were presented
by R. Barclay, Esq. They came from Madagascar.

The long, setaceous, simple filament, aud the short nasal horn,
at once distinguish this from all the other species except the Chi-
ronectes tuberusus, Cuv. From this it differs sufficiently in co-
lour, the latter being described as pale fulvous, marbled with
griseous, and its dorsal fin being fulvous and unspotted, It is
probable also, that the second ray, or nasal horn, is more free in
the Ant. unicornis than in the Ch. tuberosus, that of the latter
being stated to be ‘¢ assez degagé.”

2. Nitipus. Ant. levis: albidus, vittis irregularibus lobatis
maculisque ferrugineis, punctisque albis: radivrum capitalium
primo brevi, penicilligero, secundo et tertio cirrhosis,

Dw13: P..10. Y.5. As 7 C.°7.

Tab. ix. f. 2.

The body is strongly compressed, and its surface is perfectly
smooth. ‘The prevailing colour is whitish, marked with irregular
brownish-ferruginous vittw, of which the upper commences be-
hind the vertex, and is continued along the back to the centre of
the caudal fin: its margins are lobed, and the superior one is
usually branched, giving off fascia of tie same colour, which tra-
verse the dorsal fin. At its commencement it is frequently united
to a second, equally irregularly margined, viffa, which passes
downwards towards the centre of the anal fin, becoming inter-
rupted towards its termination. A third vitéa, somewhat less
lobed, extends from immediately below the eye to the centre of,
and along, the pectoral fin, On the head the ferruginous spots
are elongated and run together, so as to form an irregular reticula-
tion. A few ferruginous spots occur, independent of the ville,
especially on the fins, where they are paler. ‘There also occur,
particularly on the lower parts of the body, white points and

376 Mr. Bennett’s Observations on Fishes.

specks, approaching to niveous, of various sizes, and in some indi-
viduals very numerous.

The lips are furnished with cirrhi, which are frequently
branched at their extremities. On the upper lip these are chiefly
confined to the centre, immediately above which, at the base of .
the anterior process of the head, is a longer filament, bearing at its
tip a rather large tuft, formed of the extremely numerous and
minute subdivisions of its terminal club. ‘The cirrhi of the lower >
lip extend round the whole of its margin. Similar cirrhi are
continued from the angles of the mouth along the projection
formed by the edge of the lower jaw, and others extend from
its centre along its middle line towards the ventral fins. Behind
these again, the edges of the abdomen are similarly fringed as
far as the anal fin.

On the head are two processes. The first bears at its base the
nasal filament, which it exceeds in length: it is articulated at its
base to the subjacent bone, and is unconfined by membrane : it is
furnished, especially on its sides, and towards its tip, with nu-
merous short, floccose, cirrhi. Behind this, almost on the vertea,
is the second process: it is longer than the preceding one, which
it resembles in its articulation, in its cirrhé, and in their situation,
but is affixed behind to the vertex by a membranous expansion of
the skin, which extends throughout its whole length.

The whole of the fins project considerably from the body. The
supports of the pectoral ones are very long, resembling arms:
those of the ventral appear as though united into a single one,
bearing a strong resemblance to the keel-like process, or single
ventral fin, of the species of Balistes, L. The caudal fin is
rounded.

Length 14 in. Breadth in.

Described from four specimens preserved in spirit, in the col-
lection of the Zoological Society. There is no locality attached
to these. ‘They were purchased in 1823, by Mr. Vigors, at a sale
in Piccadilly, of subjects in Natural History, the greater number
of which were from the Cape of Good Hope. The specimens
before us may be from the same country, but there is no certainty
on the subject. 7)

Perca. 377

I feel some hesitation in describing this species as distinct from
the Chironectes levigatus, Cuv., with which it accords in general
smoothness, in the form and position of the appendages of the
head, and in the arrangement of the cirrhi. The colours are
moreover the same, but their disposition in the Ant. nitidus is so
comparatively regular, and extends so much more over the body,
that I have been induced to characterize it. In a specimen of
the Ant. levigatus, in the collection of the Zoological Society,
the only approach to the vittiform appearance is in the ferruginous
line which passes along the back ; below this, the deeper colour
is irregularly disposed, and exhibits a tendency to run together :
the continued series passing into the anal and pectoral fins, are by
no means to be traced. The examination of a greater number of
individuals might possibly lead to the discovery of intermediate
stages, but that which is figured is at least a strongly marked
variety.

M. Cuvier states that his species is identical with the Lophie
unie of M. Bosc, a fact which he has ascertained by its comparison
with an original specimen presented by that authour to the Muse-
um d’Histoire Naturelle. Without so convincing a proof it would
have been impossible to conceive that a naturalist so eminent
as M. Bosc, could have been guilty of the many palpable errors in
description, that are to be met with in his account of his species.
He describes it as wanting the nasal filament and the cirrhi, and
states that the processes of the head are glabrous: in all these
points he is contradicted by his own specimen. For the only ex-
cuse which can be advanced in his behalf he is indebted to
M. Cuvier, who suspects that he was prevented from examining it
accurately by the smallness. of the individual, which did not ex-
ceed half an inch in length.

Genus. Prrca. La Cepéde.
Perca, (pars). L.

putenEeLLaA. P., lineis longitudinalibus argenteo-cwrulescentibus :
pinnarum dorsalium secunda radiis 13.

378 Mr. Bennett’s Observations on Fishes.

D. 11,13, P.15. V. 4. AZ. C19,

Tab. IX. f. 3.

Iuhabits Sumatra.

The prevailing colour is fuscous, becoming in certain lights
iridescent with golden and pale blue, and marked on each side
by seven or eight silvery lines, which are also iridescent with blue.
The scales of the cheeks and the margins of the opercula are
cerulescent. The membrane of the anterior dorsal fin is dark
fuscous, with a much paler and almost white vita along its middle.
The caudal fin is forked.

The opercula are strongly serrated, and are furnished with a
spine at their upper part. ‘The pra-opercula are finely serrated
along their edges, and have a strong spine at their inferior angles,
A fine serration extends round the orbit, and each of the scales
by which the body is covered is also finely serrated round its
posterior edge.

Length 3 inches; breadth 1 inch.

Described from two specimens preserved in spirit in the
Museum of the Zoological Society. They form part of the ex-
tensive and noble collection formed in Sumatra by the late Presi-
dent, Sir T. Stamford Raffles, and presented by him, with his
characteristic liberality, to the body which gratefully acknow-
ledges him as its founder.

The discrimination of the Perca pulchella from the congenerous
species with which I am acquainted is obvious from its specific
character. The longitudinal direction of the marking is by no
means common in the genus, in which the colours are usually dis-
posed in fascie.

From the information of Lady Raffles it appears that the co
lours of the living fish are peculiarly beautiful. The elegance of
its delicate blue, mingled with the varying tints of gold, and re-
lieved by the silvery lines, causes it to be sought after, in its native
country, as an ornament of the boudoir or of the conservatory ;
where it is kept in globes, in a manner similar to that in which
Gold-fishes are preserved in Europe.

[To be continued. }

Mr. Curtis on Elater noctilucus. 379

Art. XXXVIII. An account of Elater Noctilucus, the
Fire-fly of the West Indies. By Joun Curtis, Esq.
ELS. &c.

By the zeal and enterprize of our countrymen, no nation
perhaps ever enjoyed greater advantages than our own in the
possession of valuable materials in Natural History, whether we
regard their variety or the distant sources from whence they have
been drawn; and in no branch of science have these advantages
been more manifest than in Entomology. This department admits
of more easy and perfect investigation than many others, from its
objects generally retaining their form and colour after death ;
although there are some whose beauty fades, and others whose
natural figure is impaired, by the extinction of life. It is there-
fore a fortunate circumstance when naturalists have an opportunity
of seeing in a living state those objects whose characters are eva-
nescent, as they are thereby enabled te avoid error and mis-
representations.

The following attempt to elucidate the history and ceconomy of
an Insect that has long been celebrated abroad for its striking
qualities, and which seldom fails to attract the attention of Euro-
peans, will not, I trust, prove unacceptable. For the opportunity
of making the following remarks I must express my obligations to
my friend John Campbell Lees, Esq., F.1L-S., to whose kindness
I am indebted for living specimens of the Insect, as well as for the
most valuable of my observations.

Order. Coxroprera.
Family. Exareriprs, Latr. Enatrertna, Leach.
Genus. Exarer, Linneus, &c.

Nocritucus. E. thoracis lateribus maculé flava glabra. Linn.,
Syst. Nat., v. 2, p. 651, n. 4. De Geer, Ins. vy. 4, p. 160, 2.
Tab. 18, f. 1. Oliv., Ent. v. 2. gen. 31, p. 15, n. 13. Tab.
2, f. 14a.

Length from 13 to 17 lines.

Desc. Dull castaneous, thickly and minutely punctuated, and

380 Mr. Curtis on Elater noctilucus.

covered with a brownish ochreous pubescence. Antenne shorter
than the thorax, with the fourth and following joints serrated ;
the terminal one mucronated, giving it the appearance ofa twelfth
joint. ead piceous, concave between the eyes, which are very
smooth and shining. T'horax quadrate, piceous, anterior angles
rounded, posterior acuminated ; two fovee towards the centre,
and a convex, horny, transparent, spot on each side near the pos-
terior angles; straw-coloured when alive, and emitting light ;
becoming dull after death. Coleoptra elliptic, attenuated. Scu-
tellum ovate. Elytra with vine punctured stria on each. Wings
ample. Legs rather short.

The luminous Elaters, of which there are sixteen species enu-
merated by Schénherr, appear to be confined to the New World,
and the greater portion of them to Brazil.*

Mr. Lees having been struck with the beauty of the Fire-fly on
his arrival in the West Indies, and becoming desirous to keep
them alive, made several attempts during his residence at the
Bahamas ; but was unable to succeed in his object, until he learned
from a Lady, that the cage containing the Insects should be daily
immersed in cold water. This is rendered necessary from their
natural habitation being in swampy meadows, where during the
day they probably lie concealed in the wet herbage. Perhaps
the introduction of damp moss into the cage, (which ought to be
made of wood and not glued together,) might be more natural
and salutary to the Insects. The Elaters feed upon the sugar-
cane, and should the larve do so likewise, which is more than
probable from their being Xylophagous, they must do incredible
mischief to the Planter, as they are produced in abundance in the
West Indian Islands, and are very generally distributed over
them. Mr. Lees having taken some sugar-cane to sea with him
to feed the Beetles upon, he observed that they readily broke the

* Mr. G. Charlwood, F.L.S., informs me, that having been cast away whilst
lying off Egg Harbour, New Jersey, and being compelled to remain out all
night, he saw the Fire-fly, (which he is confident was an Elater, and he
thinks our species,) flying about from 11 o’clock at night to sun-rise, giving a
beautiful light ; and I was surprised to learn that he had seen them at another
time so far north as Boston,

Mr. Curtis on Elater noctilucus. 58h

wood away with their mandibles, to obtain the saccharine matter
on which they fed; and after his stock was consumed, he gave
them brown sugar, by which means they were kept alive the
whole of their voyage, from June to the middie of September.

Elater noctilucus, like the rest of the genus, (of which we
have in this country between fifty and sixty species,) is enabled by
the thoracic process to gain its feet by a spring when laid on its
back ; but it has not the muscular power that many of the smaller
ones have, and is therefore not able to leap more than three or
four times its own Jength. The brilliant light, which emanates
from a convex spot on each side of the thorax, shines forth or is
extinguished at the will of the animal. ‘The power of the light,
when excited by the breath or by friction, was so great, that car-
rying it along the lines of a book I could distinctiy read them,
and applying it to my watch, I could without difficulty ascertain
the hour.

The insect when roused and in perfect vigour seems to be com-
pletely saturated with this luminous secretion, since the back,
when the elytra and wings are expanded, has a phosphoric appear-
ance, and there is a strong light at the base of the abdomen where
the posterior coxe are attached, which being apparent only in
some, I thought might be peculiar to one sex, but its absence was
more probably caused by the languid state of the animal. The
light is far more beautiful in colour, and greater in power, than
the mild secretion of the Glow-worm, (Lampyris noctiluca,) and
the substance, if removed from the beetle immediately after death,
will remain luminous, like phosphorus, on the object upon which
it is placed.

I have to regret that these Insects arrived at a period when the
meetings of the Linnean Society were suspended, and very few
Naturalists were in town who could partake of the tropical treat
which the exertions and kindness of Mr. Lees had prepared for
them ; for the weather becoming suddenly cold they soon shewed
symptoms of languor, and died in a few days.

It is to be hoped that others will be induced to bring these
Insects over alive earlier in the season; for there can be little
doubt that they wouid live through a warm summer in this climate.

382 Life of Sir Stamford Raffles.

I do not despair therefore of seeing our fair country-women at
home, as well as abroad, employing these living Gems to add to
the splendour of their attire. At the Havannah they are collected
and sold for ornamenting the Ladies’ head dresses at evening par-
ties, when they are, I understand, generally confined under gauze
which covers the head, and from amongst the ringlets of hair these
terrestrial stars shine forth with all their beauty.

Arr. XXXEX. Some account of the Life and Writings,
and Contributions to Science, of the late Sin Tuomas
StamForpD Rarruiss, Kut., F.R.S., S.A. & L.S., &e. 5
successively Lieutenant-Governor of Java and its depen-
dencies, and of Fort Marlborough, Singapore, and the
British Possessions in Sumatra: Founper AND PREstI-
DENT OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

By B. W. Brayuey, Jun., A.L.S., & M. Zoot. Soe.

{ Continued from p. 48.]

Tue official transactions of the subject of this memoir, in every
situation he filled, were such as may be contemplated with much
pleasure, even by those persons who do not take any particular
interest in the concerns of civil or political government, and whose
attention is principally directed to a more elevated range of sub-
jects connected with intellectual pursuits, and the progressive
mental improvement of the human race. This peculiarity arises —
from the marked sagacity, the benevolent regard to the best
interests of mankind, the grandeur of conception and the acuteness
of discernment, which these transactions display, and the corres-
ponding tone of mind they induce upon the reader. They claim
in the highest degree the attention of that class of the British
public, the members of which regard, with an anxious and a vigi-
lant eye, the mighty revolution now undergoing by all human

His administration in Java. 383

affairs, especially those immediately connected with the free and
unchecked pursuit of knowledge; and who take an active part in
effecting or advocating the changes and improvements, which this
revolution demands, and will inevitably create. To place the lives
and liberties of the people he governed in that security, and to
surround them with those comforts, which every individual of the
human species has a right to enjoy; and after having thus pre-
pared the ground for moral amelioration, to communicate to them
freely every species of knowledge, in order that their minds, en-
lightened to discern their own real character, might be induced
to reject whatever they saw to be of baneful tendency, and to
cherish or adopt whatever might lead to virtue and true happi-
ness ;—such were the objects,—all pursued with due regard to
the interests of his country and his more immediate employers,
which Governor Raffles designed to accomplish, in all his mea-
sures of internal polity. And his measures of foreign intercourse
embraced every disposition of affairs necessary for the protection
and support of the principles and line of conduct he thus pursued
in his home-administration. He adopted, above all, as a guiding
principle of government, that of regarding every colony as an in-
tegrant though distant province of the mother-country ; and con-
sequently of admitting the native inhabitants, as well as the co-
lonists, to all the privileges enjoyed by the people of the mother-
country ; so far as might be consistent with their difference in
situation and character.

In agreement with these general views, and in conformity with
the wise and benevolent designs of his revered patron the Earl of
Minto, the leading features of Mr. Raflles’s administration in Java,
were the thorough and complete reform of the abuses permitted
and even sanctioned hy the former Dutch government, and the
gradual but effectual improvement of the varied and extensive
population subject to his authority. Having in his earlier ap-
pointments and residence in the Malayan countries, as already
mentioned, become acquainted with the peculiarities of the Ma-
layan character, and the elevation of which it appeared susceptible,
he aimed at no inferior an atchievement, on assuming the govern-
ment of this island, than the complete reformation of the Malays,

384 Life of Sir Stamford: Rafiles.

as subjects of European authority ; by the abrogation of some of
the worst principles and practices that could deform society, and
the introduction of means of moral and intellectual advancement,
before unknown, or if known long neglected, in this interesting
part of the world.

The principal transactions of the British government in Java,
under Mr. Rafiles, which we shall proceed briefly to review, as
the direct results of his energy and talents for his station, are the
following: the total change effected in the revenual concerns of
the colony, with the scientific survey of the island and statistical
examination of its resources, subservient to that change; the pro-
mulgation of a code of judicial regulations founded on the princi-
ples of the British constitution, but adapted to the state of society
and the peculiar native institutions in Java; the measures taken
with the view of securing for Great Britain a paramount influence
in the Eastern seas; and the means adopted in order to obtain a
direct commercial intercourse between the British colonies and
the Empire of Japan, as a preliminary provision for the transfer of
the Tea-trade to that country, in the possible and by some antici-
pated event of our exclusion from the ports of China, With the
sketch of these measures, will be interwoven an account of the
patronage afforded to the scientific investigation of the island, and
the means taken to promote it, in addition to those already ad-
verted to in the history of the Batavian Society, with respect as
well to its physical structure and natural productions, as to its
antiquities and ancient history ; and a review of the contributions
to knowledge thus effected by Mr. Rafiles or his agents and friends.

The political and civil measures above alluded to were re-
markably successful, so far as the Supreme Government of India
allowed them to be pursued. The utmost energy and decision of
character, however, were called for in effecting them, ‘on account
of the strenuous and persevering opposition they received, for the
space of two years, apparently through a total difference of politi-
cal views, from the late Major-General Sir R. Rollo Gillespie,—
an officer of high military character, who was associated with Mr.
Rafiles in the government, during that period, as Commander-in-
Chief,—and also from two other members of the Council. That

Financial Condition of Java. 385

some of Mr. R.’s exertions should have been thus opposed, during
their progress, by his immediate coadjutors, and that others should
have been considered as of doubtful policy by his superiors, will
not occasion surprise in the minds of those who possess any know-
ledge of human nature and the concerns of public life. To such,
on the contrary, it will prove matter of admiration, that so young
a man, exposed, on account of his very youth alone, to an unusual
share of jealous competition, should have planned and executed
measures in general so unexceptionable and so successful, whilst
at the head of an administration necessarily invested with exten-
sive powers and wide discretion, for the regulation of a colony,
the affairs of which had been for many years in a very deranged
condition, and which was surrounded by native governments of
depraved character. All these measures, too, it must be observed,
were such as reflected honour on the character of Mr. Raffles, as
aman and a public officer, if even it be true that some of them
were defective in policy, as indifferently adapted to the existing
state of affairs in our Indian government, and the ostensible views
of the East-India Company.

On becoming Lieutenant-Governor of Java, Mr. Rafiles quickly
discerned that an entire renovation of the economy of the former
government would be necessary, to form a basis for his ulterior
designs.

The principal source of revenue in the colonies of the Eastern
Archipelago, whilst subject to the Dutch, prior to the capture of
Java, in 1811, was the monopoly by the government of the grain
and other produce of the land; which the cultivators were re-
quired to deliver, at an arbitrary and always inadequate rate, and
which was afterwards dealt out to the consumers, at a far higher
rate. The whole body of the people, therefore, depended upon
the government for their very subsistence. The principle of en-
couraging industry in the cultivation and general improvement of
the country, by creating an interest in the effort and the fruits
of that industry, was wholly unknown. The manner in which
this revenue in kind should be collected, was left to the discretion
of the Regent, or chief native authority in each district; the
cultivators having no security against oppressive requirements, be-

Vor. III. 2B

386 Life of Sir Stamford Raffles.

yond the claims of custom and usage ; and though it was pre-
scribed by custom, that a certain portion only of each crop should
be. rendered-up, no positive means existed with the cultivators, of
preventing a greater levy. ‘The power and the interest of autho-
rity was successfully exerted to stifle all complaints; whilst the
peasantry, though suffering the greatest injustice, despairing of
relief, would endure almost every privation, rather than quit the
land that had been tilled by their forefathers, to which they were
attached by the strongest ties of habit, of social affection, and of
religious veneration.

Feudal service in its most unmitigated and desolating form,
was another of the grievances and oppressions under which the
natives of this ill-fated country groaned. No means were provided
for obtaining a direct controul over the demands for labour, which
were consequently unlimited. The public officers of the Dutch
government universally required the services of the people without
regular hire: the native chiefs subordinate to them, pursued the
same system; no check upon this system existed ; and thus the
energies of the people were crushed, and their labour frittered
away, becoming productive neither to themselves nor to the
state. They were reduced, in fact, to the lowest degree of vassal-+
age and subjection.

The gradual defalcation of revenue was the inevitable conse-
quence of this complicated state of disorder; whilst additional
pressure was occasioned by the failure of external commerce,
during the decline of the Dutch East-India Company. The go-
vernment, forced to look within itself for relief, discovered its
embarassments to be daily augmenting; and as the practice of
measures inherently dishonest, though under a legal and regu-
lated form, imperceptibly familiarizes the mind with the idea of ins
vading the rights and property of others in a more palpable shape,
so the funds of public societies were now appropriated to the govern-
ment-treasury, and the next step, of course, was to obtain the pri-
vate property of individuals, for the same purpose, by forced loans.
An arbitrary increase of paper-currency was issued, to provide for
the daily expenses of the state, and this proving inadequate to
defray them, the government was compelled to deliver a propor-

Reforms in the Collection of the Revenue. 387

tion of colonial produce, fh payment to the officers of its various
establishments; or, to use the forcible terms of Sir Stamford Rafiles,
** to pawn the produce in store to satisfy the current demands
upon the public treasury.” *

Such was the financial condition of this colony, when Mr.
Raflles succeeded to its government.

The important political arrangements, however, he made with
the native princes, and the confidence that was early reposed in
the British Government, enabled him to effect the introduction
of an important system of internal management, and the establish-
ment of a land-rental on fixed principles. A complete reform of
the vicious mode of collecting revenue already briefly described,
and a fundamental change in the entire system of landed property —
and tenure, had beer enjoined by the Earl of Minto, previously
to his departure from the island. And no time was lost by the
Governor, in instituting the local inquiries and obtaining the de-
tailed information, without which the safety as well as the success
of the measure would have been problematical. Its justice and
its practicability were accordingly made the objects of considera-
tion, in a commission appointed for the purpose, under the gui-
dance of Lieut. Colone! C. Mackenzie, of the Madras Establish-
ment, afterwards Surveyor-General of India. By this commission
and its agents statistical inquiries were instituted in every district,
and the most detailed information collected respecting every de-
partment of affairs relating to the subject ; embracing the exist-
ing state of the country, its population and resources, and the
conduct of the European and native administrations. A general
survey was made of nearly the whole island, and detailed surveys
were also made of the lands attached to each village and cultiva-
tor ; a scientific map of Java being for the first time constructed,
and a body of statistics, probably more complete than we possess
regarding any other part of India, collected and arranged, as well
for the present use of the government as for historical refeveace in
future. After the mature inquiry thus effected, and the extensive
series of data thus obtained, no obstacle appeared to exist, either

* ‘* Statement of the services of Sir Stamford Raffles: London, 1824.” P-
9—11. ;
232

388 Life of Sir Stamford Rafiles.

in the laws or the usages of the country, to the interference of
government, in regulating the condition of the Javan peasantry ;
aud Mr. Raffles resolved, therefore, that it should take into its
own hands the managemeut of that share of the land-produce
which was allowed to be its due, and protect the cultivator in the
enjoyment and free disposal of the remainder. The undue power
of the chiefs was to be removed, and, so far as they had a claim
for support, founded either on former services, or on the depriva-
tion of expected employment, they were to be remunerated in
a different manner. The lands, after being surveyed and their
crops estimated, were to be parcelled-out among the inhabitants
of the villages, in the proportions established by custom or recom~
mended by expediency. Contracts were to be entered into with
each individual cultivator, who was to become the tenant of go-
vernment ; and leases, specifying the extent and the situation of
their land, together with the conditions of their tenure, were to
be granted for one year, or for two or three years, with a view to
permanence, if the arrangement should be found, at the end of
the stipulated term, to combine the interest of the public revenue
with the welfare and increasing prosperity of the occupant. Room
was thus left for a new adjustment, a reduction of rate, or any
other change in the system which the result of the provisional ar-
rangement might render necessary, in order to adapt the system
better to the interests and wishes of the people, without prejudice
to the rights of government.

In regarding the condition of the peasantry, and in estimating
the fertility of the soil, the wants of the people, and the propor-
tion of produce and industry they were formerly accustomed to
contribute towards supporting the establishments of government,
it was deemed reasonable to commute all former burdens into a
land-reut on a fixed principle; from one-fourth to one-half of the
estimated produce being required by the government, according
to the respective value of the lands, which depended on the com-
pavative facility that existed of fertilizing them by irrigation.*

After having deliberately considered his design for two years,

* History of Java, vol. I. p. 155—158.

External Policy of his Government. 389

a preliminary settlement of land was made by Mr. Rafiles, accord-
ing to the proposed system of which we have just delineated an
outline. This was effected gradually, with strict attention to the
rights of all classes of the Javan community; and in the actual
execution of the plan, the existing institutions of the island were
wisely left essentially intact, and merely suffered a slight change
of form, in their adaptation to the new order of things. Most of
the chiefs, for example, were not only allowed an equivalent for
their former income; but they were also employed in services
allied to their former duties ;—the collection of the revenue, and
the superintendance of the police. The cultivator having acquired
rights which the chief could not violate,—hoiding in his possession
a lease stating the conditions on which he cultivated his farm, and
which could not be infringed with impunity,—no evil could result
from employing the chiefs in collecting the revenue of districts ;
whilst, from their practical knowledge of the habits and individual
concerns of the peasantry, of the nature of the seasons and the
crops, they were the fittest persons for the office. For these ser-
vices it seemed most expedient to remunerate them, either by an
allowance of a certain per-centage on their collections, or by allot-
ing to them portions of land rent-free. The native village con-
stitution, the higher estates of which consisted of the chief, his
assistant, another officer, and the priest, was preserved inviolate ;
and the chiefs, in many instances elected by the free-will of the
villagers, were invariably continued in office as the immediate col-
lectors of the rents, with sufficient authority to preserve the police,
and adjust the petty disputes that might arise within the village ;
the government scrupulously avoiding all unnecessary interference
in the customs, usages, or details of these societies.*

While this interesting and philanthropic measure of internal
administration was in preparation and in progress, Mr. Raffles was
engaged, as a principal design of foreign policy, in contemplating
and partially executing arrangements, the object of which was the
permanent retention, by the British natin, of a political influence
throughout the Eastern Archipelago. ‘These measures also were

* Hist. of Java, p. 157,

390 Life of Sir Stamford Raffles.

in perfect agreement with the views of Lord Minto; and their
immediate importance consisted in the necessity of preserving what
may be termed the police of the Eastern Seas, infested, from time
immemorial, by the pirate-vessels of many Malayan states. The
security of commerce with Java itself, together with the general
maritime and commercial interests of Great Britain and of the
East-India Company in these seas, was consequently involved in
the object thus held in view by the Governor of Java.

When this island and its immediate dependencies first became
subject to the British crown, it was the intention of Lord Minto
that the Moluccas or Spice-islands should revert to their former
connexion with and dependence upon the superior residency of
Batavia, in which the same controul over the Archipelago would
then have been vested, as it exercised during the flourishing times
of the Dutch government of these colonies. This intention was
not accomplished ; but Mr. Raffles considered himself warranted
by his instructions, in assuming the authority and influence of the
British Government in the surrounding seas. With these views he
adopted measures with reference to the great and important island
of Borneo, for the purpose of opening its ports to general com-
merce, and finally establishing his country’s influence in the island,
so far as might be necessary for securing that object. In 1813,
the Sultan of Pontiana, one of the Bornean states, solicited the
protection of a British garrison, against the incursions of the pirates
of Sambas, another native state in Borneo. The protection desired
was immediately granted him; and an expedition against Sambas
in the preceding year having failed, a new one was now under-
taken, with the assistance of the Sultan, which proved completely
successful, the fort at Sambas being carried by storm, and the
Rajah compelled to retire into the interior of his dominions. In
the following year, 1814, a similar expedition was dispatched
against the Rajah of Bony, in Celebes, who had betrayed designs
inimical to the British Government, and it was attended with simi-
lar success.

Whilst the Earl of Minto continued at the head of the Supreme
Government in Bengal, the connections and authority thus estab-
lished by Mr. Rafiles in the Archipelagian seas, were sanctioned

Encouragement afforded by him to Natural History. 391

by the approval of the Governor-General in Council. But on the
arrival in India of the late Marquis of Hastings, then Earl of Moira,
a different view of this subject, it would appear, was taken by the
Supreme Government, and Mr. Raffles was directed to confine the
jurisdiction of the Colonial Government to the island of Java and
its immediate dependencies. The order was of course obeyed, but
with the regret of the Governor of Java, who foresaw that many in-
jurious consequences might result from it to the existing weight and
dignity of the British Government in these seas, and to any influ-
ence or commercial connexion in them, which it might be con-
sidered advisable to retain, or to establish in them at a future
period.*

The happy results to the progress of Natural History of Mr.
Rafiles’s governtnent in Java, on account especially of their influ-
ence on the renewed vigour with which zoological science has
within these few years been cultivated in our own country, now
claim our attention and review. From the expiration of the first
century after the Indian islands had become known to Europeans,
down to the beginning of the present century, few additions had
been made in them to any branch of Natural History, if even we
include those contained in the earlier transactions of the Batavian
Society. But the investigation of these interesting countries has
since furnished some of the most important contributions which
the sciences of Botany and Zoology have ever received. This in-
vestigation appears to have been commenced, and it was pursued
with great ardour and success, by that meritorious naturalist Dr.
Horsfield, who is stiil engaged in giving to the public the results

* At this critical juncture of affairs among the European powers, as well as
in their foreign dependencies, the entire sway over the Indian isles, with all
the commercial advantages derivable from it, appears to have been within the
just and honourable attainment of Great Britain. With Borneo, for example,
“The Dutch, previous to the conquest of Java, had relinquished all title to
interfere; and had it been an object with the British Government, the command
of the whole of that great island was placed entirely at our disposal. By recent
accounts, it appears that the Dutch, fully appreciating the vast and productive
field which Borneo presents, have established themselves throughout that
island.” Statement, &c.” De iF.

392 Life of Sir Stamford Raffles.

of his researches in Java. He arrived on the island with the inten- _
tion of practising as a physician, about the year 1802; but after
having been proposed to the High Regency, or Dutch Colonial
Government, as a proper person to institute a scientific examination
of the country, he was authorised to prosecute his botanical re-
searches under the sanction of the government. He made several
excursions into different parts of the island, and at length estab-
lished himself at Surakarta, the capital of one of the native pro-
vinces, with the view of forming a Flora Javana; forwarding re-
ports of his progress, from time to time, to the Batavian Society,
together with collections of plants, and accounts of his discoveries
in various departments of Natural History.

He collected about two thousand species of plants, which are
now deposited in the Museum of the East-India Company ; and
the more remarkable new or imperfectly known of which will
shortly be described by Mr. R. Brown, a naturalist whose peculiar
qualifications for investigating their characters and affinities, and
illustrating from them those departments of Botany to which they
may more immediately relate, ensure the happiest results to the
science, derivable from such a collection. In a paper hereafter to
be noticed, Dr. Horsfield has himself described, for the first time,
sixty Javan plants possessing medicinal properties, several of which
would probably form valuable articles in general practice.

The Botany and the Materia Medica of Java formed, for several
years, the principal objects of Dr. Horsfield’s pursuit; ** but as
numerous insects were constantly occurring to him during his
botanical excursions, he was naturally and almost imperceptibly
led to the collection of these beautiful and interesting animals. Like
most other entomologists, he commenced his career in the science
by paying attention to Lepidopterous insects, to the collection of
which he was the more induced by their great abundance in cer-
tain districts, during the latter part of the rainy season.”* Some
of the most important and curious mammiferous animals and birds,
either discovered or first described with precision by Dr. Horsfield,
were also collected by him during the early part of his residence
on the islaud. This was the case with two interesting species

* Annulosa Javanica, Preface, p. v.

Dr. Horsfield’s Researches in Java. 393

of Squirrel, described in his ** Zoological Researches in Java,”
the Sciurus Plantani and S. insignis ; and also with the Bangsring
of the Javanese, a remarkable animal approaching in certain cha-
racters to the genera Sorex and Mygale among the Insectivorous
Carnivora, but in other characters strikingly resembling the genus
Tarsius in the order Quadrumana, and masked, in addition, by
the external form and appearance of Sciurus, belonging to the
Rodentia. On two other species of this singular form among
Mammalia, as we shall have occasion further to notice in the
sequel, Sir S. Rafiles afterwards founded the genus Tupaia; and
adopting this generic appellation, derived from the Malay name
for the animals, Dr. Horsfield has described the Bangsring under
the name of 7. Javanicu. In the same forests of Blambangan, in
the eastern districts of Java, in which Dr. Horsfield first collected
the T'upaia, he also discovered the Felis J avanensis, a new species
among the smaller animals of that genus, since denominated F’. mi-
nuta by Temminck, by an unnecessary change of name ; together,
in the year 1806, with the Delundung of the natives, now called
by its discoverer Prionodon gracilis, au animal equally interesting
with the Tuwpaia, though in a different branch of mammalogy, as
exhibiting in an approach towards the Viverra@ a deviation of the
genus I’elis from its type, affording the first known link of con-
nexion between the feline tribe and the smaller animals among the
typical groups of the order Carnivora.*

* The history of the progress of inquiry respecting the station in the groups
of Mammifera of this animal, affords an interesting illustration of the important
assistance in the classification of subjects of natural history, to be derived
from the principles advocated in the Hora Entomologice of Mr.W.S. MacLeay.
As we shall find the interference of Mr. Raffles to have been mainly concerned
in securing for British Zoologists the support their late researches and con-
clusions in the most elevated paths of the science have received from Dr.
Horsfield’s labours, both as a collector and a naturalist, it will not be irrele-
vant briefly to relate this history.

Wheu Dr. Horsfield first discovered the Delundung, its dental characters,
lengthened muzzle, slender body, and five toes on its hind feet, appeared to him
to refer it to the genus Viverra, as defined by Gmelin; and under this generic
denomination he mentioned it in a catalogue transmitted to this country in the
year 1812. And in 1819, that zealous cultivator of Indian zoology, General
Mardwicke, influenced, probably, by the same considerations, described it

S94 Life of Sir Stamford Raffles.

In the same year, 1806, Dr. Horsfield obtained his first specimen
of that beautiful species Falco carulescens, the smallest of its race,
previously made known by Edwards, but with which Dr. Horsfield’s
researches have first rendered naturalists familiar; and which,
uniting the characters of the Hawks and the Falcons, has been
erected into the genus Hierax, by Mr. Vigors, as a distinct type of
form. At the same period he discovered the genus Eurylaimus,
forming the immediate connexion, as Mr, Vigors has pointed out,

in a paper afterwards published in the Transactions of the Linnean Society,
under the name of Viverra? Linsang; though it would appear, from the
mark of interrogation, that he was doubtful of its really belonging to that
genus. But when Dr. Horsfield re-examined this animal, preparatory to
describing it in his ** Zoological Researches,” the preponderance of what
appeared to be its natural character, determined him to associate it with the
genus Felis, under the specific appellation of gracilis, derived from its slender
make. At the same time its peculiarities rendered it necessary for him to
construct and define for its reception a distinct section of Felis, for which he
proposed the denomination of Prionodontide, from the distinguishing dental
characters of the animal.

Shortly after this determination, however, the attention of Zoslngiite in
general became directed to Mr. MacLeay’s profound views of natural arrange-
ment, and Dr. Horsfield, when subsequently induced rigorously to re-consider
the Felis gracilis, whilst examining a Javan species of Mangusta, (one of the
modern divisions of the genus Viverra,) guided by the laws Mr. Mac Leay had
developed, arrived at the following conclusions: that the feline animals consti-
tuted one series and the viverrine another series in the animal kingdom; that the
resemblance of the F. gracilis to the Mangusta Javanica and other Viverre was
founded only on relations of analogy, whilst by its relations of affinity it was
associated with the Feles; and finally that this animal must be regarded as
the type of a distinct genus in the family comprising the species of the Linnean
Felis, to which he gave the name of Prionodon; the difficulties which had
occurred in the classification of the animal being thus entirely removed. See
Zool. Res. art. Mangusta Javanica.

Such then has been the progress and result of the inquiry respecting the
station in nature of the Prionodon gracilis; but whilst this animal, it may be
remarked, thus evidently belongs to the family of Felida, it as evidently apper-
tains to a group in that family approximating to the Viverre. And as the cha-
racters of the Felis jubata, Schreb., or Hunting Leopard, exhibit a deviation
from the type of the genus towards the Dogs, (see Zool. Journ. vol: ii. p. 528 3)
combining these facts, we appear to have an indication of part of the succession
of affinities among the Carnivora, in the situation of Felis, Linn., between
Viverra, Gmel., and some of the modern sections of Canis, Linn. :

Dr. Horsfield’s Researches in Java. 395

between the families of Todide and Caprimulgide among the
Fissirostral Insessores ; combining the broad-based bill of the
former with the wide gape of the latter family of Birds.

Having shewn by these instances the importance of Dr. Horsfield’s
early researches in Java, we huve now the grateful duty of record-
ing the means by which their results have become available to
British naturalists, and by which also the subsequent discoveries
and facts made known by their author have been contributed to
the stores of British science. Mr. Raffles, shortly after the con-
quest of the island, became acquainted with Dr. Horsfield and his
pursuits: justly appreciating the utility of such exertions, in a
country the productions of which were nearly unknown to science,
he secured their results for the British nation, by obtaining for
this naturalist the liberal support and patronage of the East-India
Company. In pursuance of the arrangement which was entered
into, part of Dr. Horsfield’s collection of Mammalia, including
specimens of the Sciwrus Plantani, the Tupaia Javanica, the
Mydaus meliceps, &c., and a large collection of Birds, were trans-
mitted to the Court of Directors in 1812, together with a descrip-
tive catalogue in manuscript, in which the new species were par-
ticularly noted. Dr. Horsfield’s plans of research were soon of
course considerably extended, and they were attended with com-
mensurate success.

Mr. Rafiles being now engaged in renovating the Batavian So-
ciety of Arts and Sciences, as already narrated, obtained from Dr.
Horsfield several interesting communications to its ‘* Transac-
tions.” The fabulous history of the Bohun Upas or Poison-tree
of Java, founded ona gross fabrication stated to have been written
by Foersch, a Dutch surgeon at Samarang, which was published
in 1783, is well-known to all who are conversant with the history
of science, as well as to all lovers of the marvellous. The appalling
effects attributed to the poison, its alleged employment in the cruel-
ties of a despotic government, and the emphatic strains in which
its fell powers have been pourtrayed by the genius of Darwin, who
describes, in his ‘ Loves of the Plants,” the spot where

se Fierce in dread silence on the biasted heath
Fell Ueas sits, the Hypra-tree of death,”

396 Life of Sir Stamford Raffles.

have obtained for this romantic story a celebrity in modern times
almost equal to that of the Lernean Hydra, the Chimera, or any
other fiction of Classical Antiquity. A statement of facts amount
ing to a refutation of it had been published in one of the early
volumes of the Batavian Transactions, and the Historian of Sumatra,
Mr. Marsden, had also given a virtual refutation of the fable ; but
the scientific world had so Jong remained under the influence of
the imposition, and the popular opinion in Europe stil} favoured
the delusion so strongly, that it was very desirable to obtain from
a naturalist residing on the spot, the real history of this remark~
able tree, and the poisonous agency of its sap. In compliance with
Mr. Rafiles’s request to this effect, Dr. Horsfield communicated
to the Society a paper detailing the literary history of the Upas
antshar, the tree on the properties of which the romance of Foersch
had been founded, with its botanical characters, the mode of col-
lecting the poison, and a series of experiments upon it instituted
by himself. In this paper is also described the T'shettik, a creep-
ing shrub of Java, which yields a gummy substance still more vio-
lent than the Antshar or any other vegetable or perhaps even
mineral poison, especially when applied to wounds; and a series
of experiments upon it are related, which prove it to be quite
peculiar in its mode of action on the system, and shew the erro+
neous character of M. Delile’s inferences from his previous experi-+
ments on the T'shettik.* .

* Dr. Horsfield’s paper, entitled “* An Essay on the Oopas, or Poison-tree of
Java,” has been reprinted in the Asiatic Journal, vols. i. and ii.; and an
abstract of it will be found in the ** Journal of Science and the Arts,” vol. ii.,
in which Mr. Brodie’s experiments on the poison of the Antshar are also no-
ticed; but as no comparison appears ever to have been instituted between
Mr. Brodie’s investigation and that of Dr. Horsfield, it becomes interesting to
shew that the results obtained by the latter with the anéshar fully confirm the
physiological inductions of the former, as to the mode of action of vegetable
poisons in general.

Mr. Brodie relates four experiments on the poisonous effects of the Antshar,
or Upas antiar, as he denominates it. One of them was performed on a dog,
another on a cat, and two on rabbits. The appearances on dissection are
described in every instance. A portion of the dried poison, supplied by Mr.
Marsden, was made into a thin paste with water, and inserted into a wound
previously made in each animal. After describing the results, Mr. Brodie

Dr. Horsfield’s Researches in Java. 397

Dr. Horsfield communicated to the eighth volume of the Batavian
Transactions, likewise at the instance of the President, several

states that “it appears from these experiments, that the upas antiar, when
inserted into a wound, produces death (as infusion of tobacco does when in-
jected into the intestine) by rendering the heart insensible to the stimulus of
the blood, and stopping the circulation.”,—Phil. Trans. 1811, p. 196—198.

Dr. Horsfield relates seventeen experiments, selected from a larger number:
eight of them were performed on dogs; six others on the Lemur volans, Linn.,
Lutra leptonyx, Horsf., a mouse, a monkey, a cat, and the Javan domestic ox,
respectively ; and three on birds. The appearances on dissection are des-
cribed in eight instances. All but two of the experiments were made with
poison collected by Dr. H. himself, within six years after the period of its
collection; but in most instances with still fresher antshar, and in six cases
with the fresh sap unprepared. The poison was always applied by means of
a pointed dart of bamba, dipped into the fluid antshar, which was suffered
to dry upon it by spontaneous evaporation, (for when used in a fluid state it
adhered to the integuments, and could not be inserted in the wound in suftici-
ent quantity :) with the weapon so prepared, the wound was made and
poisoned at the same time, the integaments however having been previously
divided.—Trans. Bat. Soe., vol. vii, art. 8.

It appears from a comparison of the two series of experiments, that the re-
sults obtained by Dr. Horstield agree in al] essential circumstances with those
described by Mr. Brodie; and therefore confirm the inference which that
physiologist has drawn respecting the mode of action of the poison. The
symptoms and appearances on dissection agree in both, so far as detailed in a
comparable manner; but Dr. Horsfield does not appear to have attended to
the state of the heart while the animal remained alive; which organ Me.
Brodie found to beat feebly and irregularly before respiration was affected.
In Dr. H’s experiments the animals appear in general to have survived the
application of the poison longer than in Mr. Brodie’s, though they were
sooner and more violently affected by it; laborious respiration being in most in-
stances produced, with violent spasms of the pectoral and abdominal muscles,
and in some instances a slight effect on the brain, indicated by drowsiness
aud giddiness. But these apparently contradictory effects are explained by
the circumstances under which the two series of experiments were respectively
made. In Mr. Brodie’s mode of applying the poison, a greater guantity must
have been exposed to absorption by the system, than in Dr. Horsfield’s; whilst
on the other hand the antshar employed by Mr. B., had, in all probability, been
preserved for many years in a dried state, in this country, and would conse-
quently be taken up by the system with less rapidity, and in a less active form,
than the fresh and recently fluid substance used by Dr. Horsfield. The condition
of the poisoned wound, as described by Dr. H. in two or three cases only,
appears to confirm Mr. Brodie’s statement, founded on experiments made with

398 Life of Sir Stamford Radiles.

other memoirs on the Natural History of the island. One of these,
entitled ‘* A short account of the Medicinal Plants of Java,’
comprises the history of the Javan medicinal plants introduced
into the European systems of Materia Medica, of those which are
only mentioned by writers treating exclusively of. Iudian plants,
and of those plants of medicinal utility, discovered or added to
the list by the author himself. Another, communicated to Mr.
Raffles in 1812, is occupied chiefly by an account of the volcanic
ranges of the island, and of the phenomena they present; in-
cluding particulars of the eruption and engulphment of the moun-
tain Papandayang, in 1772, “ an effect of volcanic action,” Dr.
Daubeny has observed, when quoting Dr. Horsfield’s statement,
*‘ which, for its extent, seems to exceed almost any that has been
hitherto noticed.’”’**

When authorised, as just narrated, to pursue his researches on
account of the East-India Company, Dr. Horsfield was established
in an extensive and highly cultivated plain, situated nearly in the
centre of Java, and elevated about 200 feet above the level of the
ocean. Here the collection of insects was carried on with zeal
and perseverance, not only by Dr. Horsfield himself, but by va-
rious native assistants, who had been properly trained for this
purpose. His labours in entomology, as we have noticed, had
commenced with the Lepidoptera, to tne metamorphoses of which
he devoted so much attention, that he has been “ enabled to bring
to the shores of Europe,” Mr. W. 8. MacLeay has remarked, “a
more valuable mass of entomological information, than has ever

the poison from Guiana, called Woorara, that poisons, when applied to wounds,
affect the vital organs, by entering the circulation through the divided blood-
vessels; agreeably to the popular opinion on the subject. And like other
poisons that are very powerful when applied to wounds, the antshar, by Dr. H’s
experiments, is much less active when taken internally.

It has been stated in the text, that Dr. Horsfield’s experiments on the
Tshettik contradict those of M. Delile, which are quoted by Mr. Brodie: room
will not permit us to enter upon the subject here, but Dr. H.’s researches ap-
pear to furnish so interesting an addition to Toxicology, that a separate paper
on them has been drawn up, and will appear in the Philosophical Magazine
for February next.

* Description of Volcanos, p. 316.

Dr. Horsfield’s Researches in Java. 399

hitherto been collected within the tropics.”* His researches
however were soon extended to Annulose animals of every class ;
and his collection, now in the possession of the East-India Com-
pany, and deposited in their Museum, may very fairly be consi-
dered as affording a general view of the entomology of the plain
aboye mentioned, and a kind of typical outline of the entomology
of Java itself. These pursuits were interrupted in 1813, on ac-
count of the mission to the neighbouring island of Banca, with
which, as we shall presently notice, Dr. Horsfield was charged by
the Governor of Java. But early in the year 1815, they were
resumed with renewed energy ; and, during the interval from this
period until that of his finally quitting the island in 1817, the
Coleopterous insects in the collection were principally obtained.
After a visit to Sumatra, in the following year, under circumstances
to which we shall advert in a future section of this memoir, Dr,
Horsfield arrived in England with his collections in the year 1819.

In coacluding this view of the improvements in watural history,
as cultivated in this country, resulting from Mr. Raflles’s appoint-
ment to be Governor of Java, we will briefly notice the contents of
the works in which Dr. Horsfield has described his collections,
as indicative of the extent and importance of the latter. He
made the first report of his labours. to the scientific public in a
paper entitled ‘¢ Systematic arrangement and description of Birds
from the Island of Java,” which was read before the Linnean
Society on April the 18th, 1820, and was published in the thir-
teenth volume of the Society’s Transactions. In this paper are
described all the birds collected by the author in Java, and de-
posited in the East-India Company’s Museum ; a corrected cata-
logue of them has since appeared in his ** Zoological Researches
in Java:” it enumerates 205 species, of which 117 are marked
as new, and among these are twelve new genera, all belonging
to the order Insessores ; viz. Eurylaimus, Horsf., Irena, Horsf.,
Myophonus, Temm., Timalia, Horsf., Iora, Horsf., Brachypterix,
Horsf., Enicurus, Temm., Megalurus, Horsf., Mirafra, Horsf.,
Orthotomus, Horsf., Pomatorhinus, Horsf., and Prinia, Horsf.
The *¢ Zoological Researches” contain detailed descriptions, pic-

* Annulosa Javanica, Preface, p. v, p. vii.

400 Life of Sir Stamford Raffles.

torially illustrated in a splendid manner, of the most interesting
quadrupeds and birds of Java, including the results of the author’s
zoological investigations in Banca. Thirty-seven species of Mam-
malia are described in this work, of which twenty-seven are new ;
and two of them, viz. Tupaia Javanica, and Prionodon gracilis,
are also generically new. From this enumeration some idea may
be derived of the accessions to Zoology afforded by Dr. Horsfield’s
labours, in two departments of the science; whilst the ** Annulosa
Javanica” already published, and the forthcoming “ Lepido-
ptera Javanica,” will afford ample testimony to their value in en-
tomology.

In 1813, as we have had occasion to state already, the cele-
brated island of Banca, which had never been explored by Euro-
peans, became a possession of the British Government. Mr.
Raffles immediately appointed Dr. Horsfield to visit this island in
conjunction with the Resident, as well as the capital of the native
state of Palembang, on the adjacent coast of Sumatra. The exa-
mination and scientific survey of Banca, together with a report
upon it, describing its natural productions in general, and commu-
nicating a particular account of the alluvial deposits of tin-ore
which are so abundantly worked in its plains, with the mode of
working them and of smelting the metal, occupied Dr. Horsfield
during 1813 and 1814; and their results are calculated to excite
great regret that the Island should ever have been alienated from
the British Empire. While resident in Banca, Dr. Horsfield dis~
covered in the extensive forests near Jeboos, one of the mining
districts, the T’arsius Bancanus, one of the only four known spe-
cies of this singular genus of Quadrumana, which is apparently
peculiar to the Kastern Islands.*

* It is proper to state on this subject, that M. Temminck considers the
Tarsius Bancanus to be merely the young of TZ. Daubentonii, of which, he says,
“ les naturalistes ont formé jusqu’ a trois autres espéces purement nominales.””
Mon. de Mammal. Tom. I. Tab. Meth., p. xvi.

[ To be continued. }

Mr. Yarrell on the Osteology of the Fennec. 401

Art. XL. Observations on the Osteology of the Fennec.
By WiiuiaM YarrewL, Esq., F.L.S., &c.

[iy the account of the Fennec which lately appeared in the
Appendix to Colonel Denham’s travels into the interior of Africa,
the zoological department of which had been drawn up by us
conjointly, we had to lament our being unable to ascertain the im-
mediate affinities of the species in consequence of the impossibility
of accurately examining the system of dentition in a set’up spe-
cimen. We scarcely imagined at the time that we should so soon
have had the opportunity, which has since occurred, of supplying
this deficiency. A fine specimen of. the animal was lately pre-
sented * to the Zoological Society, immediately after death, by
which means a complete skeleton as well as a preserved skin was
set up. With the permission of the Society, we submitted the
skull for examination to Mr. Yarrell, than whom no one was more
capable of doing justice to the subject, and whose valuable.col-
lection of skulls, more particularly rich in the genus Canis, gave
him the most ample means of comparison. We beg leave to lay
the result of his examination before our readers ; who, we have
reason to think, will agree with us that all doubts are now re-
moved as to the aflinities of this little animal, aud that it may
be restored to the genus Canis, where it was originally placed by
Bruce.

Joun Gro. Cutipren,

N. A. Vicors. ]

Tue teeth of the Fennec agree in every particular with the den-
tition characteristic of the genus Canis, to which it appears to me
decidedly to belong; the animal being young, the points are more
produced and sharper. The frontal sinus is somewhat less than
the general proportion observed in this family, and the top of the
head has no appearance of the central ridge for the insertion of

* This rare animal was presented to the Society by Mr. Cross of Exeter
Change, together with many other valuable subjects.

Vor. ILI, 2c

402. = Mr. Yarrell on the Osteology of the Fennec.

the upper edge of the temporal muscle so conspicuous in the Canis
Lupus and Lycaon, Vulpes and lagopus. There is a greater de-
velopement of the lateral portions of the parietal bones by which
it obtains a larger volume of brain; the zygomatic arch is more
compressed, and the post orbital portion of the bones forming the
arch is much weaker.

The head compared with those of the most perfect English breed
of dogs more closely resembles that of the Terrier, the Canis Bri-
tannicus of authors,* than any other, but the muzzle in the Fennec
is more pointed. The form of the lower jaw and its condyles also
agrees precisely with the same parts in the dog.

The head of the Fennec however presents another peculiarity
which must not be omitted; the auditory cells in this little animal
are even larger than the same parts in our common Foa, although
the Fennec is two-thirds less than the fox in size. The external
conch is also as large in proportion as these cells, and judging by
analogy it is probable that the fennec possesses the sense of hear-
ing to an extent far beyond that of most other quadrupeds.

To render this more evident, some further explanation may be
necessary. ‘The most perfect organs of hearing may be described
as composed of three distinct portions, each portion containing
several separate parts.

The first, external, consisting of the conch, the canal, and the
membrana tympani ; the third, internal, containing the vestibulum,
semicircular canals, cochlea, &c.; the second part, intermediate
in situation, and connecting the first and third portions, consists
of the ossicula auditus, a connected series of four + very small and
beautifully formed bones, which by their power of communication
transfer the external impressions received upon the membrane of
the tympanum to the internal cells partly occupied by portions
of the auditory nerve.

In quadrupeds generally, the auditory cells are enlarged when
the external conch is small, and vice versa, as the crania of the
Weasel tribe will shew, when compared with those of hares and

* The Canis terrarius of Dr. Caius, so called from the eagerness with which
this species goes to earth.
+ Called the malleus, incus, os orbiculare and stapes.

Rey. L. Guilding on Polybrachionia Linnwana. 403

rabbits. The ossicula auditus are considerably larger and much
more perfectly defined in form in our common Squirrel (Sciurus
vulgaris) than in the Hare (Lepus timidus) notwithstanding the
great disproportion in the size of the two animals; the quantum
of power to collect vibrations of sound, depending on the form
and area of the conch, seems to explain this circumstance satisfac-
torily ; this smaller external part in the squirrel requiring a more
perfect internal construction and communication.

Having stated that the auditory cells in the Fennec were larger
than those of our common J’ox, the ossicula auditus as large in
proportion, and equally perfect in form, and the external conch of
great magnitude, as may be seen in the specimen of this very rare
animal in the Museum of the Zoological Society which has been
submitted to me for examination, it may be inferred, that its
powers of hearing are commensurate with the extraordinary de-
velopement of each particular part.

The skeleton of the Fennec so closely resembles that of the
_ Dog as to make a particular description unnecessary ; and there is
also one other point of similarity, the pupil of the eye is circular.

WY.

Art. XLI. Observations on the Zoology of the Caribean
Islands. By the Rev. Lanspown Guixpine, B.A.,
FLL. & G.S., M.W.S., &c.

{Continued from Vol. ii. p. 444.)
Radiata Caribeana. (No. 1.).
Familia Porritip”, Guild.
Genus Porysracuronia,* Guild. Porrrra, Lam. &c.

Char. gener.
Corpus orbiculare valdé depressum, ad peripheriam multi-ra-
diatum.

’ .
* Nomen a woAvs numerosus, et Peayiwy brachium.

Be 2

AOA Rey. L. Guilding on the Zoology of

Sustentaculum+ dorsale, cartilagineum, nudum, complanatum,
rotundum, radiatum, concentricé striatum.

Pallium angustum, liberum, sustentaculum cingens.

Brachia numerosa, parallela, longitudine varia, elongata, subtis
affixa, mox declinanda ad predam captandam.

Os inferum, centrale, bursiforme, extensile.

Tentacula plurima difformia, suctoria, ventrem totum tegentia.

Ova minutissima, innumera, inter tentacula nidulantia.

Polybrachionia Linneana,

P. sustentaculo lato vitreo; corpore coeruleo; tentaculis pal-
lidis ; brachiis serie triplici glandulosis, glandulis pedunculatis.

Habitat in mari Caribeo, superficie natans tempestate serena,
vel potits fluitans, predam brachiis quibusdam vel omnibus subitd
declinatis amplectens. Brachia facilé abrumpit atterrita.

Animal mire pulchritudinis, tanto nomine dignum.

Diam. pallii, brachiis exclusis, 114 lin.

Det nomen triviale immortalis CaroLus von Linné, Zoologo-
rum et Botanicorum Pater, Dux, Princeps.

4, ©
Expl. tab.

Fig. 1. Animal pronum auctum. 2. Supinum. a, 6, c, Os
formd mutata. d, Ova mag. nat. e, f, Kadem plus minusve aucta.

The old genus Porpita should be restricted to contain those spe-
cies which resemble P. appendiculata of Bosc, which have few and
broader arms. The Medusa Porpita of the “¢ Amenitates Acade-
mice ” seems nothing more than the central disk of some species
deprived of all the organs of the body.

Analecta Zoologica.

I know not whether that invaluable instrument, the Camera Lu-
cida of Dr. Brewster, is often used in England in taking the outline

+ This term may be also applied to the central support of the Cephalopoda
which supplies the place of the vertebra.

the Caribean Islands. A05

of such subjects as can be kept stationary. The draftsman will
find it beyond all praise in sketching the figure of any thing, from
a moderate sized insect to a subject that would require an atlas
sheet, and he will give an aceuracy not to be obtained by the
unassisted hand without abundant labour. In tracing the outline
of shells, a square bit of soft deal and a long fork stuck upright on
it should be always at hand ; a lump of common bees-wax pressed
against the handle will serve to hold even heavy shells, without
injuring the most delicate. This simple instrament is easily turned,
or moved to a greater distance, for altering the diameter or profile
of the figure, which can be finished under the naked eye with all
its minute details,

We used to wonder how those islands, which owe their origin
to volcanic convulsions, or have sprung from the bosom of the
ocean built on reefs of corals, could become peopled with the
countless animals which they now support ; especially with insects,
those delicate and frail beings, which would perish in the sea, as
it was formerly supposed, iu their flights from distant lands. The
observations which have been made of late, and recorded by.
Messrs. Kirby and Spence, have set the matter at rest: and I am
able now to add a little to the list of migrating insects.

1. A specimen of Acherontia (Sphinx) Atropos flew on board
the Chieftain of London, on her last voyage to the West Indies,
when at least a thousand miles from the nearest land of the Westera
Islands, and was secured by the captain.

2. <A few weeks since, Erebus sirix, a moth equalling in size
the Bats of Europe, lighted on the deck of a smail vessel of this
port, about twelve miles to the eastward of St. Vineent, which had
doubtless been blown off the land of Demerara, where it is found,
and carried to us by a strong current of the atmosphere. It now
stands in my cabinet a fine and perfect specimen of this giant
species.

3. <A species of Colias was lately sent me from Trinidad, which
was observed in a continued flight of thousands, traversing that
island from west to east: they were also observed at sea in the
neighbouring gulf,

A06 Rey. L. Guilding on the Zoology of

A single tree, washed down the Oronoko by the torrents of that
mighty river, might easily transport numerous species of Coleoptera
under the bark, and in the labyrinths of the trunk, and when
washed on shore would soon people the neighbouring woods.

It is worthy of being recorded, that a noble specimen of the
Boa constrictor was lately conveyed to us by the currents, twisted
round the trunk of a large sound cedar tree, which had probably
been washed out of the bank by the floods of some great South
American river, while its huge folds hung on the branches, as it
waited for its prey. The monster was fortunately destroyed after
killing a few sheep, and his skeleton now hangs before me in my
study, putting me in mind how much reason I might have had to
fear in my future rambles through the forests of St. Vincent, had
this formidable reptile been a pregnant female, and escaped to a
safe retreat.

The Crustaceologist does not seem to have accounted for the
spurious legs, as he unjustly calls them, in many genera of Crabs,
which appear in the works of European authours. I once ima-
gined that they were solely connected with the oviposition of those
curious beings, and in Lithodes arctica and the Porcellane (which
so beautifully connect the short-tailed with the long-tailed deca
pod Crustacea) from their weakness and position they perhaps
serve no other purpose. In the Dromie however, and some other
genera, they are quite dorsal, and wonderfully adapted to the pur«
pose to which they are applied, that of holding their house upon
their back, as the spurious posterior legs of the Paguri cling to
the deserted shells they have seized for their retreat. I have
lately captured several specimens of these dorsipedous Dromie
having on their back houses of sponge, excavated and fitted to
their shapes, under which they lie concealed while their prey ap~
proaches. In one species the house was inimitably cut, having
loop-holes for the eyes, aud ridges on which the dorsal legs were
fixed, The sponge does not lose its vitality, though it is probably
cut and modelled by the crab; a circumstance which would assist
it in deceiving the animals on which it feeds, I have observed
some Crabs to retreat for shelter among the countless sucterious,

—— a

the Caribeau-tslands. A0T

tentacula of radiated animals, where they seemed to be well re-
ceived. Probably, like the Pinnotheres, they are mutually ser-
viceable in the capture of food.

It may be useful in this place to caution the collectors of Cruse
tacea against killing the specimens they procure too suddenly ;
the marine species should be allowed to die quietly in a little sea
water exposed to the sun. If thrown into spirit, they commonly
cast off their arms or legs. The colour of the ova, the eyes, and
crust should be noted down, or it wiil be unsafe to describe from
specimens dried or changed by spirit. When this cannot be done,
uncoloured figures are infinitely preferable, from the perishable
colouring of Crabs. If it be thought advisable to preserve one
specimen of each species accurately extended, the antenne may
be fastened with weak gum-water to long strips of card fora week,
from which they are easily loosened by hot water. The larger
Crabs should be perforated in the sides of the abdomen and arms
for the removal of as much flesh as possible, and the cavities well
washed out with a solution of arsenic in alcohol, ‘The long-tailed
Decapoda are easily cleaned by cutting off the tail, which may be
glued on when dry. When pins are used for fastening specimens,
the thickest are to be preferred, as they too soon correde when
the specimens have not been soaked a little in spirit.

Mr. Stephens, in the family of Hirundinidew, described in his
supplement to the continuation of Shaw’s Zoology, has separated
under the generic title of Chatura, a group of birds which I had
named Acanihura in my cabinet. He has however not been for-
tunate in separating it from Cypselus, by the intervention of the
genus Hirundo, to which it is less nearly allied than to the Swifts.
With these, they have elongate wings, the same scream, the same
bold rapid flight, and general habits. H. acuta of Stephens may
stand as the type. We have one species abundant here, but with
whose nidification I am not acquainted : it probably builds in our
inaccessible precipices. The strong tail-feathers with their spu-
rious naked termination may probably be useful in supporting the

A408 Mr. Broderip on a jossil Jaw from Stonesfield.

animal in the attitude of the Woodpeckers, while er in the
cavities of rocks.

We have but few of this family in St. Vincent: among them is
a Swallow which roosts, and I believe builds, in the rock of the
sea shore. It is curious to observe this bird in calm weather
skimming patiently along the sea in search of insects, evidently
ignorant of the fact that they are confined to fresh water, and do
not sport on the surface of salt waters.

[ Zo be continued. |

Arr. XLII. Observations on the Jaw of a Fossil Mam-
miferous animal, found in the Stonesfield slate. By W.
J. Broperip, Esq., Sec. G. S., F.L.S., &c.

Some years have elapsed since an ancient stone-mason, living at
Heddington, who used to collect for me, made his appearance in
my rooms at Oxford with two specimens of the lower jaws of
mammiferous animals, imbedded in Stonesfield slate, fresh from
the quarry. At the same time he brought several other very fine
Stonesfield fossils, the result of the same trip. One of the jaws
was purchased by my friend Professor Buckland, who exclaimed
against my retaining both, and the other I lent to him some time
ago. Dr. Buckland’s specimen, which wants incisor and canine
teeth, has been examined by M. Cuvier, and is figured by M.
Prevost as an illustration to his “ Observations sur les schistes
calcaires Oolitiques de Stonesfield en Angleterre,” &c.;* the
other was lost, after the Professor had returned it ; and the loss
was, most unjustly, as I must now acknowledge, attributed to
him. To my no small gratification this specimen has just been
found, and forms the subject of the following sketch.

In the Professor’s ‘‘ Notice on the Megalosaurus, or great fossil
Lizard of Stonesfield,” + the following passage occurs. ‘* The

* Ann. des Sciences Nat. Avr. 1825.
+ Transactions of the Geological Society, vol. I. p. 390. Second series,

Mr. Broderip on a fossil Jaw from Stonesfield. 409

other animals that are found at Stonesfield are not less extraordi-
nary than the Megalosaurus itself. Among the most remarkable
are two portions of the jaw of the Didelphys or Opossum, being
of the size of a small Kangaroo Rat; and belonging to a family
which now exists chiefly in America, Southern Asia, and New
Holland. I refer the fossil in question to this family on the au-
thority of M. Cuvier, who has examined it; and, without the
highest sanction, I should have hesitated to announce such a fact,
as it forms a case hitherto unique in the discoveries of geology :
viz. that of the remains of a land quadruped being found in a
formation subjacent to chalk.”

The learned author of the article * on the Transactions of the
Geological Society of London,” in the 34th vol. of the Quarterly
Review, after referring to this passage, says,* ‘* As this fact is
completely at variance with all preceding observations, it is not
surprising that it has been received with some scepticism. M.
Constant Prevost, who has himself visited Stonesfield, has lately
published a memoir, in which every argument that can be urged
to invalidate Dr. Buckland’s opinion is put forth with great ability
and with a spirit of fairness; but all this has not in the Jeast
shaken our reliance on the accuracy of the statement. In the first
place it is admitted that the remains in question were decidedly
imbedded in the Stonesfield slate. To this stratum ‘ in working
the quarries at Stonesfield, they descend by vertical shafts through
a solid rock of cornbrash and stratified clay, more than 40 feet
thick.”+ M. Cuvier, who has re-examined the fossil in question
since the objection was started, still pronounces the animal to
have been mammiferous, resembling an Opossum, although of an
extinct genus, and differing from all known carnivorous mammalia
in haying ten teeth in a series in the lower jaw.

The ten teeth represented in the figure accompanying M.
Prevost’s memoir,{ are evidently grinders, and somewhat resem-
ble the molar teeth of my specimen, which has, however, only
seven grinders ; and, when it was lent to Dr. Buckland, they were
the only teeth apparent. He, however, caused the stone to be

*'P: 529.
+ Trans. Geol. Soc. vol. i. p. 393. Second Series.
t Pi. 18. fg. 1, 2.

410 Mr. Broderip on a fossil Jaw from Stonesfield.

earefully scraped away, and there appear, in addition, a canine
tooth and three incisors. There is room also for a fourth: the end
of the jaw is fractured, and there are traces of what may be the
alveolus of a fourth incisor, With this addition, the specimen
would give the exact number of teeth in the half of a lower jaw
of a Didelphis, viz. four incisors, one canine, seven grinders. The
fossil, which is in high preservation, is imbedded in a slab of
Stonesfield slate, together with T77gonie and other marine exuvix;
the whole mass exhibiting the oolitic structure in the most satis-
factory manner.

My specimen consists of the right half of a lower jaw, the inside
of which is presented to view, [Pl. XI.] To say nothing of the
difference of form in the jaw-bone, M. Prevost’s figure gives us the
representation of a portion of a lower jaw with ten grinders therein :
my fossil has only seven, and appears to have been part of an animal
generically different. The teeth are distinctly separated, and those
who are best qualified to judge are of opinion that the jaw did not
belong to a young individual. The well defined ridges and de-
cided features of the bone denote a full grown animal: the sharp«
ness of the teeth makes it probable that it was not an aged one.

We have now the figures and descriptions of two specimens of
mammiferous animals which have been found at Stonesfield: they
are apparently referable to two genera; and, notwithstanding the
opinion expressed by M. Prevost, I will venture to add that they
have been found in the true oolitic series lying far beneath the
chalk.

But, it appears, that there is yet another specimen. M. Prevost
in his memoir * says, ** A ma connaissance, il a été trouvé déja a
Stonesfield, trois echantillons de machoire inférieure qui paraissent
proveniy @animaux de la méme espéece; Yun est dans le musée de
Vuniversité d’Oxford, Vautre est possédé par une personne qui
réside 4 Londres, et le troisime a été rapporté par M. Brochant
du dernier voyage qu’il a fait en Angleterre: ce dernier échan-
tillon est bien moins parfait que celui d’Oxford, dont je donne ici
le dessein de grandeur naturelle, pl. 18., fig. 1, et un autre dessein
quadruple, pl. 18, fig. 2.”

* P. 47, of the extract.

Mr. Broderip on a fossil Jaw from Stonesfield. AI

If the author of these observations be the person residing in Lon-
don, who is mentioned above as the possessor of one of the three
specimens, he must be allowed to doubt the identity of the species,
for the reasons above given. If any other resident in London
possesses a specimen of the jaw of a mammiferous animal imbedded
in the Stonesfield slate, there will be no less than four instances
of mammiferous remains from the same locality: but we never
have heard of more than three.

It might have been desirable to keep back this notice till M.
Cuvier had seen and pronounced on the specimen now figured :
but it has been so long lost to the scientific world, and it is, unless
the writer is deceived by persons of high authority in such mat-
ters, of so much interest to geologists, that he no longer feels
justified in delaying the appearance of the figure. He has the less
anxiety on the subject of the imperfections of this hasty sketch,
being well assured that the learned Professor, who first publicly
noticed the discovery of mammiferous remains in a stratum far
below the chalk, will amply supply all omissions and inaccuracies,
when he gives to the world the result of his researches, in his pro-
mised description of the most remarkable remains that occur at
Stonesfield.*

As the history of this animal rests only upon the portion of its
lower jaw, figured in the plate accompanying the present memoir,
(for the specimen figured by M. Prevost appears to have belonged
to a different animal,) it would perhaps be presumptuous in me to
pronounce on its generic identity with Didelphis, Cuy. But until
some more able anatomist shall correct the generic name, I may
be permitted, for the sake of convenience and perspicuity, to name
it Didelphis Bucklandi.t

* See Geol. Trans. vol. I. p. 394. Second series.

+ It may not be uninteresting to note, that a recent species of Trigonia
(figured by Mr. G. B. Sowerby in his account of some rare shells brought from
the Pearl islands) has very lately been discovered on the coast of Australia,
that land of marsupial animals. Our specimen lies imbedded with a number
of fossil shells of that genus. The individuals are of the same species so fre-
quently found at Stonesfield; and, as that species appears not to be named,
I propose, at the suggestion of Mr. James Sowerby, to name it Vrigonia im-
pressa. The shells are most numerous on the under side of the slab.

-

Al2 Dr. Fitton on the Strata

Dr. Fitton has kindly furnished the following communication :
and I cannot help supposing, that if a geologist of so much expe~
rience as M. Prevost is acknowledged to be, had enjoyed an
opportunity of studying throughout the relations of the Stonesfield
slate, he would hardly have entertained the theory which he has
suggested.

Description oF Prate XI.
Fig. 1. The jaw in situ, of its natural size. The dimensions of the
slab, (which is reduced in the figure,) are 54 inches by 54.

Length of the jaw, 1 inch 4-10ths: breadth, 2-10ths; at the
coronoid process, 9-20ths.

Fig. 2. The jaw magnified twice in length,*

Fig. 3. The second molar tooth magnified six times,

Art. XLIII. On the Strata from whence the Fossil des-
cribed in the preceding Notice was obtained. By W.
H. Fitton, M.D., F.R.S., Pres. G.S.

[In a Letter addressed to W. J. Broperip, Esq. ]

10th December, 1827.

My pear Sir, )
My acquaintance with Stonesfield was derived from an

excursion made last spring, in company with Messrs. Oeynhausen
and Dechen of Berlin, two distinguished Prussian geologists, who
were at that time travelling in England ; and I now send at your
desire some account of the strata that have furnished your very
interesting specimen,—though my notes were not taken with any
view to publication, and probably require several corrections.
Our visit was too short to admit of detailed enquiry; but we saw
quite enough to be convinced that the beds including the assem-
blage of fossil remains that has excited so much attention, are a
eonformable portion of the general descending series of England ;
the true place of which cannot be far distant from that assigned
to them by Smith, Greenough, Conybeare, Buckland, and other

* The teeth, as here represented, are too crowded,

that afford the Stonesfield-slate. 413.

English geologists. And I have no doubt that more extensive
examination would have removed all uncertainty upon this subject
from the mind of my friend Mr. Constant Prevost,* with whose
candour and accuracy as an observer, I have had frequent oppor-
tunities of becoming acquainted.

The only question in the present case is, whether the Stonesfield
slate is to be considered as one of the group of strata constituting
the great oolite ?—in short, whether it is inferior to the Oxford
clay? The precise place of the slate, and the form of its equiva-
lents in other quarters, are distinct considerations: and the evi-
dence in proof of its true situation might be complete, although
no similar deposit had been detected in any other district. But,
though no other assemblage of fossils like that of Stonesfield has
yet been found among the oolitic strata, slaty limestone, holding
nearly the same geological place, is well known to occur in several
other localities—where the strata are not more different from each
other than the distant portions of other groups, respecting the
identity of which no doubt has ever been entertained.

In crossing the country, from Oxford to Stonesfield, the Oxford
clay with its characteristic fossils is first observed ; and this is
succeeded by the cornbrash,—the uppermost stratum of the great

oolitic group, which is seen beneath the clay in several quarries on
the sides of the road to Woodstock and Blenheim. The aspect of
the country hereabouts accords perfectly with that of a series of
continuous strata, rising with a very gentle inclination towards the
north west; nor did I observe anything in the vicinity of Stones-
field leading to a suspicion that the strata upon which the vil-
lage itself is placed, were not the same with those in its imme-
diate neighbourhood.+ The village is situated on the brow of one

* See Annales des Sciences Naturelles, tom. 4. 1825. p. 389.

+ The published maps of Oxfordshire express the natural features very im-
perfectly; and, unfortunately for Geology, the Ordnance Survey has not yet
been engraved. But on examining the large unpublished maps at the Ord-
nance drawing-room, I could see nothing indicating any departure from the
general structure in that which represents the country around Stonesfield ;
though in several other cases, the features of the Ordnance maps correspond

' with the variations of the strata.

AIA Dr. Fitton on the Strata

of the lateral vallies, that contribute streamlets to the Evenlode,
a tortuous rivulet, the general course of which is from north-
west to south-east ; and the beds that supply the “ slate” (as it
is called), are, on an average, about fifty feet below the summits,
and are excavated by numerous workings on both sides of the
ravines; the agreement between the strata thus disclosed in the
separate shafts affording the most satisfactory proof that can be
imagined of their continuity. We descended by one of these
shafts into a drift or gallery; and what we saw, the workmen
assured us, might be taken as fairly representing the section of
the pits in general.—

! jo sa

ROS SAAMA

BES
—6y
GY

UY,

ISSN
oy ET PETE REL 7

Se Sy wae
NN SS SS SX S
Work \\ RS RQ SN A RSS SSA “\ SS WN
NS SES WO RK : RVs SSS SSSA NSE
,e
be ee 5 ;

We 2S MaTET:
_& :
BURT: 10 hi ak 5h. 5 EVE
URI eae stew 0
--- eae — SERIE $s ip
ie Ail ew.
=——=
Ves : q ee
Yee Ly
Wiiyp ei a ia
4, ¢-

. Rubbly limestone; ( Cornbrash. )
. Clay, with Terebratulites, &c,

. ** Rock”’. Limestone.

. Blue clay.

me 0 to =

5. “ Rock’. Oolite.

6. Blue clay.

7. ‘‘Rag.”’ Oolitic limestone.

8. Sandy bed, containing the ‘‘ Slate’’.

that afford the Stonesfield-slate. 415

The total depth of this shaft, to the bottom of: the drift, or
horizontal gallery where the slate is dug, was about sixty-eight
feet; the drift itself being between five and six feet in heighit.
About twenty-five feet of the lower beds (7.) consisted of fine-
grained oolitic lime-stone, containing casts of spiral univalves and
bivalves* ; and the remainder, or upper part, (1. to 6.) of alterna-
tions of clay, with limestone, probably belonging to the corn-
brash,—the beds of which at top are rubbly, and lower down
oolitic. The lowest of these clay beds (6.) is of a greenish hue ;
it effervesces slightly with acids, and falls to pieces in water like
fullers’ earth: and the upper bed of clay (2.) contains numerous
plicated terebratulites, with pectens, and other marine fessils.+

The stone which affords the * slate,” occurs in irregular masses
within a bed of sand (8.), and is analogous to those concretions
of calcareous grit, or of sand agglutinated by carbonate of lime,
that form a part of almost every group, from the beds above the
chalk, down to the bottom of the lower oolite ;—and of which the
quarries on the east of Cowes in the Isle of Wight, certain va-
rieties of the Kentish rag, the grit of Hastings, and of Tilgate
forest, the remarkable nodules of the coast near Boulogne, and
the gritty limestone beneath the inferior oolite, may be cited as ex-
amples. In fact, wherever sand contains a large proportion of

calcareous matter, concretions of this kind are to be expected ;
and the presence of oolitic particles in this case is almost the only
mineralogical distinction.

The subjoined sketch represents a section of the drift from
whence the stone is extracted; the names in Italics being those

* Of the genera Turritella? Venus, Astarte? Tellina, Pecten (vagans?)

+ Terebratula obsoleta. Min. Conch. Tab, 83. fig. 7. Pecten fibrosus.
Tab. 136. fig. 2.

Al6 Dr. Fitton on the Strata

given to the beds by the workmen.—

y pith , jy Af SY)
yp WWW; Le
” . LL YY
A. **oheas,”? Oolite.. oa stead ‘ Yj bah Yy YY YY YM)
5 fl em
Da, SY OSDPE-BUN If 01 ris 0j0,w'visis mia S675 Ons a Lee pia
WO .
a
‘\
3. ‘© Upper Head,” including \ iyi AS =
m € SY Pa . ,. so - 2
3*. ** Pot-lids. i WRAY AN
PA = :
Ba Z
4, ** Manure,” or “ Race.”... & DF «ap Raa cis acn eee
&
5. * Cap.” om
6. ‘* Lower-head.” ...+2--+ 4)
2.0,
7. *© Bottom-stuff.” .....c0 Dis Ope Perce ee &
ik ve \\ WO
8. Floor, like No. 7. ....-s+-\ AK KK YX
UNAS

1. The ‘* Rag” which forms the roof, is a coarse soft calcareous stone,
more or less oolitic.

2. The * Soft-stuff,’ occupying about six inches, consists of yellowish
very sandy clay, including thin courses of fibrous transparent gypsum. -

3. The ‘“* Upper head,”’ from fifteen to eighteen inches thick, is com-
posed of sand, of various consistency and fineness of grain, containing
towards the lower part large flat or spheroidal concretions, of calca-
reous grit pervaded by oolitic particles,—which are most abundant in
irregular seams parallel to the strata, and are rendered conspituous by
the darker greenish hue of the paste in which they are enveloped.
These concretions, from a coarse resemblance, are called ‘* Pot-lids” ;
and the rock which they consist of, with all the other useful stone of
the pits, bears the common name of ‘* Pendle.’’—It has in several places
the character of a conglomerate ; including smooth rounded pebbles of
various sizes, cemented by oolite, and themselves also, composed princi-
pally of hard sparry oolitic stone, which differs very little from the
cement except in form.

4. The ‘* Manure”. or ‘* Race,” consists of slaty friable sand-rock,
effervescing strongly with acids, and including glittering particles appa-

that afford the Stonesfield-slate. AIT

rently of mica. The hue is yellowish gray, and the rifts are coated with
yellowish carbonate of lime, crystallized in acute rhomboids.

5. and 6. The ‘* Cap,” and ** Lower-head”’ together, are from eighteen
inches to two feet in thickness; the upper portion having a concretional
form like that of the ‘* Pot-/ids.” And the rock in both cases varies, from
a very compact and fine grained grit, effervescing strongly with acids, and
having in some places an almost sparry structure, to a stone of which
the larger portion consists of oolitic particles. Nearly all the fossils
that I have seen are contained in grit more or less oolitic, resembling
that above described; and the greater number, including your speci-
men, appear to have been procured from these beds.t+

7. The *‘ Bottom-stuff,” about twelve inches thick, is a coarser va-
riety of stone, consisting of grit, with a large proportion of oolitic
particles, and an admixture of effervescent sand-rock.

8. I saw no specimens of the floor of the gallery, but it was described
by the workmen as of the same nature with No. 7. The workmen also
stated that bones are sometimes found in the Rag above the galleries,
No. 1, in No. 2, and No. 4: and they seem to occur occasiorally in all
the beds enumerated.

+ The shells, in the specimen represented in Plate XI, are Trigonia impressa,
Terebratula obsoleta, Avicula ovata, and apparently two species of Gryphaa:
—and these seem to be among the most abundant in the Stonesfield slate. Mr.
Sowerby’s collection and my own contain the following species (including
those last mentioned): many of which, it will be observed, are known to occur
in other places, in the Cornbrash, or upper part of the great oolitic group.

UNIVALVES. (BIVALVES.)
Nerita, two species; one banded; | Mytilus, a new species .. not figured.
another banded and ribbed; | Ostrea—a plicated species.
both preserving their colour. —— probably another species.

Turritella? Pecten fibrosus.. ...... TUSG64.2.
Another spiral univalve. obscurus ..... eos, T+ 205. f. 1.
e , a new species.... not figured.
BIVALVES. Pholadomya acuticostata. T, 546.

Astarte. Pinna (from Mr. Parkinson’s

Avicula ovata. Min. Conch. collection) ....... not figured
Tab. 512. f. 2. | Plagiostoma,— nearest to

Gryphea-two species; one cardiformis. ..... Pd a A oe
of small size, another Terebratula obsoleta .... T. 83. f.7.

large sss. seceeceee Te 24. f.1. | —————— maxillata ... T.438. f. 4.
Lima rudis. ..-.......-. T. 214. f. 1. | Trigonia impressa
Modiola imbricata....... T. 212. f. 1. (Sowerby) .... See Pl. XI.
aliformis ....... T. 259. —Prevost, Ann. des Se. Nat.
——_——,, a new species .. not figured. IV. Pl. 18. f. 22. 28.

Several of the bones, remains of vegetables, and other fossils which occur at
Stonesfield, have been enumerated in Dr. Buckland’s memoir on the Megalo-
saurus:—Geol. Trans, 2d Ser. I. page 390, &c.,—and in Mr, Prevost’s paper
already referred to.

Vor. III. 2p

418 Dr. Fitton on the Strata, &c.

The best stone is that of the ‘* Pot-lids”, or concretions between the
upper-head and the race; and the masses are frequently bluish within,
but cream-coloured on the outside. ‘The blocks after being raised
from the pits, are spread out on the surface, and exposed to the effects
of frost; which splits, or renders them easily divisible, into flags or
“* slate,”’—the fissures being parallel to the general stratification of the
country.

The doubts which Mr. Prevost has expressed on the relations of
the strata at Tilgate forest in Sussex, have been adverted to by
Mr. Mantell, who has mentioned the chief distinctions between
that remarkable deposit and the Stonesfield beds.* In fact, no
point in the Geology of England is at present better determined,
than the existence of a numerous and varied series of strata be-
tween those groups. he Tilgate grit it is true resembles that of
Stonesfield, in its concretional form and its connexion with sand ;
but it contains not a particle of oolite:—and grit of the same
mineralogical character occurs not only in several other parts of
the Hastings-sands, but occasionally throughout the Weald clay,
thus pervading a series of strata decidedly different from the oolite
in geological site: while the presence of freshwater shells at Til-
gate, those of Stonesfield being marine, affords a Zoological cha-
racter not less distinctive.

I remain, my dear Sir,
Very truly yours,

Wo. Henry Fitton.
W. J. Broderip, Esq.

* “ Remarks on the geological position of the Strata in Tilgate Forest,
Sussex.” Jameson’s Edinb. Philos. Journ, April to Dec. 1826, p. 162.—See
also a Notice by Mr. Mantell, Geol. Trans. 2d Series, I. p. 131.

Mr. Bell on three new spectes of Land Tortoises. 419

Art. XLIV. Descriptions of three new Species of Land
Tortoises ; by Tuomas Bett, Esq., F.L.S., F.G.S. *

Ordo. Terstupinata, Merrem.
Fam. Testupinip&. nobis.

Gen. Trstupo. Auct.

Actinopes. 1. scutis dorsalibus elevatis, nigris, luteo radiatis :
scuto antico marginali impari nullo.

Habitat in Africa. Mus. nostr.
Tab. Suppl. X XIII.

Description. Head large, thick, black with yellow spots. Fore
feet furnished anteriourly with numerous, large, black and yellow
scales. The thighs with a few similar ones, but Jarger and of a
conical form. ‘Tail short, tuberculated. Shell elevated, ovate,
the margin anteriourly notched, posteriourly denticulated. The
whole of the scuta sulcated, black with regular yellow radiations,
and with large yellow areola. The dorsal scuta, especially the
vertebral, elevated, somewhat conical, and slightly turned back-
wards. Marginal scuta xxiii, viz.: eleven pairs, and a posteriour
single one. ‘The nine posteriour projecting and acuminated, thus
forming a deeply serrated outline. ‘The last marginal plate very
broad, nearly vertical, but slightly incurved. Sternum yellow with
distinct black radiations passing from the areola of each plate to
its circumference; anteriourly bifid, posteriourly with a deep
lunate emargination.

Dimensions of the shell.

in. lin.
Length . ‘ : ‘ 8 5
Breadth . : : : 5 3
Height. ‘ , ‘ 5 0
Length of the sternum. 7 5
Circumference : en | 0

2p 2

~

420 Mr. Bell on three new species of Land Tortoises.

Tentoria. T'. scutis dorsalibus conicis, acutis, nigris, luteo
radiatis ; scuto marginal antico impari.

Habitat in Africa? Mus. nostr.
Tab. Suppl. XXIV.

Description. Shell subglobose. Scuta sulcated, black, radiated
with yellow lines which encrease in breadth towards the circum-
ference ; areola extremely small, yellow. Dorsal scuta conical,
much elevated, acuminated at the apex. Marginal scuta xxiv,
viz.: eleven pairs, and an anteriour and posteriour single one.
The anteriour extremely small, short, and turned up at the point:
the first pair very thick, projecting, bent downwards at the points :
the lateral thick, convex, and solid, with the points all turned
backwards: the posteriour single plate projecting and angular.
Sternum narrowed behind, with a deep acute emargination ; deep
uniform brown in the middle through the whole length, and pure
light yellow at the sides. In the only specimen which I possess,
the anteriour lobe of the sternum is wanting.

Dimensions of the shell.

Length 4 3
Breadth 3 3
Height 2 6
Circumference 9 4

Parpauis. T'. testa flavescente, nigro maculati; scutorum
costalium areolis prope marginem superiorem positis ; scuto
marginali antico impari nullo.

Habitat. in Promont. Bone Spei. Mus. nostr.
Tab, Suppl. XXV.

Description. Head elongate, of an uniform dull brown colour,
which also pervades the neck, feet, and tail, but with occasional
shades of dirty yellow. Neck very long. Feet robust, furnished
with strong conical and triangular scales, which protect the an-
teriour and inferiour parts of the fore feet, and the posteriour and

Mr. Bell on three new species of Land Tortoises. 421

inferiour parts of the hinder ones ; two of these scales, particularly
strong and thick, are placed on the back part of each thigh near
the tail. Claws long and thick. Tail short, tapering, and tuber-
culated. Shell very deep, and formed almost exactly like that of
T. Indica. Scuta flat, sulcated, of a dirty light yellow colour,
with numerous Jarge irregular black spots, as if splashed, but
assuming in a slight degree a radiating direction. The areole of
the vertebral scuta a little elevated; those of the costal scuta
placed very near their upper margin towards their junction with
the vertebral ; which character constitutes almost the only dis-
tinction of importance between this species and 7. Indica, ex-
cepting the colour, Marginal scuta xxiii, very deep, the anteriour
and posteriour ones turned slightly outwards approaching a hori-
zontal direction. The posteriour single one nearly vertical. Ster-
num with a small emargination before, and a large Junate one for
the tail. The colour a dirty yellow, with black radiating spots
towards the circumference of each plate.

The specimen from which this description is given is still living,
and has been in my possession since the commencement of the
Summer, during which time it has had the range of a small orchard,
feeding heartily on grass, which it plucked with a movement
similar to that of a goose. The neck is so extensile as to permit
the head to be raised above the level of the top of the back, and
thus to enable the animal to look around on all sides by merely
turning the head. It is the largest known species of land Tortoise
excepting 7. Indica.

Dimensions of the shell.

> in lig
Direct length ° ° 1 & 56-00
Length following the ea . ae =e
Breadth O° 21 3 0
Height . 0 S825
Length of the Ps 1 5 :.0
Circumference 2 8 ¢ a

A22 Captain P. P. King on the Animals

Art. XLV. Extracts from a letter addressed by Capt.
Puitie Parker Kine, R.N., F.R.S. and L.S., to
N. A. Vicors, Ese., on the Animals of the Straits of
Magellan.

[Tue information contained in the following extracts from a
communication lately received from Capt. King is of so much
interest, that I do not hesitate to publish it in the form in which
it has reached me. It was Capt. King’s wish that the descriptions
of the species which he thinks new should be extracted from his
list and published in this Journal. But I consider that the whole
list, although drawn up in a hasty manner, merely for the pur-
poses of reference, and without any view to immediate publication,
is of so much value as to authorize the insertion of it nearly entire.
One of the chief advantages of a Journal like ours is that it admits
of the speedy publication of such information as the present,
which may ultimately be moulded into a more scientifick form, as
leisure and opportunity permit. We may thus hope to see the
following list encreased, and scientifically arranged by Capt. King;
and, I trust, at no distant period. At present it speaks highly of
the science and activity of that accomplished and enterprizing
officer.—N. A. V.]

Adventure, Rio de Janeiro, July 8, 1827.

In about three weeks we shall sail from this on our
second trip to the southward, which I have every reason to think
will be more productive and comprize more variety in Natural
History than the former. The cases at present dispatched contain
the whole of the collections which I made during that trip. ‘The
Quadrupeds, Insects, and Birds, I have directed to you; the
Shells to Mr. Stokes, for himself and Mr. Broderip to look over ;
the Geology goes to Dr. Fitton; and the Plants of course to Mr.
Brown.

The Mammalia are very few, scarcely worth mentioning. The
only specimens are, No. 1, a Fox, very common in the Straits.

of the Straits of Magellan. 423

The specimen sent home was shot at Port Gregory at the entrance.
It appears to me to be the Canis cinereo-argentatus of Erxleben,
the Renard tricolor of M. Destnarest. (Mamm. sp. 310).

No. 2 isan Armadillo, (Dasypus minutus, Desm. sp. 588,) from
Port St. Elena ; found in great abundance.

Our sportsmen took a specimen of the Hare of Patagonia,
(Dasyprocta Patachonica, Ul\., Cavia Patachonica, Shaw,) but
being very hungry, and more mindful of their appetite than of the
interests of science, they ate it; and thus deprived me of the op-
‘portunity of examining the teeth and solving the doubt expressed
by M. Desmarest (Mamm. sp. 574, p. 359, Note,) whether the
animal is a true Dasyprocta or not. ;

T shall say nothing of the Insects which I sent home. They do
“not exceed fifty species. ‘They are in fact very scarce to the
southward. Nature seems to have granted a monopoly of these ~
‘creatures to this beautiful part of the world. Such as my collection
is, however, I send it to you, lest you should think me entirely
neglectful of a branch of Zoology to which I promised you, when
cet” England, to pay some attention. In my next trip
T hope to be more successful.
There are about eighty specimens of Birds. I have numbered
them by specimens, not by species; and I have made a few obser=
vations ur memoranda on each. Many of the species appear to
me to be néw ; of some of these I have given short descriptions,
which I should feel much gratified if you would extract and pub-
lish in an ‘early number of the Zoological Journal; that is, if they
appear to you to be really new. On this point [ cannot myself
speak with any certainty, as I have but few books, and no speci~
m to refer to. All that I can say is that I can find no descrip- -
tions ‘that accord with my species either in the last edition of
Dr. Latham’s works, or in the Encyclopedie Methodique. I have
endeavoured to arrange my birds according to the mode which you
sally follow, and I hope without many mistakes.

ag Caraga —Falco Braziliensis of Latham.*

rasiliensis, Auct. Pol. vulgaris, Vicill,, Gal. des Ois, pl. vii.

A24 Captain P. P. King on the Animals

2. 3. Caragaras a\so.—~These appear to me to be young birds
of a species which you showed me in your collection before I left
England, and which has been figured by M. Spix, I forget under
what name.*

4. A small Eagle, which I consider new.—lIts characters are as
follows.

| HALIZETUS ERYTHRONOTUS.

Hal. capite alisque fusco-griseis ; dorso scapularibusque rufis,
corpore cauddque subtus albis, fasciis fuscis gracilibus leviter
notatis, hic fascia laté prope apicem nigra. ta ies

The head of this beautiful species is a dark fuscous grey. :
feathers being white at their base, and slightly marked in the i i:
middle with narrow fuscous strie. The wings are of the
colour as the head, the quills being darker; the wing ce 3
secondary quill sethers are slightly fasciated with fuscou ous; th

inner webs of the primaries are also fasciated at the ba

some of the external ones are white at the same place. 1
wing coverts are white, marked with slender fascia. —
throat, and breast are pure white; the abdomen whites fasciated
with faint slender fuscous bars. The nape, back, amet i ;
are of a fine rufous colour, some of the feathers of the map
the lower scapulars being slightly marked with dark s
rufous colour extends in front to the shoulders, an¢
spots partially under the wing on the sides of the ad
uropygium is marked witha few fuscous blotches above,
verse lines near the tail. The tail is white, faintly
slender fascia above, and still more faintly beneath
black fascia, near an inch and a quarter broad, situ ted
apex. ‘The bill is black at the apex, yellowish tow

i]
stone 5

* The specimens, I agree with Capt. King, seem to be lem
ochrocephala of Spix, (Nov. Sp. Av. Bras. p. 5,) figured also by
and Mr. Selby in the 2d plate of their ‘* Illustrations of Orr
rudiments of the various markings of the adult birds of that spec
cernible in them. The difference between them accords general
which distinguishes the young bird from the adult almost un
the Falconide.—Ed.

WN

of the Straits of Magellan. A25

The legs are yellowish, the nails black. The total length of the
bird from the apex of the bill to the extremity of the tail is 2 feet;
of the bill from the rictus to the apex 2 inches; from the cere
1 inch ; of the wing from the carpal joint to the end of the third*
quill feather, 18 inches; of the tail 10} inches; of the ¢arsus
3 inches.

5. 6. Male and female of the Little Falcon of Latham, Falco
Sparverius, Linn.

7. 8. I consider these birds as the young of the Peregrine Fal-
con, At least they have all the colour and markings, as far as I
can recollect, that I have observed in some of our English speci-
mens of the young of this species. If they should prove to belong
to the Falco peregrinus, the species will be found to have a very
extensive range. Besides inhabiting the Old World, they are met
with in North America, (Wilson, Am. Orn. vol. IX. p. 120,) and,
as you well know, in New Holland,

9. A species of Harrier.—It extremely resembles both our own
species in general characters, but differs much in the markings.
I consider it new, ard shall describe it.t

Circ. cineraceus uropygio corporeque subtus albis ; hoc fasciis
JSrequentibus rufis notato.

The body above is ash-coloured; some of the scapulars and
secondary quill feathers being marked with fuscous at the ends:
the primary quill feathers are dark fuscous, and have a white mar-
gin on their inner webs at the base. The under wing coverts are
white, which colour, joining the white margin on the inner webs
of the quill feathers, extends over half of the wing when viewed
from beneath, the fuscous colour prevailing over the other half.
The uropygium is white: the breast, abdomen, thigh coverts, and
crissum, also white, are barred by strongly marked rufous fuscie.

* The fourth quill feather on each wing is short, not having grown to its
proper length.— Ed.

+ I have little doubt that this bird is the Falco histrionicus of Quoy and Gai-
mard (Voy. aut. du Monde, pl, 15), the figure and description of which Capt.
King had not an opportunity of seeing before he left England. I have sup-
pressed the name which he has given to his specimen, but have retained the
description. The species will be the Circus histrionicus of our modern systemns.—

Ed.

426 Captain P. P. King on the Animals

The two middle tail feathers are dark ash colour, marked with
six nearly obsolete bands, that nearest the apex being the broadest
and the most conspicuous: beneath these feathers are paler, and
the bands more strongly marked. The remaining tail feathers are
cinereous on the outer web, and white on the inner, with five
strongly marked black bars, which are fainter on the outer than
on the inner web, the lowest being the broadest: underneath
these feathers are white and the bars deep black, except on the
outer feathers, where they are scarcely discernible. The bill is
black; the feet yellow, with black claws. The length from the
apex of the bill to that of the tail is 18 inches; bill, 1 inch ; wing
from the carpal joint to the end of the third quill feather, 133 ;
tail, 9; ¢arsus, 24.

All the above species of Falconide were collected at Port
Famine.

10. A very beautiful Ow! from Port Famine, whieh I do not
see described. Its rufous legs are very conspicuous, and give it a
decided character that I have not found noticed in any recorded
species.

—~ Srrix RUFIPES.

Str. saturaté brunnea, albido fulvoque maculata fasciataque,
femorum tarsorumque plumis rujis.

The face of this bird nearest the bill is white, the sides fasciated
with brown and whitish: the feathers at the extremity of the disk
being deeply marked with brown and having white spots on their
apices exhibit a regular brown semicircle with a spotted margin.
The top of the head, nape of the neck, wing coverts, scapulars,
and back are sparingly marked with fulvous-white spots and
Jascie. The interscapular feathers are barred with conspicuous
Jascie of the same colour. The quill feathers are marked at their
bases with broad fulvous spots on the outer webs, and similar
Jascie on the inner, the rest of the feather being obscurely fas-
ciated ; underneath they are paler and similarly marked. The
under wing coverts are barred with white and brown. The feathers
of the abdomen are marked by fascie of white and brown of nearly
equal breadth. The tail feathers have eight fuscie@ nearly half.

of the Straits of Magellan. AQT

an inch apart from each other of a fulvous white: beneath they
are paler but correspond in their markings. The thigh coverts are
rufous: the ¢arsi are covered with rufous downy feathers, extend-
ing to the toes, which are hairy, The bill is light coloured. The
nails are black. The total length is 154 inches; that of the bill
1 inch ; of the wing from the carpus to the end of the fourth quill
feather, 11 inches ; of the tail, 74; of the ¢arsi, 23.

11.12.13. Three beautiful little Owls, which I also think
new.—I am aware that several small species have been lately
described belonging to South America, but none of them agree
with these birds. The markings on the tail are the most dis-
tinguishing characters. They are from Port Famine.

~+-Srrix NANA.

Str. fusco-brunnea, fronte nuché alisque albo-notatis, gula alba,
cauda fasciis frequentibus rufis notatd.

The face and throat are white ; the feathers of the forehead are
slightly marked, those of the nape, breast, and lower part of the
abdomen more strongly marked, with white stria@. ‘The upper
wing coverts and scapulars are partially spotted with white. The
quill feathers have both webs spotted with white at the margin,
the spots on the outer webs being mixed with fulvous: they are
paler beneath. The under wing coverts are white. The tail fea-
thers have about nine rufous fuscé@, and an equal number of
brown of the same breadth; the last brown fuscia nearest the
apex being the broadest and tipped with white. ‘The ¢arsz are
covered with rufous-white downy feathers as far as to the toes,
which are hairy. The bill is pale, the wagues black. The length
from the tip of the bill to the end of the tail is 54 inches, of the
bill, 4 inch; of the wing from the carpal joint to the end of the
fourth quill feather, 33 inches; of the tail, 235 of the ¢arsé, Z.

14. 15. 16. Swallows from Port Famine.—There are three
species among these birds, which seem very like our three British
species, Hir. rustica, urbica, and riparia. I can speak however
only from recollection, and must wait for an opportunity of com-
parison before I can decide the point.

428 Captain P. P. King on the Animals

17. A beautiful long-tailed Flycatcher from Maldonado.—
I consider this to be the Musc. psalura, or the Gobe-mouche ye.
tupa of M. Temminck, (PI. col. 286.) The colours in my bird
are much darker than those in M. Temminck’s plate, being black
where his are gray.*

18, A Bird from Port Famine which appears to me to be new,
and to belong to a group not as yet characterized.—Were I to
judge from a single specimen I should say it was one of those nu-
merous intermediate forms that unite the Thrushes and Warblers.
I shall say no more on the bird, which I think you will agree with
me is of much interest, until I have more extensive means of com-
parison and reference.

19.20. These birds I have little doubt belong to Latham’s
Thorn-tailed Warbler, (Gen. Hist. vol. vii. p. 147. No. 191. pl.
cvii.), the Sylvia spinicauda of the “ Index Ornithologicus,” al-
though his figure of the species is much more highly coloured than
the specimens I have met with.

21. A Sylvia with which I am unacquainted.—It is so decidedly
marked that I venture on a description.

SyLVIA DORSALIS.

Sylo. nigra, dorso scapularibusque rufis, remigibus rectrici-
busque fuscis.

The bill and legs are black. The length from the end of the
bill to that of the tail is 44 inches,

22. This is another species of the Sylviade ; but from its short
and rounded wings, lengthened ¢arsé, and short tail, it appears
very remote from the true Sylvia. I should refer it to Saxicola,
or some neighbouring genus. Perhaps it may come in with
Brachypteryx or Prinia of our friend Dr. Horsfield. I do not

* The species is well coloured in M. Vieillot’s plate, (Gal. des Ois. PJ. 131,)
where he gives the name of Musc. risora to the bird. I question whether this
is not the earlier name, as M. Vieillot does not refer to M. Temminck’s plate,
which he does in other instances where such had been previously published.—
Ed. '

of the Straits of Magellan. 429

find any description of the species in my books, I shaJl therefore
give the following characters.

SYLVIA OBSCURA.

Sylvo. corpore unicolore fusco-nigro, alis brevibus rotundatis,
caudé brevi, pedibus elongatis fortibus pallidis.

The length of this bird from the apex of the bill to that of the
tail is 44 inches ; of the wing from the carpal joint to the end of
the fourth quill feather, 17; of the tail, 1}; of the ¢arsé, 2.

23. I consider this bird as the species which M. Vieillot has
figured under the name of Troglodytes furva, (Galerie des
Oiseaux, pl. 167.) It is the Motacilla furva of Gmelin, (Syst.
Nat. 1. p. 994. no. 168.)

24. A bird nearly allied to the last.—It is a young bird, brown-
ish with longitudinal] fuscous strie on the head, back, and wings.
The tail is barred like the preceding, which would incline me to
think that it belongs to the same species, were not the bill
somewhat stronger at the base. I shall endeavour to procure
more of them, and ascertain the species.

25. A species of Fringilla, or rather, I suspect, of Emberiza ;
the bill being injured I cannot decide to which group it belongs.
It appears to me to be undescribed ; but I do not wish to say
more respecting it until I possess better materials for description.

26. A Fringilla.—This I think is probably the Fr. australis,
or the rusty collared Finch of Dr. Latham, (Ind. Orn. p. 466.
No. 112. Gen. Hist., Vol. vi., p.128., No. 111.); although his -
description is too short to decide the species with certainty. The
rusty coloured collar round the neck is a strong character, and
inclines me to think that both birds are of the same species.

The above eight specimens were procured at Port Famine,

27. A female specimen of the Sturnus militaris, Linn. ;—not
uncommon in the Straits.

28. This is one of those black species which are so numerous
and so ill defined among the American Sturnid@. I cannot ven-

A430 Captain P. P. King on the Animals

ture to refer it to any described species, much less describe it as
new. From the strength and straightness of the bill, I believe it
to belong to your group Leisées.

29. 30. 31. Emerald Parrot, Psittacus smaragdinus, Gmel.—
I take it for granted that my birds are of the same species as that
brought home by M. Bougainville, and described under the above
name, although they do not exactly accord with the description of
the species gives in the ** Encyclopedie Methodique,” No. 1398.
They are not “ splendidé virides,” nor is the uropygium red.
The French writers remark on the singularity of Parrots being
found in high latitudes; and in the Nat. Hist. of the Encye.
Method., vol. ii. p. 321, the fact of M. Bougainville having brought
a specimen from the Strait is much doubted. Dr. Latham also has
his doubts on the subject.—Here however is fact against theory.
—Nor is this the only instance in point. Parrots, as you are well
aware, are brought from Macquarrie Island, which is in latitude
54; South, while the spot where I procured P. smaragdinus is
in 534 only. The species is very numerous, but specimens are diffi-
cult to be procured in consequence of the thickness of the under-
wood, which makes it no easy task to find them after they have
been shot. The species, as you will immediately perceive, belongs
to the group of Perruche- dras, or your genus Psittacara.,

32—36 inclusive.—A species of Woodpecker from Port Famine,
that I think undescribed. There are three males and two females

in the collection.

Picus MAGeLuLAnicus.

Pic. niger, capite cristato colloque coccineis, remigibus albo
notatis. .

Fem. Capite cristato nigro, fronte mentoque coccineis.

The male has the whole of the head, crest, and part of the neck
of a bright scarlet colour; the base of the feathers being black.
The female has the same parts black, the scarlet colour being
restricted to a narrow space round the bill, including the front
and the fore part of the chin: the crest feathers are generally
longer than those of the male. The rest of the plumage in both

ee

of the Straits of Magellan. A51

sexes is nearly alike. The quill feathers are black with their in-
ternal web margined more or less at the base with white; the
mark on the first feather being but slight, somewhat more length-
ened on the second, and gradually extending over the rest, uatil
it covers the whole of the internal web of the last secondary quill
feather, in some instances indeed encroaching upon the adjoining
parts of the external web. When the wing is viewed from beneath,
this mark exhibits a broad white fascia: when the bird is viewed
from above, it forms a longitudinal sfréa as far as the internal
webs of the secondary quil! feathers are visible. The under wing
coverts are white, with some black feathers immediately adjoining
the margin. The bill and legs are black. ‘The érides are yellow.
The length of the bird from the tip of the bill to the extremity of
the tail is 17 inches ; of the bill, 22; of the wing from the carpal
joint to the extremity of the fourth quill feather, 835; of the tail,
743; of the ¢arst, 1$; of the external hind toe, the nail in-
cluded, 2.

This Woodpecker in size and general appearance resembles
the Ivory-billed Woodpecker of North America, (Picus princi-
palis, Linn.) ; but the bill is black instead of being white as in that
species; the scarlet colour extends in the male over the whole
head, instead of being limited to the crest, and the white mark-
ings appear only on the internal webs of the quill feathers, while
in P. principalis they form a broad fascia over the secondary quill
feathers, and also appear on the back and hinder part of the neck.

37. <A species of Humming Bird from Port Gallant.—I shall
not remark upon the high latitude at which this specimen was
found after what I have said on the Parrots, and particularly
when I recollect how far north many species of the family are met
with on this Continent. The bird is not very remarkable in its
colours. The character of the enlarged shaft, which seems to
belong more or less to the family, is much developed in it. The
tail feathers are also very strikingly acuminated. [I shall say
nothing of the species until I have an opportunity of comparing
my specimen with others.

A352 Mr. Vigors’s Sketches in Ornithology.

NOTE.

I cannot omit this opportunity of paying a deserved compliment to our zea-
lous Navigator in inscribing this species to him. The specimen is that of a
young bird. This fact I ascertained by baring some of the feathers from the
head, underneath which a beautiful covering of bright ruby feathers was be-
ginning to make its appearance. It was in consequence of the concealment
of these feathers that Capt. King pronounced this species to be undistinguished
in its colours. The adult bird is to be found in the splendid collection of Mr.
Leadbeater, and exhibits its identity with our specimen by the acuminated
shape of the tail feathers. The species belongs to the genus Mellisuga of M.
Brisson, or the straight-billed division of the Trochilide.

ME uisue@a Kinet.

Mell. supra metallicé viridis, infra alba viridi variegata, vertice splendidé
rubeo, rectricibus acuminatis.—N. A. V.

[ To be concluded in our next Number. |

Art. XLVI. Sketches in Ornithology, &c. &c. By N. A.
Vicors, Esq., M.A., F.R.S, & L.S., Secretary of the
Zoological Society, &c.

{ Continued from p, 246.]
ON SOME SPECIES OF BIRDS FROM CUBA,

Havine lately received from my friend W. Sharp MacLeay, Esq.,
a number of bird-skins, which had been collected by him in the
neighbourhood of the Havana, I do not think I can more strongly
evince my sense of his kindness in transmitting them to me, and
of the zeal with which he labours to advance every department of
science, than by giving some notice of them in this Journal.
The greater number of the species are well known, and have long
since been characterized as inhabitants of the New World. Many
of them, also, belonging to the Ornithology of the United States,
are rendered as familiar to us by the writings of Wilson, and the
scientific illustrations of his able successor the Prince of Musig-
nano, as the birds of our European Continent. Still however they
derive interest from their immediate locality. When we can

a

On some species of Birds from Cuba. A33

obtain authentick information respecting the range to which
species extend, either as indigenous to different countries or visi-
tors of them during their periodical migrations, we encrease the
number of those facts on which we are enabled to found some
of the higher speculations of science.

A few of these birds appear to be undescribed. These I shall
characterize ; but with that expression of doubt of their being ac-
tually described for the first time, which ought ever to attend
undertakings like the present. There are so many species cha-
racterized by the earlier voyagers, without any reference to speci-
mens or figures, and in terms too vague for our deciding on them
with certainty ; so many again described by our contemporaries in
scattered publications and in channels through which, from their
obscurity or remoteness it is difficult to trace them, that it would
be the height of presumption to assert that any species, which
may appear new to us, has escaped the observation of preceding
writers. Were we to wait until we had ascertained this point, we
should run the chance of never giving a description: and all the
advantages would be lost which the naturalist derives from the
publication of authentick facts and well-ascertained species, the
only legitimate foundation for his more comprehensive and en-
lightened views.

On this point I cannot avoid expressing my opinion, that we
have hitherto exhibited more caution than zeal for science, in de-
laying to describe the immense hoard of apparently new subjects
which crowd our collections, from the fear of committing an er-
rour in nomenclature. We attach in fact too much importance to
these inferiour duties of science ; and are too chary of the reputa-
tion which we vainly imagine is attached to success or failure in
them. Under such false impressions we become as apprehensive
of creating what is called a nominal species, or of coining an addi-
tional synonym, as of misrepresenting a fact, or committing a sole-
cism in the train of reasoning. We forget that in the description
of species, and the analysis of groups, we act at best but as the
pioneers of science: and in the ‘ obscure diligence” by which
we work out such mechanical details, we deserve the credit merely
of executing those subordinate duties, which may ultimately en-

Vor. III. 25

A34 Mr. Vigors’s Sketches in Ornithology.

able ourselves or others, from judiciously and comprehensively

combining the results of our labours, to confer true interest upon
our pursuits. Should we commit an errour in these petty, but
still necessary details, we can repair it as soon as it has been de-
tected. No injury accrues to seience from the errour, no dis-
credit to ourselves from the acknowledgment of it. And, when
we confine our descriptions to such subjects as may be easily re-
ferred to and examined, we encrease the legitimate materials of
science ; while at the same time we diminish the number of those

truly nominal species, which, characterized from unauthentick

drawings, or still more vague hearsay, swell the catalogues of our
numerous compilers, and may be said with justice to “ live in
description” only. 7

The following forty-five species oceur among these birds from
Cuba. There are a few other specimens in the collection, which

appear to be those of young birds, and some also which have:
suffered injury in their passage, and are not in a fit state for com-’

parison or description. I have made some observations on all
these subjects to Mr. MacLeay, and hope shortly to have more

authentick information respecting them, as well as an addition to)

their number. I shall then ceutinue the list now enumerated.

1.” Potyzorus Brastirensis.
Polyborus vulgaris. Vieill., Gal. des Ois. pl. vii.
Milvus Brasiliensis. Ray, Syn. Meth. Av. p. 17.
Falco Brasiliensis. Gmel., I. p. 262. no. 64.

Brazilian Kite, called Caracara. Wiéllughby, Ornith

p.75.t.9. Lath., Gen. Hist. I. p. 274. no. 218,

This species seems to be very widely dispersed over the New

World. It is said to be common in Brazil. Specimens are in the

collection of the Zoological Society, brought by Mr. Bullock from
Mexico.*

4 2.“ ACCIPITER FRINGILLOIDES.
Acc. supra cinereo-griseus, subtus albus brunnescenti-fusco
graciliter fasciatus, rectricibus fasciis quinque saturaté fuscis.

* It has also been found in the Straits of Magellan. See this Vol. p. 423.

On some species of Birds from Cuba. 435

Frontis plume brunnescentes, fusco striate ; occipitis nucheque
parcé albo notate; gule genarumque albx, brunnescenti-fusco
graciliter striate ; pectoris abdominisque albx, brunnescenti-fusco
fasciatew ; femorum crissique albw. Remiges cinereo-brunnee ;
primarum pogoniis internis ad basin, secandariarum per totam
feré longitudinem, albo marginatis, fasciis septem sublunaribus
fuscis notatis ; subtus pallidiores. Tectrices superiores apice le-
viter brunnescenti notate ; inferiores alba. Rectrices ad apicem
pallide ; intermedizw omnes fasciis quinque fuscis notate ; duaram
externarum pogoniis externis sine nota, internis tribus fasciis
fuscis quatuorque maculis, duas fascias interruptas fingentibus,
notatis ; subtus albeseentes, ut superné fusco-notate. Rostrum
unguesque nigri. Pedes flavi. Longitudo corporis, 103 ; rostri, 3;
ale a carpo ad remigem 4", 5; caude, 543; tarsi, 24.

I find no description in any authour which exactly corresponds
with this delicate Sparrow Hawk. There are several small species
however of the Falconide, described by Dr. Latham and others,
to which the bird before us may probably belong, the difference
which it exhibits being perhaps attributable to age or sex. It
would be dangerous nevertheless to refer the bird to any one of
these, as besides the uncertainty respecting the species, we can
not be confident that we should refer it even to the same genus ;
no clue being given in the descriptions to which I allude, by
which we can determine whether the birds described are Hawks
or Fadcons. Our bird is a genuine Accipiter, and typical in the
group. ‘The description of Falco minutus, Liun.,* comes the
nearest to it; this bird, however, is alleged to have been found in
Malta, and as it has been passed over without notice by M.
Temminck in his account of the birds of Europe, I conclude it to
be a nominal species, perhaps a variety of the common Sparrow
Hawk.

.. 3.¢ Fanco Sparverivs. Linn., Syst. Nat. 1. p. 128. no. 20.
Little Falcon, Lath., Gen. Hist. 1. p. 290, no. 238.
Emerillon de St. Domingue. Pl. Enl. 665. 3.
Emerillon de Cayenne. Ib. 444. 9.
American Sparrow-Hawk. Wilson, Am. Orn. I. p. 117,

pl. 16. f. 1. p.—IV. p. 57. pl. 32. f. 2. 3.

* Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 50. No. 121. Accipiter minor. Briss. Tom. I. p. 315.
t. 30. f. 1.
2282

A386 Mr. Vigers’s Sketches in Ornithology.

There are specimens of the male and female of this species in
the collection; at least they agree in so many essential points
with the description of the type of the species, although they
differ in others, that I presume they must belong to it. The spe-
cies has indeed been observed to be extremely subject to varias
tion, The chief difference in our birds is in the size, which is less
than that of the typical birds, and in the fascia of the wings and
tail, which are less frequent, and of a different form. Our female
is also much more rufous throughout. Wilson, in his American
Ornithology,* when describing EF. Sparverius, refers to a smaller
Falcon found in the Southern States of North America, which is
nearly allied to that species, but at the same time distinct. I
suspect that the bird to which he alludes may be the following
species, which, although it has arrived in company with the birds
now described, I consider too strongly distinguished not to demand
a separate description.

+ 4. “Farco SpaRvERIoIDEs. .

F. capite alisque cinereo-griseis, collo abdomine dorso cauddque
badiis, hdc prope apicem nigro fasciata.

Femina? Aut mas junior? Dorso cinereo-griseo.

Frontis plume albescentes; capitis fusco in medio gracillimé
striate. Gula geneque albe, his nuchéque maculis nigris notatis.
Dorsi femorumque plume parcé nigro maculate, he pallidiores.
Scapularium teetricumque superiorum plume in medio nigro gra-
ciliter striate. Remigum pogonia externa nigra, interna grises-
centia; trium externarum fusco frequenter et conspicué fasciata 5
reliquarum indistincté notata, aliquibus secundariarum exceptis,
que sunt pallidiora et fusco magis saturato fasciata: subtus, pogo-
nia externa pallidé fusca, interna albescenti-grisea, fasciis trium
externarum pallidis at conspicuis, reliquarum feré obsoletis.. Tec
trices inferiores albx, nigro fortiter et frequentissimé notate.
Rectrices supra saturaté badie, fascia lata nigra prope apicem
notate, apice ipso griseo; omnes duodecim concolores et similiter
notate. Rostrum ad basin plumbeum, apice nigro. Pedes flavi,

* Vol. II. p. 117.

On some species of Birds from Cuba. A3T

unguibus nigris. Longitudo corporis, 10; rostri, +; ale a carpo
ad remigem 2%", 7; caude, 53; tarsi, 17,5.

In this bird the following distinguishing marks may be noticed
as separating it from the Falco Sparverius. The head * has not
the bay or rufous spot on the vertex; while the breast, abdomen,
and under parts are strongly and entirely rufous. The internal
webs of the quill feathers are grey instead of white, and faintly,
not strongly, fasciated with fuscous: the fuscia also differ in form,
being uniform throughout, while in F’. Sparverius they appear
dentated, particularly towards the apex: the undersides also ex-
hibit a similar difference, the fuscie being indistinct, and the whole
surface nearly of a uniform grey. The under wing coverts differ
materially from those of #. Spurverius, being strougly marked with
black, which colour predominates over the white; in the other
species the white prevails with but a few black marks. The tail
in our bird has a narrow greyish fascia at the apex; the F. Spar-
verius has a broad white one: all the twelve tail feathers in our
bird are uniform in colour and in markings, while in the other
species the two external feathers have a white external web, and
an internal web with a white margin at the apex extending nearly
an inch, and marked with two black spots. Our species appears
somewhat smaller than the generality of those birds which are
represented as belonging to the true F. Sparverius.

One of the specimens in the collection has an ash-coloured back,
but somewhat marked with rufous. It may be a female or a
young male ;—the latter more probably, —as the females of all the
conterminous species have the tail marked with numerous bars,
while in the specimen to which I allude that member is uniformly
rufous.

Dr. Latham describes an American species in the new edition
of his Synopsis under the name of Abbottian Falcon, which seems
nearly allied to the present bird. The description however dif-

* The specimens from which I have drawn the foregoing description are
somewhat injured about the neck. That part evidently shows some black
markings similar to those in F’, Sparverius, but from the state of the skins I
cannot determine their number or position so as to compare this character in
the two birds,

438 Mr. Vigors’s Sketches in Ornithology,

fers in many material particulars from the foregoing. It is curious
that M. Brisson’s two species, his salon Carolinensis, and Als.
Dominicensis, which have been united into one species by later
writers, have respectively some of the distinguishing characters of
F. Sparverioides, the former having for instance the same charac-
ters of the tail, the latter those of the head. No naturalist pos-
sessed more tact in the discrimination of species than M. Brisson,
and I have much doubt in the present case whether he was not
much more near the truth in separating the two species, than his
followers were in uniting them. On the whole I have some reason
to think, even from the scanty materials at present within our
reach, that at least three distinct species have been united under
the name of F’. Sparverius. The naturalists now so zealous in
investigating the ornithology of America will no doubt solve these
points.

5. Srrix Frammea. Linn., I. p. 133. no. 8.’

White Owl, Lath., Gen. Hist. I. p. 355. no. 56.
L’Effraie ou la Fresaye. Pl. Eni. 440.

This species, so familiar to us in Europe, is described * by
Wilson as an inhabitant of the United States. The specimen from
Cuba differs in no material respect from our own. ‘The colour is
somewhat darker, particularly on the margin of the disk, and
partial variations appear in the brownish spots on the nape, and in
other places. Our European specimens however vary in all these
respects. The tail is decidedly even. I cannot therefore refer
the birds now before me to M. Temminck’s species, Strix furcata,
[ Pl. Col. 432] which has been described as belonging to Cuba,
and in which the chief distinction from Str. flammea consists in
the tail being forked.

6. Srrix occrpiranis. Temm.
Chouette occipitale. fd., Pl. Col. 34.

* Am. Orn. Vol. VI. p. 67.

On some species of Birds from Cuba. A39

7. Atcrvo atcyon. Linn., p. 180. no. 7. *
Belted Kingfisher. Penn., Arct. Zool. 11.169. Lath.,
Gen. Hist. 1V. p. 50. no. 47. Wils., Am. Orn. III.
59. pl. 23. f. 1. Prince of, Musign., Gen. N. Am.

Birds. sp. 47.
Martin pécheur happée de la Louisiane. Pl. Enl. 715,

8. Topus viniois. Linn., lp. 178. no... ~
Green Tody, Lath., Gen. Hist. 1V. p. 81. 'no. 1.
Le Todier de St. Domingue. Pl. Eni. 585.

Of the manners and internal anatomy of this bird, which is
plentiful in Cuba, Mr. MacLeay has given a very interesting ac-
count, in a paper lately read before the Linnean Society. I shall
not anticipate the valuable information contained in that commu-

nication, by any remarks at present.
9. Muscicaea virens. Linn., I. p. 237. no, 11. Prince of °
Musign., Gen. N. dm. Birds. sp. 47.
Muscicaparapax. Wils.. dm, Orn. I. p. 81.
Wood Pewee Flycatcher. Id,, 1b. pd. XLII. f. 5,

10. Turpus rusrires. Temm, ~~
Merle a pieds rouges. Jd., Pl. Col. 409.
This beautiful species, which has been lately described by M.

‘Temmiock, seems to be peculiar to the Island of Cuba.

11. Syxzvia Canapensis. Lath., Ind. Orn. p. 539. no. 117,"
Prince of Musign., Gen. N. Am. Birdsy, sp. 25.
Motacilla Canadensis. Linn., I. p. 336. no. 42.
Black throated Warbler. Penn., Arct. Sool. LI. p, 285,
Lath., Gen. Hist. VAIL. p. 162. no. 211.
Black throated Blue Warbler. Wils., Am, Orn. I.

p- 115. pl. 25. f. 3.

12, Syzvsa cononata, Lath., Ind. Orn. p. 538. no. 115.
Vieill., Ois. d’Am. Sept. pl. 78. & 79. Wils.s Am.
Orn. IL. p. 138. & V. p. 121. Prince of Musign.,

Gen, N. Am. Birds. Sp 104.

AAO Mr. Vigors’s Sketches in Ornithology.

Motacilla coronata. Linn., I. p. 538. no. 115.

Yellow Rump Warbler. Wiéls., Am. Orn. pl. 17. f. 4.
& pl. 45. f. 5.

Fauvette tachetée de La Louisiane. Pl. Enl. 709. f. 1.

Figuier du Mississippi. Pl. Enl. 731. f. 2. (juv.)

13. Synvra macutosa. Lath., Ind. Orn. p. 563. no. 108.

Vieill., Ois. d’ Am. Sept. pl. 93. Prince of Musign.,
Gen. N. Am. Birds. sp. 106.

Motacilla maculosa, Gmel., I. p. 984. no. 151.

Sylvia magnolia. Wiéils., Am. Orn. IIL. p. 63.

Yellow rumped Flycatcher. Edw., Glean. pl. 255.

Yellow rumped Warbler. Penn., Arct. Zool. I. pl.
288. Lath., VII. p. 156. no. 203.

In making this species of Dr. Latham synonymous with the
Sylv. magnolia of Wilson, I am entirely guided by the observa-
tions of the Prince of Musignano, in his very valuable work on
the nomenclature of the ‘* American Ornithology.” I must also
refer to that work for the synonyms of the two preceding species
of Sylvia, as well as for those of Musc. virens. The confusion
previously existing in the names of these species has been ably
cleared up by the Prince.

14. ’Syxvia pensruis. Lath., Ind. Orn. p. 520. no. 41. Vieill.,
Ois. d’Am. Sept. pl. 90. Prince of Musign., Gen. N.
Am. Birds. sp. 110.
Sylvia flavicollis. Wils., Am. Orn. II. pl. 64.
Yellow throated Warbler. IJd., Ib. pl. 12. f. 6.
Here again I rely on the accuracy of the same diligent observer
for the synonyms of this species.

15. Pyrrnura nicra. Vieill., Gal. des Ois. p. 65. pl. 57.
Loxia nigra. Linn., I. p. 306. no. 40.
Little Black Bulfinch. Albin, ILI. ¢. 69.

+16. ~PyrruuLa convaris.
Pyrr. supra olivaceo-virens, subtus pallidior, fronte gula fasci-
dque pectoral nigris, collari flavo.

*

On some species of Birds from Cuba. AA]

Rostrum nigrum. Pedes pallidi. Longitudo corporis, 33 ; restré
2; ale a carpo ad remigem 3tiam, 135; caudw, 13; tarsi, 3.

17." TanaGra ZENA. .
Fringilla zena. Linn., I. p. 320. no. 13.
Tanagra multicolor. Véeill., Gal. des Ois. p. 100. pl. 76.
Orange Finch. Penn., Arct. Zool. Il. no. 241. Lath,
Gen. Hist, VI. p. 138. no. 128.

I have referred this bird to the Linnean genus Tanagra, not
having had an opportunity of investigating the characters of the
numerous genera lately formed in that extensive group. M.
Vieillot seems to make it the type of the restricted genus Tana-
gra; but he has changed the specifick name, for what reason I
know not. It is equally difficult to assign a reason for the bird
having been placed among the Fringille.

18. © Icrerus Domrnscensis.
Oriolus Dominicensis. Linn., I. p. 163. no. 14.
St. Domingo Oriole. Lath., Gen. Hist. 111. p. 122. no. 34.
Carouge de St. Domingue. Pl. Enl. 5. f. 2.

There is a bird in the collection which approaches so nearly
to this last species in general shape, and in the disposition of the
markings, although it differs totally in the ground colour, that I
would almost venture to pronounce it to be the female or young
male of the species. Its colour is olive green, with a yellowish
tint in all those spots where the yellow prevails in the Icterus
Dominicensis. The forehead and throat are black, that colour
so far appearing to blend into the olive, as to indicate a change
into the total black of the above named species. The shape and
dimensions are the same, with the exception of those of the bill,
which is in a slight degree stronger and longer than that of Ict.
Dominicensis.. Should the bird prove distinct, it may receive the
name of virescens, and the following specifick character.

Lct. olivaceo-viridis, fronte guldque nigris, tectricibus alarum
supertoribus et inferioribus, uropygio, abdomine imo femorum-
que teclricibus flavescentibus.

4492 Mr. Vigors’s Sketches in Ornithology.

+19.© Leistrs HUMERALIS.
Leist. corpore rostro pedibusque nigris, ptilis rufescenti-auran-
tiacis.
Longitudo corporis, 63; rostri ad frontem, 14, ad aaa 3 ale
a carpo ad remigem 3tiam, 33; cauda, 32; tarsi, 2

20. Srurneria Lupovicrana. Vieill., Gal. des Ois. p. 134.
pl. 90.
Sturnus Ludovicianus. Linn., I. p.290.no.3. Prince of
Musign., Gen. N. Am. Birds. sp. 48.
Alauda magna. Linn., I. p. 289. no. 11. Wils., Amt
Orn. III. p. 20. pl. 19. f. 2.
Louisiane Stare. Lath., Gen. Hist. V. p. 6. no. 4.

21.° Quiscuxus versicoror. Vieill., Gal. des Ois. p. 171. pl,

100. Prince of Musign., Gen. N. Am. Birds, sp. 56,
Am. Orn. I. p. 45. pl. 5. f. 1. Female.

Gracula quiscula. Linn., I. p. 165. no. 7. Wils., Am,
Orn. IIL. p. 44.

Purple Grakle. Penn., Arct. Sool. II. no. 153. Wils.,
Am. Orn, pl. 21. f.4. Lath., Gen. Hist. UL. p.174.
no. 35.

The name of this genus has been lately changed into that of
Chalcophanes, by M.' Temminck, [ P]. Col. 214] on no grounds that
to me at least appear sufficient to authorise the erasure of an
established name. A change it is true has been still more lately
asserted to be necessary,* in consequence as is alleged of the name
being pre-occupied in Botany. If it is the Linnean genus Quis-
qualis that is alluded to (and I know no other that at all ap
proaches to the name of M. Vieillot’s genus), the change appears
to me uncalled for. Differing totally in the source from whence
it is derived, and in the signification which it bears, and clashing
neither in orthography nor pronunciation, Quisci/ust can never,
I think, be confounded with Quisquadis.

* See Philos. Magazine for June, 1827.
+ This appears to be the original Linnean orthography of the word. It has
latterly been written Quiscalus.

ne

On some species of Birds from Cuba. 445

22. Corvus Jamaticensis.? Gmel., I. p. 367. no. 24.
Cornix Jamaicensis.? Briss., Orn. IL. p. 22. no. 5.
Chattering Crow.? Lath., Gen. Hist. UI. p. 56. no. 59.
Corvus nasicus. Temm.

Corbeau nasique. Id., Pl. Col. 413.

The specimen in the Cuban collection which I refer to the
above synonyms differs from our own Corvus corone, in the follow-
ing particulars. The colour is black, without any metallick gloss ;
the bill is equal in length to that of the European species, and
nearly similar in shape, but it is somewhat more slender, and ap-
pears rather more compressed when viewed from above; it is
smooth, but not shining. The bristles which cover the nostrils
are much shorter than in our species, and instead of lying forward
in a parallel direction with the bill, they point obliquely upwards,
their ends nearly meeting towards the cudmen. The skull is much
smaller and more delicately shaped than that of Corv. corone.
The general size of the bird also is less. I have referred it to
the above species of Gmelin, as the first belonging to the West
Indian islands, that was separated from Corv. corone. The des-
criptions however given by the authours first cited, are too vague
to enable me to say decidedly that our species is identical with
theirs. ‘The characters given by Dr. Latham of ‘ ¢oto corpore
artubusque nigris” or * totus niger,” as given by Gmelin, may be
applicable to any number of species. M. Brisson, in general so
accurate in his discrimination of species, fails us here. He con-
fines the details of his Cornix Jamuicensis merely to the dimen-
sions. Our species has been described by M. Temminck as new
in his “* Planches Coloriées :” but until the Corv. Jamaicensis is
better known it appears to me adviseable to leave the question
undecided. We have no example of the Jamaica bird in this
country. It is probable that M. ‘Temminck has already ascertained
the point, but he does not clear it up.

23. Vlnoaan TEMNURUS. Temm.
Couroucou temnure. Id., Pl. Col. 326.
This beautiful bird, for the first description of which we are
indebted to the zeal of M. Temmiuck, seems hitherto not to have
been known out of Cuba.

AAA Mr. Vigors’s Sketches in Ornithology.

24.» Psirracus neucocrpuatus, Linn., I. p. 147. no. 30.
White headed Parrot. Edw., t. 166.
White fronted Parrot. Lath., Gen. Hist. U1. p. 235,
no. 177.
Perroquet a front blanc du Sénégal. Pl. Enl. 338.

25.' Picus percussus. Temm.

Pic. poignardé. & Id., Pl. Col. 424.

Pic. virescens, vertice strigd auriculari alis caudaque nigris
albo-notatis, cristé maculdque gulari coccineis ; sublus pallidior,
nigro fasciatus. :

Frontis verticisque plume nigre, albo-striate ; genarum albe,
strigd auriculari ab oculo extendente nigra. Crista subelongata
maculaque grandis gularis coccinep. Pectoris plume albe, in
medio nigro striate. Dorsum, scapulares tectrices superiores
uropygiumque virescentes, hoc fusco leviter fasciato. Remiges
nigre ; omnium pogoniis internis ad margines albo maculatis ;
extimarum duarum pogoniis externis albo, mediarum albo et vi-
rescenti, reliquarum, tribus ultimis secundariarum exceptis,
virescenti ad margines maculatis: his tribus ultimis virescentibus,
in medio nigro notatis. Rectrices nigra, omnes ad basin albo
striata, et, duabus mediis exceptis, ad margines albo maculate ;
subtus, mediz ad basin, relique per totam longitudinem, albo
fasciate. Abdomen crissumque virescenti-alba, nigro fasciata.
Longitudo corporis, 104; rostri ad frontem, 4; ad rictum, 14 ;
ale a carpo ad remigem 4tam, 45; caude, 433; tarsi, }.

I had considered this bird a new species, and had described it
accordingly, until I saw it figured in one of M. Temminck’s new
plates, as the female of Picus percussus (Pl. Col. 390). I have
let my description stand, as entering somewhat more into the
characters of the bird than that given by M. Temminck, in the
letter-press to the above plate. There is no specimen of the male
in Mr. MacLeay’s collection.

26. * Conarres AurATus. Szatnson.
Picus auratus. Linn., p. 174..no.9. Wils., Am. Orn. I.
p. 45. Prince of Musign., Gen. N. dm. Birds, sp. 36.

On some species of Birds from Cuba. AA5

Goldwinged Woodpecker. Lath., Gen. Hist.111. p. 408.
no. 83. Wils., Am. Orn. pl. 3. f. 1.
Pic rayé du Canada. Pl. Enl. 693.

27. Coxraptres FERNANDIN2.

Col. nigrescens, pallido flavo graciliter fasciutus ; capite fulvo
fusco-striato, lined suboculari nigra.

Capitis plume fulvescentes, in medio graciliter fusco-striate ;
menti albescentes in medio nigro latius striate, lined nigra lata
sub oculos a rictu descendente. Corporis supra plume ad basin
grisescentes, deinde nigrescentes, fasciis tribus subflavis notate,
Remiges supra nigre, pogoniis utrinque fasciis plurimis subflavis
marginatis ; infra pallidé fusca, ad basin flavescentes, fasciisque
pallidioribus utringue marginate, rhachibus auratis. Tectrices
inferiores flave, nigro leviter notate. Rectrices supra fusce,
fasciis confertis gracilibus notate, rhachibus auratis. Longitudo
corporis, 13}; rostri, 12; ale a carpo ad remigem 4tam, 517;
caude, 523; tarsi, 13.

I have named this species in honour of the Conde de Fernandina,
at the express desire of Mr. MacLeay, who had received various
marks of attention and assistance in his Zoological pursuits from
that nobleman, a resident and extensive proprictor in the Island
of Cuba. It is to be observed, that Fernandina was the original
Spanish denomination of the Island.

28. “CoLaprres SUPERCILIARIS.
Picus superciliaris. Temm.
Pic sourcil-noir. Id., Pl. Col. 433.

29. Crorornaca Ant. Linn., I. p. 154. no. 1.
Lesser Ani. Lath., Gen. Hist. 11. p. 336. no. 1. pl. 36.
Petit Bout-de-Petun. Pl. Eni. 102. f. 2.

30.* Corumpa Zenaipa, dg. Prince of Musignano.
I canuot at this moment refer to the work in which this species
has been characterized. ‘The bird, however, was identified * as

* See the present Vol. p. 53.

AAG Mr. Vigors’s Sketches in Ornithology.

the male of the above species, by the Prince of Musignano him-
self, when lately in this country.

31. Cotumpa teucocreruALa. Linn., I. p. 281. no. 14. Ray,
Syn. Av. p. 63. no. 16. p. 184. no. 24.

White crowned Pigeon. Penn., Arct. Zool. Il. no. 189.
Lath., Gen. Hist. VILL. p. 48. no. 61.

* 32. ° CoruMBA INORNATA.

Col. plumbea, capite collo pectore abdomine tectricibusque ala-
rum mediis rufo-vinaceis.

Remiges plumbex, exterioribus leviter albido marginatis. Ptila
pteromatibus proxima sunt rufo-vinacea; pteromata plumbea,
extimis graciliter albo-marginatis. Tectrices inferiores pallidé
plumbee. Rectrices subtus saturatiores. Rostrum fuscum. Pedes’
tubri. Longitudo corporis, 1543; rostri, 11; ale a carpo ad
remigem 2dam, 83; caudw, 64; tars?, 1.

I feel much hesitation in describing this species as new. The
specimens in the collection are in bad condition, and vary among
themselves. The above description is taken from that which is
least injured. It appears to come very near to M. Temminck’s
description of the female of his Col. rujina, a species I have not
seen, but it differs in the dimensions, and has not the “ gorge
blanche.” \

33.“ NycriconAx VIOLACEA.
Ardea violacea, Linn., I. p.238. no.16. Wils., Am. Orn,
VIL. ¢.6o.'7 7. )
Ardea Cayennensis. Gmel., I. p. 626. no. 31.
Cayenne Night Heron. Lath., Gen. Hist. 1X. p. 63.
no. 24.
Le Bihoreau de Cayenne. Pl. Enl. 899.

34. “AgpeA exits. Gmel., I. p. 645. no. 83. Wils., Am. Orn.
VIII. p. 37.
Minute Heron. Lath., Gen. Hist. TX. p. 72. no. 34.
Least Bittern. Wils., Am. Orn. pl. 65. f. 4

-

On some species of Birds from Cuba. AAT.

35. ArprEa AxBa. Linn., I. p. 239. no. 24.

Ardea Egretta. Gmel., I. p. 629. no. 34. Wils., Am.
Orn. VIL. p. 160.

Great Egret. Penn., Arct. Zool. Il. no. 846. Lath.,
Gen. Hist. UX. p. 82. no. 44.

La grande Aigrette. Pl. Enl. 925.

I perfectly agree with the Prince of Musignano in the propriety
of restoring the original Linnean name of alba to this species:
although that name was first applied to the young bird, it has the
right of priority in designating the species in all its stages.

36. “ARDEA virescens. Linn., I. p. 238. no. 20. Wils., Am.
Orn. VIL. p. 97.
Green Heron. Lath., Gen. Hist. IX. p. 106. no. 72.
Wils., Am. Orn. pl.,61. f. 1.
Le Crabier vert tachetée. Pl. Enl. 912.

37. “ArpeA cHrutes. Linn., I. p. 238. no. 17. Wils., Am.
Orn. VII. p. i17.
Blue Heron. Lath., Gen. Hist. IX. p. 116. no. 84.
Wils., Am. Orn, pl. 62. f. 3.
Heron bleuatre de Cayenne. Pl. Enl. 343.

38. TanTanus LocuLaTor. Linn., I. p. 240. no. 1. Wiis., VILL.
p- 39.
Wood Ibis. Wils., pl. 56. f.1. Lath., Gen. Hist. 1X.
p. 141. no. 1.

39. ArAmus scotopaceus. Véieill., Gal. des. Ois. pl. 252.
Ardea scolopacea. Gmel., I. p. 647. no. 87.
Scolopaceous Heron. Lath., Gen. Hist. 1X. p. 134.

no. 116.
Le Courlan ou Courliri. Pl. Enl. 848.

40.' Toranvs cutororycrus. Vieill.
Tringa solitaria. Wiéls., Am. Orn. VII. p. 53.
Solitary Sandpiper. Jd., Ib. pl. 58. f. 3.

AAS Mr. Vigors’s Sketches in Ornithology.

41. Tovanus FLAVIPES.
Scolopax flavipes. Gmel., I. p. 659. no. 31. Wils.,
Am. Orn. VII. p. 55.
Yellow-winged Snipe. Penn., Arct. Sool. If. no. 378.
Lath., Gen. Hist. 1X. p. 234. no. 35.
Yellow-shanks Snipe. Wéils., Am. Orn, pl. 58. f. 4.

42. GauuinutA Martinica. Lath., Ind. Orn. p. 769. no. 9.
Fulica Martinica. Linn., I. p..259. no. 7.
Martinico Gallinule. Lath., Gen. Hist. IX. p. 4).
no. 27, pl. 160.

43. Parra Jacana. Linn., I. p. 259. no. 3.

Chesnut Jacana. Lath., Gen. Hist. UX. p. 324. no. 1.
Spur-winged Water Hen. Edw., t. 357.
Le Jacana. Pl. Enl. 322.

Junior. Parra variabilis. Linn., I. p. 260. no. 4.
Variable Jacana. Lath., Gen. Hist. 1X. p. 385. no. 2.
Spur-winged Water Hen. Edw., ¢. 48.

Le Jacana du Brasil. Pl. Enl. 846.

This latter Linnean species is now, I believe, generally con-
sidered as the young of the Parra Jacana, I know not upon what
authority. In the Cuban collection there are three specimens of
each of these reputed species, none of which are intermediate.
I have called Mr. MacLeay’s attention to this point, and hope to
have it cleared up upon the spot.

44.° CuAraprivus vocirerus. Linn., I. p. 253. no. 3. Wils.,
Am. Orn. Vil. p. 73.
Noisy Plover. Penn., Arct. Sool. II. no. 400. Lath.,
IX. p. 315. no. 3.
Kildeer Plover. Wils., Am. Orn. VII. pl. 59.f. 6.

45.VAnas sronsa. Linn., I. p. 207. no. 43. Wils., Am. Orn.
VIII. p. 97.
Summer Duck. Edw. t.101. Penn., Arct. Zool II.
no. 493. Lath., Gen. Hist. X. p. 361. no. 121.
Wils., Am. Orn. pl.70. f. 3.
Beau Canard Huppé. Pl. Enl. 980. 6. 981
{To be continued }.

M r. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield on two species of Felis. 449

Art. XLVII. Descriptions of two Species of the genus Felis,
in the collection of the Soological Society. By N.A.
Vicors, Esq., A.M, F.R.S., &c., and Tuos. HorsFreELpD,
M.D., FL.S., &c.

Amone the valuable acquisitions to science which were the
result of the late lamented Sir Stamford Rafiles’s researches in
Sumatra, are two species of Felis, apparently unknown to natu-
ralists. No description at least that comes near them is to be
found in M. 'Temminck’s Monograph of that genus ; and when we
consider the assiduity with which that indefatigable naturalist
investigated the subject, and the ample means he possessed of
comparison, we may fairly, we conceive, conclude, that every
species which escaped his notice must have been previously unre-
corded.

The first of these subjects is a small Cat, distinguished at once
by the extreme depression of the skull. This depression extends
along the nose to the extremity of the muzzle, the sides of which
are laterally distended. The head itself is more lengthened and
cylindrical than in the domestic cat. The distance between the
eyes and ears is comparatively great. The cylindrical form and
lateral contraction of the head is singularly contrasted by an
unusual length of teeth. The canine teeth, in particular, are
nearly as long as in an individual of double its size. The grinders
agree in number with the rest of the genus, but they are more
compressed than usual, aud the lateral appendages and points are
more developed. The general habit of body of our species is
slender, and the extremities are delicate and lengthened. The
number of toes, in both pair of feet, is the same as in the true cats.
The papillez of the tongue are prominent and sharp. The tail is
short, being only five inches and a half in length. This member
is mutilated in the specimen from which our figure is taken, but
an individual preserved in spirit has furnished us with the perfect
dimensions. The former specimen appears to have arrived at full
size ; the latter belonged to an individual considerably advanced
in age. This appears from the state of the teeth, which are
greatly worn by attrition, and the posterior or tubercular teeth

Vor. III. Qr

450 Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horstield on two species of Felis.

have disappeared, their place however being still apparent in the
Dek |

This species departs in several of its characters from the true
Cats. By the form of the head, the length of the canine teeth,
the compressed character and marked points of the grinders, it
approaches to Prionodon ; but it wants the acute nose, the addi-
tional teeth, the lengthened tail, the highly painted exteriour, and
several other particulars of the group to which Prionodon belongs.
In its form and habit it has some resemblance to Mustela; but
its face has the true physiognomy cf the feline tribe. Its place in
the series cannot be determined without a more minute com-
parison of its various peculiarities than we can at present under-
take.

1. FeExis pLANicers.

Fel. rufo-brunneus, laterum pilis albo terminatis, dorso satu-
ratiore ; capite rufo, lineis duabus interocularibus ad occiput feré
extendentibus, genis, thorace, abdomineque imo albis.

Tab. XII.

The hairs of the body are fuscous at the base, then brown, and
terminated with white, those of the middle of the back excepted,
which are without the white: a dorsal line is thus formed along
the back, which is conspicuously deeper in colour than the other
parts of the body. Two light coloured streaks, commencing be-
tween the eyes, run backwards towards the occiput, growing
fainter as they approach that part ; between them isa deep rufous
line, darker at its commencement.

DIMENSIONS.
Length of the body and head from the extremity
of the nose to the root of the tail . .. 18inch

Length of the tail : “i : ° . 53
———- the head ; : : 2 4

Breadth of the head across the ears a . 24

Distance. between the eyes a 5 2

Height at the shoulder - eo ata eae Ge 7%
therump : ‘ : : 8

Length of the anteriour tarsus and toes ° 13

—posteriour ditto . . . 23

Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield on two species of Felis. A51

The second species comes in form more near to the true Tiger
Cats. Its colour however is uniform, and it exhibits none of the
streaks or spots which generally prevail in the tribe.

2. Ferxis TeMMINCcKII.

Fel. rufus, fronte strigis duabus albidis tribusque brunneis
alternantibus notatd, auribus externé nigris intus albidis, mento
thorace abdomineque albidis.

Tab. Supp. XXII.

The distinguishing character of this species is the uniform dis-
tribution of a reddish brown fur over the neck, back, sides of the
body, tail, and extremities. The head is tawny inclining to grey ;
at the inner canthus of each eye a grey line commences, which
passes over the forehead to the occiput, gradually increasing in
breadth, and having externally a dark brown margin, which is more
saturated at its commencement near the eyes. The throat, abdo-
men, interiour of the thighs, and cheeks are grey ; the latter, as
well as the sides of the head and lips, are streaked with reddish

- brown. The ears are dark brown above and grey underneath.

In size, this species is near the domestic cat ; its general habit
is robust: the posteriour extremities are remarkably stout; the
head is short, full, and regularly feline. The feet are clothed
with a thick fur, and appear of an unusual thickness. The tail,
in the specimen described, is slightiy attenuated.

DIMENSIONS.

Length of the body and head from the extremity

of the nose to the root of the tail : ; 19 inch.

Length of the tail aN) aE . : y 123

of the head : 3 : : : AL

Breadth of the head across the ears ; 3.
Distance between the eyes : j 1
Height of the shoulder fs : : : 10
the rump s E 2 R 1}

Length of the anteriour tarsus and toes - 13
posteriour ditto. : : 2

Patil es

ADD Analytical Notices of Books.

Art. XLVIII. Analytical Notices of Books.

Narrative of Travels and Discoveries in Northern and Central
Africa, in the Years 1822, 1823, and 1824. By Masor
Denuam, Caprain CLAprerton, and the late Dr. OupNeY-
4 to.

In noticing a volume so pregnant with interest as the present,
it is not a little annoying to feel ourselves restricted to a mere
technical analysis of one of the least important parts of its Ap<
pendix. Precluded by the nature of our review from alluding
to the discoveries in the hitherto impenetrable regions of central
Africa, which have crowned the labours of our gallant country~
men, it would be equally inconsistent with the strict line of our
duty to advert to the ardent and persevering zeal which supported
them through difficulty and peril to lands untrodden by European
feet, and scarcely known to us even by report. On the Zoological
facts alone with which they have furnished us are we at liberty
to dwell; and although these present, comparatively, little of
striking interest or novelty, they afford a convincing proof of
the devotion of our travellers to the acquisition of knowledge in
every department within their reach. With no other cutting
instrument than a penknife, belonging to Major Denham, and
with only a little arsenical soap, left from the stores of the late
Mr. Ritchie, they succeeded in preserving upwards of a hundred
skins of animals, and transported them across the almost inter
minable deserts; which they traversed on their return. Of these
many were found on their arrival in England to be utterly de-
stroyed. The remainder have been rendered available to science
by Mr. Children and Mr. Vigors, to whom we are indebted for
the Zoological Appendix now under consideration, in which
thirty-nine species of mammiferous quadrupeds, birdy and
reptiles, are noticed.

Of the Mammalia thirteen species are recorded, the whole of
which have been previously described. One of them alone appears

Denham’s Travels in Africa. A453

capable of exciting any peculiar interest: we allude to the Fennee,
the very existence of which seems almost to have been doubted
by many continental Zoologists, who have received with suspicion
the accounts of it transmitted to us by Bruce. The accuracy of
that traveller’s description is however fully maintained by the
specimen brought home by Major Denham and Capt. Clapperton.
It is referred to the genus Fennecus, established, according to
Illiger, by M. Lacépede, and its dentary formula is thus given,
though not without hesitation on account of the imperfect state
of the teeth, and the impossibility of minutely examining them
in a cranium attached to the skin: ‘¢ Dentes primores £; laniarii
44; molares $5”. Its specific character is “ F. supra rufes-
centi-albus, subtus pallidior; macula suboculari rufa; cauda ma-
cula sub-basali nigrescenti-brunnea, apice nigro.” The trivial
name of Cerdo is provisionally retained for it, being that applied
to an animal in the Frankfort Museum figured by Mr. Griffith,
which is probably identical with it: should they however prove
hereafter to be distinct, the species now brought to England will
be known by Desmarest’s appellation of I’. Brucii. A spirited
representation of the animal is given; the history of our know-
ledge respecting it is traced; and a careful description, accom-
panied with the necessary measurements, completes the first
detailed Zoological account of this elegant species. It may be
proper to add, that the possession of a detached skul! recently
added, with a set-up specimen, to the collection of the Zoolo-
gical Society, has since enabled Mr. Vigors to ascertain that
the teeth of the Fennec correspond almost precisely with those
of the Fox.

Among the Birds, which are twenty-four in number, there are
several new species. The first of these, Francolinus Clappertoni,
is thus characterized; ‘ F. supra brunneus fulvo-variegatus ;
subtus fulvo-albidus, maculis longitudinalibus brunneis aspersus ;
striga superciliari, subocularique, gula, genisque alhis, his-brun-
neo-lineatis,” It was met with in tolerable abundance, frequent-
ing sand-hills covered with low shrubs, and running with great
speed. Another is the Otis Denhami, “+ O. fusco-brunneo et
pallido-fulvo undulatim punctulata, capite brunnescenti-nigro,

A54 Analytical Notices of Books.

superciliis genis gulaque albidis, collo rufo, -pectore cinereo$
pteromatibus remigibus rectricibusque nigris, istis albo-maculatis,
his albo-fasciatis; corpore subtis rufescenti-albo.” This species
closely resembles the description given by Dr. Latham of his
African Bustard, but does not exhibit the striking character of
bareness of the head. It resorts during the rainy season to the
neighbourhood of the larger towns, where it frequents moist
places, and is always found in company with Gazelies. Like
those of that elegant animal, its eyes are remarkable for their
size and brilliancy, and furnish an equally frequent topic of com-
parison in those wild effusions, in which the Arab poet delights
to celebrate the beauties of his beloved. The third species de-
scribed is the Ardea melanocephala, “ A. cinerea; capite cris-
tato, colli parte posteriore lateribusque, regione interhumerali,
remigibus, rectricibusque nigris, gula collique parte anteriore
albis.” It differs from A. cinerea chiefly by its entirely black
head and the black on the hind part of the neck and on the back
between the shoulders. From the strength of these markings,
and the developement of the crest, the specimen appears to be
adult. The bird was found in great abundance in all the lakes
and marshes throughout the route. The remaining species are
well known to the ornithologist, and consequently do not require
our particular notice. The enumeration of them is, however,
usually accompanied by notes illustrative of their habits and
localities. The name of Ciconia Marabou, improperly assigned
by Temminck to the Indian species, is here used to designate
that of Africa, for which the same authour had employed the
appellation of C. Argala, previously and | ce applied by
Dr. Latham to the Asiatic bird.

The Reptilia are only two, the Monitor Niloticus and Chamealeo
vulgaris.

The living animals brought home by the expedition, were
chiefly transferred to his Majesty’s collection at Windsor.

Temminck’s Monographies de Mammalogie. 455

Monographies de Mammalogie: par C.J. Temmincx. Livraisons
5—7. Ato.

Tue genus Pteropus, which forms the subject of the fifth Mono-
graph, was originally proposed by Brisson, but it appears to be
impossible now to ascertain from which of the species contained
in it his characters were derived. It was however adopted by
succeeding writers, although no clear idea of it or of its extent
was obtained, until the publication by M. Geoffroy-Saint-Hilaire,
in the 15th volume of the Annales du Museum, of his very able
memoirs on the Cheiroptera. In the article dedicated to this
genus, the Roussette of the French and many continental authours,
that learned professor described eleven species, the greater part
of which were new; but of these M. Temminck considers two to
be merely varieties. By the discoveries of recent travellers the
number bas since been considerably increased, and we are here
presented with no less than seventeen well-determined species.
They are divided into three sections, which are characterized
chiefly by the presence or absence of the tail. We propose to
enumerate them in the order in which they occur, dwelling of
course especially on those which are now for the first time no-
ticed.
* Snout more or less elongated : tail none: interfemoral mem-
brane more or less rudimentary. Entirely frugivorous.

1. P. edulis, the P. Javanicus of Dr. Horsfield and Ternate
Bat of Pennant. It includes the P. edulis and P. Edwardsii of
Geoffroy, which exhibit no differences except unimportant varia-
tions in colouring.

2. P. medius. When adult equal in size only to young indivi-
duals of the preceding species. Form slender; but the body
and snout shorter than in P. edulis; membrane of flight much
narrower, especially near the coccyx. Lars long and pointed.
Head, occiput, throat, and region of the insertion of the wings,
blackish chesnut; back blackish, slightly tinged with brown ;
back of the neck yellowish rufous ; sides of the neck, and all the
under surface, except the throat and the humeral region, of a
brown red resembling the colour of dead leaves; membranes

A56 Analytical Notices of Books.

brown. It inhabits the continent of India, in the vicinity of Cal-
cutta and Pondicherry.

3. P. phaiops. Size of the preceding. Body very large; snout
long ; eyes more distant from the nostrils than’ from the ears ;
ears short and pointed ; interfemoral membrane broad on tke tibia,
but on the coccyx merely rudimentary and hidden by the long
hairs. Snout, throat, cheeks, and orbits, deep black; the re-
mainder of the head and neck, and the shoulders, straw-coloured ;
back dark chesnut, with a few yellowish hairs ; hairs of the under
parts brown at their base, and of a light straw colour at their
points, except on the breast, where they are entirely of a very
bright red. Membranes black. Inhabits Madagascar.

4. P. poliocephalus. Smaller than P. edulis. Body thicker than
in the last species: interfemoral membrane broad on the metatar-
sus, disappearing gradually until it is entirely wanting on the
coccyx; ears moderate, pointed. Upper part of the head, cheeks,
and throat, dark cinereous, becoming griseous on the occiput ; back
of the neck, and part of its front, and the shoulders, reddish
chesnut, divided by a black band from the cinereous fur which
covers the remainder of the body. Inhabits Australia.

5. P. dasymallus, erroneously referred by Siebold in his Spici-
legia Faune Japonice to the P.rubricollis. It is smaller than the
P. medius, and its membranes of flight are less extensive pro-
portionally than these of any other species. Interfemoral mem-
brane wanting at the coccyx, rudimentary along the legs, and
visible at the heel alone. ars small, pointed, almost hidden in
the thick fur. Face, top of the head, cheeks, throat, and region
of the ears, brown with a few griseous hairs ; front, sides, and
back of the neck, and shoulders, yellowish dirty white ; the rest
of the body deep brown, the points of the hairs being ochraceous.
Membranes deep brown. It inhabits Japan.

6. P. vulgaris, Geoff. It is the Vespertilio Vampyrus of
Schreber ; but not of Linné or Gmelin, which refers to a species
that cannot now be determined with certainty.

7. P.rubricollis, Geoff. The name of this species has been fre-
quently misappropriated, and is in fact applicable to seven out of
the eight larger Pteropi, in all of which the neck is more or less red,

Temminck’s Monographies de Mammalogie. 457

8. P. pallidus. Smaller than the P. edulis of one year’s growth,
Snout short, rather obtuse ; ears rounded, shorter than the distance
from the eyes to the point of the nose; interfemoral membrane
rudimentary at the coccyx. Back of the neck, shoulders, and
collar, red; back pale brown; head, throat, belly, and mem-
branes, pale brown, imitating in colour a dead leaf. It inhabits
the Island of Banda.

9. P. Keraudrenius, Quoy and Gaim.

10. P. griseus, Geoff.

11. P. personatus. Size of the last. Ears moderately long,
rather rounded at the end; interfemoral membrane rudimentary.
Pure white on the back of the neck, extending beyond the eyes,
and forming a spot behind them ; and also on the cheeks, the lips,
and the chin: the throat is covered by a broad brown zone, the
extremities of which surround the cheeks, form broad eye-brows,
and extend themselves in two. parallel lines which terminate at
the nostrils : ecciput, neck, and part of the breast, straw-coloured:
shoulders whitish: back griseous, with a few light brown hairs :
hairs of the under surface cottony, brown at their base, and isa-
bella-coloured at their tips. - It inhabits the Moluccas.

12. P. melanocephalus. Very small, the extended membranes
measuring only eleven inches. Ears small, short, and rounded;
interfemoral membrane rudimentary, nearly hidden by the fur;
snout very short. Back of the neck, occiput, and snout, black ;
hairs of the back yellowish white at the base; dark cinereous at
the apex; of the under surface, yellowish white. Membranes
dark brown. It was found in Java by Van Hasselt.

** Snout rather elongated and slender: tail rudimentary, al-
most imperceptible, not extending beyond the interfemoral mem-
brane. Frugivorous.

13, P. minimus, Geoff. The P. rostratus of Dr. Horsfield is
said to be synonymous with it. The figure of the Kiodote of M. F.
Cuvier is also referred to it. The details of the teeth and tongue
of the latter, which has been regarded as the type of the genus
Mucroglossus, are stated by no means to agree with the Javanese
Specimens.

RR

A58 Analytical Notices of Books.

*** Tail more or less elongated, extending one-half of its length
beyond the interfemoral membrane. Probably partly insectivorous.
14. P. stramineus, Geoff.

15. P. Geoffroyi, the P. Ai gyptiacus of Geoffroy-Saint-Hilaire,

a trivial name which M. Temminck. has ventured to change be-
cause the animal has since been discovered out of Egypt. We
would join him most cordially in testifying respect for the natu-
ralist to whom he has dedicated it; but we cannot agree with him
that it is ** dans l’interét de la science” to set aside a name which
possesses the powerful claim of priority.

16. P. tttiechetlus. Size rather less than the preceding species.
Snout short: eyes nearer to the nostrils than to the ears; ears

short, notched near the apex of their posterior margin, trans-

versely wrinkled at their base, and bordered by a whitish line ;
nostrils distant, tubular; upper lip with two large tubercles, sepa-
rated from each other by a groove. ‘Tail short, almost enveloped
in the interfemoral membrane,-its slender point free : interfemoral

membrane notched. In the adult male the neck and breast are -

rufous, the upper part of the body brown, and the under grey: in
the female these colours are modified by a mixture of olive.
Inhabits Java and Sumatra.

17. P. amplexicaudatus, Geoff.

18. P. marginatus, Geoff. The only specimen known to exist
is in the Paris Museum. On this the original notice was founded,
but it is‘in too imperfect a state for a detailed description. It has
so close an aflinity to the P. titthecheilus that M. Temminck has
been induced to suspect that it is idéntical with that species.

This sketch of the characters of the new species of Pteropus
contained in the fifth number is abridged from the detailed

descriptions given by M. Temminck. It is to be regretted that he —

should constantly’ abstain from giving in a specific phrase the
leading characteristics of each; an omission which is calculated
materially to increase the difficulties of the enquirer, and is directly
opposed to the practice of the best Zoologists. But a far heavier
charge may be advanced against this Monograph. It is indeed a
ground of just complaint that of the five Pteropi figured, no less

ee

a

Temminck’s Monographies de Mammalogie. 459

than three should be merely copied from the plates in the Annales
du Museum. M. Temminck, who declaims so loudly against com-
pilation, ought surely to have had recourse for his illustrations to
those ample stores of original materials which he has at his
disposal, and which would have supplied him with more than
twice the number of yet unfigured species.

The sixth Monograph is devoted to another genus of Cheiroptera,
the Dysopes of Illiger, which is synonymous with the Molossus of
M. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, and also, according to M. Temminck,
with the Nyctinomus of the latter authour. To establish the
identity of these genera, the distinction of which rested only on
the number of the incisor teeth of the lower jaw, ‘numerous facts
are detailed tending to prove that this character varies according
to the age of the individual. Those of the upper jaw are also
variable in number, and the dentary formula, as far as the in-
cisors are concerned, may be either 4,2, 2,2, or even 2. The
privation of the lower incisors takes place progressively. The base
of the canine teeth becomes developed, and by its enlargement the
incisors are successively displaced ; the projecting lateral points
of the canines eventually performing the office of incisors, and
being opposed, while engaged in taking food, to the incisers of
the upper jaw which are worn away by them. M. Temminck de-
scribes these facts as they have been witnessed by him in seven of
the eleven species which have fallen under his observation. In
order to show the mode of proof adopted by him, we follow him
through one of the instances which he has adduced, that of the
Dys. nasutus, described by M. Isidore Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire as
the Nyctinomus Brasiliensis. In one young-individual of this
species there existed, in the lower jaw, six incisors; in another,
five, three being on one side, and two on the other; in a third,
four only, and in the upper jaw of this specimen, three incisors,
with the alveolus, partly closed, of a fourth; in about thirteen
other specimens, the number of incisors in ‘the lower jaw was
four; and in two full-grown individuals there were ouly two.
The entire absence of even these has been found in the Dys.
obscurus. Another observation will carry almost beyond the ‘pos-

460 Analytical Notices of Books.

sibility of doubt the proof of the identity of Nyctinomus with
Molossus. The type of the former genus, the Nyct. Aigyptiacus,
Geoff., possesses in its early age the four incisor teeth which have
been made to characterize the group, but loses two of them, when
arrived at its full growth, and thus becomes an undisputed Mo~
lossus.

On the importance of these remarks we need not observe. The
anomalies which exist in the dentary system of the Cheiroptera
have long been a stumbling-block to Zoologists, and can only be
explained by a continued and extensive series of minute examina-
tions, similar to those to which M. Temminck has subjected them.
They afford an additional proof, if such were wanting, that a sys-
tem founded on any one set of organs, however important, must
become in some of its parts deficient and inadequate: it must
degenerate into a merely artificial method, the natural one being
attainable only by a well-directed study of the whole organisation,

The species of Dysopes are enumerated in the following order ;
the primary sections, to which no characters can be assigned,
being derived from their habitation in the two great divisions of
the globe. ;

* Species which inhabit the Old World.

1. Dys. cheiropus. This is identical with the Chetromeles tor-
quatus, Horsf., and is established on the single specimen which
exists in the collection of the East India Company, and was des-
cribed and figured in the Zoological Researches in Java. No
other individual of the species has yet occurred. The description
given by M. Temminck was prepared before he was acquainted
with that of Dr. Horsfield ; his figure is copied from the one pub-
lished in the work of our able co-operator. M.'Temminck does
not agree with him in regarding it as the type of a distinct genus, —
The only character, he remarks, that separates it from the Nycti-
nomi is the opposable nature of the external toe of the hinder feet.
An analogous structure, though less in degree, is, in his opinion,
possessed by other species of Dysopes; the Dys. velox has the
same toe stronger than the others, free, aud articulated laterally ;
in the Dys. Ruppelii, it is free, but is nat capable of opposition to
the others, nor is it furnished with a broad, depressed nail; and

Temminck’s Monographies de Mammalogie. 461

in the Dys. tenuis, the two lateral ones are stronger than the
middle three, and possess a freer lateral motion. M. Temminck
therefore regards the Chetromeles torquatus as a Dysopes, in which
this faculty has reached its maximum of developement.

2. Dys. plicatus; the Vespertilio plicatus, Buchanan, Lion.

Trans. v. 261.
_ 3. Dys. Ruppelii. This new species is allied to the Nyctinomus
“E gyptiacus, Geoff. Its size is that of the Vespertilio myotis.
Its ears are extremely large, conchiform, shadowing the face;
their internal margin not united, but projecting from the forehead
in a common base; a strong internal fold covers the eyes; the
base of the ear is furnished with an internal earlet, and with a
second external lenticular earlet : the tail is as long as the body
only, thick, and depressed, and scarcely one-half of it is enveloped
in the interfemoral membrane, which is destitute of muscular
fibres: the membranes of the wings are very long and. narrow.
The fur is abundant, fine, closely-set, and smooth; a broad bor-
der of closely-set hairs occupies the base of the wing-membranes,
close to, and along, the sides of the body : the nose is covered by.
black, scattered, diverging, hairs; the lips are broad, pendent,
and folded. The upper parts of the body are uniformly mouse-
coloured, and the under ones are somewhat paler: the toes are
covered with long, rather curved, whitish, silky, hairs; and the
external one is somewhat more free than the others. It inhabits
Egypt.

4. Dys. Geoffroyi: the Nyctinome d’Egypte (Nyctinomus
LE gyptiacus, Geoff.,). In pursuance of his declared antipathy to
denominations derived from locality, M. Temminck has here
again ventured to set aside the original name.

5. Dys. tenuis: the Nyctinomus tenuis of Dr. Horsfield.

** Species which inhabit the New World.

6. Dys. rufus, first indicated by M. Geoffroy Saint Hilaire in
the Annales du Muséum, and since described by the Prince ‘de
Neuwied as the Dys. perotis. In size it exceeds the Vespertilio,
myotis ; its nose is enormous, very thick and short, resembling in
some measure that of the Mastiff: its mouth opens widely : its
ears are considerably developed ; the interfemoral membrane is

|

AG2 Analytical Notices of Books.

directed in an angular form towards the middle of the tail, the
superior half of which it envelopes, leaving the remainder free
and without any membranous border: the lips are pointed, and

furnished with warty excrescences. ‘The fur of the upper surface

is of a deep chesnut colour; that of the under side being paler:
the ears and membranes are of a chesnut brown.

7. Dys. Alecto. The size of this new species exceeds that of
the Vespertilio myotis, but the extent of its wings equals that
of the Vesp. serotinus. The wings are very narrow and are deeply
notched: the tail is free for more than half of its length: the
membraves extend down upon the tarsi: the breadth of the ears
is greater than their height; they are united in front, and are
continued in a slender strip towards the nostrils, which are almost
united together; the head is short, and is surmounted by a very
elevated coronal crest which passes down along the middle of the
front. The fur is very fine, resembling a silky velvet, except in
the lower and hinder part, where the hairs are long ; its colour
throughout is a brilliant black: the membranes and face are also
black. It inhabits the interior of Brasil.

8. Dys. abrasus. Another new species, resembling the pre-
ceding in its proportions, but inferior to it in size. The chief
distinctions consist, in less than one-half of the tail being free; in
the tarsus being unattached by membrane; in the ears being almost
as broad as high, and not united in front ; and in the nostrils being
distant from each other. The fur is very short and closely set:
its colour on the upper parts is a very bright and glossy chesnut ;
on the lower it is paler and more dull: the membranes are. black.
It inhabits the same districts as the preceding species.

9. Dys. nasutus. This is synonymous with the Molossus nasu-
tus, Spix, and with the Nycténomus Brasiliensis of M. Isidore
Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire.

10. Dys. velox. The characters of this species it is unnecessary

to repeat as they have-been given by Dr. Horsfield at page 237 of

our present volume.

11. Dys. obscurus: the Molossus obscurus, Geoffroy. It may

probably be identical with the Molossus fumarius, Spix.

The Monograph is terminated by a compiled notice of such

Temminck’s Monographies de Mammalogie. 463

species as M. Temminck has hitherto been unable personally to
examine. It includes the characters of the Nyctinomus acetabu-
losus, Geoff. and Nyct. dilatatus, Horsf., which inhabit the Old
World; and refers to the following, described by authours as
having been discovered in the New World: Dys. ater, Geoff.,
Molosse Mulot-volant, Daubent., Molossus fusciventer, Geott., the
Chauve-souris chdtaine, obscure, and brun-cannelle, of D’ Azara,
the Chauve-souris de la Guyane of Buffon, and the Dys. acuticau-
datus, Desm. The latter may probably be the type of the genus
Thyreptera, Spix. To these M. Temminck subsequently adds in
his Appendix the Dinops Ceston’, Savi, which he suspects to be a
species of Dysopes, closely allied to his Dys. Ruppelii.

Figures of all the new species, except the Dys. rufus, accom-
pauy the descriptions. ‘There are also given figures of the Dys.
cheiropus, Geoffroyi, tenuis, and obscurus; the former being
copied from the Zoological Researches in Java, and the second
from the Description de ’ Egypte. Other plates exhibit skeletons
of two of the species, and crania of many of them; in the latter
the dentary system at various ages is particularly explained.

In his seventh Monograph, M. Temminck proposes a new genus
of Rodentia, to which he gives the name of Aunacopus. It is
founded on a single individual of a species hitherto unnoticed.
From the very early age of the specimen the generic characters
cannot be regarded as fixed ; those especially which are derived
from the teeth differing of course as the animal advances in growth.
The superior incisors are deeply channelled, with two greoves in
eachof them; the molars are, in this instance, only two on each
side in each jaw, and bear some resemblance to those of Arctomys:
it has no cheek-pouches : there are four toes to each of the feet,
the skeleton exhibiting the rudiments of a fifth: the tail is entirely
covered with hairs, its length being less than one-half of that of
the head and body taken together: and the ears are very large,
their external margin forming a complete semicircle, and the
conch being furnished with several membranous appendages.

The only species is the Awd. Swinderianus. Its size is rather
larger than that of theHypudeus amphibius, (Water Campagnol, )

AG4 Analytical Notices of Books.

which it closely resembles. Its fur is very thick, coarse, and longy
resembling that of the Agoutis; the hairs are about an inch in
length, and are coloured in successive rings of yellow and deep-
brown ; hence the upper parts of the body and limbs are variegated
with these colours ; both the jaws, and all the under surface, are of
a uniform yellowish white ; the hairs of the tail are brown above,
and yellowish below. Its country is yet unknown.

Figures of the animal, of its skeleton, and of various anatomical
details connected with it, illustrate the description.

The remainder of the seventh Livraison is occupied by an Ap-
pendix, containing additions and corrections to the preceding
parts ; a Preface; and a Catalogue of the genera of Mammalia:
Both the Jatter merit attention; the former on account of the
judicious observations contained in it relative to the abuses which
now prevail in the formation of genera and species on insufficient
grounds; and the Catalogue for the valuable hints interspersed
throughout it. Under each genus the number of species contained
in it is stated, as also the doubtful ones ; and M. Temminck con-
cludes that full eight hundred and fifty genuine species of Mam-
malia are to be found in our existing collections.

Manuel de’ Mammalogie, ou Histoire Naturelle des Mammiferes ;

par R. P. Lesson, 12mo. pp. 442. Paris, 1827.

A neat and convenient little Manual exhibiting the characters,
generic and specific, of the whole of the Mammalia hitherto no-
ticed. It is compiled chiefly from the Mammalogie of M. Desmarest,
itself a compilation, the very errors of which are occasionally
copied. With this are interwoven the new species which have
been described since the appearance of that work, and the number
of mammiferous animals is thus raised from 850 to 1124 ; of which,
however, probably one-fourth may be regarded as founded on
erroneous or insufficient data. It possesses no novelty beyond that.
of occasionally elevating to the rank of a genus what had been
considered as a species; but is merely to be viewed as a useful

Wagier—Systema Avium. A65

and compendious compilation. Beyond this it makes no pre-
tensions.

It will probably he followed by a Manual of Ornithology by
the same authour, uniform, like the present, with an extensive
series of Manuals on all subjects of Art and Science, which is now
in course of publication at Paris. It is to be hoped that in this
and all future productions, M. Lesson will avoid the arbitrary
changes of names, and the useless multiplication of species, which
disfigure the present.

Atlas de Mammalogie ; Planches lxxx. Paris, 1827.

- A collection of plates designed to illustrate the preceding work,
but sold separately.

Systema Avium. Auctor Dr. Joannes Wacier. Pars Prima.
Sm, 8vo. pp. 412. Stuttgardie et Tubingie. 1827.

Although perfectly unpretending in outward appearance, this
little volume may rank in effect among the most important and
desirable that have recently been published. With compilations
we have indeed been overwhelmed, but there has scarcely occurred
a single work, embracing the whole of any extensive department
of Zoology, to which the epithet original could be justly applied.
Manuals especially appeared to have become the exclusive pro-
perty of the mere heaper together, without discrimination and
without examination, of the labours of other men. In the present
instance the authour has taken a much higher ground, and the
plan which he has pursued reflects credit on his judgement and on
his industry. He has endeavoured to see for himself the specimens
which others had described, and to describe also those which
others had not possessed. Into the body of his work he has rarely
introduced a species which he has not personally observed, and
he has very properly piaced it within the power of every one to
verify his accuracy, by referring throughout, except in the case of

Vor. II. 2G

466 Analytical Notices of Books.

the more common birds, to the collections in which they are re-
spectively preserved. From these sources he has brought together
a very considerable number of species, which he has carefully
described and attentively collated with the chief ornithological
works. The doubtful species, and those of uncertain location, are
appended at the end of each genus, and the distinction is thus
strikingly made between those parts of his System for which Dr.
Wagler is himself responsible, and those which rest only on the
authority of others.

Of this valuable work the commencement alone has yet ap-
peared. It is without arrangement, but a mode of printing is
usually adopted which will enable its possessor hereafter to dis-
tribute the genera according to his own views of their affinities.
Ai present it may be regarded as a collection of Monographs, forty-
six of which, including the extensive genera, Péicus, Columba,
Ardea, and Charadrius, are given in the first part. It is printed
in small type, and in double columns, and contains as much mat-
ter as would have formed a respectable quarto, if the usual mode
of displaying synonyms had been had recourse to. Qne objection-
able practice may be pointed out in the frequent changes of generic
appellations which occur throughout it. It is surely better, on all
occasions, to employ a name which has been universally received,
although it may chance to be inapplicable to some species of a
genus, than to create confusion by discarding it and by inventing
a new one. |

In his Promium, Dr. Wagler gives a rapid sketch of the pre
sent state of Ornithology, as connected with collections and with
the works to which reference is most frequently made. The latter
he characterizes with freedom and judgement. He also states that
a continuation of his System will appear almost immediately, and
that he has ready for publication a natural history of Birds, in
which he proposes to explain his views relative to their arrange-
ment and affinities,

Ye en eee

Prince of Musignano’s American Ornithology. 467

American Ornithology ; or the Natural History of Birds inhabit-
ing the United States, not given by Wilson. With Figures
drawn, engraved, and coloured from Nature. By Cuarves
Lucian Bonaparte. Vol.t. Folio, pp. 106. pl.ix. Philadelphia.
1825.

A continuation of the splendid work of the zealous and inde-
fatigable Wilson, by an equally acute observer of nature. In
style, in execution, and in illustrations, it is similar to the original
publication of which it is intended to complete the series. Both
the one and the other are favourable specimens of American art,
and in the continuation the engraver has even surpassed his for-
mer spirited productions. The present volume is devoted to the
Land-Birds, of which twenty-two are figured and described. Their
habits are detailed, where they are known, at considerable length,
especially those of that peculiarly interesting species, the Wild
Turkey. Not one of the birds which it notices is found in Penn-
sylvania, which was the peculiar district of Wilson, and by whom
it seems to have been exhausted to the very gleanings. They
have universally been obtained from the more distant regions,
and chiefly from the Rocky Mountains. For an account of seve-
ral other birds, which were still additional to the American Fauna,
our readers will recollect that we have been indebted to the same
able ornithologist, in the two preceding numbers of our Journal.

Observations on the Nomenclature of Wilson’s Ornithology. By
Cuarzes Lucian Bonaparte. 8vo. pp 222. Philadelphia.
. 1826.

Or the high utility and value of this necessary Appendix to
Wilson’s admirable production we have already spoken, while
noticing several of its parts, as they successively appeared in the
Transactions of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
We need not therefore now repeat our commendations. It will
be sufficient to express our gratification at finding that the scattered

Ze 2

468 Analytical Notices of Books.

papers, in which was contained so much important information,
have been collected into a volume, and have thus been rendered
more easily accessible. Devoted expressly to the correction and
revision of the Nomenclature of the American Ornithology, its
leading object is to place that standard work on a level with the
actual state of science. With this view the Synonymy is enlarged
and continued, so as to embrace the latest observations. Its ac-
quisition is consequently essential to the possessors of the original
work. To the general ornithologist it will also be desirable on
account of the numerous and just observations with which it is in-
terspersed, relative to the arrangement of birds, and to the value
of the groups into which they have been divided.

Atlas des Oiseaux d’ Europe, pour servir de complément au Manuel
d’Ornithologie de M. Temminck: par J. C. Werner, Peintre
d’ Histoire Naturelle. 8vo. Livraisons i—v. Paris, 1826.

THE commencement of a cheap, but not inelegant, collection of
lithographic figures, of the whole of the European Birds described
by M. Temminck. As applied to ornithological subjects litho-
graphy has not yet attained that neatness and perfectuess of deli-
neation, with which it depicts the objects of some other branches
of Zoology, especially shells. Uncoloured, the figures of M.
Werner would appear but indifferent ; but, with the finish given
to them by the colourer, they are quite sufficient to enable the
student to distinguish species. The plates are published in the
order pursued in the work which they are intended to illustrate.
The first five numbers extend to page 112 of the Manuel d’Orni-
thologie, and comprehend 49 figures, each on a separate page,
besides two which are devoted to skeletons of birds of the first two
Orders, the Predaceous and the Omnivorous. It will be desira-
ble, we think, to give also with each Order, one or more addi-
tional plates, for the developement of the characters of the genera
contained in it.

Jardine and Selby’s Illustrations of Ornithology. 469

It may be useful to mention, that, owing to the higher scale
of duty to which prints are subjected, the Atlas may be had in
England with the letter-press of the Manuel, on the same terms as
without it.

Birds of America, from Drawings made during a residence o
upwards of twenty-five years in the United States and its
Territories: by J. J. Aupuzon. No.1,

~Onxy one number of this immense undertaking has yet ap-
peared: immense indeed, since with the view of figuring every
bird in its natural dimensions, a size of paper is employed so
large that we know not how to designate it. Some idea of it
may be formed from the fact that the full grown Wild Turkey
is contained in one of the plates already published. They are
executed ina high style of art, and are so beautifully coloured as
to become not merely subjects for the study of the naturalist, but
also ornaments for the most select port-folio or the drawing-room.

Mlustrations of Ornithology: by Str Wiiusam Jarvrine, Bart,
F.R.S., &c. ; and P. J. Sersy, Esq., F.L.S., &c. Parts i. and
a. Royal 4to. Plates.

To these earliest numbers of a work, which has been under-
taken as a national one, with the cooperation of representatives
of most of our scientific Institutions, we propose to return when
our limits will afford us sufficient space to do justice to their

contents.

Illustrations of British Ornithology: by P. J. Sexsy, Esq.,
F.L.S., &¢c.—Water Birds. Nos. ii. and tii. Folio.

Tue approaching termination of this magnificent work will
shortly, we trust, put it in our power to speak of it as a whole,
‘complete and almost perfect. Till then we defer our notice and
the commendations which it imperatively demands.

470 Analytical Notices of Books.

Ornithologia ; or The Birds. A Poem. By J. Jennincs. 12ma.
London, 1827.

Or the Poem, as it is termed, we need not speak; the notes
embrace the whole of the science of this attempt at a popular
illustration of one of the most attractive departments of Zoology.
They are well compiled, and convey much valuable information,
We would only suggest that in reading them the attention should
be directed entirely to the facts which they contain, and by no
means to the explanations given by Mr. Jennings of the scien-
tific views of higher naturalists, which in some instances he
evidently does not comprehend.

Illustrations of British Entomology ; or a Synopsis of Indigenous
Insects: by J. F. Sveruens, Esq., F.L.S., &c. Nos. i—viit.
With Plates. 8v0. London, 1827.

To the extent and accuracy of the knowledge of our native
Insects possessed by Mr. Stephens the united voice of British
Entomologists has long borne testimony. His cabinet stands un-
rivalled in number of species and of specimens, and affords in its
extreme richness the best opportunity of well illustrating that
vast department of our Fauna to which the attention of its owner
has been for years almost exclusively directed. Mr. Stephens
has also collected zealously and extensively, and has thus made
himself practically acquainted with the manners and ceconomy
of the objects of his study; and he is moreover well versed in
the works of those authours who have specially applied them-
selves to the elucidation of the Natural History and Species of
Insects. From the pen of such a man we are entitled to expect
a standard and valuable work, adapted to the present advanced
state of the science, aud calculated to fix the unsettled ideas
and nomenclature which had prevailed so extensively among us.

Our expectations are not deceived; though they would un-
doubtedly have been more fully and more speedily gratified had

Stephens’s Ldlustrations of British Entomology. 471

the authour confined himself to a purely scientific Species Insec-
torum Britannicorum. With so much of his present work as
could fairly have been included under such a title we confess our
unmixed satisfaction. The species, so far as the Illustrations
have yet proceeded, are carefully characterized; and, where
necessary, minutely described ; their differences are explained ;
their ceconomy and the situations in which they are found are
pointed out; and the localities, in which the rarer ones haye
occurred, are particularized. Many of the more interesting are
figured, and the engravings are respectably executed. The work
is in fact indispensable to all who are attached to the study of
British insects, and may safely be recommended to them as
deserving of their encouragement. Acuteness of discrimination
forms its most prominent characteristic; and if the subdivision
of genera and species be occasionally carried to an extent greater
than to some Entomologists would have seemed desireable, the
practice is fully borne out by the example of those moderns
whose productions are looked up to with almost universal respect,

If we were to complain of any portion of the work, it would
-be that its authour had done too much rather than too little.
‘The difiuseness, sometimes approaching to disguisition, of re-
marks which in a work of this nature can only be regarded as
incidental, occupies unnecessarily too large a proportion of the
pages which might be devoted to much better matter. We trust
that this will be abridged, and that some plan will be adopted for
giving in a more concise manner the information relative to lo-
calities. Conciseness in fact is essential; and the want of it
would be fatal to our hopes of obtaining from Mr. Stephens that
vast body of information which he alone can impart to us, as it
is possessed by no other individual. On the plan with which the
- work has commenced few individuals now living can expect to
witness its conclusion: but let brevity, the clear, precise, and
elegant brevity of the great master of Natural Science be stu-
diously cultivated, and a very few years would place within our
reach the means of becoming thoroughly acquainted with the
most extensive and, numerous series of animal existences which
give life to our fayoured country.

A72 Analytical Notices of Books.

There is one deficiency, a most important one in truth, but on
which we shall touch but slightly, trusting that it will speedily
be remedied : the total want of synonyms. We are aware that
Mr. Stephens proposes to supply this defect in a general Cata-
logue in which the necessary references will be given. No time
should be lost in producing such a publication; for, until we
possess it, no one number of his present work can be regarded
as complete, since we have it not placed in our power to refer
from it to the works of others.

The Coleoptera and the Lepidoptera have been first selected
for illustration as the most extensive and generally interesting
orders of the Mandibulata and the Haustellata. A portion of
each of them is given in every number.

Die Schmetierlinge von Europa. ( Fortsessung des Ochsenheimer
*schen Werks,) von Friepricu Treirscuxe. Funfter Band.
Erste und Zweyte Abtheilunge. 8vo. pp. 414, and 447. 1825.

Tuts continuation of the extensive work of the departed Och-
senheimer, on the Lepidoptera of Europe, is equally deserving of
commendation with the volumes which appeared during the life
of its original authour. It completes the Noctuw, L., of which
about fifty genera are described, and commences a synopsis of the
Geometre, L. Many of the genera are new, and many novel
species are also added.

Histoire Naturelle des Lépidoptéres ou Papillons de France ;

par M. J.B. Gonarr. Continuée par M. P.A.J. Duroncuen.
Tome vit. lere. partie. 8vo. Planches.

A vortion of an excellent work on the Lepidoptera of France,
which has been for several years in a course of publication. ‘The
descriptions are faithful, and the plates are admirably executed.
It has yet advanced no further than Noctua, L, the last number
which has reached us being occupied by the genera Apamea, and
Mamestra, Ochs.

a ee

Meigen’s Diptera.—Gyllenhal’s Insecta Suecica. A473

Systematische Beschreibung der bekannten Europaischen Zwei-
| flugeligen Insekten: von J. W. Metcen. Funfter Theil. 8vo.
pp- 412. Plates xiii. Hamm, 1826.

Havine already noticed an earlier portion of this valuable
Species of the European Diptera, it is unnecessary to repeat the
praises which we then bestowed on it, and which this volume
merits as fully as its predecessors. It contains the continuation of
the family Muscides, and embraces thirty-nine genera. Some of
these are very numerous in species, Anthomyia, for instance, of
which alone two hundred and thirteen are described. Particular
attention has been paid to the genera Trypeta and Ortalis, figures
being given of the beautifully marked wings of many of the in-
sects belonging to each of them. ‘The plates are well filled with
illustrations of the generic characters. ‘The number of species
described in the volume exceeds six hundred.

Under this head we may also notice another work which is
mentioned in its preface, but which we have not yet seen., It is
entitled “* Ausseuropaischen Zweiflugeln,” and is from the pen of
M. Wiedemann. It forms a kind of supplement to the work of
Meigen, on whose system it proceeds, being intended to comprise
the extra-European dipterous insects. One volume only has yet
‘appeared, which contains nine families, and about six hundred
species.

Insecta Suecica descripta d Lronarvo Gyurenuar. Classis 1.
Coleoptera sive Eleuterata. Tomii. Pars iv. Lipsie 1827.
8vo. pp. 761.

The long expected conclusion of the excellent descriptions of
the Coleopterous Insects of Sweden by the minute and patiently
investigating Gyllenhal. It contains only the Cerambycide, the
Trimera, andthe Dimera. The remainder, or rather the bulk,
of the volume, forms an appendix to the preceding ones, in which
‘the synonyms are brought up to the time of publication, and new

474 Analytical Notices of Books.

species, and species new to Sweden, are added to those previously
described. Additional observations are also occasionally given as
to the times of appearance, localities, discriminating characters, °
&c. It concludes with a full Index to the whole work.

The extreme accuracy and precision of detail which charac-
terize the former yolumes are here fully sustained. Minuteness of
investigation is carried to its greatest extent. Even varieties are
scrupulously examined and collated. Of Coccinella 2-punctata,
for instance, no less than 22, and of Coce. variabilis, 30, varieties
are severally noticed.

Catalog meiner Insecten-Sammlung, von Jacob Sturm. Erster
Theil. Kafer. Nirnberg, 1826. 8vo. pp. 207. pl. io.

Tuis Catalogue of the collection of Coleoptera, in the posses-
sion of the respected entomologist Sturm, is a manifest improve-
ment upon that of the Count Dejean. It not only exceeds the
Jatter in the numerical amount of species contained in it, 7193,
but also gives an arranged list, accompanied with observations,
of the 531 genera into which they are divided, and furnishes de-
tailed descriptions and figures of forty new Insects. By the title
it is evidently the intention of the authour to continue his Cata-
logue throughout the other Orders, and thus to form a work of
real and increased utility, and one which is at present a great de-~
sideratum in Entomology.

The Honey-Bee; its Natural History, Physiology, and Manage-

ment: by Epwarp Bevan, M.D. 12mo. pp. xuviit. and 404,
London, 1827.

From every source, ancient as well as modern, from his own
experience, and from that of his friends, Dr, Bevan has collected
the materials for his instructive and entertaining little volume,

Risso. Histoire Naturelle de Europe Méridionale. 475

with an industry and taste almost equal to that of the intelligent
little insect which forms its subject. He enters with sufficient
‘detail into the natural history and management of Bees, and,
while treating of their organisation and instinct, diverges to more
general views as connected with the whole of the class to which
they belong. The pleasing manner in which the facts are narra-
ted, and the frequent illustrations introduced by means of neatly-
executed wood-cuts, render it altogether a very attractive pro-
duction. Calculated at once to interest and inform, it will
doubtless become extensively popular, especially among the more
respectable class of Apiarians.

Histoire Naturelle des principales Productions de ? Europe Méri-
dionale, et particuliérement de celles des Environs de Nice et
des Alpes Maritimes ; Par A. Risso, Ancien Professeur, &c.
8v0. Tomes i.—iv. Avec des Planches, Paris, 1826.

A work of high value, as the production of an able and practi-
cal naturalist on the objects which immediately surround him, and
to which his attention has been especially directed, throughout a
long series of years, Its contents embrace the whole of the de-
partments of Natural History as connected with the district in
‘which the authour resides, but our notice will of course be direct-
ed to its Zoological portions alone. ‘These occupy a consider-
able share of the volumes, and are well adapted to maintain for
M. Risso the character which he has acquired by his previous
works, that of an acute and intelligent observer.

In the first volume Zoological subjects are only incidentally.
introduced, in the Geological Sketch of the environs of Nice,
which occupies nearly one half of its pages: but the contents of
the fourth volume are entirely and purely Zoological. They con-
sist of a sketch of the natural history of the Modlusca and Shells of
the district of Nice, and of a series of observations on different
Annelida of the Maritime Alps. In the former, including the
Cirrhipeda and the Tunicata, 1085 species are characterized and

A76 Analytical Notices of Books.

described ; many of these are however found only in the fossil
state, and have been already admirably illustrated by Brocchi.
The novelties are very numerous, and 183 of them are well
figured in the twelve plates which accompany the volume. In
the discrimination of genera M. Risso has laboured hard, having
added to those of his predecessors, which he has adopted in their
most restricted signification, upwards of fifty new ones. Of these
several are established from the MSS. of our respected and
talented countryman Dr. Leach. Where subdivision has once
been carried to the extent which is now almost universally re-
ceived among Conchologists, we are aware that consistency almost
requires that it should be had recourse to even still more freely ;
but we fear that our authour has here advanced with too rapid a
stride. The genius of the age will scarcely keep pace with him,
and Nature herself, we apprehend, will not uniformly agree with
his conclusions. The points on which he founds his generic dis-
tinctions are, in our opinion, frequently too minute ; in some in-
stances he appears even to have created a genus from a youug
shell, which, in its perfect state, is referred to an older and re-
ceived division. We speak with little doubt on this point, al-
though we haye not the specimens before us, by which alone our
opinions could be verified. An opportunity of determining their
accuracy will however be afforded to the Conchologists of Paris,
to the museum of which city M. Risso states his intention of for-
warding specimens of all his new species: an admirable plan, the
general adoption of which would prevent the endless confusion
that results from the want of original types, ticketed by the au-
thours themselves, of the objects indicated by them.

The Annelida described amount to eighty-two, including three
“new genera.

Payraudeau. Catalogue des Mollusques, &c. 477

Catalogue Descriptif et Méthodique des Annelides et des Mollusques
de UVIle de Corse; avec huit Planches représentant quatre-
vingt-huit espéces, dont svixante huit nouvelles: par B.C.
Payraupeavu. 8vo. pp. 218. Paris, 1826.

Appearing almost at the same time with the work of M. Risso,
which we have just noticed, it is impossible not to remark the
poverty of the present list, when compared with the ample one
furnished by the Professor of Nice. The collection of Annelida
and Mollusca formed by M. Payraudeau amounts to only three
hundred and fifty-six species. It was however made during a
mere, though somewhat lengthened, visit, and could not, of course,
be expected to approximate in extent to one which had been the
labour of a life. The present production is little more than the
Catalogue which it professes to be. For those species which are
contained in the Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertebres,
it merely quotes that standard work of M. Lamarck, with the
addition of the synonyms of the later English writers. The new
species are shortly, but clearly, described ; and the whole of these,
together with some of the more intricate of the older ones, are
illustrated by well executed lithographic figures. No new generic
section is proposed.

A leading object with M. Payraudeau appears to have been to
place the French Conchologist on equal grounds with the English,
as to the knowledge of the shells of their respective coasts. Those
which occur in England and on its shores are thoroughly known,
and have been well and repeatedly described. France yet possesees
no work devoted to her indigenous Mollusca, and we have cor-
sequently, in this department at least, advanced far before our
neighbours. The examination of any good English collection
would have materially improved the publication before us. It
would have rectified many of the synonyms, which are now given
erroneously, and would have spared the authour the trouble of
describing and figuring as new, in several instances, shells already
described and figured by Montagu, Donovan, aud others.

A78 Analytical Notices of Books.

Synopsis of the Newcastle Museum, late the Allan, formerly the
Tunstall or Wycliffe Museum. By G. Townsnenn Fox, Esq.
F.L.S., &c. 8vo. pp. xxti. & 312. Plates. Newcastle, 1827.

A catalogue of the contents of a miscellaneous, but respectable,
provincial collection, the Managers of which appear to be actively
engaged in promoting its increase. Among the zoological lists,
which ocenpy the larger portion of the volume, that of the British
Birds is the most extensive ; and it is rendered valuable by the
practical information conveyed by the notes appended to each
species, which are chiefly extracted from the manuscripts of Mr.
Allan. The foreign lists are generally scanty. The only zoological
plates exhibit figures of the Wombat, and of the Tetrao medius,
Meyer. In the account of the former animal the editor condenses
the greater part of the information which we possess relative to
that confused species. His notes, which are interspersed through-
out the volume, are instructive, and, in one instance, while treat-
ing of the very interesting question relative to the nature of the
Unicorn, extend almost to the length of an Essay. Like the col-
lection itself, its illustration by Mr. Fox is highly creditable.

A Manual of Comparative Anatomy, translated from the German
of J. F. Blumenbach, with additional Notes by W. Lawrence,
F.R.S., &c. Second Edition, revised and corrected by WiLt1AM
CouLson, Demonstrator of Anatomy, &¢. 8vo. pp. liv. & 380.
pl. vitt. London 1827. ;

The second English edition of an elementary work universally
and justly esteemed. To the first translation into our language
were appended by the excellent anatomist who edited it illustra-
tions and notes almost equal in extent to the original text. Of
these the bulk have been adopted by the authour into the later
German editions, an indisputable proof of the value of Mr.
Lawrence’s additions. In the present edition the whole of these

Coulson’s Blumenbach’s Manual of Comp. Anatomy. 479

are preserved, and are blended, though in a different type, with
those portions of the text to which they refer. Other additions
have now been made by Mr. Coulson, chiefly from the productions
of the more recent writers on comparative anatomy, and the
Manual is thus again brought before the public in an improved
form, at once creditable to its editor, and to the country into the
language of which it has never been translated without acquiring
increased value by the transfusion. Like the whole of Blumenbach’s
elementary works it may be safely recommended to general perusal.

An Introductory Lecture on the Study of Zoolcgy, delivered at
the Literary and Scientific Institution, Bath: by Henry
Woops, Esq., Hon. Sec. 8vo. pp. 92.

A popurar and well-executed sketch of the history of our
Science, accompanied by an exposition of its utility and objects.
The inducements to its study are briefly and clearly pointed out,
and the chief objections against it satisfactorily answered.

Puate IX.

Prate X.

Prater XI.

<

Puare XII.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

SE a

PAGE

Antennarius unicornis ....cesse. 374
Hitidas +3 . SeVeAd a STS

Perca pulchella :<....... Se etait 377

Polybrachionia Linnezana ........ 404.

Animal pronum auctum.

——-— supinum.

A Fossil Jaw in a fragment of the
Stonesfield Slate ...,......... 408

The Jaw detached and magnified.

The second molar tooth magnified.

Felis piace ps. » i. ss-a/e/e-iaeteeentte -. 450

.
Se eee

THE

ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL.

January—April, 1828.

Art. XLIX. Notes on the habits of a Caryophyllia
from Tor Bay, Devon. By H.T. De ta Becue, Esq.,
P.LS., FES. oc.

[To the Editor of the Zoological Journal. ]
Sir,

Suoutp the following notes made by me in the neigh-
bourhood of Torquay, while investigating the geological structure
of that part of Devon, be thought worthy of a place in the Zoo-
logical Journal, you will oblige me by inserting them.

I have the honour to be, Sir,
Your obedient Servant,
H. T. De La Becue.

1827. April 24. I obtained three specimens of Caryophyllia
from the bay. One of these was of a pale green colour ; the other
two of a brownish red. All remained closely contracted within
their radiated cups during the day. In the evening, after dark,
the pale green one had expanded all its tentacula, its body was so
much protruded that the cup was concealed, and it had, alto-
gether, the appearance of a common pale green Actinia. The
white orifice of its sac or stomach was closed. Upon dropping
five or six eggs of the common Prawn upon it, it gradually closed

a few of its tentacula over them, then opened the mouth of its sac,
Vor. Lil. 2u

A482 Mr. De la Beche on the habits of Caryophyllia.

and swallowed the eggs. The orifice being closed, it again ex-
panded its tentacula, and had, at first, much the same appearance
as it had before the eggs were offered to it, excepting that the sac
seemed replete and protruded: but, after the eggs had been swal-
lowed some little time, the tentacula became more elongated.
Shortly after this it closed itself up. One of the brownish red
specimens had so plumped itself out as to conceal the cup,. the
orifice of the sac and the points of the tentacula being visible.
Upon presenting some of the Prawn eggs to this individual, it
managed to open the orifice of the sac and swallow them, without
extending its tentacula.

The other brownish red individual remained sunk in its radiated
cell, and would not-swallow the eggs offered to it.

April 25. The two brownish red individuals sickly. The
green one was partly expanded in the morning ; but, on giving it
fresh water, it collapsed. It, afterwards, expanded itself, hold-
ing its tentacula in a nearly vertical position. When expanded,
these animals do not appear to have much power of motion in
the tentacula, which are, however, capable of contraction and
elongation. They are nearly transparent except at the termina-
tion, which is a little ball, white and opaque.

In the evening the green one was fully expanded. Upon placing
a small piece of fish (Haddock) in such a position as to touch two
or three of the outer tentacula, it was immediately caught up by
those; and, by bringing the neighbouring tentacula to bear on it,
the animal conveyed the piece of fish to the orifice of its sac.
Then, after covering the whole with all the tentacula, it opened
the sac and conveyed the piece of fish into it. It was some time
before it had closed the orifice over the morsel, but when it had.
effected this, it partially expanded the outer tentacula, the more.
internal tentacula remaining much contracted. It then pursed up
the orifice into a kind of ball shape, and the interior of the sac ape.
peared of a pink colour, as if some small vessels were distended.
with a kind of blood during digestion.

April 26. The green individual was expanded in the morning,
and, upon presenting it with a piece of fish (Haddock), it went
through the same manceuvres as marked its repast yesterday, and

Mr. De la Beche on the habits of Caryophyllia. 483

presented the same appearances with the exception of agreater elon-
gation of the tentacula. One of the brownish red specimens was now
dead : the other remained sunk in its cell. The latter being pro-
truded in the evening, I presented it with a small piece of the
common sand shrimp, which it conveyed into its sac much in the
same manner as the green individual did. It, afterwards, pursed
up the orifice, which became of a somewhat deep coloured brown
pink.

The green individual was fed with a small piece of shrimp,
and exhibited the same mode of feeding as it did before.

On this day I procured three other individuals: they were all
tinted of a brownish red.

The brownish red individual first captured now seemed to be
greatly revived by the food which it had swallowed ; the tenta~
cula being expanded, and the animal generally in a plump state:
I offered it another piece of shrimp, which it swallowed in the
usual way, and became much plumped out, more particularly about
the sac, the mouth of which was curiously pursed up. The green
individual was also much plumped out.

The three newly captured individuals were nearly sunk in their
cells: each, however, contrived to swallow the little piece of
common sand shrimp offered to it.

Sharland, the man wio procured these corals, told me,that Mrs.
Griffiths found them alive in Tor-bay about three years since : he
gaye me the following account of their localities and habits.. They
are always found under large stones, or the under parts of ledges
of rock, with their orifices and tentacula downwards. They are
only met with at. low spring tides, and are usually discovered at
the Corbons Rocks, at the end of Tor Abbey Sands. . They do
not occur in groups, but scattered.

_» April 27, The green individual, and the reddish brown one first
captured, continued expanded nearly the whole day. Upon pre-
senting each of them with a small shrimp, they soon conveyed
the shrimps into their respective sacs. The reddish brown one turned
its shrimp uponits back by means of its tentacula, before it swal-
lowed ‘it: this was, perhaps, accidental, for the green individual
swallowed its shrimp ‘sideways, in such a manner that the tail re-
2uH2

A84 Mr. De la Beche on the habits of Caryophyllia.

‘mained protruded. This state of things, however, the animal
soon rectified, by twisting the tail with two or three of its tenta-
-cula in such a manner, as to cause it to enter the orifice of the sac
more easily.

I should not have supposed these creatures capable of swal«
Jowing a crustaceous animal so large in proportion to themselves as
a shrimp.*

April 28. Both individuals had voided the crustaceous parts of
the shrimps, having digested all the fleshy parts, and were more
collapsed than usual to-day.

April 30. I fed the corals with pieces of the common small
Hermit crab, which they conveyed into their sacs in the usual
manner. The greenish individual had much trouble to squeeze in
the eyes and hard crust of the head. The sac appears capable of
great extension, and has, probably, much muscular power. Al-
though the piece swallowed was large, the animal presented only
the usual pursed up appearance afterwards,

May 2. Abstinence does not appear to agree well with these
creatures, though one would suppose that, in their natural state, they
‘must often remain long without food. The green individual had
sunk so low into its cell, that the sharp edges of the laminz were
scarcely covered, and [, at first, thought that it was dead. But,
upon presenting a piece of cockle to it, it gradually raised the
orifice of its sac, and after some time, the whole piece was enve-
loped. It did not, however, even then, put forth its tentacula.

The reddish brown individual was not sunk into its cell;
though the .tentacula were not fully developed. It managed the
piece of cockle presented to it in the usual way.

May 3. In order to try the gluttony of these animals, I fed
each with a large piece of cockle, and each of them managed to
convey its portion into its sac, though they were unable to close
their orifices. The reddish brown, after a short time, rejected the
piece from its sac. After letting it remain for a short time quiet,

* [ have frequently watched the Actinie at Dawlish, in Devonshire, with
their tentacula expanded, and observed how surely they entangled the young
crabs, which heedlessly ran within their reach,—W.. J. B.

Mr. De la Beche on the habits of Caryophyllia. A835

I offered it a smaller piece of cockle, which it soon swallowed
and covered up, by closing the orifice of the sac. : ,
The greenish individual did not reject its morsel, but retained it
partly out for some time. There seems to be-a great compressing
muscular power in the sac, for, after an hour’s iabour, the indivi->
dual succeeded in enclosing the piece of cockle, which was com-
paratively of large size.. The complete shutting of the sac may
perhaps be necessary to the perfect digestion of the food.
. Both individuals had the mouths of their sacs open before I
fed them,
During the time the green individual was compressing the piece
of cockle, its tentacula were much shortened.
I kept these animals alive for about a month ; but, as I observed
nothing new in their habits, they were killed in order "y Bis
their calcareous cells,

NOTE.

In the first volume of Leach’s Zoological Miscellany, a figure (plate 59) is
given of the Mediterranean species of Caryophyllia (Car. Cyathus). At page
133 the soft parts of the genus are thus characterized: ‘* ANIMAL tentaculis
plurimis carneis, teretibus, simplicibus, integris. Dom. T. Smith:’’. and,‘in
the same page, the following passage will be found. ‘ For the discovery of
the animal of this genus of corals we are indebted to the attentive researches.
of Thomas Smith, Esq., F.u.s., of Paper-buildings, Temple, who observed an
indigenous species of Caryophyllia on the southern coast of Devonshire, adher-
ing to a rock in a pool of water.”” The hard parts of this indigenous species
do not appear to have been any where described, nor have we been able to’
find any figure of either the hard or soft parts, unless indeed figures 5 and 6,
tab. 82, in the 3d volume of Muller’s Zoologia Danica, owe their origin to one.
of these corals with the soft parts in the celi. The likeness is great, and
though Muller describes the figures as those of an Actinia, it is clear that he
never saw the specimen itself. He thus describes Actinia Iris, for which
he refers to the above-mentioned figures in the third page of his third volume.

‘© Actinia corpore cylindrico, rugoso, tentaculis numerosis, simplicibus, cylin-
dricis, obtusis, exterioribus rufis, interioribus ceeruleis, centre albido.

Actinia hee parvula, guam non vidi, varietas forsan est Actinie equine, a
qua, cum ad parvitatem non rece sit, vix distinguitur, nisi circulo
tentaculorum interiorum ceruleo.”

It will be observed on reference to Dr. Leach’s generic character, that he
makes the double series of plates a principal ingredient in his definition.
Lamarck does not; and he assembles under this genus a number of species
which differ entirely in this respect, as well as in other respects, from his first’
species, Car. Cyathus. Mr. Stokes therefore proposes to separate those species,

A86 Dr. Johnston’s Contributions to the British Fauna.

which have onlya single series of plates, from Caryophyllia, which iii be
characterized thus:
CARYOPHYLLIA.
Char. Gen.

Polyparium simplex, basi afixum. Corona laminis duplici serie dispositis,
exterioribus majoribus, regulariter inequalibus, maximis inter seriei interne
laminas interpositis. Discus lamellis erectis, prominulis, foliatis.

Type. Car. Cyathus.

The genus Caryophyllia thus modified contains two recent species*, Car.
Cyathus, and the species, the habits of which form the subject of this interest-
ing memoir, and which, in justice to the memory of the much regretted natu-
rvalist who first characterized the soft parts, it is proposed to name

CARYOPHYLLIA SMITHII. n. 5.

Car. laminis sub-integris, plicatis, marginibus leviter crenulatis ; laminis exte-
rioribus valde inequalibus, laminis minoribus tribus inter altiores interpositis.

Tas. xi. f. I—6. Mus. Stokes, De la Beche.

Oxzs. The plates of the inner series in Car. Smithii are thinner and broader
than those of the same series in Car. Cyathus.

On looking down with a magnifying glass upon the lamellz which form the
papille in the centre or disc of Caryophyllia, indications of a spiral structure
were perceived. This induced Mr. Stokes to make a longitudinal fracture of a
specimen of Car. Cyathus in my presence, when the screw-shaped roots of these
lamella were seen running up the centre of the coral parallel to each other.

* Tt will probably include also’the Car. Europea and Car. pygmea, Risso,
(Hist. Nat. de Europe Mérid.;) but the double series of lamelle is not no-
ticed, and the figure of the former is not sufficiently defined to decide the point.

W. J. BRropERIP.

Ant. L. Contributions to the British Fauna. By GEorGE
Jounston, M.D., Fellow of the Royal College of
Surgeons of Edinburgh.

Class. ANNEnIDEs. Lamarck.
Fam. Neéretipers. Id.
Gen. Spiro. Id.

1. Sp. vIRIDIs.
Desc. Body three or four inches long, as thick as a goose
quill, subquadrangular, tapered a little towards both ends, of an
uniform dull grass-green colour, or brownish towards the tail.

- Species of Spio. A87

Head proboscidiform, irregularly conical, pointed, light brown.
No eyes, nor proboscis. Mouth inferior. Tentacula two, one inch
long, filiform or slightly tapered at the point, white with a red
central tortuous vessel, contortile. Brunchie in a single row along
each side of the back, bright red, setaceous, non-retractile, either
elevated or laid across when the points of the opposite hairs meet.
At the base of each there is a small fascicule of soft white hairs
which appear to be also non-retractile. Below these, and divided
from them by a line, there is to.each segment an elevated trans-
verse fold, continued round the ventral surface to the fold of the
opposite side by a less elevated and narrower line. These folds
are armed with short white retractile bristles on the margin, and
when examined with the glass are seen to be beautifully mottled
with close-set round spots. atl stellate.

This fine species inhabits the same places as the Spio vulgaris
which we have described in a preceding contribution, but is much
less common. A comparison of the descriptions will at once shew
that they are quite distinct ;-and their specific characters may be
thus expressed. —

1. Sp. vulgaris. Body yellowish brown, marked with the red
setaceous branchie: head inversely triangular; eyes four; ten-
tacula much shorter than the body.

2. Sp. viridis. Body green minutely spotted with circular dots ;
no eyes ; head conical ; tentacula much shorter than the body.

This last character is introduced since it serves to distinguish
both species from the Sp. seticornis in which the tentacula are said
to be nearly as long as the hody. I cannot refrain from remarking
how admirably the structure of these worms is adapted to enable
them with ease and velocity to ascend and descend in the deep
holes which they inhabit.

Class. Vermes. . Lamarck.
Ord. Mo.tassts. Id.
Gen. Puanaria. Linn.

This is a very heterogeneous genus, the receptacle at present of
all soft external worms. The three species we intend to describe

AS88 Dr. Johnston’s Contributions to the British Fauna.

are placed here merely because we know of no other group to
which they can be so properly referred.

1. Pu. FLAccrDA.
1. Pl. elongata, depressa, brunnea, subtus albida: oculis nullis.
Pl. flaccida. Lamarck, iii. 178.
Fasciola flaccida. Muller, Verm. i. pt. ii. p. 57.

Hab. The sea, near Berwick.

Desc. Body five inches long, about four lines broad, and one
in depth, flat, a very little narrowed at both extremities which are
alike, opake, of a firmish consistence but very glutinous. The back
is of an uniform brown colour; the ventral surface of a faint flesh
colour or nearly white. No eyes. Mouth and anus terminal.
From the former we could not evolve any proboscis.

. We found two specimens of this species lying coiled up in the
cavities of a stone perforated with the Saxicava rugosa, and which
had been dredged from deep water. They were exactly alike ;
and though they differed in some slight particulars from the de-
scription of Muller, yet these were not sufficient to induce us to
quote his synonyme with any doubt.

2. PL. uNICOLOR.
2. Pl. elongata, linearis, mutabilis, brunnea, unicolor ; ore albo.

Hab. The sea, at the roots of the larger fuci, and under stones,
not uncommon.

Desc. Body from four to twelve inches in length, one-eighth
of an inch in breadth, very contractile and polymorphous, soft, glu-
tinous, smooth, of an uniform dark brown colour, a shade lighter.
on the ventral surface. ‘There is a yellow line above the mouth,
which is itself white, vesicular, and terminal. -dnus terminal.
When at rest it coils itself up into a round ball, and easily sepa-
rates into several portions, each of which will continue to live and
move for at least some days. A white thread-like intestine runs
from one extremity to the other, not visible when the animal is
entire, but which can be easily drawn out after it has separated

Species of Planaria.—Nymphum coccineum. 489

itself. When young; there are two small eyes visible at the side
of the head, and the yellow line does not exist, but there is no
other material difference.

3. Pu. LACTIFLOREA.

3. Pl. linearis, mutabilis, lactiflorea, antice maculis binis rubris ;
oculis pluribus.

Hab. The sea shore, under stones and amongst fuci, common.

Desc. Body linear, about three inches long when extended,
but very contractile and polymorphous. It is of an uniform cream
colour, sometimes faintly tinged with red, marked with two red
spots near the head, and there are two others behind these but
less distinct. Anterior to the spots are the minute black points or
eyes arranged on the sides.

Class. Arnacunipa&. Lamarck.
Fam. Pycnoconips. Id.
Gen. Nympuum. Fab.

1. N. coccineum.
1. N. corpore glabro, coccineo ; geniculis tarsisque flavis.
Hab. The sea, near Berwick.

Desc. Body and legs slender, of nearly equal thickness, of an
uniform fine transparent red colour, with the joints and tarsi yel-
lowish. Rostrum yellowish: mandibles like the body. When
magnified, a central vessel, distinguished by its deeper tints, is seen
running uninterruptedly through the body and legs ; and the latter
are somewhat clothed with very soft white delicate hairs. Ros-
drum cylindrical, subclavate, not jointed, divided beneath by a
longitudinal line, terminal. Mandibles two, originating from the
first segment of the body, biarticulate : basal joint long, second
short and ovate, armed with two small equal claws. Budy qua-
driarticulate : ¢wbercle oculiferous; eyes two.? Legs eight, five
times the length of the body, equal. Cow four-articulate; the

490 Dr. Johnston’s Contributions to the British Fauna.

two basal joints short and equal, the two following a little longer.
Thighs as long as the cove, very slightly dilated. Tibie of two
equal joints, each nearly as long as the thigh. Tarsi three-articu-
late, first minute, second rather long, falciform, with a few teeth
on their internal edge, and terminated by a single rather long
claw. Tail without any appendage. .

I have entered into this particular description, since there may
be some doubt of the correctness of referring the animal before us
to the genus Nymphum. I had it alive several days, during which
it was repeatedly examined, but could discover no trace, either
from its motions, or from careful inspection, of its having lost any
organ; yet there are no palpi, nor egg-bearing organs. The
number of joints in the legs, and their proportional lengths do not
agree with those assigned to the genus by Dr. Leach; from which
circumstance I may infer with some confidence that it is synony-
mous with neither of his species) When at rest with its legs
drawn up, it so closely resembles some of the fine coloured Con-
ferve but more especially a detached portion of the Chondria
articulata, as to be easily overlooked. It appears to me interest-
ing in so far as its transparency allows us to examine its circulating
system with an accuracy which perhaps no dissection could enable
us toamend. Close to the tubercle we see the vessel (for there
is no heart) divide into two equal branches, one to each mandible 5
and the flux and reflux of a fluid is easily observable in them, more
particularly in one, as in it there was a black particle which moved
alternately backwards and forwards with the motion of the fluid.
From the tubercle the vessel runs down the body, giving off a
single branch, equal in size to the trunk, to each leg; and this
branch continues uninterrupted to the ¢arsus. Neither in the
trunk nor branches could we perceive any movement of the fluid,

GAMMARUS PUNCTATUS.
To my description of this species I wish to add that it dwells in
a furrow from one to two inches long, composed of pieces of sea-
weed, and lined internally with a thin, smooth and glutinous

Mr. Fox on some rare English Birds. A491

membrane. The furrow is attached to the under side of stones, or
is imbedded in some entangled fucus or conferva. A male and
female reside in each, and I have seen them, when expelled from
it, repeatedly return, and re-enter it.

Berwick upon Tweed,
August 22d, 1827.

| To be continued. }

Arr. Li. Notice on the appearance of some rare Birds
in England. By Grorce Townsuenp Fox, £Esq.,
' ELL.S., Mem. Zool. Soc., &c.

[To the Editor of the Zoological Journal. ]

My dear Sir,

Ir a notice of the acquisition of subjects of Natural
History of rare occurrence in this country be not thought unworthy
of insertion in your Journal, I beg leave to submit the following
instances ef captures of Birds in England to the attention of your
readers.

I am, my dear Sir,
Yours most faithfully,

Durham, Jan. 19, 1828. Gro. T. Fox.

" Rougu-reccep Buzzanp. (Selby.) .
Falco lagopus. Linn.

This species of Falco, though of rather rare occurrence, is
occasionally found in different parts of England. Besides the
young bird which was shot near Westoe in the county of Durham
in 1825,* I last year saw at Matlock Bath, in Derbyshire, a live

* See ‘¢ Synopsis of Newcastle Museum,” pp. 49, 252,

492 Mr. Fox: on some rare English Birds.

specimen of this kind, which was shot and captured about two.
years before in that neighbourhood by one of Mr. Mawe’s work--
men. - Its wing only being injured, it was brought home alive,
(though not without a severe injury to its victor in having his hand.
tranfixed by its claws, whilst endeavouring to secure it,) and it
was presented by him to Mr. Vallance, the intelligent keeper of
Mr. Mawe’s Museum. This gentleman placed it for the. mo-
ment in his garden in the front of his honse, and on its being
fed, after two days fasting, it became tame and established itself
on a piece of artificial rock work, which it had scarcely quitted
for an instant from the period of its capture to the time I saw
it. -On this appropriate and elegant pedestal I doubt not it has
been often seen by many who have been yisitors or passengers
in Matlock, though its species seems not to have been dis-
tinguished. As its age is now well known, its plumage is worthy
of being noticed as descriptive of the adult bird. Its head is very
hoary, and somewhat resembling the colour of the Honey Buz-
zard’s, and the bases of its tail-feathers are deeply white for above
half their length. These two marks seem most distinctive of the
full grown Bird, in which respect it exactly resembles the speci-
men at present preserved in the Ashmolean Museum at Oxford.
When I saw it, it was fed on a rat a day; to procure a constant
supply of which, the exertions of most of the stable-keepers in
Matlock were put in requisition.

Cream-coLourep Swirtroot. (Selby.)
Cursorius isabellinus. Temm.

Cream-coloured Plover. Lath. Syn. V. p.217. Supp.
p- 25. t. 116.

Le Courvite. Buff. VIII. p. 128. Pl. Enl. 795.

The capture of this Bird may be considered as one of the rarest.
which has occurred in England of late years. It was shot October
15, 1827, under Timberwood Hill, in Charnwood Forest, Leices-
tershire, by a tenant of Mr. T. Gisborne’s, who resides at Charley
Mill, near that place. He described it as coming flying over his

Mr. Fox on some rare English Birds. AQ3

head, uttering a cry with which he was unacquainted, and it
settled near him.

Its colour is nearly all light buff or nankin, except the pri-
maries, which are dark brown. There are a few dark spots on
the lateral feathers of the tail near the end, but not black with
the white spot as described by Temminck. The back and tail
-coverts have also zigzag darker lines. A white stripe, enclosed in
a black span, extends on each side from above the eyes to the
nape. Its length is ten inches, and its bill which is dark coloured
is a good deal curved in both mandibles, the lower of which is
about half an inch shorter than the upper. The thighs are fleshy
but rather bare of feathers, and its legs are long and scaly. Its
toes, which are only three, a circumstance that occasioned Latham
to arrange it with the Plovers, are slightly edged inwardly with a
membrane which connects the outer to the middle, and forms
-the rudiment of a web. The middle toe is nearly twice the length
of the others.

This rare subject is at present the property of Mr. Gisborne’s
father, the Rev. T. Gisborne, F.L.S., of Yoxall Lodge, Stafford-
shire, to whose ornithological taste his son knew the possession of
it would be a subject of congratulation. He has liberally fur-
nished the use of it to Mr. Selby and Mr. Bewick, for the purpose
of engraving figures of it for their works on British Ornithology.

I scarcely need to remind your readers that only three specimens
of this Abyssinian Bird are on record as having been taken in
Europe, viz. one in France, which furnished Buffon’s description
and the figure in the ** Planches Enluminées ;” one in Austria (see
Stephens’s Gen. Zoology); and a third in England, which be-
longed to Dr. Latham, and which was afterwards purchased for
eighty-three guineas. M. 'Temminck however hints at a fourth, a
young bird, in the Darmstadt Museum.

Tue Oxrvacrous Gatrinute. (Mont.)
Gallinula Bailionit. (Vieill.) Temm.

The Rev. Mr. Gisborne has also in his possession a Bird which
answers more nearly than any other the descriptions of the above

A904 Mr. Fox on some rare English Birds.

two kinds, which I have for some time suspected to be the same,
and am now, from a view of this specimen, tempted to bring to~
gether. It was shot in the meadows near Spondon, a village about
three miles south-east of Derby, November 8, 1821. Its tength
is 74 inches ; its make slender. Its colour from below the chin to
the thighs is uniformly dark slate without spot, like the Water
Rail, and this colour rises over the eyes by a well defined line.
Above, the prevailing colour is russet or olivaceous brown, which
on the crown is varied by small black stripes; and on the back
and coverts of the wings are numerous white spots, rather large, of
a mottled form, edged and intermixed with black. The thighs,
abdomen, and under tail coverts are transversely barred with black
and white; the bill is dark green, aud the legs apparently the
same. The wings reach to only half the length of the tail, and
the tertial feathers are as long as the primaries.

I first suspected this to be the little Gallinule of Montagu, or
Gall. pusilla of 'Temminck, but in that species the wings are
stated by both authors to reach to the end of the tail, and the
tertials, by Montagu, to be very short. In the former circumstance
it corresponds with Montagu’s figure of the Olivaceous Gallinule,
and Temmincx’s essential character of the Poule d’eau Baillon.
It differs in some respects from Mr. Selby’s figure of Dr. Thack-
eray’s Gall. Baillonii, but principally in the darker colour of its
breast and belly, which may be owing to difference of sex. In
other marks it agrees closely with the figure.

If F should be right in this appropriation, it will serve to bring
together two uncertain synonyms, and confine our number of
British Gallinules to those described by M. Temminck ; in which
case however Col. Montagu’s name of Olivaceous Gallinule (Gall.
Foljambii,) would be entitled, in point of priority, to a-prefer=
ence to that of the continental authors.*

* The bird described above is, I believe, an adult specimen of the Gall.
Baillonii of Temminck. I cannot however acquiesce in Mr. Fox’s opinion
respecting the identity of the two species quoted in the text. The Olivaceous
Gallinule of Montagu is the Gall. pusilla of Bechstein and Temminck, and
does not at any age exhibit the white spots on the wing coverts which are con-
spicuous in Gall. Baillonit. The extent of the wings compared with the taib,

Mr. Fox on some rare English Birds. A95

LEAcn’s OR THE FORK=TAILED PETREL,
Procellaria Leachit. Temm. Man. p. 812.

This species was first noticed by Mr. Bullock, in the Island of
St. Kilda, and described by M. Temminck. Its occasional visits
to more Southern latitudes are, I suspect, not so rare as has been
imagined, and its residence by no means confined to its native
Island,-as has been asserted by its first describer. Its wanderings
to inland places, though so contrary to its apparent habits, are
perhaps no less frequent than those of its lesser congener, the
P. pelagica, or Stormy Petrel. Two specimens have been in my
hands taken in England, viz. that belonging to Mr. Yarrell, re-
corded in Zool. Journ. vol. ii. p. 25, which was caught on the
Essex coast, in Nov. 1823, and another in the possession of the
Rev. T. Gishorne, killed at Chapel le Frith in Derbyshire, much
about the same time. I have also within the last year recognized
a bird of this species in each of the museums of Liverpool, Man-
chester, and Oxford, though it is only at the latter that it was
known as such. I could not however learn where those specimens
were taken, yet when joined tothe Picardy bird mentioned by
Temminck, and the two others taken in Devonshire and Hert-
fordshire, as noticed by Mr: Yarrell, the conjecture is that they
were visitors in this country.

Tue Spur-wincen Goose.

Anas Gambensis. Linn. L’Oie armée. Buff.

The compleat evidence of the capture of this species in Eng-
land, where it has been hitherto unnoticed, justifies us in record-
ing it among the rest of our rare visitants. ‘The bird was shot on
20th June, 1821, near St. Germain’s in Cornwall, and sent from
thence by Mr. H. Newburn, of that place, to Mr. Bewick, by
whom it was placed, after figuring it, in the Newcastle museum,
and the curious particulars of its capture as furnished by Mr.
Newburn, I have described in the account of that museum.

in mounted specimens, as referred to in this instance, must be taken with some
limitation; the natural articulation bemg once divided, the position of the
wing depends entirely on the observance and care of the artist who preserves
the bird,

W. YARRELL,

A96 Mr. Fox on some rare English Birds.

Tue Ruppy Goose (Lath.), or Kasarka Duck.
Anas rutila. (Pallas) Temm.
Greyheaded Duck. Brown Ill. of Zool. pl. 41. and 42.

A specimen of this bird was found in the Allan museum, wher
it came to Newcastle. After much conjecture respecting its
history and synonymy, the evidence of its capture in England
was satisfactorily established by the discovery of Mr. Allan’s
MS. catalogue, where it is recorded as having been shot at Mr.
Portman’s seat at Bryanston in Dorsetshire, in the severe frost of
1776. Two birds of this species had evidently been once in the
possession of Mr. Pennant, as Brown’s figures were made from
them. I may however venture to say, that the specimen belong-
ing to the Newcastle Museum, and which has lately been exhi-
bited to the Linnean Society, is unique as a British killed one-
Mr. Bewick has engraved a figure of it in his new edition, under
the name of Ferruginous Duck, conceiving from its colour, that
it might be the bird described by Pennant under that name, but
which is now generally admitted to have been the Anas Nyroca
or Castaneous Duck of Montagu.

VuLtTuRE.

I have only seen the wood-cut made by Mr. Bewick, from
a drawing by Miss Trevelyan, of the bird which was killed at
Bridgewater, in 1826, out of two which were seen there. The pre-
served bird is stated to be in the possession of the Rev. J. Matthew, ~
jun. of Kelve. I take the present opportunity of mentioning this
uncommon occurrence of a Vulture being seen in this country,* to.
excite the attention of some member of our Society to its inspection
and description. It is probably the Vultur fulous of Temminck.

* Ina letter received from Mr. Selby I find that the Neophron percnopterus
has been shot in Somersetshire, and has been figured in a forthcoming number
of the ‘ Illustrations of British Ornithology.” I can not say whether this is
the bird alluded to in the text by Mr. Fox, or whether both species have been.
found in Engtand.

Nokes

Mr. Yarrell on some rare British Birds.« AQT

THE BLUE-BREASTED WARBLER.

. Sylvia Suecica, Lath.

The account of the capture of this species being already noticed
in the late annual address to the Zoological Club, I have only
further to mention that the specimen (which was taken on New-
castle Town Moor, in May, 1826), though decidedly of the species
here mentioned, yet differs from the description of authors in
some respects. ‘The whole of the breast from the chin is bright
azure, except a triangular russet-coloured spot in the middle of
the blue, which spot is usually found white. This has not, that I
am aware of, been noticed in any description. The colour of the
whole of the upper parts is darker than in the specimens and des-
criptions with which I have been able to compare it; though
the well-defined russet of the upper half of the tail agrees. The
zones of black and white over the blue on the breast are only in-
cipient. Young birds being mostly subject to migration, I am
induced to consider this as an additional proof of this bird being
only in its early stage.

Art. LI]. On the occurrence of some rare British Birds.
By Wiuxuiam YarRRELL, Esq., F.L.S.

Berrevine that an occasional record of the appearance of some
of our scarce British Birds is not entirely without its use, I again
venture to transmit to the Zoological Journal a brief notice of
such as have occurred to my own knowledge within the last six
months.

Lestris Pomarinus. Karly in the month of September, 1827,
a young specimen of this gull was shot on the Norfolk Coast and
brought to London for preservation. Of this rare bird, but few
British examples have occurred. The late collection of Mr.
Bullock at the Egyptian Hall contained but two, one killed at
Dover, the secoud at Brighton. Only three others have come to
my knowledge since, one killed in Hackney Marsh, and now in
the collection of a gentleman at Wanstead; one killed during last

Vou. If. Z1

A98 Mr. Yarrell on some rare British Birds.

year in Cambridgeshire, and in the collection of the Rev. Dr.
Thackeray, the Provost of King’s College; and the specimen now
first mentioned.

Upupa Epops. A young bird of the year was shot by my friend
William Thompson in his garden at Hamworthy near Poole in the
Jatter part of September. The injury this bird received from the
gun was slight, and on being approached it drew back the head,
erected its crest, and lowered the wings, making a show of great
resistance, but ultimately allowed itself to be taken up without
attempting to inflict the slightest wound. This part of our coast
appears to be one of the most favorite haunts of the Hoopoe in this
country. In the collection of the Rev. Mr. Barclay at Swanage,
which I had the pleasure of seeing last autumn, are three Hoopoes,
all killed in that vicinity.

Procellaria Leachii. A specimen was shot near Chelsea in
October last. This bird as well as the Proc. pelagica usually
occurs during the stormy period of the autumnal equinox, and has
lately become a frequent visitor. So numerous were the stormy
Petrels on one occasion that more than a hundred were procured
within a few miles of Yarmouth during the unusually high windy
weather that occurred in the month of October 1824.

Sylvia Dartfordiensis. ‘Two specimens of this diminutive warb-
ler came tomy knowledge in November last ; one killed at Finchley
in Middlesex, the other shot on a common near Portsea, Hants.

Emberiza hortulana. A beautiful example of this bird was
killed near Manchester, also in November last. As this species
may be considered an addition to our list of British Birds, and has
been confounded with the Emberiza chlorocephala of Gmelin and
others, I hope to be excused some further detail.

The Green-headed Bunting was first described and Stich’ by
Brown in his Illustrations of Zoology from a living specimen then
in the possession of Mr. Moon in Hyde Park. Dr. Latham de-
scribes a Green-headed Bunting in the collection of M. Tunstal,
Esq., in the 3d volume of his Synopsis, p. 211, No. 61. From these
sources a description of this bird was copied by Gmelin, Lewin,
Montagu, &c. Latham and Montagu both express their doubts
of its being a distinct species, no other instances appearing to be

Mr. Yarrell on some rare British Birds. A499

recorded than those before mentioned. Mr. Bewick in the sup-
plement to a late edition of his interesting work on British Birds
has given a figure to which he has attached the name of the Green-
headed Bunting, Emberiza chlorocephala of Gmelin, but with an
exact description of the Emderiza hortulana. This representation
was taken from a bird caught at sea by the Master of a coasting
vessel, and would not probably, on that account, be considered
as belonging to the British Fauna. To the Synopsis of the New-
castle Museum, by G. T. Fox, Esq., r.u.s., we are indebted for
much valuable information on various Zoological subjects, and some
particulars of the birds in question. From this author’s account
we learn, that the specimen of the Green-headed Bunting figured
by Brown, while it was alive in the possession of Mr. Moon,
passed, when dead, into the collection of Mr. Tunstal. It appears
therefore that one and the same bird had furnished the materials
for all the various authors before enumerated ; and the doubts of
Latham and Montagu thus receive additional strength. By a for-
tunate coincidence, this identical Green-headed Bunting, now be-
longing to the Newcastle Museum, has at this time been sent to
London by Mr. Fox for the inspection of the members of the
Linnean Society, and from an examination of it, I am induced to
believe, that it is a variety of E. hortulana, the plumage having
undergone a change produced by artificial food and confinement.

Podiceps rubricollis. Three specimens of this rare Grebe have
lately been procured, but neither of them had attained the plu»
mage of the adult bird.

Larus minutus. A beautiful adult specimen of this extremely
rare little Gull was shot on our Eastern coast in January last,
The beak was black ; the whole of the white plumage of the neck
and breast tinted with a delicate rose colour; the tarsi and feet
bright vermillion, similar to the colour of the same parts in the
Terns, but the interdigital membrane occupied the whole space
between the toes.

w.¥

he)
|

ns

500 Mr. Haliday on some Insects

Art. LIII. Notices of Insects, taken in the North of —
Treland. By A.W. Haripay, Esq.

[To the Editor of the Zoological Journal. ]

Sir
Ir the enclosed notices of Insects, taken in the North
of Ireland, have sufficient interest, their insertion will oblige
Your obedient Servant, &c.
A. H. Haripay.
Clifton, near Belfast, April 13th, 1827.

Helobia Gyllenhaliz. Gyll., I. S. ii. 40.3. Near springs, in
black peaty soil, at an elevation of 1100—1700 feet; near
Belfast, not uncommon.

Pecilus cupreus. var. rufifemoratus. Gyll., iii. App. I suspect
this to be a permanent variety, as it has occurred for several
years confined to one spot.

Omaseus ? nigrita. var. rufifemoratus. Tolerably frequent.

Dyschirius ? /Eneus, antennis et pedibus nigro-piceis.

Scarites thoracicus. Jlliger, K. P. iii. 3?
Clivina thoracica. Gyll., I. S. ii. 170?
Descr. Length 4. Mandibles rufopiceous; front rugose-
impressed ; thorax lightly channelled, the sides much rounded ;

abdomen oblong ovate; elytra punctate-striate, the punctures
vanishing before the apex; body beneath blackish; wings long,
whitish hyaline, stigma pale brown.

This does not seem sufficiently distinct from Scar. thoracieus of
Illiger, which has dusky red feet, and in one variety blackish
thighs. It is very active, and runs fast.

Inhabits banks of pools near Holywood, in the county Down,
in the cracks left by the drying of the slime, and when the sun
shines, running on the surface.

taken in the North of Ireland. 501

Hylobius Abietis. Fab., S. El. ii. 464. 130. June, 1823. Several
specimens flying and alighting on Equisetum, in a marshy
field near Holywood. It has not occurred since.

Dryinus formicarius, Latr. Ona mossy bank at Holywood, in
April, 1826.

Anopheles maculipennis. Meig., Eur. Zw. Ins. In profusion, in
the neighbourhood of Belfast, throughout the summer and

autumn.

2. A.wifurcatus. Meig., ibid. With the last; taken but once.
A female.

Be Ae ? A smaller species. Thorax lead colour, the

sides with a blackish line; abdomen dusky, margins of the
segments paler; feet dusky; wings obscure hyaline, nervures
and scales blackish.

In shady situations by running waters; a pair taken in July.

As Dianous cwrulescens is rather a local species, I may mention
the following habitat. Banks of the Dee in North Wales,
April.

I have not seen it remarked in any work to which I have
access, that in one section of the genus Haltica the antenne have
the second joint obsolete, so that they appear 10-jointed; to
this division (which is also distinguished by the characters of
thorax and elytra) belong

H. Hyoscyami.
H. affinis. H. atricilla of Panzer and Donovan.
H. nigricollis, HE. B.
probably also H. erythrocephala, H. chrysocephala, H. Napi,
and H. Mercurialis.

It is stated in Kirby and Spence, Int. to Entomology, iii. 686,
note, that Dermestes Armadillus, De Geer, is monomerous. If
this be correct, Gyllenhal is mistaken in citing that synonym for
his Scaphidium Armadillo, which I find to be distinctly pentae
merous,

502 Mr. Stephens on some Insects

Art. LIV. Note on the foregoing Paper, with a
Description of a new Species of Anopheles. By J. ¥F.
Srepuens, Lsgq., F.L.S., &c. |

[To the Editor of the Zoological Journal. ]

My pear Sir,

Tue observations contained in the foregoing letter are highly
interesting, inasmuch as they relate to the entomological produc-
tions of an hitherto unexplored part of the country ; and as they
have been submitted to my perusal, with your permission I pur-
pose to add a few remarks. With respect to the insect termed
a permanent variety of Pacilus cupreus, I conceive that it
ought to be considered as a distinct species, especially as it
appears confined to one spot, and has not as yet occurred in
England, where Pac. cupreus abounds in every pathway and
high road during the .spring and summer months. The same ob-
servation will apply to the Omaseus ?, which may probably be
synonymous with some of the continental species with rufous
femora.

Dyschirius is composed of a great number of closely approxi-
mating species, which, as I have elsewhere shewn,* are very
difficult to be understood without actual comparison of specimens.
I cannot therefore undertake to assert that the above-described
insect is novel; but I rather suspect that it is, and have affixed the
name @ratus thereto.

Hylobius Abietis does not occur within 80 miles of the me-
tropolis, I therefore cannot from experience say any thing of its
habits; but, although it is usually taken in fir plantations, my
friend, Dr. Leach, picked up a specimen in a marshy situation in
Devonshire, about three years since, at a distance from any fir or
pine-trees.

_ The addition of a third species of Anopheles, proves incon-
testably how limited our knowledge of species remains, arising

* Illustrations of British Entomology (Mandibulata) vol. i. p. 40.

taken in the North of Ireland. 503

chiefly from the prevalent disinclination to study minute insects,
and from their locality: the above may be called An. plumbeus,
and as I have already described the British species of the genus
in a former volume of the Journal, I shall add the description of
a fourth species discovered by myself last July, at Ripley, in
Surrey.

Sp. 4. An. grisescens. Rufo-grisea, abdomine concolore, thorace
JSascia dorsali albida, lateribus nigricantibus, alis submacu-
latis. (Long. corp. 3} lin.)

Red-griseous ; forehead white; thorax with a broad longitu-
dinal whitish band, edged on each side with dusky; pleure
rufescent ; abdomen plain, griseous, not annulated: legs, palpi,
and antenna pale olivaceous; wings nearly immaculate; nervures
pale yellowish.

The remarks upon Halticu have novelty to recommend them* :
at least I am unacquainted with any work in which they are men-
tioned, unless they are given in Illiger’s Magazine, in the 7th
vol. of which work there is a long dissertation on the genus, with
descriptions of all the then known species; but, unfortunately,
with the exception of the specific characters of the latter, and the
characters of the sections, the work is in German. Halt. Mer-
curialis decidedly will not associate with the other species above
named, which constitute Illiger’s section Altitarses, and are ele-
vated to the rank of a genus in Latreille’s Familles Naturelles.

I shall conclude by stating that Latreille, in the work last men-
tioned, places the Dermestes Armadillns of De Geer, in his section
Monomera; but I suspect from its close affinity to Phalacrus,
Agathidium, and Leiodes, that it is pentamerous, though I have
hitherto been unable to examine the insect with the requisite
microscopic accuracy, owing as well to its minuteness as to the
fact of possessing a single specimen only; it and two other

* It may, however, be observed, that the second joint of the antennz is
‘usually the shortest in Coleopterous insects.

504A Mr. Westwood on the Genus Staphylinus.

species, which are in my cabinet, belong to the genus Clambus of
Fischer ; they are all very minute.
Iam, &c.

J. F. Srernens.
10th November, 1827.

3, Leigh-street, Burton Crescent.

Art. LV. Additional Observations to, and Corrections

of, a Paper upon the Genus Staphylinus of Linneus.
By J.O. Westwoop, F.L.S., &c.

{To the Editor of the Zoological Journal. ]
Sir,

Axtuovuen I cannot but consider myself already much
indebted to your liberality, for the insertion in your valuable
Journal of my Paper on the genus Staphylinus of Linneus, (in
a more especial degree on account of its being the earliest of my
entomological labours), I feel happy in again relying upon a
recurrence of your kindness, when I forward to you the following
additional observations upon the same subject, either for the
purpose of correcting errors into which I had inadvertently fallen,
or of combining with my former communication several additional
facts, trusting that such errors will be overlooked from the endea-
vours thus made to rectify them.

I am, Sir,
Your very obedient Servant,

J. O. Westwoop.
Chelsea, February, 1828.

SIAGONIUM QUADRICORNE.

The engraver of the plate accompanying my communication
has omitted the natural length of the Larva of this Insect. The
specimen from which the figure was drawn, is about half the

Mr. Westwood on the Genus Staphylinus. 505

length of the Larva of the Aleochara, but proportionably narrower,
and is nearly equal in size to the smaller female specimens of the
perfect insect. I have again met with the Larva in considerable
quantity under the bark of decaying felled trees in Kensington
Gardens, at the beginning of the present mouth.

In the 10th volume of the Annales des Sciences Naturelles,
there is described and figured an Insect of this genus, found near
Versailles, (which is said to be extremely rare), under the name
of Prognathus rufipennis. 'The specimens described by M. H.
Blondel were found by him under the bark of a dead poplar tree,
and in consequence of M. Latreille’s having communicated to
him the description of a specimen of Siag. 4-corne,* transmitted
by Dr. Leach from England, M. Blondel has been enabled
to compare and determine their apparently specific variations,
although he is not enabled to speak with certainty upon the sub-
ject, from not having seen the identical British specimen. From
the figure indeed we may be led to suppose that he has only de-
scribed the female of the Siag. quadricorne, and should the speci-
men transmitted by Dr. Leach to M. Latreille have been a male,
it will be more than probable that such will prove to be the case.

Nicolai, in his ‘* Dissertatio inauguralis medica sistens Coleo-
pterorum species Agri Halensis,” has fallen into an error, both in
regard to the generic and specific characters of Siagonium quadri-
corne. He says, ** Oxytelorum species aut in littoribus argilla-
‘* ceis et arenosis lacuum, cuniculos talparum instar fodientes, aut
“¢ locis humidis, in fimo, in truncis vetustis, &c., inveniuntur. Fos-
“< sores familiam propriam vel sub-genus peculiare, (Siagonium,
“¢ Kirby,) corpore convexiore, thorace capite manifeste latiore dis- .
“¢ tinctum, constituere videntur.”

“© A. Fossores.t
“6 Omnes ad littora lacus salsi habitant.
“ 1. O. tricornis. Gyll.

* Reference is made to the figure of this Insect, given by Messrs. Kirby and
Spence, under the incorrect generic name of Siagona. Hence has arisen the
idea entertained by the French Entomologists, that Mr. Kirby’s generic name
should be changed.

+ The other section, containing the true Omalia, he terms Coprophagi.

506 Mr. Westwood on the Genus Staphylinus.

“2, O. bicornis. Ahrens, Fn. Eur. fasc. vii. nondum editus.
Siagonium quadricorne, Kirby and Spence, Introd. to
Entom. i. tab. i. fig. 3, vix differt.

“ 3, O. fracticornis, &c.”

His division Fossores, therefore, comprises the sub-genus
Bledius, and the species congenerous with O. fracticornis, from
both of which the habits.of Siagonium are entirely distinct, as I
have shewn in my former Paper. And with reference to the note
placed after O. bicornis, it is evident that if the figure in Ahrens’
Fauna referred to be a correct one, and that species really be the
same as our quadricorne, Nicolai has inadvertently introduced it
amongst his Fossores, with which group it has not the slightest
connexion. Should, however, Ahrens’ figure be that of a true
Bledius, Nicolai cannot have seen the figure of Siagonium in the
Introduction to Entomology.

With regard to the number of eyes inthe Larve of the Brach-
elytra, and which I had considered to be four, two being placed
on each side of the head, I have to add that it is not easy to
ascertain distinctly their number in dark coloured specimens,
since they appear as irregularly formed minute tubercles. In one
which I possess, having the head lighter coloured than usual, I
perceive on each side, (behind the insertion of the antennez), four
of these tubercles placed in an irregular square, and of a black
shining colour.

P, 59, line 8. For Labrum, read Labium.

P. 59, line 18. For truncnm, read truncum.

Id. line 29. For enebrosis, read tenebrosis.

At page 60, I have observed that I was not acquainted with
any author, who had figured the Larva of any of the Staphylinide.

T was not aware, however, at the time, that, notwithstanding Mr.
Marsham and Mr. Walford’s opinions upon the subject, sabse-

Mr. Westwood on the Genus Staphylinus. 507

quently noticed, Messrs. Kirby and Spence consider that the
Larva, so destructive to young wheat, of which Messrs. M. and
W. gave an account, accompanied with an admirable figure by
Sowerby, in the 9th volume of the Linnean Transactions, “ may
perhaps be one of the numerous tribe of Staphylinide, which
are not universally carnivorous.”* Mr. Walford, who discovered
the Larva in question, considered it to be the insect generally
called the Wire Worm, which is equally destructive; although he
could merely conjecture of what it would ultimately prove to be
the young. This Larva is not so large as the one which I have
figured as that of Aleochara, and in its general appearance it is not
dissimilar to that of Philonthus. It has six strong legs, jointed
antenna, the cylindrical tube at the tail, from each side of the
base of which arises a four-jointed bristle, longer than the tube ;
and Mr. Walford ingeniously suggested, that the two last charac-
ters bore considerable affinity to a perfect Staphylinus; ‘* but the
Larva of that insect,”? he adds, “¢ is supposed to be carnivorous,
and not graminivorous.” Mr. Marsham, in his additional obser-
vations, clearly shews that this Larva is not the Wire Worm,
which he proves to be the young of an Elater; adding, that he was
unable satisfactorily to suggest evento what group of Insects the
Larva was referrible. I think, however, that the characters which
I have mentioned, will satisfactorily establish its claim to be con-
sidered as the young of one of the Brachelytra.

Geedart also, in his usual rude style, has given at No. 120. b. two
tolerably accurate figures of the Larva of Creophilus maxillosus, one
of the largest species of the group, adding also an account of the
ferocious habits of the Larva; one of the figures of which repre-
sents it in the act of devouring some other Larva. He also gives
at No. 120. c. two figures of the perfect Insect, one of which is
similarly employed, and which he describes in a very interesting
manner, under the appellation of ‘* precedentis vermis con-
jugem” !+

In the list of Coleepterous Insects given by Swammerdam, we

* Introduction to Entomology, vol. i. p. 169
+ Lister’s Goedart, 298—9.

508 Mr. Westwood on the Genus Staphylinus.

find the Staphylinus noticed, as having been described, ‘* cum
vermiculo suo,” by Mouffet; and of which genus five species were
possessed by Swammerdam, “ cum vermiculo et nympha que
aliquanto obscuriora ostentat membra.”? The Vermiculus of the
Staphylinus, however, (as Swammerdam calls it,) was described
by Mouffet as his 2d species of that genus, but is in fact the Larva
of Stuuropus Fagi, known by the English Collectors under the
name of the Lobster Caterpillar !

P. 60. In giving the description of a Larva, which I supposed
to be that of Aleochara fuscipes, I was influenced by a desire to
exhibit (by comparison with the Larva of the Siagonium and
Philonthus) the differences existing between the immature states
of the insects belonging to the families Omalidw, Staphylinide,
and that which I had previously considered as forming the type
of the family Tachyporide. As, however, it may perhaps be
hinted that as a small Hister was the solitary companion of the
Aleochare, there is a probability that the Larva in question might
be the young of some species of that genus, it will not be thought
irrelevant to introduce a short account of the Larva of Hister
cadaverinus, figured by Paykull in his Monographia Histeroidum,
which is a long, soft, and whitish Grub, with the head and first
segment of the body scaly, and channelled above; the jaws
strong and advanced; the antenne short, and (as in the perfect
insect) thickened at their tips; the joints of the body rounded
at the sides; and the last joint terminated by a pair of short two~
jointed appendages, without any caudal tube.

The characters above noticed, but more especially the jointed
anal bristles, will clearly shew that my supposed Larva of
Aleochara, does not belong either to the Silphide or Nitidulide,
as suggested by Mr. Kirby; indeed the figure of the Larva of
Nitid. grisea in the 1st vol. of the Linn. Trans., although exhibiting
each segment of the body slightly projecting at the sides, has the.
abdomen terminated by four small simple inarticulated sete bent
upwards, the two lowermost being considerably the longest. It
is also described as having two hind feet, which however are not
visible in the figure.

Mr. Westwood on the Genus Staphylinus. 509

P. 60. The last line but one ought to be inserted between the
two preceding ; asit stands at present the sense is unintelligible.

P. 61. line 3. The insect of which De Geer has figured the
Larva and Pupa in loc. cit. is Phosphuga atrata, and not Silpha
obscura, as I had supposed. The thorax of the former insect is
large and dilated in front, covering the head like a shield ; and
we see in De Geer’s figure how admirably this formation is typi-
fied in its Larva, of which I have given the description at p. 61.

The Larva of Thanatophilus rugosus, figured by the same
author (v. 7. pl. 44), differs considerably from that of Phosphuga
atrata, its head being porrected, the segments of the body more
serrated, and particularly in the tail being destitute of any kind
of appendage. From these and the preceding remarks, it will be
seen that there is reason to consider the above mentioned pair of
jointed anal processes and the caudal tube, as characters peculiar to
the Larva of the Brachelytra; which processes, be it remem-
bered, we also find reproduced in, and possessed, (I believe ex-
clusively), by, the perfect Insects of that group in both sexes.
(See Latreille, Fam. Nat. p. 244.)

Schaeffer in his valuable Abhandlungen von Insecten, v. 3, has
given several very excellent figures of the Larve of the true
Stlphide, amongst which are two of the Larva of Phosph. atrata,
in which the head is represented protruded in a manner similar to
De Geer’s figure of the Larva of Thanatophilus rugosus, hence I
think we may conclude that De Geer’s figure of the Larva of
Phosph. atrata was taken from a dead specimen, in which the head
had shrunk under the thorax. The Larva, however, I have little
doubt, has the power of protruding or concealing its head as occa-
sion may require. The Larve of Oiceoptoma thoracica, figured
by Schaeffer, do not materially disagree with his figures of the
Larva of Phosph. atrata.

Bledius Stephensii, p. 61. On the 28th November, 1826, a
short communication was made by me to the Zoological Club of
the Linnean Society, containing an account of this insect, of
which communication a notice appeared in the 10th Number of

510 Mr. Westwood on the Genus Staphylinus.

this Journal, in the account of the proceedings of that Club.
But during the interval which elapsed between the time when I
transmitted the MS. of my former Paper to the Editors of this
Journal and the publication of No. 9, in which that paper ap-
peared, Mr. Curtis, (aware of my intentions at the time, and also
that the MS. had been forwarded to the Zoological Journal,)
obtained a specimen of this imsect from Mr. Skrimshire, its
captor, of which he gave a beautiful figure in his British Ento-
mology, No. 143, published in December, 1826, under the name
of Bl. Skrimshirii—my name therefore sinks into a synonym.
His figure and description have however enabled me to correct a
slight error in the sketches which I have given of the head and
thorax, which were made upon a casual examination of the Insect,
and are taken ina different point of view to Mr. Curtis’s fig. 7.
The form and proportion of the horns are sufficiently correct in
my figures, but the head in the left hand sketch is represented
too globose ; in Mr. Curtis’s figure it is considerably longer, and
apparently flattened behind the base of the erect horns, my sketch
of which and of the thorax is correct.

P. 62, line 4. For Leptocherius, read Leptocheirus.

P. 62, Note. Mr. Stephens has informed me that he considers
Oxytelus fracticornis, as the type of a sub-genus to which he has
given the name of Hesperophilus, from a circumstance which he
has observed connected with their economy, viz. that they are
. generally on the wing in the evening. This circumstance, how-
ever, has been observed by Nicolai in Bledius tricornis, which he
says, ‘¢ Vespertino tempore copiosé circumvolat.” The Bledit
and Hesperophili also agree in their burrowing habits. Hence I
am led to think that the latter ought merely to form a section of
the former genus, instead of forming a distinct sub-genus.

P. 65, line 22. For Lebe, read Lebiz.

P. 57 and 67. In addition to what I have already stated with
regard to the slighter developement of the horns in certain indi-

Mr. Bell on anew Genus of Freshwater Tortoises. 511

viduals, as indicating an intermediate sex, I have to observe, as
corroborative of the idea, that Mr. Haworth, in his remarks upon
a Paper on Bledius tricornis by Mr. Burrell in the Entomo-
logical Transactions, mentions a variety of the male with short
horns. Mr. Curtis also mentions a similar variety in Bl.
Stephensii. Mr. Burrell, indeed, in the paper above alluded to,
suggests that the specimens of the short-horned variety discovered
by himself may be neuters, and Mr. Haworth also expresses an
opinion coinciding with that of Mr. Burrell, and even conceives
that such neuters are much more frequent than hitherto imagined.
The use of the horns themselves is also noticed by Mr. Haworth in
the same paper.

The sense of the first paragraph of p. 67, is confused by the
word ‘* perfect” having been inserted in the 3d line, instead of
‘¢ short horned.”

Art. LVI. On Hydraspis, a new Genus of Freshwater
Tortoises, of the family Emydide. By 'Tuomas Bett,
Esq., F.RBR.S., L.S., GS, &e.

On the most casual review of the fresh-water Tortoises, consti-
tuting the family Emypip2, it is impossible not to perceive that
they consist of several groups of importance, differing in many
essential points, both with regard to structure and_ habits.
Their subdivision consequently into the genera Terrapene of
Merrem, Kinosternon of Spix, Emys of Brongniart, Chelonura
of Fleming, Chelys of Dumeril, with the addition of Sterno-
tharus, defined in a former paper of mine in this Journal, is
perfectly consistent with nature, and has been sanctioned by the
adoption of Zoologists. A further investigation of the species
constituting the genus Emys as it now stands, has shewn me
another group, which possesses so many important characters,
distinguishing it from all others, as in my opinion to require a
separate generic name. I had long ago believed that Testudo

512 Mr. Bell on a new Genus of Freshwater Tortoises.

longicollis might prove to be the type of a genus, and subse~
quent observations upon several other species have convinced
me that the conjecture was correct. The characters which
appear to me to call for this distinction, are the following. The
head and body are much depressed ; the nose projecting, narrow,
and the nostrils near together; the neck is very long and ex-
tensile ; the feet flat, and very perfectly palmated. The first
vertebral scutum 1s exceedingly broad anteriourly, constituting
a very remarkable peculiarity, and there are invariably thirteen
sternal plates, a number which does not exist in any other
species of the digitated families, excepting Sternotherus Leach-
ianus, and the two species of Chelys. Itis on the union of all
these characters in a greater or less degree in the whole of the
group, that I have thought it necessary to found the proposed
genus, which I shall designate by the name of Hyprasrtis.

It is evident that in some of the circumstances now enume-
rated, there is a marked approach to the family Tvionychide,
particularly in the great length and extensibility of the neck,
the general flatness of the body, the prominence of the nose,
and the breadth of the web connecting the toes. In other
minor respects, however, as the broad and entire sternum for
instance, the two groups are as far removed as possible from each
other. .

I am not acquainted with any undescribed species, but the fol-
lowing are those of former authours of which this genus 1s at pre-

sent constituted: viz. Testudo longicollis, which I consider the

type; 7’. galeata of Schoepff, (the synonymes of which include 7.
scabra of Retz, T. subrufa of authours, 7’. olivacea of Schweiger,
and some others); J. planiceps, Schoepff, (the same with
Emys canaliculata of Spix); and probably the whole of the fol-
lowing from the magnificent work of Spix on the Reptilia of
Brazil; Emys Amazonica, E. viridis, E. depressa, E. macro-
cephala, E. Tracaxa, E.rufipes. Of these some appear to be
more nearly allied to the typical form than others, and it is
possible that a better acquaintance with them may lead to a
different arrangement from that now suggested; I have at all
events thought it necessary to hesitate before I decided on the

> Sy

Mr. Bell’s Characters of the Testudinata. 513

admission of all the species quoted from Spix, until I should
have an opportunity of examining the animals for myself, espe-
cially as his plates are in many cases very doubtful and con-
fused.

Fam. Emypip.
Genus. Hypraspis.

Caput depressum, rostrum subacutum ; collum elongatum, ex-
tensile; sfernuwm latum immobile; scutum primum verte-
brale anticé latissimum ; scuta sterné xiii.

Art. LVII. Characters of the order, families, and genera
of the Testudinata. By Tuomas Bewt, Esq., F.R.S.,
TS., Cris, OC

Classis. REPTILIA.

Ordo. TESTUDINATA.

Cor auriculis binis, ventriculo unico biloculari. Pulmones
separati, cellulosi, abdomini intrantes. Os edentulum, rostratum;
maxilla inferior intra superiorem (pyxidi instar) se claudens.
Lingua \ata. Ventriculus simplex. Caecum nullum. Vesica uri-
naria maxima. Membrana tympani cute communi tecta; cochlea
nulla. Penis simplex canaliculatus. Vagina simplex. Ova plu-
rima testa dura induta. Vertebre colli 8—9, mobiles. Vertebra
dorsi 8, que cum costis atque sferno in testam fornicatam con-
solidate. Scapule, clavicule, et pelvis, intra testam osseam in-
cluse. Pedes 4. Cutis dorsi sternique cornea vel coriacea,

_ teste ossex agglutinata.
: A. Digitata.
Familia 1. TESTUDINID ©.

Terrestres. Herbivore. Caput altum, obtusum; Mazille
corner, serrate. Pedes squamosi, clavati; digiti indistincti ;

Vor. III. 2g.

514 Mr. Bell’s Characters of the Order,

unguiculi palmarum 5, plantarum 4, obtusi. Testa elevata, gibba,
cum sterno maxim4 ex parte consolidata, scutis corneis tecta.
Scuta dorsi 13, sterni 12.

Genus 1. Trestupo. Auct.

Testa omnino immobilis. Pedes clavati crassi obtusi.
Sp.typ. J. Greca. Auct.

Genus 2. Pyxis. Bell.

Sterni lobus anterior mobilis. Pedes clavati.

Sp. typ. P. Arachnoides. Bell, Act. Linn. XV. p. 395.
t. XVI.

Genus 3. Kuinixys. Bell.

Dorst pars posterior mobilis, parti anteriori ligamento sub-
elastico connexa. Pedes subclavati.

Sp. typ. K. Homeana. Bell, Act. Linn. XV. p. 400.
t. XVII.

Familia 2. EMYDID A.

Fluviatiles vel lacustres. Carnivore. Caput subdepressum.
Pedes complanati, palmati; digiti distincti; wnguicult palmarum
5, plantarum (Hydraspide galeatad excepta) 4, longi, acuminati.
Testa depressa, bievi in parte cum sterno connexa, scutis corneis
tecta. Scuta dorsi 13, sterni 12—13.

a. Sterno mobili.

Genus 1. TerrArene. Merrem.

Sternum bivalve; valva utraque eodem axe mobilis; valva
posterior lobos medium et posteriorem sistens.

Sp. typ. 7° clausa. Auct.

Genus 2, Srernotu#rvus. Bell.

Sternum univalve ; lobus anterior mobilis ; lobi duo posteriores
connexi, immobiles. :

SS

Families and Genera of the Testudinata. 515

Sp. typ. §. Leachianus. Zool. Journ. I. p. 206.
Tab. Supp. XV.

Genus 3. KinostTerNon. Spix.

Sternum bivalve ; lobus medius fixus, anterior et posterior
mobiles, ad lobum medium ligamentis articulati. Scuta margi-
nalia 23, sterni 11.

Sp. typ. A. longicaudatum. Spix, Rept. Bras. p. 17.
t. XE.

~—~b. Sterno immobili.

Genus 4. Hyprasprs. Bell.

Caput depressum; rostrum subacutum; collum elongatum.
Scutum primum vertebrale latissimum ; scuta sterni 13.

Sp.typ. H. galeata. (Testudo galeata. Auct.)

Genus 5. Emys. Brongn.
Sternum latum; scuta sterni 12.

Sp. typ. E. picta. Auct.

Genus 6. CHenonura. Fleming.

Collum atque cauda longissime. Sternum angustum. Membra
nunguam intra testam omnino inclusa.

Sp. typ. C. serpentina. (Testudo serpentina. Auct.)

Genus. 7. Cuetys. Dumeril.
Labia mollia: nasus in rostrum productus ; Collwm fimbriatum.
Sp.typ. C. fimbriata. ( Testudo fimbriata. Auct.)

Familia 3. TRIONYCHID.

Fluviatiles. Carnivore. Caput cum testé cute coriaced tectum.
Rostrum productum. Collum longissimum, contractile. Pedes
complanati, digitati, palmati, pentadactyli, triunguiculati.
Sternum imperfectam. Cauda brevis.

> aa. 2K 2

516 Dr. Ricuarpson’s Characters of

Genus unicum. Trionyx. Geoffr.

Sp. typ. J. Coromandelicus. Geoffr.

B. Pinnata.
Familia4. SPHARGID®.

Marine. Herbivore. Caput, membra atque Corpus cute cori-
acea tecta. Scuta cornea nulla. Rostrum corneum; mandi-
bula superior emarginata, inferioris apicem recipiens. Pedes
pinnati.

Genus unicum. SpHarets. Merrem.

Sp. un. S. mercurialis. Merrem.

Familia 5. CHELONIAD %.

Marine. Herbivore. Cuaput atque festa scutis corneis tecte.
Collum et pedes squamosi; rostrum aquilinum ; mandibula supe-
rior apice uncinato. Pedes pinnati.

Genus unicum. Cuetonta. Brongn.
Sp. typ. Ch. Mydas. (Test. Mydas. Auct.)

Art. LVIII. Short characters of a few Quadrupeds
procured on Capt. Franklin’s late Expedition. By
Joun Ricuarpson, M.D., F.R.S., FL.S., &c.

1. Sorex Forsteri, caudé (tereti?) longitudine corporis,
auriculis brevibus vestitis, dorso xerampelino, ventre murino,
dentibus pallidis.

Forster’s Surew-Movsr, with a (roundish?) tail as long as
the body, short furry ears, back of a clove-brown colour, belly
pale yellowish-brown, teeth nearly white.

Dimens. Length of head and body 2} inches ; length of tail
1} inch, :

Quadrupeds procured by Captain Franklin. 517

Syn. Shrew, No. 20. Forster, Phil. Trans. 62. p. 381.
Hab. Common throughout the Hudson’s Bay eaniilioe,

2. Sorex pALusTRIs, caudd corpus longitudine excedente, au-
riculis subvestitis vellere latentibus, corpore cinerascenti-nigro
subter cinereo.

American Marsu-surew, with the tail longer than the body,
short hairy ears concealed by the fur, back somewhat hoary-black,
belly ash-gray.

Dimens. Length of head and body 3 inches ; of tail 24.

Hab. Marshy places, from Hudson’s Bay to the Rocky Moun-
tains.

3. ARVICOLA BOREALIS, auriculis vellere obvelatis, caudd capite
paulo breviori, corpore villosissimo badio nigroque subter cinereo.

Nortuern Meavow Mouser, with ears concealed by the fur ;
tail shorter than the head; fur very long and fine ; on the back
chesnut colour mixed with black, on the belly gray.

Dimens. Length of head and body 43 inches; length of tail
10 lives.

Hab. Great Bear Lake.

4, Anvicota (Lemmus) ueLvous, naso pallido obtuso, palmis

pentadactylis, capite fulvo nigroque, corpore helvolo subtus vix
pallidior?.

Tawny LEMMING, with a pale blunt nose; a thumb; tawny
and black head; reddish-orange coloured body, a little paler
beneath.

Dimens. Length of head and body 4 inches.

Nearly allied to the Norwegian Lemming.

Hab. Rocky Mountains.

5. Myoxus Drummonpit, brunnescenti-ceroinus subter Fale
cauda corpore longiori floccosd.
Rocky Mountain Dormouset, yellow brown above, white be-

neath ; tail more bushy towards the extremity, longer than the
body.

518 Dr. Ricuarpson’s Characters of

Dimens. T.ength of head and body 9 inches; length of tail 7
inches.

There is a specimen in the Museum of the Zoological Society
which is defective in the tail.

Hab. The Rocky Mountains.

6. Cricetus TALPOIDES, cinerascenti-niger, gulad cauddque al-
bis, saccis buccarum triangularibus pendulis, auriculis brevissimis,
pedibus posticis sub-tetradactylis. :

Mote-suHAprD HAMSTER, of a grayish black colour, with a white
chin, throat and tail; triangular pendulous cheek-pouches ; very
short ears; and ouly four perfect toes on the hind feet.

Dimens. Length of head and body 74 inches ; of tail 13 inch.

This animal inhabits the banks of the Saskatcehewan in lat. 52°.
and throws up earth like a mole. No specimen was procured by —
the Expedition, but there is one from Hudson’s Bay in the
Museum of the Zoological Society from which the above specific
character was framed.

‘The molar teeth have not been examined, but the animal ap-
pears to be referrible to Rafinesque’s genus Dzplostoma.

7. Mus evucopus, (Rafinesque,) caudd longa vestita, corpore
griseo-lutescente subtus abrupte albo, pedibus albis, auriculis
magnis.

Syn. Mus leucopus, Rafinesque. Harlan, Faun. Amer. p. 151.

Less than the Mus sylvaticus (Linn.), to which it is very nearly
allied.

Hab. Northern parts of America. It becomes the domestic
Mouse wherever a fur post is established.

8. Arcromys pruinosa, (Pennant,) vellere corporis antice
rudiori canescenti; posticé fuscescenti, cauda pilosissima hadia
nigraque.

Hoary Marmor, with long coarse fur, particularly on the chest —
and shoulders where it is hoary ; hind parts dull yellowish-browa ;
tail blackish-brown, bushy. ;

Quadrupeds procured by Capiain Franklin. 519

Dimens. Length of head and body 274 inches; of head 21;
of tail 84 inches.

Syn. Hoary Marmot. Penn., Hist. Quad. 2. p. 398. Whistler.
Harmon’s Journey, p. 427.

Hab, The Rocky Mountains.

9. Arctomys (SPERMOPHILUS) LATERALIS, lined in utroque
latere luteo-alba nigro marginatd.

Say’s Marmo1, with a yellowish white stripe bordered with
black on each flank,

Syn. Sciurus lateralis. Say, Long’s Expedition 2. p. 46.

This animal has the cheek pouches, claws and habits of the
Spermophili.

Hab. The Rocky Mountains and plains near their bases.

10. Scrurus (Tamiss) QuapRivirTatus. (Say.)

Four sanpep Squirret. Sciurus quadrivittatus. Say, Long’s
Exped. 2. p. 45.

This Squirrel has the cheek pouches and manners of the Sciurus
Lysteri. (Ray).

Hab, Bushy places, Canada to lat. 56°.

11. Preromys Sanrinus, supra ex rubicundo fuscus, cauda
planiuscula corpus subequanti, lobo membrane volitantis rotundato.
SreveRN RIVER FLYING SQUIRREL, (Pennant,) pale reddish
brown above; tail flattish, nearly as long as the body; flying
membrane with a rounded lobe behind the wrist.
Syn. Sciurus Sabrinus. Shaw, Zool. di. part i. p. 157.
Greater flying Squirrel. Forster, Phil. Trans. 62.
Severn River flying Squirrel. Penn., Hist. Quad. p. 418.
Dimens. Size of Siberian flying Squirrel.
Hab. Upper Canada and Hudson’s Bay.

12. Preromys aLpinus, supra luteo-fuscus, cauda plana fuli-
gined nigrdque corpus longitudine excedente, margine membrane
volitantis recto.

520 Rev. W. Kirsy’s Descriptions

Rocxy Mountain FLyine Squirre, yeliowish-brown above ;
tail flat, longer than the body, blackish-gray; flying membrane
with a straight border.

Size greater than that of the Siberian flying Squirrel.

Hab. The vallies in the Rocky Mountains.

13. Lepus (LAcomys) princeps, ecaudatus fuscus : latere palli-
dior: subtus griseus, capite brevi, auriculis rotundatis. |

Tue Lirrre-cujer Hare, tail-less, blackish-brown on the back,
yellowish brown on the sides, gray beneath ; head short and thick,
ears rounded.

Dimens. Length 63 inches.

Hab. Rocky mountains. Stony places.

The specific name is a translation of its Indian appellation,

Art. LIX. A Description of some Coleopterous Insects
in the Collection of the Rev. F. W. Hope, F.L.S. By
the Rev. WituiaM Kirsy, E.R. & L.S., &c.

Fam. ScarABaip&. Macleay.

Genus. Scarasmus. Macleay.

femoralis. §.naso sexdentato, prothorace dilatato celato, fe-
moribus anticis maximis dentatis,
Plate xiv. Fig. 1.
Long. Corp. Unc. 13.

Hab. in Nigritia. .

Descr. Corpus latum, depressum, nigrum. Caput dilatatum naso
sexdentato, vertice subprominulo. Prothorax dilatatus, sparsé
granulatus: spatiis quibusdam elevatis levibus, anticé repandus.
Elytra depressa minutissimé et vix conspicué granulata, substriata :
striarum interstitiis serie und alterave punctorum obsoletius exca-
vatorum. Brachia humeris (femora antica,) maximis basi denticu-
_latis; apice gonythecad dentata, dente item discoidali subtus

of Coleopterous Insecis. 521

armatis: cubitis quadridentatis, intus ciliatis, basin versus dente
valido instructis. Pedes intermedii, tenues satis: tibiis brevi-
bus ; postici tibiis longis admodum subarcuatis, extus barbatis.
Inter antepectus et postpectus vallis satis profunda interponitur.

This curious species, which is a native of the Soudan, forms a
distinct and new type in the genus Scvrabeus, distinguished from
those already known, not only by its immense shoulders, or ante-
rior pair of thighs, but also by the vast chasm interposed in their
underside, between the manitrunk and the alitrunk, and by the
want of the anterior sinus of the prothorax, which in them receives
the head, and which in the insect above described, is replaced by
an undulating line.

Genus. DreEpanocerus.

Mazille \obo superiori magno concavo.
Palpi macillares articulo extimo reliquis longiori elliptico.

- labiales cylindrici, articulo extimo brevissimo et feré
obsoleto.

Caput masculum cornutum.

Prothorax masculus bicornis.

Scutellum tectum,

Elytra porcata.

This insect is primd facie so different from Oniticellus, to which
it is most nearly related, and between which and Onitis it ought
to be placed, that it might rather be mistaken fora Trox. Its
most striking differences from Oniticellus are the long horns that
arm the head and prothorax of the male; the peculiar sculpture
of the prothorax and elytra of both sexes; and the absence of
a scutellum. Not having an opportunity of dissection I cannot say
whether it ought to be recorded as more than a subgenus.

Kirbii. D. (Hope, MSS.)

Plate xiv. Fig.2. 3. 9.
Long. Corp. Lin. 13.

Hab. apud Promontorium Bone Spei. D. Bowie.

Descr. Maris corpus subdepressum, griseum, obscurum. Caput
cornu longo admodum, filiformi, arcuato, recurvo, castaneo arma-

522 Rev. W. Kirpy’s Descriptions

tum. Nasus acuté bidentatus. Prothorax porcatus: porcis sex
repandis, anticé cornutus: cornubus duobus longis, incurvis
castaneis falcis messorii fere forma, sed magis teretibus armatus,
posticé obtusangulus. Scwtedlum omnino tectum. Elytra planius-
cula tricarinata, carinis rectis, pallido obscuré maculata. Medi-
pectus latum tricarinatum. Brachia humeris incrassatis, extus
obtusangulis ; cubitis rectis tridentatis.
Alt. sex. Capite thoraceque inermibus.

Genus OniTIs,

ambigua. O. grisea obscura, prothorace reticulatimn elevato-line-

ato, elytris bicarinatis, tibiis anticis arcuatis.
Long. Corp. Lin. 44.

Hab. apud Promontorium Bonz Spei.

Descr. Feminx corpus oblongum, depressum, griseum, lutosum.
Cuput naso rotundato, linea elevata fronte separato: duwe alie
linew ab occipite ad nasum ducuntur et spatium quadratum inclu-
dunt. Prothorax longus admodum: lateribus prominentibus,
disco lineis elevatis areas plures includentibus reticulatus. Elytra
juxta marginem externam longitudinaliter bicarinata, apice setosa.
Brachia humeris triangularibus magnis ; cubitis longis admodum,
apice incurvis acutis, extus quadridentatis. Medipectus latissimum

planum.

This insect appears to bear the same relation to Onitis that the
preceding does to Oniticellus, but whether the other sex is distin-
guished by similar horns on the head and prothorax [ cannot tell.
It may therefore at present stand under that genus. The body
of the specimen from which this description was taken, appears as
if covered with mud: part of which arises from minute scales,
but besides these, minute fragments of straw or wood adhere to it
both above and below.

Fam. Rurriip#. Macleay.
Genus. CurysINa.

Nasus subelongatus, rotandatus, margine recurvo.
-
Labrum obtusangulum.

of Coleopterous Insects. 523

Mandibule magnz, supra concave, subtus convexe, crassa,
extus rotundate.

Labium subtrapezoideum, apice subemarginatum.

Masille.

Palpi mazillares quadriarticulati: articulis primo et tertio bre-
vibus 3 secundo sensim crassiori, extimo incrassato.

Palpi labiales triarticulati: articulo secundo primo, et tertio
secundo longioribus et crassioribus.

Antenne decemarticulate & feré ut in Areodé & Pelidnotéd.

Cubitus tridentatus.

Unguiculi simplices.

Prosternum pone pedes anticos rectum, vertice planatum.

Mesosternum conicum.

This genus is nearly related to Pelidnota, MacLeay, but the
mandibles are differently shaped and much thicker and stronger,
indicating a more substantial kind of food. The sternal processes,
which afford constant charactefs in the present and some other
families of Fabricius’ great genus Melolontha, are also different.
Mr. Hope having only a single specimen I could not examine the
internal edge of the mandibles and maxille.

Perupiana. C.

Plate xiv, Fig. 3.
Long. Corp. Une. 14.

Hab. in Peru.

Descr. Corpus supra glauco-viride, obscuriusculum, confluenter
punctatum. Antenne ferrugineex: scapo aurato. Palpi ferra-
ginei. Elytra humeris & gibbositate anali colore viridi denu-
datis, punctata: punctulis minutissimis interspersis. Podex
apertus, punctatus. TJarsi cerulescentes. Abdomen aureo vel
cupreo-aureo splendore micans. Alitruncus subtus villosus.

This beautiful species has one peculiarity which seems to dis-
tinguish it from all its cognate tribes—its green colour, at least on
its upper surface, is merely superficial, and may be removed by
friction, when only black appears.

524 Rev. W. Kirsy’s Descriptions

Sectio. Herrrromera. Geoffr.
Tribus. TAaxitcornes. Lat.
Familia. Cossypuipz. Kirby.

Genus. EmcrrHatus.

Oculi cingentes, vel supra et infra contigui.

Nasus rotundatus, subemarginatus.

Labrum transversum.

Palpi maxillares quadriarticulati: articulo primo brevissimo ;
secundo elongato, arcuato, clavato; tertio brevi, apice incrassato ;
extimo magno, compresso, securiformi.

labiales breves, triarticulati: articulis duobus primis
brevissimis, subtriangularibus, extimo securiformi.

Antenne filiformes: articulo tertio reliquis longiori ; articulis
7—10 turbinatis majoribus, cum ultimo subovali clavam forman-

tibus. ‘
Corpus feré ut in Helo disco longitudinaliter elevatum late-

ribus explanatis reflexis.
Prothorax anticé sinu magno ad recipiendum caput,
Prosternum carinatum.
Mesosternum anticé excavatum.
Metasternum apice rotundatum.
Tarst pulvinati.

This genus is nearly related to Heleus, Latr., but the thoracic
lobes do not go before the head, as in the true Helwi, and the
antenne are clavated and not filiform. H. piceus (Linn. Trans.
xii. 468, n. 19.) appears to belong to it.

Gibbosus. E. piceus, elytris basi gibbosis, punctato-striatis, bi-
carinatis, margine explanato levissimo.
Plate xiv. Fig. 4.
Long. corp. Lin. 9,
Hab. in Australasia. |
Descr. Corpus piceum. Caput lineis duabus elevatis inter
oculos convergentibus, et spatium elevatiusculum includentes,

of Coleopterous Insects. 525

Prothorax \evissimus niger. Elytra disco longitudinaliter ele-
vato, subseriatim confertim punctato, bicarinato, margine expla-
nato levissimo.

Tribe. Uncertain.*
Genus. ApeEtium. Kirby.

Hopii. A. nigro-exneum, nitidum, thorace sublacunoso levissimo :
elytris striatis ; striis punctatis ; interstitiis alternis subcate-
nulatis.

Plate. xiv. Fig. 5.
Long. Corp. Lin. 8.

Descr. Corpus oblongum, supra nigro-zneum, subtus atrum,
nitidum. Capué punctulis quibusdam sparsis anterius notatum:
nucha confertius punctata. Prothorax haud punctatus, utrinque
foveolis 2 vel 3 obsoletis, et unica magis distincta longitudinali
subarcuata: lateribus valde rotundatis, margine explanato. Cole-
optra ovato-oblonga striata: striis punctatis ; interstitiis levibus
alternis obsoleté catenulatis. T%bie intus apud apicem aureo
hirte.

In honorem Reverendi Friptrict Gut. Horr, insectorum col-
lectoris et indagatoris indefessi, huic speciei ab ipso communicate,
nomen merito imposui.

This species much resembles A. calosomoides (Linn. Tr. xii.
Pl. xxii. fig. 2.) but is as big again. It is distinguished also by
having no puncta upon the prothorax, and very few, with the
exception of those on the nucha, upon the head. In the elytra
also the interstices of the striae are without puncta, and the alter-
nate ones are obsoletely catenulated.

* Latreille places this genus in the second Family of his Helopii ( Familles
Nat. 378.) but I suspect it rather belongs to the Blapsides, (Ibid. 375,) and to
a distinct family which I would name Adeliade.

596 Mr. SowerBy on Cardita concamerata.

Art. LX. Note on the Cardita concamerata. By G. B.
SowERBY, F.L.S., &c.

Iv is well known that an anomaly exists in the structure of the
Cardita concamerata of Lamarck (Chama concamerata of Dill-
wyn). This anomaly consists in the formation of a little cup just
within the ventral margin, and it is formed by a fold of the said
margin: it is truly anomalous, for though there are several in-
stances among the univalve shells of Molluscous animals of a little
cup formed within the principal portion of the valve, I am not
aware of any similar formation to the one under consideration ;
for, in the Calyptree, the little cups are only the more or less
completely developed rudiments of columellar and inner lip ana-
logous to those parts in the spiral univalve. In endeavouring to
ascertain the use of the above mentioned little cup, we should
naturally be led to examine the shells of the same genus and
family ; this however cannot at present lead to any result, for in
no other species does a similar structure exist, and we are not
acquainted with any of the animals. The opportunity of examin-
ing a single specimen with the dried animal occurred to me some
years ago: I then found the two little cups, which are always
exactly opposite to each other, filled with very minute globules
having the appearance of eggs. I could not, however, form any
conclusion from the examination of a single specimen. A late
opportunity of examining a number of specimens with the dried
animals within thera, enables me now to state that these cups
are destined to contain the ovaries, and that the eggs appear to
remain in them until they are perfectly developed, and ready to
disclose the complete animal with its shell. In some specimens of
the shell the little cups are only imperfectly formed: upon this
circumstance a question arises, as to whether this cup does or
does not, begin to be formed until the impregnation of the ovaries
has taken place ; or whether it be not of so rapid growth as to be

contemporaneous with the developement of the eggs in the
ovaries. G. B.S.

Jan. 14, 1828.

Rev. L. Guilding on the Zoology of the Caribean Islands.

NOTE.

Although a Notice on this subject has appeared in another Journal, since
the time at which the above Note was handed to the Iditor, he publishes
it entire, in justice to Mr. Sowerby, by whom the interesting facts contained
in it were first publicly mentioned; in justice also to the readers of the Zoo-
logical Journal, to whom it will convey fuller information than has yet been
given.—Eb.

Art. LXI. Observations on the Zoology of the Caribean
Islands. By the Rev. Lanspown Guixpinea, B.A,
F.L. & G.S., M.W.S., &c.

[ Continued from p, 408. ]

Mouuusca Caris#Ana.

Fam. Henicipe. Guild.
Genus. Stenopus.* Id.

Cuar. Gen.

Antmat. Corpus corrugatum, elongatum, raro retractunt,
motu serpentino difficillimé repens. Palliwm amplum, foramine
communi magno perforatum. Caput declive: os anticé, inter
tentacula inferiora: labia plicata: lingua emissilis. Tentacula
duo superiora elongata, capitulo oculigero. Penis cervicis elon-
gati latere dextro. Discus gressoriust distinctus, linearis, mus-
culis transversis, pedis lateribus multo angustior, veluti in genere
Onchidio, (unde nomen). Cauda tentaculata, tentaculo sub-
retractili, glandulé ad basin posita.

Testa heliciformis, umbilicata, diaphana, apertura transversa.

1. Stenopus cruentatus.
St. flavo-sanguineus, disco gressorio caudaque flavidis ; abdo-
mine sanguineo maculato ; pallio rubro, papilloso, albo punctulato

* Nomen a =revds angustus, et 7es pes.

+ The pedal disk is usually flat and simple: in one marine genus it is
divided by a medial line, and the muscles of the two sides act with an undu-
lating motion, alternately and independently.

528 Rev. L. Guilding on the Zoology of

Testa pallidé succinea, depressa, transverse plicatula; anfrac-
tibus 5, ultimo multo majori.

Habitat in insula Sti. Vincentii satis frequens, frondibus emor-
tuis palmarum repens, in summo vertice montis Sti. Andree, so-
cietate speciei minoris mox describende.

Axis teste 2 lin. Diam. 4 lin.

Tas. xy. Fig. 1. Animal repens auctum.—2. Idem ad latus
visum.—3. Discus gressorius.—4. Testa prona.—5. Kadem supina.

2. Stenopus lividus.
St. corpore livido, cervice rufescente, pallio nigro maculato.
Testa subdiaphana, flavo-fuscescens ; spira sub-elevata, an-
fractibus sex; peripheriad subcarinata; umbilico contracto.
Habitat in frondibus emortuis palmarum in vertice summo
montis Sti. Andrea, societate Stenopi cruentati et Helicinarum.

Tas. Supp. xxvii. Fig. 1. Animal serpens auctum.—2. Long.
et Diam. Teste.—3. Testa aucta.

A very remarkable and distinct genus allied to the Linnean
Helices, from all of which it differs in the curious contraction of
the pedal disk, and the caudal tentaculum furnished with a
gland beneath. They creep slowly and awkwardly, not being
able to support the shell, on account of the narrowness of the
foot, without proceeding in a meandering line: it is confined to
the higher and damper parts of the noble mountain on which
I have already discovered two species, and soon perishes when
brought into a drier atmosphere.

ee

Familia Heticinapa. Guild.
Gen. MHenicina. Lam., Gray.
Otyeyra. Say.

Cuar. Grn.
Animat. Abdomen spirale: corpus corrugatum: cervice, ca~
piteque distincto, prominente, declivi, transverse rugosis. Ten-
tacula duo, elongata, setiformia, subretractilia. Oculé radicales,

the Caribean Islands. 529

prominuli. Os subtus, longitudinale, Jabiis plicatis. Pallium
margine toto ad respirationem libero. Operculum corneum, sub-
triangulare, annulare, nucleo subcentrali; in dorso pedis affixum.

Testa spiralis, globoso-depressa, aperturé semirotundata ;
anfractibus basilaribus subito majoribus, ultimo nonnunquam sub-
carinato. Peristoma sepius reflexum. Columella basi callosa,
umbiliculum senioris claudens.

1. Helicina Occidentalis.

Hel. corpore nunc pallidé livido, nunc fuscescente; dorso
pedis, cervicis lateribus, tentaculisque atris; capite cerviceque
fuscis ; pede subtus flavescente.

Testa flavida, superné rufo nebulosa, subtus unifasciata ; colu-
mella lactea, labro candido; anfractibus sex ; operculo brunneo,
margine pallido.

Habitat in montibus sylvosis Sti. Vincentii, frondibus repens ;
gigas in hoc genere.

Var. @. testa superneé trifasciata, fascia media majori.

Var. y. superné rufo varia, margine immaculato.

The species found in the mountains of St. Vincent scarcely
ever descend below 2000 feet above the level of the ocean;
while those of Barbadoes are found in any situation however
exposed and dry. There are three or four more new species in
my cabinet, which shall soon be figured. The shell before us
was first described for the 14th vol. of the Linnean Transactions
under its present name, which was changed by those who super-
intended the publication of the volume, under the idea that. it
was synonymous with H. fasciata, from which it differs widely.

Tas. xv. Fig. 6. Pullus, labro tenero, umbiliculo aperto.—
7. Animal retractum.—8. idem repens mag. nat.—-9. Testa.—
10. Operculum.

2. Helicina variabilis.

H. flavicans ; dorso, cervicis lateribus, frontisque fascia nigris ;
oculis atris.

Qi,

530 Rev. L. Guilding on the Zoology of

Testa solida, pallida, immaculata, globosa; labro marginato
crasso; columella effusa.

Habitat gregatim, varietate innumera, sub lapidibus Barba-
densibus.

Var. 8. flavida, immaculata.

Var. y. rufo superné undulata.

Var. 3. rufo maculata, nebulosa.

Var. «. fascia maculari.

Var. @. utrinque castaneo late fasciata.

Var. ». superné rufescente-flavescens, apertura crocea.

Had I not collected an immense number of the Helicine alive,
T should have been led perhaps to describe the shells as belong-
ing to numerous species. It is almost impossible out of hundreds
to find two individuals perfectly alike. The fasciated variety is
the rarest and most interesting. The animal is occasionally pale.
It creeps fast, bending its tentacula with a quick and constant
motion to examine its path; while the Heliciform genera carry
their superior tentacula generally erect and steady, using the
inferior ones and the brachiform expansions of the cheeks prin-
cipally as their organs of touch,

X
Genus. Acnatina. Auctorum.

Cuar. Gen.

Anima heliciforme, terrestre, hermaphroditum. Corpus valdé
corrugatum. Tentacula quatuor, duo superiora longiora, capitulis
oculigeris. Os subtus, labdiis plicatis: gents rotundatis amplis.
Lingua magna, carnosa. Mandibula cornea, ossiculis dentiformi-
bus. Penis ad radices tentaculi dextri. Pes maximus, erassus.
Operculum nullum. Pailium amplum, lobus superior supra peri-
trema vix reflexum, lobus inferior (Collare) bipartitus, cervicem
tegens, foramine perforatum.

the Caribwan Islands. 551

Testa adiaphana, ovato-conica, spira elevata. Apertura sub-
ovalis. Columella simplex, ad basin truncata.* Columellarium
amplum. Perttrema sepissime simplex, rarissimé submargina-
tum?+ Unmbilicus evanidus.

Achatina undulata.

Ach. flavido-fuscescens ; cervice supra pallidiori, basi cceru-
lescente; tentaculis ccerulescentibus, apice flavescentibus, ad
radices verrucosis; solea pallida, margine fuscescente; pallio
margine superno ferrugineo ; collari albo obscure irrorato.

Testa ovato-oblonga, cinereo-flavescens, striis undulatis ferru-
gineo-nigris: spira obtusa, 7-voluta; columella nivea, columel-
lario et peritremate saturaté castaneis.*

Pullus pailidior. Testa flavo-fuscescens, diaphana, inferné
trifasciata, fasciis mox (anfractu altero adjuncto) obtectis,
evanidis.

Species affinis. A. melastoma. Swains.
Long. teste. 2 unc. 14 lin.

Habitat in insula nostra parva cui nomen ‘ Union,” arbori-

bus serpens. Species formosa.

* Mr. Swainson, in his description of Ach. fasciata, has made a remark
which it is necessary to keep in mind while examining the young of the
Achatine. Inthe young shells of Ach. fasciata, the base of the columella
unites with the termination of the outer lip, making the aperture entire, simi-
lar to the lengthened Heliees, but as the shell advances in growth the base of :
the Columella becomes thick, and detached as it were from the marginal line, so
as to produce an intervening notch, and thus gives the old and the young shell
not only an appearance of being distinct species, but of beionging to separate
genera. The same law probably takes place through the whole genus. It
certainly is observed in the species hefore us, the young of which might easily
be referred to the Bulimuli, Leach.

+ Mr. Donovan, at plate 149 of his Naturalist’s Repository, has figured a
species which recedes from the characters usuaily laid down for this genus, in
having the Peritrema incrassate, and somewhat margined. The figure exhibits
no sign that the shell has suffered injury, or I should have supposed it to be a
Bulimus, neaily arrived at maturity; and on further inspection this may
prove to be the case, as the larger Bulimi are subject to distortions at the base
of the columella.

‘21 2

532 Rev. L. Guilding on the Zoology of

Fam. Butimipe. Guild.
Gen. SuccineA. Auctorum.

Succinea Barbadensis.

Suc. flavescens, tentaculis collique lineis nigris ; oculis atris 5
facie rufescente; pallio nigro, marmorato; pede brevi, postice
obtuso.

Testa flavescens, spe subopaca, longitudinaliter subplicata :
spira producta, anfractibus quaternis.

Long. teste 4—5 lin.

Habitat satis frequens sub lapidibus Barbadensibus; Suc-
cinee Cuvierii affinis, at certe distincta species.

Testa sepe stercorata.

Tas. Supp. xxvii. Fig. 4. Animal serpens auctum.—5, 6.
Testa aucta.

Familia. Purana. Guild.

Genus. PueKocuettus. Guild.
CaprettA*. Linn. Trans. Vol. 14. p. 341.
Carycuium. Muller, Leach.
Auricuta. Lam.

Cuar. Gen.

Anrmat hermaphroditum. Corpus corrugatum, heliciforme,
caput bilobatum. Tentacula quatuor, duobus longioribus capi-
tulis oculigeris. Mandibula valida lunata, ossiculis transversis,
appendice triangulari cutanea. Penis retractilis, ad radicem
tentaculi dextri majoris. Padlium foramine communi perfora-
tum. Ova pauca, magna, crusta calcarea.

Txsta vix umbilicata, dextera, ovalis, spiralis, spira elevato-
obtusa, anfractibus duobus ultimis maximis, ventricosis. Aper-
tura integra, elongata. Columella uniplicata, plicd cavernoso-
inflexad. Labrum incrassatum marginatum.

* Nomen jamdudum Crustaceologis usurpatum.

the Caribean Islands. 533

Plekocheilus undulatus.

Pl. corpore olivaceo-nigro, pede subtus pallido; tentaculis
apice albentibus, oculis atris.

Testa valida, turgida, longitudinaliter plicata, transversim in-
distincté striatula, ferrugineo-castanea, fasciis brunneis obliquis
undulatis ; anfractibus quinque.

Carychium undulatum. Leach, Sool. Misc. 1. p. 83. t. 37.
Auricula Caprella. Lam., Anim. sans vert. vi. pars 2. p. 140.

Habitat in montibus sylvosis Sti. Vincentii, passim; truncis
ramisque obvius.

Ova ovali-elliptica, indistincté corrosa: numerosa, magna, glu-
tine acervatim deposita et filo gelatinoso adjuncta: primum fla-
vescentia, nitida, mox (exsiccata) margaritaceo-calcarea.

Pulli pallidi, testa diaphana, pulcherrime corrosa, sericeo ni-
tente, striis nullis, labiis simplicibus. Testa juvenis subdiaphana,
fasciis distinctioribus, seni/is epidermide crassa rugosa fusco-
glauca, fasciis evanidis, sepe profundé corrosa.

This noble species occurs in immense numbers in the forests
of St. Vincent, generally withdrawn, but sometimes even copu-
lating in the day time. The ova are agglutinated to the vagi-
nating leaves of the Tillandsie, which, from holding water, secure
a damp atmosphere at all times. The lately excluded shell long
stood in my cabinet as a nondescript Succinea 2 with a depressed
spire. I have at last traced it ab ovo, and from the examination
of this and the young shell of Bulimulus undulatus, a beautiful
species which I shall hereafter describe, the learned Zoologist
will perceive the necessity of separating with caution such small
shells as do not bear on the labrum some positive mark of ma-
turity. In the young of Plekocheilus the whole shell is without
strie, and is beautifully corroded on its surface, the plice being
smooth and distinctly marked as they are added by the first
operations of the pallium. In the young of the other snail we
observe numerous fine longitudinal and transverse striz, which
it will be in vain to look for in the parts added by the animal as
it advances in strength: a circumstance that would have led to
the multiplication of species, had not specimens been discovered
in various stages.

534 Rev. L, Guilding on the Zoology of

Fam. lLimnaaps. Guild. Limnacea. De Blainv.
Genus. Puysa.* Auctorum.

Cuar. GEN.

Anima lacustre, pulmoniferum, oviparum. Caput lobatum,
amplum, lobis sub-tentaculiformibus. Cervix longus. Os longi-
tudinale, subtus, magnum. Tentacula duo, sepius subulata, ad
basin ampliata. Oculi sub basin tentaculorum. Pallium amplum,
posticé sepe margine crenato-lobatum, externe, dum respirat,
anté foramen in tubulum convolutum. Pes magnus, complana-
tus, posticé attenuatus. Operculum nullum.

Ova rotunda, magna. Pullus parvus: multi gregatim pulpa
gelatinosé obvoluti. Testa nondum declarata pallida, spira
obsoleta.

Cito serpit, et sepe superficiem aque petit ludens; pede re-
verso resupinata natat.

Testa sinistrorsa, convoluta, sepe subventricosa, ovalis vel
oblonga, spird prominente. Apertura longitudinalis, ovato-lan-
ceolata, superné acuta. Columella tortuosa. Peritrema tenue.

Physa marmorata.

Ph. viridis, atro irrorata : pallio nigro marmorato, posticé lo-
bato-venoso: capite maximé lobato: solea livida.

Testa tenuis, ovato-oblonga, flavescenti-fuscescens, diaphana,
nitida, longitudinaliter obscure plicata; columellario lato, palli-
do; peritremate sepe purpurascente ; spira exserta, acuta; an-
fractibus sex. ; .

Var. a maculis subtus opacis.

Habitat in fossis Sti. Vincentii copiosissime.

P. rivalis, Sow., Gen., species Guadaloupensis affinis est, at
incola invisa res incerta manet.

Hostes decipiens testam vestura viridi tegit, et sic in fundo
tuta serpit. Species due Barbadenses, et forte subgenus dis-
tinctum, cum Planorbi parvulo mox describende.

* Genus bene separatum. Genera 4plera, Flem., et Myxas, Leach, mihi
ignota.

the Caribean Islands. 535

Fam. Parentap# ?*
Gen. Ancyztus. Auctorum

Cuar. Gen.

ANIMAL unisexuale? testa penitus tectum. Corpus molle, sub-
diaphanum. Caput distinctum: gene rotundate. Os inferum,
magnum. Cervix elongatus, liberus. Tentacula duo subulata,
retractilia. Pes brevis. dbdomen affixum. Oeuli sub basin
tentaculorum diaphanorum. Penis ? exsertus (f. 2.) ad radices
tentaculi sinistri. -dnus ad sinistrum latus. Branchiarum ramus
parvulus prope anum et foramen lateris. Pailium amplissimum,
liberum, tenuissimum, cavitatem totam lambens; margine con-
tinuo, simplici.

Motus segnis.

Pulli ovati, sub cute gelatinosA communi rotundata per paria
tria foliis affixi.

Testa patelliformis, tenuis, obliqué conica; apice subacuto,
posticé ad dextram inflexo; apertura ovalis, margine simplici
expanso.

1. Aneylus irroratus.

A. pallidé flavescens, nigro obscuré irroratus: fronte abdomi-
neque rufescentibus: oculis atris: soleé immaculata pallida.

Testa concentricé plicata, subdiaphana; epidermide nigro-
viridi, atro irrorata: apice subobtuso, postico : apertura subro-
tundo-elliptica.

Habitat frequentissimé in foliis emortuis fossarum Sti. Vin-
centii, aere excluso arcté adherens.

Long. Teste 3 lin.

Tas. Supp. xxvi. Fig. 1. Animal serpens auctum.—2. Animay
reversum.—3, 4. Teste.—5. Figura pedis, a, branchiz in situ.
6, branchiz ad latus vise.—6. Animal testa avulsa.

* Genus Patelladis analogum, at forté Lymnzadis affine. Structura cor-
poris nondum satis patet. Parvitas scalpellum recusat.

556 Rey. L. Guilding on the Zoology of

2. Ancylus radiatus.

A. flavescens, nigro irroratus, dorso maculis tribus vel quatuor
pallidis magnis: facie rufescente : abdomine obscuro.

Testa ovali-elliptica, vitrea, diaphana, concentrice plicatula,
radiatim striata, epidermide evanescente.

Habitat cum precedente ; pulchra species.

Tas. Supp. xxvi. Fig. 7. Animal serpens auctum.—8. Long.
nat, teste.—9. Testa aucta,

Familia. AmpuLttARiIAD&. Guild.
Synopsis GENERUM.

Genus 1. Patupina. Auctorum.

Genus 2. Pacuystoma.* Guild. Labro crasso, margi-
nato, sepils canaliculato; operculo testaceo.

A. globosa.
* Umbilico parvo; testa globosa. <4. corrugata. ¢ Swains.
A, puncticulata.
** Umbilico evanescente.........4. crassa. ......Swains.

Genus 3. AmputtariA. Sw. Labro simplici, tenui ;

operculo corneo.
A. fasciata.

A. sordida.
* Test4 g!obosa ; umbilico majori< A. luteostoma. SSwains.
A, reflexa.
A. leucostoma.
*& Testa oblong; umbilico minori. A. oblonga. .... Swains.
*** Testa globosa ; apertura angus-
ta; umbilico maximo, pro-
fundo ; columella obsoleta... 4. effusa. .....Swains.t

* Nomen a 7axUs crassus, et STOLZ, os.
+ This species forms the transition through Ceratodes to the Planorbide, and
is probably more allied to that genus than to Ampullaria.

ithe Caribwan Islands. 537

Genus 4. Ceratopes.* Labro
simplici; operculo corneo ;
testa discoidea; umbilico
maximo profundo; columel-
la evanidd. .....+........ A. cornu arietis. Sow.

—= a
Genus. Panupina. Auctorum.

Cuar. GEN.

AniMAL spirale, monogenum, fluviatile, amphibium, &c. t+
Caput proboscidiforme, liberum. Os subtus, genis tumidis. Ocult
prominuli, ad basin externam tentaculorum. T'entacula duo sub-
filiformia, subcontractilia, sinistrum in altero sexu elongatum.
Pes tenuis, margine antico ampliato-lobato. Soleat lata, margine
(serpentis) sepe reflexo. Operculum corneum, in dorso pedis.

Testa vestita, elongato-ovata, spiralis, tenuis, subumbilicata,
anfractibus conyexis ; apertura subsemiorbiculari, oblongiuscula,
superne angulata. Peritrema|| tenue, simplex, connexum.

Paludina parvula.

Pal. flavescens, nigro irrorata; capite crasso, nigro, oculis
atris ; tentaculo elongato rubescente.

* A xeearwons, cornu imitatus.

+ This genus has been thoroughly investigated by the illustrious Cuvier,
and Ihave therefore less reason to regret that the minuteness of the only spe-
cies I have seen here prevents me from drawing up more extended characters.

$ This term may be very properly applied to the flattened disk of adhesion
and motion, which is formed by the under side of the true foot (pes), and
which in Stenopus, Guild., is so curiously distinguished from it.

|| It would perhaps be better to confine the term Labrum or labium to the
animal, using Peritrema for the outer lip of the shell, and columella for the
inner. The space connected with the pillar, and marked by its distinct and
polished outline, owing to the constant protection of the pallium, it may some-
times be convenient to term Columellarium. In Achatina undulata it is of a
different colour from the pillar. In some species of Cassis, by the constant
deposition of shelly matter, it is raised above the body of the shell. In some
genera it is contracted in its limits, and does not occupy, as usual, the whole
extent of the aperture.

538 Rev. L. Guilding on the Zoology of

Testa elongata, fuscescente, longitudinaliter plicatula: anfracti-
bus sex: operculo fuscescente: umbiliculo minori: spira acuta.
Habitat semel obvia in fossis Sti. Vincentii, cito serpens socie-
tate Physarum.
Long. testz 2 lin.
Tas. Supp. xxviii. Fig. 1. Animal ad latus visum.—2. Idem
pronum.

3. Testa. Figure omnes aucte.

Genus. AMPULLARIA.* Auctorum,

Cuar. Gen.

ANIMAL monogenum, fluviatile, spirale, pulmono-branchiatum,
Caput proboscidiforme, liberum, magnum, transverse rugosum ;
gené@ in lobos duos tentaculiformes expanse. Os anticum, labiis
plicatis. Mandibule cartilaginee, musculis validis tumidis. Lin-
gua cute elongata tecta, medio ossiculis transversis crebris,
lateribus antice alatis. Oculi pedunculati, ad basin externam
tentaculorum. Tentacula vera duo, longissima, setacea, subcon-
tractilia. Pes complanatus, latus: soleé subtriangulari, anticé
marginata, truncata Operculum corneum, in dorso pedis ; plicis
subconcentricis, nucleo laterali-medio. Pallium magnum, libe-
rum; sub cervice in musculum album elongatum, complanatum,
retractorium, conversum: Foramen respirationis magnum, sub
pallio supra siphonem sinistrum positum. Branchie pectini-
formes, dextrales, sub pallio: fimbria elongata cum recto et
oviductu parallela. Respiratorium (vel antrum respirationis)
maximum, dorsale, bursiforme, supra siphonem longissimum per-
foratum. Cervix utrinque alis latis complanatis instructa, que
in siphones duos fere convolvuntur: Sipho sinister ante foramen
respirationis situs aerem inspirat, dexter sub ano positus res-
pirat, et stercus expellit. Anus contractilis, rectum elongatum.
Penis exsertus, maximus, carnosus, sub margine pallii ad dex-

* T have never seen the sinistral species, of which the genus Laniste, De
Montf., is composed.

the Caribean Islands. — 539

frum latus prope anum (maris) positus; apice attenuato, basi
-appendiculato, glandulifero; appendice perforato.

Testa dextera, vestita, tenera, longitudinaliter plicata, globosa,
valdé ventricosa. Spira depréssa, vel brevis: anfractu ultimo
pregrandi: basi late umbilicato. Peritrema simplex,* semper
tenue, raro subreflexum. Apertura integra, oblonga, maxima,
expansa.

Motus segnis: respiranda superficiem petit et alam sinistram
cervicis in tubum rigidum convolvit. Dum inspirat tentacula
flectit caputque motu lento retrahit, aerem apice siphonis acci-
piens. Vite tenax.

* Testa valdé globosa; umbilico majori.

Ampullaria dubia.

Amp. flavescens, fuliginoso marmorata; siphone respiratorio
flavo, atro irregulariter fasciato : solea livida.

Testa olivaceo-viridis, fasciata, fasciis obscuro-purpureis, latis :
spira rufescente, brevi: apertura pallidé crocea, nebula livido-
purpurea suffusi: operculo superne fusco, inferne castaneo-
nitente.

Habitat in fluviis Americe #quinoctialis valdé frequens,
spira se pe corrosa.

Species aflines Amp. luteostoma, et Amp. fasciata. Swains.

Var. a. fasciis obliteratis. t

Var. 6. testa castaneo-viridi.

Tas. Supp. xxvii. Fig. 7. Amp. -dubia, (var.) serpens.
a, Operculum, 4, Sipho dexter, c Sinister.—8. Eudem respiranda
ad superficiem aque adscendens, siphone respiratorio exserto.

’ * The species with subtestaceous opercula and a margined Peristome, form
my genus Pauchystoma, the type of which is Ampullaria globosa of Swainson.
Zool. Illus.

+ This variety I received alive with the Ceratodes from a small river in the
Gulph of Paria, and its inhabitant is here figured: it is a coarser shell than one
which my brother sent me from the canals of Demerara: in these quiet waters
the bands are distinctly painted. I have no doubt, from the examination of
many specimens, that they are mere varieties.

540 Rev. L. Guilding on the Zoology of

Genus. Cerratopres. Guild.
AMPULLARIA. Sow.
Pianorsis. Lam.

Cuar. Gen.

Anima Ampullarie simile, at siphones cervicis minores et
breviores. Penis apice supra verrucam deflexo, &c.

Testa dextera,* discoidea, tenera, epidermide tenuissima
vestita, facie Planorbis, longitudinaliter plicatula; wmbilicus
maximus profundus, (incola serpente) sinister, centralis. Spira
valde depressa, vix prominula; anfractibus omnibus dextrorsum
conspicuis. Operculum Ampulluria, at reniforme. Peritrema
simplex, Colwmella evanida. Columellarium parvulum. Apertura
semirotundato-lunata, ab axe remotissima.

Typus genericus, Planorbis cornu arietist. Lam.

Ceratodes fasciatus. Guild.

Cer. flavescens, nigro marmoratus : soled pallida, nigrescente
‘maculata: operculo fusco, subtus castaneo.

Testa flavescente pallida, atro-castaneo fasciata: spira apice
rufescente, sepe corrosd: apertura crocea.

Ampullaria cornu arietis. Sow., Gen. of Shells.

Planorbis cornu arietis. Lam., vi. pars 2. p. 152.

Lister. Conch. tab. 136. f. 40. male.

Var. « pulchrior, fasciis crebris, aperture nebula purpurea.
Animal pallidius, rufescente flavidum, nigro pictum, soled palli-
diori immaculata.

Var. 8. fasciis paucis latioribus.

Habitat varietate multiplici in fluviis Americe xquinoctialis,
satis frequens.

Desc. Respiratorium diaphanum, amplum, fuliginosum.
Abdomen spirale. Cauda cinereo-livida, pallido reticulata. Pal-
lium pallidum, flavido reticulatum, marginis superioris glandibus
fascieformibus. Penis flavidus.

* The shell, when placed with the spire upwards, will not warrant us in
calling it, with Lamarck, a sinistral species.
. + Nomina composita vituperanda, expellenda,

the Caribean Islands. 5AL

Tas. Supp. xxviii. Fig. 4. Animal supinum, a Operculum,
5 Sipho dexter, c Sipho respiratorius.—5. Idem serpens.—6. Ale
‘cervicis.—7. Operculum.

There are probably several species confused under the name
of Planorbis cornu arietis: according to Gmelin one is an in-
habitant of China. My friend Mr. Swainson, in his incompar-
able Zoological Illustrations, Vol. II. pl. 119, (never having seen
the operculum of the Pl. cornu arietis of Lamarck,) has ob-
jected to Mr. Sowerby’s retaining it in the genus Ampullaria.
This learned zoologist, who, with his masterly pencil, has done
so much to illustrate these shells, in a subsequent part of his
work, mentions that the operculum had at last been made
known to the European naturalist, and very properly advises
that it should be retained as the terminal species of the Ampul-
larie. To Planorbis it cannot possibly belong.

a

Fam. Ostrreap#. Guild.
Gen. Ostrea. Auctorum.

Cuar. Gen.

Anima. Corpus complanatum, pallio obvolutum. Pallium
contractile, bipaginatum, superné clausum, margo posticus liber,
serie duplici ¢entaculorum. Branchie feré longitudine corporis,
late: fimbrie quatuor, plicate, subcontractiles, due in utroque
latere. Appendices frontales quatuor, compressi, lanceolati, ex-
terne venosi, interné branchiis similes. Musculus clausorius sub-
centralis, compositus, divisio inferna sublunata. -dbdomen ar-
cuatum. Rectum longissimum, liberum.

Testa foliacea, irregularis, inequivalvis; wmbonibus (teste
clause) disjunctis, etate inequalibus. Valva inferior major,
concava, adherens; umbone producto, subcanaliculato. Superior
minor planiuscula, operculiformis. Cardo edentulus. Ligamen-
tum medium, subinternum, breve, ad basin umbonum in fossula
cardinali affixum. Impressio muscularis unica. Basis tenera
foliacea.

542 Rev. L, Guilding on the Zoology of

Ostrea Rhizophore.

O. flavescens, pallii marginibus tentaculisque brunneis: bran-
chiis inferne lividis: appendiculis labialibus latis, acuminatis.
Testa elongata, ovata, apice acutissimo ; valva inferiori convexa,
solida, sepe arcuaté; umbonis alis sepe foliaceo - expansis,
plicatis; 'amellis irregularibus, imbricatis, raro fornicatis.
Desc. Color pallidus, vel flavescenti-candidus, striis longi-
tudinalibus irregularibus purpureis vel ferrugineo-flavis. Valve
intus purpureo nebulose, submargaritacee.

It adheres in vast numbers to the roots of the mangrove teas
(Rhizophora Mangie,) which grow on the margins of th

Lagoons of Carriacou, an island in the neighbouring governmen

of Grenada; from which it is taken up in company with t
Perna Ephippium, Mytili, Serpule, and Cirrhipedes.

It is known by the name of the Mangrove oyster, and i
highly esteemed for the table, extending to innumerable varieties,
both as to figure and colouring. They adhere in large cluster
both to the bark of the Mangrove roots and to neighbourin
shells. The cavity is often disfigured with calcareous blackene
blisters, which are laid by the pallium over any extraneou
bodies-which happen to intrude within the shell. :

Fam. Prernapm. Guild.
Gen. Perna. Lam., Sow., De Blainy.
Osrrea. Linn.

Cuar. Gen.

AntmAt. Corpus compressum: vertex sub-tentaculatus: ab
domen arcuatum, byssiferum. Pallium liberum, retractile ; pos-
ticé in duas paginas equales, latissimas, liberas, ad margine
serie duplici tentaculatas divisum: branchiarum fimbrie qua
tuor, equales, parallele, inferné inter pallii paginas posite
brachium elongatum canaliculatum, ad basin byssi maximi multi
filati. Musculus adductorius bilobatus ; lobo hoc minori ovate.
illo lunato-elongato.

the Caribean Islands. 54S

Testa subequivalvis, complanata, lamellosa, irregularis, mar-
gine ventrali tenuissimo. Cardo linearis, verticalis, (quiescentis)
hians ; sulcis plurimis transversis, parallelis, oppositis, liga-
mentum multipartitum inter se recipientibus. Sinus byssi late-
ralis, subhians, infra cardinis basin, parietibus incrassatis. Jm-
pressio muscularis unicus, partitus, subcentralis. .

Perna Ephippium. Lam.

Per. sordidé flavescens, abdomine ochraceo: pallii tentaculis
brunneis, brevibus; capitis tentaculis parvulis: bysso maximo,
longissimo, nigro-viridi, filis apice liberis.

Testa varia, pallida, purpureo rufo vel ferrugineo picta, intus
medio margaritacea : margine inferno acutissimo, tenero: vertice
lato, recto, multisulcato, subtus cavernoso.

Obs. Listeri figura rudis: forté species plurime sub hoc
titulo confuse latent.

Habitat gregatim frequentissima in lacubus maritimis Indizw
Occidentalis ; edulis, pretiosa: radicibus emersis vel testis se-
nescentibus aflixa. .

This species, so highly esteemed by the West Indian epicure,
has been confounded by the vulgar with the true Mangrove
oyster, with which it is often found. It swarms in Mustique
and others ef the Antilles which possess salt water Lagoons,
hanging by the byssus in clusters to one another and to the roots
of various trees which Providence has with infinite wisdom at-
tached to sand for the protection of lands exposed to the inroads
of the sea, where the greater part of the vegetable kingdom
would inevitably perish. The Mangrove (Rhizophora Mangle)
is the principal supporter of the Perne. The cylindrical clus-
tered roots of this marvellous tree flourish in the surf itself, and
‘the negro has only to take his basket and his hatchet to the
Lagoon and by cutting off a few roots to procure an abundant
meal.
They are observed to be larger and finer at certain seasons of
the year. The shell both in colour and outline is subject to
infinite variety. Some specimens are pale and unmarked, while

5AA Mr. Yarrell on the Osteology

others are of a dark purple brown, with scarcely a trace of any
other colour: the younger specimens are often beautifully ra-
diated.

As in the true oysters the shells are but slightly opened while
the animals are feeding on the minute prey brought within them
by the action of the tentaculated cloak. They are exceedingly
tenacious of life, a property which is of abundant use to them
when the retiring of the tides and the dryness of the weather
might leave them exposed to the action of the tropical sun. I
formerly imagined that a small quantity of water was shut in on
the closing of the shells, for the refreshment of the animal; but
this is improbable, as the Perne would infallibly perish if kept
for a single day in unchanged sea-water, which, when stagnant
and offensive, is fatal to all marine creatures. Packed in damp
sand they will live fora month. This discovery will enable me
to procure living specimens of many genera peculiar to distant
parts of the West Indies, which otherwise I should have been
unable to figure without frequent and expensive journies.

Dr. Fleming has published in the Edinburgh Encyclopedia
an admirable paper on the various edible Mollusca known to
Europeans. In my future communications this catalegue will
be considerably extended.

[ Zo be continued. |

Art. LXII. On the Osteology of the Chlamyphorus trun-
catus of Dr. Harlan. By Wiut1am Yarre t, Esq.,
F.LS. In a letter to N. A. Vicors, Esq., F.R.S.,
FE.L.S., §c., Secretary to the Zoological Society.

My pbEAR Sir,
Tue Council of the Zoological Society, influenced by
your friendly recommendation, having placed in my hands a
specimen in spirit of that very rare animal the Chlamyphorus
truncatus, described and figured by Dr. Harlan, I have now the
pleasure of returning the skeleton to the Museum of the Society,

of the Chlamyphorus truncatus. 5AD

accompanied with such observations as have occurred to me during
the preparation of this small but very interesting quadruped.

The novelty as well as extreme rarity of this animal, probably
the only one in Europe, made it a matter of importance that no
part of so valuable a specimen should be neglected, and it was
therefore determined so to remove the skin and its investing coat
-of mail, that as perfect a skeleton as circumstances would admit,
might be afterwards set up, in addition to the preserved skin.
In this part of the undertaking I was essentially assisted by Mr.
Leadbeater, to whom the outer covering was afterwards con-
veyed for mounting, and it is now deposited in the Society’s
museum.

The excellent and detailed account written by Dr. Harlan,*
leaves me but little to add upon such parts of the Chlamyphorus
as the specimen examined by that gentleman, though mutilated,
enabled him to supply; and I shall therefore endeavour to be
the more particular in the account of so much of the structure,
as the less mutilated example belonging to the Society affords
me an opportunity of describing; premising however, that in
the present instance also, the abdomen and thorax had been
opened throughout their whole length, and the viscera from both
cavities entirely removed.

The external covering was first detached from each of the
legs, and the nails as well the phalanges of the toes allowed to
remain adhering to the skin; in the figure of the skeleton, there-
fore, the feet are represented covered by the natural integu-
ment. This mode was preferred, rather than assume the deline-
ation of bones, the forms of which could be but imperfectly
ascertained.

When separating the skin from the muscles of the back, the
fibres (described by Dr. Harlan) by which the outer coat was
attached in the line of the vertebre, were found to be adherent
to the muscles immediately investing the spinous processes, and
each of them probably affords a nidus for vessels nourishing the
external covering ; but these attachments did not extend below

~ ¥ See Zoological Journal, Vol. IL. page 154, and plate VI.
Vor. Ii. 2M

5AG Mr. Yarrell on the Osteology

the dorsal vertebre. Proceeding from thence forwards, the
great size of the muscles of the scapula and neck was apparent,
filling up the whole space, the back and upper portion of the
head forming one continued line. The thick plate of scales
covering the frontal portion of the head was without difficulty
separated from the surfaces of the singular bony processes of the
os frontis; the projecting cartilaginous portion of the nose was
removed with the skin, and the tendons of several muscles giving
motion to the snout were cut through.

The hinder portion of the body still remained to be separated
from the skin, and this was found to be a matter of some diffi-
culty. The posterior and inferior portions of the sacrum on edch
side were firmly united by distinct attachments, differing in
form, to certain scales of the truncated extremity of the outer
covering.

The necessity of preserving this outer covering entire ren-
dered a division of these portions of bone necessary, and from
the particular form of the part, this was attended with some
hazard, but was ultimately accomplished without injury, the
bones being cut through as near to, and as parallel with, the
inner surface of the plates, as their confined situation would
admit. The covering of the tail was separated from the vertebra
as far as the flattened extremity, where the greater elongation
of the transverse processes of the last four vertebre, and the
tenuity of this flattened portion, made further separation diffi-
cult. The tail was then divided between the tenth and eleventh
vertebra, and both parts of the animal entirely separated.

On the inner surface of the removed skin were two long,
broad, and thin muscles, extending the whole length of the back ;
each muscle was divided, as it approached the shoulder, into two
portions ; the outer one was attached to the superior and greater
spine of the scapular bone, the inner and longer slip proceeded
forwards, and was inserted into the transverse occipital ridge.
The posterior extremity of each muscle was attached to the
superior edge of the spine of the ilium.

Adhering to the skin lining the truncated portion, were two
sacs, which had been lodged in cavities on each outer side of

of the Chlamyphorus truncatus. 5AT

the sacrum, immediately under the superior projection, made
evident by the corresponding depression in the investing muscle
of that part. These globular bags were lined with a secreting
surface, but having suffered some mutilation in removal, the
mode by which the secretion passed, or its particular use, could
not be ascertained ; they are probably analogous to the well
known anal glands of various other quadrupeds.

The sex was evident from the penis remaining attached to
one edge of the divided abdominal muscles; and lying quite
loose in the cavity of the abdomen, was found one of the testes,
but whether its original situation had been internal or external
to the parietes could not be ascertained. The penis itself was
large compared to the size of the animal, and one inch and one-
eighth in length. The confined situation of the female sexual
organ probably renders such a provision necessary, the truncated
portion of the coat of mail covering the whole of the posterior
extremity.

The coat of mail is covered on the inside by a tough skin, to
which it adheres closely throughout its whole surface, with the
exception of the truncated extremity of the animal, over which
it is more or less free. This lining membrane connects the va-
rious rows of parallel plates, but these rows in the specimen
belonging to the Zoological Society, are not separated so widely
as the representation of the animal described by Dr. Harlan
would seem to indicate. In the example before me, the ante-
rior edge of each row of plates extending from side to side over
the back, is inserted underneath the posterior edge of each pre-
ceding row of plates, and the advantage of such an arrangement
to an animal forcing its passage through subterranean apertures,
will be sufficiently obvious.

The eye is small; the tongue long, conical, and covered with
papilla ; the parotid glands very large. The muscles of the jaw
smaller in proportion than those of the other parts of the body.

The form of the head presents the figure of an irregular cone,
the base of which is turned toward the spine; the cranium does
not exhibit any sutures; the cavity capacious; the frontal bone
supporting two rounded processes projecting upwards and some-

2m 2

5AS Mr. Yarrell on the Osleology

what outwards; the space between them occupied by a substance
resembling in appearance adipose matter, from which issued a
fluid like oil. From the anterior part of the base of these two
rounded processes, a narrow ridge of bone extends forwards on
each side converging towards the nose. The nasal bones elon-
gated, the orifice opening downwards. No incisor nor canine
teeth in either jaw ; molars £, cylindrical, separate, encircled with
enamel, but none on the crowns; the first tooth on each side in
the lower jaw, having no opponent, is the longest, the remaining
seven opposed to the first seven of the upper jaw, and taking an-
gular impressions on their surfaces by contact; the direction and
depth of the alveolar cavities of the upper jaw distinctly marked
on the outside by parallel ridges; in the lower jaw the alveolar
cavities are pierced the whole depth. The anterior portion of
the lower jaw is elongated ; the inferior edge concave the first
half of its length, then convex ; the plate broad, rising at right
angles with the line of the teeth; the condyloid process longer
than the coronoid, the condyle itself elongated transversely.
The external meatus auditorius is extended in the form of a
semicircular cylindrical tube of bone, curving round the base of
the zygoma, and passing forwards terminates in an aperture im-
mediately behind the eye. The orbits and temporal fosse
united ; the zygomatic arch is slender posteriorly, but becomes
much stronger towards the front, expanding downwards, and
furnished with an acute descending process. The occipital
foramen is of great size.

The cervical vertebre seven, the first large, the articulating
surfaces broad; the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th, very firmly ossified to~
gether, pierced with foramina for the passage of the cervical
vessels ; the 5th united to the 4th on the under surface only ; the
6th and 7th slender and separate, allowing the head great free~
dom of motion upwards :. the whole of the last six grooved on ‘the
under surface, in the line of the passage of the esophagus. Dorsal
vertebra eleven, the spinous process of the first slender, three-
eighths of an inch long, the others diminish gradually in length,
but increase in size; ali directed backwards. The first rib is
very broad, and from the 2nd to the 8th, the ribs of the Chlamy-

of the Chlamyphorus truncatus. 549

phorus, like those of birds, are firmly united to the sternum
without the intervention of an elongated.cartilage ; and, again
like those of birds, are also supplied with a false joint, at the
distance of about two-thirds of their length from the spine to the
sternum. The 9th, 10th, and 11th, being false ribs, are united
in the usual way to each other, and to the 8th, by elongations of
cartilage from their extremities. The portions of ribs inter-
vening between the false joints and the sternum are in the 6th,
7th, and 8th ribs, consolidated, broad, flattened portions of
bone, which form the boundary of the anterior and lateral parie-
tes of the thorax. The first bone of the sternum is broad and
flat, the superior surface regularly concave, the inferior irregu-
larly convex. Upon the anterior edge of the sternum are two
prominences to which are attached the extremities of each cla-
vicle. From each of these articulations a slightly elevated ridge
proceeds backwards along the inferior surface of the sternum,
converging towards the centre, where they become united and
form a prominent crest. The lateral edges of this first bone of
the sternum are articulated at its anterior extremity to the first
and broadest rib ; from this part the bone suddenly becomes nar-
rowed posteriorly, and terminates in a concave articular surface
to which the second bone of the sternum is attached. Judging
from the imperfect remains of the second bone, of which the
upper part only was distinguishable, it would appear that its
form was oblong, the superior surface concave. The remaining
portion of the sternum was too much mutilated to admit further
description.

Lumbar vertebre three, the spinous processes short and flat-
tened ; the two last dorsal vertebra, as well as the lumbar, fur-
nished with long oblique processes directed forwards, upwards,
and outwards; the transverse processes of the first two lumbar
vertebre considerably elongated, the last possessing a rudiment
only.

The whole of the sacrum and innominata is so peculiar and
unique in character, that I should despair of giving any correct
idea of this part, without the assistance of accurate representa-
tions. The superior part of the ilium is flattened, the upper

550 Mr. Yarrell on the Osteology

part bent to form an arched plate of bone, the concavity of which
faces downwards and outwards; the crista of great length from
before backwards. The inferior portion of the ilium is much
stronger, inclining outwards, from its junction with the sacrum
to the acetabulum.

The transverse and spinous processes of the sacrum are repre-
sented by three slender plates of bone, which, approximating as
they pass backwards, are united to form a septum, extending
down the median line of the sacrum to the tail. A channel is
formed on each side of this septum by a thin flat plate of bone,
which, arising from the posterior and superior part of the is-
chium on each side, is bent over the back part of the sacrum,
and fixed to an arched and prominent plate of bone, which is
extended from this septum outwards, to form a junction with it.
The channels thus produced are bounded below by the sacrum,
on the inner sides by the septum, on the outer sides by the
ascending plates of bone just described, and above by the junc-
tion of both. From this union a short osseous stem issues hori-
zontally on each side, and expands into a flattened circular
plate of bone, to the rough surface of which, as well as to the
tuberosity of the ischium below, portions of the truncated exte-
rior of the animal are firmly attached.

The under surface of the sacrum is broad and flattened, and
marked by an indistinct central ridge, as shewn in figure 7.
The pelvis is open in front, the ossa pubis on each side do not
incline inwards, but descend at right angles from the horizontal
surface of the sacrum. In the circumstance of the pelvis being
open, there is a second resemblance to the bony structure in
birds.

The caudal vertebre are fourteen in number; the transverse
processes of the last four are elongated, to support the thin di-
lated lateral edges of the paddle or spatular extremity of the
tail. Large muscles are imbedded in the two cavities formed on
the upper surface of the sacram by its septum and the two
lateral elevated portions of the ischium before described ; and
there are antagonist muscles of equal size on the under surface.
The tendons of these muscles were inserted on the upper and—

of the Chlamyphorus truncatus. 551

under parts of the caudal vertebre, giving great power to the
tail, which is probably exercised in removing backwards the
loose earth accumulated under the belly of this burrowing ani-
mal by the action of the fore legs, and for which purpose the
expanded and flattened extremity seems well calculated.

The scapula has its superior margin straight, ending in a notch
of great size; the base rounded; the inferior margin concave,
and the posterior inferior angle considerably elongated; the
coracoid process but little produced, the spine elevated, the
acromion very long, passing forwards, downwards, and inwards,
over the head of the humerus, to be articulated to a long and
slender, but perfect clavicle. There is a second spine of smaller
size parallel to, but beneath, the true spine. The humerus is
three-fourths of an inch in length, large and broad ; the deltoid
crest prominent; between which and the external condyle a
deep groove is formed for the lodgement of muscles, &c.; both
condyles very much elongated transversely ; the inner condyle
perforated above ; the edge rising from the external condyle
acute. The radius small, and seven-sixteenths of an inch in
length; the ulna flattened, concave upwards, the olecranon nearly
as long as the ulna, horizontally flattened also, and presenting a
superior concave surface, ending in a curve pointing downwards.
The feet furnished with sesamoid bones for the insertion of the
tendons of the flexor muscles.

The femur thirteen-sixteenths of an inch long, large and
strong ; the length of the neck considerable ; the great trochanter
elongated backwards beyond the line of the articulation of the
head of the femur with the acetabulum, and ending in a tube-
rosity ; the lesser trochanter directed downwards; a third tro-
chanter projecting from the outer side of the shaft of the femur
somewhat above the middle; the condyles moderately elongated
transversely, the outer having a crest directed backwards. The
tibia and fibula fifteen-sixteenths of an inch, flattened, concave
inwards, firmly anchylosed at each extremity, and arched in
opposite directions, giving an appearance of great size and
strength to the leg. The os calcis elongated backwards, flat,
and ending in a curve slightly inclined upwards. Hind feet

552 Mr. Yarrell on the Osleology

plantigrade. Various admeasurements of these and other parts
will be found in Dr. Harlan’s account, and need not therefore
be repeated.

From these detailed observations, with representations of the
whole skeleton, and its different parts, it will be perceived that
the Chlamyphorus truncatus has points of resemblance to several
other quadrupeds, but that it possesses also, upon each compari-
son, many others in which it is totally different. It resembles
the Beaver, (Castor Fiber,) in the form and substance of some
of the bones of the limbs, in the flattene:! and dilated extremity
of the tail, and the elongation of the transverse processes of the
lower caudal vertebra, but no further.

It has much less real resemblance to the Mole, ( Talpa Euro-
pea,) than its external form and subterranean habits would induce
us to expect. In the shortness and great strength of the legs, and
in the articulation of the claws to the first phalanges of the toes,
it is similar; but in the form of the bones of the anterior extre-
mity, as well as in the compressed claws, it is perfectly different ;
nor do the articulations of the bones, nor the arrangement of
the muscles, allow any of the lateral motion so conspicuous in
the Mole. The hinder extremities of the Chlamyphorus are also
much more powerful.

It resembles the Bradypus tridactylus in the form of the
teeth, and in the acute descending process of the zygoma, but
here all comparison with the Sloth ceases.

The skeleton of the Chlamyphorus will be found to resemble
that of the Armadillo ( Dasypi species plures ) more than any other
known quadruped. In the peculiar ossification of the cervical
vertebre ; in possessing the sesamoid bones of the feet; in the
general form of all the bones, except those of the pelvis, as well
as in the nature of the external covering, they are decidedly
similar; they differ however in the form and appendages of the
head, in the composition and arrangement of the coat of mail,
and particularly in the posterior truncated extremity and tail.

There is a resemblance to be perceived in the form of some of
the bones of the Chlamyphorus to those of the Orycteropus
Capensis and Myrmecophaga jubata, as might be expected in

of the Chlamyphorus truncatus. 553

animals belonging to the same order. To the Echidna and
Ornithorhynchus it is also similar in the form of the first bone of
the sternum; and in the bony articulations as well as the dilated
connecting plates of the true and false ribs. It becomes inter-
esting to be able to establish even small points of similarity be-
tween the most extraordinary quadrupeds of New Holland and
those of South America ; that Continent producing in the various
species of Didelphis other resemblances to the Marsupiata. In
the form of the lower jaw, and in other points equally obvious,
the Chlamyphorus exhibits characters to be found in some species
of Ruminantia and Pachydermata.

In conclusion I may remark, that in the composition and ar-
rangement of its external covering, and in its very singular
truncated extremity, the Chlamyphorus is peculiar and unique ;
and if a conjecture might be hazarded, in the absence of any
positive knowledge of the habits of the animal, it is probable,
that it occasionally assumes an upright position, for which this
flattened posterior seems admirably adapted. It is also unique
in the form and various appendages of the head, and most par-
ticularly in possessing an open pelvis, no instance of which, as
far as I am acquainted, has ever as yet occurred in any species
of Mammalia.

No further account of the habits of this very singular and in-
teresting quadruped was received by the Zoological Society
with the specimen. From Dr. Harlan we learn that the animal
is a native of Mendoza, and in the Indian language is called
“¢ Pichiciago.” Mendoza is situated in the interior of Chili, on
the East of the Cordiileras, in the province of Cuyo. Its habits °
are said to resemble those of the Mole, living for the most part
under ground. Many other interesting particulars will be
found in Dr. Harlan’s account, in the second volume of this
Journal, which it would therefore be superfluous to repeat here.

I am, my dear Sir,
Yours very truly,
WitiiAmM YARRELL.
Ryder Street, March 1828.

554 Mr. Duncan on the Dodo.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

———
Puate XVI.
Figure 1. Skeleton of the Chlamyphorus truncatus.
Pruatre XVII.

Figure 2. The head, front view.
3. Upper jaw, and under surface of the head,

seen from below.

A. Lower jaw, side view.

5. Cervical vertebre, first bone of the sternum,
with parts of the Ist and 2d ribs, seen
from below.

6. The Pelvis, seen from behind.

7. The Pelvis, seen from below.

8. Caudal vertebre.

9. ‘Truncated extremity and tail.
All the representations are of the natural size.

Art. LXIII. A summary review of the authorities on
which naturalists are justified in believing that the
Dodo, Didus ineptus, Linn., was a Bird existing in the
Isle of France, or the neighbouring islands, until a
recent period. By J.S. Duncan, Esq., New College,
Oxford.

Tue uncertainty and ambiguity attending the descriptions of
natural objects by writers who lived before the precise modes
now used of identifying and describing them had been devised,
apply in a great degree to the accounts which have been trans-
mitted to us, by some of the older naturalists, of the Bird variously
named by them Didus, Dodar, and Dodo. And this doubtful
character of their relations is increased by the circumstance that
no succeeding voyagers have seen this bird, and that throughout
the museums of Europe, the only specimens of it stated to be pre-

Mr. Duncan oz the Dodo. 555

served, are a bill and a foot in the Ashmolean Museum at Oxford,
and a foot in the British Museum. Still however the descriptions
and representations of it given by the writers alluded to agree in
all essential particulars ; and it appears that a satisfactory train of
evidence may be brought forward in justification of those modern
naturalists who have given the Dodo a place in their systems of
ornithology, as a genus, which, if really extinct, has only become
so within a period of rather more than two centuries since, but
much less than three.

There are at least three representations of this Bird which may
be called original ; because they are manifestly not copied one from
the other, and because they are all of very early date, two being
in books of the earliest describers, and the third probably copied
from a stuffed specimen which appears, by the printed catalogue,
and by the incidental mention of several contemporary authors, to
have existed in the Museum of the Tradescants at Lambeth, and
subsequently at Oxford, when the Museum was placed there by
Dr. Elias Ashmole. That they are not imitated one from another
will sufficiently appear from the subjoined copies of the three
representations,

556

Myr. Duncan on the Dodo.

No. 2.
oui
ia §
f in iN
} re OOO

3

f
Z, i
ye!
Kt

\)

oes
—
—_
=~
~

ty

\
a ws

~~

\ tt Te
¥ \ ~ Y NK ‘\ AX =
N RNY \

"i
S

WW

\ \y
I \
SS WN RW
WOE

The first is from the plate of Clusius, who says he takes his
figure from a rough sketch in a journal of a Dutch voyager who
had seen the bird in a voyage to the Moluccas in the year 1598.

Mr. Duncan on the Dodo. 557

He mentions farther that he had himself seen only a leg of the
Dodo, brought from the Isle of Mauritius, in the house of Peter
Pauw, a celebrated Medical Professor of Leyden. His Exotica is
dated 1605.

The second is from Herbert, who published his travels in
Africa, Asia, &c. in 1634.

The third is in Willughby’s Ornithology, and is taken from
that given in Jacobi Bontii Historia Naturalis et Medica Indiz
Orientalis, 1658. It exactly corresponds with the painting in the
British Museum, which was excellently copied, in 1760, by
Edwards, who says, “* The original picture was drawn in Holland
from the living bird brought from St. Maurice’s Island in the East
Indies in the early times of the discovery of the Indies by the
way of the Cape of Good Hope. It was the property of the late
Sir Hans Sloane to the time of his death; and afterwards becom-
ing my property I deposited it in the British Museum as a great
curiosity. The above history of the picture I had from Sir Hans
Sloane and the late Dr. Mortimer, Secretary to the Royal So-
ciety.”

Clusius calls it Gallus gallinaceus peregrinus, and says the
Dutch sailers called it Walgh-Vogel, ‘* nauseam moveus avis.”
Bontius compares it in some points to an Ostrich, places it in his
book next to the Cassowary, and calls it Dronfe. Others, as
Buffon, &c., have called it a Swan, Cygnus cucullatus, Cygne
capuchonné.

Ray published in 1676 and 1688 editions of the Ornithology of
his friend Willughby ; who, after quoting the accounts of Clusius
and Bontius, adds ‘* We have seen this bird dried, or its skin stufft
in Tradescant’s cabinet.” In Ray’s Synopsis Avium, published in
1713, after Ray’s death, the Dodo is called Cygnus cucullatus,
Bontius only being quoted, It is ranged under the head of
Aves rostris rectioribus minusque hamatis.”

When it is considered that the first and second figures are mere
sketches of travellers who were not artists, the points of general re-
semblance are perhaps sufficient to warrant our belief that they pos-
sibly may refer to an original resembling the third. The hooded
appearance of the occiput, the eye placed in a bare callous skin

558 Mr. Duncan oz the Dodo.

extending to the beak, the curved and swelling neck, the lumpish
body, short wings, short thick legs and divided claws, &c., &c.,
are common to all, together with the singular tuft of ramp feathers.
As the two latest are manifestly not copies from the earliest, nor
the third from the second, the undesignedness of their agreement
(to borrow a phrase from a well known and matchless argument of
Paley,) is a strong evidence that they are not forgeries.

The hooded character of the heads corresponds with the head
preserved entire in the Ashmolean Museum; and the legs suf-
ficiently resemble that in the British Museum, and that, more
decayed, in the Ashmolean.

The bird depicted in these figures appears to differ from any
duly classified, from actual knowledge of its characters, by any of
our best naturalists, although noticed by all of them, It may be
placed however near the Emeu in Cuvier’s ranks of Galline.*

* The following remarks on the station in nature of the Dodo are given in
a paper entitled, ‘* Observations on the natural affinities that connect the
orders and families of Birds,” published in the Transactions of the Linnean
Society, vol. xiv. p. 484.

“¢ Considerable doubts have arisen as to the present existence of the Linnean
Didus; and they have been increased by the consideration of the numberless
opportunities that have latterly occurred of ascertaining the existence of these
birds in those situations, the Isles of Mauritius and Bourbon, where they were
originally alleged to have been found. That they once existed I believe cannot
be questioned. Besides the descriptions given by voyagers of undoubted au-
thority, the relics of a specimen preserved in the public repository of this
country, bear decisive record of the fact. The most probable supposition
that we can form on the subject is, that the race has become extinct in the
before-mentioned islands, in consequence of the value of the bird as an article
of food to the earlier settlers, and its incapability of escaping from pursuit.
This conjecture is strengthened by the consideration of the gradual decrease of
a nearly conterminous group, the Ofis tarda of our British ornithology, which,
from similar causes, we have every reason to suspect will shortly be lost to
this country. We may, however, still entertain some hopes that the Didus may ~
be recovered in the south-eastern part of that vast continent, hitherto so little
explored, which adjoins those islands, and whence, indeed, it seems to have
been originally imported into them. I dwell upon these circumstances with
more particularity, as the disappearance of this group gives us some grounds
for asserting, that many chasms which occur in the chain of affinities through-
out nature may be accounted for on the supposition of a similar extinction of a

Mr. Duncan on the Dodo. 559

Latham sums up its synonymes as follows: Didus ineptus, Linn.,
1. 267; Cygnus cucullatus, Ray, Willughby, Grew; Raphus,
Brisson; Gallus gallinaceus peregrinus, Clusius; Le Dronte,
Buffon; Dod-eersen or Walgh-vogel, Herbert; Dodo, Gen. Synop.
To these may be added Dodar, Museum Tradescant. p. 4.

He observes that it is probable that a specimen of the whole
bird was in the Museum of John Tradescant. It is certainly men-
tioned in his printed catalogue of stuffed skins of birds ; ‘* Section
5. Whole Birds. Dodar, from the Island Mauritius; it is not
able to flie being so big.” This specimen afterwards passed into
the Ashmolean Museum. It is particularly stated by Hyde in
his Religionis Veterum Persarum, &c., Historia, 1700, to be then
existing in the Museum at Oxford; but was destroyed at a later
period, 1755, by order of the Visitors. The evidence of this
destruction may be thus given. In the Ashmolean Catalogue,
made by Ed. Lihwyd, Muszi Procustos, 1684, (Plott being the
keeper,) the entry of the bird is No. “29. Gallus gallinaceus pere-
grinus Clusii, &c.”” In a Catalogue made subsequently to 1755,
it is stated ‘“¢ The numbers from 5 to 46, being decayed, were
ordered to be removed at a meeting of the majority of the Visitors,
Jan. 8, 1755.” Among these of course was included the Dodo,
its number being 29. This is further shown by a new Catalogue,
completed in 1756, in which the order of the Visitors is recorded

connecting species. Here we have an instance of the former existen-e of a spe-
cies that, as far as we can now conclude, is no longer to be found; while the
link which it supplied in nature was of considerable importance. The bird in
question, from every account which we have of its economy, and from the ap-
pearance of its head and foot, is decidedly gallinaceous; and, from the insuffi-
ciency of its wings for the purposes of flight, it may with equal certainty be
pronounced to be of the Struthious structure, and referable to the present family,
But the foot has. a strong hind toe, and, with the exception of its being more
robust,—in which character it still adheres to the Struthionide,—it corresponds
exactly with the foot of the Linnean genus Crax, that commences the succeed-
ing family. The bird thus becomes osculant, and forms a strong point of junc-
tion between these two conterminous groups; which, though evidently ap-
proaching each other in general points of similitude, would not exhibit that
intimate bond of connexion which we have seen to prevail almost uniformly
throughout the neighbouring subdivisions of nature, were it not for the inter-
vention of this important genus.”

560 Mr. Duncan oz the Dodo.

as follows: ‘ Illa quibus nullus in margine assignatur numerus @
Museo subducta sunt cimelia, annuentibus Vice-Cancellario aliis
que Curatoribus ad ea lustranda convocatis, die Januarii S8vo.,
A. D. 1755.” The Dodo is one of those which are here without
the number.

The evidence of Clusius, of Herbert, of Bontius, of Willughby,
of Tradescant’s Catalogue, of Hyde, of the recorded order of the
Ashmolean visitors, and of the Head itself, leave no room for
doubt as to the fact that the Dodo once existed. Yet, inasmuch
as the volumes which contain them are rare, the publication of
some of the early descriptions of this bird, and the statements of
some of the writers on each side of the question, may probably be
useful to those who are entering on the study of natural history.

Caroli Clusii exoticorum Lib. V. p. 99. Gallus gallinaceus
peregrinus. Cap. IV. '

‘* Kx octo navibus illis quae anno nonagesimo octavo supra
millesimum & quingentesimum a Christi nativitate, Aprili mense
ex Hollandia solvebant, ut navigationem in Javam & Moluccas
insulas instituerent, & mense Julio insequente magna tempestate,
superato jam Bonz spei promontorio, affligebantur, tres a reliquis
disjecte, rectum cursum Javam usque tenere non desierunt, &
negotiatione feliciter peractd, insequente anno Amstelodamum
redierunt : quingue antem relique, diuturna malacia valde afilic-
te, tandem, relict’ ad levam Madagascar insula, XVII Sep-
tembris montosam quandam insulam in conspectu habuerunt ; ad
quam letabundi cursum converterunt, qui recentem aquam in ea
se reperturos confidebant: postridie igitur aliquot nautas scaphe
impositos ad eam ablegarunt, qui observarent, an commodus ali-~
quis portus istic reperiretur, in quem naves deducere possent, ut
egros, qui jam frequentes in omnibus navibus stomacace labora-
bant, in insula exponerent, quo facilids pristine sanitati restitue-
rentur. Qui missi fuerant, sub vesperam redeuntes, non modo
portum valdé commodum, & ab omni vento tutum, sed multarum
navium capacem, & adeo amplum, ut quinquaginta naves statio-
nem in eo commode habere possent, se reperisse, preterea lim-
pide aque vivam e montibus profluentem observasse, retule-

Mr. Duncan on the Dodo. 561

runt. Eam ob causam postridie naves solutis anchoris ed pro-
fecte, portum ingress sunt, isticque heserunt usque ad VI
Nonas Octobris, gros in terram exponentes, ut curarentur, &
reliqua ad suam navigationem necessaria peragentes. Interea
autem, dum in insula herent, varii generis aves observabant ;
atque inter illas vaidé peregrinam, cujus iconem rudi arte deli-
neatam in Diario totam illius navigationis historiam continente,
quod reduces cudi curabant, conspiciebam, ad cujus normam est
expressa, quam hoc capite propono. [fig. 1. p. 555. |

Illa porré avis peregrina Cygnum quidem magnitudine exquabat
aut superabat, sed ejus forma longé diversa: ejus etenim caput
magnum, tectum veluti quidam membrana cucullum referente ;
rostrum preterea non planum, sed crassum & oblongum, subflavi
coloris parte capiti proxima, cujus extimus mucro niger, supe-
rior quidem ejus pars sive prona adunca & curva, in inferiore vero
sive supina, subcerulea macula mediam partem inter flavam et
nigram occupabat. Raris & brevibus pennis tectam esse aie-
bant, & alis carere, sed earum loco quaternas aut quinas dum-
taxat longiusculas nigras pennas habere: posteriorem autem cor-
poris partem prepinguem & valde crassam, in qua pro cauda&
quaterne aut quine crispe2 convoluteque pennule cineracei colo-
ris: crura illi potits crassa esse quam longa, quorum superna
pars genu tenus nigris pennulis tecta, inferior cum pedibus sub-
flavi coloris ; pedes vero in quatuor digitos fuisse divisos, ternos
longiores antrorsum spectantes, quartum breviorem retrorsum con-
versum, omuesque nigris unguibus preditos.

“¢ Verumenimvero, concinnatéa & descripta jam qua potui fide
hujus avis historia, illius crus genu tenus rescissum, apud Cl. V.
Petrum Pauwium, primarium artis Medice in Academia Lugduno-
Batava Professorem, videre contigit recens 6 Mauritii insula rela-
tum. Erat autem non valdé longum, sed a genu usque ad pedis
inflexionem paullo plus quam quatuor uncias dumtaxat superabat ;
ejus vero crassitudo magna, ut cujus ambitus pené quatuor uncias
wequabat, crebrisque corticibus ceu squamis tectum erat, prona
quidem parte latioribus & flavescentibus, supind verd minoribus
& fuscis: pedis etiam digitorum prona pars singularibus usque

Jatis squamis predita, supina autem toto callosa: digiti satis
vou. LT. 2 N

562 Mr. Duncan on the Dodo.

breves pro tam crasso crure ; nam maximi sive medii ad unguem
usque longitudo binas uncias non admodim superabat, aliorum
duorum illi proximorum vix binas uncias equabat, posterioris ses-
cunciam : omnium verd ungues crassi, duri, nigri, minis uncid
longi, sed posterioris digiti longior reliquis, & unciam superans.
Nautz huic avi nomen indebant suo idiomate Walgh-vogel, hoc
est, nauseam movens avis, partim quod post diuturnam elixationem,
ejus caro non fieret tenerior, sed dura permaneret & difficilis con-
coctionis (excepto ejus pectore & ventriculo, que non contemnen-
di saporis esse comperiebant) partim quod multos turtures nancisci
poterant, quos delicatiores & ori magis gratos reperiebant. Istam
autem insulam Batavi appellabant Mauritii insulam a Principe
Mauritio, anté 4 Lusitanis I/ha do Cerne vel Cirne nuncupatam (ut
anté diximus) id est insulam Cygneum, forsitan ob conspectam in
ipsa jam commemoratam avem, quam cygnum esse existimassent.”

Some Years Travels into Africa, Asia, &c. by Thomas Herbert,
Esq. 1677. Fourth Edition.

“The Dodo comes first to our description, here, and in Dy-
garrois; (and no where else, that ever I could see or heare of,
is generated the Dodo.) (A Portuguize name it is, and has re-
ference to her simplenes,) a bird which for shape and rarenesse
might be called a Phenix (wer’t in Arabia;) her body is round
and extreame fat, her slow pace begets that corpulencie; few of
them weigh lesse than fifty pound: better to the eye than the
stomack: greasie appetites may perhaps commend them, but to
the indifferently curious nourishment, but prove offensive. Let’s
take her picture: her visage darts forth melancholy, as sensible of
nature’s injurie in framing so great and massie a body to be di-
rected by such small and complementall wings, as are unable to
hoise her from the ground, serving only to prove her a bird ;
which otherwise might be doubted of: her head is variously drest,
the one halfe hooded with downy blackish feathers; the other,
perfectly naked ; of a whitish hue, as if a transparent lawne had
covered it: her bill is very howked and bends downwards, the
thrill or breathing place is in the mid’st of it; from which part to
the end, the colour is a light greene mixt with a pale yellow; her

Mr. Duncan on the Dodo. 563

eyes be round and small, and bright as diamonds; her cloathing
is of finest downs, such as vou see in goslins: her trayne is (like
a China beard) of three or foure short’ feathers ; her legs thick,
and black, and strong; her tallon$ or pounces sharp, her stomack
fiery hot, so as stones and iron are easily digested in it; in that
and shape, not a little resembling the Africk Oestriches: but so
much, as for their more certain difference I dare to give thee
(with two others) her representation.” (See p. 236. f. 3).

Jacobi Bontii Hist. Natural. & Medic. Lib. v. p. 70. Comment.
a Gul. Pisone. 1658. Caput xvii. Appendix. De Dronte, aliis
Dod-aers.

Inter insulas Indiz orientalis, censetur illa que ab aliis Cerne
dicitur, 4 nostratibus Mauritii nomen audit, ob Ebenum nigrum
potissimum celebris. In hac insula frequens est mire conforma-
tionis avis Dronte dicta, Magnitudinis intra Struthionem & Gallum
Indicum, a quibus ex parte figura discrepat, & ex parte cum iis
convenit, imprimis cum Struthionibus Africanis, si uropygium,
pennas, & plumas consideres; adeo ut Pygmeus quasi inter eos
appareat, si crurum brevitatem respicias. Ceterum capite est
magno, deformi, tecto quadam membrana, cucullum referente.
Oculis magnis, nigris; collo curvo, prominente, pingui; rostro
supra modum longo, valido, ex cceruleo albicante, exceptis extre~
mitatibus, quarum inferior nigricat, superior flavescit, utraque
acuminata & adunca: Rictu foedo, admodum patulo, quasi ad
ingluviem nato. Corpore obeso, rotundo, quod mollibus plumis,
griseis, more Struthionum vestitur: ab utroque latere, loco re-
migum, exiguis alis plumatis, ex flavo cinereis, & pone uropygium,
loco cauda, quinis pennulis crispis, ejusdem coloris, decoratur.
Cruribus est flavescentibus, crassis, sed admodum curtis, quatuor
digitis pedis solidis, longis, quasi squamosis, totidem unguibus
validis nigris incedit. Ceterum tardigrada est avis & stupida,
queque facile prada fit venatoribus. Caro earum, imprimis pec-
tonis, est pinguis, vesca, adeoque multa, ut tres quatuorve Drontes
centenis sociis saturandis aliquando suffecerint. Si non probé
elixentur, vel veteres sint, difficilioris sunt concoctionis, & salite
in pepu reconduntur, Lapilli diverse forme & magnitudinis,

2N 2

564 Dr. Duncan on the Dodo.

cinerei coloris, in ventriculo harum avium reperiuntur; non tamen
ibi nati, ut vulgus & pubes nautica arbitratur, sed in littore devo-
rati; quasi & hoc quoque signo cum Struthionis natura aves has
participare constaret, quod durissima queque deglutiant, nec
tamen digerant.”

Hyde, Veterum Persarum et Parthorum et Medorum Religionis
Historia. Cap. 24. p. 312.

“¢ Et ut de Patre conveniunt, sic inter omnes convenit Matris
ejus nomen fuisse Doghdu, quod (liquescente gh ut in vocibus
Anglicis high, mighty, &c.) apud eos plerumque sonat Dédu;
nam sonus gain in medio vocum fere evanescere solet. Hocque
nomen innuit quasi foecunditate ea similis esset ejusdem nominis
Galline Indice, cujus Icon apud Herbertum in Itinerario extat
sub nomine Dodo, cujus etiam exuvie farcte in Auditorio Ana-
tomico Oxoniensi servantur. Est autem Dodo magna avis, parvis
et exilibus alis, que ad currendum juvant, sed ad volatum non ser-
viunt; unde nec Volucris dici queat. Corpus est rotundum. et
pingue, ponderis L librarum. Cibus pravus, stomacho nauseam
movens. Hujus avis vultus pre se fert Melancholiam. Sinciput
nudum, occiput lanugine tectum est, ut et totum corpus. Rostrum
a naribus ad mucronem leviter virescit, admista tinctura sub-
luted. Reliqua ex Icone dignoscantur. Plurima parit ova, unde
et commodum fcecunditatis emblema. In Insula Madagascar et
Bygarroys precipué nascitur.”

Observations sur la Physique pour ?'an 1778, tom. 12, p. 154.
Notes.

‘¢ Sur les Oiseaux monstrueux nommés Dronte, Dodo, Cygne
capuchonné, Solitaire & Oiseau de Nazare, & sur la petite Isle de
sable, 4 50 lieues environ de Madagascar ; par M. Morel, Ecrivain
Principal des Hopitaux au Port-Louis de l’Isle de France.

“6 Ces Oiseaux, si bien décrits dans le tome 2 de l’Histoire des
Oiseaux de M. le Comte de Buffon, & dont M. de Bomare a aussi
parlé dans son Dictionnaire d’Histoire Naturelle, sous le noms de
Dronte, Dodo, Cygne Capuchonné, Solitaire ou Dinde sauvage
de Madagascar, n’ont jamais été vus aux Isles de France, de

Dr. Duncan on the Dodo. 565

Bourbon, Rodrigue, & méme Isles Seychelles nouvellement deé-
couvertes, depuis plus de 60 ans que ces parages sont habités &
visités par des colonies fraucoises. Les plus anciens habitans
assurent tous que ces oiseaux monstrueux leur ont toujours été
inconnus. <Ainsi il y a apparence que les portugais & hollandais
qui ont decouvert & parcouru ces iles les premiers, y auront
trouvé quelques oiseaux trés-gros, comme des Emeus ou des
Casotiars, ou méme des Touyous, & les auront décrits chacun
selon leur facon de voir, qui est aussi variée que Jes individus :
leurs relations auront été copiées & augmentées par plusieurs voy-
ageurs, & mal traduites en francois, comme fait Frangois Cauche,
le Guat & le sieur la Croix qui, dans sa relation des iles d’ Afrique
en 1688, a copié ces articles. Quoi qu’il en soit, il est certain que
depuis prés d’un siécle, on n’a point vu ici aucun animal de cette
espéce. Mais il est trés-vraisemblable qu’avant qu’elles fussent
habitées, on y a pu trouver quelques espéces d’oiseaux trés-gros,
pesans & incapables de voler, & que les premiers marins qui y
auront séjourné, les auront eu bientét détruits par la facilité de
fes attraper. Ce qui les avoit fait nommer par les matelots hol-
landois, oiseau de dégout, par ce quwils étoient rebutés de cette
espéce d’oiseaux a force d’en avoir mangé.” P. 175.

“¢ Mais parmi toutes les espéces d’oiseaux qu’on trouve en abon-
dance sur cette ile de sable & sur Jes autres ilots & rochers qui
avoisinent l’Isle de France, les navigateurs modernes n’en ont
jamais trouvé aucun qui approchat de ceux nommés ci-dessus, &
on peut les mettre au nombre des espéces qui ont pu exister, mais
qui ont été détruites par la trop grande facilité de les prendre, &
ne se trouvent plus que sur des iles ou cotes absolument inhabitées.
A Madagascar, ov il y a beaucoup d’espéces d’oiseaux inconnues
dans ces iles, on n’en rencontre point de semblables a ces dés-
criptions.” ;

The Dodo is noticed by Shaw, in his Naturalist’s Miscellany,
Plates 123 and 143, and in his Zoological Lectures, vol. i. p. 213;
it is also particularly mentioned by Cuvier, Regne Anim. tom. i
p- 463; but it is unnecessary to cite these authors on the subject,
as their works are either in the hands of, or accessible to, every
student of natural history.

566 Mr. Duncan on the Dodo.

The continuer of Shaw’s Zoology thus notices the Dodo, vol. ii.
part 2. °* The Dodo of Edwards appears to have existed only in
the imagination of that artist, or the species has been utterly
extirpated since his time, which is scarcely probable. Its beak is
said to be deposited in the Ashmolean Museum at Oxford, and a
foot in the collection in the British Museum. The former appears
rather to belong to some unknown species of Albatros than to a
bird of this order, and the latter to another unknown bird ; but
upon what authority it has been stated to belong to the Dodo, I
am at a loss to determine. A painting by Edwards still exists in
the British Museum.”

This hasty judgment is fully refuted by the above mentioned
authorities, especially by the existing head, and the exact resem-
blance of the leg at Oxford to that in London.

Finally, having applied, through the medium of a friend, to
C. Telfair, Esq. of Port Louis, in the Mauritius, a naturalist of
great research, for any information he could furnish or procure
relating to the former existence of the Dodo in that island, I ob-
tained only the following partly negative statement.

That there is a very general impression among the inhabitants
that the Dodo did exist at Rodriguez, as well as in the Mauritius
itself; but that the oldest inhabitants have never seen it, nor has
the bird or any part of it been preserved in any museum or collec-
tion formed in those islands, although some distinguished amateurs
in natural history have passed their lives on them, and formed
extensive collections. And with regard to the supposed existence
of the Dodo in Madagascar, although Mr. Telfair had not received,
at the time of his writing to Europe, a reply to a letter on the
subject which he had addressed to a gentleman resident on that
island, yet he stated that he had not any great expectations from
that quarter; as the Dodo was not mentioned in any of his volu-
minous manuscripts respecting that island, which contained the
travels of persons who had traversed Madagascar in all directions,
many of them having no other object in view than that of extend-
ing the bounds of natural history.»

J.$.D.

Mr. Gray’s Monograph on the Cypreide. 567

Art. LXIV. Monograph on the Cypreide, a Family of |
Testaceous Mollusca. By Joun Epwarp Gray, ksq.,

E.G.S.
[Concluded from p. 371.]

101. Cyprea sphericulata.—Spherical Cowry.

“ Testa subglobosa, inflata, transversim striata ; sulco dorsali
nullo ; labro exteriore marginato.”” Lam.

Cyprea sphericulata. Lamarck, Ann. Mus. xvi. n. 14, Hist.
vii. 408.

Fossil near Fiorenzola.

This shell, according to M. Lamarck, resembles C. Oniscus, but
it has not the dorsal groove, and the mouth is not dilated. Its
length, according to the same authority, is 22 millimeters. It may
perhaps be the C. Pediculus of Brocchi.

102. Cyprea pisolina.—Pea Cowry. ~*~

** Testa globosa, pisiformi; dorso levissimo; labro exteriore
marginato ; rima curva, plicato-dentata.’’ Lam.

Cyprea pisolina. Lamarck, Ann. Mus. xvi.n. 17. Hist. vii. 408.

- Fossil. Angers. Menard.

*¢ Length of the largest specimens 5 lines.” Lam.

In M. Defrance’s duplicate collection, I observed a shell under
this name, and was satisfied on examination that it was only a
decorticated state of another shell that was considered as a variety of
C. pediculus, in the same collection. When perfect it is very like
my ©. scabriuscula, but is smooth between the striz, and like it
has a narrow dorsal] groove.

103. Cyprea coccinelloides.—Lady-Bird Cowry.

Testa ovato-spheroidea, longitudinaliter striata ; striis nume-
rosis, acutis, continuis ; apertura parum arcuata.

Cyprza coccinelloides. Sowerby, Min. Conch. iv. 107.

Icon. Id. ib. t. 378, f. 1.

Fossil. Suffolk Crag. Leathes.

568 Mr. Gray’s Monograph on the Cypraide.

‘¢ Shell ovate, spheroidal, transversely” [longitudinally | *¢ stri-
ated; strie numerous, acute, not interrupted ; aperture slightly
arched, not contracted in the middle. Size of a Pea.” Sowerby.

In the figures the axis is about 4, diameter =, of an inch.

M. Defrance is inclined to consider this as a variety of C. Eu-

roped, but it appears more closely allied to my C. scabriuscula.

104. Cyprea retusa.—Blunt Cowry.

Testa obovato-spheroidea, longitudinaliter striata, costata ;
striis elevatis continuis, remotis ; apertura ad extremitatem angus-
tam parum curvata.

Cyprea retusa. Sowerby, Min. Conch. iv. 107.

Icon. Id. Jb. t. 378. f. 2.

Fossil. Suffolk Crag.

“¢ Shell obovate, spheroidal, transversely” [longitudinally |
“ striated ; strie elevated, uninterrupted, remote ; aperture a little
curved at the narrowest end; size of C. coccinelloides ; ‘strive
seldom more than 8 on each side.” Sowerby.

The figure is 3 of an inch in length.

105. Cyprea avellana.—Hazel-Nut Cowry.

Testa obovato-spheroided, longitudinaliter striata; striis nu-
merosis, remotis, elevatis ; linea dorsali impressa.

Cyprzaavellana. Sowerby, Min. Conch. iv. 107. —

BR. minor.

Ieon. Id.'f6, t. 378. 1.3.

Fossil. Suffolk Crag.

“* Shell obovate, spheroidal, transversely” [longitudinally |
“ striated ; striae numerous, remote, elevated, interrupted by a
longitudinal sulcus; aperture a little curved at the narrowest
end ; size of an hazel-nut.” Sowerby.

The figure is £ of an inch long, and $ broad.

The variety is 4 of the length, and the ribs are close and slender,

Cyprea ovulata, Lam. Ann. Mus. xvi. n. 18., (the C. ovuli-
formis, Lam., Hist. vii. 409,) is a Marginella of the same section
as Voluta levis of Donovan, and somewhat like that shell, which
Montagu likewise placed iu the genus Cyprea.

Mr. Gray’s Monograph on the Cypreide. 569

I have here brought together those fossil species only of this
division which have been described by authors ; for after repeated
examination of Mr. James Sowerby’s and other collections, I
found it quite impossible to come to any conclusion on the subject,
in consequence of the imperfect state in which the specimens are
generally found, and the gradual interchange of character which
appears to take place between the species.

106. Cyprea carnea.—F lesh-coloured Cowry.

Testa ovato-globosa, inflata, rosea, immaculata ; striis longitu-
dinalibus lwvibus ; linea dorsali nulla; apertura albida, amplissi-
ma, abbreviata ; dentibus inequalibus.

. Cyprea, n. 103. Schroet., Einlettung. 158.

Cyprea carnea. Gmel., Syst. Nat. 3418. (1). Blainville, Dict.
Sc. Nat. xliii.

Cyprea rosea. Mawe, Introd. Conch. (2)

Cyprza sulcata, Junior. Dillw., R.S. i. 467.

Le petit grelot a cétes. Knarr, vi. 29.

Icon. Knorr, vi. t.15.f.7. (1). Wood, Catal. App. ined. t. 3.
£.15.* Mawe, Introd. Conch. t. f. (2)

Detrita. Testa albida rosea polita.

Cyprea ovulata. Lamarck, Ann. Mus. xvi.n. 52. Hist. 398.
n. 52.

Icon. Enc. Method. t. 355. f. 2. a. b.

8. oblonga. Testa ovato-oblonga.

Inhabits ———-———-._ Mus. Brit., nost. &c.

Shell ovate-globose, inflated, thin, semitransparent, rose-co-
joured, spotless; spire rather produced, white ; the longitudinal
thread-like smooth strie are continued over the centre of the back
without any interruption; base rather convex ; aperture white,
very much dilated, shorter than the body of the shell; outer lip
rather thickened.aboye, rounded, slightly incurved ; the teeth of
the inner lip are small, close together; those of the outer lip
larger, rather distant, there being often an intermediate thread-
dike stria between each of those that form the teeth.

* T am indebted to the kindness of Mr. Wood, for the opportunity of refer-
ring to the Appendix to his Catalogue, as yet unpublished,

570. = Mr. Gray’s Monograph on the Cypreide.

Length 3, breadth 54, of an inch.

The shell varies pin ovate globose to ovate oblong: when
young it is pale, rose-coloured, and quite smooth.

Mr. Dillwyn observes that Gmelin’s C. carnea appears to be no-
thing more than C. sudcata in its immature state. The C. carnea
may at once be distinguished from C. sudcata and from all the
other striated Cowries, by its broad mouth and thin texture, and by,
the back being quite destitute of any groove, and never spotted.

I have a specimen which exactly agrees with Lamarck’s des-
cription and figure of C. ovulata, which appears to be a worn
state of this shell ; it differs only in having the appearance of being
more solid. It may be the worn or young C. aperta.

Blainville, in the Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, has de-
scribed from Duclos a species under the name of C. rosea, thus;
“ Trés petite coquille, bullée, presque globuleuse, et d’une tres
jolie couleur rose.” It may be this shell, but tres petite can
scarcely be applied to it. The only other rose-coloured Cowry
that I know is C. quadrimaculata.

107. Cyprea triticeaa—Wheat Cowry.

*¢ Coquille a peine plus grosse que la précedente [Cypraa
rosea | et d’un brun vineux-partout.”

“‘ Cyprea triticea. Dufresne,” Blainville, Dict. Sct. Nat. xliii. 25°

Inhabits the West Indies,

I only know this shell by the above short notice.

108. Cyprea australis—New Holland Cowry.

Testi ovata, albida, tenui, maculis 5. v. 6, pallidé carneis
picta; extremitatibus roseis; striis longitudinalibus tenuibus,
levibus ; linea dorsali lata, vix impressa ; apertura lineari, posticé
subproducta ; dentibus zqualibus.

1. Incompleta. Testa dorso levigata polita.

Cyprza australis. Lamarck, Hist. Anim. sans vert. vii. 404.

2. Junior. Testa polita rosea.

Inhabits New Holland, common, MacLeay. Sandwich Islands,
Capt. Lord Byron. Mus. Brit., nost. &c.

Shell ovate, white, thin, with rose-coloured ends, and the back

Mr. Gray’s Monograph on the Cypraide. 571

marked with 5 or 6 irregular, squarish, pale, flesh-coloured spots,
three of which are placed on each side of the dorsal line; the
stria are longitudinal, thread-like, very thin, and smooth, leaving
(in the perfect specimen) a-broad but scarcely impressed dorsal
line, so that the back appears nearly smooth. ‘The base is rather
convex ; the aperture linear, a little longer than the hidden spires
and slightly curved towards it; the outer lip slightly thickened
above, rather rounded ; the teeth of both lips are nearly equal,
minute, and close together.

Length -,, breadth 3, of an inch.

When this shell is not quite full grown, or when it is worn, in
which state it appears to have been described, the ribs do not
reach the centre of the back, so that the dorsal line is not seen,
and the surface is quite polished and smooth, Its texture, its rose-
coloured ends, and large irregular dorsal spots, at once distinguish
it from the other species.

109. Cyprea aperta.—Open Cowry.

Testa ovato-globosa, inflata, subvesiculos4, albido-rosed, im-
maculata ; striis longitudinalibus plurimis, distinctis, subirregu-
jaribus, levibus ; linea dorsali impressa, angustiore ; basi convexa 3
apertura amplissima.

Cyprea Oniscus. Lamarck, Ann. Mus. xvi. 103. Hist. vii. 402.
not Dillw.

Incompleta, vel subdecorticata. Dorso levi, roseo.

Cyprea aperta. Swainson, Bligh’s Sale Cat. 317. & Append. 18.

Icon. Wood, Cat. Append. Ined. t. 3. f. 10.

Inhabits the African Coast. Cape of Good Hope, Vellet.

Mus. Brit., nost.

Shell ovate-globose, inflated, vesicular, pellucid, whitish rose
colour, whiter beneath ; longitudinal ribs many, distant, rather
irregular, smooth, convex; dorsal line narrow, impressed ; base
convex ; aperture very broad, as long as the hidden spire; inner
lip scarcely toothed, concave; the front of the columella slightly
jucurved, the back slightly thickened and rounded ; teeth rather
jarge, distinct; the frontal groove and the concave part of the
columella broad and smooth.

572 Mr. Gray’s Monograph on the Cypreide.

Length 1 inch, breadth 8, of an inch.

This shell is very well described by Lamarck, under the name
of C. Oniscus, but his synonyma do not refer to it, and he has
confounded it with the figures of C. radians. A worn specimen
was also well described by Mr. Swainson, in the catalogue of Mrs.
Bligh’s Collection of Shells. I do not remember to have seen
any perfect specimen, except those that were sold at the disper-
sion of the African collection, brought to this country by Capt.
White, and disposed of by auction in Piccadilly, in 1823, and
some which formed part of another African collection, brought
home by Capt. Heaviside, and lately sold in the same manner.

110. Cyprea lota.—Washed Cowry.

“ Testa ovata, subturgida, lavissima, alba; margine exteriore
supra crenulato.” Lam,

Cyprea lota. Lamarck, Ann. Mus. xvi.99. Hist. 397. excl, syn:

Inhabits the Asiatic Ocean. Lamarck.

“ Length 73 lines.” Lam,

I have an apparently worn shell of this division, which agrees
well with Lamarck’s character above quoted. The figures repre-
sented in Born, t.8. f. 4. 5. and Martini, i. t. 30. f. 322. and
referred to by Lamarck, are certainly thosé of worn, or young
shells, of the denticulated division, probably of C. spurca.

111. Cyprea aloella.n—Whitish Cowry.

“ Testa ovata lateribus dilatata, levi; dorso ventreque albis 5
marginibus flavidis ; infima facie plana.” Lam.

Cyprea albella. Lamarck, Hist. vii. 404.

Inhabits the Isle of France,

Rather shield-shaped ; the teeth shortened.

“ Length 7} lines.’ Lamarck.

I have not seen any shell which appears to be referrible to this
species.

Mr. Gray’s Monograph on the Cypreide. 573

**** Ovuloide.

112. Cyprea Capensis.—Cape Cowry.

Testa ovata pyriformi, pallidé fusca ; spira concaya, impressa ;
Striis longitudinalibus confertissimis ; apertura lineari; labio minu-
tissimé denticulato ; labro longiore, extus marginato.

Incompleta. Testa pallida, levi, sub-angulata ; labro edentulo.

Icon. Wood, Cat. App. ined. t. 3. f. 18.

Inhabits the African Coast. Cape of Good Hope. Villet.

Shell ovate, pearshaped, pale brown, with an irregular-shaped
dark liver-coloured spot on the centre of the back, ornamented
with an immense number of crowded, very narrow, longitudinal
strie, continued over the back without any dorsal line ; some of
the stria commence on the sides. as if they were branches from
the sides of those strie which proceed from ihe mouth; spire
concave, umbilicated, exhibiting 4 or 44 whorls; aperture linear,
longer than the body of the shell, and bent towards the spire ;
inner lip without any other teeth than the narrow longitudinal
lines, which are here more crowded than on the back of the shell ;
front of the columella with a very obscure concavity, which is
striated all over; outer lip incurved, slightly thickened, and
rounded on the outside; teeth rather large, distinct, rather darker,
with several of the longitudinal lines between each.

Length 42, breadth , of an inch.

When young this shell is pale brown, with three very obscure
rather dark bands, the middle one near the centre of the shell ;
it is smooth and polished, with several distant raised lines, which
form slight angular facets like those found in the Lymnew; the
inner lip is quite smooth, without any appearance of teeth. The
outer lip, when formed, appears incurved, and shelving inwards,
with about 18 or 20 obscure, slightly raised lives, like teeth, on
its outer surface ; these extend from the inner edge to the margin,
where all, except the four or five front ones, which are divided
into two slight branches, are lost in the surface of the shell,

This shell, in form, is somewhat like the C. adusta and C. py-
rum, but differs in its peculiar teeth. In the Jatter respect, and
indeed in many others, it is very like C. Algoensis, which is also
an African species, and was brought to this country at the same

574 Mr. Gray’s Monograph on the Cypreide.

time. The latter, however, is quite smooth at the back, and
never acquires any striated coat, or even a denticulated edge.

When I commenced this Maoh seni, I intended to have sepa-
rated this species from the other Cowries, as a distinct genus,
under the name of Cypraovula (Zool. Journal, i. 75) but on
further consideration, I have been induced to change the opinion
which I had then formed; for, on considering the very great
differences which are found in the teeth of these shells, I must
own I am very unwilling to make use of them as the distinguishing
character of a genus. Indeed were it not for the peculiarity
(which I believe I first pointed out) of the Ovule having the
young shell always longitudinally grooved, I should be inclined
to place them also in the same genus with the Cowries.

113. Cyprea dactylosa,—Finger-like Cowry.

Testa tenui, oblonga, cylindraced, obtus4, longitudinaliter
striato-costat4 ; striis convexis, angustis, numerosis, alternatim mi-
noribus, interstitiis levibus.

Cyprza dactylosa. Lamarck, Aun. Mus, xvi. n.13. Hist. Anim.
sans vert. vii. 407. Defrance, Dict. Sct. Nat. xliii. 37.

Cyprea Gervillii. Sow. Genera.

8 Georgii. Testa ovata subventricosa.

Cyprea Georgii. Defrance, |. c.

Icon. Sow. Gen. Shells. t. Cyprea, f. 8.

Fossil. France. Grignon ? Lam. Mouchy le Chatel? Defrance,

—f Nehou. Defrance.

Shell nearly oblong, ovate, white, with numerous longitudinal
rib-striz, which are narrow, convex, and alternately smaller;
they pass over the centre of the back without any interruption, and
the spaces between them are quite smooth ; the outer lip is slightly
produced and rounded behind, slightly thickened and incurved ;
the inner lip slightly thickened and obscurely denticulated, the
denticulations on both sides being caused by the ribs.

Axis 12, diameter 8, of an inch.

The variety is shorter, more ventricose, and smaller, not exceed-
ing 1 inch in length. M. Defrance now considers it only a variety.

Mr. Gray’s Monograph on the Cyprwide. 575

114. Cyprea elegans.—Elegant Cowry.

Testa tenui, subovato-oblonga, obtusa, alba, cancellata, costato-
striata ; striis numerosis tenuibus ; interstitiis concentricé striatis.

Cyprea elegans. Defrance, Dict. Sci. Nat. xliii. 39. Sowerby,
Genera of Shells. (Cyprea).

Icon. Sowerby, Gen. of Shells. t. Cyprea. f. 7.

Shel oval ventricose, thin, white, behind blunt, rounded, can-
cellated, that is to say, longitudinally rib-striated with numerous
narrow stria, with the interspaces between them finely concentri-
cally-striated ; the inner lip is thin, incurved, slightly produced,
and rounded behind.

Axis 8, diameter 5, of an inch.

115. Cyprea rugosa. —Wrink\led Cowry.

Testa ovato-globosa, tenui, gibbosa, (levi?,) infra longitudi
naliter costata ; marginibus subincrassatis.

Cyprea rugosa. Broderip, Sool. Journ. iii. 84.

é leon. Lo. t..4.{. 2.

Fossil. Turin? Sowerby. Mus. Brit.

Shell ovate globose, thin, back smooth (probably by the ribbed
coat being broken off) ; the base and sides with numerous raised,
rather irregular, longitudinal ribs ; teeth large subequal.

Axis 2! inches, breadth 1.

The specimen above described, which is in the British Museum,
is the same from which Mr. Broderip’s lately published description
was made. It does not strike me as having much affinity with
C. guttata, but appears to me evidently to belong to the Ovuli-
form group.

116. Cyprea Barcinensis.—Barcelona Cowry.

Testa subovato-globosa, tenui, longitudinaliter costata, inter-
stitiis levibus,

Cyprea Barcinensis. Koenig, Icon. Foss. Sect. ii.

A sulcated Cowry. Parkinson, Org. Rem. iii. 53.

Icon. Koenig, Ibid. f. Park. Ibid. iii. t. 5. f. 24.

Fossil. Barcelona. Verona, Park. Mus. Brit.

Shell nearly spherical, slightly tapering in front, with several

576 Mr. Gray’s Monograph on the Cypreide.

thick, raised, longitudinal, uninterrupted ribs; the outer lip
rounded. As large as a walnut.

A description and figure of this new species will appear in the
second Century of Mr. Koenig’s valuable work above referred to,
which is now in the press,

To complete this Monograph, according to my original inten-
tion, it would now be necessary for me to proceed to the des-
cription of the species of Ovula. My notes respecting these were
already prepared, when I was informed that Mr. G. B. Sowerby
was on the eve of publishing a Monograph of that genus. The
almost simultaneous appearance of a second work on the same sub-
ject would probably tend but little to the advancement of our
knowledge, especially as both must resemble each other closely, the
materials on which they are grounded being almost precisely the
same. Several of the species, moreover, which I should have noticed
as new, were furnished to we from Mr. Sowerby’s cabinet, and as
that gentleman was himself about to publish them, it would have
been uncandid not to allow him the opportunity of first describing
them. On these grounds I am induced to conclude here my
contributions on the species of Cypreide, which must now be re-
garded as a Monograph of Cyprea alone. In that group I have
included the species of which I had proposed at the commence-
ment of this paper to constitute the genus Cypreovula.

Some additional species which have fallen under my notice
since the publication of those sections of the genus to which they
belong, together with corrections, and references to other syno-
nyms, will form a useful Supplement to this undertaking, which E
am now preparing for a future number of the Journal.

Mr. Bennett’s Description of a new species of Ji ulis, 577

Art. LXV. Description of a new species of Julis, Cuv.
By B. T. Bennett, Esq., FL.S., &e.

Juuis. Cuv.

Lasrus, pars. L.
Juxis Arcus.

J. capite poroso, ceruleo lineato : corpore lineis longitudinalibus
plurimis ceruleis, lineolisque nigris fuscisque transversis tessellato
oculatoque: pinnis dorsali analique ocellis hyalinis numerosis :
caudé rotundata.

jg igtes: HCAS ayo Aiea. «RNS s) Viet.
Tab. XIII. f. 7.

The colour is fuscous above, becoming paler beneath: along
the upper part above the lateral line extend two rows of small
black spots, with a few slight pale-blue points : below the lateral
line the whole of the body is marked by longitudinal blue lines,
eight in number, between each of which pass transversely short
lines, blackish above and fuscous beneath, dividing the surface
into numerous aveole, which are usually rounded at their angles,
assuming the form of ocelli, especially towards their tail; along
these shorter lines the blue tint of the longitudinal ones is also
frequently extended. The head is of a very pale blue colour, with
three lines of a deeper blue on each side, the two lower running
into a nearly transverse blue line which crosses the head behind
the eye ; behind this latter line are three blue spots, one of which
occupies the point of the operculum. ‘The pores on the head are
few in number, occupying the suborbital bone and the margin of
the pra-operculum.

The dorsal and anal fins project moderately from the body, the
former being of equal elevation throughout : they are blue at their
base, beceming fuscous in the middle and paler fuscous at the
margin: each of them is marked with three rows of transparent
ocelli, The caudal fin is rounded, yellowish fuscous, with an ab-
breviated black subapical fascia. The pectoral fins are colourless,
as are also the ventral, except on their lower edge where they are
nigrescent.

Vo. II. 20

578 Analytical Notices of Books.

The two middle teeth in each jaw are longer and stronger thati
the succeeding ones, which gradually diminish in size backwards :
behind the middle ones in the upper jaw, and immediately adjoin-
ing to them are two smaller teeth; there is also a strong sharp
tooth at each angle of the mouth.

Described from a specimen preserved in spirit, which formed
part of the noble collection brought from Sumatra by the late Sir
T. Stamford Rafiles.

Art. LXVI. Analytical Notices of Books.

The Transactions of the Linnean Society of London. Vol. xv.
Part the Second. Ato. pp. 200._ Plates xviii.

Tue first paper in the present part which falls under our notice,
is of a general nature, occupying the neutral ground common to
both Zoologists and Botanists, and developing principles in the
exposition of which each of these extensive classes is equally in-
terested. It is ‘“ On Systems and Methods in Natural History,”
and is from the pen of the Secretary of the Society, J. KE. Bicheno,
Esq., whose observations are directed to show, that the artificial and
natural systems aim at two very distinct objects, which are in some
measure incompatible with each other: the one being intended to
make us acquainted with individuals ; and the other, founded upon
an acqaintance with individuals, to combine them according to their
characters, so as to abridge the labour of reasoning, and to enable
us to ascend from particular to general truths. Division and sepa-
ration is the end of the artificial system: to establish agreements _
is the end of the natural. In one case we reason a priori, in the
other, a posierior?. It has appeared to Mr. Bicheno, that many
modern naturalists have not adopted these truths, and that it is
the prevalent error of the day to attempt to generalise where they
ought to analyse, while their arrangements, called natural, are

Transactions of the Linnean Society. 579

almost all of them framed with a view to distinguish. In illustra-
tion of this remark, he takes a rapid view of the plan pursued in
the systematic works of De Candolle and Cuvier, and objects
strongly to the repeated subdivisions which have recently been in-
troduced, considering himself that class, order, genus, and species,
are fully sufficient for all the purposes of a natural method. He
also objects to the assumption, in the present state of our know-
ledge, that we have succeeded in assigning to each individual a
certain place in nature; contending that although some natural
groups are so evidently marked, that the individuals composing
them are united by the operation of the mind at the first glance,
yet that a mass will always remain which cannot be referred to
families thus strikingly distinguishable. On this account he ap-
plauds the plan pursued by Jussieu, who candidly acknowledged
that it exceeded his ability to assign their proper places to many
genera, some of which he set aside as being altogether of uncer~
tain situation, others as being merely allied to certain of his
families, and a third portion as not having been yet sufficiently in-
vestigated to authorise him in pronouncing concerning them.

In this brief outline we have only attempted a sketch of the
leading principles advanced by Mr. Bicheno, in the paper before
us. It contains many facts and much reasoning, which demand
for it the most careful perusal and consideration, but to which we
cannot even allude. The remarks on the terms genus and species
are especially valuable, and are adapted to excite the particular
attention of those who have been in the habit of regarding these
conventional words as indicating some real and immutable exist-
ence in nature, and not merely as convenient abstractions.

We now proceed to notice those papers the contents of which
are purely zoological ; arranging them according to the subjects to
which they are devoted.

** An Account of a Pair of hinder Hands of «the Orang Otang,
deposited in the Collection of the Trinity House, Hull: by John
Harwood, M.D., &c.,” describes, and gives the measurements of,
these specimens, which appear to be the largest hitherto recorded,
being fifteen inches and a quarter in length, and exceeding by
upwards of an inch those neticed by Dr. Abel, in the Asiatic.

202

580 Analytical Notices of Books.

Researches. Dr. Harwood also enters into a discussion of the
question whether the Szmia Satyrus and the Pongo are specifically
distinct, or whether, as is generally conceived, the latter is merely
the adult or advanced age of the former. He states the arguments
which may be advanced in favour of each of these opinions, in-
clining himself to the belief that the animals belong to different
species. In support of this view he urges the difference in the
number of the lumbar vertebra, the Pongo possessing five, while
the S. Satyrus has but four: the differences in form of the clavi-
cles and scapulzw of each: the great dimensions of the antrum
Highmorianum in the §. Satyrus, which in the Pongo can scarcely
be said to exist at all: and especially the direction of the orbits,
and the proportion borne by them to the space which separates
them. In the §. Satyrus the orbit is almost vertical; in the
Pongo it forms an angle with the horizon of many degrees less: in
the §. Satyrus the distance between the orbits is about one-sixth —
of the transverse diameter of the orbit; in the Pongo it is very
nearly one-half. Adverting to the proportion borne in the Orang
Otang by the extent of reach to the height of the animal, Dr.
Harwood suggests the probability that the height assigned by Dr.
Abel to the individual of that species described by him, may be
greater than should really have been given to it ; specimens mea-
sured by Dr. Harwood being far inferior to it in height, although
their extent of reach fell not very far short of that mentioned by
Dr. Abel.

The ‘ Descriptions of two Quadrupeds inhabiting the South of
Africa, about the Cape of Good Hope : by Andrew Smith, M.D.,”
are those of the Hyena villosa, ** with the body dusky-gray
variegated by large black spots or oblique bands, with the neck
yellowish, and the extremities marked by interrupted transverse
black lines ;”* and of the Hyrazx arboreus, * with the colour a
mixture of reddish-brown and black above; white beneath ;
a white blotch near the middle of the back.” The former of these
is the Strand Wolf or Strand Jut of the colonists. In size and
strength it is far inferior to the Hyana Crocuta, which it re-
sembles in habits, seldom however attacking the larger quadru-
peds, and exercising its predatory propensities only on sheep,

Transactions of the Linnean Society. 581

goats, and similar animals. Dr. Smith describes the species at
considerable length, and enters into much curious and interesting
detail relative to the habits of an individual which he kept during
a long period in confinement. The new species of Hyrax is
rather larger than the H. Capensis. It is found in many of the
forests of South Africa, and is occasionally seen coming out of
holes of decayed trees, or standing upon the summits of such as
have only trunks remaining.

The *‘ Remarks on the Antilope Chickara: by Robert Hills,
Esq., F.L.S.,” give various particulars relative to a young animal
of this species, the first living specimen of a four-horned Anti-
lope ever brought to this country. The dimensions are given
and the colour is described, as are also the horns, a point the
more important, on account of the lower pair having been im-
perfect or injured in the specimens which fell under the observa-
tion of General Hardwicke and M. Duvaucel. A peculiarity is
pointed out by Mr. Hills in the apex and ale of the nose not
being neatly distinguished from the hair-clad parts that sur-
round them, the hairy covering becoming gradually shorter and
shorter, witheut any distinct line of separation between it and the
smooth parts. The figures of the animal, and of the head, which
accompany the communication, are beautifully executed.

In his ** Observations on the Trachee of Birds; with Descrip-
tions and Representations of several not hitherto figured: by Wm.
Yarrell, Esq., F.L.S.,” the authour chiefly directs himself to the
illustration of five species. The whole of these are remarkable,
and well merit the attention which has been bestowed upon them,
but the combinations of structure exhibited in the first and in the
last of them, are perhaps the most extraordinary. In the Numida
cristata, Pall., that part of the furculum which descends from the
junction of its branches, instead of being flat as in the common
. Guinea fowl, is found to be double, each branch appearing to ex-
tend on the side, so as to form with the corresponding expansion
of the opposite one, an almost circular socket or pouch, into which
the trachea descends, and after forming within it a circular sweep,
ascends upwards and forwards to the projecting anterior part of
the sternum. The trachea of the Ardea Virgo, L., the second

582 Analytical Notices of Books.

species illustrated by Mr. Yarrell, had been already figured by
Dr. Parsons, in the Philosophical Transactions, but in that re-
presentation it was detached from the sternum. The figure now
given shows it in its natural situation, which not only better ex-
hibits its true character, but also furnishes a point of comparison
with the nearly corresponding structure of the very rare Anthro-
poides Stanleyanus, Vig., the representation of which succeeds.
The structure in the Anas atrata, L., is shown to be intermediate
between that of the common, and that of the wild, Swan, the
trachea descending, but so far only as the central circular portion
of the furcula. In the Anas semipalmata, Lath., the extremely
elongated trachea lies between the pectoral muscle and the skin,
and a striking variation was observed between the two specimens
examined by Mr. Yarrell. In the first of them it was situated
on the left side, extending along its whole length, and possessing
an extra convolution, the trachea elongating itself first along the
second series of the four parallel longitudinal tubes formed by
it, returning by the third, then curving successively downwards,
backwards, and upwards, to the first series, and returning along
the fourth: in this instance the left clavicle was shorter and
wider than the right. In the second specimen the right clavicle
was enlarged, and here the tubes were parallel without any extra
convolution; the elongation of the trachea passing backwards
along the third series, returning by the second, passing backwards
again along the first, and returning by the fourth. Whether these
particular dispositions of the trachea are uniformly accompanied
by the deviations in the form of the clavicle which respectively
accompanied them in these instances, can only be ascertained by
repetitions of the dissections as often as opportunities occur.
The paper is coucluded by an outline of an arrangement of the
British species of Ducks, founded upon internal as well as external
conformation, in which two divisions are pointed out, and the
species referrible to each are enumerated. As an abstract of Mr.
Yarrell’s views on this subject will be found in our report of the
Proceedings of the Zoological Club, we refrain from entering
here into particulars respecting them. In illustration of this
part of the communication, we may however mention that figures

Transactions of the Linnean Society. 583

are given of several tracheez of Ducks, including that of the dnas
rufind, Pall., and of the free and lobated hind toes, which serve
partly to characterize the proposed divisions.

The memoir * On two new Genera of Land Tortoises: by
Thomas Bell, Esq., F.R.S., &c,,” may be regarded as an appendix
to the “* Monograph of the Fresh-water Tortoises having a move-
able Sternum,” by the same authour, which appeared in the second
volume of our Journal. In that paper Mr. Bell remarked, that
the species of T'errapene would be found to constitute the interme-
diate affinities connecting the fresh-water with the land Tortoises,
Among the latter he had however at that time been unable to detect
any one possessing the slightest approach to the moveable struc-
ture of the sternum, which formed so prominent a character in the
animals then under his consideration. Subsequent researches have
shewn the correctness of his anticipation that such would eventu-
ally be discovered, by placing in his possession a true land Tor-
toise, in which the anterior lobe of the sternum is moveable, and
he has also obtained specimens of two others in which a yet more
curious conformation exists in the posterior portion of the dorsum
being moveable on the anterior. The former is the type of his
new genus Pyzis, and is described and figured under the name of
P. arachnoides; and the two latter constitute the other new
genus, Kinyxis. Both the latter are natives of Africa, and one of
them, the Kin. castanea, “ sterno anticé ultra testam superiorem
prominente: scutis marginalibus 23,” lived for some time in Mr.
Bell’s collection. ‘The second species, the Kin, Homeana, is
thus characterized, ‘‘ K. dorso postice gibbo: scuto marginali
antico impari.” Figures of each of the species accompany the
communication.

“¢ The Natural History of Ocketicus, a new and singular genus
of Lepidoptera: by the Rev. Lansdown Guilding, B.A., F.L.S,,”
describes two very extraordinary insects, the perfect females of
which are not only entirely apterous, but never even quit the
puparium ; receiving in it the embraces of their males, and, de-
positing their eggs within its cavity. In their larva state they also
exhibit another curious phenomenon, which however is not un-
precedented even among the Lepidoptera, that of inhabiting

584 Analytical Notices of Books.

cases formed of dried leaves and twigs of plants tied together by
threads into a cylindrical tube. It is chiefly by these characters
that the two species are brought together ; but, notwithstanding
their agreement in these remarkable particulars, we cannot regard
them as belonging to one genus. The first species, the Ozk.
Kirbyi, is evidently most closely allied to Seuzera: the form, and
especially the antenne, of the male are almost identical with that
genus: from its appearance we should not suspect any peculiarity
in the female, were it not for the extreme length of the penis,
which, it may be concluded, would not exist, unless rendered
necessary by some unusual conformation or situation of the organs
of the other sex. With ZSeuzera, however, the second species,
the Oik. MacLeay?, has nothing in common: this is distinctly
one of the Tinew Bombyciformes, a group among which a larva,
that of the Psyche fusca, had long since been noticed in Europe
as possessing a similar habitaculum. From this dissimilarity in
the males of the only two species, we cannot regard the genus
Oiketicus as yet fully established. Mr. Guilding expects to have
it in his power to describe a third species: we hope that he may
do so, and that he will continue to direct his attention to the two
which he already possesses, with the view of confirming or cor-
recting his opinions relative to the affinity which he has assumed
as existing betweenthem. The illustrative figures are numerous,
and occupy three plates.

Of the ‘ Observations and Experiments, made with a view to
ascertain the means by which the Spiders that produce Gossamer
effect their aérial Excursions: by John Blackwall, Ksq., F.L.S.,”
we abstain from giving an analysis; a sufficient abstract of this
interesting paper having been already given at page 296 of-our
present volume.

One other paper alone remains to be noticed. Itis ‘ Of the
Insect called Oistros by the ancients, and of the true species in-
tended by them under this appellation: in reply to the Obser-
vations of W. S. Macleay, Esq., and the French Naturalists:
To which is added, a Description of a new species of Cuterebra :
by Bracy Clark, F.L.S., &c.’ From the tone, as well as the title;
of this production, it is evident that its authour intended to cor-

Transactions of the Linnean Society. 585

rect errors into which he supposes Mr. MacLeay to have fallen
in his memoir ‘“ On the Insect called Oistros by the Ancient
Greeks, and Asilus by the Romans,” which was inserted in the
14th volume of the Linnean Transactions, and briefly analysed in
the first volume of the Zoological Journal. In the substance of
Mr. B. Clark’s paper there is, however, nothing which even tends
to.invalidate the deductions of Mr. MacLeay; on the contrary, it
is adapted to confirm his leading position, so far at least as bare
assertion can confirm proofs almost amounting to positive. ‘ It
is more than probable, nay, almost certain,” says Mr. Clark,
“ that if Aristotle, lian, or Pliny, described an insect—with a
trunk or proboscis, they knew nothing about the true Gstrus
Bovis.” That they did describe under the name of Oistros an
insect having a proboscis, was shewn by the quotations brought
forward by Mr. MacLeay from Aristotle, Adlian, and /Eschylus.
Of course then, even on Mr. B. Clark’s own statement, the Oistros
of the ancient Greek writers was not the (strus of Linné, of
which, according to him, they knew nothing. Mr. MacLeay
proceeded further. Having shown what the Oistros of the ancients
was not, he endeavoured to ascertain what it was; and as that
insect possessed not only a proboscis, but a very powerful one,
capable of piercing through the hides of cattle, and of sucking the
blood from beneath them, he regarded it as probably a Tabanus,
L., and from other circumstances, unnecessary to be mentioned
here, was induced to suspect strongly that it was some species of
the modern genus separated from that group, under the name of
Hematopota. To allthis Mr. B. Clark says nothing, except that
no Tabanus, Hematopota, or certain other Dipterous Insects,
which he names, but to which no allusion was made by Mr. Mac
Leay, could produce those effects which are described by Virgil,
as resulting from the approach of his Oistros and Asilus. This,
however, is quite extraneous to the question discussed by Mr. Mac
Leay. That gentleman proposed to himself to ascertain as nearly
as possible the precise insect known at a given early period by
certain names ; and the enquiry as to the real cause of the effects
ascribed to it by the poets, formed no part of the object of his
investigation. Yet even in his incidental remark on the proba-

586 Analytical Notices of Books.

bility that some of the ancients should ‘ have seen the perfect
insects of the modern Cistrus flying about cattle, and that they
should have witnessed the extraordinary agitation which they
produce,” he shews himself in a few words sufficiently acquainted
with the very subject which Mr. B. Clark labours through pages
to bring to his notice. In the controversial part of his paper Mr.
B. Clark has therefore advanced nothing which is calculated in
the slightest degree to enlighten the antagonist whom he has
chosen to create for himself. His readers will find that its novel-
ties consist-in the description of a new species of his genus Cute-
rebra, (Cut. fontinella, thorace atro, lateribus albis; abdomine
violaceo, ultimis segmentis albis, nigro-punctatis, ) which infests the
Rabbits of the Iinois ; in the mention that the Gistrus lineatus,
Meig., is the Gist. Bovis, Clark; in certain other observations
relative to the synonymy of this genus; and in the suggestion
that the Gist. Bovis may produce a shrill sound, he having been
informed by a friend that he once heard it. On this latter point
Mr. Clark however still entertains doubts.

The “ Extracts from the Minute Book,” which conclude the
volume, contain a notice by Mr. C. Willcox, of the naturalization
in Portsmouth Harbour of the Mytilus bidens: corrections by the
Rev. Lansdown Guilding to his generic character of Ascalaphus,
to his specific character, description, and history, of Asc. Mac-
leayanus, and to his papers on Xylocopa Teredo, &c., and on
Onchidium : and extracts from a communication on the Locust
which lately devastated the Crimea and the Southern Provinces of
Russia, presented by J. Smirnove, Esq., F.R.S., &c. The latter
furnishes a history of the insect from its egg to its perfect state,
and of the means, usually ineffectual, employed for its destruc-
tion, or for the dispersion of its innumerable swarms. |

Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,
Vol.v. Part i. Philadelphia, 1825. 8vo. pp. 204. Plates yiii.

In the present part of a volume of these Transactions the zoo-
logical papers are as numerous as in apy of those which have pre~

Journal of the Philadelphia Academy. 587

viously fallen under our notice. As on former occasions, we
arrange our analysis of them according to the rank in the scale of
organisation of the subjects to which they are devoted.

A “ Note on the genus Condylura of Illiger: by J. D. Godman,
M.D.,” describes minutely several external characters peculiar to
the Cond. cristeta, which had been previously overlooked ; parti-
cularly the form of the external ear, which, although it is destitute
of auricle, is very extensive, and is situated at a short distance
from the shoulder in the broad triangular fold of integument con-
necting the fore-arm and head; the form and situation of the
scales on the anterior and posterior extremities; the enlargement
of the carpal edge of the palm by an elongation of the integu-
ments: and the existence of five circular distinct spots on the
soles. The differences in several respects between this genus, and
Scalops and Tialpa, are also pointed out by Dr. Godman, who
remarks that its name is founded ona mistake, the knotted ap-
‘pearance of the tail not being distinguishable in the recent state.

‘It is the authour’s opinion that one species alone, the Cond. cristata,
is found in the United States, he being convinced that the Cond.
longicaudata of Pennant is a nominal species founded on a stuffed
and dried specimen in which the nasal radii were shrunk and dis-
dorted.

The ornithological papers are all from the pen of the Prince of
‘Musignano. They are three in number, and two of them require
only a brief notice from us, the works in which they have since
been embodied having already passed under our review; the
“ Observations on the nomenclature of Wilson’s Ornithology,”
the continuation of which here given embraces a portion of the
Water Birds; and the “ Additions to the Crnithology of the
United States,” referring to six species collected in Florida,
which have since been figured and fully described by the Prince
in his American Ornithology. The “ Notes to the paper en-
titled Descriptions of ten species of South American Birds,” men-
tion certain peculiarities in which the bird there referred to as
the Picus rubricollis varies from a specimen of that species recently
‘obtained ; and also state that the Radlus nigricans of that paper
isnot the Ral. nigricans, Vieill., as had been supposed, but a new

588 Analytical Notices of Books.

species, Ral. melanurus, * fusco-ardosiaceus ; collo supra brunneo ;
dorso, alisque brunneo-olivaceis ; remigibus rufescentibus ; tectri-
cibus alarum inferioribus rufis nigro-fasciatis; uropygio, crisso,
caudaque nigris;” and is nearly allied to the Ral. chiricote of
Vieillot, of which the following character is given, ‘ capite collo-
que plumbeis; dorso, alisque brunneo-olivaceis ; remigibus rufes-
centibus ; tectricibus alarum inferioribus rufis nigro-fasciatis ; pec-
tore, abdomineque pallide rufis ; uropygio, crisso, cauda, femori-
busque nigris.”

The “ Description of a new species of Salamander; by Jacob
Green,” is that of the Salamandra tigrina, “ cauda longiuscula :
corpore, supra nigricante cum maculis flavis, subtus cinereo et
luteolo.” It is closely allied to the Sal. subviolacea of Barton,
and has also some resemblance to the Sal. terrestris of Europe, but
wants the tubercles on the skin possessed by the latter.

Another paper on the Reptilia is from the pen of Dr. Harlan.
It is entitled “ Description of a variety of Coluber fulvius, L., a
new species of Scincus, and two new species of Salamandra.”
The variety of the Coluber is described as having eighteen deep
black rings, with as many scarlet or blood-red intervening ones,
separated by narrow rings of whitish-yellow bands. The Scincus
is the Sc. wnicolor, which is dark silvery gray throughout ; with
the head small; the snout acute ; and the tail about the length of
the body. The Salamandre are the Sal. cylindracea, “ blackish,
clouded with confluent white blotches on the sides ; head thick
and oval; tail cylindrical, longer than the body ; all the toes
fissile:” and the Sal. symmetrica, ** dusky-brown or fuscous
above; orange-yellow beneath; a row of deep orange-coloured
spots on each side of the spine, symmetrically arranged ; tail com~-
pressed, longer than the body.” Both the latter inhabit South
Carolina.

For the ichthyological papers the Academy is indebted solely
to C. A. Lesueur. They consist of the ‘* Description of a new
species of the genus Saurus,” the S. minutus from the Isle of
France, a figure of which is given: *‘ Descriptions of four new
_ species of Murenophis,” the Murr. macularia, Zebra, and ocellata,
from Barbadoes, all of which are figured, and the Mur. Bengalen-

Journal of the Philadelphia‘ Academy. 589

_ sis: and “ Description of a new Fish of the genus Salmo,” the
Salmo microps, which is proposed as the type of a new sub-genus,
Harpapon, with the * Jaws, tongue, pharynx, wings of the pa-
late, and vomer, armed with moveable, slender, curved teeth ;
those of the jaws barbed.” A figure of this fish, which is from the
East Indian Seas, accompanies the description.

The contributions to the department of the Invertebrata are
wholly from the pen of the indefatigable Thomas Say. Two of
them are entomological, one has reference to the Mollusca, and
another to the Radiata. In his ‘* Descriptions of new species of
Hister and Hololepta, inhabiting the United States,’ Mr. Say
describes twenty-one species of the former, and two of the latter,
genus. His ‘* Descriptions of new species of Coleopterous Insects
inhabiting the United States,” extend to about one hundred, ‘all
of which, except two, are pentamerous. The whole of them are
referred to established genera, although in one or two instances
differences of structure are pointed out which might have autho
rized the proposition of new groups for the reception of the indivi-
duals in which they were found to exist.

The * Descriptions of some new species of Fresh Water and
Land Shells of the United States,” extend to nineteen, some of
which are deserving of particular notice. One of them, a Melania,
forms a second species of Mr. Say’s proposed genus Anculotus :
another is a Fusus, which exhibits the anomaly of living in fresh
water only: and a third constitutes a link intermediate between
Alasmodonta and Anodonta, the primary teeth being obvious
when the shell is young, but when it arrives at its full growth
becoming obsolete, and in some instances not at all visible.

In his paper ** On the species of the Linnean genus Asterias,
inhabiting the Coast of the United States,” Mr. Say describes six
species of Asterias, Lam., five of which are new; ten of Ophiura,
Lam., one only of which is suspected to have been before noticed ;
another species of this genus from the West Indies; one species of
Euryale, Lam.; and one of Alecto, Leach.

590 ' Analytical Notices of Books.

Abhandlungen der Koniglichen Akademie der Wissenschaften
zu Berlin. Aus dem Jahre 1824. 4to. Berlin. 1826.

Tue Transactions of the Berlin Academy for 1824 offer only
three Papers on subjects connected with Zoology. ‘Two of these
are from the pen of the celebrated anatomist Rudolphi; and the
third is the production of M. Lichtenstein, the equally zealous
and active director of the noble Museum of Natural History, which
has, chiefly by his exertions and under his auspices, been formed
in that city,—a Museum of the value and extent of which the
Catalogue of the Zoological Duplicates, published by him a year
or two ago, forms a certain but necessarily far from adequate
criterion.

The two papers contributed by M. Rudolphi are, as might be
imagined, entirely anatomical: they both, however, relate to sub-
jects of general scientific interest. It would be superfluous, in the
brief notice which we can afford them, to enter into their details :
we shall, therefore, merely observe that the object of the first is
to furnish additional proofs in support of the now almost uni-
versally received opinion that the Orang-Otang differs from the
Pongo in nothing but in age ; aud that the second contains an
account of the anatomy, more particularly of the nervous system
and electrical apparatus, of the Silurus electricus L., two fine
specimens of which, taken in the Nile, were sent home by MM.
Ehrenberg and Hemprich. Both papers are illustrated by ex-
cellent figures.

Professor Lichtenstein’s Paper ‘* On the Antilopes of Northern
Africa, more particularly as regards the knowledge possessed of
them by the Ancients,” contains full and minute descriptions, and
is accompanied with elegant representations of four species of this
beautiful and interesting group of Ruminants, with specimens of
which the Berlin Museum had been enriched by the exertions of
the same enterprising travellers. They are the 4. Leucoryx, A.
Dama, and A. Dorcas of Pallas, and a fourth which M. Lichtenstein
regards as new to modern science, but identical with the Strepsi-
ceros and Addax of Pliny, and to which he has assigned the spe-
cific name of Addux, the former synonym of Strepsiceros having

Abhandlungen der Koniglichen Akademie zu Berlin. 59%

been before (in his opinion, mistakenly) applied by Pallas to a
species from Southern Africa. We may here mention that our
authour is firmly convinced that the corresponding races of Anti-
lopes which occur in the North and in the South of Africa respec
tively, are positively and specifically distinct ; and consequently
that it is impossible that the animal described by Pallas should be
one and the same with that indicated by the Roman Naturalist.
However well founded this opinion may be, and M. Lichtenstein
states it with all the warmth of a favourite theory, there is some
reason to doubt the absolute novelty of the animal of which the
description is here given from a full grown female. In form and
comparative measuremeat it very closely corresponds with that
described and figured by Dr. Otto in the 12th volume of the
Transactions of the Leopoldino-Carolinean Academy, under the
name of A. suturosa, of which a notice will be found in our pre-
sent volume, p. 251. The remarkable thinness and shortness of
its hair, and the total want of the sutures which form so striking
a feature in Dr. Otto’s animal, are by no means, as our authour
himself confesses, certain marks of distinction ; the circumstance
of the latter having been brought when very young from its native
climate, Syria, into the colder regions of Europe, being alone suf-
ficient to account for the length and thickness of the covering with
which nature had provided it, and perhaps also for the peculiar
manner of growth of that covering. The extreme and dispro-
portionate breadth and flatness of the hoof which M. Lichtenstein
regards as characteristic of his species, is a more important point
of difference, no such formation being observable either in the
description or the figure published by Dr. Otto. Still these are
trivial characters on which to found a specific distinction ; and it
is clear, from his supplementary observations, that the authour
himself feels inclined to regard the one as a mere variety of the
other. We regret that, following an usage too prevalent among
his countrymen, he has not thought fit to point out its essential
characters in a specific phrase, which we will not run the hazard
of compiling from his description. We trust, however, that this
neglect of the example set by the great master of modern Natural
History in one of those very points, by means of which he suc-

592 Analytical Notices of Books.

ceeded in rescuing the Science from the darkness and confusion
into which an opposite practice had in no small degree contributed
to plunge it, will not become general. Were it to do so, it would
unquestionably tend to retard the progress of knowledge, by ren-
dering it more difficult of acquisition. In the present instance this
oversight, for as such alone can we consider it, will in all pro-
bability be repaired when M. Lichtenstein shall favour the Zoo-
logical world with the revision of the entire genus which he states
it to be his intention to publish.

To his admirable illustrations of those passages in the writings
of the Ancients, in which the animals of this genus are noticed,
we can only refer as presenting the results of extensive reading,
skilful combination, and plausible conjecture.

Histoire Naturelle des principales Productions de ? Europe Méri-
dionale,—et particuli¢rement de celles des Environs de Nice eé
des Alpes Maritimes ; par A. Risso. Tomes iti. et v.

Like the fourth volume of this useful work, which was noticed
in our last number, the third and fifth are also entirely devoted to
Zoology ; the third embracing the whole of the Vertebrata of the
district of Nice, and the fifth, the Invertebrata, with the —
tion of the Mollusca and the Annelida.

In the list of Mammalia, which extends to fifty-nine species,
the only novelties are two species of Delphinus: one of them, the
D. Bayeri, having been originally figured and described in the
Acta Medica Academie Casaree Nature Curiosorum, and since
erroneously referred by Cuvier to the genus Physeter, Lacep. ;
and the other, the D. Desmaresti, “ dorso carinato, abdomine
rotundato, rostro elongato; maxilla inferiore longiore, | ‘dentibus
duobus conicis armata,” having been first noticed by M. Risso.
The approximation of the latter to the D. diodon of Hunter is
evident from the specific character ; it differs in the flatness of its
head, in the strength and great elongation of the lower jaw, in
the acuteness of its pectoral fins, and in the white lines. which

Risso, Histoire Naturelle de ? Hurope Méridionale. 353

variegate its under surface. Figures of this species, of the D. glo-
biceps, and of the D. Risso, accompany the descriptions

Of Birds, the number is considerable, amounting to three
hundred and five species. Many of them are however birds of
passage, which merely cross the district of Nice during their peri-
odical migrations. This department of the work exhibits little
more than a list with references to the principal authours by
whom each species has been described and figured.’ In some in-
stances, when a bird is doubtingly referred to a named species,
its description is given in detail ; and the same plan is followed in
a few others, where M. Risso, although he has given a name, still
hesitates whether to consider the birds as any thing more than
varieties. Three only are noticed as altogether new, the Curru-
ce torquata and rubricilla, and the Fringilla incerta.

Of Reptilia thirty-eight are enumerated, including a very large
proportion of new ones. ‘These are the Lacerta Merremia and
. L. fasciata ; Gecko meridionalis ; Seps chalcidica ; Anguis cine-

reus and A. bicolor ; Coluber strigatus, C. rupestris, C. guttatus,
and C. palustris; Rana maritima and R. alpina; and Bufo
JSerruginosus and B. tuberculosus.
In the ichthyological department of his work, M. Risso assumes
a yet higher ground. His intimate acquaintance with the Fishes
which inhabit the Mediterranean Sea had already been suffici-
ently proved by his former production on the Ichthyology of
Nice, a work which established his fame as one of the first prac-
tical observers in this neglected though interesting branch of
Zoological knowledge. In his present work he advances still
further, in the description of additional species, which have since
been presented to his notice, and in giving characters to several
new genera, which it has appeared to him necessary to propose for
general adoption. His list now extends to three hundred and
- eighty-two species, and might probably have been still increased
by the addition of fresh-water fishes, for it is difficult to conceive
that the number of these can be so limited as it appears to be
from his enumeration. Of the Linnean genus Cyprinus, for in-
stance, only four are mentioned, one of these being the univer-
sally domesticated C. auratus, while our own rivers present us

Vor. ITI. 2P

594 Analytical Notices of Books.

with no less than thirteen. Characters and descriptions are given
of the whole of the species, and references are made to the au-
thours by whom they have been described and figured, especially
to Rondeletius, whose faithful and spirited though sometimes
rude representations, are thus rendered available to modern sci-
ence. The local names are also given, the uses to which they are
applied are stated, and the modes employed for their capture and
preservation are particularized. In this section of the work every
thing is in fact attended to which could tend to make it complete.
It is illustrated by figures of forty-seven of the species described
in it.

The Crustacea, two hundred in number, are treated with the
same detail as the Fishes, and thirteen of them are figured in the
illustrative plates. They also had been the subjects of a former
work by M. Risso, which it is the object of his present Natural
History of them to reproduce in an improved form, with the addi-
tion of such species as have been since discovered by him. Ex-
tensive as was his former list, the additions here made to it are
numerous. In this department also there are a few new genera ;
but they are less frequent than in most of the other classes of
Invertebrata, the authour having adopted the whole of those so
ably described by Dr. Leach.

To Dr. Leach he is also evidently indebted for much assistance
in his species of the Myriapoda, Scorpionide, and Arachnida:
and he especially acknowledges the aid of our distinguished
countryman in his notice of the Insects captured in the district.
This latter extends to only about sixteen hundred species, and
exhibits merely a list of their names in Latin and French, except
where a very few new ones are characterised and described. Of
such there are only thirty-four, and among them are included the
thirteen species of Formica, and three of Culex, described by Dr. -
Leach at page 289 of our second volume. One new genus of
Orthoptera is proposed under the name of Phantoma: it is nearly
allied to Phasma.

The list of Vermeés embraces seventy-five species, ten of which
are stated to have been hitherto unnoticed. The Radiata, one
hundred in number, including those which are found only in the:

Zoological Proceedings of Societies. 595

fossil state, exhibit about twenty new species, and are illustrated
by twelve figures. The Table of Zoophytes is yet more extensive,
amounting to two hundred species: nearly one half of these are
new, and several of them are referred to new genera. ‘The illus-
trations to this department are equally numerous and well exe-
cuted, as those which are given to the other orders.

At the conclusion of our notice, we repeat the remark with
which it commenced; the work of M. Risso is worthy of its
authour, to whose deserved reputation it is calculated to add con-
siderably. Availing himself most zealously of the opportunities
afforded by his fortunate location of becoming intimately ac-~
quainted with Nature in her infinitely varied productions, he has
not limited his ambition to the bare possession of specimens of
them, but has aimed at communicating to others the knowledge
he has himself acquired from their contemplation. If in so doing
he may have erred occasionally, especially in too minute a sub-
division, as well of species as of genera, the error, although to be
deprecated by every one who wishes well to the progress of zoo-
logical knowledge, can by no means be put in competition with
the good he has effected by his really valuable publication.

Art. LXVII. Proceedings of Learned Societies on subjects
connected with Zoology.

ee ee

ROYAL SOCIETY.

November 15, 1827.—The Croonian Lecture, by Sir E. Home,
Bart., V.P., was read, entitled On the Muscles peculiar to organs
of sense in particular Quadrupeds and Fishes.

The authour selected for the subjects of this lecture the pecu-
liarities in the muscular structure of the tongue of the Xariffa
or Camelopardalis Giraffa, an inhabitant of Soudan in Africa ;
and a muscle belonging to the eye of the Cobitis anableps, a fish
inhabiting the rivers of Surinam, and called by the natives “ the
four-eyed fish.”

2p 2

596 Zoological Proceedings of Societies.

The tongue of the Giraffa, besides being the organ of taste,
has many properties of the proboscis of the Elephant. The
latter is incapable of elongation it is true, while the former may
be extended to seventeen inches in length. The authour ob-
serves, that some mechanism must exist by which this elon-
gation can be performed, but that an opportunity of examination
after death: would be requisite to decide on its nature. The
tongue of rein-deer offers an analogy to this, the cause of which,
however, he has not been able to trace for want of time. The
chamzleon can dart out its tongue to the extent of twelve inches,
and for this purpose, as well as to direct its motion, it has a
conical bone inclosed in a muscular tube, the fibres of which
are circular, and aid by their pressure to make the bone slide
forwards. The Giraffa wants the receptacle for water, which
the Camel and Dromedary possess, this organ being unnecessary
for it as it feeds on succulent plants; neither has it the padded
hoof to fit it for travelling in sand, but two toes defended by a
horny covering, to enable it to climb rocky ground without
stumbling. Its long neck consists of only seven bones, being
the same number that occurs in the human skeleton. The
tongue is very smooth and slightly adhesive ; it is spotted, but
the spots are not raised. Its favourite food is the Acacia tree,
of that species now called Acacia Xariffa, which has a pleasant
flavour both boiled and raw, and the twigs of which are suc-
culent. The tongue, being much exposed to the sun, has a
black rete mucosum to prevent its being blistered. Drawings,
by Mr. Cross, exhibit the mode in which it lays hold of the
branches of trees. It drinks milk, first rincing out its mouth
with a portion, and rejecting that so employed. It chews the
cud, its body being then recumbent, and its head and neck
erect.

The organ of vision of the Cobitis anableps, is very remarkable.
The authour first exposes the errors of Artedi and his followers
in their description of this animal: he then states that the
cornea being removed, the iris is exposed, which has an appear-

nce of two pupils. On more accurate examination, this ap-
pearance is seen to arise from two lateral projecting portions,

Royal Society. 597

folding over each other in the middle, thus dividing the aperture
into two. They do not however unite; and in some specimens,
being less elongated, they leave the pupil entire, but very nar-
row in the middle, forming two opposed ovals, broad at their
ends but narrow at the point of junction. Usually, however,
there are two distinct apertures. The crystalline, instead of
being spherical, is not even circular, having a smali projection
at the lower edge, directly behind the smaller aperture. When
examined in the microscope, a small bundle of muscular fibres
is seen coming from the capsule of the vitreous humour in the
lower part, and entering that of the crystalline just at the disc
where the smaller curve joins the larger one; the action of this
muscle being to bring the lower mammillary process of the lens
downwards and backwards into the centre of the lower aperture
in the iris; thus constituting a complete organ for vision at near
distances, independent of the part of the lens opposed’ to the
large aperture, which is destined for more distant objects.

The authour regards this structure as destined to a similar
purpose with that of the marsupium in Birds; viz. to obviate a
difficulty arising from a want of motion in one direction in the
ball of the eye. He considers that by its means also the fish,
when lying with its eye-ball above the surface of the water,
may enjoy distinct vision both in air and water, by the motions
of the crystalline and eye-ball, combined with the adapting
power of the two apertures of the iris to a circular form.

Nov. 22.—A Paper was read On the structure of the Knee-
joint in the Echidna setosa and the Ornithorhynchus paradoxus ;
by G. Knox, M.D., &c., communicated by Sir James Mac-
Gregor, F.R.S.

After a short review of the labours of comparative anatomists
on the animals which are the subject of this memoir, the authour
describes a peculiarity of structure which was ‘discovered by his
brother in the knee-joint of the Echidna, consisting of an ex-
tension of the ligamentum adiposum, or re-duplication of the
synovial membrane, transversely across the whole joint, dividing
‘it into two cavities which have no distinct communication with
each other. The articular surfaces of the upper cavity are the

598 Zoological Proceedings of Societies.

patella and the anterior portions of the condyles of the os femoris,
while the lower are formed by the inferior and posterior sur-
faces of these condyles, the upper surface of the tibia, and the
semi-lunar cartilages. In the Ornithorhynchus paradoxus, the
double fold of the synovial membrane extends only half-way
across the joint, thus constituting an intermediate link of gra-
dation between the Echidna and Man, in whom the ligamentum
adiposum is wholly within the joint. f

Nov. 30.—The Society proceeded to the election of a Coun-
cil and Officers for the year ensuing ; when on examining the
lists, the following was found to be the state of the ballot:

Members of the. old Council to continue.—Davies Gilbert,
Esq., M:P.; Capt. Francis Beaufort, R.N.; John George
Children, Esq.; Sir Humphrey Davy, Bart.; John F. W.
Herschel, Esq., M.A.; Sir Everard Home, Bart., V.P.; Capt.
Henry Kater, V.P.; John Pond, Esq., A.R.; William Prout,
M.D.; William Hyde Wollaston, M.D., V.P.; Thomas Young,
M.D., Foreign Sec.

Members of the Society chosen into the Council.—Francis
Baily, Esq.; the Rev. William Buckland, D.D.; Charles, Lord
Colchester ; John Wilson Croker, Esq.; William Henry Fitton,
M.D.; the Rev. Edmund Goodenough, D.D.; John Guille-
mand, Esq.; John Ayrton Paris, M.D.; Peter Mark Roget,
M.D.; Capt. Edward Sabine, Roy. Art.

Officers for the ensuing year :—President: Davies Gilbert,
Esq., M.P.—Treasurer: Capt. Henry Kater.—Secretaries :
Peter Mark Roget, M.D.; Capt. Edward Sabine.

LINNEAN SOCIETY.

November 6, 1827.—A paper was read, entitled, Remarks on
the Antilope Chickara; by Robert Hills, Esq., F.L.S. This
paper has since been printed in the Society’s Transactions.

Nov. 20.—A Letter from J. Creswell, Esq., F.L.S., was read,
in which it was mentioned that a fish, unknown to the oldest
fishermen, and weighing one hundred weight, had been taken in

Linnean Society. — 599

the river Ex. It is supposed to be the fish called Ombrina in
the Mediterranean; the Sciena cirrhosa, Linn., Umbrina of
Cuvier.

A Paper was read on The generic characters of Formicaleo
of Dr. Leach, with the Description of two new species ; by the
Rev. Lansdown Guilding, B.A., F.L.S., &c.

The writer states, that although the larve swarm under every
rock and shelter in the island, not a single perfect insect has
been found flying abroad. The two new species are, 1. Form.
Leachii, fuscescens, flavido-maculatus, alis hyalinis, subfalcatis,
immaculatis; neuris ciliatis: oculis cupreis, pedibus pallidis:
and 2. Form. tarsalis, nigro-fuscescens, flavido-maculatus, alis
hyalinis, immaculatis, subfalcatis ; neuris interrupté nigris; stig-
mate nigro: pedibus flaventibus, atro-variis. It inhabits De-
merara.

Dec. 4.—A Paper On the locomotive Power of the Snail ; by
Mr. James Main, was read. The authour mentions the follow-
ing species as having chiefly come under his notice; Limax
maximus, Lim. ater, Lim. lichenivorus, Lim. rufus, Lim. muta-
bilis, Lim. tenax, and Lim. agrestis. 'The belly of the snail
being perfectly smooth, there are no appendages to do the office
of feet; and the whole of the body moves at once, and not in
parts successively. By placing the animal on a piece of glass,
Mr. Main was enabled to observe a muscular motion; but this,
instead of being from head to tail, was directly the reverse, so
that the animal’s motion cannot be caused by impulses in the
direction of its progress. He gives, in conclusion, two, conjec-
tures as to the cause of the animal’s motion; namely,. Ist, that
the body is moved forward by the retromissive discharge of
slime, which, being emitted simultaneously from every part of
the under surface, he conceives may exercise a force adequate
to the propelling of the animal: or 2ndly, from its power of
forming its lower surface into segments of circles along the whole
of its length ; and thus, by assuming a vertical vermicular action
on the plane of the sustaining surface, impelling the body for-
ward by alternate contraction and expansion. As dry air de-

600 Zoological Proceedings of Societies.

prives the animal of motion, Mr. Main is inclined to consider the
first surmise the more probable.

An extract was read from a Letter from Dr. Rigby to Mr. R.
Taylor, dated Berlin, on the ova of the Hirudo medicinalis.. It
was accompanied by some specimens.

An Account of Margarodes, a new genus of Insects found in
the neighbourhood of Ants’ Nests; by the Rev. Lansdown
Guilding, B.A., F.L.S., &c. was also read. Mr. Guilding, (after
quoting Dr. Nugent (Geol. Trans. vol. v. p. 463), who states
that the ground pearl, improperly supposed to be fossil, is found
in prodigious quantities in the furrows of the land in Antigua
when newly turned up, and suggests that it may be the produc-
tion of an insect,) informs us that he has succeeded, by watching
some that he preserved in moist marl, in detecting the insect
which issued from them. He conceives it to bea parasite on the
ants, whose formidable numbers in the dry islands they are
calculated to keep down. The entire want of a mouth is re-
markable in this new insect, the food being absorbed by tubes
in the fore-claws. It also possesses the extraordinary power of
throwing out long filaments, when in dry situations, supposed to
be for preserving itself by obtaining moisture. Its scales eff.r-
vesce and disappear in nitric and muriatic acid; sulphuric acid
turns them black; and vinegar slowly decomposes them. In
flame they burn like horn. Mr. G. is uncertain at present what
station is to be assigned to this insect.

Dec. 18.—Three new species of Land Tortoises were exhi-
bited by Mr. Bell; Testudo pardalis, Test. actinodes, and Test.
éentoria ; described by that gentleman in the last number of our
Journal.

Jan. 15, 1828.—Some specimens of Junthine were exhibited
by L. W. Dillwyn, Esq., washed ashore in J uly last in Oxwick
Bay, near Swansea, many of them picked up alive, and yielding
a beautiful dye. Specimens of the Medusa Velella and Med.
Navicula, were found with them.

Zoological Club of the Linnean Society. 601

ZOOLOGICAL CLUB OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

January 23, 1827.—A_ paper was read, entitled Observations
on the Trachee of Birds, with descriptions and representations of
several not hitherto figured; by William Yarrell, Esq., F.L.S.
At its conclusion Mr. Yarrell proceeded to illustrate its subject
by references to numerous specimens of the Skeletons, 'Trachee,
and other orgars of Birds, which he exhibited to the meeting.
In the course of his observations he adverted to the lengthened
form of the trachez in the Cranes, Swans, and some Geese, and
remarked that the true nature and use of these convolutions were
but little known; the birds in which they exist not appearing to
possess any peculiar powers in connexion with them, except harsh
and loud voices: the more complex the structure of the trachea,
the more disagreeable in fact was the sound transmitted through
it. He then explained at some length the anatomical distinctions
upon which he had founded his arrangement of the species of
Ducks, and pointed out the leading characteristics of each of the
principal divisions proposed by him. The thick and strong mus-
cular gizzard with its smal! internal cavity in the herbivorous
species presented a striking contrast to the thinner sides and more
enlarged cavity of the same part in those feeding upon fish: the
latter gradually approaching in structure to the stomach of the
Mergansers. With these variations in the organisation of the sto-
mach those of the intestines and cecal appendages were shown
to correspond, the latter diminishing in length from nine inches
to two in accordance with the nature of the food. The enlarge-
ment at the bottom of the tube of the trachea in the males of the
Ducks of the first division was pointed out as entirely composed
of bone, while in those of the second division it was principally
membranous. The series of trachea employed in illustration of
these facts comprehended the whole of the species known to in-
habit Britain. From an equally extensive series of sterna the
depth of the keel was shown to be equal throughout all the Birds
of the first division in proportion to the size of the sternum ; while
in those of the second division it diminished gradually as the
power of diving increased, and exhibited a considerable approxi-

602 Zoological Proceedings of Societies.

mation in form to the breast-bones of the Mergansers next in
succession. The increase in the length of the ribs and the gradual
approach by the Ducks and Mergansers to the form. of the more
perfect salt-water Divers, included in the genera Colymbus, Uria,
and Alca, was pointed out by a comparison with a skeleton of
one species of each genus, the elongation of the sternum and. ribs
forming at length a complete defence to the abdomen and flanks,
by which the birds are enabled to resist pressure when diving.
Several other collateral relations of minor importance were also
noticed. In conclusion it was remarked that the external cha-
racters were also sufficiently marked to furnish a ready distinction
between the divisions, the Ducks referrible to the first being cha-
racterized by length of neck, wings, and tarsi, and by their hind
toe being free or without pendent lobe; while in those of the
second the neck, wings, and tarsi are shorter, the latter com-
pressed, and the hind toe lobated.

February 13.—The reading of the paper entitled Rentaniias on
the Comparative Anatomy of certain Birds of Cuba, with a view
to their respective places in the System of Nature, er to their
Relations with other animals; by W. S. Mac Leay, Esq., was
continued.

February 27.—Mr. Yarrell exhibited specimens of several fe-
male Pheasants in which the plumage had undergone a change so
considerable as to present a striking resemblance to that of the
male. In explanation of the causes of this change, and of analo-
gous alterations in the plumage of other birds, he entered into a
series of remarks, which were subsequently embodied into a paper
read before the Royal Society, and printed in the Philosophical
Transactions. An abstract of this paper has already been given at
p- 291 of our present volume.

March 13.—Mr. Bell exhibited numerous specimens and draw~
ings of the Testudinata, Klein, for the purpose of illustrating the
natural affinities and distribution of this order of Reptilia. He
pointed out five principal forms which he regarded as types of so
many families, the Testudinide, Emydide, Trionychide, Sphar-
gide, and Cheloniade, and dweit at some length on the characters
by which each is distinguished from the others, and also on those

Soolugical Club of the Linnean Society. 603

possessed by each in common with the families most nearly con-
nected with it. The circular succession of affinities among them
he had hitherto been unable to trace with precision; although he
had ascertained the existence of osculant species or genera be-
tween some of the families. The genus Terrapene, Merrem, or ra-
ther the sub-family Sternothewrina, Bell, appeared to be inter-
mediate between the Testudinide and Emydide, exhibiting the
gibbous form of the land tortoises, but approximating to the fresh-
water ones by its shorter sterno-costal suture and by its more pal-
mate feet. In like manner the Emydide are connected with the
Trionychide by means of the Matamata, Chelys fimbriata, Dum.,
in which not only does the sternum become shorter than in the
more prominent types of the former family, but the beak also
ceases to be horny, and is replaced by the soft projecting snout
of the genus Trionyx. Between the remaining families he was
yet unable to point out the connecting links. In the course of his
observations he adverted to the importance of some characters
hitherto little attended to in the discrimination of species, and par-
ticularly to that furnished by the area, or scabrous central portion,
of each plate. This is always fully developed when the young
tortoise quits the egg, and never increases in size, the subsequent
growth of the plate being produced by additional lateral layers.
Hence it furnishes a constant clue to the determination of the age
of the individual. In the Testudo elegans, Schepff, the area is
large with scarcely any lateral strie. This species is consequently
founded on a very young shell, and an examination of the area in
shells of various sizes shows it to be the young of 7’. radiata.
Other instances were also adduced in confirmation of the remark ;
and the same character was shown to be essential in distinguishing
species when the shells had attained their full growth. In T.
geometrica for instance, the very small area aflords almost the only
point of discrimination between it and the closely allied species,
T. actinodes, in which the area is considerably larger. Mr. Bell
further adverted to a novel kind of Box-tortoise, in which the
moveable portion of the shell forming the box existed in the cos-
tal plates instead of in the sternal as in Terrapene. The Land-
Tortoises exhibiting this striking peculiarity he had recently de-

604 4oological Procecdings of Societies.

scribed under the generic name of Kinyzxis, to which two species
were already referrible. A discussion subsequently ensued on the
subject of the circular succession of affinities and on analogies, in
which Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield took part.

March 27.—Mr. Yarrell exhibited a specimen of the Azas
rufina, Pallas, from the neighbourhood of Yarmouth. The occur=
rence of this second British specimen confirms the opinion ad-
vanced by Mr. Vigors at the meeting on January 29, 1826, that
the species is entitled like other occasional visitors of these islands
to a place in our Fauna. Mr. Yarrell also exhibited a specimen
of a hybrid Bird between the Pheasant and the dark Dorking
variety of the common Fowl.

Mr. Vigors entered into some general observations on the geo~
graphical distribution of Birds, especially with reference to the
forms met with in New Holland. He proposed to continue the
subject at future meetings.

April 10..—A Paper On the Orang-Otang of Borneo: by John
Hlarwood, M.D., F.L.S., &c. was read. Some observations on the
same subject were made by Mr. Brookes, in the course of which
he explained the principal differences between the skeletons of the
Chimpanzee and the Simia Satyrus, L.

At the request of the Chairman, Mr. Gray adverted to the chas
racter assigned by M. G. Cuvier to the genus Basiliscus, Laur.
He remarked that the description of the teeth appeared to have
been taken from the Lacerta Amboinensis, L. On examining the
specimens preserved in the British Museum, the teeth of this
species were found to agree with those of the Iguanide; the
teeth of the Basiliscus Americanus, Laur., on the contrary, corres=
pond precisely with those of the s/gamide. The two species
were consequently referrible to distinct genera. To designate the
former, he proposed to retain the generic name of Basiliscus,
while to the latter the name of Lophura would be given in a paper
on the above-mentioned families, which he was preparing to lay
before the Club.

Mr. Westwood exhibited living specimens of the Aphanisticus
emarginatus, Lat., a rare British Insect, and of the larva of a_
species of Cicindela, L., both recently taken by him, the latter

Zoological Club of the Linnean Society. 605

having been dug from the bottom of the hole which it had formed
for itself to the depth of 18 inches.

April 24.—Mr. Bell exhibited a specimen of a Viper, which in
the act of swallowing a Mouse had ruptured the cesophagus and its
coverings. Portions of the fur of the Mouse were seen protruding
through the openings in the neck of the skin of the Viper in
three places. ;

At the request of the Chairman, Mr. Gray exhibited a sketch
of the foot of the Dodo, Didus ineptus, L., preserved in the Bri-
tish Museum, and another sketch of that contained in the Ash-
molean Museum at Oxford, and also of the head remaining in the
latter collection. He remarked that the feet agreed so perfectly
in characters as to leave no doubt of their having belonged to the
same species, but that although they were of opposite sides, the
one being left and the other right, they must have been obtained
from different individuals, the Oxford specimen being one inch
shorter than that of the British Museum.

Mr. Yarrell exhibited, at the request and from the collection
of Dr. Thackeray, F'.L.S. Provost of King’s College, Cambridge,
a specimen of a small Gallinule, which corresponded precisely
with the description of the female of the Pouwle d’eau Poussin of
M. Temminck’s Manuel, the Gadlinula pusilla, Bechst., and the
Sapornia pusilla, Leach. This bird, also a female, was caught
alive in March last at Barnwell, near Cambridge. At a meeting
of the Club in April, 1825, Dr. Thackeray had exhibited a spe-
cimen of the Gallinula Baillonii, caught alive at Melbourne, near
Cambridge. Other examples of both these species were furnished
by members of the Club for comparison, forming an interesting
_ group of these very rare British Gallinules.

A portion of An attempt at the Revision of the Genera of
Saurian Reptiles; by J. E. Gray, Esq., F.G.S., was read.

A Paper was also read, entitled, General Observations on Bri-
tish Birds of Prey ; by W. Yarrell, Esq. F.L.S. The authour
subsequently illustrated its subject by reference to numerous
preparations which he exhibited to the meeting.

May 22.—Mr. Audubon exhibited numerous highly finished
drawings, prepared by him for his forthcoming work on the Orni-

606 Soological Proceedings of Societies.

thology of North America, illustrating them by occasional obser-
vations on the ceconomy and distribution of the Birds figured.

The reading of the Attempt at the Revision of the Genera of
Saurian Reptiles: by J. B. Gray, Esq., F.G.S., was continued.

June 12.—Specimens of the Loxia punctularia, L., of the
L. crassirostris, Gm., and of the Fringilla Noctis, L., from the
Newcastle Museum, were exhibited, and some observations on
them were made by Mr. Vigors.—The same gentleman subse-
quently entered into some general remarks ou the Geographical
Distribution of Birds, especially with respect to the groups ob-
served in New Holland. Some observations in illustration of the
same subject were afterwards made by Dr. Horsfield.

November 13.—Numerous specimens of Mammalia and Birds
were exhibited, being a collection formed by Captain P. P. King,
R.N., F.L.S., during the Survey of the Straights of Magellan, in
which he is now engaged. Mr. Vigors remarked upon each
species as he presented it to the notice of the meeting, dwelling
particularly on those that appeared to be new, and pointing out
several new forms which occurred.

November 29.—At the Anniversary Meeting held this day, the
following members were elected as Officers and Committee for the
ensuing year: J. Brookes, Esq., F.R.S., &c., Chairman; J. F.
Stephens, Esqg., Treasurer; E. 'T. Bennett, Esq., Secretary ;
J.G. Children, Esq.; A. H. Haworth, Esq.; J. Morgan, Esq. 5
R. Taylor, Esq.; N. A. Vigors, Esq.; W. Yarrell, Esq.

During the continuance of the ballot, the Chairman, J. G.
Children, Esq., delivered an Address on the progress of Zoological
Science in the course of the last year, which was ordered to be
printed for distribution among the Members of the Linnean
Society.

December 11.—The Rev. F. W. Hope exhibited a collection of.
indigenous Insects, recently formed by him in Shropshire, and
some remarks relative to them were made by him and by Mr.
Vigors. Among other observations, Mr. Hope mentioned that:
the larger specimens of the Ripiphorus paradoxus, which are much
more rare than the smaller ones, are uniformly found only in the
cells of the female Wasps.

Geological Society. 607

Mr. Leadbeater exhibited specimens of twelve new species of
Birds from the interior of South America, and from the Friendly
Islands, of which he proposed shortly to lay descriptions before
the Linnean Society. The distinguishing characters of each were
explained by Mr. Vigors.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

November 2, 1827.—The Society having assembled this even-
ing for the session :—

An extract was read, of A letter from Captain P. P. King,
R.N., to Dr. Fitton, P.G.S., dated at Rio de Janeiro, 10th June,
1827 :—with some observations on the specimens sent home by
Captain King ; by the President.

The reading was begun of a paper, On the Geology of Tor
and Babbacombe Bays, Devon ; by H. T. De la Beche, Esgq.,
F.R.S. &c.

Nov. 16.—The reading of Mr. De la Beche’s paper, begun at
the last meeting, was concluded.

In his account of the carboniferous limestone, the authour gives
a general list of the organic remains in this deposit : including
Trilobites, Encrinites, Corals, Nautili, Orthocerw, and several
species of testaceous Mollusca, characteristic of the carboni-
ferous limestone. A very singular fossil also is figured, which
appears to have been attached in the manner of the Alcyonia ;
but whether it is to be classed with the Corals, or considered as
intermediate between the Crindidea and Echinodermata, has not
yet been determined. The cavern, called Kent’s Hole, near
Torquay on the N.E., lately celebrated from its containing the
remains of various antediluvian animals, is in this carboniferous
limestone. At Westerland, there is a schistose and micaceous
variety of grauwacke, containing stems of Encrinites, Corals, and
bivalve shells.

A paper was read, entitled Supplementary Remarks on. the
Strata of the Oolitic series, and the Rocks associated with them,

608 Zoological Proceedings of Societies.

in Sutherland, Ross, and the Hebrides; by Roderick Impey
Murchison, Esq., Sec. G.S., F.R.S., &c.

A letter was read from G. W. Featherstonhaugh, Esq., to W.
H. Fitton, M.D., P.G.S., &c. ; containing an account of an ex-
cavation in the chalk at Norwich.

Dec. 7.—A. paper was read, On the Geology of Quebec and
ats Vicinity, by J. T. Bigsby, M.D., &c. &c.

The authour describes the district in the neighbourhood of
Quebec, and the rivers that traverse it. He notices the exist-
ence of occasional deposits of clay, gravel, and sand, including
organic remains, which he supposes to be of diluvial origin; and

then passes to the description of the rocks, commencing with a
slaty series, alternating with calcareous conglomerate in beds,
some of which are charged with fossils. On the south side of
the river St. Lawrence, the slaty limestone of Quebec is no
longer seen; but several new beds of conglomerate present
themselves, one of the lowest of which contains T'rilobites, En-
crinites, Corallines, and other fossils, associated with vegetable
impressions, probably of Fuci and Amansie. In the horizontal
conchiferous limestone, the organic remains consist of several
species of Trilobite, Orthocera, Terebratula, Encrinite, Ammo-
nite, &c. Similar organic remains are found at Beaufort quarries,
in ledges of fetid limestone alternating with calcareo-bituminous
shale. )

Dec. 21.—The reading was begun of a paper, On a Group of
Slate-Rocks in Yorkshire, between the Rivers Lune and Wharfe,
from near Kirby Lonsdale to near Malham ; by John Phillips,
Esq.

Jan. 4, 1828.—The reading of Mr. Phillips’s paper, begun at
the last meeting, was concluded.

To this paper, a sketch is premised of the slate-series of the
Lakes of Westmoreland and Cumberland ; where the rocks are
grouped in three principal divisions, the lowest consisting of
dark soft slate much contorted, with fine-grained gneiss beneath
it passing into granite. The second division occupies a country
of very different aspect from that of the siate: the mountain-
ranges being marked by abrupt precipices, as at Helvellyn,

Geological Society. \, 609

Langdale-Pikes, and the Lakes of Ulswater, &c., and consisting
of brecciated argillaceous rocks containing calcareous spar,
green-earth, and calcedony, with greenstone and other forms of
trap. Onthe south of this chain is a tract of transition lime-
stone, containing Caryophyllig, Producte, Spirifere, and other
fossils ; and this is covered by a third zone of slate, the most
recent rock of the country, usually divisible into rhomboidal
blocks, of which two principal varieties are observable, alter-
nating with each other; the one homogeneous and fissile, and
containing organic remains, sparingly distributed, of the genera
Trigonia, Pecten, Gryphea, Turritella, and Terebratula ;—the
other more granular and micaceous. This formation is in some
cases succeeded by red conglomerate, but more commonly by
mountain-limestone, the lowest beds of which contain numerous
pebbles of slate and quartz; and above the limestone are the
carboniferous rocks, including the millstone grit and the upper
coal-measures. The highest strata known in the country, con-
sist of the new red sandstone, placed in an unconformable posi-
tion above the coal formation.

Jan. 18.—A notice was read On the Occurrence of * Chloro-
pheite’ in Basaltic Dikes, in Northumberland ; and of Carbonate
of Strontian in the Lead Measures at Fallowfield, near Hexham ;
by William Hutton, Esq. of Newcastle-upon-T yne.

The reading was begun of a paper, On the Geological Rela-
tions of the Secondary Strata in the Isle of Arran ; by the Rev.
A. Sedgwick, V.P.G.S., F.R.S., and Roderick Impey Murchi-
son, Esq., Sec. G.S., RS. &e.

Feb. 1.—The searing of Professor Sedgwick and Mr. Mur-
chison’s paper, begun at the last meeting, was concluded.

Feb. 15.—The Anniversary Meeting of the Society was held,
and the following Fellows were elected Officers and Council for
the year ensuing :— President: William Henry Fitton, M.D.—
Vice-Presidents: Arthur Aikin, Esq., F.L.S.; Rev. W. Buck-
land, D.D., F.R.S., Professor of Mineralogy ita Geology in the
Pete, of Oxford ; Charles Lyell, Esq., F.R.S. and LS. ;
Rev. A. Sedgwick, F.R.S., Woodwardian Prof. Camb.
Secretaries: W. J. Broderip, Esq., F.R.S. & LS.; R. J.

Vou. II. 2a

610 Soological Proceedings of Societies.

Murchison, Esq., F.R.S. & L.S.—Foreign Secretary: Henry
Heuland, Esq.—Treasurer: John Taylor, Esq., F.R.S.——
Council ; J. E. Bicheno, Esq., Sec. L.S.; John Bostock, M.D.,
F.R.S.; Rev. W. D. Conybeare, F.R.S.; John Crawfurd, Esq.,
F.R.S.; Michael Faraday, Esq., F.R.S.; Davies Gilbert, Esq.
M.P., Pres. R.S.; G. B. Greenough, Esq., F.R.S.; J. F. W,
Herschel, Esq., Sec. R.S.; Leonard Horner, Esq., F.R.S.;
Ashhurst Majendie, Esq., F.R.S.; Rev. J. H. Randolph; N. A.
Vigors, Esq., F.R.S.; Sir R. R. Vyvyan, Bart., M.P.; Henry
Warburton, Esq., M.P., F.R.S.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

We have again to report the steady advancement of this So
ciety towards the full attainment of the objects for which it was
instituted. Both the Menagerie and the Museum continue to
receive almost daily important additions from the liberality of its
friends and supporters. Among these we may mention a col-
lection of skins of Mammalia and Birds from Singapore, pre-
sented by H. T. Colebrooke, Esq.; another assemblage of Mam-
malia, Reptiles, and Fishes, from New Holland and Madagascar,
presented by C. Telfair, Esq.; a collection formed in Mexico by
Capt. Lyon; and another, containing much of the zoological
produce of the late overland expedition to the Arctic Regions,
under the command of Capt. Franklin, presented by Dr. Richard-
son. Among the individual specimens, we will only mention
the gift by Capt. Percy, of that curious animal, the Chlamy-
phorus truncatus, which was previously unknown to European
naturalists, and whose singular osteology has been illustrated by
Mr. Yarrell in a preceding page.

The buildings at the Society’s gardens are proceeding rapidly.

The number of Members already admitted, amounts to very
nearly eight hundred.

INDEX TO VOL. IIL.

—=~<o <> e—-

*,* The new species described in this Volume, together with the species
newly characterized, are distinguished by the Jéalic character.

—=op eo
Page Page
Acanthurus, a new genus of Pe- ARCYIUS. «a « w.<jnj0/0)04/n\0,0,0.0=\08 «'e|-) DOD
talocerous Coleoptera........ 155 UT ONMUUS sarcla'a)=\aVajnjolele\«, */0'6 - 536
Accipiter fringilloides .........- A34 PHM Teen ORANG BCs O A BOGOD CCG ibid
HA CHALOM oicholarstn lols eivir) Velave ....- 530 Anisonyx cinerea, the type of the
UNAUTIALA... covjovweviessvccrs 531 genus Arachnimorpha........ 158
Adelium Hopit .......-....++-- 525 Annelida, observations on some
Agama armata........++ eseeae 216 species of the; by William
GOT RULE ors: hs Sickaper Velayes a) « 263 CO Van SEIS Geteteystetedalateiol<(ol=i= </e/ete 337
PTURCH/Npetalaieits ate tetoh si oye" 217 Anolius rhodolemus .... .+++.-- 235
PARNON 2346 (via e\<\spie ole ---- 218 Anopheles maculipennis, Meig.. 501
superciliosa ...... Bierce 216 bifurcatus......e.... ibid
PUBERCAML AL oe als’ s om iene 218 PTISESCENS) = ale alie om side DUS
: vulluosa, Harlan ....217, 263 plumbeus........ 501, 503
Aglaia, a genus of Insessorial SALEM USC. Ole) \cievaiplere/a cle aieiste 129
BirdsS eres Si ste. .-.. 347 Antennarius; two new species of,
Ailurus JUlZENS «20,05 00sneeeees 276 described ....... piso ela eteialstals 373
Alauda, a genus of Insessorial NIELTUB (sicic sie Se ciate ees ea cic 375
Birds: Jit. 324, Le RSENS SERS PETES 343 UNICONIIS»» |. o,<:abei alae s =}9\\ein\0h0 374
arvensis. L. type of the genus 344 Antilope Addax..........2004. 590
Alcedo Alcyon, L....... Sap BOO. Chickara, ....32 ssc ante 581
Alcis, a new genus of Lepidop- SUEUTOSAL = .)2/5)-Yew ninieia tie 251
FEVOUSMMSERIS . sts Be cio wleiace 2g Apoda, a sub-order of Snakes... 253
Aleochara, on the position of tha Arachnimorpha, a genus of Pe-
TAU es GPO BESS wee ot ter Bae 63 talocerous Coleoptera ........ 158
fuscipes ?, its larva..60, 508 Aramus scolopaceus, Vieill. .... 447
Amadina, a genus of Insessorial Arctomys lateralis........++00++ 519
Bindsy.!t sabes ciewrepsk a gags Lees 349 GOYDOS Laie» wrevafaieinisisinta 518
Ammodramus, a genus of Inses- Ardea alba, L..... misaiate alolevesapeye AAT
SOLVAL US: oes viele je ok cia nies os 348 cerulea, L... 2.3. eielatela DI
Amphisbeena punctata. ......... 235 OX Use (Mela scats sinis oles . 446
2. ETT IAL ED Oe 537, 538 melanocephala.... . weeee 454
dade Nese eee as sie bis eea tat 539 mUnWta bs s2%5 pista tas cleya <b 88
Anas atrata, its trachea described 582 tigrina, Lath., type of the
Gambensis, L............. A95 genus Tigrisoma...... 362
A yMOGangarele/aptemieibis/sieieia)oia\- A96 Viresceni glia. 2 ines aides AAT
SUELIE AO Gres ames Hee 604 Arvicola borealis.............-- 517
PELUG 7A Aa) 171) | Dae eee SPE ey 496 LCNOO IES Vatatainvatotaloferats) ates 517
semipalmata, its trachea de- Die aap oceans aekoe 260
Se So sGa) Geascoasose 582 Asthenurus, a genus of Insessorial
Sponsay Line scciiscisen cis 249 BGS ttetaieteie arsiniaia. 2 Sense Saas SE:

612

Page
Astur leucorrhous ...cccesccsees Stl
Audubon, J. J. Notice of his Birds

Of AMERICAS. 21/5 wic101a elses = 469
Aulacodus, a new genus of Ro-
Gentian. fea h ie Sas og avs
SWIMAETEANUS SF. ae oss cece ibid
Balanus punctatus, Mont. ...... 76
Bears, fossil bones of; notice of
ME ICIBCOMEDY OL ule wares siale clare 305

Beaver of Europe distinct ibe om
the Canadian ee oVe ee eee:
Bett, Tuomas, Esq., Descrip-
tions of a new species of Ano-
lius, and a new species of Am-
phisbena ; collected by W. S.
MacLeay, Esq. in the Island
of Guibas see Saeed eee
Descriptions of disee

new species of Land

Tortorses') 22 22284

On Hydraspis, a new

genus of Freshwater

Tortoises, of the fa-

mily Emydide ....
Characters of the or-

der, families, and

genera of the Tes-

tudinatay soe 5s.

Analysis of his Paper

on the structure and

use of the submax-

illary odoriferous

gland of the Croco-

235

51]

513

Notice of his Paper on
two new genera of

Land Tortoises,...

Analysis of the same .

Bennett, E. T. Esq., Observa-
tions on the Fishes contained
in the Collection of the Zoolo-
ICA SOCLEUY) se ete cele aise attire
Description of a new

species of Julis..

Analysis of his Notice

on a peculiar pro-

perty ofa species of

IHL CHMTENUS/sfeloleraia to's aye

BERKELEY, Rev. M. J.,. A short
account of a new species of
Modiola, and of the animal in-
habitants of two British Ser-

295
583

577

280

P 229
Bevan, E., M.D., Notice haf his
Honey-Bees its Natural His-

tory; Ke. ...... 474

Index to Vol. I11.

Page
Bicheno, J. E. Esq. Notice of his
Paper on Methods and Systems
in Natural History....... 294, 578
Bigsby, Dr., Notice of his De-
scription of a new species of
Trilobite
Birds; in what respects their
skeletons principally differ from
those of the Mammalia .......
of Prey, British; some ob-«
servations on the Ana-
tomy of; by William
Varrell Hsqs Soo. .ceue
Notice of the appearance
of some rare, in Eng-
land; by George Towus-
hend Fox, Esq......... AQ]
on the occurrence of some
rare British; by Wm.
Yarrell, Esq. .....-. 85, 497
Austhalia in the Collee-
tion of the Linnean So-
ciety
on some species from Cuba 432
of North America, de-
scribed by the PRINcE
OF MUSIGNANO........ A9
Blackwall, John, Esq., Analysis
of his observations and experi-
ments on the means by which
the Spiders that produce Goss-
amer effect their aerial excur=-
SIONS “2. Sob ih vacdarera ve deen 296
Bledius Stephensii .... 361, 301, 509
Skrimshirii SoU. sisters 510
Boa, anatomy of its inferior ex-

266

Cr

182

181

ee ee ay

253

Horse and Sheep..... aetetad . 251
Bombycilla garrula, Vieill....... 51
Bombyx Brahma .....++. welche

Buddha ....0ceee-eeee
Ganesa™ .. Fo oc sisi anlv
SPV sclolereteiotare a sloteralete'e
BonaPARTE, CHAruLres LUCIAN.

See MusiGNANno, PRINCE OF.
Bos Gour of India, Major-General

T. Hardwicke on the.........
Brachelytra, on certain portions of

ee by Mr. J. O. Westwood. 56

number of eyes in
their larva...:.-..
Brachonyx, a genus of Insessorial

Birds: 2552522! odevele teeta Oa
Brachypus, a genus of Insessorial

Birds 0. oee'soetaee eee ae

231

Index to

Page

Braytey, E. W. Jun. Some Ac-
count of the Lifeand Writings,
&c. of the late Sir Thomas
Stamford Raffles..........- Lia
Broperipr, W. J. Esq., Descrip-
tion of some new and rare
Rael sie ea sictat de bicicim avaiepaieissti0
Description of a Fossi]

Volute from St. Pe-

ter’s Mountain, near

Maestricht .......
Observations on the

Jaw of a_ Fossil
Mammiferous Ani-

mal, found in the

Stonesfield Slate ..

Note on Caryophyllia

Bullea, observations on the Ani-
mals of some species of; by
William Clark, Esq.........-
MI eC ALENG = ra. «, «)ajs\via.ojsfapsiels <>
PAUUEITS Cielo) ain a alain ionaiege sie 339
UOULTUCL AY in octet paiatalaisl oes ibid
Bunting, Green-headed......... 498
Buteo polyosoma ........-++++-
Buzzard, Rough-legged

382

8]

234

wcrc enee

Cecilia, remarks onits characters 254
Callionymus Dracunculus, not the

female of C, Lyra........---- 336
Camelopardalis Giraffa, peculia-
rities of its tongue........... 596

Camera lucida, advantages of the 404
Campicola, a genus of Insessorial
Ll aa cerr te sail aeia aie
Campontia, a new genus of Apo-
dous Annelides ........-.-+.
CREHATIORS ole vininln cpa 5,245,050 i
Campulipus, a new genus of Peta-
locerous Coleoptera..........
Campylopterus,a genus of Inses-
SOrial BILds: cis. sileld~ Baisie\sie ce
Canis ceruleo. argentatus, Erxl..
Cardita concamerata, note on its
anomalous structure, by G. B.
SOWERBY..0. 010, s:6\s/q;n.b nied vista bras
Caribean Islands, continuation
of Observations on the Zoology
of the; by the Rev. Lanspown
GUILDING ............ -403, 527
Caryophyllia, Mr. De la Beche
on ee habits of ......-+.-++++

358
A23

48]

Caryophyliia Smiifui Siahaihaie iste sic
Cassiculus, a genus of Insessorial
BRUT AS 32s astei aia eysbeete lebanese inves «,% 352
coronatus, type of the genus 353
Cassicus melanicterus ....... asvoeod

Vol. LT. 613

‘ Page
Cathartes Californianus.....--. 49
Catophragmus, a new genus of

(CINTIPECES sinjay-, so sievas=! simi 9(4 eee NOt
Cemoria Flemingii, Leach, forms

the type of the genus Punctu-

rella

nike. siajaveiahela\ deface aisislatateteee 77

Montagui, the young of

Fissurella Greca.....

Ceratodes, a new genus of Shells

537, 540
JASCHIUUS.cieiels\aloieysiia}s4 ahh ca . 541

Cercopithecus ? leucoprymnus .

anatomy of its stomach.

Certhia maculata, Wiis. type of
the genus Oxyglossus........
Certhilauda, a genus of Insessorial
TENT KS ATEN a I a 344
Chemepelia,a genus of Insessorial
BUS phic Aapcic sapedbvepatsiateth cisianaia's
Chetura, a genus of Hirundinide: 407
Chameleo vulgaris, LIAS i ae 220
Charadrius Cantianus, Lath. ..86, 301
vociferus, L. ...., ... 448

Charissa, a new genus of Lepi-
dopterous Insects............ 286
Cheiromeles torquatus, Horsf.... 460

Cheiroptera; variations in their
dentany system jo: .j..5j6 0.0. ¢ - . 459
CWelaniitiats é:aisicds Gals toysiatahray e's'9) 3) 15ie 516

Pe ey

357

CICA ET RO Ee Se SRS anor
Cuitpren, J. G. Esq., On the
Esquimaux Dog.......... «.
Chironectes levigatus, Cuv. how
distinguished from Antennarius
TVS eptiake ta ioe; davadete aes are
tuberosus, Cuv. how dis-
tinguished from An-
tennarius unicornis..
Chitons, Descriptions of several
new species of, found on the
Coast of Chili in 1825; witha
few remarks on the method of
taking and preserving them;
by Joun FremMBLY, R.N......
Chiton aculeatus, Barnes
aselloides, Lowe, (Ch.
albus gM amtis i icin's:se <<
asellus, Chemn,, (Ch. ci-
nereus, Mont.) .......-
GRILEMSES? indict. asafors syotane hea
cinereus, L. (Ch. margi-
ginatus, Mont.)
Coguimbensis ......
Cuming sii

375

eer tenes

ee ey

elegans ...-+00++-05 SSS
glaucocinclus....-. «. “ake

614 Index to
Page

Chiton granosus........+++++++. 200
Zranulosus.......-eeeess 201
Jatus....'. seielelereter guctelee 7200
Tineolatus .. $s ce seccswene COX
OLWACEUS. wa cccvecvccvscs 199
Perviviants ols. vee sw 202
SPINIFEVUS 0c veeveersecce 196
tuberculiferus, hg 196
Chlamydosaurus Kingii.. 137

Chlamyphorus trnbedttis, its Os-
teology, Report on, by Mr.
VARRELL. gee ste oeeees cece 544

Chondropoda, a sub-order of
STAKES Hees cine s ees cctermtemes 253

Chrysina, a new genus of Petalo-
cerous Coleoptera ....... eee. 922

Chrysina Peruviana.......+..+ o. O23

Ciconia Argala, Correction of M.
Temminck’s improper applica-
tion of this name to the C.

Marabou cnc sereless ceees cs 454
Cinclus, Bechst, ..... SACS Outie 5]
Pallasii, Temm. ....,....52, 53
aquaticus, Bechst......-...-
Circus histrionicus.........+ 271, 425

Clark, B., analysis of his Remarks
on the Insect called Oistros by
the ancients’..0¢... 9° Seer) 584

Crark, WILLIAM, Eisq., Obser-
vations on the Animals of some
species of Bullzea,Lam.; and on
some species of the Annelida .

Cleora, a new genus of Lepidop-
terous MMSeCts sees cise). teeter stele

Cnemida, a new genus of Petalo-
cerous Coleoptera

Curtlisii
Francillont .....-+000
Sparshatli

Cnephasia, a new genus of Lepi-
dopterous Insects............ 286

Coates, Dr. R., analysis of his
remarks on Janthina...... Bot

Cobitis anableps, peculiarities in
the anatomy of its eye........ 596

Colaptes, a genus of Insessorial
Birds .....2.ec0cceee Stats eels

Fernandina ....+++4+-. AA5
superciliaris .....-.... i

Coleoptera, Petalocerous, De-
scription of some new Genera
and Species of; by the Rev.
W. KIRBY... 5.2 ere ee eee eee 145

Coleopterous Insects furnished
with ocelli........ gn tiZ Goa 66

Coluber fulvius, var........+ sae

Lichtensteintt) 5 \os.s's'. 0» =

Columba cinerea, Temm. type of

the genus Peristera .........-

337
139

146
148

eeeseeeeere

eee tees ee senes

eee see ete eee

264

360

Vol. 111.

Page
Columba inornata...... eecceee. 446
leucocephala, L. ...... ibid
Macquarrie: .. «05-2 iS
migratoria, L. type of
the genus Ectopistes ,
PaMpusan ncn ee ate
Peat types
squamosa,Tenim.§ of
the genus Chemepelia 361
Pinon.......+.

362
273

@ondylura® 22 sce. nes Ay beeno-
Corvus Columbianus. . etembaaalsfetee 49
Jamaicensis? Gmel, .... 443
Stelleri, (Grn. Se eoleiaieinie 50
Coulson, W. Notice of his Trans-
* lation of Blumenbach’s Manual
of Comparative Anatomy..... 478
Cremastocheilus, Knoch......... 150
canaliculatus ...seeseee+ 151
Castanew...... IO A crue 4
Harrisii....- Pace tatokiniad Moe
Cricetus talpoides .....2.+. +++. 518
Crithagra, a genus of Insessorial
Birds ...... Jaye neues camee S48
Crocodile; on the structara and
use of its submaxillary odori-
ferous @land’..-\\eluteninn alelee 290
Crocodilus porosus, Schneid. ... 214
Niloticus, Daud..... ibid
Crotophaga Ani, L. ........... 445
Crustacea, spurious legs of; their
use . 406
Cryptopoda, a sub-or der of Snakes 253
Cuba, on some species of Birds
PrOMS « 5)s.<9/8/o 22 1G aise
Culicivora, a genus of Insessorial
Birds iove.5/ctenventars -haneew nee. SOD
Cursorius isabellinus........... 492
Curtis, Joun, Esq. Au adoount
of Elater Noctilucus, the Fire-

fly of the West Indies........ 379
analysis of his British
Entomology. Nos.
XXV—XXXV1........ 285
Cuterebra fontinella .....+222+0. 586

Cyclorhis, a genus of Insessorial
Bivds ojo ipidts ied. ee Seite eee tees 162

Cymba, a new genus of Volutide. 133

Cymophorus, a new genus of Peta-
locerous Coleoptera.......... 153

undatus..... sveccoeeecelbid
Cynanthus, a genus of Insessorial
Birds} cece: ojaasoivininia eveveeeeees SOT

Cypraa albella.......ssseeee-- 512
Gperias). sweats cevgee SVL
Mrustralis,«rieaiseicinsitadeat
Avellana « .sdsseghiv ss OOS
Barcinensis.jiiiscea SVelsey(DVD

Index to
Page
Cyprea Californiana...... masini SOD
Capensts kate a(ebie teers 573
CUPMCOS =" 5) 3 ste Breiereheevaiela 569
coccinelloides .....-...--- 567
MACEYLOSE ta ic'aip etal 6) =\6 2 == 574
PORTS gs 22 SaaS een
PMPOPEd cs ash sense 2 GOO
UT GS ARO OGE pelea Secs oue
QUUOSE Adewas itsiisies ses OF
OTD AOM lai aie eleyaiciiaisie.e p) SOP
Pediculus..... Rep cas .ohO
pisolina...... Sosodenee 567
RCE ey nara te) oieletote ere oie 368
quadri-punctata...-.... 368
FOTOS 5 sthadigduooasd ye 364
ATR ie Hoag on cltedec 568
DUS OSH. wi oinie “\ alee. USE Ehoty Math
SCODIQUSCUUG c\elefaloralaia n't 364
Sphariculata,.......+-. 567
subrostrata .....- Hepa, O00
UNUACER ele aie pales s «si © 570

Cypree, Remarks on those de-
scribed by Mr. Gray; by L.W.
Drm Bsqy/ sects o's ee lets 315

Cypreide, continuation of Mr.
Gray’s Monograph on the.363, 567

Cyrtodactylus, a new genus of

Saurian Reptiles ............ 224
pulchellus.....-+.-4 ++, ibid
Dacelo Gaudichaud..........2.+. 273
Dasyprocta Patachonica, Ill..... 423
Dasypus minutus, Desm........ A23

Dea Becue, H. T., Esq., his
Notes on the habits ae Caryo-
phyllia, from Tor Bay, Devon. 481

Delphinus albigena...........+. 270
CTUCIOET Ee sinteisieiayere sis s 271
Desmaresti......- Bice 592
Rhinoceros .......... 270

Dendrocolaptes, Ill, a genus of In-

sessorial Birds ...... aioe hoes t 354

procurvus, Temm.
type of the genus
Xiphorhyngus .. 354
sylviellus, Temm.,
type of the genus
Sittasomus ..... 355
Dendroplex, a genus of Insessorial

SILOS oleic scteeuselatn esse eeee é 354
Dermestes Armadillus, De Geer.
501, 503
Dianous cerulescens.....---... 501
Didelphis Bucklandi, an extinct
TORSUL ATMA oo ig cals <tersie ce owtejers All

Didus ineptus, proofs of its for-
mer eXistence.........2.+-.. SOF

Vol, LL. 615

Page
Dittwyn, L. W. Esq. Remarks
on Cypree described by Mr.
Srey as sd sdec.c 84 688 ieee, SRD
Dinops Cestoni, Savi, suspected
by M. Temminuck to be a species

Ofs DYSORES!=)o/ctn > eielae eyanitiete la A63
Discorbis vesicula ia probably
SIUUTN OSE: clea atte sieigeittal ste ele 34

Dodo, a summary reyiew of the
proofs of its former existence,

by J. S. Duycay, Esq, ...-.. 554
difference between the spe-
cimens of the feet...... 605
Dog, Mr. Children on the Es-
CULT ee Cine e eal is 54
Dolichonyx, a genus of Insessorial
BITS (cis a) SU sthet Seuseh sys teackapsieiolem,0 351
Draco abbreviata ....... Teel ebe 219
quinque fascigta .......-- ibid
Dir idisy Wands iiss secinin's ibid
Drepanocerus, a new genus of
petalocerous Coleoptera...... 521
Kar bit vedas ci ycrasin 521
Drymoica, a genus of Insessorial
IBICOS fasels atte eine Se inassiee 168
Duck, grey headed............- 496
ARATE K Bip ets a Rrepore/ ales ioistoue 496
FOOTY SINOUS 6 mie ip bie eutaies 496
CASTANCOUS org giderapeyes tenis A496

Ducks, some anatomical particu -
lars of, G01, —grounds of an ar-
rangement ‘of the British spe-
cles of BE TT ee Ae 601
Doncan, J. S., Esq., A summary
review of the authorities on
which naturalists are justified
in believing that the Dodo tor-
merly existed ........ SPH E- 5d4
Dyschirius eratus..,..00++- 500, 502
Dysopes, Analysis of M. Tem-
minck’s Movograph of the genus 459

GUT ASUS \ 6m .)2%% =/s seis be icral AOD
AB SY PUA CUS) afin» =:s:01si01% 461
MIUCCEON Se sain s als yusloie A462
(CEYEOPUS s/efeieiess(e)=ieiniaie 460
(GE OMMONL jieis0 0ia)e,0s:0in) 6 « 461
WASULUS 10:51 /age.cinamta wisp e
ODSCUGUSi =f elsieie aig nein « Ibid
PET OUIS rere forereinta cel stoke A461
plicatus..... ea oD Mere
PW PUSNaletolte asjeval Boers wlotel
Ruppelii...+.-.++.. vee. ibid
RETUIS ese leit ince Roisiaiaie s ibid
VelOX. sis civisteie e\ataislsteinia/s, NAOS

Echidna setosa, structure of its
KMEE=| OME gaheta\stereiajats)sieainis/» aioe OOF

616 Index to

Page
Echinus lividus? Lam. Notice of
a peculiar property possessed

LL Aerie koe CEE crate 280
Ectopistes, a genus of Insessorial
BirdStras ctoeteat erent petal 362

Elater Noctilucus, the Fire-fly of
the West Indies, an account of;

by John Curtis, Esq... ..... 379
Elephant, African, tyye of the

new genus Loxodonta........ 141
notice of some fossil

bones of the....... 307

Emberiza chlorocephala........ 498

OITUS Vy reer cis cele 86

horinlanay se Sees ee 498

melanodera.....-e-2-- 272

oryzivora, Wils. type of
the genus Dolichonyx 352
Emcephalus, a new genus of heter-

omerous Coleoptera ......... 524
Emcephalus gibbosus ........... 524
1 DY D0 VON GHA MEOH Aa Gtiaaie 514
EUS a Mate MTA Shela el tetatotavele ‘acer ela 515
Esquimaux Dog, J. G. CaitpRen,

UNS be Gh ahs Boe ndoesoddder
Estrilda, a genus of Insessorial

USN AS Miah SS Pe a ele 349
Eublepharis, a new genus of Sau-

RlaMMRepiledion ss swe es .55 6c 223

Hardwickit ...... Apis eodcerialarc|
Falco Braziliensis, Lath..... 423, 434
TAP OPUSS Ise act k eieise, glove -- 491
ener MUS tates slate oretaelere A425
SPGTUCTIOCES era e's cia, c\ayn in» A436
Sparverius, L........ A425, 435

Falcons; their power of flight,
how produced and modified .. 182
their powers of vision,

how increased ....... 185
structure of their trachee
and stomachs........ 186

form of their intestines,

compared with those of
AmphibiousMammalia 187

Fauna, British, contributions to;

by George Johnston, M.D...175,

321, 486

Felis, Descriptions of two species

of, in the Collection of the Zoo-

logical Society; by N. A.

Vigors, Esq. and Thos. Hors-

HEL VED a rvtaiy oicverei siete a eses tein 449
Felisilantceps. 225 sess « «sects . 450
BOTTI CBE ciateeimeisie/incies: 451

Fennec, observations on the Os-

Aenlory OFTHE. io on ta ae caeon AOl

Vol. 11.

Page
Fennecus Cerdo; Analysis of
Messrs. Children and Vigors’s

deseription Of". jot ccsteiieeiiee 453
Fire-fly, an account ofthe .....- 379
Fishes, fossil; notice ofsome.... 304

new species of, described
by C. A. le Sueur. 264, 588

Observations on the, con-

tained in the Collection

of the Zoological Socie-
ty; byE.T.Bennett,Esq. 371
Firron, W. H. M.D. On the
Strata from whence the fossil
Jaw found at Stonesfield was
obtained!) a2 ols cece elevate
Flight in birds; conditions neces-
sary to its fulldevolopement .. 182

Fluvicola, a genus of Insessorial

Birds'.0 4.5.1. vrchateneeta Mae tive Ale
Formicaleo Leachii ........ Cone 599
FanSalas te Mee se arerereteis ibid

Fox, GeorGE TowNsHEND, Esq.
Notice on the appearance of
some rare Birds in England... 491

Notice of his Synopsis of .
the Newcastle Museum. 478

Francolinus Clappertoni........- 453

Franklin, Capt., Quadrupeds col-
leeted by, their characters ....

FremMBLY, Joun, R.N.- Descrip-
tion of several new species of
Chitones found on the Coast of
Chili in 1825; with a few re-
marks on the method of taking
and preserving them .........

Fringilla australis?...... visieperels

caudacuta, Wils,, type
of the genus Ammo-
dramus ....... ahevetar=

516

Cocothraustus, Temm.. 86
cruciger ‘ types of the
otoleucus§ genusMegal-

OlS.2, 52): see oe eee 347
ornata, Temm., type of

genus Tiaris........ 351
vespertina....... onwlaven tao
TAaNthorod....eeeeeeee. 2Ol

Galba, a new genus of Annelides 321
MATING «oc 0, wiektie vietereitaiete 321

its internal structure..... 322
Gallinula Baillonii, Vieill. ...... 493
Foljambii, Mont...... 494
Martinica, L......... 448

pusilla, Temm. ...494, 605
Gallinule, olivaceous ........- A493
Gammarus dubius......... MARS Ri iC fa,
maculatus....s.

Index to Vol. IIT.

Page

Gammarus nolens........ Se Re hed

punctatus ....... 177, 490

Garrulus ultramarinus .......... 261

Gastropacha Vishnou .........- . 207
Gavialis Gangeticus, Geoffr. St.

Bil seater favavetorcVe epateeia datene a aleve 4 214

Gecko verus, Merr.......-....- 223

Giraffe, peculiarities of its tongue 596
Godart, J.B. Notice of his His-
toire Naturelle des Lépidop-

téres de France .........--.-. A72
Godman, Dr., analysis of his note
of Condylura ..... rete\Gieyereietare 587
Goosey@uddy,.< 2s. hee ee A96
spur-winged ........... A95

Gray, Joun Epwarp, Esq.;
continuation of his Monograph
on the Cypreide........ 363, 567
and Major-General Harp-
WICKE; Synopsis of the
species of Saurian Rep-
tiles, collected in India
by Major-General Hard-
Oko), CaN AS ee
, Green, Jacob, analysis of his de-
scription of a new specles of
Salamander Gev2 . 94/2 045. 40a
Ground-Pearl, real nature of ....
Grouse, Notice of a nondescript
species of, from North Ame-
rica; by Charles Lucian Bona -
parte, Prince of Musignano... 212
Guivpine, Rev. LANspown. Con-
tinuation of his observations on
the Zoology of the Caribean
[SONGS Hes eS Gk 403, 527
analysis of his observations
on the Crepitaculum,&c.
of some Orthopterous In-
sects, 280,—of his Na-
tural History of Oike-

213

588
600

PRCHL Fe otstah aver sicleta o shate 583
Guiraca, ‘a genus of Insessorial
Birds310n. 2. ise FRADE ON 350
Gyllenhal, L. Notice of his In-
secta Suetiea sii cits eels « A73
Gymnura, a new genus of Mam-
ANGIE c5 5 seein wie IRs salleyers 247
PROPOSE 5S ale es 247
Hematopus niger.......... eee. 274
WMICAEUS BI t2 eh des ois:0 136
Halicetus erythronotus.......... 424

Hauipay, A. H. Esq. Notices
of Insects taken in the North of

-- Note on the foregoing Pa-
per; by J. F. STEPHENS,
EGGs soterelala Sralatorelelofelete ove 502

61T

Page

Halticaany 5d Veteedee o's DOL, 503
Harpwicke, Major-General T.,

on the Bos Gour of India..... 231

and J. E. Gray, Esq.;

Synopsis of the species

of Saurian Reptiles, col-

lectedin India by Major-
General Hardwicke.... 213
Hardwicke, Major-General ; ana-
lysis of his Description ofa new
genus of the class Mammalia,
from the-Himalaya chain of
Hills, 275—Notice of his De-
scription of two new birds from
Nepal sterele, 4 sal atoretenie tela -):)0:-/=1-
Harlan, Dr., analysis of his De-
scription of a new species of
biped Seps, 262—of two new
species of Agama, 263—of a
hew species of Scincus, 263—
of a variety of Coluber fulvius,
CoC OUT pO AEE AEE aioe 588

Harpadon, a new sub-genus of

278

SENG ROMER AG Feet As Lae eine 589
Harwood, Dr J., analysis of his
account of a pair of hinder
hands of the Orang Otang.... 579
FM ClaGind Fiapat oiot beie wielsietal tepals aisha 528
Occidentalis sob. acislei. tin serarele 529
DATAAURAS) 112). cad laletela.ok oo ste 529
Helobia Gyllenhalii, Gyll,...... 500
Hemidactylus s/s eh. sisticielofe, erste ate 223
Hesperophilus, a new sub-genus
of Staphylinide............. 510
Hills, Robert, Esq., analysis of
his Remarks on the Antilope
CHiGleara Sale sfeleyeelaiey. shkidia) sate 581

Hinnites, Observations on the ge-
nus, of M. Defrance, together
with the characters of several
species; by Mr.G.B. SowErBy 67

Hinnites Cortesyi, Defr...... 70
Dabuissoni, Defr. .. ibid

giganteus, Gray .... ibid
COTALENUS)= Schiele » = 71
MP USBO! s/o) ace) aiie\eiale aia ahs ibid
Fiirundo riparia. iisj)eiteeis.c «01 A27
TUSCICAY ielsteinielolats/slale| «ie» ibid
GEIB S te Se La. Oa ibid
Hister cadaverinus, Description of
LES PLATS Sa) one al staraotel eietal-areci=is 508

Hope, Rev. F. W., some coleop-
terous Insects in his collection
described by the Rev. W. Kirby 520

Hoppe Dr. D.D., and Dr. Horns-
chuch, notice of their descrip-
tions of new species of European
Coleopterous insects ......... 260

Horse, notes on its dentition .... 252

618

Page
HorsFieEip, Tuos. M.D. Notice
of two species of Vespertili-
onide forwarded by W.S. Mac

Wea yi Gepceta ain aisle! ale elelateves 236

Account of his contribu-

tions to the Transac-

tious of the Batavian

Society, 41,—of his re-

searches in thé Island

of Banca,45,—in Java,

A7,—his botanical col-

lections,392,—hisZoo-

logical Researches, 392

Analysis of his Notice of

aspecies of Ursus from

INEpannlic sjajates. afer ocle

Horsrieip, J'nHomas, M.D. and

Vieors, N. A. Esq. their No-

tice of anew genus of Mammalia

found in Sumatra by Sir T.

Stamford Raffles.............

Description of two Spe-

cies of the genus Felis,

in the Collection of the

Zoological Society... 449

Hyena villosa ......+-e ees ... 980
Hydraspis, a new genus of Fresh-
water Tortoises, Mr. Bell on,

511,—its characters \...... 513, 515
Hyliota, a genus of Insessorial

276

246

Psi wea ghtcers apie wieervetstota otal tie 170
Hylobius Abietis, Fab......-..- 501
Hyrax arboreus....e+0+.. — +. 580
Icterus Dominicensis .....-...- 44]

VIFESCENS 2.2 oe cereeeienes ibid
Insecta, how defined by Messrs.

Kirby and Spence .......-++- 125
Insects, account of the Royal Car

binet of, at Berlin ........ iis

Brasiliau, notice of a cen-

tury of... .' Meas 4209
European, notice of four-
teen new species of....
taken in the North of Ire-
land, Notice of; by A.
H. Haliday, Esq. ..... 500
their migrations ........ 405
dorsal vessel of, its con-
nection with the ovaries 257
existence of a ganglionic

250

system iN .....-eeeees 258
ovaries and eggs of...... 256
sense of smelling in, where

BitMatedd.< kindy aie eeie 129

Coleopterous, described
by the Rev. ‘W. Kirby . 520
Ireland, Insects taken in the North
Ofwcesicns een bya tats aibtis @@ he jale stad 500

Index to Vol. LH.

Page

Janthing, eggs of....-s.see00.. 265

floating apparatus of .. 264

Java, Zoology of 52 cesijeuse oo es 35
Jaw of a Fossil Mammiferous Ani-
mal, Observations on the; by

W. Broderip, Esq: acne eam 408
On the strata from whence
it was obtained; by W.

H. Fitton, M.D,....... Al2
Jennings, J. Notice of his Orni-
thologia......0>-sesns 9 cee ape 479

Jounsron, GeorcE M.D. Contri-

butions to the British Fauna ..
175, 321, 486
Stilis ATZUS, « oop soinisle nee’ lslanieiels 577

Kine, Capr. Parrie PARKER,
R.N.; Extracts from a Letter
addressed to N. A. Vigors, Esq.,
on the Animals of the Straits of
Magellan ......... auete slcale 422

Analysis of the Zoologi-
cal appendix to his
Survey of the Coasts
of Australia ntnnhts wale

Kinosternon .......+.. Shoup ase nald

Kinyxis, a new genus of Land
Tortoisess< sis\a.dinielee clara atochenonenenes

Kinyxis castanea .. ..+.0+2+++++ ibid

Homeana .,2+seceeee+e4 ibid

Kirey, Rev. W. A Description
of some new Genera and Species
of Petalocerous Coleoptera ....

A Description of some
Coleopterous Insects in
the Collection of the
Rev. F. W. Hope.... 520

Kirby and Spence’s Introduction “a

1

to Entomology, reviewed.....
Coleopterous Insects from Brasil 259

145

Klug, analysis of his Century of

LacEPEDE, Count pg. Sketch of
his Life and Character; by
William Swainson, Esq. ..... 73
Lacuna, Dr. Turton onthe genus 190

Canalis. .ccescoerserees 192
crassior..... Glee clon IDI
Montaculé siscde.cee.- 191
palligdula 2 ap\appieciaaeq loo

Puteolus .. 191
quadrifasciata....-.+.. ibid

eee were setae

DENCLA vo.000 000208 s ene LOS
Lagomys Princeps .....- seaeves e020
Lampornis, a genus of Insessorial

Birds + isis «'s nng)ndins ales -- 358

Lanius Capensis, Shaw, type of
the genus Nilaus....,....... 162

Index to Vol. III.

Page
Larus Georgii ........ Boose 1d0
MRUINU CUS cfs ee estate so alee = 499

Leresyre, M. Atex. Description
de cing espéces de Lépidoptéres
Nocturnes, des Indes Orientales 205
LeiStes humeralis’....0.....6255 A4Q
Lemmus helvolus ...5...--++0>
Lépidoptéres Nocturnes ; descrip- .
tion de cing espéces de, des
Indes Orientales; par M. Alex.

MTED VIEL 222 SOB. Ee 205
Leptophis punctulatus .......-.- 137
SPRCDUSIEORINCEDS cic 's'e'c'ctare'« sls bees 520
Lesson, R. P. Notice of ie Ma-

nuel de Mammalogie......... A464
Lestris Pomarinus .....-0+sece: A497
Le Sueur, C. A. Notices of his

Descriptions of Fishes........ 264

Notices of his Descrip-
tion of a new species
of Saurus, 588, — of
four new species of
Murenophis, 588,—of
a new tish of the genus
Salmo, 589

Lichtenstein, Professor, Analysis
of his Memoir on the Antilopes

of Northern Africa........-... 590
Lochmias, a venus of Insessorial
Birds 552 Sate ee Ok Fk 82)

Locusta camellifolia ; its organ of ©

SOUNG Staaten cee toe

Lophius; Observations on the po-

sition of that group of fishes... 372

Lophophorus Wallichii......... 278
Lowe, Rev. R. T. On Balanus
punctatus, Puncturella Flemingii
&c.; together with some cor-
rections “relative to Turbo car-
neus, and some of the Chitones

before described ...........0. 76

Loxiaastrild, L. type of the genus

Bstridat lye ove a2 SOL

cerulea, Wils. type of the

genus Guiraca ........

fasciata, Gmel, type of the

genus Amadina........ 349

types of the
genus 348

350
350

sulphurata

flaviventris
Crithagra

Loxodonta, a new genus farméd
to receive the African Elephant 140

Lumbricus lineatus, Mull. ...... 329
lettornde ne ets rene 328
minutus, Fabr 2.2... ibid
pellucidus .......08% 327
TUPESCENT SO HUTA 2). os ibid
vartegatus, Mull. .... 326

619

Page

Lygosoma, anew genus of Saurian
reptileses iy oSuctt: Siehie= alaeieis 228
SEN PENS. Lhe ene eeesabid

Macaria, a new genus of Lepidop-
térous Insects, .3. JceaSesisiecds 286
Mac Leay, W. S. Esq. Birds
collected by him in the neigh-
bourhood of the Havana......
Notice of his Observa-
tions on the structure
of the Tarsus in the
Tetramerous and Tri-
merous Coleoptera of
the French Entomolo-
ISTE cretsabietrels a s\<,< 279
Macronyx, a genus of Insessorial

A432

Binds/itewes fc adttesnwereus 2 344
Malaconotus, a genus of Insessorial

Bindsy ys.d0133 Soe 4-15 SO GOOs oc . 163
Malurus texiilis. 0s... e eee 272
Mammalia, notice of a new genus

of (Gymnura,) Doi EHOEHs s/s: n’a'eis 246

Mantis Hgyptiaca, connection of
the gall-bladder with the dorsal
vessel in...... atateiaianieie yHeeterate 258
Margarode*, a new genus of Insects 600
Mayer, Professor, analysis of his
paper on the hinder extremity
Ai MAKE Siri eyes Hata bays sled . 253
Notice of his paper on
the Anatomy of Rana
Piparat Hsu Petletae Sate 255

Birdssesc setae
Megamerus, a new genus mae Cole-
opterous Insects .............
Megapodius, a new genus of Ra-
Soriall Birds) 4c. bB skits sitaele
Megapodius Freycinet..........-
La Perouses oes... =. 274
Meigen, J. W. Notice of his
SystematischeBeschreibung der
Europaischen Zweiflugeligen
Insekten...... SAU Sater e rash Se
Mellisuga Ringit ! 2.1 atic oo 000
Melo, a new genus of Volutide .
Meloloutha limbata; Oliv., type
of the genus Campulipus. Sees
Milvago ‘ochrocephala, Spix .... 424
Milvulus, a genus of Insessorial
Binds eyes 1 eetee ee ec OD
Mimeta, a new genus of Birds ...
flavocincta SEO. ans ove
Modiola, a short account of a new
species of; by the Rev. M. J.
Berkeley? .)..... ele Dia Joogsms GER
Modiola rhombea....... -. 229

620

Page

Mo.u.uscA CARIBHANA ..... 22.0 O27
Molossus, synonymous with Dys-

OPES stayordorad aye a» Sieh Nb ENeia\o.<i or a'e A459

velox, Natterer ....... 237

Monasa fusca...........- Gres 262

Monitor elegans .........e00. «- 225

FlAVvEscens.. inva == seve i220
Motacilla rubecula, L. type of the

PENUS: SAXICOlA lela a3 « s/w siete 172

Miiller, Dr. J., analysis of his pa-
per on the eggs and ovaries of
Insectsis <kietsacfe;.' eitiajeieieyere stats

Dus leucopus jeiieiekis tie «asec ce

Muscicapa psalura, Temm. .

pullata
ruticilla, L. type of the
genus Sitophaga...
stenura, Temm. type
of the genus Culici-
vora
tenioptera .....20..-
violenta ....e0-seeeee

ry

Muscipeta barbata, Sw. type of
the genus Tyrannula.........
Musienano, PRINCE oF. Supple-
ment to the Genera of North
American Birds, and to the Sy-
nopsis of the Species found with-
in the territory of the United
NLS GSI e ese Be AeA Che och SoS
Supplement to ‘an Ac-

count of four Species of

Stormy Petrel’”’, (Tha-
lassidroma, Vigors)..... 89

Notice of a Non-descript
Species of Grouse, from
North America........

Notice of his Observations
on the Nomenclature of
Wilson’s American Or--
nithology, 261,—of his
Description of a new spe-
cies of South American
Fringilla, 261,—of his
Descriptions a: two new
species of Mexican Birds,
261—of his Descriptions
of ten Birds from South
America, 262.

Notice of his American Or-
nithology, 467—of his
Observations on the No-
menclature of Wilson’s
Ornithology, ibid.

Of his Additions to the
Ornithology of the Uni-
ted States, 587—analysis

359

49

212

Index to Vol. IIT.

Page
of his Notes to the De-
scriptions of ten species
of SouthAmerican Birds 587

Myoxus Drummondii .... ...+.. 517

Nautilus crispus, Auct. an exter-»
nal shell
rectus, Mont. a variety
of N. Legumen ...... 342.
subarcuatus, Mont. do. ibid
Nilaus, a genus of Insessorial

78

Birds, . 3037 -Gaoseeeneeeaee 162
Nengetus, a genus of Insessorial
Binds) 5316, «ee 33. <a eee 166
Numida cristata, its trachea de-
peribedi. . 2ic,.mirweeen oer see 581
Nycticorax violacea.........««: 446
Nyctinomus, included in M. Tem-
minck’s genus Dysopes....... 459
Nymphum coccineum.....++++++ . 489
Obrium, anew genus of Coleop-
terousMaseetsss \cjaussiaeisg sil -. 139
Ocelli of Coleopterous Insects... 66
Oiketicus Kirbyi ........-- ornate BBE
Mac Leayi...... J seria ibid
Omalide, Constitution of the Fa- }
VAIL Yer orels ela eye fae x aioe Seely Oe
Omaseus ? nigrita, var. rufifemo-
TAtUS Hos ais visiehiors sche ale eee 500
Onitis ambigua .....+.- erniavid wel

Orang Otang, account of a pair
of hinder hands of, 579—how
distinguished from the Pongo..

Ord, Mr. G., analysis of his ac-
count of a new species of Arvi-
COl ag disieieieihsleldeteiaeld 5 ale ae henge

Organic remains in carboniferous
limestone at Torbay, 607,—in
conglomerate near Quebec, | 608,

—in transition limestone in
Gumberlangd, «is os}. 0 sis\sisieininkiele OOo

Ornithology, Sketches in; by N.

A. Vigors, Es sae 240, 432

Ornithology, On several groups
and forms in, not hitherto de-
fined; by William Swainson,
HIS Gs),~ sco falursyabe 91s) ahetaavetatel sep Vkos

Ornithorhynchus, corrections to a
former memoir on, by J. Van
der Hoeven «.«: »ix\sm\e ie pteisl sinieig aoe

Ornithorh ynchus ‘paradoxus,
structure of its knee-joint..... 598

Orpheus, a genus of Insessorial
Birds. 5 desi reboot aio fo lara telele eG

Ost ed ..405% haebieiisen MEE ve ft

Rhizophore wsn'bayigerqcoreiesleta ane

Otis Denham. ...n000000ruees+ 40S

580

Index:to Vol. 111.

Page
Otto, Dr. A. W., analysis of his
description of Cercopithecus?
leucoprymnus 249,—Of his de-
scription of Antilope suturosa .
Owls; their anatomical structure
compared with that of the fal-
COTS AGEG, here le ja atherevetntohateteclarseve 187
Oxyglossus, a genus of Insessorial
BRR Mae cht aictepoeiclw crelchelnclsie «i 356
Oxytelus fractieornis, the type of
anew sub-genus (Hesperophi-
UT) es os ee SOG cuss ec 62, 510
Oxyurus, a genus of Insessorial
TINS Hateletatese!sierare Siyecreeiereletetd 354

251

Pachycephala, a genus of Inses-

sorial Birds....... peters er

fusca, type of the genus 174
Pachymya, a new genus of fossil

Phellss savas dood KIMI 283
Pachystoma, a new genus of shells 536
Palmyra? ocellata ........-+-+- 329
EUUOERAY 4d Hvercra Dawe eI AeIS yeDsT

PATVUNE els deiche ei clale eine 2 537
Barrawidcana lan gjecske Gatos ey A4A8
wania bilisy Tae teers! esic. ibid
Parusbiarmicus Wiese. 85
Patella apertura, Mont. the young
of Fissurella Greca.......... 17

Payraudeau, B. C. Notice of his
Catalogue Descriptif des Anne-
lides et Mollusques de l’Isle de
Corse os ae Pit so sWieiele Salte ois ATT

Pecten distortus (P. Pusio) refer-
red to the genus Hinnites .... 71

Pentacrinus Europeus ......-... 281
Perameles Bougainville.......... 269
Perce pulchiellat nro tis. Motte es 377

Peristera, a genus of Insessorial

Binds vestvnctee eon esses 360
PET Bitare = deat ste erelaldiecle rate lare os 542
Ephippum....... cian Marae 543
Petrel, Stormy ; supplement to an
account of four species of; by
C.L. aa loony Prince of Mu-
signano, We. Ge... 262.080 e. 89

Phenopoda, a ab: order of Snakes 253

~Phethornis, a genus of Insessorial
Birds HIF 2% PIG 357
Phalaropus Wilsonii ........... 50
Phateriss Temmy. 3 see ees 53
cerorhyncha .......-.+. 53
Phastanus Gardneri... ....+2.. 278

Phasma ferula, description of its
OVATIES o/is'clelstetsle'std obaiata ete ees 257

Pheasants, Hen, On the change in

the Plumage of some ......,.. 291,

621

Page
Pherusa fucicola, Leach ; how dis-
tinguished from Gammarus du-
bius Lid cliaet ore Sicie auatate lehatone ores of
Philonthus politus 2 Description of
Hts ar var. fis cidtaistaraeletes (6 58
Phoca, notice on the organs of the

SENSES UM pein (eee Sieteetel= ele 252
Phosphuga atrata, Description of
ItsMabvial Riek sehahee ease 12 61, 509
Phyllostoma Jamaicense.....-.+- 238
PPRY Siaroletavetel o/etn\oxelets e\sl= Bipraetele 534
MarmMorata .....ccccecees ibid
Physeter polycypus .....sse++0-. 270
Picus auratus, Wils. type of the
genus Colaptes ....2.00-2.... 353
Magellanicus ............ 430
minutus, L, type of the ge-
nus Asthenurus........ 353
percussus, Temm,......... 444
Pipracidea, a genus of Insessorial
Birds sence case Genint S025 173

cyanea, type of the genus 174
Pitangus, a genus of Insessorial

Birds Gas taketan Soe ied ae IN tl 165
Planaria flaccida........ ew es A488
Laata flores iat. eyae) seine A89
BipaCOLONY sts Ris od le Ds A488
Platalea leucorodia, L........ 88
Platycercus, species of .......... 244
Plectrophanes Tapper Sercteiansis 278
Plekoohelus «0's oc). Beene 532
UNA UIAEUS) <.</e-as0:3 30ers 533
Podiceps Rolland .............. 274
rubnicollis, cdeauh... 499
Pecilus cupreus, var. rufifemora-
turs5¢ Gayl ay -t steel ole eet 500, 502
Polyborus Brasiliensis, Vieill.... 434
Polybrachionia, a new genus of
POLYPS pafatereralh efalaleletetalare oiard 403
Linneana ........ A404
Polynoe imbricata.............. 332
lepidotas iy... sate clan e 333
SCHbT Ay. As Suse ees Oees 331
Porpita, how distinguished from
Polybrachionia Weir css) 5 tet 404
Procellaria Leachil, Temm...495, 498
oceaniva ssilcsee Jae 89
Prognathus rutipennis.......... 505
Psittacus leucocephalus, L....... AGA
smaragdinus, Gmel.... 430
Vasa, Le'Vaill.. 222... 240
Pteromys alpinus .......-. tee OLD
Sabyarusy is hs Seah sk 519
Pteropleura, a new genus of Sau-
WiaM RG ALEs |, Sie. weieteleleal solar 221
Horsfieldtie 22. 222

Pteropus, Analysis of M. Tem-
minck’s Monograph of the genus 455

622

Page

Pteropus Hgyptiacus........... 458
amplexicaudatus....... ibid
ASYM APG irae viake eitiolate 456
Bdults sk kote his. vets A455
Edwardsiiv. vide shee ibid
Geotroyt soLauto ase 458
PEISCUS Pov.tcteseiclhei. Alerter 457
SAV ANICUS afore shee eee ADd5
Keraudrenius .....- 269, 457
Marginatus ... ...64.. 458
INE CEILS 4. ial ha elsuas eS AAD
melanocephalus...... «es 457
MU DIMMS IE Sw, eos ibid
PaMidusanrss estates v3 ibid
PersOnatus ...2.-06 oes ibid
Pliaiops eis dias «oie 456
poliocephalus .....+.++- ibid
HFOSHVACUSIAS IIH -relsbs oie hie ADT
Trubticollis) shes snes A456
SHTAMUNEUS. Hd). dle. Seieiot 458
titthaecheilus......e000 ibid
Hill SANISH Me mite dieters’ visie A56

Ptiliogonatus, a genus of Insesso-

TialByrds. cals (sailed aciee ens 164

CINETEUS. 4242 ees «es ibid

Puffinus Berard ..ee.ce. sede eee 274
Pullastra, a new genus of bivalve

MTGLIS) © clei csevav orelayours slohaPals ete nates 134

Puncturella, anew genus of Shells 77

PCAN ET eos Hale sis cleft 78

Pyrrhula collaris-......-...004.

types of the

genusSper-

mophila .
nigra, Vieilles 242. seen oe
Pyzis, a new genus of Land Tor-
TOISESTAC aiaia! etal eiet- Se laveeb ltteer

falcirostris

cinereola 348

514

Quadrupeds procured by Capt.
Franklin, characters of, by Dr.
REGHARDSON (20 we Ui scbe winter h lone

Quisculus versicolor, Vieill. .... 442

Radiata Caribeana (No. 1) . 403
RAFEFLEs, SIR THOMAS STAMFORD.
Some Account of his Life and
Writings, &c. by E.W. Brayley,
FUDiaeharsokee evens weet 1, 382
Sketch m: his Character ...... 19
His birth, education, and early
Aifethe. Slae atthe hie o i538 20
His arrival in the East ....... 21
He becomes Secretary to the
Government of Prince of
Wales’s Island ..... aia ehe, | GO.
His Researches in Malayan His-
COTY cee, ccecseveccccecs ol, 31
His introduction to Lord Minto 33

Index to Vol. IL.

Page
He is appointed Agent to the
Malay States .......... es.
He accompanies the expedition
against the Dutch Settlement ibid
He is nominated Lieutenant-
Governor of Java and its De-
PEDAENCIES ..e\Sare cer pee 36
His administration in Java.... 39
His reinstatement of the Bata-

viau Literary Society ...... 40
His Anniversary Discourses to

the\Sogietiynate.cepiaiieeeees ~ Al
His Administration in Java —

reaumed).\s.4:oa\ccceiee «vas Oe

Encouragement afforded by him
to Natural History .-...... 391
Eulogium on him by the Presi-
dent of the Royal Society.... 288
Rallus chiricoté ....+20.0eeeeee2 588
MELUNUPUS. eee eeeeeeeees IDIA
Noveboracensis ..... fms BO
Rana pipa, notice of a paper on
Hts, QNAtGMYwsin Sh siee nme 255
Reptiles, Saurian; Synopsis of the
Species ot, collected in India
by Major-General Hardwicke ;
by Major-General Hardwicke
and J. E. Gray, Esq....e-se08 213

Reviews oF Books, &c.

Acta (Nova) Academie Leopoldi-
no-Carolinee. Tom. xii. pars,3., 249
Audubon’s Birds of America,

TINOs: 1. < -imaiide oorlaeetee -. 469
Berlin Transactions for 1824 .... 590
Bevan’s Honey-Bee......-. Mer ed
Bonaparte’s American Ornitho-

loys Vols tat ciawinipontesarerne 467
Obsexgasiane at on the
Nomenclature of Wilson’s Orni-
tholoPy.. waleiear vu Apratelens save
Coulson’s Translation of Blumen-
bach’s Manual of Comparative
Anatomy
Curtis’s British Entomology,
Nos. XXii—X XIV. weeeceesveee 130
XKV—XKXVI] se eweeesscee LOD
Denham’sTravelsinCentralAfrica 452
Fox’s Synopsis of the Newcastle
Museums: «bie signage Sethe tS
Godart’s Histoire Naturelle des
Lépidoptéres de France, Tom.
viis lére Partie: sjso jae nivicnae SRR
Gyllenhal’s Insecta Suecica, Tom.
1. PATS) o/s jevee 5 ate dteneaneee

ibid

ee cewee ‘

, Histoire Naturelle des Mammi-

féres. Livraisons 52 & 53.... 140

Index to Vol. 111. 623

Page
Jardine and Selby’s Illustrations
of Ornithology ........ s+... 469
Jennings’s Ornithologia .......-
Journal of the Academy ofNatural
Science of Philadelphia. Vol.
iv. Part 2, 260—v. part 1 ....
King’s Capt. Narrative of a Sur-
vey of the Coasts of Australia
Kirby & Spence’s Introduction to
Entomology, Vols. iii. andiv. 124
Lesson’s Manuel de Mammalogie 464

5&6
135

Atlas de Mammalogie 465
Linnean Transactions, Vol. xv.
Part, .275—Part 2.21. 20s eee 578

Meigen’s Systematische Beschrei-
bung der Europaischen Zweif-
lugeligen Insekten. Band v.... 473

Payraudeau’s CatalogueDeseriptif
des Annelides et Mollusques de
Plle de Corse... 2020-2 s eee AIT

Risso’s Histoire Naturelle de |’Eu-
rope Méridionale, &c. Tomes i.
(oh ROA ea Pd Ce AT5

Tomes ili. & v. 592

Selby’s Illustrations of British

Ornithology )..2 2a. ashe. 469
Sowerby’s Genera of Recent and
Fossil Shells—No. xxviii. .... 133
ING oa See on 284
Mineral Conchology,
Nos. lxxxiv—xevi ..........
Stephens’s [Illustrations of British
Entomology. Nos. 1—8...... 470
Sturm’s Catalog meiner Insekten-
DAMM UM ejeyoiaeistnlelvia =) chateitinn« ATA

Temminck’s Monographies de
Mammalogie. Livraisons, y—vli.
455
Thompson’s Memoir on the Pen-
tacrinus Kuropeus ...-...... 281
Treitschke’s Schmetterlinge von
Europa, Band y. Abth. 1. & ii 472
Wagler’s Systema Avium. Pars
[ee ise aes Be Seven tere en ieiahae A65

BOPE Mia cre eleltvelere metre o che oie as
Woods’s Introductory Lecture on
the Study of Zoology
Voyage autour du Monde, par
Freycinet. Partie Zoologique,
par MM. Quoy & Gaimard.
Livraisons i—xili.........-.. 266
Ricwarpson, Jouy, M.D., Short
characters of afew Quadrupeds
procured on Capt. Franklin's

late expedition ......6c000.5. 516

Page

Risso, A. Notice of his Histoire
Naturelle des Prineipales Pro-
ductions de l’ Europe Méridion-
ale, &c. Tomes i. Wiv. 475—
MFomes ile GAY: /2 level svorevediak ae. «
Rosenthal, Dr. F. Notice of his
paper on the organs of the
senses in the Seals ..........
Rudolphi, Notice of his paper on
the Orang-Otang, and the Silu-
TUS, CLEETLICUS 5 0/5 s/a cheneistavele ««- 090
Salamandra cylindracea ......4..
punctatissima ..seoeee
SYMMELVICA vesceeeeee

CSTING 3:4 Vahstalepaiooi= oc ibid

Saxicola, Bechst. a genus of Inses-
Sonial Birds) ..-eviiueeiw yes...
Say, Mr. T., Notice of his paper
on a new species of Modiola,
265—of his descriptions of He-
mipterous Insects, 265—of new
species of Hister and Hololep-
ta, 589—of Coleopterous In-
sects, inhabiting the United
States, 589—of Freshwater and
Land Shells, 589—of Asterias,
L., inhabiting the Coasts of the
Unitedi States: Vaciorssleiaceiescies
Scalaria Clathratula, iis animal
LOOP Hat ouss ica sos sysfeltisielsjotei=.6'«
Ecaphidium Armadillo,Gyll.....
Scarabaus femoralis ..........4.
Scincus bicolor

592

Dee e see eae

IB Umrels Ry etafe nc aha ol eb (oi aa NetSHANG RN ck
Scelopax majors, Di. ')5 <2 54,406 ae 88
Seitirus, a genus of Insessorial

IB URGES dockets otaieieue stellate el
Selby, P. J. Esq. Notice of his

Description ofthe Plectrophanes

Lapponica.......... sla eet 278
Seps sex-lineala.... ..s.sseeee. 262
Serpule, account of the animal

inhabitants of two British; by

the Rev. M. J. Berkeley ......
Serpula Arundo, Description of its
Badia he Chetenlsoplenaiadebstsvett«.s she ibid
Filograna, Description of

ICS analy) s/c ests a yt AS es in

complexa, Turt. referred

to S. Filograna,L............ 231

lobata, Mont. an external

229

shell

concamerata, Mont. do.. 79
Setophaga, a genus of Insessorial

Birds . 360

624

Page

Sheep, Notes on its dentition.... 252
Shells; Description of some new

and rare; byW.J. Broderip,Esq. 81

Fossil, foundatStonesfield, 417

Sheppard, Rev. R. and Rev. W.
Whitear; Notice of their Cata-
logue of the Norfolk and Suf-
follesBindss ohio 7./.Risteniem avevrteiee 278

Siagonium quadricorne, Kirby ; On
it, and on other portions of the
Brachelytra (Staphylinus, Lin.)
by Mr. J. O. Westwood .. 56, 505

Description of its larva, 58, 504

Sialia, a genus of Insessorial Birds 173

Simia Satyrus, how distinguished

from the Pongo..........+.+ 580
Sittasomus, a genus of Insessorial
Birger Yi SOM ee HE 8 355
Smith, Dr. A., Analysis of his
Descriptions of two Quadrupeds
inhabiting the Cape of Good
(Good Hioperaecre kit ateletoe teenie 580
Snail, its locomotive power
whence derived ...........- 599

Snakes, inferior extremity in.... 253

SocreTiEs, LEARNED; THEIR
ZooOLoGICAL PROCEKEEINGS :—

Geological Society ........ 303, 607
Linnean Society ....+..... 593, 598
Zoological Club of ditto ... 298, 601
Royal Society .... ..-..... 287, 595
Zoological Society..... 143, 308, 610

Royal Academy of Sciences at
Paris.... 310

Sorex Fosteri.......- edie delaware
palustris ..seseecncsesoss 517
Sowersy, Mr. G.
Shells of an Acephalous Mol-
luscum of the Family of Pecti-
nidw, for which the Generic
name of Hinnites has been pro-
posed by M. Defrance; together
with the characters of several
species
Note on the Cardita con-
camerata
Analysis of his genera of
recent and fossil Shells ......
Sowerby, G. B. and J. D. C.
Notice of their Genera of Recent
and Fossil Shells, No. xxix...
Sowerby, J. D. C. Notice of his
Mineral Conchology. Nos.
IXKXIV—-KCVIe oon cai st seeletle 2

133

284

Index to Vol. I.

Page

Spermagra, a genus of Insessorial
Birdsks ese crow Mery ie star 346

Spermophila, a genus of Insessorial
Birds. 20:38 .\ossne see eae 348
Spermophilus lateralis 519
Spheroma rugicauda, Leach?.... 180
Sphangida 3 2c \ativeciets steeeae eee 516
Sphar gests. cite svete vest eee aes i
Spiders ; On the means by which
those which produce Gossamer
effect their aerial excursions ..
Spilosoma, a new genus of Lepi-
dopterous Insects ........++- .
SPO VITALS rereveee ale v araele te lenieene A86
vulgaris...... pisses 336, 487

Staphylinide, figures of their

larve, 60, 506

Staphylinus, Linn., Mr. Westwood
ON, Se eis iaeteleihe eee eee 56

Additional Observa-

tions to and Corrections of, a

Paper on the Genus; by J. O.

296

Westwoop, Esl.S.. jem tee 504

Stenopus, a new genus of Helicide 527
cruentatus..... ceeermd bl

Lividtis 2S arsenals rae 528

Srepnens, J. F. Esq, Note on
Mr. Haliday’s Paper, with a
Description of a new species of
Anopheles lee stetteyahel lets (etsletatat= 502

Notice of his Illus-
trations of British Entomology 470

Sterna pelecanoides .....-.+.++++ 136
Sternotha@rus .......06 ar S85 . 514
Strix) flammeaily suc. 2p hee ee .. 438
NANA sai)! x idgeer eet
occipitalis, Temm......... 438
rufipes) societal 426

Sturm, Jacob; Notice of his Cata-
log seiner Insekten-Sammlung 474

Sturnella Ludoviciana, Vieill. .. 442
Sturnus militaris ...........- ~. 429
Succinea Barbadensis.......+ oe eb382

Swarnson, WiLiiAM, Esq. Sketch

of the Life and Character of the
late Count de Lacépéde ...... 73

On several groups

and forms in Ornithology, not
hitherto defined ..... ....158, 343

Swallow and Cuckoo, yearly ap-
pearance of .. re ety)
Swiftfoot, cream-coloured ...... 492
Sylvia Canadensis, Lath., .... . 439
coronata, Lath., ...--+-- ibid
Dartfordiensis.,......-+-- 498
dorsalis Ket Oil ee ASO
maculosa, Lath.,....+-.- 440
ODSCUTA. secovseececcsees AB

see eeewwne

Index to Vol. TH. 625

| Page Page
_ Sylvia pensilis, Lath., ......... 440 Tiaris, a genus of InsessorialBirds 351
pusilla, Wils. type of the Tigrisoma, a genus of Grallatorial
genus Sylvicola.............. 169 BINS alee oe cle sete fei erateys scoters 362
Sialia, Wils. type of the duliguavearmatay (cies. sapsten is 227
PENUS Sialia... oo ste. ao oie 173 TESOL NE NES TORRE AE OCC ibid
spmmicauda, Lath., ....... AOS “GNGGUS viridis, 1. co 2 srceke Sarit isleis A39
Sueciea, Wath, 5.2% sree A497 Tortoises, Land, Description> of
Trichas, Wils. (Trichas three new species of; by Thos.
personatus), the type of the ge- BEM HSC ceie tetas toiete ou ere eee tae A19
US JO ICHANS Yo) sted tale a wataieen 2c 167 Tortrix,anatomy of its hinder ex-
vermivora, Wils., type of GECUMULY ojataiaiatey ats ate ofags te ccia oi. 253
the genus Vermivora......... 170 =Totanus chloropygius, Vieill.... 447
Sylvicola, a genus of Insessorial HAVES ele) telaj ice ateter ela 448
EIT SOS RS AL, GE ee aE A 169 Trachez of Birds, Observations
Synallazxis, Vieill., a genus of In- QUA UN Els repos tai shershe ppisteecelal b'<s 295
SEGSORIAL DILGS Seteysiste es ics ota 168 Trachysaurus rugosus .......-.- 137

rutilans, Temm., type of
BITE ANUS ps6 lata are ot clajete) spas ibid
Systems and Methods in Natural
History, discussed... .294, 298, 578

Tanagra, a genus of Insessorial

1B a ERE ee “asco adcesor 346
Episcopus, L. the type

of the genus .. NE GE BEE e obi ibid
Guaianensis, Sw. type

ef the genus Cyclorhis........ 162
Tatao, L. type of the

ATL TM Vea VE ne a 347

RITES EO Eee aR A4]

Tantalus Loculator, L......... A447

Tardivola, a genus of Insessorial
Birds ok a2. 2: keeieahe oneal
Temminck, C, J. Analysis of his
Monographies de Mammalogie.

Tinmeisans, V=—Vita san, eke: A55
Terebratula costata, Lowe, possi-
bly the T. aurita, Flem.. .... 79
ELEPPADONES Merc ots tie Sala sake eae 514
Testudinata, Characters of the
order, families, and genera of,
DY BEDE oo iyo a ceinc nate 513
Testudinata, their affinities illus-
cies rere ee athe ee Fe a al So 602
DUES ATLL EO floes ER pe ae aE Ore 513
SP CSTUOD pe sctNR a le ciate tanh opine ale 514
PAGEUINOER Sase ninuslg, oisierele te AI9
SRL ERTL SS PIE Ye Pa ARES 420
Lf TTA Tr 1 ee a RRR OEM ibid
Tetrao Urophasianus ........... 213
Thalassidroma, Vigors......... 89
Thanatophilus rugosus, Descrip-
TOM LOse ILS Mane ayy ecto teace a) 509

Thetis, anew genus of fossil Shells 283

Thompson, John V. Notice of his
Memoir on the Pentacrinus Eu-
ropeus

ed

Treitschke, F. Notice of his Con-
tinuation of Ochsenheimer’s
Schmetterlinge von Europa... 472

Trichas, a genns of Insessorial

BIAS coi d shes ere ako eles 2 1G7
Trichius; Natural groups into
which that genus may he re-

SOIVECu ry caisisie icles nisin siarsie wicaete 156

SUS (CTO EGET ERA IS EE SOI c 155

FASCIALIG S15 ois sce emineiese 157
hemipterus, Fab., type

of the genus Acanthurus ..... 155

Trigonia impressa, a new fossil
species found at Stonesfield.... 411

Tringa Minuta ... so sssscereens 88
UST Be ai sreialoiapoleeeciea 3 88, 302
Temminackii, Leisler .... 302

ASONY CHEMO. ia atolena is theo telats cyaeis 515

IROL ABO EE OBS COSC CBOUS 516

bronchus Sh. genus Pheth-
superciliosus ) ornis ......

Trochilus “he types of the
Trochilus, a genus of Insessorial

BITSY valevelsiereteicuapefolayetel eateries 357
collaris, Sh. types of
pileatus, Lath.> the
superbus, L. ) genus ... ibid

macrourus, L.> genus Cy-
platurus, Sh. ) nanthus.. 357

colubris, L. types of
falcatus, Sw. ‘ types of

latipennis, Sw.§ genus
Campylopterus........ 358
mango, L.) types of the
niger, Sw.e genus Lam-
pella, L. POROUS rete) ciate 358
Troglodytes furva, Vieill....... 429
Tregon temnurus, Temm. ...... 443
Turdns atriceps, type of the genus
SEAENY POS feo gia sats fel elaia rela 64
aurocapilla, Wils. type of
the genus Seitirus...... i71

626

Turdus Falcklandii......... Leite
polyglottus, Wils. type of

the genus Orpheus ......
rubripes, Temm..... 4...
Turron, Dr., on the genus La-
CUA Meat eek ctor acta poniaices
Tyrannula, a genus of Insessorial
BUN syeve re ate te ataipe cts ore, Sante aie 358

Tyrannus, a genus of Insessorial

Birdsye. a: RAS Ahh cmaepnt gd aa 165
intrepidus, type of the genus ibid
Nengeta, type of the genus

MENG ANE BYR shohades 166
Savana, Vieill, type of the
genus Milvulus ......... 166
sulphuratus, Vieill, type of
the genus Pitangus...... 165
Upupa! pops ec tcciere aicslsisialae 498
Uromastic Hardwickii ......... 219
ES CULLUM Gi crs ar ei, avagaictese esa 220
Urotomus, a genus of Insessorial
TBO yere re Sink Mets BPN 166
Ursus, notice of a species of, from
Nepal sci e gy enccces yeroaon case
Vanderhoeven, J.; analysis of his
Correcticns to his memoir on
Ornithorhynchus............ 252
Varanus Scincus, Merr......... 226°
Vasa, the Grand, of M. Le
Wall larste tothe tetenierty custarctetetate 240

Vermivora, Wils. a genus of Yn-
BESSOMLAI ITUS a siecle c.0 16 are) ete 170
Vespertilionidea, notice of two
species of, forwarded by W. 5.
MacLeay, Esy.3; by Thomas
lorstiel as MCIDE cca Geemieraceters
Viaors, N. A. Esq. A Reply to
some Observations in the ** Dic-
tionnaire des Sciences Natu-
relles,’”’ upon the newly charac-
terized groups of the Psittacide 91

Sketches in Ornithology. .
240, 432

and Dr. HorsFie ip; their

notice of a uew genus of

Mammalia, foundin Su-

matra by Sir T. Stam-
ford. Rates .ox a weciee 246
Descriptions of two species
of the genus Felis, in the
collection of the Zoolo-
gical Society .........
Notice of their Descrip-

236

Index to Vol. Til.

Page
tion of the Australian
Birds in the cullection of
the Linnean Society. .. 276
Vision in Invertebrate Animals,

Nature Of: 42'5\. vere dove aemenie 317
Voluta, as circumscribed......,. 284
GRGQUG, soiree nee sees See

UGTEE Aas ens piates avsccaigie retain peta

UF UPOT IMTS: | .. sini ofelstal stale Ag Si
MUltiCostaty, "er eereteteete 82

Volute, description of a fossil,
from St. Peter’s Mountain, near
Maestricht; by W. J. Bro-
derip, 28q° \. sj. > ate eel eee 234

Vultur fulvus, Temm,,....,.... 496

Wagler, Dr. J. Notice of his Sys-
tema, A\vIUMi\< 51s sce cfere stereos
Werner, J.C. Notice of his Atlas
des Oiseaux d’Europe........ 468
WeEstwoop, Mr. J. O., his obser-
vations upon Siagonium qua-
dricorne of Kirby, and on other
portions of the Brachelytra,
(Staphylinus, Linn )......... 56
Additional observations to,
and corrections of, a Pa-
per upon the genus Sta-
phylinus of Linneus... 504
Wied, Prince Maximilian of, ana-
lysis of his description of Co-

465

luber Lichtensteinii.......... 255
Wood, Mr. W. W., analysis of

his description of a new species

of Salamander tu. cele cles «l= 263
Woods, Henry, Exq. Notice of his

Introductory Lecture on the

study of Zoology ....... jesee SEO
Xanthornus Gasquet ......-.... 272
Xiphorhynchus, a genus of Inses-

sorial Birds ....+.+2+.<0 coun pOue

Yarrevi, WitnamM, Esq. On
the occurrences of some rare
British Birds’; si. tice see ses 85, 497
Some observations on the
Anatomy of the British
Birds of Prey......-.- 18]
Observations on the Oste-
ology of the Fennec.... 401
Report on the Osteology
of the Chlamyphorus
truNCAtUS...ccecceeees

Index to Vol. ITI. 627

Page Page

Analysis of his Paper on of his observations on some

the change in the Plu- rare British Birds ..... 30]

mage of some Hen-

Pheasants...........- 291
Notice of his observations Zoology of the Caribean Islands,

on the Trachee of Birds, observations on, by the Rev. L.

ES go sion cornet 295, 581 GOIEDINGS 2 cic het eos anette 527

END OF VOL. III.

Printed by W. Phillips, George-yard, Lombard-street, London.

~~ = s 4
~ * x

Vou ALL» j)o'F 6 &

BOT IRVDUANDS ST

‘T MELT TOA [wuMey [worsofoog

Zoolovieal Journal Vol TLPLIL

Zovlogical Jourmal Vol. I.t MM.

— .
SO ter wen 3° semen SRE

Zoological Journal Vol. ML t IV.

fb

Zoological Journal Vol, IL Py,

dl

b Cc
Ht :

d

a ae”

ee

Zoological Journal VoLILPl

°

rad,
}

1 ae Dh e
an, Pip
yey,

oP...

osieal Journal Vol,

Zool

Scale of 1¢Incn to a Foot

ae,

Jownmanll Vol. L.P1 Vii

9

|

rica!
ap

Zoolo«

Loolo sh sal Joma ,Vol. D0. PLCX,

Zoological Jomnal.VoLMLPLX.

GT fh Fe 27

Zoological Journal, Vol.II1,PLX1.

a)
i

TW LA MICA Teuamey peat

$

OOO

Zoological Journal Vol. I). PLXxM1.

WOT 9h,

me

Zoological Jowrmal Yo). U.P. “XTV.

Zoological Journal Vol.WLPLXY. (2° £2:

Zoological Journal Yol. I. PlXY1.

,
4
Di)

i

Zoological Journal Vol. 1. Pl. XVII.

11)
ny

Kd

RY .

o LabX

Vial

’ Jorn

TAPS d
OG2CHAL

7

/

7
L400

LZ. Sepp

ae

re

Loologtcal ‘ Journal LiabAl ZH WZ

Loolagical Journal, Tab XVI Supp.

\\

didi

(a9
4

o
a 4p: rc
Wltd td
tf
ns
ry. arbi
of
Os? DV O700
ped

VT Stapp

Loological Sournal, 1ab_X

\ Pru myrmey ,

\g

OTR ED

io

ABW re

L1n00 eS.

de

studo

Vee

Loologu al Journal, Tah, XXIV. Supp.

ser

we AY
a eee MNT NAY jes
Tun yy

Se

Ya

mi

A
Pek

XV Supp.

,

Loological Journal, Tah, X

ih

Zoological Journal, TabXXV7. Supp.

-—s“ &

Lootogical Journal, Tih, XXVIL Supp.

: Rae

Sepp.

Lootlogical Journal, Tat.

LG

tl Zz ye

Za

—

\
aw"
wee

\\
*.

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES

il)